[Top][Contents][Index]

LilyPond – Internals Reference

This manual is a technical reference for all internal elements used by LilyPond and all Scheme functions it provides. This information can be used to create tweaks and extensions, from simple output settings to advanced Scheme programming.

For more information about how this manual fits with the other documentation, or to read this manual in other formats, see Manuals.

If you are missing any manuals, the complete documentation can be found at https://lilypond.org/.

This document is also available as a PDF and as a HTML indexed multiple pages.

1. Music definitions   Definition of the input data structures.
2. Translation   From music to layout.
3. Backend   Reference for the layout engine.
4. Scheme functions   Functions exported by LilyPond.
A. Indices  
[ << Top ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < Top ][ Up : Top ][]

1. Music definitions

1.1 Music expressions   Objects that represent music.
1.2 Music classes  
1.3 Music properties   All music properties, including descriptions.
[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < Music definitions ][ Up : Music definitions ][]

1.1 Music expressions

1.1.1 AbsoluteDynamicEvent  
1.1.2 AdHocJumpEvent  
1.1.3 AdHocMarkEvent  
1.1.4 AlternativeEvent  
1.1.5 AnnotateOutputEvent  
1.1.6 ApplyContext  
1.1.7 ApplyOutputEvent  
1.1.8 ArpeggioEvent  
1.1.9 ArticulationEvent  
1.1.10 BarCheck  
1.1.11 BarEvent  
1.1.12 BassFigureEvent  
1.1.13 BeamEvent  
1.1.14 BeamForbidEvent  
1.1.15 BendAfterEvent  
1.1.16 BendSpanEvent  
1.1.17 BreakDynamicSpanEvent  
1.1.18 BreathingEvent  
1.1.19 CaesuraEvent  
1.1.20 ClusterNoteEvent  
1.1.21 CodaMarkEvent  
1.1.22 CompletizeExtenderEvent  
1.1.23 ContextChange  
1.1.24 ContextSpeccedMusic  
1.1.25 CrescendoEvent  
1.1.26 DalSegnoEvent  
1.1.27 DecrescendoEvent  
1.1.28 DoublePercentEvent  
1.1.29 DurationLineEvent  
1.1.30 EpisemaEvent  
1.1.31 Event  
1.1.32 EventChord  
1.1.33 ExtenderEvent  
1.1.34 FineEvent  
1.1.35 FingerGlideEvent  
1.1.36 FingeringEvent  
1.1.37 FootnoteEvent  
1.1.38 GlissandoEvent  
1.1.39 GraceMusic  
1.1.40 HarmonicEvent  
1.1.41 HyphenEvent  
1.1.42 KeyChangeEvent  
1.1.43 LabelEvent  
1.1.44 LaissezVibrerEvent  
1.1.45 LigatureEvent  
1.1.46 LineBreakEvent  
1.1.47 LyricCombineMusic  
1.1.48 LyricEvent  
1.1.49 MeasureCounterEvent  
1.1.50 MeasureSpannerEvent  
1.1.51 MultiMeasureArticulationEvent  
1.1.52 MultiMeasureRestEvent  
1.1.53 MultiMeasureRestMusic  
1.1.54 MultiMeasureTextEvent  
1.1.55 Music  
1.1.56 NoteEvent  
1.1.57 NoteGroupingEvent  
1.1.58 OttavaEvent  
1.1.59 OverrideProperty  
1.1.60 PageBreakEvent  
1.1.61 PageTurnEvent  
1.1.62 PartCombineMusic  
1.1.63 PartialSet  
1.1.64 PercentEvent  
1.1.65 PercentRepeatedMusic  
1.1.66 PesOrFlexaEvent  
1.1.67 PhrasingSlurEvent  
1.1.68 PostEvents  
1.1.69 PropertySet  
1.1.70 PropertyUnset  
1.1.71 QuoteMusic  
1.1.72 RehearsalMarkEvent  
1.1.73 RelativeOctaveCheck  
1.1.74 RelativeOctaveMusic  
1.1.75 RepeatSlashEvent  
1.1.76 RepeatTieEvent  
1.1.77 RestEvent  
1.1.78 RevertProperty  
1.1.79 ScriptEvent  
1.1.80 SectionEvent  
1.1.81 SectionLabelEvent  
1.1.82 SegnoMarkEvent  
1.1.83 SegnoRepeatedMusic  
1.1.84 SequentialAlternativeMusic  
1.1.85 SequentialMusic  
1.1.86 SimultaneousMusic  
1.1.87 SkipEvent  
1.1.88 SkipMusic  
1.1.89 SkippedMusic  
1.1.90 SlurEvent  
1.1.91 SoloOneEvent  
1.1.92 SoloTwoEvent  
1.1.93 SostenutoEvent  
1.1.94 SpacingSectionEvent  
1.1.95 SpanEvent  
1.1.96 StaffHighlightEvent  
1.1.97 StaffSpanEvent  
1.1.98 StringNumberEvent  
1.1.99 StrokeFingerEvent  
1.1.100 SustainEvent  
1.1.101 TempoChangeEvent  
1.1.102 TextMarkEvent  
1.1.103 TextScriptEvent  
1.1.104 TextSpanEvent  
1.1.105 TieEvent  
1.1.106 TimeScaledMusic  
1.1.107 TimeSignatureEvent  
1.1.108 TimeSignatureMusic  
1.1.109 TransposedMusic  
1.1.110 TremoloEvent  
1.1.111 TremoloRepeatedMusic  
1.1.112 TremoloSpanEvent  
1.1.113 TrillSpanEvent  
1.1.114 TupletSpanEvent  
1.1.115 UnaCordaEvent  
1.1.116 UnfoldedRepeatedMusic  
1.1.117 UnfoldedSpeccedMusic  
1.1.118 UnisonoEvent  
1.1.119 UnrelativableMusic  
1.1.120 VoiceSeparator  
1.1.121 VoltaRepeatEndEvent  
1.1.122 VoltaRepeatStartEvent  
1.1.123 VoltaRepeatedMusic  
1.1.124 VoltaSpanEvent  
1.1.125 VoltaSpeccedMusic  
1.1.126 VowelTransitionEvent  
[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < Music expressions ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.1 AbsoluteDynamicEvent

Create a dynamic mark.

Syntax: note\x, where \x is a dynamic mark like \ppp or \sfz. A complete list is in file ‘ly/dynamic-scripts-init.ly’.

Event classes: absolute-dynamic-event, dynamic-event, music-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Dynamic_engraver and Dynamic_performer.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'AbsoluteDynamicEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event
   event
   dynamic-event
   absolute-dynamic-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < AbsoluteDynamicEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.2 AdHocJumpEvent

Insert a JumpScript.

Syntax: \jump markup

Example: \jump "Gavotte I D.C."

Event classes: ad-hoc-jump-event, music-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Bar_engraver and Jump_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'AdHocJumpEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(ad-hoc-jump-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < AdHocJumpEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.3 AdHocMarkEvent

Insert markup as a rehearsal mark without advancing the rehearsal mark sequence.

Syntax: \mark markup

Example: \mark "A"

Event classes: ad-hoc-mark-event, mark-event, music-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Mark_tracking_translator.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'AdHocMarkEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(ad-hoc-mark-event mark-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < AdHocMarkEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.4 AlternativeEvent

Create an alternative event.

Event classes: alternative-event, music-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Timing_translator.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'AlternativeEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(event alternative-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < AlternativeEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.5 AnnotateOutputEvent

Print an annotation of an output element.

Event classes: annotate-output-event, music-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Balloon_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'AnnotateOutputEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(event annotate-output-event post-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < AnnotateOutputEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.6 ApplyContext

Call the argument with the current context during interpreting phase.

Properties:

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:apply-context-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

name (symbol):

'ApplyContext

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(apply-context)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < ApplyContext ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.7 ApplyOutputEvent

Call the argument with all current grobs during interpreting phase.

Syntax: \applyOutput #'context func

Arguments to func are 1. the grob, 2. the originating context, and 3. the context where func is called.

Event classes: apply-output-event, layout-instruction-event, music-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Output_property_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'ApplyOutputEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(event apply-output-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < ApplyOutputEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.8 ArpeggioEvent

Make an arpeggio on this note.

Syntax: note-\arpeggio

Event classes: arpeggio-event, music-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Arpeggio_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'ArpeggioEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event arpeggio-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < ArpeggioEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.9 ArticulationEvent

Add an articulation marking to a note.

Syntax: notexy, where x is a direction (^ for up or _ for down), or LilyPond’s choice (no direction specified), and where y is an articulation (such as -., ->, \tenuto, \downbow). See the Notation Reference for details.

Event classes: articulation-event, music-event, script-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Beat_engraver, Beat_performer, Drum_note_performer, Note_performer and Script_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'ArticulationEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event
   event
   articulation-event
   script-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < ArticulationEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.10 BarCheck

Check whether this music coincides with the start of the measure.

Properties:

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:bar-check-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

name (symbol):

'BarCheck

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(bar-check)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < BarCheck ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.11 BarEvent

Force a bar line.

Syntax: \bar type

Example: \bar "!"

Event classes: bar-event, music-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Timing_translator.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'BarEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(bar-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < BarEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.12 BassFigureEvent

Print a bass-figure text.

Event classes: bass-figure-event, music-event, rhythmic-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Figured_bass_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'BassFigureEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(event rhythmic-event bass-figure-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < BassFigureEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.13 BeamEvent

Start or stop a beam.

Syntax for manual control: c8-[ c c-] c8

Event classes: beam-event, music-event, span-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Beam_engraver, Beam_performer and Grace_beam_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'BeamEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event event beam-event span-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < BeamEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.14 BeamForbidEvent

Specify that a note may not auto-beamed.

Event classes: beam-forbid-event, music-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Auto_beam_engraver and Grace_auto_beam_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'BeamForbidEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event event beam-forbid-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < BeamForbidEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.15 BendAfterEvent

A drop/fall/doit jazz articulation.

Event classes: bend-after-event, music-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Bend_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'BendAfterEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event bend-after-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < BendAfterEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.16 BendSpanEvent

Used to signal where a bend spanner starts and stops.

Event classes: bend-span-event, music-event, span-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Bend_spanner_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'BendSpanEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(bend-span-event post-event span-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < BendSpanEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.17 BreakDynamicSpanEvent

End an alignment spanner for dynamics here.

Event classes: break-dynamic-span-event, break-span-event, music-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Dynamic_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'BreakDynamicSpanEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event
   break-span-event
   break-dynamic-span-event
   event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < BreakDynamicSpanEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.18 BreathingEvent

A short span of silence that shortens the previous note.

Syntax: note\breathe

Event classes: breathing-event, music-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Breathing_sign_engraver and Note_performer.

Properties:

midi-length (procedure):

breathe::midi-length

Function to determine how long to play a note in MIDI. It should take a moment (the written length of the note) and a context, and return a moment (the length to play the note).

name (symbol):

'BreathingEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(event breathing-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < BreathingEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.19 CaesuraEvent

A short span of silence that does not shorten the previous note.

Syntax: note\caesura

Event classes: caesura-event, music-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Bar_engraver, Caesura_engraver and Divisio_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'CaesuraEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(caesura-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < CaesuraEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.20 ClusterNoteEvent

A note that is part of a cluster.

Event classes: cluster-note-event, melodic-event, music-event, rhythmic-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Cluster_spanner_engraver.

Properties:

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:rhythmic-music-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

name (symbol):

'ClusterNoteEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(cluster-note-event
   melodic-event
   rhythmic-event
   event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < ClusterNoteEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.21 CodaMarkEvent

Add a coda mark.

Event classes: coda-mark-event, music-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Bar_engraver and Mark_tracking_translator.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'CodaMarkEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(coda-mark-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < CodaMarkEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.22 CompletizeExtenderEvent

Used internally to signal the end of a lyrics block to ensure extenders are completed correctly when a Lyrics context ends before its associated Voice context.

Event classes: completize-extender-event, music-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Extender_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'CompletizeExtenderEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(completize-extender-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < CompletizeExtenderEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.23 ContextChange

Change staves in Piano staff.

Syntax: \change Staff = new-id

Properties:

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:change-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

name (symbol):

'ContextChange

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(translator-change-instruction)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < ContextChange ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.24 ContextSpeccedMusic

Interpret the argument music within a specific context.

Properties:

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:context-specced-music-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

length-callback (procedure):

ly:music-wrapper::length-callback

How to compute the duration of this music. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

name (symbol):

'ContextSpeccedMusic

Name of this music object.

start-callback (procedure):

ly:music-wrapper::start-callback

Function to compute the negative length of starting grace notes. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

types (list):
'(context-specification music-wrapper-music)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < ContextSpeccedMusic ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.25 CrescendoEvent

Begin or end a crescendo.

Syntax: note\< … note\!

An alternative syntax is note\cr … note\endcr.

Event classes: crescendo-event, music-event, span-dynamic-event, span-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Dynamic_engraver and Dynamic_performer.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'CrescendoEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event
   span-event
   span-dynamic-event
   crescendo-event
   event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < CrescendoEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.26 DalSegnoEvent

Add a D.S. or similar instruction.

Event classes: dal-segno-event, music-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Bar_engraver, Jump_engraver and Volta_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'DalSegnoEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(dal-segno-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < DalSegnoEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.27 DecrescendoEvent

Begin or end a decrescendo.

Syntax: note\> … note\!

An alternative syntax is note\decr … note\enddecr.

Event classes: decrescendo-event, music-event, span-dynamic-event, span-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Dynamic_engraver and Dynamic_performer.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'DecrescendoEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event
   span-event
   span-dynamic-event
   decrescendo-event
   event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < DecrescendoEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.28 DoublePercentEvent

Used internally to signal double percent repeats.

Event classes: double-percent-event, music-event, rhythmic-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Double_percent_repeat_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'DoublePercentEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(event double-percent-event rhythmic-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < DoublePercentEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.29 DurationLineEvent

Initiate a duration line.

Syntax: note\-

Event classes: duration-line-event, music-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Duration_line_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'DurationLineEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(duration-line-event post-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < DurationLineEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.30 EpisemaEvent

Begin or end an episema.

Event classes: episema-event, music-event, span-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Episema_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'EpisemaEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event span-event event episema-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < EpisemaEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.31 Event

Atomic music event.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'Event

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < Event ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.32 EventChord

Explicitly entered chords.

When iterated, elements are converted to events at the current timestep, followed by any articulations. Per-chord postevents attached by the parser just follow any rhythmic events in elements instead of utilizing articulations.

An unexpanded chord repetition ‘q’ is recognizable by having its duration stored in duration.

Properties:

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:event-chord-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

length-callback (procedure):

ly:music-sequence::event-chord-length-callback

How to compute the duration of this music. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

name (symbol):

'EventChord

Name of this music object.

to-relative-callback (procedure):

ly:music-sequence::event-chord-relative-callback

How to transform a piece of music to relative pitches.

types (list):
'(event-chord simultaneous-music)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < EventChord ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.33 ExtenderEvent

Extend lyrics.

Event classes: extender-event, music-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Extender_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'ExtenderEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event extender-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < ExtenderEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.34 FineEvent

End the performance, not necessarily at the written end of the music.

Event classes: fine-event, music-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Bar_engraver, Divisio_engraver, Jump_engraver, Timing_translator and Volta_engraver.

Properties:

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:fine-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

name (symbol):

'FineEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(fine-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < FineEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.35 FingerGlideEvent

Initiate a line connecting two equal fingerings. This line represents a finger gliding on a string.

Syntax: note\glide-finger

Event classes: finger-glide-event, music-event, span-event and StreamEvent.

Not accepted by any engraver or performer.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'FingerGlideEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(finger-glide-event post-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < FingerGlideEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.36 FingeringEvent

Specify what finger to use for this note.

Event classes: fingering-event, music-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Fingering_engraver, Fretboard_engraver and Tab_note_heads_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'FingeringEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event fingering-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < FingeringEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.37 FootnoteEvent

Footnote a grob.

Event classes: footnote-event, music-event and StreamEvent.

Not accepted by any engraver or performer.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'FootnoteEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(event footnote-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < FootnoteEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.38 GlissandoEvent

Start a glissando on this note.

Event classes: glissando-event, music-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Glissando_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'GlissandoEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event glissando-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < GlissandoEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.39 GraceMusic

Interpret the argument as grace notes.

Properties:

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:grace-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

length (moment):

#<Mom 0>

The endpoint of this music. This property is unhappily named in that it does not account for any initial grace notes: the full length of the music is length minus the start time. A value of INF-MOMENT indicates indefinite length.

name (symbol):

'GraceMusic

Name of this music object.

start-callback (procedure):

ly:grace-music::start-callback

Function to compute the negative length of starting grace notes. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

types (list):
'(grace-music music-wrapper-music)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < GraceMusic ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.40 HarmonicEvent

Mark a note as harmonic.

Event classes: harmonic-event, music-event and StreamEvent.

Not accepted by any engraver or performer.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'HarmonicEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event event harmonic-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < HarmonicEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.41 HyphenEvent

A hyphen between lyric syllables.

Event classes: hyphen-event, music-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Hyphen_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'HyphenEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event hyphen-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < HyphenEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.42 KeyChangeEvent

Change the key signature.

Syntax: \key name scale

Event classes: key-change-event, music-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Key_engraver and Key_performer.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'KeyChangeEvent

Name of this music object.

to-relative-callback (procedure):

#<procedure 742cdbeef9f8 at /build/out/share/lilypond/current/scm/lily/define-music-types.scm:327:33 (x p)>

How to transform a piece of music to relative pitches.

types (list):
'(key-change-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < KeyChangeEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.43 LabelEvent

Place a bookmarking label.

Event classes: label-event, music-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Paper_column_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'LabelEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(label-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < LabelEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.44 LaissezVibrerEvent

Don’t damp this chord.

Syntax: note\laissezVibrer

Event classes: laissez-vibrer-event, music-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Laissez_vibrer_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'LaissezVibrerEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event event laissez-vibrer-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < LaissezVibrerEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.45 LigatureEvent

Start or end a ligature.

Event classes: ligature-event, music-event, span-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Kievan_ligature_engraver, Ligature_bracket_engraver, Mensural_ligature_engraver and Vaticana_ligature_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'LigatureEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(span-event ligature-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < LigatureEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.46 LineBreakEvent

Allow, forbid or force a line break.

Event classes: break-event, line-break-event, music-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Page_turn_engraver and Paper_column_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'LineBreakEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(line-break-event break-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < LineBreakEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.47 LyricCombineMusic

Align lyrics to the start of notes.

Syntax: \lyricsto voicename lyrics

Properties:

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:lyric-combine-music-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

length (moment):

#<Mom infinity>

The endpoint of this music. This property is unhappily named in that it does not account for any initial grace notes: the full length of the music is length minus the start time. A value of INF-MOMENT indicates indefinite length.

name (symbol):

'LyricCombineMusic

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(lyric-combine-music)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < LyricCombineMusic ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.48 LyricEvent

A lyric syllable. Must be entered in lyrics mode, i.e., \lyrics { twinkle4 twinkle4 } .

Event classes: lyric-event, music-event, rhythmic-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Lyric_engraver and Lyric_performer.

Properties:

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:rhythmic-music-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

name (symbol):

'LyricEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(rhythmic-event lyric-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < LyricEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.49 MeasureCounterEvent

Used to signal the start and end of a measure count.

Event classes: measure-counter-event, music-event, span-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Measure_counter_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'MeasureCounterEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(measure-counter-event span-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < MeasureCounterEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.50 MeasureSpannerEvent

Used to signal the start and end of a measure spanner.

Event classes: measure-spanner-event, music-event, span-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Measure_spanner_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'MeasureSpannerEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(measure-spanner-event span-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < MeasureSpannerEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.51 MultiMeasureArticulationEvent

Articulations on multi-measure rests.

Event classes: multi-measure-articulation-event, music-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Multi_measure_rest_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'MultiMeasureArticulationEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event
   event
   multi-measure-articulation-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < MultiMeasureArticulationEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.52 MultiMeasureRestEvent

Used internally by MultiMeasureRestMusic to signal rests.

Event classes: general-rest-event, multi-measure-rest-event, music-event, rhythmic-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Current_chord_text_engraver and Multi_measure_rest_engraver.

Properties:

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:rhythmic-music-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

name (symbol):

'MultiMeasureRestEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(event rhythmic-event
        general-rest-event
        multi-measure-rest-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < MultiMeasureRestEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.53 MultiMeasureRestMusic

Rests that may be compressed into multi-measure rests.

Syntax: R2.*4 for 4 measures in 3/4 time.

Properties:

elements-callback (procedure):

mm-rest-child-list

Return a list of children, for use by a sequential iterator. Takes a single music parameter.

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:sequential-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

name (symbol):

'MultiMeasureRestMusic

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(multi-measure-rest)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < MultiMeasureRestMusic ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.54 MultiMeasureTextEvent

Texts on multi-measure rests.

Syntax: R-\markup { \roman "bla" }

Note the explicit font switch.

Event classes: multi-measure-text-event, music-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Multi_measure_rest_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'MultiMeasureTextEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event event multi-measure-text-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < MultiMeasureTextEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.55 Music

Generic type for music expressions.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'Music

Name of this music object.

types (list):

'()

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < Music ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.56 NoteEvent

A note.

Outside of chords, any events in articulations with a listener are broadcast like chord articulations, the others are retained.

For iteration inside of chords, See EventChord.

Event classes: melodic-event, music-event, note-event, rhythmic-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Beat_engraver, Beat_performer, Bend_spanner_engraver, Completion_heads_engraver, Current_chord_text_engraver, Drum_note_performer, Drum_notes_engraver, Finger_glide_engraver, Fretboard_engraver, Note_heads_engraver, Note_name_engraver, Note_performer, Part_combine_engraver, Phrasing_slur_engraver, Slur_engraver and Tab_note_heads_engraver.

Properties:

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:rhythmic-music-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

name (symbol):

'NoteEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(event note-event rhythmic-event melodic-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < NoteEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.57 NoteGroupingEvent

Start or stop grouping brackets.

Event classes: music-event, note-grouping-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Horizontal_bracket_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'NoteGroupingEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event event note-grouping-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < NoteGroupingEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.58 OttavaEvent

Start or stop an ottava bracket.

Event classes: music-event, ottava-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Ottava_spanner_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'OttavaEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(ottava-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < OttavaEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.59 OverrideProperty

Extend the definition of a graphical object.

Syntax: \override [ context . ] object property = value

Properties:

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:push-property-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

name (symbol):

'OverrideProperty

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(layout-instruction-event
   override-property-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

untransposable (boolean):

#t

If set, this music is not transposed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < OverrideProperty ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.60 PageBreakEvent

Allow, forbid or force a page break.

Event classes: break-event, music-event, page-break-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Page_turn_engraver and Paper_column_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'PageBreakEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(break-event page-break-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < PageBreakEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.61 PageTurnEvent

Allow, forbid or force a page turn.

Event classes: break-event, music-event, page-turn-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Page_turn_engraver and Paper_column_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'PageTurnEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(break-event page-turn-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < PageTurnEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.62 PartCombineMusic

Combine two parts on a staff, either merged or as separate voices.

Properties:

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:part-combine-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

length-callback (procedure):

ly:music-sequence::maximum-length-callback

How to compute the duration of this music. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

name (symbol):

'PartCombineMusic

Name of this music object.

start-callback (procedure):

ly:music-sequence::minimum-start-callback

Function to compute the negative length of starting grace notes. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

types (list):
'(part-combine-music)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < PartCombineMusic ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.63 PartialSet

Create an anacrusis or upbeat (partial measure).

Properties:

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:partial-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

length-callback (procedure):

ly:music-sequence::cumulative-length-callback

How to compute the duration of this music. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

name (symbol):

'PartialSet

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(partial-set)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < PartialSet ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.64 PercentEvent

Used internally to signal percent repeats.

Event classes: music-event, percent-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Percent_repeat_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'PercentEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(event percent-event rhythmic-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < PercentEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.65 PercentRepeatedMusic

Repeats encoded by percents and slashes.

Properties:

elements-callback (procedure):

make-percent-set

Return a list of children, for use by a sequential iterator. Takes a single music parameter.

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:percent-repeat-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

length-callback (procedure):

ly:calculated-sequential-music::length

How to compute the duration of this music. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

name (symbol):

'PercentRepeatedMusic

Name of this music object.

start-callback (procedure):

ly:calculated-sequential-music::start

Function to compute the negative length of starting grace notes. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

types (list):
'(repeated-music percent-repeated-music)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < PercentRepeatedMusic ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.66 PesOrFlexaEvent

Within a ligature, mark the previous and the following note to form a pes (if melody goes up) or a flexa (if melody goes down).

Event classes: music-event, pes-or-flexa-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Vaticana_ligature_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'PesOrFlexaEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(pes-or-flexa-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < PesOrFlexaEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.67 PhrasingSlurEvent

Start or end phrasing slur.

Syntax: note\( and note\)

Event classes: music-event, phrasing-slur-event, span-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Phrasing_slur_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'PhrasingSlurEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event span-event event phrasing-slur-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < PhrasingSlurEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.68 PostEvents

Container for several postevents.

This can be used to package several events into a single one. Should not be seen outside of the parser.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'PostEvents

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event post-event-wrapper)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < PostEvents ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.69 PropertySet

Set a context property.

Syntax: \set context.prop = scheme-val

Properties:

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:property-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

name (symbol):

'PropertySet

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(layout-instruction-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

untransposable (boolean):

#t

If set, this music is not transposed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < PropertySet ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.70 PropertyUnset

Restore the default setting for a context property. See PropertySet.

Syntax: \unset context.prop

Properties:

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:property-unset-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

name (symbol):

'PropertyUnset

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(layout-instruction-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < PropertyUnset ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.71 QuoteMusic

Quote preprocessed snippets of music.

Properties:

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:music-wrapper-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

length-callback (procedure):

ly:music-wrapper::length-callback

How to compute the duration of this music. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

name (symbol):

'QuoteMusic

Name of this music object.

start-callback (procedure):

ly:music-wrapper::start-callback

Function to compute the negative length of starting grace notes. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

types (list):
'(music-wrapper-music)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < QuoteMusic ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.72 RehearsalMarkEvent

Insert a rehearsal mark.

Syntax: \mark marker

Example: \mark 3

Event classes: mark-event, music-event, rehearsal-mark-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Mark_tracking_translator.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'RehearsalMarkEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(rehearsal-mark-event mark-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < RehearsalMarkEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.73 RelativeOctaveCheck

Check if a pitch is in the correct octave.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'RelativeOctaveCheck

Name of this music object.

to-relative-callback (procedure):

ly:relative-octave-check::relative-callback

How to transform a piece of music to relative pitches.

types (list):
'(relative-octave-check)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < RelativeOctaveCheck ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.74 RelativeOctaveMusic

Music in which the assignment of octaves is complete.

Properties:

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:music-wrapper-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

length-callback (procedure):

ly:music-wrapper::length-callback

How to compute the duration of this music. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

name (symbol):

'RelativeOctaveMusic

Name of this music object.

start-callback (procedure):

ly:music-wrapper::start-callback

Function to compute the negative length of starting grace notes. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

to-relative-callback (procedure):

ly:relative-octave-music::relative-callback

How to transform a piece of music to relative pitches.

types (list):
'(music-wrapper-music relative-octave-music)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < RelativeOctaveMusic ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.75 RepeatSlashEvent

Used internally to signal beat repeats.

Event classes: music-event, repeat-slash-event, rhythmic-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Slash_repeat_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'RepeatSlashEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(event repeat-slash-event rhythmic-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < RepeatSlashEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.76 RepeatTieEvent

Ties for starting a second volta bracket.

Event classes: music-event, repeat-tie-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Repeat_tie_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'RepeatTieEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event event repeat-tie-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < RepeatTieEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.77 RestEvent

A Rest.

Syntax: r4 for a quarter rest.

Event classes: general-rest-event, music-event, rest-event, rhythmic-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Completion_rest_engraver, Current_chord_text_engraver, Figured_bass_engraver and Rest_engraver.

Properties:

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:rhythmic-music-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

name (symbol):

'RestEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(event rhythmic-event
        general-rest-event
        rest-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < RestEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.78 RevertProperty

The opposite of OverrideProperty: remove a previously added property from a graphical object definition.

Properties:

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:pop-property-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

name (symbol):

'RevertProperty

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(layout-instruction-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < RevertProperty ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.79 ScriptEvent

Add an articulation mark to a note.

Event classes: music-event, script-event and StreamEvent.

Not accepted by any engraver or performer.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'ScriptEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < ScriptEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.80 SectionEvent

Add a section division, which is typically written as a thin double bar line.

Event classes: music-event, section-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Bar_engraver and Divisio_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'SectionEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(section-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < SectionEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.81 SectionLabelEvent

Mark the beginning of a named passage. Does not imply a section division.

Event classes: music-event, section-label-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Mark_tracking_translator.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'SectionLabelEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(section-label-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < SectionLabelEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.82 SegnoMarkEvent

Add a segno mark or bar line.

Event classes: music-event, segno-mark-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Bar_engraver and Mark_tracking_translator.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'SegnoMarkEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(segno-mark-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < SegnoMarkEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.83 SegnoRepeatedMusic

Repeats with alternatives placed sequentially and marked with segno, Coda, D.C., etc.

Properties:

elements-callback (procedure):

make-volta-set

Return a list of children, for use by a sequential iterator. Takes a single music parameter.

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:volta-repeat-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

length-callback (procedure):

ly:calculated-sequential-music::length

How to compute the duration of this music. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

name (symbol):

'SegnoRepeatedMusic

Name of this music object.

start-callback (procedure):

ly:calculated-sequential-music::start

Function to compute the negative length of starting grace notes. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

types (list):
'(segno-repeated-music
   folded-repeated-music
   repeated-music)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < SegnoRepeatedMusic ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.84 SequentialAlternativeMusic

Repeat alternatives in sequence.

Syntax: \alternative { alternatives }

Properties:

elements-callback (procedure):

#<procedure 742cdbef1ee8 at /build/out/share/lilypond/current/scm/lily/define-music-types.scm:622:30 (m)>

Return a list of children, for use by a sequential iterator. Takes a single music parameter.

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:alternative-sequence-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

length-callback (procedure):

ly:music-sequence::cumulative-length-callback

How to compute the duration of this music. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

name (symbol):

'SequentialAlternativeMusic

Name of this music object.

start-callback (procedure):

ly:music-sequence::first-start-callback

Function to compute the negative length of starting grace notes. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

types (list):
'(sequential-music sequential-alternative-music)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < SequentialAlternativeMusic ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.85 SequentialMusic

Music expressions concatenated.

Syntax: \sequential { … } or simply { … }

Properties:

elements-callback (procedure):

#<procedure 742cdbef2038 at /build/out/share/lilypond/current/scm/lily/define-music-types.scm:635:30 (m)>

Return a list of children, for use by a sequential iterator. Takes a single music parameter.

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:sequential-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

length-callback (procedure):

ly:music-sequence::cumulative-length-callback

How to compute the duration of this music. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

name (symbol):

'SequentialMusic

Name of this music object.

start-callback (procedure):

ly:music-sequence::first-start-callback

Function to compute the negative length of starting grace notes. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

types (list):
'(sequential-music)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < SequentialMusic ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.86 SimultaneousMusic

Music playing together.

Syntax: \simultaneous { … } or << … >>

Properties:

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:simultaneous-music-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

length-callback (procedure):

ly:music-sequence::maximum-length-callback

How to compute the duration of this music. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

name (symbol):

'SimultaneousMusic

Name of this music object.

start-callback (procedure):

ly:music-sequence::minimum-start-callback

Function to compute the negative length of starting grace notes. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

to-relative-callback (procedure):

ly:music-sequence::simultaneous-relative-callback

How to transform a piece of music to relative pitches.

types (list):
'(simultaneous-music)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < SimultaneousMusic ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.87 SkipEvent

Filler that takes up duration, but does not print anything.

Syntax: s4 for a skip equivalent to a quarter rest.

Event classes: music-event, rhythmic-event, skip-event and StreamEvent.

Not accepted by any engraver or performer.

Properties:

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:rhythmic-music-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

name (symbol):

'SkipEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(event rhythmic-event skip-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < SkipEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.88 SkipMusic

Filler that takes up duration, does not print anything, and also does not create staves or voices implicitly.

Syntax: \skip duration

Properties:

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:simple-music-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

name (symbol):

'SkipMusic

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(event skip-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < SkipMusic ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.89 SkippedMusic

Filler that takes up duration, does not print anything, and also does not create staves or voices implicitly.

Syntax: \skip music

Properties:

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:simple-music-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

length-callback (procedure):

ly:music-wrapper::length-callback

How to compute the duration of this music. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

name (symbol):

'SkippedMusic

Name of this music object.

start-callback (procedure):

ly:music-wrapper::start-callback

Function to compute the negative length of starting grace notes. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

types (list):
'(skipped-music music-wrapper-music)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < SkippedMusic ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.90 SlurEvent

Start or end slur.

Syntax: note( and note)

Event classes: music-event, slur-event, span-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Slur_engraver and Slur_performer.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'SlurEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event span-event event slur-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < SlurEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.91 SoloOneEvent

Print ‘Solo 1’.

Event classes: music-event, part-combine-event, solo-one-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Part_combine_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'SoloOneEvent

Name of this music object.

part-combine-status (symbol):

'solo1

Change to what kind of state? Options are solo1, solo2 and unisono.

types (list):
'(event part-combine-event solo-one-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < SoloOneEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.92 SoloTwoEvent

Print ‘Solo 2’.

Event classes: music-event, part-combine-event, solo-two-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Part_combine_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'SoloTwoEvent

Name of this music object.

part-combine-status (symbol):

'solo2

Change to what kind of state? Options are solo1, solo2 and unisono.

types (list):
'(event part-combine-event solo-two-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < SoloTwoEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.93 SostenutoEvent

Depress or release sostenuto pedal.

Event classes: music-event, pedal-event, sostenuto-event, span-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Piano_pedal_engraver and Piano_pedal_performer.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'SostenutoEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event event pedal-event sostenuto-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < SostenutoEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.94 SpacingSectionEvent

Start a new spacing section.

Event classes: music-event, spacing-section-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Spacing_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'SpacingSectionEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(event spacing-section-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < SpacingSectionEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.95 SpanEvent

Event for anything that is started at a different time than stopped.

Event classes: music-event, span-event and StreamEvent.

Not accepted by any engraver or performer.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'SpanEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < SpanEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.96 StaffHighlightEvent

Start or stop a staff highlight.

Syntax: \staffHighlight, \stopStaffHighlight.

Event classes: music-event, span-event, staff-highlight-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Staff_highlight_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'StaffHighlightEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(staff-highlight-event span-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < StaffHighlightEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.97 StaffSpanEvent

Start or stop a staff symbol.

Event classes: music-event, span-event, staff-span-event and StreamEvent.

Accepted by: Staff_symbol_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'StaffSpanEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(event span-event staff-span-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < StaffSpanEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.98 StringNumberEvent

Specify on which string to play this note.

Syntax: \number

Event classes: music-event, StreamEvent and string-number-event.

Accepted by: Bend_spanner_engraver, Fretboard_engraver and Tab_note_heads_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'StringNumberEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event string-number-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < StringNumberEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.99 StrokeFingerEvent

Specify with which finger to pluck a string.

Syntax: \rightHandFinger text

Event classes: music-event, StreamEvent and stroke-finger-event.

Not accepted by any engraver or performer.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'StrokeFingerEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event stroke-finger-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < StrokeFingerEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.100 SustainEvent

Depress or release sustain pedal.

Event classes: music-event, pedal-event, span-event, StreamEvent and sustain-event.

Accepted by: Piano_pedal_engraver and Piano_pedal_performer.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'SustainEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event event pedal-event sustain-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < SustainEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.101 TempoChangeEvent

A metronome mark or tempo indication.

Event classes: music-event, StreamEvent and tempo-change-event.

Accepted by: Metronome_mark_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'TempoChangeEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(event tempo-change-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < TempoChangeEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.102 TextMarkEvent

A textual mark.

Syntax: \textMark markup or \textEndMark markup.

Event classes: music-event, StreamEvent and text-mark-event.

Accepted by: Text_mark_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'TextMarkEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(text-mark-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < TextMarkEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.103 TextScriptEvent

Print text.

Event classes: music-event, script-event, StreamEvent and text-script-event.

Accepted by: Text_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'TextScriptEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event script-event text-script-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < TextScriptEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.104 TextSpanEvent

Start a text spanner, for example, an octavation.

Event classes: music-event, span-event, StreamEvent and text-span-event.

Accepted by: Text_spanner_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'TextSpanEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event span-event event text-span-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < TextSpanEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.105 TieEvent

A tie.

Syntax: note-~

Event classes: music-event, StreamEvent and tie-event.

Accepted by: Drum_note_performer, Note_performer, Tie_engraver and Tie_performer.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'TieEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event tie-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < TieEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.106 TimeScaledMusic

Multiply durations, as in tuplets.

Syntax: \times fraction music, e.g., \times 2/3 { … } for triplets.

Properties:

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:tuplet-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

length-callback (procedure):

ly:music-wrapper::length-callback

How to compute the duration of this music. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

name (symbol):

'TimeScaledMusic

Name of this music object.

start-callback (procedure):

ly:music-wrapper::start-callback

Function to compute the negative length of starting grace notes. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

types (list):
'(time-scaled-music)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < TimeScaledMusic ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.107 TimeSignatureEvent

An event created when setting a new time signature

Event classes: music-event, StreamEvent and time-signature-event.

Accepted by: Time_signature_engraver and Time_signature_performer.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'TimeSignatureEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(event time-signature-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < TimeSignatureEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.108 TimeSignatureMusic

Set a new time signature

Properties:

elements-callback (procedure):

make-time-signature-set

Return a list of children, for use by a sequential iterator. Takes a single music parameter.

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:sequential-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

name (symbol):

'TimeSignatureMusic

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(time-signature-music)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < TimeSignatureMusic ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.109 TransposedMusic

Music that has been transposed.

Properties:

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:music-wrapper-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

length-callback (procedure):

ly:music-wrapper::length-callback

How to compute the duration of this music. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

name (symbol):

'TransposedMusic

Name of this music object.

start-callback (procedure):

ly:music-wrapper::start-callback

Function to compute the negative length of starting grace notes. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

to-relative-callback (procedure):

ly:relative-octave-music::no-relative-callback

How to transform a piece of music to relative pitches.

types (list):
'(music-wrapper-music transposed-music)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < TransposedMusic ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.110 TremoloEvent

Unmeasured tremolo.

Event classes: music-event, StreamEvent and tremolo-event.

Accepted by: Stem_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'TremoloEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event event tremolo-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < TremoloEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.111 TremoloRepeatedMusic

Repeated notes denoted by tremolo beams.

Properties:

elements-callback (procedure):

make-tremolo-set

Return a list of children, for use by a sequential iterator. Takes a single music parameter.

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:sequential-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

length-callback (procedure):

ly:calculated-sequential-music::length

How to compute the duration of this music. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

name (symbol):

'TremoloRepeatedMusic

Name of this music object.

start-callback (procedure):

ly:calculated-sequential-music::start

Function to compute the negative length of starting grace notes. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

types (list):
'(repeated-music tremolo-repeated-music)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < TremoloRepeatedMusic ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.112 TremoloSpanEvent

Tremolo over two stems.

Event classes: music-event, span-event, StreamEvent and tremolo-span-event.

Accepted by: Chord_tremolo_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'TremoloSpanEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(event span-event tremolo-span-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < TremoloSpanEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.113 TrillSpanEvent

Start a trill spanner.

Event classes: music-event, span-event, StreamEvent and trill-span-event.

Accepted by: Trill_spanner_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'TrillSpanEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event span-event event trill-span-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < TrillSpanEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.114 TupletSpanEvent

Used internally to signal where tuplet brackets start and stop.

Event classes: music-event, span-event, StreamEvent and tuplet-span-event.

Accepted by: Stem_engraver and Tuplet_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'TupletSpanEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(tuplet-span-event span-event event post-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < TupletSpanEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.115 UnaCordaEvent

Depress or release una-corda pedal.

Event classes: music-event, pedal-event, span-event, StreamEvent and una-corda-event.

Accepted by: Piano_pedal_engraver and Piano_pedal_performer.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'UnaCordaEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event event pedal-event una-corda-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < UnaCordaEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.116 UnfoldedRepeatedMusic

Repeated music which is fully written (and played) out.

Properties:

elements-callback (procedure):

make-unfolded-set

Return a list of children, for use by a sequential iterator. Takes a single music parameter.

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:sequential-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

length-callback (procedure):

ly:calculated-sequential-music::length

How to compute the duration of this music. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

name (symbol):

'UnfoldedRepeatedMusic

Name of this music object.

start-callback (procedure):

ly:calculated-sequential-music::start

Function to compute the negative length of starting grace notes. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

types (list):
'(repeated-music unfolded-repeated-music)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < UnfoldedRepeatedMusic ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.117 UnfoldedSpeccedMusic

Music that appears once repeated music is unfolded.

Properties:

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:music-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

length (moment):

#<Mom 0>

The endpoint of this music. This property is unhappily named in that it does not account for any initial grace notes: the full length of the music is length minus the start time. A value of INF-MOMENT indicates indefinite length.

name (symbol):

'UnfoldedSpeccedMusic

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(unfolded-specification music-wrapper-music)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < UnfoldedSpeccedMusic ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.118 UnisonoEvent

Print ‘a 2’.

Event classes: music-event, part-combine-event, StreamEvent and unisono-event.

Accepted by: Part_combine_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'UnisonoEvent

Name of this music object.

part-combine-status (symbol):

'unisono

Change to what kind of state? Options are solo1, solo2 and unisono.

types (list):
'(event part-combine-event unisono-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < UnisonoEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.119 UnrelativableMusic

Music that cannot be converted from relative to absolute notation. For example, transposed music.

Properties:

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:music-wrapper-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

length-callback (procedure):

ly:music-wrapper::length-callback

How to compute the duration of this music. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

name (symbol):

'UnrelativableMusic

Name of this music object.

start-callback (procedure):

ly:music-wrapper::start-callback

Function to compute the negative length of starting grace notes. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

to-relative-callback (procedure):

ly:relative-octave-music::no-relative-callback

How to transform a piece of music to relative pitches.

types (list):
'(music-wrapper-music unrelativable-music)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < UnrelativableMusic ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.120 VoiceSeparator

Separate polyphonic voices in simultaneous music.

Syntax: \\

Properties:

name (symbol):

'VoiceSeparator

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(separator)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < VoiceSeparator ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.121 VoltaRepeatEndEvent

Signal the end of a volta-style repeat. Multiple end events per start event can be expected when there are alternative endings.

Event classes: music-event, StreamEvent and volta-repeat-end-event.

Accepted by: Divisio_engraver, Lyric_repeat_count_engraver, Repeat_acknowledge_engraver and Signum_repetitionis_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'VoltaRepeatEndEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(volta-repeat-end-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < VoltaRepeatEndEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.122 VoltaRepeatStartEvent

Signal the start of a volta-style repeat.

Event classes: music-event, StreamEvent and volta-repeat-start-event.

Accepted by: Divisio_engraver and Repeat_acknowledge_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'VoltaRepeatStartEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(volta-repeat-start-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < VoltaRepeatStartEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.123 VoltaRepeatedMusic

Repeats with alternatives placed sequentially.

Properties:

elements-callback (procedure):

make-volta-set

Return a list of children, for use by a sequential iterator. Takes a single music parameter.

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:volta-repeat-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

length-callback (procedure):

ly:calculated-sequential-music::length

How to compute the duration of this music. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

name (symbol):

'VoltaRepeatedMusic

Name of this music object.

start-callback (procedure):

ly:calculated-sequential-music::start

Function to compute the negative length of starting grace notes. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

types (list):
'(volta-repeated-music
   folded-repeated-music
   repeated-music)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < VoltaRepeatedMusic ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.124 VoltaSpanEvent

Used internally to signal where volta brackets start and stop.

Event classes: music-event, span-event, StreamEvent and volta-span-event.

Accepted by: Bar_engraver and Volta_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'VoltaSpanEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(volta-span-event span-event event post-event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < VoltaSpanEvent ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.125 VoltaSpeccedMusic

Music for a specific volta within repeated music.

Properties:

iterator-ctor (procedure):

ly:volta-specced-music-iterator::constructor

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

length-callback (procedure):

ly:music-wrapper::length-callback

How to compute the duration of this music. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

name (symbol):

'VoltaSpeccedMusic

Name of this music object.

start-callback (procedure):

ly:music-wrapper::start-callback

Function to compute the negative length of starting grace notes. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

types (list):
'(volta-specification music-wrapper-music)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < VoltaSpeccedMusic ][ Up : Music expressions ][]

1.1.126 VowelTransitionEvent

A vowel transition between lyric syllables.

Event classes: music-event, StreamEvent and vowel-transition-event.

Accepted by: Hyphen_engraver.

Properties:

name (symbol):

'VowelTransitionEvent

Name of this music object.

types (list):
'(post-event vowel-transition-event event)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < VowelTransitionEvent ][ Up : Music definitions ][]

1.2 Music classes

1.2.1 absolute-dynamic-event  
1.2.2 ad-hoc-jump-event  
1.2.3 ad-hoc-mark-event  
1.2.4 alternative-event  
1.2.5 annotate-output-event  
1.2.6 apply-output-event  
1.2.7 arpeggio-event  
1.2.8 articulation-event  
1.2.9 bar-event  
1.2.10 bass-figure-event  
1.2.11 beam-event  
1.2.12 beam-forbid-event  
1.2.13 bend-after-event  
1.2.14 bend-span-event  
1.2.15 break-dynamic-span-event  
1.2.16 break-event  
1.2.17 break-span-event  
1.2.18 breathing-event  
1.2.19 caesura-event  
1.2.20 cluster-note-event  
1.2.21 coda-mark-event  
1.2.22 completize-extender-event  
1.2.23 crescendo-event  
1.2.24 dal-segno-event  
1.2.25 decrescendo-event  
1.2.26 double-percent-event  
1.2.27 duration-line-event  
1.2.28 dynamic-event  
1.2.29 episema-event  
1.2.30 extender-event  
1.2.31 fine-event  
1.2.32 finger-glide-event  
1.2.33 fingering-event  
1.2.34 footnote-event  
1.2.35 general-rest-event  
1.2.36 glissando-event  
1.2.37 harmonic-event  
1.2.38 hyphen-event  
1.2.39 key-change-event  
1.2.40 label-event  
1.2.41 laissez-vibrer-event  
1.2.42 layout-instruction-event  
1.2.43 ligature-event  
1.2.44 line-break-event  
1.2.45 lyric-event  
1.2.46 mark-event  
1.2.47 measure-counter-event  
1.2.48 measure-spanner-event  
1.2.49 melodic-event  
1.2.50 multi-measure-articulation-event  
1.2.51 multi-measure-rest-event  
1.2.52 multi-measure-text-event  
1.2.53 music-event  
1.2.54 note-event  
1.2.55 note-grouping-event  
1.2.56 ottava-event  
1.2.57 page-break-event  
1.2.58 page-turn-event  
1.2.59 part-combine-event  
1.2.60 pedal-event  
1.2.61 percent-event  
1.2.62 pes-or-flexa-event  
1.2.63 phrasing-slur-event  
1.2.64 rehearsal-mark-event  
1.2.65 repeat-slash-event  
1.2.66 repeat-tie-event  
1.2.67 rest-event  
1.2.68 rhythmic-event  
1.2.69 script-event  
1.2.70 section-event  
1.2.71 section-label-event  
1.2.72 segno-mark-event  
1.2.73 skip-event  
1.2.74 slur-event  
1.2.75 solo-one-event  
1.2.76 solo-two-event  
1.2.77 sostenuto-event  
1.2.78 spacing-section-event  
1.2.79 span-dynamic-event  
1.2.80 span-event  
1.2.81 staff-highlight-event  
1.2.82 staff-span-event  
1.2.83 StreamEvent  
1.2.84 string-number-event  
1.2.85 stroke-finger-event  
1.2.86 sustain-event  
1.2.87 tempo-change-event  
1.2.88 text-mark-event  
1.2.89 text-script-event  
1.2.90 text-span-event  
1.2.91 tie-event  
1.2.92 time-signature-event  
1.2.93 tremolo-event  
1.2.94 tremolo-span-event  
1.2.95 trill-span-event  
1.2.96 tuplet-span-event  
1.2.97 una-corda-event  
1.2.98 unisono-event  
1.2.99 volta-repeat-end-event  
1.2.100 volta-repeat-start-event  
1.2.101 volta-span-event  
1.2.102 vowel-transition-event  
[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < Music classes ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.1 absolute-dynamic-event

Music event type absolute-dynamic-event is in music objects of type AbsoluteDynamicEvent.

Accepted by: Dynamic_engraver and Dynamic_performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < absolute-dynamic-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.2 ad-hoc-jump-event

Music event type ad-hoc-jump-event is in music objects of type AdHocJumpEvent.

Accepted by: Bar_engraver and Jump_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < ad-hoc-jump-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.3 ad-hoc-mark-event

Music event type ad-hoc-mark-event is in music objects of type AdHocMarkEvent.

Accepted by: Mark_tracking_translator.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < ad-hoc-mark-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.4 alternative-event

Music event type alternative-event is in music objects of type AlternativeEvent.

Accepted by: Timing_translator.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < alternative-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.5 annotate-output-event

Music event type annotate-output-event is in music objects of type AnnotateOutputEvent.

Accepted by: Balloon_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < annotate-output-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.6 apply-output-event

Music event type apply-output-event is in music objects of type ApplyOutputEvent.

Accepted by: Output_property_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < apply-output-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.7 arpeggio-event

Music event type arpeggio-event is in music objects of type ArpeggioEvent.

Accepted by: Arpeggio_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < arpeggio-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.8 articulation-event

Music event type articulation-event is in music objects of type ArticulationEvent.

Accepted by: Beat_engraver, Beat_performer, Drum_note_performer, Note_performer and Script_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < articulation-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.9 bar-event

Music event type bar-event is in music objects of type BarEvent.

Accepted by: Timing_translator.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < bar-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.10 bass-figure-event

Music event type bass-figure-event is in music objects of type BassFigureEvent.

Accepted by: Figured_bass_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < bass-figure-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.11 beam-event

Music event type beam-event is in music objects of type BeamEvent.

Accepted by: Beam_engraver, Beam_performer and Grace_beam_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < beam-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.12 beam-forbid-event

Music event type beam-forbid-event is in music objects of type BeamForbidEvent.

Accepted by: Auto_beam_engraver and Grace_auto_beam_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < beam-forbid-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.13 bend-after-event

Music event type bend-after-event is in music objects of type BendAfterEvent.

Accepted by: Bend_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < bend-after-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.14 bend-span-event

Music event type bend-span-event is in music objects of type BendSpanEvent.

Accepted by: Bend_spanner_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < bend-span-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.15 break-dynamic-span-event

Music event type break-dynamic-span-event is in music objects of type BreakDynamicSpanEvent.

Accepted by: Dynamic_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < break-dynamic-span-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.16 break-event

Music event type break-event is in music objects of type LineBreakEvent, PageBreakEvent and PageTurnEvent.

Accepted by: Page_turn_engraver and Paper_column_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < break-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.17 break-span-event

Music event type break-span-event is in music objects of type BreakDynamicSpanEvent.

Not accepted by any engraver or performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < break-span-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.18 breathing-event

Music event type breathing-event is in music objects of type BreathingEvent.

Accepted by: Breathing_sign_engraver and Note_performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < breathing-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.19 caesura-event

Music event type caesura-event is in music objects of type CaesuraEvent.

Accepted by: Bar_engraver, Caesura_engraver and Divisio_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < caesura-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.20 cluster-note-event

Music event type cluster-note-event is in music objects of type ClusterNoteEvent.

Accepted by: Cluster_spanner_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < cluster-note-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.21 coda-mark-event

Music event type coda-mark-event is in music objects of type CodaMarkEvent.

Accepted by: Bar_engraver and Mark_tracking_translator.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < coda-mark-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.22 completize-extender-event

Music event type completize-extender-event is in music objects of type CompletizeExtenderEvent.

Accepted by: Extender_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < completize-extender-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.23 crescendo-event

Music event type crescendo-event is in music objects of type CrescendoEvent.

Accepted by: Dynamic_performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < crescendo-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.24 dal-segno-event

Music event type dal-segno-event is in music objects of type DalSegnoEvent.

Accepted by: Bar_engraver, Jump_engraver and Volta_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < dal-segno-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.25 decrescendo-event

Music event type decrescendo-event is in music objects of type DecrescendoEvent.

Accepted by: Dynamic_performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < decrescendo-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.26 double-percent-event

Music event type double-percent-event is in music objects of type DoublePercentEvent.

Accepted by: Double_percent_repeat_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < double-percent-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.27 duration-line-event

Music event type duration-line-event is in music objects of type DurationLineEvent.

Accepted by: Duration_line_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < duration-line-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.28 dynamic-event

Music event type dynamic-event is in music objects of type AbsoluteDynamicEvent.

Not accepted by any engraver or performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < dynamic-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.29 episema-event

Music event type episema-event is in music objects of type EpisemaEvent.

Accepted by: Episema_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < episema-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.30 extender-event

Music event type extender-event is in music objects of type ExtenderEvent.

Accepted by: Extender_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < extender-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.31 fine-event

Music event type fine-event is in music objects of type FineEvent.

Accepted by: Bar_engraver, Divisio_engraver, Jump_engraver, Timing_translator and Volta_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < fine-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.32 finger-glide-event

Music event type finger-glide-event is in music objects of type FingerGlideEvent.

Not accepted by any engraver or performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < finger-glide-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.33 fingering-event

Music event type fingering-event is in music objects of type FingeringEvent.

Accepted by: Fingering_engraver, Fretboard_engraver and Tab_note_heads_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < fingering-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.34 footnote-event

Music event type footnote-event is in music objects of type FootnoteEvent.

Not accepted by any engraver or performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < footnote-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.35 general-rest-event

Music event type general-rest-event is in music objects of type MultiMeasureRestEvent and RestEvent.

Accepted by: Current_chord_text_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < general-rest-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.36 glissando-event

Music event type glissando-event is in music objects of type GlissandoEvent.

Accepted by: Glissando_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < glissando-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.37 harmonic-event

Music event type harmonic-event is in music objects of type HarmonicEvent.

Not accepted by any engraver or performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < harmonic-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.38 hyphen-event

Music event type hyphen-event is in music objects of type HyphenEvent.

Accepted by: Hyphen_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < hyphen-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.39 key-change-event

Music event type key-change-event is in music objects of type KeyChangeEvent.

Accepted by: Key_engraver and Key_performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < key-change-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.40 label-event

Music event type label-event is in music objects of type LabelEvent.

Accepted by: Paper_column_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < label-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.41 laissez-vibrer-event

Music event type laissez-vibrer-event is in music objects of type LaissezVibrerEvent.

Accepted by: Laissez_vibrer_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < laissez-vibrer-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.42 layout-instruction-event

Music event type layout-instruction-event is in music objects of type ApplyOutputEvent.

Not accepted by any engraver or performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < layout-instruction-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.43 ligature-event

Music event type ligature-event is in music objects of type LigatureEvent.

Accepted by: Kievan_ligature_engraver, Ligature_bracket_engraver, Mensural_ligature_engraver and Vaticana_ligature_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < ligature-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.44 line-break-event

Music event type line-break-event is in music objects of type LineBreakEvent.

Not accepted by any engraver or performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < line-break-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.45 lyric-event

Music event type lyric-event is in music objects of type LyricEvent.

Accepted by: Lyric_engraver and Lyric_performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < lyric-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.46 mark-event

Music event type mark-event is in music objects of type AdHocMarkEvent and RehearsalMarkEvent.

Not accepted by any engraver or performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < mark-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.47 measure-counter-event

Music event type measure-counter-event is in music objects of type MeasureCounterEvent.

Accepted by: Measure_counter_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < measure-counter-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.48 measure-spanner-event

Music event type measure-spanner-event is in music objects of type MeasureSpannerEvent.

Accepted by: Measure_spanner_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < measure-spanner-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.49 melodic-event

Music event type melodic-event is in music objects of type ClusterNoteEvent and NoteEvent.

Not accepted by any engraver or performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < melodic-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.50 multi-measure-articulation-event

Music event type multi-measure-articulation-event is in music objects of type MultiMeasureArticulationEvent.

Accepted by: Multi_measure_rest_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < multi-measure-articulation-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.51 multi-measure-rest-event

Music event type multi-measure-rest-event is in music objects of type MultiMeasureRestEvent.

Accepted by: Multi_measure_rest_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < multi-measure-rest-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.52 multi-measure-text-event

Music event type multi-measure-text-event is in music objects of type MultiMeasureTextEvent.

Accepted by: Multi_measure_rest_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < multi-measure-text-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.53 music-event

Music event type music-event is in music objects of type AbsoluteDynamicEvent, AdHocJumpEvent, AdHocMarkEvent, AlternativeEvent, AnnotateOutputEvent, ApplyOutputEvent, ArpeggioEvent, ArticulationEvent, BarEvent, BassFigureEvent, BeamEvent, BeamForbidEvent, BendAfterEvent, BendSpanEvent, BreakDynamicSpanEvent, BreathingEvent, CaesuraEvent, ClusterNoteEvent, CodaMarkEvent, CompletizeExtenderEvent, CrescendoEvent, DalSegnoEvent, DecrescendoEvent, DoublePercentEvent, DurationLineEvent, EpisemaEvent, ExtenderEvent, FineEvent, FingerGlideEvent, FingeringEvent, FootnoteEvent, GlissandoEvent, HarmonicEvent, HyphenEvent, KeyChangeEvent, LabelEvent, LaissezVibrerEvent, LigatureEvent, LineBreakEvent, LyricEvent, MeasureCounterEvent, MeasureSpannerEvent, MultiMeasureArticulationEvent, MultiMeasureRestEvent, MultiMeasureTextEvent, NoteEvent, NoteGroupingEvent, OttavaEvent, PageBreakEvent, PageTurnEvent, PercentEvent, PesOrFlexaEvent, PhrasingSlurEvent, RehearsalMarkEvent, RepeatSlashEvent, RepeatTieEvent, RestEvent, ScriptEvent, SectionEvent, SectionLabelEvent, SegnoMarkEvent, SkipEvent, SlurEvent, SoloOneEvent, SoloTwoEvent, SostenutoEvent, SpacingSectionEvent, SpanEvent, StaffHighlightEvent, StaffSpanEvent, StringNumberEvent, StrokeFingerEvent, SustainEvent, TempoChangeEvent, TextMarkEvent, TextScriptEvent, TextSpanEvent, TieEvent, TimeSignatureEvent, TremoloEvent, TremoloSpanEvent, TrillSpanEvent, TupletSpanEvent, UnaCordaEvent, UnisonoEvent, VoltaRepeatEndEvent, VoltaRepeatStartEvent, VoltaSpanEvent and VowelTransitionEvent.

Not accepted by any engraver or performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < music-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.54 note-event

Music event type note-event is in music objects of type NoteEvent.

Accepted by: Beat_engraver, Beat_performer, Bend_spanner_engraver, Completion_heads_engraver, Current_chord_text_engraver, Drum_note_performer, Drum_notes_engraver, Finger_glide_engraver, Fretboard_engraver, Note_heads_engraver, Note_name_engraver, Note_performer, Part_combine_engraver, Phrasing_slur_engraver, Slur_engraver and Tab_note_heads_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < note-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.55 note-grouping-event

Music event type note-grouping-event is in music objects of type NoteGroupingEvent.

Accepted by: Horizontal_bracket_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < note-grouping-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.56 ottava-event

Music event type ottava-event is in music objects of type OttavaEvent.

Accepted by: Ottava_spanner_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < ottava-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.57 page-break-event

Music event type page-break-event is in music objects of type PageBreakEvent.

Not accepted by any engraver or performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < page-break-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.58 page-turn-event

Music event type page-turn-event is in music objects of type PageTurnEvent.

Not accepted by any engraver or performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < page-turn-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.59 part-combine-event

Music event type part-combine-event is in music objects of type SoloOneEvent, SoloTwoEvent and UnisonoEvent.

Accepted by: Part_combine_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < part-combine-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.60 pedal-event

Music event type pedal-event is in music objects of type SostenutoEvent, SustainEvent and UnaCordaEvent.

Not accepted by any engraver or performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < pedal-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.61 percent-event

Music event type percent-event is in music objects of type PercentEvent.

Accepted by: Percent_repeat_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < percent-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.62 pes-or-flexa-event

Music event type pes-or-flexa-event is in music objects of type PesOrFlexaEvent.

Accepted by: Vaticana_ligature_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < pes-or-flexa-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.63 phrasing-slur-event

Music event type phrasing-slur-event is in music objects of type PhrasingSlurEvent.

Accepted by: Phrasing_slur_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < phrasing-slur-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.64 rehearsal-mark-event

Music event type rehearsal-mark-event is in music objects of type RehearsalMarkEvent.

Accepted by: Mark_tracking_translator.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < rehearsal-mark-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.65 repeat-slash-event

Music event type repeat-slash-event is in music objects of type RepeatSlashEvent.

Accepted by: Slash_repeat_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < repeat-slash-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.66 repeat-tie-event

Music event type repeat-tie-event is in music objects of type RepeatTieEvent.

Accepted by: Repeat_tie_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < repeat-tie-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.67 rest-event

Music event type rest-event is in music objects of type RestEvent.

Accepted by: Completion_rest_engraver, Figured_bass_engraver and Rest_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < rest-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.68 rhythmic-event

Music event type rhythmic-event is in music objects of type BassFigureEvent, ClusterNoteEvent, DoublePercentEvent, LyricEvent, MultiMeasureRestEvent, NoteEvent, RepeatSlashEvent, RestEvent and SkipEvent.

Not accepted by any engraver or performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < rhythmic-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.69 script-event

Music event type script-event is in music objects of type ArticulationEvent, ScriptEvent and TextScriptEvent.

Not accepted by any engraver or performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < script-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.70 section-event

Music event type section-event is in music objects of type SectionEvent.

Accepted by: Bar_engraver and Divisio_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < section-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.71 section-label-event

Music event type section-label-event is in music objects of type SectionLabelEvent.

Accepted by: Mark_tracking_translator.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < section-label-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.72 segno-mark-event

Music event type segno-mark-event is in music objects of type SegnoMarkEvent.

Accepted by: Bar_engraver and Mark_tracking_translator.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < segno-mark-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.73 skip-event

Music event type skip-event is in music objects of type SkipEvent.

Not accepted by any engraver or performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < skip-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.74 slur-event

Music event type slur-event is in music objects of type SlurEvent.

Accepted by: Slur_engraver and Slur_performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < slur-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.75 solo-one-event

Music event type solo-one-event is in music objects of type SoloOneEvent.

Not accepted by any engraver or performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < solo-one-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.76 solo-two-event

Music event type solo-two-event is in music objects of type SoloTwoEvent.

Not accepted by any engraver or performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < solo-two-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.77 sostenuto-event

Music event type sostenuto-event is in music objects of type SostenutoEvent.

Accepted by: Piano_pedal_engraver and Piano_pedal_performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < sostenuto-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.78 spacing-section-event

Music event type spacing-section-event is in music objects of type SpacingSectionEvent.

Accepted by: Spacing_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < spacing-section-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.79 span-dynamic-event

Music event type span-dynamic-event is in music objects of type CrescendoEvent and DecrescendoEvent.

Accepted by: Dynamic_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < span-dynamic-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.80 span-event

Music event type span-event is in music objects of type BeamEvent, BendSpanEvent, CrescendoEvent, DecrescendoEvent, EpisemaEvent, FingerGlideEvent, LigatureEvent, MeasureCounterEvent, MeasureSpannerEvent, PhrasingSlurEvent, SlurEvent, SostenutoEvent, SpanEvent, StaffHighlightEvent, StaffSpanEvent, SustainEvent, TextSpanEvent, TremoloSpanEvent, TrillSpanEvent, TupletSpanEvent, UnaCordaEvent and VoltaSpanEvent.

Not accepted by any engraver or performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < span-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.81 staff-highlight-event

Music event type staff-highlight-event is in music objects of type StaffHighlightEvent.

Accepted by: Staff_highlight_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < staff-highlight-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.82 staff-span-event

Music event type staff-span-event is in music objects of type StaffSpanEvent.

Accepted by: Staff_symbol_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < staff-span-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.83 StreamEvent

Music event type StreamEvent is in music objects of type AbsoluteDynamicEvent, AdHocJumpEvent, AdHocMarkEvent, AlternativeEvent, AnnotateOutputEvent, ApplyOutputEvent, ArpeggioEvent, ArticulationEvent, BarEvent, BassFigureEvent, BeamEvent, BeamForbidEvent, BendAfterEvent, BendSpanEvent, BreakDynamicSpanEvent, BreathingEvent, CaesuraEvent, ClusterNoteEvent, CodaMarkEvent, CompletizeExtenderEvent, CrescendoEvent, DalSegnoEvent, DecrescendoEvent, DoublePercentEvent, DurationLineEvent, EpisemaEvent, ExtenderEvent, FineEvent, FingerGlideEvent, FingeringEvent, FootnoteEvent, GlissandoEvent, HarmonicEvent, HyphenEvent, KeyChangeEvent, LabelEvent, LaissezVibrerEvent, LigatureEvent, LineBreakEvent, LyricEvent, MeasureCounterEvent, MeasureSpannerEvent, MultiMeasureArticulationEvent, MultiMeasureRestEvent, MultiMeasureTextEvent, NoteEvent, NoteGroupingEvent, OttavaEvent, PageBreakEvent, PageTurnEvent, PercentEvent, PesOrFlexaEvent, PhrasingSlurEvent, RehearsalMarkEvent, RepeatSlashEvent, RepeatTieEvent, RestEvent, ScriptEvent, SectionEvent, SectionLabelEvent, SegnoMarkEvent, SkipEvent, SlurEvent, SoloOneEvent, SoloTwoEvent, SostenutoEvent, SpacingSectionEvent, SpanEvent, StaffHighlightEvent, StaffSpanEvent, StringNumberEvent, StrokeFingerEvent, SustainEvent, TempoChangeEvent, TextMarkEvent, TextScriptEvent, TextSpanEvent, TieEvent, TimeSignatureEvent, TremoloEvent, TremoloSpanEvent, TrillSpanEvent, TupletSpanEvent, UnaCordaEvent, UnisonoEvent, VoltaRepeatEndEvent, VoltaRepeatStartEvent, VoltaSpanEvent and VowelTransitionEvent.

Not accepted by any engraver or performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < StreamEvent ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.84 string-number-event

Music event type string-number-event is in music objects of type StringNumberEvent.

Accepted by: Bend_spanner_engraver, Fretboard_engraver and Tab_note_heads_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < string-number-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.85 stroke-finger-event

Music event type stroke-finger-event is in music objects of type StrokeFingerEvent.

Not accepted by any engraver or performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < stroke-finger-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.86 sustain-event

Music event type sustain-event is in music objects of type SustainEvent.

Accepted by: Piano_pedal_engraver and Piano_pedal_performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < sustain-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.87 tempo-change-event

Music event type tempo-change-event is in music objects of type TempoChangeEvent.

Accepted by: Metronome_mark_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < tempo-change-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.88 text-mark-event

Music event type text-mark-event is in music objects of type TextMarkEvent.

Accepted by: Text_mark_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < text-mark-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.89 text-script-event

Music event type text-script-event is in music objects of type TextScriptEvent.

Accepted by: Text_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < text-script-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.90 text-span-event

Music event type text-span-event is in music objects of type TextSpanEvent.

Accepted by: Text_spanner_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < text-span-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.91 tie-event

Music event type tie-event is in music objects of type TieEvent.

Accepted by: Drum_note_performer, Note_performer, Tie_engraver and Tie_performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < tie-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.92 time-signature-event

Music event type time-signature-event is in music objects of type TimeSignatureEvent.

Accepted by: Time_signature_engraver and Time_signature_performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < time-signature-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.93 tremolo-event

Music event type tremolo-event is in music objects of type TremoloEvent.

Accepted by: Stem_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < tremolo-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.94 tremolo-span-event

Music event type tremolo-span-event is in music objects of type TremoloSpanEvent.

Accepted by: Chord_tremolo_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < tremolo-span-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.95 trill-span-event

Music event type trill-span-event is in music objects of type TrillSpanEvent.

Accepted by: Trill_spanner_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < trill-span-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.96 tuplet-span-event

Music event type tuplet-span-event is in music objects of type TupletSpanEvent.

Accepted by: Stem_engraver and Tuplet_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < tuplet-span-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.97 una-corda-event

Music event type una-corda-event is in music objects of type UnaCordaEvent.

Accepted by: Piano_pedal_engraver and Piano_pedal_performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < una-corda-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.98 unisono-event

Music event type unisono-event is in music objects of type UnisonoEvent.

Not accepted by any engraver or performer.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < unisono-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.99 volta-repeat-end-event

Music event type volta-repeat-end-event is in music objects of type VoltaRepeatEndEvent.

Accepted by: Divisio_engraver, Lyric_repeat_count_engraver, Repeat_acknowledge_engraver and Signum_repetitionis_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < volta-repeat-end-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.100 volta-repeat-start-event

Music event type volta-repeat-start-event is in music objects of type VoltaRepeatStartEvent.

Accepted by: Divisio_engraver and Repeat_acknowledge_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < volta-repeat-start-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.101 volta-span-event

Music event type volta-span-event is in music objects of type VoltaSpanEvent.

Accepted by: Bar_engraver and Volta_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < volta-span-event ][ Up : Music classes ][]

1.2.102 vowel-transition-event

Music event type vowel-transition-event is in music objects of type VowelTransitionEvent.

Accepted by: Hyphen_engraver.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Translation >> ]
[ < vowel-transition-event ][ Up : Music definitions ][]

1.3 Music properties

absolute-octave (integer)

The absolute octave for an octave check note.

alteration (number)

Alteration for figured bass.

alteration-bracket (boolean)

Put brackets around bass figure alteration.

alternative-dir (direction)

Indicates that an alternative-event is the first (-1), middle (0), or last (1) of group of alternate endings.

alternative-number (non-negative, exact integer)

The index of the current \alternative element, starting from one.

articulation-type (symbol)

Key for script definitions alist.

articulations (list of music objects)

Articulation events specifically for this note.

associated-context (string)

Name of the context associated with this \lyricsto section.

associated-context-type (symbol)

Type of the context associated with this \lyricsto section.

augmented (boolean)

This figure is for an augmented figured bass (with + sign).

augmented-slash (boolean)

This figure is for an augmented figured bass (back-slashed number).

automatically-numbered (boolean)

Should a footnote be automatically numbered?

autosplit-end (boolean)

Duration of event was truncated by automatic splitting in Completion_heads_engraver.

bar-type (string)

The type of bar line to create, e.g., "|"

bass (boolean)

Set if this note is a bass note in a chord.

beat-structure (list)

A beatStructure to be used in autobeaming.

bracket-start (boolean)

Start a bracket here.

TODO: Use SpanEvents?

bracket-stop (boolean)

Stop a bracket here.

break-penalty (number)

Penalty for line break hint.

break-permission (symbol)

Whether to allow, forbid or force a line break.

cautionary (boolean)

If set, this alteration needs a cautionary accidental.

change-tag (symbol)

Tag identifying the musical scope of a context change. The change applies to the nearest enclosing music with this tag.

change-to-id (string)

Name of the context to change to.

change-to-type (symbol)

Type of the context to change to.

class (symbol)

The class name of an event class.

color (color)

The color of a highlight.

context (context)

The context to which an event is sent.

context-id (string)

Name of context.

context-type (symbol)

Type of context.

create-new (boolean)

Create a fresh context.

delta-step (number)

How much should a fall change pitch?

denominator (integer)

Denominator in a time signature.

digit (non-negative, exact integer)

Digit for fingering.

diminished (boolean)

This bass figure should be slashed.

direction (direction)

Print this up or down?

drum-type (symbol)

Which percussion instrument to play this note on.

duration (duration)

Duration of this note or lyric.

element (music)

The single child of a Music_wrapper music object, or the body of a repeat.

elements (list of music objects)

A list of elements for sequential of simultaneous music, or the alternatives of repeated music.

elements-callback (procedure)

Return a list of children, for use by a sequential iterator. Takes a single music parameter.

error-found (boolean)

If true, a parsing error was found in this expression.

figure (integer)

A bass figure.

fine-folded (boolean)

True in a fine-event that is issued from within a folded repeat (segno or volta).

footnote-text (markup)

Text to appear in a footnote.

force-accidental (boolean)

If set, a cautionary accidental should always be printed on this note.

grob-property (symbol)

The symbol of the grob property to set.

grob-property-path (list)

A list of symbols, locating a nested grob property, e.g., (beamed-lengths details).

grob-value (any type)

The value of the grob property to set.

horizontal-direction (direction)

This is RIGHT for \textMark, and LEFT for \textEndMark.

id (symbol)

The ID of an event.

input-tag (any type)

Arbitrary marker to relate input and output.

inversion (boolean)

If set, this chord note is inverted.

iterator-ctor (procedure)

Function to construct a music-event-iterator object for this music.

label (non-negative, exact integer)

Sequence number of a mark. 1 is first.

last-pitch (pitch)

The last pitch after relativization.

length (moment)

The endpoint of this music. This property is unhappily named in that it does not account for any initial grace notes: the full length of the music is length minus the start time. A value of INF-MOMENT indicates indefinite length.

length-callback (procedure)

How to compute the duration of this music. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

line-break-permission (symbol)

When the music is at top-level, whether to allow, forbid or force a line break.

metronome-count (number or pair)

How many beats in a minute?

midi-extra-velocity (integer)

How much louder or softer should this note be in MIDI output? The default is 0.

midi-length (procedure)

Function to determine how long to play a note in MIDI. It should take a moment (the written length of the note) and a context, and return a moment (the length to play the note).

moment (moment)

The moment at which an event happens.

music-cause (music)

The music object that is the cause of an event.

name (symbol)

Name of this music object.

no-continuation (boolean)

If set, disallow continuation lines.

numerator (integer)

Numerator of a time signature.

octavation (integer)

This pitch was octavated by how many octaves? For chord inversions, this is negative.

once (boolean)

Apply this operation only during one time step?

ops (any type)

The operations to apply during the creation of a context.

origin (input location)

Where was this piece of music defined?

ottava-number (integer)

The octavation for \ottava.

page-break-permission (symbol)

When the music is at top-level, whether to allow, forbid or force a page break.

page-label (symbol)

The label of a page marker.

page-marker (boolean)

If true, and the music expression is found at top-level, a page marker object is instanciated instead of a score.

page-turn-permission (symbol)

When the music is at top-level, whether to allow, forbid or force a page turn.

part-combine-status (symbol)

Change to what kind of state? Options are solo1, solo2 and unisono.

pitch (pitch)

The pitch of this note.

pitch-alist (list)

A list of pitches jointly forming the scale of a key signature.

pop-first (boolean)

Do a revert before we try to do an override on some grob property.

procedure (procedure)

The function to run with \applycontext. It must take a single argument, being the context.

property-operations (list)

Do these operations for instantiating the context.

property-path (symbol)

The path of a property.

quoted-context-id (string)

The ID of the context to direct quotes to, e.g., cue.

quoted-context-type (symbol)

The name of the context to direct quotes to, e.g., Voice.

quoted-events (vector)

A vector of with moment and event-list entries.

quoted-music-clef (string)

The clef of the voice to quote.

quoted-music-name (string)

The name of the voice to quote.

quoted-transposition (pitch)

The pitch used for the quote, overriding \transposition.

quoted-voice-direction (direction)

Should the quoted voice be up-stem or down-stem?

repeat-body-start-moment (moment)

In a D.S. event, the moment of the segno.

repeat-count (non-negative, exact integer)

The number of times to perform a \repeat.

return-count (non-negative, exact integer)

The number of times to perform a D.S.

search-direction (direction)

Limits the scope of \context searches.

slash-count (integer)

The number of slashes in a single-beat repeat. If zero, signals a beat containing varying durations.

span-direction (direction)

Does this start or stop a spanner?

span-text (markup)

The displayed text for dynamic text spanners (e.g., cresc.).

span-type (symbol)

What kind of dynamic spanner should be created? Options are 'text and 'hairpin.

spanner-id (index or symbol)

Identifier to distinguish concurrent spanners.

start-callback (procedure)

Function to compute the negative length of starting grace notes. This property can only be defined as initializer in ‘scm/define-music-types.scm’.

string-number (integer)

The number of the string in a StringNumberEvent.

symbol (symbol)

Grob name to perform an override or revert on.

tags (list)

List of symbols that for denoting extra details, e.g., \tag #'part … could tag a piece of music as only being active in a part.

tempo-unit (duration)

The unit for the metronome count.

text (markup)

Markup expression to be printed.

to-relative-callback (procedure)

How to transform a piece of music to relative pitches.

tonic (pitch)

Base of the scale.

tremolo-type (integer)

Speed of tremolo, e.g., 16 for c4:16.

trill-pitch (pitch)

Pitch of other note of the trill.

tweaks (list)

An alist of properties to override in the backend for the grob made of this event.

type (symbol)

The type of this music object. Determines iteration in some cases.

types (list)

The types of this music object; determines by what engraver this music expression is processed.

untransposable (boolean)

If set, this music is not transposed.

value (any type)

Assignment value for a translation property.

void (boolean)

If this property is #t, then the music expression is to be discarded by the toplevel music handler.

volta-depth (non-negative, exact integer)

The depth in the repeat structure.

volta-numbers (number list)

Volte to which this music applies.

what (symbol)

What to change for auto-change.

FIXME: Naming.

X-offset (number)

Offset of resulting grob; only used for balloon texts.

Y-offset (number)

Offset of resulting grob; only used for balloon texts.

[ << Music definitions ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Music properties ][ Up : Top ][]

2. Translation

2.1 Contexts   Complete descriptions of all contexts.
2.2 Engravers and Performers   All separate engravers and performers.
2.3 Tunable context properties   All tunable context properties.
2.4 Internal context properties   All internal context properties.
[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Translation ][ Up : Translation ][]

2.1 Contexts

2.1.1 ChoirStaff  
2.1.2 ChordGrid  
2.1.3 ChordGridScore  
2.1.4 ChordNames  
2.1.5 CueVoice  
2.1.6 Devnull  
2.1.7 DrumStaff  
2.1.8 DrumVoice  
2.1.9 Dynamics  
2.1.10 FiguredBass  
2.1.11 FretBoards  
2.1.12 Global  
2.1.13 GrandStaff  
2.1.14 GregorianTranscriptionLyrics  
2.1.15 GregorianTranscriptionStaff  
2.1.16 GregorianTranscriptionVoice  
2.1.17 InternalGregorianStaff  
2.1.18 KievanStaff  
2.1.19 KievanVoice  
2.1.20 Lyrics  
2.1.21 MensuralStaff  
2.1.22 MensuralVoice  
2.1.23 NoteNames  
2.1.24 NullVoice  
2.1.25 OneStaff  
2.1.26 PetrucciStaff  
2.1.27 PetrucciVoice  
2.1.28 PianoStaff  
2.1.29 RhythmicStaff  
2.1.30 Score  
2.1.31 Staff  
2.1.32 StaffGroup  
2.1.33 StandaloneRhythmScore  
2.1.34 StandaloneRhythmStaff  
2.1.35 StandaloneRhythmVoice  
2.1.36 TabStaff  
2.1.37 TabVoice  
2.1.38 VaticanaLyrics  
2.1.39 VaticanaStaff  
2.1.40 VaticanaVoice  
2.1.41 Voice  
[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Contexts ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.1 ChoirStaff

Identical to StaffGroup except that the contained staves are not connected vertically.

This context creates the following layout object(s): Arpeggio, InstrumentName, SpanBarStub, StaffGrouper, SystemStartBar, SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket, SystemStartSquare and VerticalAlignment.

This context sets the following properties:

This is not a ‘Bottom’ context; search for such a one will commence after creating an implicit context of type Staff.

Context ChoirStaff can contain ChoirStaff, ChordNames, Devnull, DrumStaff, Dynamics, FiguredBass, FretBoards, GrandStaff, GregorianTranscriptionLyrics, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, KievanStaff, Lyrics, MensuralStaff, NoteNames, OneStaff, PetrucciStaff, PianoStaff, RhythmicStaff, Staff, StaffGroup, TabStaff, VaticanaLyrics and VaticanaStaff.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Instrument_name_engraver

Create a system start text for instrument or vocal names.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

instrumentName (markup)

The name to print left of a staff. The instrumentName property labels the staff in the first system, and the shortInstrumentName property labels following lines.

shortInstrumentName (markup)

See instrumentName.

shortVocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line, short version.

vocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentName.

Output_property_engraver

Apply a procedure to any grob acknowledged.

Music types accepted: apply-output-event

Span_arpeggio_engraver

Make arpeggios that span multiple staves.

Properties (read)

connectArpeggios (boolean)

If set, connect arpeggios across piano staff.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Arpeggio.

Span_bar_stub_engraver

Make stubs for span bars in all contexts that the span bars cross.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): SpanBarStub.

System_start_delimiter_engraver

Create a system start delimiter (i.e., a SystemStartBar, SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket or SystemStartSquare spanner).

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

systemStartDelimiter (symbol)

Which grob to make for the start of the system/staff? Set to SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket or SystemStartBar.

systemStartDelimiterHierarchy (pair)

A nested list, indicating the nesting of a start delimiters.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): SystemStartBar, SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket and SystemStartSquare.

Vertical_align_engraver

Catch groups (staves, lyrics lines, etc.) and stack them vertically.

Properties (read)

alignAboveContext (string)

Where to insert newly created context in vertical alignment.

alignBelowContext (string)

Where to insert newly created context in vertical alignment.

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffGrouper and VerticalAlignment.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < ChoirStaff ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.2 ChordGrid

Creates chord grid notation. This context is always part of a ChordGridScore context.

This context also accepts commands for the following context(s): Staff.

This context creates the following layout object(s): BarLine, ChordSquare, DoublePercentRepeat, DoublePercentRepeatCounter, GridChordName, PercentRepeat, PercentRepeatCounter, StaffSymbol, SystemStartBar, SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket, SystemStartSquare and VerticalAxisGroup.

This context sets the following properties:

This is a ‘Bottom’ context; no contexts will be created implicitly from it.

This context cannot contain other contexts.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Alteration_glyph_engraver

Set the glyph-name-alist of all grobs having the accidental-switch-interface to the value of the context’s alterationGlyphs property, when defined.

Properties (read)

alterationGlyphs (list)

Alist mapping alterations to accidental glyphs. Alterations are given as exact numbers, e.g., -1/2 for flat. This applies to all grobs that can print accidentals.

Axis_group_engraver

Group all objects created in this context in a VerticalAxisGroup spanner.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

keepAliveInterfaces (list)

A list of symbols, signifying grob interfaces that are worth keeping a staff with remove-empty set around for.

Properties (write)

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VerticalAxisGroup.

Bar_engraver

Create bar lines for various commands, including \\bar.

If forbidBreakBetweenBarLines is true, allow line breaks at bar lines only.

Music types accepted: ad-hoc-jump-event, caesura-event, coda-mark-event, dal-segno-event, fine-event, section-event, segno-mark-event and volta-span-event

Properties (read)

caesuraType (list)

An alist 

((bar-line . bar-type)
 (breath . breath-type)
 (scripts . script-type…)
 (underlying-bar-line . bar-type))

specifying which breath mark, bar line, and scripts to create at \caesura. All entries are optional.

bar-line has higher priority than a measure bar line and underlying-bar-line has lower priority than a measure bar line.

caesuraTypeTransform (procedure)

An engraver callback taking three arguments and returning an alist of the same kind as caesuraType.

The first argument is the context.

The second argument is the value of caesuraType with an additional entry (articulations . symbol-list) identifying the articulations attached to the caesura in the music. If the transform function returns this second argument unmodified, it is as if no transform function were set; the function is free to return a different value. The transform function can remove articulations, but any added articulations are ignored.

The third argument is a symbol-list identifying certain things the engraver has observed. bar-line indicates that the engraver has observed a BarLine at the current moment.

doubleRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where the end of one \repeat volta coincides with the start of another. The default is ‘:..:’.

doubleRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the end of one \repeat volta and the beginning of another. The default is ‘:|.S.|:’.

endRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at the end of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘:|.’.

endRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the end of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘:|.S’.

fineBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at \fine. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘|.’.

fineSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with \fine. The default is ‘|.S’.

fineStartRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with \fine and the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘|.S.|:’.

forbidBreakBetweenBarLines (boolean)

If set to true, Bar_engraver forbids line breaks where there is no bar line.

measureBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at a measure boundary.

repeatCommands (list)

A list of commands related to volta-style repeats. In general, each element is a list, '(command args…), but a command with no arguments may be abbreviated to a symbol; e.g., '((start-repeat)) may be given as '(start-repeat).

end-repeat

End a repeated section.

start-repeat

Start a repeated section.

volta text

If text is markup, start a volta bracket with that label; if text is #f, end a volta bracket.

sectionBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at \section. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘||’.

segnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at an in-staff segno. The default is ‘S’.

segnoStyle (symbol)

A symbol that indicates how to print a segno: bar-line or mark.

startRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘.|:’.

startRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘S.|:’.

underlyingRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at points of repetition or departure where no bar line would normally appear, for example at the end of a system broken in mid measure where the next system begins with a segno. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘||’.

whichBar (string)

The current bar line type, or '() if there is no bar line. Setting this explicitly in user code is deprecated. Use \bar or related commands to set it.

Properties (write)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BarLine.

Chord_square_engraver

Engrave chord squares in chord grids.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ChordSquare.

Current_chord_text_engraver

Catch note and rest events and generate the appropriate chord text using chordNameFunction. Actually creating a chord name grob is left to other engravers.

Music types accepted: general-rest-event and note-event

Properties (read)

chordNameExceptions (list)

An alist of chord exceptions. Contains (chord . markup) entries.

chordNameFunction (procedure)

The function that converts lists of pitches to chord names.

chordNoteNamer (procedure)

A function that converts from a pitch object to a text markup. Used for single pitches.

chordRootNamer (procedure)

A function that converts from a pitch object to a text markup. Used for chords.

majorSevenSymbol (markup)

How should the major 7th be formatted in a chord name?

noChordSymbol (markup)

Markup to be displayed for rests in a ChordNames context.

Properties (write)

currentChordCause (stream event)

Event cause of the chord that should be created in this time step (if any).

currentChordText (markup)

In contexts printing chord names, this is at any point of time the markup that will be put in the chord name.

Double_percent_repeat_engraver

Make double measure repeats.

Music types accepted: double-percent-event

Properties (read)

countPercentRepeats (boolean)

If set, produce counters for percent repeats.

measureLength (moment)

Length of one measure in the current time signature.

repeatCountVisibility (procedure)

A procedure taking as arguments an integer and context, returning whether the corresponding percent repeat number should be printed when countPercentRepeats is set.

Properties (write)

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DoublePercentRepeat and DoublePercentRepeatCounter.

Grid_chord_name_engraver

Read currentChordText to create chord names adapted for typesetting within a chord grid.

Properties (read)

currentChordCause (stream event)

Event cause of the chord that should be created in this time step (if any).

currentChordText (markup)

In contexts printing chord names, this is at any point of time the markup that will be put in the chord name.

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): GridChordName.

Output_property_engraver

Apply a procedure to any grob acknowledged.

Music types accepted: apply-output-event

Percent_repeat_engraver

Make whole measure repeats.

Music types accepted: percent-event

Properties (read)

countPercentRepeats (boolean)

If set, produce counters for percent repeats.

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

repeatCountVisibility (procedure)

A procedure taking as arguments an integer and context, returning whether the corresponding percent repeat number should be printed when countPercentRepeats is set.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): PercentRepeat and PercentRepeatCounter.

Staff_symbol_engraver

Create the constellation of five (default) staff lines.

Music types accepted: staff-span-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffSymbol.

System_start_delimiter_engraver

Create a system start delimiter (i.e., a SystemStartBar, SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket or SystemStartSquare spanner).

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

systemStartDelimiter (symbol)

Which grob to make for the start of the system/staff? Set to SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket or SystemStartBar.

systemStartDelimiterHierarchy (pair)

A nested list, indicating the nesting of a start delimiters.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): SystemStartBar, SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket and SystemStartSquare.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < ChordGrid ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.3 ChordGridScore

Top-level context replacing Score in chord grid notation. Compared to Score, it uses proportional notation, and has a few other settings like removing bar numbers.

This context also accepts commands for the following context(s): Score and Timing.

This context creates the following layout object(s): BreakAlignGroup, BreakAlignment, CenteredBarNumberLineSpanner, CodaMark, ControlPoint, ControlPolygon, Footnote, GraceSpacing, JumpScript, LeftEdge, MetronomeMark, NonMusicalPaperColumn, PaperColumn, Parentheses, RehearsalMark, SectionLabel, SegnoMark, SpacingSpanner, StaffGrouper, TextMark, VerticalAlignment, VoltaBracket and VoltaBracketSpanner.

This context sets the following properties:

This is not a ‘Bottom’ context; search for such a one will commence after creating an implicit context of type Staff.

Context ChordGridScore can contain ChoirStaff, ChordGrid, ChordNames, Devnull, DrumStaff, Dynamics, FiguredBass, FretBoards, GrandStaff, GregorianTranscriptionLyrics, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, KievanStaff, Lyrics, MensuralStaff, NoteNames, OneStaff, PetrucciStaff, PianoStaff, RhythmicStaff, Staff, StaffGroup, TabStaff, VaticanaLyrics and VaticanaStaff.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Beam_collision_engraver

Help beams avoid colliding with notes and clefs in other voices.

Break_align_engraver

Align grobs with corresponding break-align-symbols into groups, and order the groups according to breakAlignOrder. The left edge of the alignment gets a separate group, with a symbol left-edge.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BreakAlignGroup, BreakAlignment and LeftEdge.

Centered_bar_number_align_engraver

Group measure-centered bar numbers in a CenteredBarNumberLineSpanner so they end up on the same vertical position.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): CenteredBarNumberLineSpanner.

Concurrent_hairpin_engraver

Collect concurrent hairpins.

Footnote_engraver

Create footnote texts.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Footnote.

Grace_spacing_engraver

Bookkeeping of shortest starting and playing notes in grace note runs.

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): GraceSpacing.

Jump_engraver

This engraver creates instructions such as D.C. and Fine, placing them vertically outside the set of staves given in the stavesFound context property.

If Jump_engraver is added or moved to another context, Staff_collecting_engraver also needs to be there so that marks appear at the intended Y location.

Music types accepted: ad-hoc-jump-event, dal-segno-event and fine-event

Properties (read)

codaMarkCount (non-negative, exact integer)

Updated at the end of each timestep in which a coda mark appears: not set during the first timestep, 0 up to the first coda mark, 1 from the first to the second, 2 from the second to the third, etc.

codaMarkFormatter (procedure)

A procedure that creates a coda mark (which in conventional D.S. al Coda form indicates the start of the alternative endings), taking as arguments the mark sequence number and the context. It should return a markup object.

dalSegnoTextFormatter (procedure)

Format a jump instruction such as D.S.

The first argument is the context.

The second argument is the number of times the instruction is performed.

The third argument is a list of three markups: start-markup, end-markup, and next-markup.

If start-markup is #f, the form is da capo; otherwise the form is dal segno and start-markup is the sign at the start of the repeated section.

If end-markup is not #f, it is either the sign at the end of the main body of the repeat, or it is a Fine instruction. When it is a Fine instruction, next-markup is #f.

If next-markup is not #f, it is the mark to be jumped to after performing the body of the repeat, e.g., Coda.

finalFineTextVisibility (boolean)

Whether \fine at the written end of the music should create a Fine instruction.

fineText (markup)

The text to print at \fine.

segnoMarkCount (non-negative, exact integer)

Updated at the end of each timestep in which a segno appears: not set during the first timestep, 0 up to the first segno, 1 from the first to the second segno, 2 from the second to the third segno, etc.

segnoMarkFormatter (procedure)

A procedure that creates a segno (which conventionally indicates the start of a repeated section), taking as arguments the mark sequence number and the context. It should return a markup object.

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): JumpScript.

Mark_engraver

This engraver creates rehearsal marks, segno and coda marks, and section labels.

Mark_engraver creates marks, formats them, and places them vertically outside the set of staves given in the stavesFound context property.

If Mark_engraver is added or moved to another context, Staff_collecting_engraver also needs to be there so that marks appear at the intended Y location.

By default, Mark_engravers in multiple contexts create a common sequence of marks chosen by the Score-level Mark_tracking_translator. If independent sequences are desired, multiple Mark_tracking_translators must be used.

Properties (read)

codaMarkFormatter (procedure)

A procedure that creates a coda mark (which in conventional D.S. al Coda form indicates the start of the alternative endings), taking as arguments the mark sequence number and the context. It should return a markup object.

currentPerformanceMarkEvent (stream event)

The coda, section, or segno mark event selected by Mark_tracking_translator for engraving by Mark_engraver.

currentRehearsalMarkEvent (stream event)

The ad-hoc or rehearsal mark event selected by Mark_tracking_translator for engraving by Mark_engraver.

rehearsalMarkFormatter (procedure)

A procedure taking as arguments the context and the sequence number of the rehearsal mark. It should return the formatted mark as a markup object.

segnoMarkFormatter (procedure)

A procedure that creates a segno (which conventionally indicates the start of a repeated section), taking as arguments the mark sequence number and the context. It should return a markup object.

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): CodaMark, RehearsalMark, SectionLabel and SegnoMark.

Mark_tracking_translator

This translator chooses which marks Mark_engraver should engrave.

Music types accepted: ad-hoc-mark-event, coda-mark-event, rehearsal-mark-event, section-label-event and segno-mark-event

Properties (read)

codaMarkCount (non-negative, exact integer)

Updated at the end of each timestep in which a coda mark appears: not set during the first timestep, 0 up to the first coda mark, 1 from the first to the second, 2 from the second to the third, etc.

rehearsalMark (integer)

The next rehearsal mark to print.

segnoMarkCount (non-negative, exact integer)

Updated at the end of each timestep in which a segno appears: not set during the first timestep, 0 up to the first segno, 1 from the first to the second segno, 2 from the second to the third segno, etc.

Properties (write)

codaMarkCount (non-negative, exact integer)

Updated at the end of each timestep in which a coda mark appears: not set during the first timestep, 0 up to the first coda mark, 1 from the first to the second, 2 from the second to the third, etc.

currentPerformanceMarkEvent (stream event)

The coda, section, or segno mark event selected by Mark_tracking_translator for engraving by Mark_engraver.

currentRehearsalMarkEvent (stream event)

The ad-hoc or rehearsal mark event selected by Mark_tracking_translator for engraving by Mark_engraver.

rehearsalMark (integer)

The next rehearsal mark to print.

segnoMarkCount (non-negative, exact integer)

Updated at the end of each timestep in which a segno appears: not set during the first timestep, 0 up to the first segno, 1 from the first to the second segno, 2 from the second to the third segno, etc.

Metronome_mark_engraver

Engrave metronome marking. This delegates the formatting work to the function in the metronomeMarkFormatter property. The mark is put over all staves. The staves are taken from the stavesFound property, which is maintained by Staff_collecting_engraver.

Music types accepted: tempo-change-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

metronomeMarkFormatter (procedure)

How to produce a metronome markup. Called with two arguments: a TempoChangeEvent and context.

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

tempoHideNote (boolean)

Hide the note = count in tempo marks.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): MetronomeMark.

Output_property_engraver

Apply a procedure to any grob acknowledged.

Music types accepted: apply-output-event

Paper_column_engraver

Take care of generating columns.

This engraver decides whether a column is breakable. The default is that a column is always breakable. However, every Bar_engraver that does not have a barline at a certain point will set forbidBreaks in the score context to stop line breaks. In practice, this means that you can make a break point by creating a bar line (assuming that there are no beams or notes that prevent a break point).

Music types accepted: break-event and label-event

Properties (read)

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

Properties (write)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NonMusicalPaperColumn and PaperColumn.

Parenthesis_engraver

Parenthesize objects whose parenthesize property is #t.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Parentheses.

Repeat_acknowledge_engraver

This translator adds entries to repeatCommands for events generated by \\repeat volta.

Music types accepted: volta-repeat-end-event and volta-repeat-start-event

Properties (write)

repeatCommands (list)

A list of commands related to volta-style repeats. In general, each element is a list, '(command args…), but a command with no arguments may be abbreviated to a symbol; e.g., '((start-repeat)) may be given as '(start-repeat).

end-repeat

End a repeated section.

start-repeat

Start a repeated section.

volta text

If text is markup, start a volta bracket with that label; if text is #f, end a volta bracket.

Show_control_points_engraver

Create grobs to visualize control points of Bézier curves (ties and slurs) for ease of tweaking.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ControlPoint and ControlPolygon.

Spacing_engraver

Make a SpacingSpanner and do bookkeeping of shortest starting and playing notes.

Music types accepted: spacing-section-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

proportionalNotationDuration (moment)

Global override for shortest-playing duration. This is used for switching on proportional notation.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): SpacingSpanner.

Spanner_tracking_engraver

Helper for creating spanners attached to other spanners. If a spanner has the sticky-grob-interface, the engraver tracks the spanner contained in its sticky-host object. When the host ends, the sticky spanner attached to it has its end announced too.

Staff_collecting_engraver

Maintain the stavesFound variable.

Properties (read)

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

Properties (write)

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

Stanza_number_align_engraver

This engraver ensures that stanza numbers are neatly aligned.

Text_mark_engraver

Engraves arbitrary textual marks.

Music types accepted: text-mark-event

Properties (read)

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TextMark.

Timing_translator

This engraver adds the alias Timing to its containing context. Responsible for synchronizing timing information from staves. Normally in Score. In order to create polyrhythmic music, this engraver should be removed from Score and placed in Staff.

Music types accepted: alternative-event, bar-event and fine-event

Properties (read)

alternativeNumberingStyle (symbol)

The scheme and style for numbering bars in repeat alternatives. If not set (the default), bar numbers continue through alternatives. Can be set to numbers to reset the bar number at each alternative, or set to numbers-with-letters to reset and also include letter suffixes.

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

currentBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is incremented at every bar line.

internalBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is used for internal timekeeping, among others by the Accidental_engraver.

measureLength (moment)

Length of one measure in the current time signature.

measurePosition (moment)

How much of the current measure have we had. This can be set manually to create incomplete measures.

timeSignatureFraction (fraction, as pair)

A pair of numbers, signifying the time signature. For example, '(4 . 4) is a 4/4 time signature.

Properties (write)

alternativeNumber (non-negative, exact integer)

When set, the index of the current \alternative element, starting from one. Not set outside of alternatives. Note the distinction from volta number: an alternative may pertain to multiple volte.

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

currentBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is incremented at every bar line.

internalBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is used for internal timekeeping, among others by the Accidental_engraver.

measureLength (moment)

Length of one measure in the current time signature.

measurePosition (moment)

How much of the current measure have we had. This can be set manually to create incomplete measures.

measureStartNow (boolean)

True at the beginning of a measure.

timeSignatureFraction (fraction, as pair)

A pair of numbers, signifying the time signature. For example, '(4 . 4) is a 4/4 time signature.

Tweak_engraver

Read the tweaks property from the originating event, and set properties.

Vertical_align_engraver

Catch groups (staves, lyrics lines, etc.) and stack them vertically.

Properties (read)

alignAboveContext (string)

Where to insert newly created context in vertical alignment.

alignBelowContext (string)

Where to insert newly created context in vertical alignment.

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffGrouper and VerticalAlignment.

Volta_engraver

Make volta brackets.

Music types accepted: dal-segno-event, fine-event and volta-span-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

repeatCommands (list)

A list of commands related to volta-style repeats. In general, each element is a list, '(command args…), but a command with no arguments may be abbreviated to a symbol; e.g., '((start-repeat)) may be given as '(start-repeat).

end-repeat

End a repeated section.

start-repeat

Start a repeated section.

volta text

If text is markup, start a volta bracket with that label; if text is #f, end a volta bracket.

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

voltaSpannerDuration (moment)

This specifies the maximum duration to use for the brackets printed for \alternative. This can be used to shrink the length of brackets in the situation where one alternative is very large.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VoltaBracket and VoltaBracketSpanner.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < ChordGridScore ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.4 ChordNames

Typesets chord names.

This context also accepts commands for the following context(s): Staff.

This context creates the following layout object(s): ChordName, StaffSpacing and VerticalAxisGroup.

This context sets the following properties:

This is a ‘Bottom’ context; no contexts will be created implicitly from it.

This context cannot contain other contexts.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Alteration_glyph_engraver

Set the glyph-name-alist of all grobs having the accidental-switch-interface to the value of the context’s alterationGlyphs property, when defined.

Properties (read)

alterationGlyphs (list)

Alist mapping alterations to accidental glyphs. Alterations are given as exact numbers, e.g., -1/2 for flat. This applies to all grobs that can print accidentals.

Axis_group_engraver

Group all objects created in this context in a VerticalAxisGroup spanner.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

keepAliveInterfaces (list)

A list of symbols, signifying grob interfaces that are worth keeping a staff with remove-empty set around for.

Properties (write)

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VerticalAxisGroup.

Chord_name_engraver

Read currentChordText to create chord names.

Properties (read)

chordChanges (boolean)

Only show changes in chords scheme?

currentChordCause (stream event)

Event cause of the chord that should be created in this time step (if any).

currentChordText (markup)

In contexts printing chord names, this is at any point of time the markup that will be put in the chord name.

lastChord (markup)

Last chord, used for detecting chord changes.

Properties (write)

lastChord (markup)

Last chord, used for detecting chord changes.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ChordName.

Current_chord_text_engraver

Catch note and rest events and generate the appropriate chord text using chordNameFunction. Actually creating a chord name grob is left to other engravers.

Music types accepted: general-rest-event and note-event

Properties (read)

chordNameExceptions (list)

An alist of chord exceptions. Contains (chord . markup) entries.

chordNameFunction (procedure)

The function that converts lists of pitches to chord names.

chordNoteNamer (procedure)

A function that converts from a pitch object to a text markup. Used for single pitches.

chordRootNamer (procedure)

A function that converts from a pitch object to a text markup. Used for chords.

majorSevenSymbol (markup)

How should the major 7th be formatted in a chord name?

noChordSymbol (markup)

Markup to be displayed for rests in a ChordNames context.

Properties (write)

currentChordCause (stream event)

Event cause of the chord that should be created in this time step (if any).

currentChordText (markup)

In contexts printing chord names, this is at any point of time the markup that will be put in the chord name.

Output_property_engraver

Apply a procedure to any grob acknowledged.

Music types accepted: apply-output-event

Separating_line_group_engraver

Generate objects for computing spacing parameters.

Properties (read)

createSpacing (boolean)

Create StaffSpacing objects? Should be set for staves.

Properties (write)

hasStaffSpacing (boolean)

True if currentCommandColumn contains items that will affect spacing.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffSpacing.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < ChordNames ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.5 CueVoice

Corresponds to a voice on a staff. This context handles the conversion of dynamic signs, stems, beams, super- and subscripts, slurs, ties, and rests.

You have to instantiate this explicitly if you want to have multiple voices on the same staff.

This context also accepts commands for the following context(s): Voice.

This context creates the following layout object(s): Arpeggio, Beam, BendAfter, BreathingSign, ClusterSpanner, ClusterSpannerBeacon, CombineTextScript, Dots, DoublePercentRepeat, DoublePercentRepeatCounter, DoubleRepeatSlash, DynamicLineSpanner, DynamicText, DynamicTextSpanner, FingerGlideSpanner, Fingering, Flag, Glissando, Hairpin, InstrumentSwitch, LaissezVibrerTie, LaissezVibrerTieColumn, LigatureBracket, MultiMeasureRest, MultiMeasureRestNumber, MultiMeasureRestScript, MultiMeasureRestText, NoteColumn, NoteHead, NoteSpacing, PercentRepeat, PercentRepeatCounter, PhrasingSlur, RepeatSlash, RepeatTie, RepeatTieColumn, Rest, Script, ScriptColumn, Slur, Stem, StemStub, StemTremolo, StringNumber, StrokeFinger, TextScript, TextSpanner, Tie, TieColumn, TrillPitchAccidental, TrillPitchGroup, TrillPitchHead, TrillPitchParentheses, TrillSpanner, TupletBracket, TupletNumber and VoiceFollower.

This context sets the following properties:

This is a ‘Bottom’ context; no contexts will be created implicitly from it.

This context cannot contain other contexts.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Arpeggio_engraver

Generate an Arpeggio symbol.

Music types accepted: arpeggio-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Arpeggio.

Auto_beam_engraver

Generate beams based on measure characteristics and observed Stems. Uses baseMoment, beatStructure, beamExceptions, measureLength, and measurePosition to decide when to start and stop a beam. Overriding beaming is done through Stem_engraver properties stemLeftBeamCount and stemRightBeamCount.

Music types accepted: beam-forbid-event

Properties (read)

autoBeaming (boolean)

If set to true then beams are generated automatically.

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamExceptions (list)

An alist of exceptions to autobeam rules that normally end on beats.

beamHalfMeasure (boolean)

Whether to allow a beam to begin halfway through the measure in triple time, which could look like 6/8.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Beam_engraver

Handle Beam events by engraving beams. If omitted, then notes are printed with flags instead of beams.

Music types accepted: beam-event

Properties (read)

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a beam is present.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Bend_engraver

Create fall spanners.

Music types accepted: bend-after-event

Properties (read)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BendAfter.

Breathing_sign_engraver

Notate breath marks.

Music types accepted: breathing-event

Properties (read)

breathMarkType (symbol)

The type of BreathingSign to create at \breathe.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BreathingSign.

Chord_tremolo_engraver

Generate beams for tremolo repeats.

Music types accepted: tremolo-span-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Cluster_spanner_engraver

Engrave a cluster using Spanner notation.

Music types accepted: cluster-note-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ClusterSpanner and ClusterSpannerBeacon.

Dots_engraver

Create Dots objects for rhythmic-head-interfaces.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Dots.

Double_percent_repeat_engraver

Make double measure repeats.

Music types accepted: double-percent-event

Properties (read)

countPercentRepeats (boolean)

If set, produce counters for percent repeats.

measureLength (moment)

Length of one measure in the current time signature.

repeatCountVisibility (procedure)

A procedure taking as arguments an integer and context, returning whether the corresponding percent repeat number should be printed when countPercentRepeats is set.

Properties (write)

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DoublePercentRepeat and DoublePercentRepeatCounter.

Dynamic_align_engraver

Align hairpins and dynamic texts on a horizontal line.

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DynamicLineSpanner.

Dynamic_engraver

Create hairpins, dynamic texts and dynamic text spanners.

Music types accepted: absolute-dynamic-event, break-dynamic-span-event and span-dynamic-event

Properties (read)

crescendoSpanner (symbol)

The type of spanner to be used for crescendi. Available values are ‘hairpin’ and ‘text’. If unset, a hairpin crescendo is used.

crescendoText (markup)

The text to print at start of non-hairpin crescendo, i.e., ‘cresc.’.

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

decrescendoSpanner (symbol)

The type of spanner to be used for decrescendi. Available values are ‘hairpin’ and ‘text’. If unset, a hairpin decrescendo is used.

decrescendoText (markup)

The text to print at start of non-hairpin decrescendo, i.e., ‘dim.’.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DynamicText, DynamicTextSpanner and Hairpin.

Finger_glide_engraver

Engraver to print a line between two Fingering grobs.

Music types accepted: note-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): FingerGlideSpanner.

Fingering_engraver

Create fingering scripts.

Music types accepted: fingering-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Fingering.

Font_size_engraver

Put fontSize into font-size grob property.

Properties (read)

fontSize (number)

The relative size of all grobs in a context.

Forbid_line_break_engraver

Forbid line breaks when note heads are still playing at some point.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Properties (write)

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

Glissando_engraver

Engrave glissandi.

Music types accepted: glissando-event

Properties (read)

glissandoMap (list)

A map in the form of ’((source1 . target1) (source2 . target2) (sourcen . targetn)) showing the glissandi to be drawn for note columns. The value ’() will default to ’((0 . 0) (1 . 1) (n . n)), where n is the minimal number of note-heads in the two note columns between which the glissandi occur.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Glissando.

Grace_auto_beam_engraver

Generates one autobeam group across an entire grace phrase. As usual, any manual beaming or \noBeam will block autobeaming, just like setting the context property ‘autoBeaming’ to ##f.

Music types accepted: beam-forbid-event

Properties (read)

autoBeaming (boolean)

If set to true then beams are generated automatically.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Grace_beam_engraver

Handle Beam events by engraving beams. If omitted, then notes are printed with flags instead of beams. Only engraves beams when we are at grace points in time.

Music types accepted: beam-event

Properties (read)

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a beam is present.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Grace_engraver

Set font size and other properties for grace notes.

Properties (read)

graceSettings (list)

Overrides for grace notes. This property should be manipulated through the add-grace-property function.

Grob_pq_engraver

Administrate when certain grobs (e.g., note heads) stop playing.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Properties (write)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Instrument_switch_engraver

Create a cue text for taking instrument.

This engraver is deprecated.

Properties (read)

instrumentCueName (markup)

The name to print if another instrument is to be taken.

This property is deprecated

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentSwitch.

Laissez_vibrer_engraver

Create laissez vibrer items.

Music types accepted: laissez-vibrer-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LaissezVibrerTie and LaissezVibrerTieColumn.

Ligature_bracket_engraver

Handle Ligature_events by engraving Ligature brackets.

Music types accepted: ligature-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LigatureBracket.

Multi_measure_rest_engraver

Engrave multi-measure rests that are produced with ‘R’. It reads measureStartNow and internalBarNumber to determine what number to print over the MultiMeasureRest.

Music types accepted: multi-measure-articulation-event, multi-measure-rest-event and multi-measure-text-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

internalBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is used for internal timekeeping, among others by the Accidental_engraver.

measureStartNow (boolean)

True at the beginning of a measure.

restNumberThreshold (number)

If a multimeasure rest has more measures than this, a number is printed.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): MultiMeasureRest, MultiMeasureRestNumber, MultiMeasureRestScript and MultiMeasureRestText.

New_fingering_engraver

Create fingering scripts for notes in a new chord. This engraver is ill-named, since it also takes care of articulations and harmonic note heads.

Properties (read)

fingeringOrientations (list)

A list of symbols, containing ‘left’, ‘right’, ‘up’ and/or ‘down’. This list determines where fingerings are put relative to the chord being fingered.

harmonicDots (boolean)

If set, harmonic notes in dotted chords get dots.

stringNumberOrientations (list)

See fingeringOrientations.

strokeFingerOrientations (list)

See fingeringOrientations.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Fingering, Script, StringNumber and StrokeFinger.

Note_head_line_engraver

Engrave a line between two note heads in a staff switch if followVoice is set.

Properties (read)

followVoice (boolean)

If set, note heads are tracked across staff switches by a thin line.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VoiceFollower.

Note_heads_engraver

Generate note heads.

Music types accepted: note-event

Properties (read)

middleCPosition (number)

The place of the middle C, measured in half staff-spaces. Usually determined by looking at middleCClefPosition and middleCOffset.

staffLineLayoutFunction (procedure)

Layout of staff lines, traditional, or semitone.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteHead.

Note_spacing_engraver

Generate NoteSpacing, an object linking horizontal lines for use in spacing.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteSpacing.

Output_property_engraver

Apply a procedure to any grob acknowledged.

Music types accepted: apply-output-event

Part_combine_engraver

Part combine engraver for orchestral scores: Print markings ‘a2’, ‘Solo’, ‘Solo II’, and ‘unisono’.

Music types accepted: note-event and part-combine-event

Properties (read)

aDueText (markup)

Text to print at a unisono passage.

partCombineTextsOnNote (boolean)

Print part-combine texts only on the next note rather than immediately on rests or skips.

printPartCombineTexts (boolean)

Set ‘Solo’ and ‘A due’ texts in the part combiner?

soloIIText (markup)

The text for the start of a solo for voice ‘two’ when part-combining.

soloText (markup)

The text for the start of a solo when part-combining.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): CombineTextScript.

Percent_repeat_engraver

Make whole measure repeats.

Music types accepted: percent-event

Properties (read)

countPercentRepeats (boolean)

If set, produce counters for percent repeats.

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

repeatCountVisibility (procedure)

A procedure taking as arguments an integer and context, returning whether the corresponding percent repeat number should be printed when countPercentRepeats is set.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): PercentRepeat and PercentRepeatCounter.

Phrasing_slur_engraver

Print phrasing slurs. Similar to Slur_engraver.

Music types accepted: note-event and phrasing-slur-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): PhrasingSlur.

Pitched_trill_engraver

Print the bracketed note head after a note head with trill.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TrillPitchAccidental, TrillPitchGroup, TrillPitchHead and TrillPitchParentheses.

Repeat_tie_engraver

Create repeat ties.

Music types accepted: repeat-tie-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): RepeatTie and RepeatTieColumn.

Rest_engraver

Engrave rests.

Music types accepted: rest-event

Properties (read)

middleCPosition (number)

The place of the middle C, measured in half staff-spaces. Usually determined by looking at middleCClefPosition and middleCOffset.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Rest.

Rhythmic_column_engraver

Generate NoteColumn, an object that groups stems, note heads, and rests.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteColumn.

Script_column_engraver

Find potentially colliding scripts and put them into a ScriptColumn object; that will fix the collisions.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ScriptColumn.

Script_engraver

Handle note scripted articulations.

Music types accepted: articulation-event

Properties (read)

scriptDefinitions (list)

The description of scripts. This is used by the Script_engraver for typesetting note-superscripts and subscripts. See ‘scm/script.scm’ for more information.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Script.

Slash_repeat_engraver

Make beat repeats.

Music types accepted: repeat-slash-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DoubleRepeatSlash and RepeatSlash.

Slur_engraver

Build slur grobs from slur events.

Music types accepted: note-event and slur-event

Properties (read)

doubleSlurs (boolean)

If set, two slurs are created for every slurred note, one above and one below the chord.

slurMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a slur is present.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Slur.

Spanner_break_forbid_engraver

Forbid breaks in certain spanners.

Stem_engraver

Create stems, flags and single-stem tremolos. It also works together with the beam engraver for overriding beaming.

Music types accepted: tremolo-event and tuplet-span-event

Properties (read)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

stemLeftBeamCount (integer)

Specify the number of beams to draw on the left side of the next note. Overrides automatic beaming. The value is only used once, and then it is erased.

stemRightBeamCount (integer)

See stemLeftBeamCount.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Flag, Stem, StemStub and StemTremolo.

Text_engraver

Create text scripts.

Music types accepted: text-script-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TextScript.

Text_spanner_engraver

Create text spanner from an event.

Music types accepted: text-span-event

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TextSpanner.

Tie_engraver

Generate ties between note heads of equal pitch.

Music types accepted: tie-event

Properties (read)

skipTypesetting (boolean)

If true, no typesetting is done, speeding up the interpretation phase. Useful for debugging large scores.

tieWaitForNote (boolean)

If true, tied notes do not have to follow each other directly. This can be used for writing out arpeggios.

Properties (write)

tieMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal whether a tie is present.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Tie and TieColumn.

Trill_spanner_engraver

Create trill spanners.

Music types accepted: trill-span-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TrillSpanner.

Tuplet_engraver

Catch tuplet events and generate appropriate bracket.

Music types accepted: tuplet-span-event

Properties (read)

tupletFullLength (boolean)

If set, the tuplet is printed up to the start of the next note.

tupletFullLengthNote (boolean)

If set, end at the next note, otherwise end on the matter (time signatures, etc.) before the note.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TupletBracket and TupletNumber.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < CueVoice ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.6 Devnull

Silently discards all musical information given to this context.

This context also accepts commands for the following context(s): Staff and Voice.

This context creates the following layout object(s): none.

This is a ‘Bottom’ context; no contexts will be created implicitly from it.

This context cannot contain other contexts.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Devnull ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.7 DrumStaff

Handles typesetting for percussion.

This context also accepts commands for the following context(s): Staff.

This context creates the following layout object(s): BarLine, BassFigure, BassFigureAlignment, BassFigureAlignmentPositioning, BassFigureBracket, BassFigureContinuation, BassFigureLine, BreathingSign, CaesuraScript, Clef, ClefModifier, CueClef, CueEndClef, DotColumn, FingeringColumn, InstrumentName, LedgerLineSpanner, NoteCollision, RestCollision, ScriptColumn, ScriptRow, SostenutoPedalLineSpanner, StaffEllipsis, StaffHighlight, StaffSpacing, StaffSymbol, SustainPedalLineSpanner, TimeSignature, UnaCordaPedalLineSpanner and VerticalAxisGroup.

This context sets the following properties:

This is not a ‘Bottom’ context; search for such a one will commence after creating an implicit context of type DrumVoice.

Context DrumStaff can contain CueVoice, DrumVoice and NullVoice.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Alteration_glyph_engraver

Set the glyph-name-alist of all grobs having the accidental-switch-interface to the value of the context’s alterationGlyphs property, when defined.

Properties (read)

alterationGlyphs (list)

Alist mapping alterations to accidental glyphs. Alterations are given as exact numbers, e.g., -1/2 for flat. This applies to all grobs that can print accidentals.

Axis_group_engraver

Group all objects created in this context in a VerticalAxisGroup spanner.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

keepAliveInterfaces (list)

A list of symbols, signifying grob interfaces that are worth keeping a staff with remove-empty set around for.

Properties (write)

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VerticalAxisGroup.

Bar_engraver

Create bar lines for various commands, including \\bar.

If forbidBreakBetweenBarLines is true, allow line breaks at bar lines only.

Music types accepted: ad-hoc-jump-event, caesura-event, coda-mark-event, dal-segno-event, fine-event, section-event, segno-mark-event and volta-span-event

Properties (read)

caesuraType (list)

An alist 

((bar-line . bar-type)
 (breath . breath-type)
 (scripts . script-type…)
 (underlying-bar-line . bar-type))

specifying which breath mark, bar line, and scripts to create at \caesura. All entries are optional.

bar-line has higher priority than a measure bar line and underlying-bar-line has lower priority than a measure bar line.

caesuraTypeTransform (procedure)

An engraver callback taking three arguments and returning an alist of the same kind as caesuraType.

The first argument is the context.

The second argument is the value of caesuraType with an additional entry (articulations . symbol-list) identifying the articulations attached to the caesura in the music. If the transform function returns this second argument unmodified, it is as if no transform function were set; the function is free to return a different value. The transform function can remove articulations, but any added articulations are ignored.

The third argument is a symbol-list identifying certain things the engraver has observed. bar-line indicates that the engraver has observed a BarLine at the current moment.

doubleRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where the end of one \repeat volta coincides with the start of another. The default is ‘:..:’.

doubleRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the end of one \repeat volta and the beginning of another. The default is ‘:|.S.|:’.

endRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at the end of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘:|.’.

endRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the end of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘:|.S’.

fineBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at \fine. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘|.’.

fineSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with \fine. The default is ‘|.S’.

fineStartRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with \fine and the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘|.S.|:’.

forbidBreakBetweenBarLines (boolean)

If set to true, Bar_engraver forbids line breaks where there is no bar line.

measureBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at a measure boundary.

repeatCommands (list)

A list of commands related to volta-style repeats. In general, each element is a list, '(command args…), but a command with no arguments may be abbreviated to a symbol; e.g., '((start-repeat)) may be given as '(start-repeat).

end-repeat

End a repeated section.

start-repeat

Start a repeated section.

volta text

If text is markup, start a volta bracket with that label; if text is #f, end a volta bracket.

sectionBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at \section. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘||’.

segnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at an in-staff segno. The default is ‘S’.

segnoStyle (symbol)

A symbol that indicates how to print a segno: bar-line or mark.

startRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘.|:’.

startRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘S.|:’.

underlyingRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at points of repetition or departure where no bar line would normally appear, for example at the end of a system broken in mid measure where the next system begins with a segno. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘||’.

whichBar (string)

The current bar line type, or '() if there is no bar line. Setting this explicitly in user code is deprecated. Use \bar or related commands to set it.

Properties (write)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BarLine.

Caesura_engraver

Notate a short break in sound that does not shorten the previous note.

Depending on the result of passing the value of caesuraType through caesuraTypeTransform, this engraver may create a BreathingSign with CaesuraScript grobs aligned to it, or it may create CaesuraScript grobs and align them to a BarLine.

If this engraver observes a BarLine, it calls caesuraTypeTransform again with the new information, and if necessary, recreates its grobs.

Music types accepted: caesura-event

Properties (read)

breathMarkDefinitions (list)

The description of breath marks. This is used by the Breathing_sign_engraver. See ‘scm/breath.scm’ for more information.

caesuraType (list)

An alist 

((bar-line . bar-type)
 (breath . breath-type)
 (scripts . script-type…)
 (underlying-bar-line . bar-type))

specifying which breath mark, bar line, and scripts to create at \caesura. All entries are optional.

bar-line has higher priority than a measure bar line and underlying-bar-line has lower priority than a measure bar line.

caesuraTypeTransform (procedure)

An engraver callback taking three arguments and returning an alist of the same kind as caesuraType.

The first argument is the context.

The second argument is the value of caesuraType with an additional entry (articulations . symbol-list) identifying the articulations attached to the caesura in the music. If the transform function returns this second argument unmodified, it is as if no transform function were set; the function is free to return a different value. The transform function can remove articulations, but any added articulations are ignored.

The third argument is a symbol-list identifying certain things the engraver has observed. bar-line indicates that the engraver has observed a BarLine at the current moment.

scriptDefinitions (list)

The description of scripts. This is used by the Script_engraver for typesetting note-superscripts and subscripts. See ‘scm/script.scm’ for more information.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BreathingSign and CaesuraScript.

Clef_engraver

Determine and set reference point for pitches.

Properties (read)

clefGlyph (string)

Name of the symbol within the music font.

clefPosition (number)

Where should the center of the clef symbol go, measured in half staff spaces from the center of the staff.

clefTransposition (integer)

Add this much extra transposition. Values of 7 and -7 are common.

clefTranspositionStyle (symbol)

Determines the way the ClefModifier grob is displayed. Possible values are ‘default’, ‘parenthesized’ and ‘bracketed’.

explicitClefVisibility (vector)

‘break-visibility’ function for clef changes.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

forceClef (boolean)

Show clef symbol, even if it has not changed. Only active for the first clef after the property is set, not for the full staff.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Clef and ClefModifier.

Collision_engraver

Collect NoteColumns, and as soon as there are two or more, put them in a NoteCollision object.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteCollision.

Cue_clef_engraver

Determine and set reference point for pitches in cued voices.

Properties (read)

clefTransposition (integer)

Add this much extra transposition. Values of 7 and -7 are common.

cueClefGlyph (string)

Name of the symbol within the music font.

cueClefPosition (number)

Where should the center of the clef symbol go, measured in half staff spaces from the center of the staff.

cueClefTransposition (integer)

Add this much extra transposition. Values of 7 and -7 are common.

cueClefTranspositionStyle (symbol)

Determines the way the ClefModifier grob is displayed. Possible values are ‘default’, ‘parenthesized’ and ‘bracketed’.

explicitCueClefVisibility (vector)

‘break-visibility’ function for cue clef changes.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

middleCCuePosition (number)

The position of the middle C, as determined only by the clef of the cue notes. This can be calculated by looking at cueClefPosition and cueClefGlyph.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ClefModifier, CueClef and CueEndClef.

Dot_column_engraver

Engrave dots on dotted notes shifted to the right of the note. If omitted, then dots appear on top of the notes.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DotColumn.

Figured_bass_engraver

Make figured bass numbers.

Music types accepted: bass-figure-event and rest-event

Properties (read)

figuredBassAlterationDirection (direction)

Where to put alterations relative to the main figure.

figuredBassCenterContinuations (boolean)

Whether to vertically center pairs of extender lines. This does not work with three or more lines.

figuredBassFormatter (procedure)

A routine generating a markup for a bass figure.

ignoreFiguredBassRest (boolean)

Don’t swallow rest events.

implicitBassFigures (list)

A list of bass figures that are not printed as numbers, but only as extender lines.

useBassFigureExtenders (boolean)

Whether to use extender lines for repeated bass figures.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BassFigure, BassFigureAlignment, BassFigureBracket, BassFigureContinuation and BassFigureLine.

Figured_bass_position_engraver

Position figured bass alignments over notes.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BassFigureAlignmentPositioning.

Fingering_column_engraver

Find potentially colliding scripts and put them into a FingeringColumn object; that will fix the collisions.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): FingeringColumn.

Font_size_engraver

Put fontSize into font-size grob property.

Properties (read)

fontSize (number)

The relative size of all grobs in a context.

Grob_pq_engraver

Administrate when certain grobs (e.g., note heads) stop playing.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Properties (write)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Instrument_name_engraver

Create a system start text for instrument or vocal names.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

instrumentName (markup)

The name to print left of a staff. The instrumentName property labels the staff in the first system, and the shortInstrumentName property labels following lines.

shortInstrumentName (markup)

See instrumentName.

shortVocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line, short version.

vocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentName.

Ledger_line_engraver

Create the spanner to draw ledger lines, and notices objects that need ledger lines.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LedgerLineSpanner.

Merge_mmrest_numbers_engraver

Engraver to merge multi-measure rest numbers in multiple voices.

This works by gathering all multi-measure rest numbers at a time step. If they all have the same text and there are at least two only the first one is retained and the others are hidden.

Non_musical_script_column_engraver

Find potentially colliding non-musical scripts and put them into a ScriptColumn object; that will fix the collisions.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ScriptColumn.

Output_property_engraver

Apply a procedure to any grob acknowledged.

Music types accepted: apply-output-event

Piano_pedal_align_engraver

Align piano pedal symbols and brackets.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): SostenutoPedalLineSpanner, SustainPedalLineSpanner and UnaCordaPedalLineSpanner.

Pure_from_neighbor_engraver

Coordinates items that get their pure heights from their neighbors.

Rest_collision_engraver

Handle collisions of rests.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): RestCollision.

Script_row_engraver

Determine order in horizontal side position elements.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ScriptRow.

Separating_line_group_engraver

Generate objects for computing spacing parameters.

Properties (read)

createSpacing (boolean)

Create StaffSpacing objects? Should be set for staves.

Properties (write)

hasStaffSpacing (boolean)

True if currentCommandColumn contains items that will affect spacing.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffSpacing.

Skip_typesetting_engraver

Create a StaffEllipsis when skipTypesetting is used.

Properties (read)

skipTypesetting (boolean)

If true, no typesetting is done, speeding up the interpretation phase. Useful for debugging large scores.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffEllipsis.

Staff_collecting_engraver

Maintain the stavesFound variable.

Properties (read)

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

Properties (write)

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

Staff_highlight_engraver

Highlights music passages.

Music types accepted: staff-highlight-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffHighlight.

Staff_symbol_engraver

Create the constellation of five (default) staff lines.

Music types accepted: staff-span-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffSymbol.

Time_signature_engraver

Create a TimeSignature whenever timeSignatureFraction changes.

Music types accepted: time-signature-event

Properties (read)

initialTimeSignatureVisibility (vector)

break visibility for the initial time signature.

partialBusy (boolean)

Signal that \partial acts at the current timestep.

timeSignatureFraction (fraction, as pair)

A pair of numbers, signifying the time signature. For example, '(4 . 4) is a 4/4 time signature.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TimeSignature.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < DrumStaff ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.8 DrumVoice

A voice on a percussion staff.

This context also accepts commands for the following context(s): Voice.

This context creates the following layout object(s): Beam, BendAfter, BreathingSign, CombineTextScript, Dots, DoublePercentRepeat, DoublePercentRepeatCounter, DoubleRepeatSlash, DynamicLineSpanner, DynamicText, DynamicTextSpanner, FingerGlideSpanner, Flag, Hairpin, InstrumentSwitch, LaissezVibrerTie, LaissezVibrerTieColumn, MultiMeasureRest, MultiMeasureRestNumber, MultiMeasureRestScript, MultiMeasureRestText, NoteColumn, NoteHead, NoteSpacing, PercentRepeat, PercentRepeatCounter, PhrasingSlur, RepeatSlash, RepeatTie, RepeatTieColumn, Rest, Script, ScriptColumn, Slur, Stem, StemStub, StemTremolo, TextScript, TextSpanner, Tie, TieColumn, TrillPitchAccidental, TrillPitchGroup, TrillPitchHead, TrillPitchParentheses, TrillSpanner, TupletBracket and TupletNumber.

This is a ‘Bottom’ context; no contexts will be created implicitly from it.

This context cannot contain other contexts.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Auto_beam_engraver

Generate beams based on measure characteristics and observed Stems. Uses baseMoment, beatStructure, beamExceptions, measureLength, and measurePosition to decide when to start and stop a beam. Overriding beaming is done through Stem_engraver properties stemLeftBeamCount and stemRightBeamCount.

Music types accepted: beam-forbid-event

Properties (read)

autoBeaming (boolean)

If set to true then beams are generated automatically.

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamExceptions (list)

An alist of exceptions to autobeam rules that normally end on beats.

beamHalfMeasure (boolean)

Whether to allow a beam to begin halfway through the measure in triple time, which could look like 6/8.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Beam_engraver

Handle Beam events by engraving beams. If omitted, then notes are printed with flags instead of beams.

Music types accepted: beam-event

Properties (read)

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a beam is present.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Bend_engraver

Create fall spanners.

Music types accepted: bend-after-event

Properties (read)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BendAfter.

Breathing_sign_engraver

Notate breath marks.

Music types accepted: breathing-event

Properties (read)

breathMarkType (symbol)

The type of BreathingSign to create at \breathe.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BreathingSign.

Chord_tremolo_engraver

Generate beams for tremolo repeats.

Music types accepted: tremolo-span-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Dots_engraver

Create Dots objects for rhythmic-head-interfaces.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Dots.

Double_percent_repeat_engraver

Make double measure repeats.

Music types accepted: double-percent-event

Properties (read)

countPercentRepeats (boolean)

If set, produce counters for percent repeats.

measureLength (moment)

Length of one measure in the current time signature.

repeatCountVisibility (procedure)

A procedure taking as arguments an integer and context, returning whether the corresponding percent repeat number should be printed when countPercentRepeats is set.

Properties (write)

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DoublePercentRepeat and DoublePercentRepeatCounter.

Drum_notes_engraver

Generate drum note heads.

Music types accepted: note-event

Properties (read)

drumStyleTable (hash table)

A hash table which maps drums to layout settings. Predefined values: ‘drums-style’, ‘agostini-drums-style’, ‘weinberg-drums-style’, ‘timbales-style’, ‘congas-style’, ‘bongos-style’, and ‘percussion-style’.

The layout style is a hash table, containing the drum-pitches (e.g., the symbol ‘hihat’) as keys, and a list (notehead-style script vertical-position) as values.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteHead and Script.

Dynamic_align_engraver

Align hairpins and dynamic texts on a horizontal line.

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DynamicLineSpanner.

Dynamic_engraver

Create hairpins, dynamic texts and dynamic text spanners.

Music types accepted: absolute-dynamic-event, break-dynamic-span-event and span-dynamic-event

Properties (read)

crescendoSpanner (symbol)

The type of spanner to be used for crescendi. Available values are ‘hairpin’ and ‘text’. If unset, a hairpin crescendo is used.

crescendoText (markup)

The text to print at start of non-hairpin crescendo, i.e., ‘cresc.’.

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

decrescendoSpanner (symbol)

The type of spanner to be used for decrescendi. Available values are ‘hairpin’ and ‘text’. If unset, a hairpin decrescendo is used.

decrescendoText (markup)

The text to print at start of non-hairpin decrescendo, i.e., ‘dim.’.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DynamicText, DynamicTextSpanner and Hairpin.

Finger_glide_engraver

Engraver to print a line between two Fingering grobs.

Music types accepted: note-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): FingerGlideSpanner.

Font_size_engraver

Put fontSize into font-size grob property.

Properties (read)

fontSize (number)

The relative size of all grobs in a context.

Forbid_line_break_engraver

Forbid line breaks when note heads are still playing at some point.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Properties (write)

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

Grace_auto_beam_engraver

Generates one autobeam group across an entire grace phrase. As usual, any manual beaming or \noBeam will block autobeaming, just like setting the context property ‘autoBeaming’ to ##f.

Music types accepted: beam-forbid-event

Properties (read)

autoBeaming (boolean)

If set to true then beams are generated automatically.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Grace_beam_engraver

Handle Beam events by engraving beams. If omitted, then notes are printed with flags instead of beams. Only engraves beams when we are at grace points in time.

Music types accepted: beam-event

Properties (read)

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a beam is present.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Grace_engraver

Set font size and other properties for grace notes.

Properties (read)

graceSettings (list)

Overrides for grace notes. This property should be manipulated through the add-grace-property function.

Grob_pq_engraver

Administrate when certain grobs (e.g., note heads) stop playing.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Properties (write)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Instrument_switch_engraver

Create a cue text for taking instrument.

This engraver is deprecated.

Properties (read)

instrumentCueName (markup)

The name to print if another instrument is to be taken.

This property is deprecated

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentSwitch.

Laissez_vibrer_engraver

Create laissez vibrer items.

Music types accepted: laissez-vibrer-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LaissezVibrerTie and LaissezVibrerTieColumn.

Multi_measure_rest_engraver

Engrave multi-measure rests that are produced with ‘R’. It reads measureStartNow and internalBarNumber to determine what number to print over the MultiMeasureRest.

Music types accepted: multi-measure-articulation-event, multi-measure-rest-event and multi-measure-text-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

internalBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is used for internal timekeeping, among others by the Accidental_engraver.

measureStartNow (boolean)

True at the beginning of a measure.

restNumberThreshold (number)

If a multimeasure rest has more measures than this, a number is printed.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): MultiMeasureRest, MultiMeasureRestNumber, MultiMeasureRestScript and MultiMeasureRestText.

Note_spacing_engraver

Generate NoteSpacing, an object linking horizontal lines for use in spacing.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteSpacing.

Output_property_engraver

Apply a procedure to any grob acknowledged.

Music types accepted: apply-output-event

Part_combine_engraver

Part combine engraver for orchestral scores: Print markings ‘a2’, ‘Solo’, ‘Solo II’, and ‘unisono’.

Music types accepted: note-event and part-combine-event

Properties (read)

aDueText (markup)

Text to print at a unisono passage.

partCombineTextsOnNote (boolean)

Print part-combine texts only on the next note rather than immediately on rests or skips.

printPartCombineTexts (boolean)

Set ‘Solo’ and ‘A due’ texts in the part combiner?

soloIIText (markup)

The text for the start of a solo for voice ‘two’ when part-combining.

soloText (markup)

The text for the start of a solo when part-combining.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): CombineTextScript.

Percent_repeat_engraver

Make whole measure repeats.

Music types accepted: percent-event

Properties (read)

countPercentRepeats (boolean)

If set, produce counters for percent repeats.

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

repeatCountVisibility (procedure)

A procedure taking as arguments an integer and context, returning whether the corresponding percent repeat number should be printed when countPercentRepeats is set.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): PercentRepeat and PercentRepeatCounter.

Phrasing_slur_engraver

Print phrasing slurs. Similar to Slur_engraver.

Music types accepted: note-event and phrasing-slur-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): PhrasingSlur.

Pitched_trill_engraver

Print the bracketed note head after a note head with trill.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TrillPitchAccidental, TrillPitchGroup, TrillPitchHead and TrillPitchParentheses.

Repeat_tie_engraver

Create repeat ties.

Music types accepted: repeat-tie-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): RepeatTie and RepeatTieColumn.

Rest_engraver

Engrave rests.

Music types accepted: rest-event

Properties (read)

middleCPosition (number)

The place of the middle C, measured in half staff-spaces. Usually determined by looking at middleCClefPosition and middleCOffset.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Rest.

Rhythmic_column_engraver

Generate NoteColumn, an object that groups stems, note heads, and rests.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteColumn.

Script_column_engraver

Find potentially colliding scripts and put them into a ScriptColumn object; that will fix the collisions.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ScriptColumn.

Script_engraver

Handle note scripted articulations.

Music types accepted: articulation-event

Properties (read)

scriptDefinitions (list)

The description of scripts. This is used by the Script_engraver for typesetting note-superscripts and subscripts. See ‘scm/script.scm’ for more information.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Script.

Slash_repeat_engraver

Make beat repeats.

Music types accepted: repeat-slash-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DoubleRepeatSlash and RepeatSlash.

Slur_engraver

Build slur grobs from slur events.

Music types accepted: note-event and slur-event

Properties (read)

doubleSlurs (boolean)

If set, two slurs are created for every slurred note, one above and one below the chord.

slurMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a slur is present.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Slur.

Spanner_break_forbid_engraver

Forbid breaks in certain spanners.

Stem_engraver

Create stems, flags and single-stem tremolos. It also works together with the beam engraver for overriding beaming.

Music types accepted: tremolo-event and tuplet-span-event

Properties (read)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

stemLeftBeamCount (integer)

Specify the number of beams to draw on the left side of the next note. Overrides automatic beaming. The value is only used once, and then it is erased.

stemRightBeamCount (integer)

See stemLeftBeamCount.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Flag, Stem, StemStub and StemTremolo.

Text_engraver

Create text scripts.

Music types accepted: text-script-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TextScript.

Text_spanner_engraver

Create text spanner from an event.

Music types accepted: text-span-event

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TextSpanner.

Tie_engraver

Generate ties between note heads of equal pitch.

Music types accepted: tie-event

Properties (read)

skipTypesetting (boolean)

If true, no typesetting is done, speeding up the interpretation phase. Useful for debugging large scores.

tieWaitForNote (boolean)

If true, tied notes do not have to follow each other directly. This can be used for writing out arpeggios.

Properties (write)

tieMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal whether a tie is present.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Tie and TieColumn.

Trill_spanner_engraver

Create trill spanners.

Music types accepted: trill-span-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TrillSpanner.

Tuplet_engraver

Catch tuplet events and generate appropriate bracket.

Music types accepted: tuplet-span-event

Properties (read)

tupletFullLength (boolean)

If set, the tuplet is printed up to the start of the next note.

tupletFullLengthNote (boolean)

If set, end at the next note, otherwise end on the matter (time signatures, etc.) before the note.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TupletBracket and TupletNumber.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < DrumVoice ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.9 Dynamics

Holds a single line of dynamics, which will be centered between the staves surrounding this context.

This context also accepts commands for the following context(s): Staff and Voice.

This context creates the following layout object(s): BarLine, DynamicLineSpanner, DynamicText, DynamicTextSpanner, Hairpin, PianoPedalBracket, Script, SostenutoPedal, SustainPedal, TextScript, TextSpanner, UnaCordaPedal and VerticalAxisGroup.

This context sets the following properties:

This is a ‘Bottom’ context; no contexts will be created implicitly from it.

This context cannot contain other contexts.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Axis_group_engraver

Group all objects created in this context in a VerticalAxisGroup spanner.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

keepAliveInterfaces (list)

A list of symbols, signifying grob interfaces that are worth keeping a staff with remove-empty set around for.

Properties (write)

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VerticalAxisGroup.

Bar_engraver

Create bar lines for various commands, including \\bar.

If forbidBreakBetweenBarLines is true, allow line breaks at bar lines only.

Music types accepted: ad-hoc-jump-event, caesura-event, coda-mark-event, dal-segno-event, fine-event, section-event, segno-mark-event and volta-span-event

Properties (read)

caesuraType (list)

An alist 

((bar-line . bar-type)
 (breath . breath-type)
 (scripts . script-type…)
 (underlying-bar-line . bar-type))

specifying which breath mark, bar line, and scripts to create at \caesura. All entries are optional.

bar-line has higher priority than a measure bar line and underlying-bar-line has lower priority than a measure bar line.

caesuraTypeTransform (procedure)

An engraver callback taking three arguments and returning an alist of the same kind as caesuraType.

The first argument is the context.

The second argument is the value of caesuraType with an additional entry (articulations . symbol-list) identifying the articulations attached to the caesura in the music. If the transform function returns this second argument unmodified, it is as if no transform function were set; the function is free to return a different value. The transform function can remove articulations, but any added articulations are ignored.

The third argument is a symbol-list identifying certain things the engraver has observed. bar-line indicates that the engraver has observed a BarLine at the current moment.

doubleRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where the end of one \repeat volta coincides with the start of another. The default is ‘:..:’.

doubleRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the end of one \repeat volta and the beginning of another. The default is ‘:|.S.|:’.

endRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at the end of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘:|.’.

endRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the end of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘:|.S’.

fineBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at \fine. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘|.’.

fineSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with \fine. The default is ‘|.S’.

fineStartRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with \fine and the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘|.S.|:’.

forbidBreakBetweenBarLines (boolean)

If set to true, Bar_engraver forbids line breaks where there is no bar line.

measureBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at a measure boundary.

repeatCommands (list)

A list of commands related to volta-style repeats. In general, each element is a list, '(command args…), but a command with no arguments may be abbreviated to a symbol; e.g., '((start-repeat)) may be given as '(start-repeat).

end-repeat

End a repeated section.

start-repeat

Start a repeated section.

volta text

If text is markup, start a volta bracket with that label; if text is #f, end a volta bracket.

sectionBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at \section. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘||’.

segnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at an in-staff segno. The default is ‘S’.

segnoStyle (symbol)

A symbol that indicates how to print a segno: bar-line or mark.

startRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘.|:’.

startRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘S.|:’.

underlyingRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at points of repetition or departure where no bar line would normally appear, for example at the end of a system broken in mid measure where the next system begins with a segno. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘||’.

whichBar (string)

The current bar line type, or '() if there is no bar line. Setting this explicitly in user code is deprecated. Use \bar or related commands to set it.

Properties (write)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BarLine.

Dynamic_align_engraver

Align hairpins and dynamic texts on a horizontal line.

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DynamicLineSpanner.

Dynamic_engraver

Create hairpins, dynamic texts and dynamic text spanners.

Music types accepted: absolute-dynamic-event, break-dynamic-span-event and span-dynamic-event

Properties (read)

crescendoSpanner (symbol)

The type of spanner to be used for crescendi. Available values are ‘hairpin’ and ‘text’. If unset, a hairpin crescendo is used.

crescendoText (markup)

The text to print at start of non-hairpin crescendo, i.e., ‘cresc.’.

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

decrescendoSpanner (symbol)

The type of spanner to be used for decrescendi. Available values are ‘hairpin’ and ‘text’. If unset, a hairpin decrescendo is used.

decrescendoText (markup)

The text to print at start of non-hairpin decrescendo, i.e., ‘dim.’.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DynamicText, DynamicTextSpanner and Hairpin.

Font_size_engraver

Put fontSize into font-size grob property.

Properties (read)

fontSize (number)

The relative size of all grobs in a context.

Output_property_engraver

Apply a procedure to any grob acknowledged.

Music types accepted: apply-output-event

Piano_pedal_engraver

Engrave piano pedal symbols and brackets.

Music types accepted: sostenuto-event, sustain-event and una-corda-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

pedalSostenutoStrings (list)

See pedalSustainStrings.

pedalSostenutoStyle (symbol)

See pedalSustainStyle.

pedalSustainStrings (list)

A list of strings to print for sustain-pedal. Format is (up updown down), where each of the three is the string to print when this is done with the pedal.

pedalSustainStyle (symbol)

A symbol that indicates how to print sustain pedals: text, bracket or mixed (both).

pedalUnaCordaStrings (list)

See pedalSustainStrings.

pedalUnaCordaStyle (symbol)

See pedalSustainStyle.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): PianoPedalBracket, SostenutoPedal, SustainPedal and UnaCordaPedal.

Script_engraver

Handle note scripted articulations.

Music types accepted: articulation-event

Properties (read)

scriptDefinitions (list)

The description of scripts. This is used by the Script_engraver for typesetting note-superscripts and subscripts. See ‘scm/script.scm’ for more information.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Script.

Text_engraver

Create text scripts.

Music types accepted: text-script-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TextScript.

Text_spanner_engraver

Create text spanner from an event.

Music types accepted: text-span-event

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TextSpanner.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Dynamics ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.10 FiguredBass

A context for printing a figured bass line.

This context creates the following layout object(s): BassFigure, BassFigureAlignment, BassFigureBracket, BassFigureContinuation, BassFigureLine, StaffSpacing and VerticalAxisGroup.

This context sets the following properties:

This is a ‘Bottom’ context; no contexts will be created implicitly from it.

This context cannot contain other contexts.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Axis_group_engraver

Group all objects created in this context in a VerticalAxisGroup spanner.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

keepAliveInterfaces (list)

A list of symbols, signifying grob interfaces that are worth keeping a staff with remove-empty set around for.

Properties (write)

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VerticalAxisGroup.

Figured_bass_engraver

Make figured bass numbers.

Music types accepted: bass-figure-event and rest-event

Properties (read)

figuredBassAlterationDirection (direction)

Where to put alterations relative to the main figure.

figuredBassCenterContinuations (boolean)

Whether to vertically center pairs of extender lines. This does not work with three or more lines.

figuredBassFormatter (procedure)

A routine generating a markup for a bass figure.

ignoreFiguredBassRest (boolean)

Don’t swallow rest events.

implicitBassFigures (list)

A list of bass figures that are not printed as numbers, but only as extender lines.

useBassFigureExtenders (boolean)

Whether to use extender lines for repeated bass figures.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BassFigure, BassFigureAlignment, BassFigureBracket, BassFigureContinuation and BassFigureLine.

Separating_line_group_engraver

Generate objects for computing spacing parameters.

Properties (read)

createSpacing (boolean)

Create StaffSpacing objects? Should be set for staves.

Properties (write)

hasStaffSpacing (boolean)

True if currentCommandColumn contains items that will affect spacing.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffSpacing.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < FiguredBass ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.11 FretBoards

A context for displaying fret diagrams.

This context also accepts commands for the following context(s): Staff.

This context creates the following layout object(s): FretBoard, InstrumentName, StaffSpacing and VerticalAxisGroup.

This context sets the following properties:

This is a ‘Bottom’ context; no contexts will be created implicitly from it.

This context cannot contain other contexts.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Axis_group_engraver

Group all objects created in this context in a VerticalAxisGroup spanner.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

keepAliveInterfaces (list)

A list of symbols, signifying grob interfaces that are worth keeping a staff with remove-empty set around for.

Properties (write)

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VerticalAxisGroup.

Font_size_engraver

Put fontSize into font-size grob property.

Properties (read)

fontSize (number)

The relative size of all grobs in a context.

Fretboard_engraver

Generate fret diagram from one or more events of type NoteEvent.

Music types accepted: fingering-event, note-event and string-number-event

Properties (read)

chordChanges (boolean)

Only show changes in chords scheme?

defaultStrings (list)

A list of strings to use in calculating frets for tablatures and fretboards if no strings are provided in the notes for the current moment.

highStringOne (boolean)

Whether the first string is the string with highest pitch on the instrument. This used by the automatic string selector for tablature notation.

maximumFretStretch (number)

Don’t allocate frets further than this from specified frets.

minimumFret (number)

The tablature auto string-selecting mechanism selects the highest string with a fret at least minimumFret.

noteToFretFunction (procedure)

Convert list of notes and list of defined strings to full list of strings and fret numbers. Parameters: The context, a list of note events, a list of tabstring events, and the fretboard grob if a fretboard is desired.

predefinedDiagramTable (hash table)

The hash table of predefined fret diagrams to use in FretBoards.

stringTunings (list)

The tablature strings tuning. It is a list of the pitches of each string (starting with the lowest numbered one).

tablatureFormat (procedure)

A function formatting a tablature note head. Called with three arguments: context, string number and, fret number. It returns the text as a markup.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): FretBoard.

Instrument_name_engraver

Create a system start text for instrument or vocal names.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

instrumentName (markup)

The name to print left of a staff. The instrumentName property labels the staff in the first system, and the shortInstrumentName property labels following lines.

shortInstrumentName (markup)

See instrumentName.

shortVocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line, short version.

vocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentName.

Output_property_engraver

Apply a procedure to any grob acknowledged.

Music types accepted: apply-output-event

Separating_line_group_engraver

Generate objects for computing spacing parameters.

Properties (read)

createSpacing (boolean)

Create StaffSpacing objects? Should be set for staves.

Properties (write)

hasStaffSpacing (boolean)

True if currentCommandColumn contains items that will affect spacing.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffSpacing.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < FretBoards ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.12 Global

Hard coded entry point for LilyPond. Usually not meant to be modified directly.

This context creates the following layout object(s): none.

This is not a ‘Bottom’ context; search for such a one will commence after creating an implicit context of type Score.

Context Global can contain ChordGridScore, Score and StandaloneRhythmScore.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Global ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.13 GrandStaff

Groups staves while adding a bracket on the left side, grouping the staves together. The bar lines of the contained staves are connected vertically. StaffGroup only consists of a collection of staves, with a bracket in front and spanning bar lines.

This context creates the following layout object(s): Arpeggio, InstrumentName, SpanBar, SpanBarStub, StaffGrouper, SystemStartBar, SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket, SystemStartSquare and VerticalAlignment.

This context sets the following properties:

This is not a ‘Bottom’ context; search for such a one will commence after creating an implicit context of type Staff.

Context GrandStaff can contain ChoirStaff, ChordNames, Devnull, DrumStaff, Dynamics, FiguredBass, FretBoards, GrandStaff, GregorianTranscriptionLyrics, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, KievanStaff, Lyrics, MensuralStaff, NoteNames, OneStaff, PetrucciStaff, PianoStaff, RhythmicStaff, Staff, StaffGroup, TabStaff, VaticanaLyrics and VaticanaStaff.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Instrument_name_engraver

Create a system start text for instrument or vocal names.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

instrumentName (markup)

The name to print left of a staff. The instrumentName property labels the staff in the first system, and the shortInstrumentName property labels following lines.

shortInstrumentName (markup)

See instrumentName.

shortVocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line, short version.

vocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentName.

Output_property_engraver

Apply a procedure to any grob acknowledged.

Music types accepted: apply-output-event

Span_arpeggio_engraver

Make arpeggios that span multiple staves.

Properties (read)

connectArpeggios (boolean)

If set, connect arpeggios across piano staff.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Arpeggio.

Span_bar_engraver

Make cross-staff bar lines: It catches all normal bar lines and draws a single span bar across them.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): SpanBar.

Span_bar_stub_engraver

Make stubs for span bars in all contexts that the span bars cross.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): SpanBarStub.

System_start_delimiter_engraver

Create a system start delimiter (i.e., a SystemStartBar, SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket or SystemStartSquare spanner).

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

systemStartDelimiter (symbol)

Which grob to make for the start of the system/staff? Set to SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket or SystemStartBar.

systemStartDelimiterHierarchy (pair)

A nested list, indicating the nesting of a start delimiters.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): SystemStartBar, SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket and SystemStartSquare.

Vertical_align_engraver

Catch groups (staves, lyrics lines, etc.) and stack them vertically.

Properties (read)

alignAboveContext (string)

Where to insert newly created context in vertical alignment.

alignBelowContext (string)

Where to insert newly created context in vertical alignment.

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffGrouper and VerticalAlignment.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < GrandStaff ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.14 GregorianTranscriptionLyrics

A lyrics context for notating Gregorian chant in modern style.

This context also accepts commands for the following context(s): Lyrics.

This context creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentName, LyricExtender, LyricHyphen, LyricRepeatCount, LyricSpace, LyricText, StanzaNumber, VerticalAxisGroup and VowelTransition.

This context sets the following properties:

This is a ‘Bottom’ context; no contexts will be created implicitly from it.

This context cannot contain other contexts.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Axis_group_engraver

Group all objects created in this context in a VerticalAxisGroup spanner.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

keepAliveInterfaces (list)

A list of symbols, signifying grob interfaces that are worth keeping a staff with remove-empty set around for.

Properties (write)

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VerticalAxisGroup.

Extender_engraver

Create lyric extenders.

Music types accepted: completize-extender-event and extender-event

Properties (read)

extendersOverRests (boolean)

Whether to continue extenders as they cross a rest.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LyricExtender.

Font_size_engraver

Put fontSize into font-size grob property.

Properties (read)

fontSize (number)

The relative size of all grobs in a context.

Hyphen_engraver

Create lyric hyphens, vowel transitions and distance constraints between words.

Music types accepted: hyphen-event and vowel-transition-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LyricHyphen, LyricSpace and VowelTransition.

Instrument_name_engraver

Create a system start text for instrument or vocal names.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

instrumentName (markup)

The name to print left of a staff. The instrumentName property labels the staff in the first system, and the shortInstrumentName property labels following lines.

shortInstrumentName (markup)

See instrumentName.

shortVocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line, short version.

vocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentName.

Lyric_engraver

Engrave text for lyrics.

Music types accepted: lyric-event

Properties (read)

ignoreMelismata (boolean)

Ignore melismata for this Lyrics line.

lyricMelismaAlignment (number)

Alignment to use for a melisma syllable.

searchForVoice (boolean)

Signal whether a search should be made of all contexts in the context hierarchy for a voice to provide rhythms for the lyrics.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LyricText.

Lyric_repeat_count_engraver

Create repeat counts within lyrics for modern transcriptions of Gregorian chant.

Music types accepted: volta-repeat-end-event

Properties (read)

lyricRepeatCountFormatter (procedure)

A procedure taking as arguments the context and the numeric repeat count. It should return the formatted repeat count as markup. If it does not return markup, no grob is created.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LyricRepeatCount.

Pure_from_neighbor_engraver

Coordinates items that get their pure heights from their neighbors.

Stanza_number_engraver

Engrave stanza numbers.

Properties (read)

stanza (markup)

Stanza ‘number’ to print before the start of a verse. Use in Lyrics context.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StanzaNumber.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < GregorianTranscriptionLyrics ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.15 GregorianTranscriptionStaff

A staff for notating Gregorian chant in modern style.

This context also accepts commands for the following context(s): Staff.

This context creates the following layout object(s): Accidental, AccidentalCautionary, AccidentalPlacement, AccidentalSuggestion, BarLine, BassFigure, BassFigureAlignment, BassFigureAlignmentPositioning, BassFigureBracket, BassFigureContinuation, BassFigureLine, Clef, ClefModifier, CueClef, CueEndClef, Divisio, DotColumn, FingeringColumn, InstrumentName, KeyCancellation, KeySignature, LedgerLineSpanner, NoteCollision, OttavaBracket, PianoPedalBracket, RestCollision, ScriptColumn, ScriptRow, SostenutoPedal, SostenutoPedalLineSpanner, StaffEllipsis, StaffHighlight, StaffSpacing, StaffSymbol, SustainPedal, SustainPedalLineSpanner, UnaCordaPedal, UnaCordaPedalLineSpanner and VerticalAxisGroup.

This context sets the following properties:

This is not a ‘Bottom’ context; search for such a one will commence after creating an implicit context of type GregorianTranscriptionVoice.

Context GregorianTranscriptionStaff can contain CueVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice and NullVoice.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Accidental_engraver

Make accidentals. Catch note heads, ties and notices key-change events. This engraver usually lives at Staff level, but reads the settings for Accidental at Voice level, so you can \override them at Voice.

Properties (read)

accidentalGrouping (symbol)

If set to 'voice, accidentals on the same note in different octaves may be horizontally staggered if in different voices.

autoAccidentals (list)

List of different ways to typeset an accidental.

For determining when to print an accidental, several different rules are tried. The rule that gives the highest number of accidentals is used.

Each entry in the list is either a symbol or a procedure.

symbol

The symbol is the name of the context in which the following rules are to be applied. For example, if context is Score then all staves share accidentals, and if context is Staff then all voices in the same staff share accidentals, but staves do not.

procedure

The procedure represents an accidental rule to be applied to the previously specified context.

The procedure takes the following arguments:

context

The current context to which the rule should be applied.

pitch

The pitch of the note to be evaluated.

barnum

The current bar number.

The procedure returns a pair of booleans. The first states whether an extra natural should be added. The second states whether an accidental should be printed. (#t . #f) does not make sense.

autoCautionaries (list)

List similar to autoAccidentals, but it controls cautionary accidentals rather than normal ones. Both lists are tried, and the one giving the most accidentals wins. In case of draw, a normal accidental is typeset.

extraNatural (boolean)

Whether to typeset an extra natural sign before accidentals that reduce the effect of a previous alteration.

harmonicAccidentals (boolean)

If set, harmonic notes in chords get accidentals.

internalBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is used for internal timekeeping, among others by the Accidental_engraver.

keyAlterations (list)

The current key signature. This is an alist containing (step . alter) or ((octave . step) . alter), where step is a number in the range 0 to 6 and alter a fraction, denoting alteration. For alterations, use symbols, e.g., keyAlterations = #`((6 . ,FLAT)).

localAlterations (list)

The key signature at this point in the measure. The format is the same as for keyAlterations, but can also contain ((octave . name) . (alter barnumber . measureposition)) pairs.

Properties (write)

localAlterations (list)

The key signature at this point in the measure. The format is the same as for keyAlterations, but can also contain ((octave . name) . (alter barnumber . measureposition)) pairs.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Accidental, AccidentalCautionary, AccidentalPlacement and AccidentalSuggestion.

Alteration_glyph_engraver

Set the glyph-name-alist of all grobs having the accidental-switch-interface to the value of the context’s alterationGlyphs property, when defined.

Properties (read)

alterationGlyphs (list)

Alist mapping alterations to accidental glyphs. Alterations are given as exact numbers, e.g., -1/2 for flat. This applies to all grobs that can print accidentals.

Axis_group_engraver

Group all objects created in this context in a VerticalAxisGroup spanner.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

keepAliveInterfaces (list)

A list of symbols, signifying grob interfaces that are worth keeping a staff with remove-empty set around for.

Properties (write)

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VerticalAxisGroup.

Bar_engraver

Create bar lines for various commands, including \\bar.

If forbidBreakBetweenBarLines is true, allow line breaks at bar lines only.

Music types accepted: ad-hoc-jump-event, caesura-event, coda-mark-event, dal-segno-event, fine-event, section-event, segno-mark-event and volta-span-event

Properties (read)

caesuraType (list)

An alist 

((bar-line . bar-type)
 (breath . breath-type)
 (scripts . script-type…)
 (underlying-bar-line . bar-type))

specifying which breath mark, bar line, and scripts to create at \caesura. All entries are optional.

bar-line has higher priority than a measure bar line and underlying-bar-line has lower priority than a measure bar line.

caesuraTypeTransform (procedure)

An engraver callback taking three arguments and returning an alist of the same kind as caesuraType.

The first argument is the context.

The second argument is the value of caesuraType with an additional entry (articulations . symbol-list) identifying the articulations attached to the caesura in the music. If the transform function returns this second argument unmodified, it is as if no transform function were set; the function is free to return a different value. The transform function can remove articulations, but any added articulations are ignored.

The third argument is a symbol-list identifying certain things the engraver has observed. bar-line indicates that the engraver has observed a BarLine at the current moment.

doubleRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where the end of one \repeat volta coincides with the start of another. The default is ‘:..:’.

doubleRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the end of one \repeat volta and the beginning of another. The default is ‘:|.S.|:’.

endRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at the end of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘:|.’.

endRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the end of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘:|.S’.

fineBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at \fine. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘|.’.

fineSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with \fine. The default is ‘|.S’.

fineStartRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with \fine and the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘|.S.|:’.

forbidBreakBetweenBarLines (boolean)

If set to true, Bar_engraver forbids line breaks where there is no bar line.

measureBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at a measure boundary.

repeatCommands (list)

A list of commands related to volta-style repeats. In general, each element is a list, '(command args…), but a command with no arguments may be abbreviated to a symbol; e.g., '((start-repeat)) may be given as '(start-repeat).

end-repeat

End a repeated section.

start-repeat

Start a repeated section.

volta text

If text is markup, start a volta bracket with that label; if text is #f, end a volta bracket.

sectionBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at \section. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘||’.

segnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at an in-staff segno. The default is ‘S’.

segnoStyle (symbol)

A symbol that indicates how to print a segno: bar-line or mark.

startRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘.|:’.

startRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘S.|:’.

underlyingRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at points of repetition or departure where no bar line would normally appear, for example at the end of a system broken in mid measure where the next system begins with a segno. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘||’.

whichBar (string)

The current bar line type, or '() if there is no bar line. Setting this explicitly in user code is deprecated. Use \bar or related commands to set it.

Properties (write)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BarLine.

Clef_engraver

Determine and set reference point for pitches.

Properties (read)

clefGlyph (string)

Name of the symbol within the music font.

clefPosition (number)

Where should the center of the clef symbol go, measured in half staff spaces from the center of the staff.

clefTransposition (integer)

Add this much extra transposition. Values of 7 and -7 are common.

clefTranspositionStyle (symbol)

Determines the way the ClefModifier grob is displayed. Possible values are ‘default’, ‘parenthesized’ and ‘bracketed’.

explicitClefVisibility (vector)

‘break-visibility’ function for clef changes.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

forceClef (boolean)

Show clef symbol, even if it has not changed. Only active for the first clef after the property is set, not for the full staff.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Clef and ClefModifier.

Collision_engraver

Collect NoteColumns, and as soon as there are two or more, put them in a NoteCollision object.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteCollision.

Cue_clef_engraver

Determine and set reference point for pitches in cued voices.

Properties (read)

clefTransposition (integer)

Add this much extra transposition. Values of 7 and -7 are common.

cueClefGlyph (string)

Name of the symbol within the music font.

cueClefPosition (number)

Where should the center of the clef symbol go, measured in half staff spaces from the center of the staff.

cueClefTransposition (integer)

Add this much extra transposition. Values of 7 and -7 are common.

cueClefTranspositionStyle (symbol)

Determines the way the ClefModifier grob is displayed. Possible values are ‘default’, ‘parenthesized’ and ‘bracketed’.

explicitCueClefVisibility (vector)

‘break-visibility’ function for cue clef changes.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

middleCCuePosition (number)

The position of the middle C, as determined only by the clef of the cue notes. This can be calculated by looking at cueClefPosition and cueClefGlyph.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ClefModifier, CueClef and CueEndClef.

Divisio_engraver

Create divisiones: chant notation for points of breathing or caesura.

Music types accepted: caesura-event, fine-event, section-event, volta-repeat-end-event and volta-repeat-start-event

Properties (read)

caesuraType (list)

An alist 

((bar-line . bar-type)
 (breath . breath-type)
 (scripts . script-type…)
 (underlying-bar-line . bar-type))

specifying which breath mark, bar line, and scripts to create at \caesura. All entries are optional.

bar-line has higher priority than a measure bar line and underlying-bar-line has lower priority than a measure bar line.

caesuraTypeTransform (procedure)

An engraver callback taking three arguments and returning an alist of the same kind as caesuraType.

The first argument is the context.

The second argument is the value of caesuraType with an additional entry (articulations . symbol-list) identifying the articulations attached to the caesura in the music. If the transform function returns this second argument unmodified, it is as if no transform function were set; the function is free to return a different value. The transform function can remove articulations, but any added articulations are ignored.

The third argument is a symbol-list identifying certain things the engraver has observed. bar-line indicates that the engraver has observed a BarLine at the current moment.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Divisio.

Dot_column_engraver

Engrave dots on dotted notes shifted to the right of the note. If omitted, then dots appear on top of the notes.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DotColumn.

Figured_bass_engraver

Make figured bass numbers.

Music types accepted: bass-figure-event and rest-event

Properties (read)

figuredBassAlterationDirection (direction)

Where to put alterations relative to the main figure.

figuredBassCenterContinuations (boolean)

Whether to vertically center pairs of extender lines. This does not work with three or more lines.

figuredBassFormatter (procedure)

A routine generating a markup for a bass figure.

ignoreFiguredBassRest (boolean)

Don’t swallow rest events.

implicitBassFigures (list)

A list of bass figures that are not printed as numbers, but only as extender lines.

useBassFigureExtenders (boolean)

Whether to use extender lines for repeated bass figures.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BassFigure, BassFigureAlignment, BassFigureBracket, BassFigureContinuation and BassFigureLine.

Figured_bass_position_engraver

Position figured bass alignments over notes.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BassFigureAlignmentPositioning.

Fingering_column_engraver

Find potentially colliding scripts and put them into a FingeringColumn object; that will fix the collisions.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): FingeringColumn.

Font_size_engraver

Put fontSize into font-size grob property.

Properties (read)

fontSize (number)

The relative size of all grobs in a context.

Grob_pq_engraver

Administrate when certain grobs (e.g., note heads) stop playing.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Properties (write)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Instrument_name_engraver

Create a system start text for instrument or vocal names.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

instrumentName (markup)

The name to print left of a staff. The instrumentName property labels the staff in the first system, and the shortInstrumentName property labels following lines.

shortInstrumentName (markup)

See instrumentName.

shortVocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line, short version.

vocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentName.

Key_engraver

Engrave a key signature.

Music types accepted: key-change-event

Properties (read)

createKeyOnClefChange (boolean)

Print a key signature whenever the clef is changed.

explicitKeySignatureVisibility (vector)

‘break-visibility’ function for explicit key changes. ‘\override’ of the break-visibility property will set the visibility for normal (i.e., at the start of the line) key signatures.

extraNatural (boolean)

Whether to typeset an extra natural sign before accidentals that reduce the effect of a previous alteration.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

keyAlterationOrder (list)

A list of pairs that defines in what order alterations should be printed. The format of an entry is (step . alter), where step is a number from 0 to 6 and alter from -1 (double flat) to 1 (double sharp), with exact rationals for alterations in between, e.g., 1/2 for sharp.

keyAlterations (list)

The current key signature. This is an alist containing (step . alter) or ((octave . step) . alter), where step is a number in the range 0 to 6 and alter a fraction, denoting alteration. For alterations, use symbols, e.g., keyAlterations = #`((6 . ,FLAT)).

lastKeyAlterations (list)

Last key signature before a key signature change.

middleCClefPosition (number)

The position of the middle C, as determined only by the clef. This can be calculated by looking at clefPosition and clefGlyph.

printKeyCancellation (boolean)

Print restoration alterations before a key signature change.

Properties (write)

keyAlterations (list)

The current key signature. This is an alist containing (step . alter) or ((octave . step) . alter), where step is a number in the range 0 to 6 and alter a fraction, denoting alteration. For alterations, use symbols, e.g., keyAlterations = #`((6 . ,FLAT)).

lastKeyAlterations (list)

Last key signature before a key signature change.

tonic (pitch)

The tonic of the current scale.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): KeyCancellation and KeySignature.

Ledger_line_engraver

Create the spanner to draw ledger lines, and notices objects that need ledger lines.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LedgerLineSpanner.

Merge_mmrest_numbers_engraver

Engraver to merge multi-measure rest numbers in multiple voices.

This works by gathering all multi-measure rest numbers at a time step. If they all have the same text and there are at least two only the first one is retained and the others are hidden.

Non_musical_script_column_engraver

Find potentially colliding non-musical scripts and put them into a ScriptColumn object; that will fix the collisions.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ScriptColumn.

Ottava_spanner_engraver

Create a text spanner when the ottavation property changes.

Music types accepted: ottava-event

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

middleCOffset (number)

The offset of middle C from the position given by middleCClefPosition This is used for ottava brackets.

ottavation (markup)

If set, the text for an ottava spanner. Changing this creates a new text spanner.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): OttavaBracket.

Output_property_engraver

Apply a procedure to any grob acknowledged.

Music types accepted: apply-output-event

Piano_pedal_align_engraver

Align piano pedal symbols and brackets.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): SostenutoPedalLineSpanner, SustainPedalLineSpanner and UnaCordaPedalLineSpanner.

Piano_pedal_engraver

Engrave piano pedal symbols and brackets.

Music types accepted: sostenuto-event, sustain-event and una-corda-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

pedalSostenutoStrings (list)

See pedalSustainStrings.

pedalSostenutoStyle (symbol)

See pedalSustainStyle.

pedalSustainStrings (list)

A list of strings to print for sustain-pedal. Format is (up updown down), where each of the three is the string to print when this is done with the pedal.

pedalSustainStyle (symbol)

A symbol that indicates how to print sustain pedals: text, bracket or mixed (both).

pedalUnaCordaStrings (list)

See pedalSustainStrings.

pedalUnaCordaStyle (symbol)

See pedalSustainStyle.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): PianoPedalBracket, SostenutoPedal, SustainPedal and UnaCordaPedal.

Pure_from_neighbor_engraver

Coordinates items that get their pure heights from their neighbors.

Rest_collision_engraver

Handle collisions of rests.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): RestCollision.

Script_row_engraver

Determine order in horizontal side position elements.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ScriptRow.

Separating_line_group_engraver

Generate objects for computing spacing parameters.

Properties (read)

createSpacing (boolean)

Create StaffSpacing objects? Should be set for staves.

Properties (write)

hasStaffSpacing (boolean)

True if currentCommandColumn contains items that will affect spacing.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffSpacing.

Skip_typesetting_engraver

Create a StaffEllipsis when skipTypesetting is used.

Properties (read)

skipTypesetting (boolean)

If true, no typesetting is done, speeding up the interpretation phase. Useful for debugging large scores.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffEllipsis.

Staff_collecting_engraver

Maintain the stavesFound variable.

Properties (read)

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

Properties (write)

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

Staff_highlight_engraver

Highlights music passages.

Music types accepted: staff-highlight-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffHighlight.

Staff_symbol_engraver

Create the constellation of five (default) staff lines.

Music types accepted: staff-span-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffSymbol.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < GregorianTranscriptionStaff ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.16 GregorianTranscriptionVoice

Corresponds to a voice on a staff. This context handles the conversion of dynamic signs, stems, beams, super- and subscripts, slurs, ties, and rests.

You have to instantiate this explicitly if you want to have multiple voices on the same staff.

This context also accepts commands for the following context(s): Voice.

This context creates the following layout object(s): Arpeggio, Beam, BendAfter, BreathingSign, ClusterSpanner, ClusterSpannerBeacon, CombineTextScript, Dots, DoublePercentRepeat, DoublePercentRepeatCounter, DoubleRepeatSlash, DynamicLineSpanner, DynamicText, DynamicTextSpanner, Episema, FingerGlideSpanner, Fingering, Glissando, Hairpin, InstrumentSwitch, LaissezVibrerTie, LaissezVibrerTieColumn, LigatureBracket, MultiMeasureRest, MultiMeasureRestNumber, MultiMeasureRestScript, MultiMeasureRestText, NoteColumn, NoteHead, NoteSpacing, PercentRepeat, PercentRepeatCounter, PhrasingSlur, RepeatSlash, RepeatTie, RepeatTieColumn, Rest, Script, ScriptColumn, Slur, StringNumber, StrokeFinger, TextScript, TextSpanner, Tie, TieColumn, TrillPitchAccidental, TrillPitchGroup, TrillPitchHead, TrillPitchParentheses, TrillSpanner, TupletBracket, TupletNumber and VoiceFollower.

This context sets the following properties:

This is a ‘Bottom’ context; no contexts will be created implicitly from it.

This context cannot contain other contexts.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Arpeggio_engraver

Generate an Arpeggio symbol.

Music types accepted: arpeggio-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Arpeggio.

Auto_beam_engraver

Generate beams based on measure characteristics and observed Stems. Uses baseMoment, beatStructure, beamExceptions, measureLength, and measurePosition to decide when to start and stop a beam. Overriding beaming is done through Stem_engraver properties stemLeftBeamCount and stemRightBeamCount.

Music types accepted: beam-forbid-event

Properties (read)

autoBeaming (boolean)

If set to true then beams are generated automatically.

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamExceptions (list)

An alist of exceptions to autobeam rules that normally end on beats.

beamHalfMeasure (boolean)

Whether to allow a beam to begin halfway through the measure in triple time, which could look like 6/8.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Beam_engraver

Handle Beam events by engraving beams. If omitted, then notes are printed with flags instead of beams.

Music types accepted: beam-event

Properties (read)

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a beam is present.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Bend_engraver

Create fall spanners.

Music types accepted: bend-after-event

Properties (read)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BendAfter.

Breathing_sign_engraver

Notate breath marks.

Music types accepted: breathing-event

Properties (read)

breathMarkType (symbol)

The type of BreathingSign to create at \breathe.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BreathingSign.

Chord_tremolo_engraver

Generate beams for tremolo repeats.

Music types accepted: tremolo-span-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Cluster_spanner_engraver

Engrave a cluster using Spanner notation.

Music types accepted: cluster-note-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ClusterSpanner and ClusterSpannerBeacon.

Dots_engraver

Create Dots objects for rhythmic-head-interfaces.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Dots.

Double_percent_repeat_engraver

Make double measure repeats.

Music types accepted: double-percent-event

Properties (read)

countPercentRepeats (boolean)

If set, produce counters for percent repeats.

measureLength (moment)

Length of one measure in the current time signature.

repeatCountVisibility (procedure)

A procedure taking as arguments an integer and context, returning whether the corresponding percent repeat number should be printed when countPercentRepeats is set.

Properties (write)

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DoublePercentRepeat and DoublePercentRepeatCounter.

Dynamic_align_engraver

Align hairpins and dynamic texts on a horizontal line.

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DynamicLineSpanner.

Dynamic_engraver

Create hairpins, dynamic texts and dynamic text spanners.

Music types accepted: absolute-dynamic-event, break-dynamic-span-event and span-dynamic-event

Properties (read)

crescendoSpanner (symbol)

The type of spanner to be used for crescendi. Available values are ‘hairpin’ and ‘text’. If unset, a hairpin crescendo is used.

crescendoText (markup)

The text to print at start of non-hairpin crescendo, i.e., ‘cresc.’.

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

decrescendoSpanner (symbol)

The type of spanner to be used for decrescendi. Available values are ‘hairpin’ and ‘text’. If unset, a hairpin decrescendo is used.

decrescendoText (markup)

The text to print at start of non-hairpin decrescendo, i.e., ‘dim.’.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DynamicText, DynamicTextSpanner and Hairpin.

Episema_engraver

Create an Editio Vaticana-style episema line.

Music types accepted: episema-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Episema.

Finger_glide_engraver

Engraver to print a line between two Fingering grobs.

Music types accepted: note-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): FingerGlideSpanner.

Fingering_engraver

Create fingering scripts.

Music types accepted: fingering-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Fingering.

Font_size_engraver

Put fontSize into font-size grob property.

Properties (read)

fontSize (number)

The relative size of all grobs in a context.

Forbid_line_break_engraver

Forbid line breaks when note heads are still playing at some point.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Properties (write)

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

Glissando_engraver

Engrave glissandi.

Music types accepted: glissando-event

Properties (read)

glissandoMap (list)

A map in the form of ’((source1 . target1) (source2 . target2) (sourcen . targetn)) showing the glissandi to be drawn for note columns. The value ’() will default to ’((0 . 0) (1 . 1) (n . n)), where n is the minimal number of note-heads in the two note columns between which the glissandi occur.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Glissando.

Grace_auto_beam_engraver

Generates one autobeam group across an entire grace phrase. As usual, any manual beaming or \noBeam will block autobeaming, just like setting the context property ‘autoBeaming’ to ##f.

Music types accepted: beam-forbid-event

Properties (read)

autoBeaming (boolean)

If set to true then beams are generated automatically.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Grace_beam_engraver

Handle Beam events by engraving beams. If omitted, then notes are printed with flags instead of beams. Only engraves beams when we are at grace points in time.

Music types accepted: beam-event

Properties (read)

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a beam is present.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Grace_engraver

Set font size and other properties for grace notes.

Properties (read)

graceSettings (list)

Overrides for grace notes. This property should be manipulated through the add-grace-property function.

Grob_pq_engraver

Administrate when certain grobs (e.g., note heads) stop playing.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Properties (write)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Instrument_switch_engraver

Create a cue text for taking instrument.

This engraver is deprecated.

Properties (read)

instrumentCueName (markup)

The name to print if another instrument is to be taken.

This property is deprecated

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentSwitch.

Laissez_vibrer_engraver

Create laissez vibrer items.

Music types accepted: laissez-vibrer-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LaissezVibrerTie and LaissezVibrerTieColumn.

Ligature_bracket_engraver

Handle Ligature_events by engraving Ligature brackets.

Music types accepted: ligature-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LigatureBracket.

Multi_measure_rest_engraver

Engrave multi-measure rests that are produced with ‘R’. It reads measureStartNow and internalBarNumber to determine what number to print over the MultiMeasureRest.

Music types accepted: multi-measure-articulation-event, multi-measure-rest-event and multi-measure-text-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

internalBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is used for internal timekeeping, among others by the Accidental_engraver.

measureStartNow (boolean)

True at the beginning of a measure.

restNumberThreshold (number)

If a multimeasure rest has more measures than this, a number is printed.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): MultiMeasureRest, MultiMeasureRestNumber, MultiMeasureRestScript and MultiMeasureRestText.

New_fingering_engraver

Create fingering scripts for notes in a new chord. This engraver is ill-named, since it also takes care of articulations and harmonic note heads.

Properties (read)

fingeringOrientations (list)

A list of symbols, containing ‘left’, ‘right’, ‘up’ and/or ‘down’. This list determines where fingerings are put relative to the chord being fingered.

harmonicDots (boolean)

If set, harmonic notes in dotted chords get dots.

stringNumberOrientations (list)

See fingeringOrientations.

strokeFingerOrientations (list)

See fingeringOrientations.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Fingering, Script, StringNumber and StrokeFinger.

Note_head_line_engraver

Engrave a line between two note heads in a staff switch if followVoice is set.

Properties (read)

followVoice (boolean)

If set, note heads are tracked across staff switches by a thin line.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VoiceFollower.

Note_heads_engraver

Generate note heads.

Music types accepted: note-event

Properties (read)

middleCPosition (number)

The place of the middle C, measured in half staff-spaces. Usually determined by looking at middleCClefPosition and middleCOffset.

staffLineLayoutFunction (procedure)

Layout of staff lines, traditional, or semitone.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteHead.

Note_spacing_engraver

Generate NoteSpacing, an object linking horizontal lines for use in spacing.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteSpacing.

Output_property_engraver

Apply a procedure to any grob acknowledged.

Music types accepted: apply-output-event

Part_combine_engraver

Part combine engraver for orchestral scores: Print markings ‘a2’, ‘Solo’, ‘Solo II’, and ‘unisono’.

Music types accepted: note-event and part-combine-event

Properties (read)

aDueText (markup)

Text to print at a unisono passage.

partCombineTextsOnNote (boolean)

Print part-combine texts only on the next note rather than immediately on rests or skips.

printPartCombineTexts (boolean)

Set ‘Solo’ and ‘A due’ texts in the part combiner?

soloIIText (markup)

The text for the start of a solo for voice ‘two’ when part-combining.

soloText (markup)

The text for the start of a solo when part-combining.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): CombineTextScript.

Percent_repeat_engraver

Make whole measure repeats.

Music types accepted: percent-event

Properties (read)

countPercentRepeats (boolean)

If set, produce counters for percent repeats.

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

repeatCountVisibility (procedure)

A procedure taking as arguments an integer and context, returning whether the corresponding percent repeat number should be printed when countPercentRepeats is set.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): PercentRepeat and PercentRepeatCounter.

Phrasing_slur_engraver

Print phrasing slurs. Similar to Slur_engraver.

Music types accepted: note-event and phrasing-slur-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): PhrasingSlur.

Pitched_trill_engraver

Print the bracketed note head after a note head with trill.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TrillPitchAccidental, TrillPitchGroup, TrillPitchHead and TrillPitchParentheses.

Repeat_tie_engraver

Create repeat ties.

Music types accepted: repeat-tie-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): RepeatTie and RepeatTieColumn.

Rest_engraver

Engrave rests.

Music types accepted: rest-event

Properties (read)

middleCPosition (number)

The place of the middle C, measured in half staff-spaces. Usually determined by looking at middleCClefPosition and middleCOffset.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Rest.

Rhythmic_column_engraver

Generate NoteColumn, an object that groups stems, note heads, and rests.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteColumn.

Script_column_engraver

Find potentially colliding scripts and put them into a ScriptColumn object; that will fix the collisions.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ScriptColumn.

Script_engraver

Handle note scripted articulations.

Music types accepted: articulation-event

Properties (read)

scriptDefinitions (list)

The description of scripts. This is used by the Script_engraver for typesetting note-superscripts and subscripts. See ‘scm/script.scm’ for more information.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Script.

Slash_repeat_engraver

Make beat repeats.

Music types accepted: repeat-slash-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DoubleRepeatSlash and RepeatSlash.

Slur_engraver

Build slur grobs from slur events.

Music types accepted: note-event and slur-event

Properties (read)

doubleSlurs (boolean)

If set, two slurs are created for every slurred note, one above and one below the chord.

slurMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a slur is present.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Slur.

Spanner_break_forbid_engraver

Forbid breaks in certain spanners.

Text_engraver

Create text scripts.

Music types accepted: text-script-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TextScript.

Text_spanner_engraver

Create text spanner from an event.

Music types accepted: text-span-event

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TextSpanner.

Tie_engraver

Generate ties between note heads of equal pitch.

Music types accepted: tie-event

Properties (read)

skipTypesetting (boolean)

If true, no typesetting is done, speeding up the interpretation phase. Useful for debugging large scores.

tieWaitForNote (boolean)

If true, tied notes do not have to follow each other directly. This can be used for writing out arpeggios.

Properties (write)

tieMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal whether a tie is present.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Tie and TieColumn.

Trill_spanner_engraver

Create trill spanners.

Music types accepted: trill-span-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TrillSpanner.

Tuplet_engraver

Catch tuplet events and generate appropriate bracket.

Music types accepted: tuplet-span-event

Properties (read)

tupletFullLength (boolean)

If set, the tuplet is printed up to the start of the next note.

tupletFullLengthNote (boolean)

If set, end at the next note, otherwise end on the matter (time signatures, etc.) before the note.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TupletBracket and TupletNumber.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < GregorianTranscriptionVoice ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.17 InternalGregorianStaff

An internal Staff type with settings shared by multiple ancient notation schemes.

This context creates the following layout object(s): Accidental, AccidentalCautionary, AccidentalPlacement, AccidentalSuggestion, BarLine, BassFigure, BassFigureAlignment, BassFigureAlignmentPositioning, BassFigureBracket, BassFigureContinuation, BassFigureLine, Clef, ClefModifier, CueClef, CueEndClef, Divisio, DotColumn, FingeringColumn, InstrumentName, KeyCancellation, KeySignature, LedgerLineSpanner, NoteCollision, OttavaBracket, PianoPedalBracket, RestCollision, ScriptColumn, ScriptRow, SostenutoPedal, SostenutoPedalLineSpanner, StaffEllipsis, StaffHighlight, StaffSpacing, StaffSymbol, SustainPedal, SustainPedalLineSpanner, TimeSignature, UnaCordaPedal, UnaCordaPedalLineSpanner and VerticalAxisGroup.

This context sets the following properties:

This is a ‘Bottom’ context; no contexts will be created implicitly from it.

Context InternalGregorianStaff can contain CueVoice and NullVoice.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Accidental_engraver

Make accidentals. Catch note heads, ties and notices key-change events. This engraver usually lives at Staff level, but reads the settings for Accidental at Voice level, so you can \override them at Voice.

Properties (read)

accidentalGrouping (symbol)

If set to 'voice, accidentals on the same note in different octaves may be horizontally staggered if in different voices.

autoAccidentals (list)

List of different ways to typeset an accidental.

For determining when to print an accidental, several different rules are tried. The rule that gives the highest number of accidentals is used.

Each entry in the list is either a symbol or a procedure.

symbol

The symbol is the name of the context in which the following rules are to be applied. For example, if context is Score then all staves share accidentals, and if context is Staff then all voices in the same staff share accidentals, but staves do not.

procedure

The procedure represents an accidental rule to be applied to the previously specified context.

The procedure takes the following arguments:

context

The current context to which the rule should be applied.

pitch

The pitch of the note to be evaluated.

barnum

The current bar number.

The procedure returns a pair of booleans. The first states whether an extra natural should be added. The second states whether an accidental should be printed. (#t . #f) does not make sense.

autoCautionaries (list)

List similar to autoAccidentals, but it controls cautionary accidentals rather than normal ones. Both lists are tried, and the one giving the most accidentals wins. In case of draw, a normal accidental is typeset.

extraNatural (boolean)

Whether to typeset an extra natural sign before accidentals that reduce the effect of a previous alteration.

harmonicAccidentals (boolean)

If set, harmonic notes in chords get accidentals.

internalBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is used for internal timekeeping, among others by the Accidental_engraver.

keyAlterations (list)

The current key signature. This is an alist containing (step . alter) or ((octave . step) . alter), where step is a number in the range 0 to 6 and alter a fraction, denoting alteration. For alterations, use symbols, e.g., keyAlterations = #`((6 . ,FLAT)).

localAlterations (list)

The key signature at this point in the measure. The format is the same as for keyAlterations, but can also contain ((octave . name) . (alter barnumber . measureposition)) pairs.

Properties (write)

localAlterations (list)

The key signature at this point in the measure. The format is the same as for keyAlterations, but can also contain ((octave . name) . (alter barnumber . measureposition)) pairs.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Accidental, AccidentalCautionary, AccidentalPlacement and AccidentalSuggestion.

Alteration_glyph_engraver

Set the glyph-name-alist of all grobs having the accidental-switch-interface to the value of the context’s alterationGlyphs property, when defined.

Properties (read)

alterationGlyphs (list)

Alist mapping alterations to accidental glyphs. Alterations are given as exact numbers, e.g., -1/2 for flat. This applies to all grobs that can print accidentals.

Axis_group_engraver

Group all objects created in this context in a VerticalAxisGroup spanner.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

keepAliveInterfaces (list)

A list of symbols, signifying grob interfaces that are worth keeping a staff with remove-empty set around for.

Properties (write)

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VerticalAxisGroup.

Bar_engraver

Create bar lines for various commands, including \\bar.

If forbidBreakBetweenBarLines is true, allow line breaks at bar lines only.

Music types accepted: ad-hoc-jump-event, caesura-event, coda-mark-event, dal-segno-event, fine-event, section-event, segno-mark-event and volta-span-event

Properties (read)

caesuraType (list)

An alist 

((bar-line . bar-type)
 (breath . breath-type)
 (scripts . script-type…)
 (underlying-bar-line . bar-type))

specifying which breath mark, bar line, and scripts to create at \caesura. All entries are optional.

bar-line has higher priority than a measure bar line and underlying-bar-line has lower priority than a measure bar line.

caesuraTypeTransform (procedure)

An engraver callback taking three arguments and returning an alist of the same kind as caesuraType.

The first argument is the context.

The second argument is the value of caesuraType with an additional entry (articulations . symbol-list) identifying the articulations attached to the caesura in the music. If the transform function returns this second argument unmodified, it is as if no transform function were set; the function is free to return a different value. The transform function can remove articulations, but any added articulations are ignored.

The third argument is a symbol-list identifying certain things the engraver has observed. bar-line indicates that the engraver has observed a BarLine at the current moment.

doubleRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where the end of one \repeat volta coincides with the start of another. The default is ‘:..:’.

doubleRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the end of one \repeat volta and the beginning of another. The default is ‘:|.S.|:’.

endRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at the end of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘:|.’.

endRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the end of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘:|.S’.

fineBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at \fine. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘|.’.

fineSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with \fine. The default is ‘|.S’.

fineStartRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with \fine and the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘|.S.|:’.

forbidBreakBetweenBarLines (boolean)

If set to true, Bar_engraver forbids line breaks where there is no bar line.

measureBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at a measure boundary.

repeatCommands (list)

A list of commands related to volta-style repeats. In general, each element is a list, '(command args…), but a command with no arguments may be abbreviated to a symbol; e.g., '((start-repeat)) may be given as '(start-repeat).

end-repeat

End a repeated section.

start-repeat

Start a repeated section.

volta text

If text is markup, start a volta bracket with that label; if text is #f, end a volta bracket.

sectionBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at \section. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘||’.

segnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at an in-staff segno. The default is ‘S’.

segnoStyle (symbol)

A symbol that indicates how to print a segno: bar-line or mark.

startRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘.|:’.

startRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘S.|:’.

underlyingRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at points of repetition or departure where no bar line would normally appear, for example at the end of a system broken in mid measure where the next system begins with a segno. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘||’.

whichBar (string)

The current bar line type, or '() if there is no bar line. Setting this explicitly in user code is deprecated. Use \bar or related commands to set it.

Properties (write)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BarLine.

Clef_engraver

Determine and set reference point for pitches.

Properties (read)

clefGlyph (string)

Name of the symbol within the music font.

clefPosition (number)

Where should the center of the clef symbol go, measured in half staff spaces from the center of the staff.

clefTransposition (integer)

Add this much extra transposition. Values of 7 and -7 are common.

clefTranspositionStyle (symbol)

Determines the way the ClefModifier grob is displayed. Possible values are ‘default’, ‘parenthesized’ and ‘bracketed’.

explicitClefVisibility (vector)

‘break-visibility’ function for clef changes.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

forceClef (boolean)

Show clef symbol, even if it has not changed. Only active for the first clef after the property is set, not for the full staff.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Clef and ClefModifier.

Collision_engraver

Collect NoteColumns, and as soon as there are two or more, put them in a NoteCollision object.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteCollision.

Cue_clef_engraver

Determine and set reference point for pitches in cued voices.

Properties (read)

clefTransposition (integer)

Add this much extra transposition. Values of 7 and -7 are common.

cueClefGlyph (string)

Name of the symbol within the music font.

cueClefPosition (number)

Where should the center of the clef symbol go, measured in half staff spaces from the center of the staff.

cueClefTransposition (integer)

Add this much extra transposition. Values of 7 and -7 are common.

cueClefTranspositionStyle (symbol)

Determines the way the ClefModifier grob is displayed. Possible values are ‘default’, ‘parenthesized’ and ‘bracketed’.

explicitCueClefVisibility (vector)

‘break-visibility’ function for cue clef changes.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

middleCCuePosition (number)

The position of the middle C, as determined only by the clef of the cue notes. This can be calculated by looking at cueClefPosition and cueClefGlyph.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ClefModifier, CueClef and CueEndClef.

Divisio_engraver

Create divisiones: chant notation for points of breathing or caesura.

Music types accepted: caesura-event, fine-event, section-event, volta-repeat-end-event and volta-repeat-start-event

Properties (read)

caesuraType (list)

An alist 

((bar-line . bar-type)
 (breath . breath-type)
 (scripts . script-type…)
 (underlying-bar-line . bar-type))

specifying which breath mark, bar line, and scripts to create at \caesura. All entries are optional.

bar-line has higher priority than a measure bar line and underlying-bar-line has lower priority than a measure bar line.

caesuraTypeTransform (procedure)

An engraver callback taking three arguments and returning an alist of the same kind as caesuraType.

The first argument is the context.

The second argument is the value of caesuraType with an additional entry (articulations . symbol-list) identifying the articulations attached to the caesura in the music. If the transform function returns this second argument unmodified, it is as if no transform function were set; the function is free to return a different value. The transform function can remove articulations, but any added articulations are ignored.

The third argument is a symbol-list identifying certain things the engraver has observed. bar-line indicates that the engraver has observed a BarLine at the current moment.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Divisio.

Dot_column_engraver

Engrave dots on dotted notes shifted to the right of the note. If omitted, then dots appear on top of the notes.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DotColumn.

Figured_bass_engraver

Make figured bass numbers.

Music types accepted: bass-figure-event and rest-event

Properties (read)

figuredBassAlterationDirection (direction)

Where to put alterations relative to the main figure.

figuredBassCenterContinuations (boolean)

Whether to vertically center pairs of extender lines. This does not work with three or more lines.

figuredBassFormatter (procedure)

A routine generating a markup for a bass figure.

ignoreFiguredBassRest (boolean)

Don’t swallow rest events.

implicitBassFigures (list)

A list of bass figures that are not printed as numbers, but only as extender lines.

useBassFigureExtenders (boolean)

Whether to use extender lines for repeated bass figures.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BassFigure, BassFigureAlignment, BassFigureBracket, BassFigureContinuation and BassFigureLine.

Figured_bass_position_engraver

Position figured bass alignments over notes.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BassFigureAlignmentPositioning.

Fingering_column_engraver

Find potentially colliding scripts and put them into a FingeringColumn object; that will fix the collisions.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): FingeringColumn.

Font_size_engraver

Put fontSize into font-size grob property.

Properties (read)

fontSize (number)

The relative size of all grobs in a context.

Grob_pq_engraver

Administrate when certain grobs (e.g., note heads) stop playing.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Properties (write)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Instrument_name_engraver

Create a system start text for instrument or vocal names.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

instrumentName (markup)

The name to print left of a staff. The instrumentName property labels the staff in the first system, and the shortInstrumentName property labels following lines.

shortInstrumentName (markup)

See instrumentName.

shortVocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line, short version.

vocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentName.

Key_engraver

Engrave a key signature.

Music types accepted: key-change-event

Properties (read)

createKeyOnClefChange (boolean)

Print a key signature whenever the clef is changed.

explicitKeySignatureVisibility (vector)

‘break-visibility’ function for explicit key changes. ‘\override’ of the break-visibility property will set the visibility for normal (i.e., at the start of the line) key signatures.

extraNatural (boolean)

Whether to typeset an extra natural sign before accidentals that reduce the effect of a previous alteration.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

keyAlterationOrder (list)

A list of pairs that defines in what order alterations should be printed. The format of an entry is (step . alter), where step is a number from 0 to 6 and alter from -1 (double flat) to 1 (double sharp), with exact rationals for alterations in between, e.g., 1/2 for sharp.

keyAlterations (list)

The current key signature. This is an alist containing (step . alter) or ((octave . step) . alter), where step is a number in the range 0 to 6 and alter a fraction, denoting alteration. For alterations, use symbols, e.g., keyAlterations = #`((6 . ,FLAT)).

lastKeyAlterations (list)

Last key signature before a key signature change.

middleCClefPosition (number)

The position of the middle C, as determined only by the clef. This can be calculated by looking at clefPosition and clefGlyph.

printKeyCancellation (boolean)

Print restoration alterations before a key signature change.

Properties (write)

keyAlterations (list)

The current key signature. This is an alist containing (step . alter) or ((octave . step) . alter), where step is a number in the range 0 to 6 and alter a fraction, denoting alteration. For alterations, use symbols, e.g., keyAlterations = #`((6 . ,FLAT)).

lastKeyAlterations (list)

Last key signature before a key signature change.

tonic (pitch)

The tonic of the current scale.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): KeyCancellation and KeySignature.

Ledger_line_engraver

Create the spanner to draw ledger lines, and notices objects that need ledger lines.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LedgerLineSpanner.

Merge_mmrest_numbers_engraver

Engraver to merge multi-measure rest numbers in multiple voices.

This works by gathering all multi-measure rest numbers at a time step. If they all have the same text and there are at least two only the first one is retained and the others are hidden.

Non_musical_script_column_engraver

Find potentially colliding non-musical scripts and put them into a ScriptColumn object; that will fix the collisions.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ScriptColumn.

Ottava_spanner_engraver

Create a text spanner when the ottavation property changes.

Music types accepted: ottava-event

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

middleCOffset (number)

The offset of middle C from the position given by middleCClefPosition This is used for ottava brackets.

ottavation (markup)

If set, the text for an ottava spanner. Changing this creates a new text spanner.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): OttavaBracket.

Output_property_engraver

Apply a procedure to any grob acknowledged.

Music types accepted: apply-output-event

Piano_pedal_align_engraver

Align piano pedal symbols and brackets.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): SostenutoPedalLineSpanner, SustainPedalLineSpanner and UnaCordaPedalLineSpanner.

Piano_pedal_engraver

Engrave piano pedal symbols and brackets.

Music types accepted: sostenuto-event, sustain-event and una-corda-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

pedalSostenutoStrings (list)

See pedalSustainStrings.

pedalSostenutoStyle (symbol)

See pedalSustainStyle.

pedalSustainStrings (list)

A list of strings to print for sustain-pedal. Format is (up updown down), where each of the three is the string to print when this is done with the pedal.

pedalSustainStyle (symbol)

A symbol that indicates how to print sustain pedals: text, bracket or mixed (both).

pedalUnaCordaStrings (list)

See pedalSustainStrings.

pedalUnaCordaStyle (symbol)

See pedalSustainStyle.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): PianoPedalBracket, SostenutoPedal, SustainPedal and UnaCordaPedal.

Pure_from_neighbor_engraver

Coordinates items that get their pure heights from their neighbors.

Rest_collision_engraver

Handle collisions of rests.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): RestCollision.

Script_row_engraver

Determine order in horizontal side position elements.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ScriptRow.

Separating_line_group_engraver

Generate objects for computing spacing parameters.

Properties (read)

createSpacing (boolean)

Create StaffSpacing objects? Should be set for staves.

Properties (write)

hasStaffSpacing (boolean)

True if currentCommandColumn contains items that will affect spacing.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffSpacing.

Skip_typesetting_engraver

Create a StaffEllipsis when skipTypesetting is used.

Properties (read)

skipTypesetting (boolean)

If true, no typesetting is done, speeding up the interpretation phase. Useful for debugging large scores.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffEllipsis.

Staff_collecting_engraver

Maintain the stavesFound variable.

Properties (read)

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

Properties (write)

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

Staff_highlight_engraver

Highlights music passages.

Music types accepted: staff-highlight-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffHighlight.

Staff_symbol_engraver

Create the constellation of five (default) staff lines.

Music types accepted: staff-span-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffSymbol.

Time_signature_engraver

Create a TimeSignature whenever timeSignatureFraction changes.

Music types accepted: time-signature-event

Properties (read)

initialTimeSignatureVisibility (vector)

break visibility for the initial time signature.

partialBusy (boolean)

Signal that \partial acts at the current timestep.

timeSignatureFraction (fraction, as pair)

A pair of numbers, signifying the time signature. For example, '(4 . 4) is a 4/4 time signature.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TimeSignature.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < InternalGregorianStaff ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.18 KievanStaff

Same as Staff context, except that it is accommodated for typesetting a piece in Kievan style.

This context also accepts commands for the following context(s): Staff.

This context creates the following layout object(s): Accidental, AccidentalCautionary, AccidentalPlacement, AccidentalSuggestion, BarLine, BassFigure, BassFigureAlignment, BassFigureAlignmentPositioning, BassFigureBracket, BassFigureContinuation, BassFigureLine, BreathingSign, CaesuraScript, Clef, ClefModifier, CueClef, CueEndClef, DotColumn, FingeringColumn, InstrumentName, KeyCancellation, KeySignature, LedgerLineSpanner, NoteCollision, OttavaBracket, PianoPedalBracket, RestCollision, ScriptColumn, ScriptRow, SostenutoPedal, SostenutoPedalLineSpanner, StaffEllipsis, StaffHighlight, StaffSpacing, StaffSymbol, SustainPedal, SustainPedalLineSpanner, UnaCordaPedal, UnaCordaPedalLineSpanner and VerticalAxisGroup.

This context sets the following properties:

This is not a ‘Bottom’ context; search for such a one will commence after creating an implicit context of type KievanVoice.

Context KievanStaff can contain CueVoice, KievanVoice and NullVoice.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Accidental_engraver

Make accidentals. Catch note heads, ties and notices key-change events. This engraver usually lives at Staff level, but reads the settings for Accidental at Voice level, so you can \override them at Voice.

Properties (read)

accidentalGrouping (symbol)

If set to 'voice, accidentals on the same note in different octaves may be horizontally staggered if in different voices.

autoAccidentals (list)

List of different ways to typeset an accidental.

For determining when to print an accidental, several different rules are tried. The rule that gives the highest number of accidentals is used.

Each entry in the list is either a symbol or a procedure.

symbol

The symbol is the name of the context in which the following rules are to be applied. For example, if context is Score then all staves share accidentals, and if context is Staff then all voices in the same staff share accidentals, but staves do not.

procedure

The procedure represents an accidental rule to be applied to the previously specified context.

The procedure takes the following arguments:

context

The current context to which the rule should be applied.

pitch

The pitch of the note to be evaluated.

barnum

The current bar number.

The procedure returns a pair of booleans. The first states whether an extra natural should be added. The second states whether an accidental should be printed. (#t . #f) does not make sense.

autoCautionaries (list)

List similar to autoAccidentals, but it controls cautionary accidentals rather than normal ones. Both lists are tried, and the one giving the most accidentals wins. In case of draw, a normal accidental is typeset.

extraNatural (boolean)

Whether to typeset an extra natural sign before accidentals that reduce the effect of a previous alteration.

harmonicAccidentals (boolean)

If set, harmonic notes in chords get accidentals.

internalBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is used for internal timekeeping, among others by the Accidental_engraver.

keyAlterations (list)

The current key signature. This is an alist containing (step . alter) or ((octave . step) . alter), where step is a number in the range 0 to 6 and alter a fraction, denoting alteration. For alterations, use symbols, e.g., keyAlterations = #`((6 . ,FLAT)).

localAlterations (list)

The key signature at this point in the measure. The format is the same as for keyAlterations, but can also contain ((octave . name) . (alter barnumber . measureposition)) pairs.

Properties (write)

localAlterations (list)

The key signature at this point in the measure. The format is the same as for keyAlterations, but can also contain ((octave . name) . (alter barnumber . measureposition)) pairs.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Accidental, AccidentalCautionary, AccidentalPlacement and AccidentalSuggestion.

Alteration_glyph_engraver

Set the glyph-name-alist of all grobs having the accidental-switch-interface to the value of the context’s alterationGlyphs property, when defined.

Properties (read)

alterationGlyphs (list)

Alist mapping alterations to accidental glyphs. Alterations are given as exact numbers, e.g., -1/2 for flat. This applies to all grobs that can print accidentals.

Axis_group_engraver

Group all objects created in this context in a VerticalAxisGroup spanner.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

keepAliveInterfaces (list)

A list of symbols, signifying grob interfaces that are worth keeping a staff with remove-empty set around for.

Properties (write)

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VerticalAxisGroup.

Bar_engraver

Create bar lines for various commands, including \\bar.

If forbidBreakBetweenBarLines is true, allow line breaks at bar lines only.

Music types accepted: ad-hoc-jump-event, caesura-event, coda-mark-event, dal-segno-event, fine-event, section-event, segno-mark-event and volta-span-event

Properties (read)

caesuraType (list)

An alist 

((bar-line . bar-type)
 (breath . breath-type)
 (scripts . script-type…)
 (underlying-bar-line . bar-type))

specifying which breath mark, bar line, and scripts to create at \caesura. All entries are optional.

bar-line has higher priority than a measure bar line and underlying-bar-line has lower priority than a measure bar line.

caesuraTypeTransform (procedure)

An engraver callback taking three arguments and returning an alist of the same kind as caesuraType.

The first argument is the context.

The second argument is the value of caesuraType with an additional entry (articulations . symbol-list) identifying the articulations attached to the caesura in the music. If the transform function returns this second argument unmodified, it is as if no transform function were set; the function is free to return a different value. The transform function can remove articulations, but any added articulations are ignored.

The third argument is a symbol-list identifying certain things the engraver has observed. bar-line indicates that the engraver has observed a BarLine at the current moment.

doubleRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where the end of one \repeat volta coincides with the start of another. The default is ‘:..:’.

doubleRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the end of one \repeat volta and the beginning of another. The default is ‘:|.S.|:’.

endRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at the end of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘:|.’.

endRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the end of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘:|.S’.

fineBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at \fine. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘|.’.

fineSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with \fine. The default is ‘|.S’.

fineStartRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with \fine and the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘|.S.|:’.

forbidBreakBetweenBarLines (boolean)

If set to true, Bar_engraver forbids line breaks where there is no bar line.

measureBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at a measure boundary.

repeatCommands (list)

A list of commands related to volta-style repeats. In general, each element is a list, '(command args…), but a command with no arguments may be abbreviated to a symbol; e.g., '((start-repeat)) may be given as '(start-repeat).

end-repeat

End a repeated section.

start-repeat

Start a repeated section.

volta text

If text is markup, start a volta bracket with that label; if text is #f, end a volta bracket.

sectionBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at \section. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘||’.

segnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at an in-staff segno. The default is ‘S’.

segnoStyle (symbol)

A symbol that indicates how to print a segno: bar-line or mark.

startRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘.|:’.

startRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘S.|:’.

underlyingRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at points of repetition or departure where no bar line would normally appear, for example at the end of a system broken in mid measure where the next system begins with a segno. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘||’.

whichBar (string)

The current bar line type, or '() if there is no bar line. Setting this explicitly in user code is deprecated. Use \bar or related commands to set it.

Properties (write)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BarLine.

Caesura_engraver

Notate a short break in sound that does not shorten the previous note.

Depending on the result of passing the value of caesuraType through caesuraTypeTransform, this engraver may create a BreathingSign with CaesuraScript grobs aligned to it, or it may create CaesuraScript grobs and align them to a BarLine.

If this engraver observes a BarLine, it calls caesuraTypeTransform again with the new information, and if necessary, recreates its grobs.

Music types accepted: caesura-event

Properties (read)

breathMarkDefinitions (list)

The description of breath marks. This is used by the Breathing_sign_engraver. See ‘scm/breath.scm’ for more information.

caesuraType (list)

An alist 

((bar-line . bar-type)
 (breath . breath-type)
 (scripts . script-type…)
 (underlying-bar-line . bar-type))

specifying which breath mark, bar line, and scripts to create at \caesura. All entries are optional.

bar-line has higher priority than a measure bar line and underlying-bar-line has lower priority than a measure bar line.

caesuraTypeTransform (procedure)

An engraver callback taking three arguments and returning an alist of the same kind as caesuraType.

The first argument is the context.

The second argument is the value of caesuraType with an additional entry (articulations . symbol-list) identifying the articulations attached to the caesura in the music. If the transform function returns this second argument unmodified, it is as if no transform function were set; the function is free to return a different value. The transform function can remove articulations, but any added articulations are ignored.

The third argument is a symbol-list identifying certain things the engraver has observed. bar-line indicates that the engraver has observed a BarLine at the current moment.

scriptDefinitions (list)

The description of scripts. This is used by the Script_engraver for typesetting note-superscripts and subscripts. See ‘scm/script.scm’ for more information.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BreathingSign and CaesuraScript.

Clef_engraver

Determine and set reference point for pitches.

Properties (read)

clefGlyph (string)

Name of the symbol within the music font.

clefPosition (number)

Where should the center of the clef symbol go, measured in half staff spaces from the center of the staff.

clefTransposition (integer)

Add this much extra transposition. Values of 7 and -7 are common.

clefTranspositionStyle (symbol)

Determines the way the ClefModifier grob is displayed. Possible values are ‘default’, ‘parenthesized’ and ‘bracketed’.

explicitClefVisibility (vector)

‘break-visibility’ function for clef changes.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

forceClef (boolean)

Show clef symbol, even if it has not changed. Only active for the first clef after the property is set, not for the full staff.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Clef and ClefModifier.

Collision_engraver

Collect NoteColumns, and as soon as there are two or more, put them in a NoteCollision object.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteCollision.

Cue_clef_engraver

Determine and set reference point for pitches in cued voices.

Properties (read)

clefTransposition (integer)

Add this much extra transposition. Values of 7 and -7 are common.

cueClefGlyph (string)

Name of the symbol within the music font.

cueClefPosition (number)

Where should the center of the clef symbol go, measured in half staff spaces from the center of the staff.

cueClefTransposition (integer)

Add this much extra transposition. Values of 7 and -7 are common.

cueClefTranspositionStyle (symbol)

Determines the way the ClefModifier grob is displayed. Possible values are ‘default’, ‘parenthesized’ and ‘bracketed’.

explicitCueClefVisibility (vector)

‘break-visibility’ function for cue clef changes.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

middleCCuePosition (number)

The position of the middle C, as determined only by the clef of the cue notes. This can be calculated by looking at cueClefPosition and cueClefGlyph.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ClefModifier, CueClef and CueEndClef.

Dot_column_engraver

Engrave dots on dotted notes shifted to the right of the note. If omitted, then dots appear on top of the notes.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DotColumn.

Figured_bass_engraver

Make figured bass numbers.

Music types accepted: bass-figure-event and rest-event

Properties (read)

figuredBassAlterationDirection (direction)

Where to put alterations relative to the main figure.

figuredBassCenterContinuations (boolean)

Whether to vertically center pairs of extender lines. This does not work with three or more lines.

figuredBassFormatter (procedure)

A routine generating a markup for a bass figure.

ignoreFiguredBassRest (boolean)

Don’t swallow rest events.

implicitBassFigures (list)

A list of bass figures that are not printed as numbers, but only as extender lines.

useBassFigureExtenders (boolean)

Whether to use extender lines for repeated bass figures.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BassFigure, BassFigureAlignment, BassFigureBracket, BassFigureContinuation and BassFigureLine.

Figured_bass_position_engraver

Position figured bass alignments over notes.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BassFigureAlignmentPositioning.

Fingering_column_engraver

Find potentially colliding scripts and put them into a FingeringColumn object; that will fix the collisions.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): FingeringColumn.

Font_size_engraver

Put fontSize into font-size grob property.

Properties (read)

fontSize (number)

The relative size of all grobs in a context.

Grob_pq_engraver

Administrate when certain grobs (e.g., note heads) stop playing.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Properties (write)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Instrument_name_engraver

Create a system start text for instrument or vocal names.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

instrumentName (markup)

The name to print left of a staff. The instrumentName property labels the staff in the first system, and the shortInstrumentName property labels following lines.

shortInstrumentName (markup)

See instrumentName.

shortVocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line, short version.

vocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentName.

Key_engraver

Engrave a key signature.

Music types accepted: key-change-event

Properties (read)

createKeyOnClefChange (boolean)

Print a key signature whenever the clef is changed.

explicitKeySignatureVisibility (vector)

‘break-visibility’ function for explicit key changes. ‘\override’ of the break-visibility property will set the visibility for normal (i.e., at the start of the line) key signatures.

extraNatural (boolean)

Whether to typeset an extra natural sign before accidentals that reduce the effect of a previous alteration.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

keyAlterationOrder (list)

A list of pairs that defines in what order alterations should be printed. The format of an entry is (step . alter), where step is a number from 0 to 6 and alter from -1 (double flat) to 1 (double sharp), with exact rationals for alterations in between, e.g., 1/2 for sharp.

keyAlterations (list)

The current key signature. This is an alist containing (step . alter) or ((octave . step) . alter), where step is a number in the range 0 to 6 and alter a fraction, denoting alteration. For alterations, use symbols, e.g., keyAlterations = #`((6 . ,FLAT)).

lastKeyAlterations (list)

Last key signature before a key signature change.

middleCClefPosition (number)

The position of the middle C, as determined only by the clef. This can be calculated by looking at clefPosition and clefGlyph.

printKeyCancellation (boolean)

Print restoration alterations before a key signature change.

Properties (write)

keyAlterations (list)

The current key signature. This is an alist containing (step . alter) or ((octave . step) . alter), where step is a number in the range 0 to 6 and alter a fraction, denoting alteration. For alterations, use symbols, e.g., keyAlterations = #`((6 . ,FLAT)).

lastKeyAlterations (list)

Last key signature before a key signature change.

tonic (pitch)

The tonic of the current scale.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): KeyCancellation and KeySignature.

Ledger_line_engraver

Create the spanner to draw ledger lines, and notices objects that need ledger lines.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LedgerLineSpanner.

Merge_mmrest_numbers_engraver

Engraver to merge multi-measure rest numbers in multiple voices.

This works by gathering all multi-measure rest numbers at a time step. If they all have the same text and there are at least two only the first one is retained and the others are hidden.

Non_musical_script_column_engraver

Find potentially colliding non-musical scripts and put them into a ScriptColumn object; that will fix the collisions.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ScriptColumn.

Ottava_spanner_engraver

Create a text spanner when the ottavation property changes.

Music types accepted: ottava-event

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

middleCOffset (number)

The offset of middle C from the position given by middleCClefPosition This is used for ottava brackets.

ottavation (markup)

If set, the text for an ottava spanner. Changing this creates a new text spanner.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): OttavaBracket.

Output_property_engraver

Apply a procedure to any grob acknowledged.

Music types accepted: apply-output-event

Piano_pedal_align_engraver

Align piano pedal symbols and brackets.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): SostenutoPedalLineSpanner, SustainPedalLineSpanner and UnaCordaPedalLineSpanner.

Piano_pedal_engraver

Engrave piano pedal symbols and brackets.

Music types accepted: sostenuto-event, sustain-event and una-corda-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

pedalSostenutoStrings (list)

See pedalSustainStrings.

pedalSostenutoStyle (symbol)

See pedalSustainStyle.

pedalSustainStrings (list)

A list of strings to print for sustain-pedal. Format is (up updown down), where each of the three is the string to print when this is done with the pedal.

pedalSustainStyle (symbol)

A symbol that indicates how to print sustain pedals: text, bracket or mixed (both).

pedalUnaCordaStrings (list)

See pedalSustainStrings.

pedalUnaCordaStyle (symbol)

See pedalSustainStyle.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): PianoPedalBracket, SostenutoPedal, SustainPedal and UnaCordaPedal.

Pure_from_neighbor_engraver

Coordinates items that get their pure heights from their neighbors.

Rest_collision_engraver

Handle collisions of rests.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): RestCollision.

Script_row_engraver

Determine order in horizontal side position elements.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ScriptRow.

Separating_line_group_engraver

Generate objects for computing spacing parameters.

Properties (read)

createSpacing (boolean)

Create StaffSpacing objects? Should be set for staves.

Properties (write)

hasStaffSpacing (boolean)

True if currentCommandColumn contains items that will affect spacing.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffSpacing.

Skip_typesetting_engraver

Create a StaffEllipsis when skipTypesetting is used.

Properties (read)

skipTypesetting (boolean)

If true, no typesetting is done, speeding up the interpretation phase. Useful for debugging large scores.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffEllipsis.

Staff_collecting_engraver

Maintain the stavesFound variable.

Properties (read)

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

Properties (write)

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

Staff_highlight_engraver

Highlights music passages.

Music types accepted: staff-highlight-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffHighlight.

Staff_symbol_engraver

Create the constellation of five (default) staff lines.

Music types accepted: staff-span-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffSymbol.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < KievanStaff ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.19 KievanVoice

Same as Voice context, except that it is accommodated for typesetting a piece in Kievan style.

This context also accepts commands for the following context(s): Voice.

This context creates the following layout object(s): Arpeggio, Beam, BendAfter, BreathingSign, ClusterSpanner, ClusterSpannerBeacon, CombineTextScript, Dots, DoublePercentRepeat, DoublePercentRepeatCounter, DoubleRepeatSlash, DynamicLineSpanner, DynamicText, DynamicTextSpanner, FingerGlideSpanner, Fingering, Flag, Glissando, Hairpin, InstrumentSwitch, KievanLigature, LaissezVibrerTie, LaissezVibrerTieColumn, MultiMeasureRest, MultiMeasureRestNumber, MultiMeasureRestScript, MultiMeasureRestText, NoteColumn, NoteHead, NoteSpacing, PercentRepeat, PercentRepeatCounter, PhrasingSlur, RepeatSlash, RepeatTie, RepeatTieColumn, Rest, Script, ScriptColumn, Slur, Stem, StemStub, StemTremolo, StringNumber, StrokeFinger, TextScript, TextSpanner, Tie, TieColumn, TrillPitchAccidental, TrillPitchGroup, TrillPitchHead, TrillPitchParentheses, TrillSpanner, TupletBracket, TupletNumber and VoiceFollower.

This context sets the following properties:

This is a ‘Bottom’ context; no contexts will be created implicitly from it.

This context cannot contain other contexts.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Arpeggio_engraver

Generate an Arpeggio symbol.

Music types accepted: arpeggio-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Arpeggio.

Auto_beam_engraver

Generate beams based on measure characteristics and observed Stems. Uses baseMoment, beatStructure, beamExceptions, measureLength, and measurePosition to decide when to start and stop a beam. Overriding beaming is done through Stem_engraver properties stemLeftBeamCount and stemRightBeamCount.

Music types accepted: beam-forbid-event

Properties (read)

autoBeaming (boolean)

If set to true then beams are generated automatically.

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamExceptions (list)

An alist of exceptions to autobeam rules that normally end on beats.

beamHalfMeasure (boolean)

Whether to allow a beam to begin halfway through the measure in triple time, which could look like 6/8.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Beam_engraver

Handle Beam events by engraving beams. If omitted, then notes are printed with flags instead of beams.

Music types accepted: beam-event

Properties (read)

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a beam is present.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Bend_engraver

Create fall spanners.

Music types accepted: bend-after-event

Properties (read)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BendAfter.

Breathing_sign_engraver

Notate breath marks.

Music types accepted: breathing-event

Properties (read)

breathMarkType (symbol)

The type of BreathingSign to create at \breathe.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BreathingSign.

Chord_tremolo_engraver

Generate beams for tremolo repeats.

Music types accepted: tremolo-span-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Cluster_spanner_engraver

Engrave a cluster using Spanner notation.

Music types accepted: cluster-note-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ClusterSpanner and ClusterSpannerBeacon.

Dots_engraver

Create Dots objects for rhythmic-head-interfaces.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Dots.

Double_percent_repeat_engraver

Make double measure repeats.

Music types accepted: double-percent-event

Properties (read)

countPercentRepeats (boolean)

If set, produce counters for percent repeats.

measureLength (moment)

Length of one measure in the current time signature.

repeatCountVisibility (procedure)

A procedure taking as arguments an integer and context, returning whether the corresponding percent repeat number should be printed when countPercentRepeats is set.

Properties (write)

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DoublePercentRepeat and DoublePercentRepeatCounter.

Dynamic_align_engraver

Align hairpins and dynamic texts on a horizontal line.

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DynamicLineSpanner.

Dynamic_engraver

Create hairpins, dynamic texts and dynamic text spanners.

Music types accepted: absolute-dynamic-event, break-dynamic-span-event and span-dynamic-event

Properties (read)

crescendoSpanner (symbol)

The type of spanner to be used for crescendi. Available values are ‘hairpin’ and ‘text’. If unset, a hairpin crescendo is used.

crescendoText (markup)

The text to print at start of non-hairpin crescendo, i.e., ‘cresc.’.

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

decrescendoSpanner (symbol)

The type of spanner to be used for decrescendi. Available values are ‘hairpin’ and ‘text’. If unset, a hairpin decrescendo is used.

decrescendoText (markup)

The text to print at start of non-hairpin decrescendo, i.e., ‘dim.’.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DynamicText, DynamicTextSpanner and Hairpin.

Finger_glide_engraver

Engraver to print a line between two Fingering grobs.

Music types accepted: note-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): FingerGlideSpanner.

Fingering_engraver

Create fingering scripts.

Music types accepted: fingering-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Fingering.

Font_size_engraver

Put fontSize into font-size grob property.

Properties (read)

fontSize (number)

The relative size of all grobs in a context.

Forbid_line_break_engraver

Forbid line breaks when note heads are still playing at some point.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Properties (write)

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

Glissando_engraver

Engrave glissandi.

Music types accepted: glissando-event

Properties (read)

glissandoMap (list)

A map in the form of ’((source1 . target1) (source2 . target2) (sourcen . targetn)) showing the glissandi to be drawn for note columns. The value ’() will default to ’((0 . 0) (1 . 1) (n . n)), where n is the minimal number of note-heads in the two note columns between which the glissandi occur.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Glissando.

Grace_auto_beam_engraver

Generates one autobeam group across an entire grace phrase. As usual, any manual beaming or \noBeam will block autobeaming, just like setting the context property ‘autoBeaming’ to ##f.

Music types accepted: beam-forbid-event

Properties (read)

autoBeaming (boolean)

If set to true then beams are generated automatically.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Grace_beam_engraver

Handle Beam events by engraving beams. If omitted, then notes are printed with flags instead of beams. Only engraves beams when we are at grace points in time.

Music types accepted: beam-event

Properties (read)

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a beam is present.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Grace_engraver

Set font size and other properties for grace notes.

Properties (read)

graceSettings (list)

Overrides for grace notes. This property should be manipulated through the add-grace-property function.

Grob_pq_engraver

Administrate when certain grobs (e.g., note heads) stop playing.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Properties (write)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Instrument_switch_engraver

Create a cue text for taking instrument.

This engraver is deprecated.

Properties (read)

instrumentCueName (markup)

The name to print if another instrument is to be taken.

This property is deprecated

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentSwitch.

Kievan_ligature_engraver

Handle Kievan_ligature_events by glueing Kievan heads together.

Music types accepted: ligature-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): KievanLigature.

Laissez_vibrer_engraver

Create laissez vibrer items.

Music types accepted: laissez-vibrer-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LaissezVibrerTie and LaissezVibrerTieColumn.

Multi_measure_rest_engraver

Engrave multi-measure rests that are produced with ‘R’. It reads measureStartNow and internalBarNumber to determine what number to print over the MultiMeasureRest.

Music types accepted: multi-measure-articulation-event, multi-measure-rest-event and multi-measure-text-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

internalBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is used for internal timekeeping, among others by the Accidental_engraver.

measureStartNow (boolean)

True at the beginning of a measure.

restNumberThreshold (number)

If a multimeasure rest has more measures than this, a number is printed.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): MultiMeasureRest, MultiMeasureRestNumber, MultiMeasureRestScript and MultiMeasureRestText.

New_fingering_engraver

Create fingering scripts for notes in a new chord. This engraver is ill-named, since it also takes care of articulations and harmonic note heads.

Properties (read)

fingeringOrientations (list)

A list of symbols, containing ‘left’, ‘right’, ‘up’ and/or ‘down’. This list determines where fingerings are put relative to the chord being fingered.

harmonicDots (boolean)

If set, harmonic notes in dotted chords get dots.

stringNumberOrientations (list)

See fingeringOrientations.

strokeFingerOrientations (list)

See fingeringOrientations.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Fingering, Script, StringNumber and StrokeFinger.

Note_head_line_engraver

Engrave a line between two note heads in a staff switch if followVoice is set.

Properties (read)

followVoice (boolean)

If set, note heads are tracked across staff switches by a thin line.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VoiceFollower.

Note_heads_engraver

Generate note heads.

Music types accepted: note-event

Properties (read)

middleCPosition (number)

The place of the middle C, measured in half staff-spaces. Usually determined by looking at middleCClefPosition and middleCOffset.

staffLineLayoutFunction (procedure)

Layout of staff lines, traditional, or semitone.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteHead.

Note_spacing_engraver

Generate NoteSpacing, an object linking horizontal lines for use in spacing.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteSpacing.

Output_property_engraver

Apply a procedure to any grob acknowledged.

Music types accepted: apply-output-event

Part_combine_engraver

Part combine engraver for orchestral scores: Print markings ‘a2’, ‘Solo’, ‘Solo II’, and ‘unisono’.

Music types accepted: note-event and part-combine-event

Properties (read)

aDueText (markup)

Text to print at a unisono passage.

partCombineTextsOnNote (boolean)

Print part-combine texts only on the next note rather than immediately on rests or skips.

printPartCombineTexts (boolean)

Set ‘Solo’ and ‘A due’ texts in the part combiner?

soloIIText (markup)

The text for the start of a solo for voice ‘two’ when part-combining.

soloText (markup)

The text for the start of a solo when part-combining.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): CombineTextScript.

Percent_repeat_engraver

Make whole measure repeats.

Music types accepted: percent-event

Properties (read)

countPercentRepeats (boolean)

If set, produce counters for percent repeats.

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

repeatCountVisibility (procedure)

A procedure taking as arguments an integer and context, returning whether the corresponding percent repeat number should be printed when countPercentRepeats is set.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): PercentRepeat and PercentRepeatCounter.

Phrasing_slur_engraver

Print phrasing slurs. Similar to Slur_engraver.

Music types accepted: note-event and phrasing-slur-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): PhrasingSlur.

Pitched_trill_engraver

Print the bracketed note head after a note head with trill.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TrillPitchAccidental, TrillPitchGroup, TrillPitchHead and TrillPitchParentheses.

Repeat_tie_engraver

Create repeat ties.

Music types accepted: repeat-tie-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): RepeatTie and RepeatTieColumn.

Rest_engraver

Engrave rests.

Music types accepted: rest-event

Properties (read)

middleCPosition (number)

The place of the middle C, measured in half staff-spaces. Usually determined by looking at middleCClefPosition and middleCOffset.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Rest.

Rhythmic_column_engraver

Generate NoteColumn, an object that groups stems, note heads, and rests.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteColumn.

Script_column_engraver

Find potentially colliding scripts and put them into a ScriptColumn object; that will fix the collisions.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ScriptColumn.

Script_engraver

Handle note scripted articulations.

Music types accepted: articulation-event

Properties (read)

scriptDefinitions (list)

The description of scripts. This is used by the Script_engraver for typesetting note-superscripts and subscripts. See ‘scm/script.scm’ for more information.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Script.

Slash_repeat_engraver

Make beat repeats.

Music types accepted: repeat-slash-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DoubleRepeatSlash and RepeatSlash.

Slur_engraver

Build slur grobs from slur events.

Music types accepted: note-event and slur-event

Properties (read)

doubleSlurs (boolean)

If set, two slurs are created for every slurred note, one above and one below the chord.

slurMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a slur is present.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Slur.

Spanner_break_forbid_engraver

Forbid breaks in certain spanners.

Stem_engraver

Create stems, flags and single-stem tremolos. It also works together with the beam engraver for overriding beaming.

Music types accepted: tremolo-event and tuplet-span-event

Properties (read)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

stemLeftBeamCount (integer)

Specify the number of beams to draw on the left side of the next note. Overrides automatic beaming. The value is only used once, and then it is erased.

stemRightBeamCount (integer)

See stemLeftBeamCount.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Flag, Stem, StemStub and StemTremolo.

Text_engraver

Create text scripts.

Music types accepted: text-script-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TextScript.

Text_spanner_engraver

Create text spanner from an event.

Music types accepted: text-span-event

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TextSpanner.

Tie_engraver

Generate ties between note heads of equal pitch.

Music types accepted: tie-event

Properties (read)

skipTypesetting (boolean)

If true, no typesetting is done, speeding up the interpretation phase. Useful for debugging large scores.

tieWaitForNote (boolean)

If true, tied notes do not have to follow each other directly. This can be used for writing out arpeggios.

Properties (write)

tieMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal whether a tie is present.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Tie and TieColumn.

Trill_spanner_engraver

Create trill spanners.

Music types accepted: trill-span-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TrillSpanner.

Tuplet_engraver

Catch tuplet events and generate appropriate bracket.

Music types accepted: tuplet-span-event

Properties (read)

tupletFullLength (boolean)

If set, the tuplet is printed up to the start of the next note.

tupletFullLengthNote (boolean)

If set, end at the next note, otherwise end on the matter (time signatures, etc.) before the note.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TupletBracket and TupletNumber.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < KievanVoice ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.20 Lyrics

Corresponds to a voice with lyrics. Handles the printing of a single line of lyrics.

This context creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentName, LyricExtender, LyricHyphen, LyricSpace, LyricText, StanzaNumber, VerticalAxisGroup and VowelTransition.

This context sets the following properties:

This is a ‘Bottom’ context; no contexts will be created implicitly from it.

This context cannot contain other contexts.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Axis_group_engraver

Group all objects created in this context in a VerticalAxisGroup spanner.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

keepAliveInterfaces (list)

A list of symbols, signifying grob interfaces that are worth keeping a staff with remove-empty set around for.

Properties (write)

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VerticalAxisGroup.

Extender_engraver

Create lyric extenders.

Music types accepted: completize-extender-event and extender-event

Properties (read)

extendersOverRests (boolean)

Whether to continue extenders as they cross a rest.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LyricExtender.

Font_size_engraver

Put fontSize into font-size grob property.

Properties (read)

fontSize (number)

The relative size of all grobs in a context.

Hyphen_engraver

Create lyric hyphens, vowel transitions and distance constraints between words.

Music types accepted: hyphen-event and vowel-transition-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LyricHyphen, LyricSpace and VowelTransition.

Instrument_name_engraver

Create a system start text for instrument or vocal names.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

instrumentName (markup)

The name to print left of a staff. The instrumentName property labels the staff in the first system, and the shortInstrumentName property labels following lines.

shortInstrumentName (markup)

See instrumentName.

shortVocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line, short version.

vocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentName.

Lyric_engraver

Engrave text for lyrics.

Music types accepted: lyric-event

Properties (read)

ignoreMelismata (boolean)

Ignore melismata for this Lyrics line.

lyricMelismaAlignment (number)

Alignment to use for a melisma syllable.

searchForVoice (boolean)

Signal whether a search should be made of all contexts in the context hierarchy for a voice to provide rhythms for the lyrics.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LyricText.

Pure_from_neighbor_engraver

Coordinates items that get their pure heights from their neighbors.

Stanza_number_engraver

Engrave stanza numbers.

Properties (read)

stanza (markup)

Stanza ‘number’ to print before the start of a verse. Use in Lyrics context.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StanzaNumber.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Lyrics ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.21 MensuralStaff

Same as Staff context, except that it is accommodated for typesetting a piece in mensural style.

This context also accepts commands for the following context(s): Staff.

This context creates the following layout object(s): Accidental, AccidentalCautionary, AccidentalPlacement, AccidentalSuggestion, BarLine, BassFigure, BassFigureAlignment, BassFigureAlignmentPositioning, BassFigureBracket, BassFigureContinuation, BassFigureLine, BreathingSign, CaesuraScript, Clef, ClefModifier, CueClef, CueEndClef, Custos, DotColumn, FingeringColumn, InstrumentName, KeyCancellation, KeySignature, LedgerLineSpanner, NoteCollision, OttavaBracket, PianoPedalBracket, RestCollision, ScriptColumn, ScriptRow, SostenutoPedal, SostenutoPedalLineSpanner, StaffEllipsis, StaffHighlight, StaffSpacing, StaffSymbol, SustainPedal, SustainPedalLineSpanner, TimeSignature, UnaCordaPedal, UnaCordaPedalLineSpanner and VerticalAxisGroup.

This context sets the following properties:

This is not a ‘Bottom’ context; search for such a one will commence after creating an implicit context of type MensuralVoice.

Context MensuralStaff can contain CueVoice, MensuralVoice and NullVoice.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Accidental_engraver

Make accidentals. Catch note heads, ties and notices key-change events. This engraver usually lives at Staff level, but reads the settings for Accidental at Voice level, so you can \override them at Voice.

Properties (read)

accidentalGrouping (symbol)

If set to 'voice, accidentals on the same note in different octaves may be horizontally staggered if in different voices.

autoAccidentals (list)

List of different ways to typeset an accidental.

For determining when to print an accidental, several different rules are tried. The rule that gives the highest number of accidentals is used.

Each entry in the list is either a symbol or a procedure.

symbol

The symbol is the name of the context in which the following rules are to be applied. For example, if context is Score then all staves share accidentals, and if context is Staff then all voices in the same staff share accidentals, but staves do not.

procedure

The procedure represents an accidental rule to be applied to the previously specified context.

The procedure takes the following arguments:

context

The current context to which the rule should be applied.

pitch

The pitch of the note to be evaluated.

barnum

The current bar number.

The procedure returns a pair of booleans. The first states whether an extra natural should be added. The second states whether an accidental should be printed. (#t . #f) does not make sense.

autoCautionaries (list)

List similar to autoAccidentals, but it controls cautionary accidentals rather than normal ones. Both lists are tried, and the one giving the most accidentals wins. In case of draw, a normal accidental is typeset.

extraNatural (boolean)

Whether to typeset an extra natural sign before accidentals that reduce the effect of a previous alteration.

harmonicAccidentals (boolean)

If set, harmonic notes in chords get accidentals.

internalBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is used for internal timekeeping, among others by the Accidental_engraver.

keyAlterations (list)

The current key signature. This is an alist containing (step . alter) or ((octave . step) . alter), where step is a number in the range 0 to 6 and alter a fraction, denoting alteration. For alterations, use symbols, e.g., keyAlterations = #`((6 . ,FLAT)).

localAlterations (list)

The key signature at this point in the measure. The format is the same as for keyAlterations, but can also contain ((octave . name) . (alter barnumber . measureposition)) pairs.

Properties (write)

localAlterations (list)

The key signature at this point in the measure. The format is the same as for keyAlterations, but can also contain ((octave . name) . (alter barnumber . measureposition)) pairs.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Accidental, AccidentalCautionary, AccidentalPlacement and AccidentalSuggestion.

Alteration_glyph_engraver

Set the glyph-name-alist of all grobs having the accidental-switch-interface to the value of the context’s alterationGlyphs property, when defined.

Properties (read)

alterationGlyphs (list)

Alist mapping alterations to accidental glyphs. Alterations are given as exact numbers, e.g., -1/2 for flat. This applies to all grobs that can print accidentals.

Axis_group_engraver

Group all objects created in this context in a VerticalAxisGroup spanner.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

keepAliveInterfaces (list)

A list of symbols, signifying grob interfaces that are worth keeping a staff with remove-empty set around for.

Properties (write)

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VerticalAxisGroup.

Bar_engraver

Create bar lines for various commands, including \\bar.

If forbidBreakBetweenBarLines is true, allow line breaks at bar lines only.

Music types accepted: ad-hoc-jump-event, caesura-event, coda-mark-event, dal-segno-event, fine-event, section-event, segno-mark-event and volta-span-event

Properties (read)

caesuraType (list)

An alist 

((bar-line . bar-type)
 (breath . breath-type)
 (scripts . script-type…)
 (underlying-bar-line . bar-type))

specifying which breath mark, bar line, and scripts to create at \caesura. All entries are optional.

bar-line has higher priority than a measure bar line and underlying-bar-line has lower priority than a measure bar line.

caesuraTypeTransform (procedure)

An engraver callback taking three arguments and returning an alist of the same kind as caesuraType.

The first argument is the context.

The second argument is the value of caesuraType with an additional entry (articulations . symbol-list) identifying the articulations attached to the caesura in the music. If the transform function returns this second argument unmodified, it is as if no transform function were set; the function is free to return a different value. The transform function can remove articulations, but any added articulations are ignored.

The third argument is a symbol-list identifying certain things the engraver has observed. bar-line indicates that the engraver has observed a BarLine at the current moment.

doubleRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where the end of one \repeat volta coincides with the start of another. The default is ‘:..:’.

doubleRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the end of one \repeat volta and the beginning of another. The default is ‘:|.S.|:’.

endRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at the end of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘:|.’.

endRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the end of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘:|.S’.

fineBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at \fine. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘|.’.

fineSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with \fine. The default is ‘|.S’.

fineStartRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with \fine and the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘|.S.|:’.

forbidBreakBetweenBarLines (boolean)

If set to true, Bar_engraver forbids line breaks where there is no bar line.

measureBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at a measure boundary.

repeatCommands (list)

A list of commands related to volta-style repeats. In general, each element is a list, '(command args…), but a command with no arguments may be abbreviated to a symbol; e.g., '((start-repeat)) may be given as '(start-repeat).

end-repeat

End a repeated section.

start-repeat

Start a repeated section.

volta text

If text is markup, start a volta bracket with that label; if text is #f, end a volta bracket.

sectionBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at \section. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘||’.

segnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at an in-staff segno. The default is ‘S’.

segnoStyle (symbol)

A symbol that indicates how to print a segno: bar-line or mark.

startRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘.|:’.

startRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘S.|:’.

underlyingRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at points of repetition or departure where no bar line would normally appear, for example at the end of a system broken in mid measure where the next system begins with a segno. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘||’.

whichBar (string)

The current bar line type, or '() if there is no bar line. Setting this explicitly in user code is deprecated. Use \bar or related commands to set it.

Properties (write)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BarLine.

Caesura_engraver

Notate a short break in sound that does not shorten the previous note.

Depending on the result of passing the value of caesuraType through caesuraTypeTransform, this engraver may create a BreathingSign with CaesuraScript grobs aligned to it, or it may create CaesuraScript grobs and align them to a BarLine.

If this engraver observes a BarLine, it calls caesuraTypeTransform again with the new information, and if necessary, recreates its grobs.

Music types accepted: caesura-event

Properties (read)

breathMarkDefinitions (list)

The description of breath marks. This is used by the Breathing_sign_engraver. See ‘scm/breath.scm’ for more information.

caesuraType (list)

An alist 

((bar-line . bar-type)
 (breath . breath-type)
 (scripts . script-type…)
 (underlying-bar-line . bar-type))

specifying which breath mark, bar line, and scripts to create at \caesura. All entries are optional.

bar-line has higher priority than a measure bar line and underlying-bar-line has lower priority than a measure bar line.

caesuraTypeTransform (procedure)

An engraver callback taking three arguments and returning an alist of the same kind as caesuraType.

The first argument is the context.

The second argument is the value of caesuraType with an additional entry (articulations . symbol-list) identifying the articulations attached to the caesura in the music. If the transform function returns this second argument unmodified, it is as if no transform function were set; the function is free to return a different value. The transform function can remove articulations, but any added articulations are ignored.

The third argument is a symbol-list identifying certain things the engraver has observed. bar-line indicates that the engraver has observed a BarLine at the current moment.

scriptDefinitions (list)

The description of scripts. This is used by the Script_engraver for typesetting note-superscripts and subscripts. See ‘scm/script.scm’ for more information.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BreathingSign and CaesuraScript.

Clef_engraver

Determine and set reference point for pitches.

Properties (read)

clefGlyph (string)

Name of the symbol within the music font.

clefPosition (number)

Where should the center of the clef symbol go, measured in half staff spaces from the center of the staff.

clefTransposition (integer)

Add this much extra transposition. Values of 7 and -7 are common.

clefTranspositionStyle (symbol)

Determines the way the ClefModifier grob is displayed. Possible values are ‘default’, ‘parenthesized’ and ‘bracketed’.

explicitClefVisibility (vector)

‘break-visibility’ function for clef changes.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

forceClef (boolean)

Show clef symbol, even if it has not changed. Only active for the first clef after the property is set, not for the full staff.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Clef and ClefModifier.

Collision_engraver

Collect NoteColumns, and as soon as there are two or more, put them in a NoteCollision object.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteCollision.

Cue_clef_engraver

Determine and set reference point for pitches in cued voices.

Properties (read)

clefTransposition (integer)

Add this much extra transposition. Values of 7 and -7 are common.

cueClefGlyph (string)

Name of the symbol within the music font.

cueClefPosition (number)

Where should the center of the clef symbol go, measured in half staff spaces from the center of the staff.

cueClefTransposition (integer)

Add this much extra transposition. Values of 7 and -7 are common.

cueClefTranspositionStyle (symbol)

Determines the way the ClefModifier grob is displayed. Possible values are ‘default’, ‘parenthesized’ and ‘bracketed’.

explicitCueClefVisibility (vector)

‘break-visibility’ function for cue clef changes.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

middleCCuePosition (number)

The position of the middle C, as determined only by the clef of the cue notes. This can be calculated by looking at cueClefPosition and cueClefGlyph.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ClefModifier, CueClef and CueEndClef.

Custos_engraver

Engrave custodes.

Properties (read)

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Custos.

Dot_column_engraver

Engrave dots on dotted notes shifted to the right of the note. If omitted, then dots appear on top of the notes.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DotColumn.

Figured_bass_engraver

Make figured bass numbers.

Music types accepted: bass-figure-event and rest-event

Properties (read)

figuredBassAlterationDirection (direction)

Where to put alterations relative to the main figure.

figuredBassCenterContinuations (boolean)

Whether to vertically center pairs of extender lines. This does not work with three or more lines.

figuredBassFormatter (procedure)

A routine generating a markup for a bass figure.

ignoreFiguredBassRest (boolean)

Don’t swallow rest events.

implicitBassFigures (list)

A list of bass figures that are not printed as numbers, but only as extender lines.

useBassFigureExtenders (boolean)

Whether to use extender lines for repeated bass figures.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BassFigure, BassFigureAlignment, BassFigureBracket, BassFigureContinuation and BassFigureLine.

Figured_bass_position_engraver

Position figured bass alignments over notes.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BassFigureAlignmentPositioning.

Fingering_column_engraver

Find potentially colliding scripts and put them into a FingeringColumn object; that will fix the collisions.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): FingeringColumn.

Font_size_engraver

Put fontSize into font-size grob property.

Properties (read)

fontSize (number)

The relative size of all grobs in a context.

Grob_pq_engraver

Administrate when certain grobs (e.g., note heads) stop playing.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Properties (write)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Instrument_name_engraver

Create a system start text for instrument or vocal names.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

instrumentName (markup)

The name to print left of a staff. The instrumentName property labels the staff in the first system, and the shortInstrumentName property labels following lines.

shortInstrumentName (markup)

See instrumentName.

shortVocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line, short version.

vocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentName.

Key_engraver

Engrave a key signature.

Music types accepted: key-change-event

Properties (read)

createKeyOnClefChange (boolean)

Print a key signature whenever the clef is changed.

explicitKeySignatureVisibility (vector)

‘break-visibility’ function for explicit key changes. ‘\override’ of the break-visibility property will set the visibility for normal (i.e., at the start of the line) key signatures.

extraNatural (boolean)

Whether to typeset an extra natural sign before accidentals that reduce the effect of a previous alteration.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

keyAlterationOrder (list)

A list of pairs that defines in what order alterations should be printed. The format of an entry is (step . alter), where step is a number from 0 to 6 and alter from -1 (double flat) to 1 (double sharp), with exact rationals for alterations in between, e.g., 1/2 for sharp.

keyAlterations (list)

The current key signature. This is an alist containing (step . alter) or ((octave . step) . alter), where step is a number in the range 0 to 6 and alter a fraction, denoting alteration. For alterations, use symbols, e.g., keyAlterations = #`((6 . ,FLAT)).

lastKeyAlterations (list)

Last key signature before a key signature change.

middleCClefPosition (number)

The position of the middle C, as determined only by the clef. This can be calculated by looking at clefPosition and clefGlyph.

printKeyCancellation (boolean)

Print restoration alterations before a key signature change.

Properties (write)

keyAlterations (list)

The current key signature. This is an alist containing (step . alter) or ((octave . step) . alter), where step is a number in the range 0 to 6 and alter a fraction, denoting alteration. For alterations, use symbols, e.g., keyAlterations = #`((6 . ,FLAT)).

lastKeyAlterations (list)

Last key signature before a key signature change.

tonic (pitch)

The tonic of the current scale.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): KeyCancellation and KeySignature.

Ledger_line_engraver

Create the spanner to draw ledger lines, and notices objects that need ledger lines.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LedgerLineSpanner.

Merge_mmrest_numbers_engraver

Engraver to merge multi-measure rest numbers in multiple voices.

This works by gathering all multi-measure rest numbers at a time step. If they all have the same text and there are at least two only the first one is retained and the others are hidden.

Non_musical_script_column_engraver

Find potentially colliding non-musical scripts and put them into a ScriptColumn object; that will fix the collisions.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ScriptColumn.

Ottava_spanner_engraver

Create a text spanner when the ottavation property changes.

Music types accepted: ottava-event

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

middleCOffset (number)

The offset of middle C from the position given by middleCClefPosition This is used for ottava brackets.

ottavation (markup)

If set, the text for an ottava spanner. Changing this creates a new text spanner.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): OttavaBracket.

Output_property_engraver

Apply a procedure to any grob acknowledged.

Music types accepted: apply-output-event

Piano_pedal_align_engraver

Align piano pedal symbols and brackets.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): SostenutoPedalLineSpanner, SustainPedalLineSpanner and UnaCordaPedalLineSpanner.

Piano_pedal_engraver

Engrave piano pedal symbols and brackets.

Music types accepted: sostenuto-event, sustain-event and una-corda-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

pedalSostenutoStrings (list)

See pedalSustainStrings.

pedalSostenutoStyle (symbol)

See pedalSustainStyle.

pedalSustainStrings (list)

A list of strings to print for sustain-pedal. Format is (up updown down), where each of the three is the string to print when this is done with the pedal.

pedalSustainStyle (symbol)

A symbol that indicates how to print sustain pedals: text, bracket or mixed (both).

pedalUnaCordaStrings (list)

See pedalSustainStrings.

pedalUnaCordaStyle (symbol)

See pedalSustainStyle.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): PianoPedalBracket, SostenutoPedal, SustainPedal and UnaCordaPedal.

Pure_from_neighbor_engraver

Coordinates items that get their pure heights from their neighbors.

Rest_collision_engraver

Handle collisions of rests.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): RestCollision.

Script_row_engraver

Determine order in horizontal side position elements.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ScriptRow.

Separating_line_group_engraver

Generate objects for computing spacing parameters.

Properties (read)

createSpacing (boolean)

Create StaffSpacing objects? Should be set for staves.

Properties (write)

hasStaffSpacing (boolean)

True if currentCommandColumn contains items that will affect spacing.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffSpacing.

Skip_typesetting_engraver

Create a StaffEllipsis when skipTypesetting is used.

Properties (read)

skipTypesetting (boolean)

If true, no typesetting is done, speeding up the interpretation phase. Useful for debugging large scores.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffEllipsis.

Staff_collecting_engraver

Maintain the stavesFound variable.

Properties (read)

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

Properties (write)

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

Staff_highlight_engraver

Highlights music passages.

Music types accepted: staff-highlight-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffHighlight.

Staff_symbol_engraver

Create the constellation of five (default) staff lines.

Music types accepted: staff-span-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffSymbol.

Time_signature_engraver

Create a TimeSignature whenever timeSignatureFraction changes.

Music types accepted: time-signature-event

Properties (read)

initialTimeSignatureVisibility (vector)

break visibility for the initial time signature.

partialBusy (boolean)

Signal that \partial acts at the current timestep.

timeSignatureFraction (fraction, as pair)

A pair of numbers, signifying the time signature. For example, '(4 . 4) is a 4/4 time signature.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TimeSignature.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < MensuralStaff ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.22 MensuralVoice

Same as Voice context, except that it is accommodated for typesetting a piece in mensural style.

This context also accepts commands for the following context(s): Voice.

This context creates the following layout object(s): Arpeggio, Beam, BendAfter, BreathingSign, ClusterSpanner, ClusterSpannerBeacon, CombineTextScript, Dots, DoublePercentRepeat, DoublePercentRepeatCounter, DoubleRepeatSlash, DynamicLineSpanner, DynamicText, DynamicTextSpanner, FingerGlideSpanner, Fingering, Flag, Glissando, Hairpin, InstrumentSwitch, LaissezVibrerTie, LaissezVibrerTieColumn, MensuralLigature, MultiMeasureRest, MultiMeasureRestNumber, MultiMeasureRestScript, MultiMeasureRestText, NoteColumn, NoteHead, NoteSpacing, PercentRepeat, PercentRepeatCounter, PhrasingSlur, RepeatSlash, RepeatTie, RepeatTieColumn, Rest, Script, ScriptColumn, Stem, StemStub, StemTremolo, StringNumber, StrokeFinger, TextScript, TextSpanner, Tie, TieColumn, TrillPitchAccidental, TrillPitchGroup, TrillPitchHead, TrillPitchParentheses, TrillSpanner, TupletBracket, TupletNumber and VoiceFollower.

This context sets the following properties:

This is a ‘Bottom’ context; no contexts will be created implicitly from it.

This context cannot contain other contexts.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Arpeggio_engraver

Generate an Arpeggio symbol.

Music types accepted: arpeggio-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Arpeggio.

Auto_beam_engraver

Generate beams based on measure characteristics and observed Stems. Uses baseMoment, beatStructure, beamExceptions, measureLength, and measurePosition to decide when to start and stop a beam. Overriding beaming is done through Stem_engraver properties stemLeftBeamCount and stemRightBeamCount.

Music types accepted: beam-forbid-event

Properties (read)

autoBeaming (boolean)

If set to true then beams are generated automatically.

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamExceptions (list)

An alist of exceptions to autobeam rules that normally end on beats.

beamHalfMeasure (boolean)

Whether to allow a beam to begin halfway through the measure in triple time, which could look like 6/8.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Beam_engraver

Handle Beam events by engraving beams. If omitted, then notes are printed with flags instead of beams.

Music types accepted: beam-event

Properties (read)

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a beam is present.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Bend_engraver

Create fall spanners.

Music types accepted: bend-after-event

Properties (read)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BendAfter.

Breathing_sign_engraver

Notate breath marks.

Music types accepted: breathing-event

Properties (read)

breathMarkType (symbol)

The type of BreathingSign to create at \breathe.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BreathingSign.

Chord_tremolo_engraver

Generate beams for tremolo repeats.

Music types accepted: tremolo-span-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Cluster_spanner_engraver

Engrave a cluster using Spanner notation.

Music types accepted: cluster-note-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ClusterSpanner and ClusterSpannerBeacon.

Dots_engraver

Create Dots objects for rhythmic-head-interfaces.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Dots.

Double_percent_repeat_engraver

Make double measure repeats.

Music types accepted: double-percent-event

Properties (read)

countPercentRepeats (boolean)

If set, produce counters for percent repeats.

measureLength (moment)

Length of one measure in the current time signature.

repeatCountVisibility (procedure)

A procedure taking as arguments an integer and context, returning whether the corresponding percent repeat number should be printed when countPercentRepeats is set.

Properties (write)

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DoublePercentRepeat and DoublePercentRepeatCounter.

Dynamic_align_engraver

Align hairpins and dynamic texts on a horizontal line.

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DynamicLineSpanner.

Dynamic_engraver

Create hairpins, dynamic texts and dynamic text spanners.

Music types accepted: absolute-dynamic-event, break-dynamic-span-event and span-dynamic-event

Properties (read)

crescendoSpanner (symbol)

The type of spanner to be used for crescendi. Available values are ‘hairpin’ and ‘text’. If unset, a hairpin crescendo is used.

crescendoText (markup)

The text to print at start of non-hairpin crescendo, i.e., ‘cresc.’.

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

decrescendoSpanner (symbol)

The type of spanner to be used for decrescendi. Available values are ‘hairpin’ and ‘text’. If unset, a hairpin decrescendo is used.

decrescendoText (markup)

The text to print at start of non-hairpin decrescendo, i.e., ‘dim.’.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DynamicText, DynamicTextSpanner and Hairpin.

Finger_glide_engraver

Engraver to print a line between two Fingering grobs.

Music types accepted: note-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): FingerGlideSpanner.

Fingering_engraver

Create fingering scripts.

Music types accepted: fingering-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Fingering.

Font_size_engraver

Put fontSize into font-size grob property.

Properties (read)

fontSize (number)

The relative size of all grobs in a context.

Forbid_line_break_engraver

Forbid line breaks when note heads are still playing at some point.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Properties (write)

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

Glissando_engraver

Engrave glissandi.

Music types accepted: glissando-event

Properties (read)

glissandoMap (list)

A map in the form of ’((source1 . target1) (source2 . target2) (sourcen . targetn)) showing the glissandi to be drawn for note columns. The value ’() will default to ’((0 . 0) (1 . 1) (n . n)), where n is the minimal number of note-heads in the two note columns between which the glissandi occur.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Glissando.

Grace_auto_beam_engraver

Generates one autobeam group across an entire grace phrase. As usual, any manual beaming or \noBeam will block autobeaming, just like setting the context property ‘autoBeaming’ to ##f.

Music types accepted: beam-forbid-event

Properties (read)

autoBeaming (boolean)

If set to true then beams are generated automatically.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Grace_beam_engraver

Handle Beam events by engraving beams. If omitted, then notes are printed with flags instead of beams. Only engraves beams when we are at grace points in time.

Music types accepted: beam-event

Properties (read)

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a beam is present.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Grace_engraver

Set font size and other properties for grace notes.

Properties (read)

graceSettings (list)

Overrides for grace notes. This property should be manipulated through the add-grace-property function.

Grob_pq_engraver

Administrate when certain grobs (e.g., note heads) stop playing.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Properties (write)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Instrument_switch_engraver

Create a cue text for taking instrument.

This engraver is deprecated.

Properties (read)

instrumentCueName (markup)

The name to print if another instrument is to be taken.

This property is deprecated

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentSwitch.

Laissez_vibrer_engraver

Create laissez vibrer items.

Music types accepted: laissez-vibrer-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LaissezVibrerTie and LaissezVibrerTieColumn.

Mensural_ligature_engraver

Handle Mensural_ligature_events by glueing special ligature heads together.

Music types accepted: ligature-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): MensuralLigature.

Multi_measure_rest_engraver

Engrave multi-measure rests that are produced with ‘R’. It reads measureStartNow and internalBarNumber to determine what number to print over the MultiMeasureRest.

Music types accepted: multi-measure-articulation-event, multi-measure-rest-event and multi-measure-text-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

internalBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is used for internal timekeeping, among others by the Accidental_engraver.

measureStartNow (boolean)

True at the beginning of a measure.

restNumberThreshold (number)

If a multimeasure rest has more measures than this, a number is printed.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): MultiMeasureRest, MultiMeasureRestNumber, MultiMeasureRestScript and MultiMeasureRestText.

New_fingering_engraver

Create fingering scripts for notes in a new chord. This engraver is ill-named, since it also takes care of articulations and harmonic note heads.

Properties (read)

fingeringOrientations (list)

A list of symbols, containing ‘left’, ‘right’, ‘up’ and/or ‘down’. This list determines where fingerings are put relative to the chord being fingered.

harmonicDots (boolean)

If set, harmonic notes in dotted chords get dots.

stringNumberOrientations (list)

See fingeringOrientations.

strokeFingerOrientations (list)

See fingeringOrientations.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Fingering, Script, StringNumber and StrokeFinger.

Note_head_line_engraver

Engrave a line between two note heads in a staff switch if followVoice is set.

Properties (read)

followVoice (boolean)

If set, note heads are tracked across staff switches by a thin line.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VoiceFollower.

Note_heads_engraver

Generate note heads.

Music types accepted: note-event

Properties (read)

middleCPosition (number)

The place of the middle C, measured in half staff-spaces. Usually determined by looking at middleCClefPosition and middleCOffset.

staffLineLayoutFunction (procedure)

Layout of staff lines, traditional, or semitone.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteHead.

Note_spacing_engraver

Generate NoteSpacing, an object linking horizontal lines for use in spacing.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteSpacing.

Output_property_engraver

Apply a procedure to any grob acknowledged.

Music types accepted: apply-output-event

Part_combine_engraver

Part combine engraver for orchestral scores: Print markings ‘a2’, ‘Solo’, ‘Solo II’, and ‘unisono’.

Music types accepted: note-event and part-combine-event

Properties (read)

aDueText (markup)

Text to print at a unisono passage.

partCombineTextsOnNote (boolean)

Print part-combine texts only on the next note rather than immediately on rests or skips.

printPartCombineTexts (boolean)

Set ‘Solo’ and ‘A due’ texts in the part combiner?

soloIIText (markup)

The text for the start of a solo for voice ‘two’ when part-combining.

soloText (markup)

The text for the start of a solo when part-combining.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): CombineTextScript.

Percent_repeat_engraver

Make whole measure repeats.

Music types accepted: percent-event

Properties (read)

countPercentRepeats (boolean)

If set, produce counters for percent repeats.

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

repeatCountVisibility (procedure)

A procedure taking as arguments an integer and context, returning whether the corresponding percent repeat number should be printed when countPercentRepeats is set.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): PercentRepeat and PercentRepeatCounter.

Phrasing_slur_engraver

Print phrasing slurs. Similar to Slur_engraver.

Music types accepted: note-event and phrasing-slur-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): PhrasingSlur.

Pitched_trill_engraver

Print the bracketed note head after a note head with trill.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TrillPitchAccidental, TrillPitchGroup, TrillPitchHead and TrillPitchParentheses.

Repeat_tie_engraver

Create repeat ties.

Music types accepted: repeat-tie-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): RepeatTie and RepeatTieColumn.

Rest_engraver

Engrave rests.

Music types accepted: rest-event

Properties (read)

middleCPosition (number)

The place of the middle C, measured in half staff-spaces. Usually determined by looking at middleCClefPosition and middleCOffset.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Rest.

Rhythmic_column_engraver

Generate NoteColumn, an object that groups stems, note heads, and rests.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteColumn.

Script_column_engraver

Find potentially colliding scripts and put them into a ScriptColumn object; that will fix the collisions.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ScriptColumn.

Script_engraver

Handle note scripted articulations.

Music types accepted: articulation-event

Properties (read)

scriptDefinitions (list)

The description of scripts. This is used by the Script_engraver for typesetting note-superscripts and subscripts. See ‘scm/script.scm’ for more information.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Script.

Slash_repeat_engraver

Make beat repeats.

Music types accepted: repeat-slash-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DoubleRepeatSlash and RepeatSlash.

Spanner_break_forbid_engraver

Forbid breaks in certain spanners.

Stem_engraver

Create stems, flags and single-stem tremolos. It also works together with the beam engraver for overriding beaming.

Music types accepted: tremolo-event and tuplet-span-event

Properties (read)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

stemLeftBeamCount (integer)

Specify the number of beams to draw on the left side of the next note. Overrides automatic beaming. The value is only used once, and then it is erased.

stemRightBeamCount (integer)

See stemLeftBeamCount.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Flag, Stem, StemStub and StemTremolo.

Text_engraver

Create text scripts.

Music types accepted: text-script-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TextScript.

Text_spanner_engraver

Create text spanner from an event.

Music types accepted: text-span-event

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TextSpanner.

Tie_engraver

Generate ties between note heads of equal pitch.

Music types accepted: tie-event

Properties (read)

skipTypesetting (boolean)

If true, no typesetting is done, speeding up the interpretation phase. Useful for debugging large scores.

tieWaitForNote (boolean)

If true, tied notes do not have to follow each other directly. This can be used for writing out arpeggios.

Properties (write)

tieMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal whether a tie is present.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Tie and TieColumn.

Trill_spanner_engraver

Create trill spanners.

Music types accepted: trill-span-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TrillSpanner.

Tuplet_engraver

Catch tuplet events and generate appropriate bracket.

Music types accepted: tuplet-span-event

Properties (read)

tupletFullLength (boolean)

If set, the tuplet is printed up to the start of the next note.

tupletFullLengthNote (boolean)

If set, end at the next note, otherwise end on the matter (time signatures, etc.) before the note.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TupletBracket and TupletNumber.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < MensuralVoice ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.23 NoteNames

A context for printing the names of notes.

This context also accepts commands for the following context(s): Staff.

This context creates the following layout object(s): NoteName, StaffSpacing, Tie, TieColumn and VerticalAxisGroup.

This context sets the following properties:

This is a ‘Bottom’ context; no contexts will be created implicitly from it.

This context cannot contain other contexts.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Alteration_glyph_engraver

Set the glyph-name-alist of all grobs having the accidental-switch-interface to the value of the context’s alterationGlyphs property, when defined.

Properties (read)

alterationGlyphs (list)

Alist mapping alterations to accidental glyphs. Alterations are given as exact numbers, e.g., -1/2 for flat. This applies to all grobs that can print accidentals.

Axis_group_engraver

Group all objects created in this context in a VerticalAxisGroup spanner.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

keepAliveInterfaces (list)

A list of symbols, signifying grob interfaces that are worth keeping a staff with remove-empty set around for.

Properties (write)

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VerticalAxisGroup.

Note_name_engraver

Print pitches as words.

Music types accepted: note-event

Properties (read)

noteNameFunction (procedure)

Function used to convert pitches into strings and markups.

noteNameSeparator (string)

String used to separate simultaneous NoteName objects.

printAccidentalNames (boolean or symbol)

Print accidentals in the NoteNames context.

printNotesLanguage (string)

Use a specific language in the NoteNames context.

printOctaveNames (boolean or symbol)

Print octave marks in the NoteNames context.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteName.

Separating_line_group_engraver

Generate objects for computing spacing parameters.

Properties (read)

createSpacing (boolean)

Create StaffSpacing objects? Should be set for staves.

Properties (write)

hasStaffSpacing (boolean)

True if currentCommandColumn contains items that will affect spacing.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffSpacing.

Tie_engraver

Generate ties between note heads of equal pitch.

Music types accepted: tie-event

Properties (read)

skipTypesetting (boolean)

If true, no typesetting is done, speeding up the interpretation phase. Useful for debugging large scores.

tieWaitForNote (boolean)

If true, tied notes do not have to follow each other directly. This can be used for writing out arpeggios.

Properties (write)

tieMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal whether a tie is present.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Tie and TieColumn.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < NoteNames ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.24 NullVoice

For aligning lyrics without printing notes

This context also accepts commands for the following context(s): Staff and Voice.

This context creates the following layout object(s): Beam, NoteHead, Slur, Tie and TieColumn.

This context sets the following properties:

This is a ‘Bottom’ context; no contexts will be created implicitly from it.

This context cannot contain other contexts.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Beam_engraver

Handle Beam events by engraving beams. If omitted, then notes are printed with flags instead of beams.

Music types accepted: beam-event

Properties (read)

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a beam is present.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Grob_pq_engraver

Administrate when certain grobs (e.g., note heads) stop playing.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Properties (write)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Note_heads_engraver

Generate note heads.

Music types accepted: note-event

Properties (read)

middleCPosition (number)

The place of the middle C, measured in half staff-spaces. Usually determined by looking at middleCClefPosition and middleCOffset.

staffLineLayoutFunction (procedure)

Layout of staff lines, traditional, or semitone.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteHead.

Pitch_squash_engraver

Set the vertical position of note heads to squashedPosition, if that property is set. This can be used to make a single-line staff demonstrating the rhythm of a melody.

Properties (read)

squashedPosition (integer)

Vertical position of squashing for Pitch_squash_engraver.

Slur_engraver

Build slur grobs from slur events.

Music types accepted: note-event and slur-event

Properties (read)

doubleSlurs (boolean)

If set, two slurs are created for every slurred note, one above and one below the chord.

slurMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a slur is present.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Slur.

Tie_engraver

Generate ties between note heads of equal pitch.

Music types accepted: tie-event

Properties (read)

skipTypesetting (boolean)

If true, no typesetting is done, speeding up the interpretation phase. Useful for debugging large scores.

tieWaitForNote (boolean)

If true, tied notes do not have to follow each other directly. This can be used for writing out arpeggios.

Properties (write)

tieMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal whether a tie is present.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Tie and TieColumn.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < NullVoice ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.25 OneStaff

Provides a common axis for the contained staves, making all of them appear in the same vertical space. This can be useful for typesetting staves of different types in immediate succession or for temporarily changing the character of one staff or overlaying it with a different one. Often used with \stopStaff and \startStaff for best results.

This context creates the following layout object(s): VerticalAxisGroup.

This is not a ‘Bottom’ context; search for such a one will commence after creating an implicit context of type Staff.

Context OneStaff can contain ChordNames, DrumStaff, Dynamics, FiguredBass, FretBoards, GregorianTranscriptionLyrics, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, KievanStaff, Lyrics, MensuralStaff, NoteNames, PetrucciStaff, RhythmicStaff, Staff, TabStaff, VaticanaLyrics and VaticanaStaff.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Axis_group_engraver

Group all objects created in this context in a VerticalAxisGroup spanner.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

keepAliveInterfaces (list)

A list of symbols, signifying grob interfaces that are worth keeping a staff with remove-empty set around for.

Properties (write)

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VerticalAxisGroup.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < OneStaff ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.26 PetrucciStaff

Same as Staff context, except that it is accommodated for typesetting a piece in Petrucci style.

This context also accepts commands for the following context(s): Staff.

This context creates the following layout object(s): Accidental, AccidentalCautionary, AccidentalPlacement, AccidentalSuggestion, BarLine, BassFigure, BassFigureAlignment, BassFigureAlignmentPositioning, BassFigureBracket, BassFigureContinuation, BassFigureLine, BreathingSign, CaesuraScript, Clef, ClefModifier, CueClef, CueEndClef, Custos, DotColumn, FingeringColumn, InstrumentName, KeyCancellation, KeySignature, LedgerLineSpanner, NoteCollision, OttavaBracket, PianoPedalBracket, RestCollision, ScriptColumn, ScriptRow, SignumRepetitionis, SostenutoPedal, SostenutoPedalLineSpanner, StaffEllipsis, StaffHighlight, StaffSpacing, StaffSymbol, SustainPedal, SustainPedalLineSpanner, TimeSignature, UnaCordaPedal, UnaCordaPedalLineSpanner and VerticalAxisGroup.

This context sets the following properties:

This is not a ‘Bottom’ context; search for such a one will commence after creating an implicit context of type PetrucciVoice.

Context PetrucciStaff can contain CueVoice, NullVoice and PetrucciVoice.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Accidental_engraver

Make accidentals. Catch note heads, ties and notices key-change events. This engraver usually lives at Staff level, but reads the settings for Accidental at Voice level, so you can \override them at Voice.

Properties (read)

accidentalGrouping (symbol)

If set to 'voice, accidentals on the same note in different octaves may be horizontally staggered if in different voices.

autoAccidentals (list)

List of different ways to typeset an accidental.

For determining when to print an accidental, several different rules are tried. The rule that gives the highest number of accidentals is used.

Each entry in the list is either a symbol or a procedure.

symbol

The symbol is the name of the context in which the following rules are to be applied. For example, if context is Score then all staves share accidentals, and if context is Staff then all voices in the same staff share accidentals, but staves do not.

procedure

The procedure represents an accidental rule to be applied to the previously specified context.

The procedure takes the following arguments:

context

The current context to which the rule should be applied.

pitch

The pitch of the note to be evaluated.

barnum

The current bar number.

The procedure returns a pair of booleans. The first states whether an extra natural should be added. The second states whether an accidental should be printed. (#t . #f) does not make sense.

autoCautionaries (list)

List similar to autoAccidentals, but it controls cautionary accidentals rather than normal ones. Both lists are tried, and the one giving the most accidentals wins. In case of draw, a normal accidental is typeset.

extraNatural (boolean)

Whether to typeset an extra natural sign before accidentals that reduce the effect of a previous alteration.

harmonicAccidentals (boolean)

If set, harmonic notes in chords get accidentals.

internalBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is used for internal timekeeping, among others by the Accidental_engraver.

keyAlterations (list)

The current key signature. This is an alist containing (step . alter) or ((octave . step) . alter), where step is a number in the range 0 to 6 and alter a fraction, denoting alteration. For alterations, use symbols, e.g., keyAlterations = #`((6 . ,FLAT)).

localAlterations (list)

The key signature at this point in the measure. The format is the same as for keyAlterations, but can also contain ((octave . name) . (alter barnumber . measureposition)) pairs.

Properties (write)

localAlterations (list)

The key signature at this point in the measure. The format is the same as for keyAlterations, but can also contain ((octave . name) . (alter barnumber . measureposition)) pairs.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Accidental, AccidentalCautionary, AccidentalPlacement and AccidentalSuggestion.

Alteration_glyph_engraver

Set the glyph-name-alist of all grobs having the accidental-switch-interface to the value of the context’s alterationGlyphs property, when defined.

Properties (read)

alterationGlyphs (list)

Alist mapping alterations to accidental glyphs. Alterations are given as exact numbers, e.g., -1/2 for flat. This applies to all grobs that can print accidentals.

Axis_group_engraver

Group all objects created in this context in a VerticalAxisGroup spanner.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

keepAliveInterfaces (list)

A list of symbols, signifying grob interfaces that are worth keeping a staff with remove-empty set around for.

Properties (write)

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VerticalAxisGroup.

Bar_engraver

Create bar lines for various commands, including \\bar.

If forbidBreakBetweenBarLines is true, allow line breaks at bar lines only.

Music types accepted: ad-hoc-jump-event, caesura-event, coda-mark-event, dal-segno-event, fine-event, section-event, segno-mark-event and volta-span-event

Properties (read)

caesuraType (list)

An alist 

((bar-line . bar-type)
 (breath . breath-type)
 (scripts . script-type…)
 (underlying-bar-line . bar-type))

specifying which breath mark, bar line, and scripts to create at \caesura. All entries are optional.

bar-line has higher priority than a measure bar line and underlying-bar-line has lower priority than a measure bar line.

caesuraTypeTransform (procedure)

An engraver callback taking three arguments and returning an alist of the same kind as caesuraType.

The first argument is the context.

The second argument is the value of caesuraType with an additional entry (articulations . symbol-list) identifying the articulations attached to the caesura in the music. If the transform function returns this second argument unmodified, it is as if no transform function were set; the function is free to return a different value. The transform function can remove articulations, but any added articulations are ignored.

The third argument is a symbol-list identifying certain things the engraver has observed. bar-line indicates that the engraver has observed a BarLine at the current moment.

doubleRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where the end of one \repeat volta coincides with the start of another. The default is ‘:..:’.

doubleRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the end of one \repeat volta and the beginning of another. The default is ‘:|.S.|:’.

endRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at the end of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘:|.’.

endRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the end of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘:|.S’.

fineBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at \fine. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘|.’.

fineSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with \fine. The default is ‘|.S’.

fineStartRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with \fine and the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘|.S.|:’.

forbidBreakBetweenBarLines (boolean)

If set to true, Bar_engraver forbids line breaks where there is no bar line.

measureBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at a measure boundary.

repeatCommands (list)

A list of commands related to volta-style repeats. In general, each element is a list, '(command args…), but a command with no arguments may be abbreviated to a symbol; e.g., '((start-repeat)) may be given as '(start-repeat).

end-repeat

End a repeated section.

start-repeat

Start a repeated section.

volta text

If text is markup, start a volta bracket with that label; if text is #f, end a volta bracket.

sectionBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at \section. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘||’.

segnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at an in-staff segno. The default is ‘S’.

segnoStyle (symbol)

A symbol that indicates how to print a segno: bar-line or mark.

startRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘.|:’.

startRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘S.|:’.

underlyingRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at points of repetition or departure where no bar line would normally appear, for example at the end of a system broken in mid measure where the next system begins with a segno. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘||’.

whichBar (string)

The current bar line type, or '() if there is no bar line. Setting this explicitly in user code is deprecated. Use \bar or related commands to set it.

Properties (write)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BarLine.

Caesura_engraver

Notate a short break in sound that does not shorten the previous note.

Depending on the result of passing the value of caesuraType through caesuraTypeTransform, this engraver may create a BreathingSign with CaesuraScript grobs aligned to it, or it may create CaesuraScript grobs and align them to a BarLine.

If this engraver observes a BarLine, it calls caesuraTypeTransform again with the new information, and if necessary, recreates its grobs.

Music types accepted: caesura-event

Properties (read)

breathMarkDefinitions (list)

The description of breath marks. This is used by the Breathing_sign_engraver. See ‘scm/breath.scm’ for more information.

caesuraType (list)

An alist 

((bar-line . bar-type)
 (breath . breath-type)
 (scripts . script-type…)
 (underlying-bar-line . bar-type))

specifying which breath mark, bar line, and scripts to create at \caesura. All entries are optional.

bar-line has higher priority than a measure bar line and underlying-bar-line has lower priority than a measure bar line.

caesuraTypeTransform (procedure)

An engraver callback taking three arguments and returning an alist of the same kind as caesuraType.

The first argument is the context.

The second argument is the value of caesuraType with an additional entry (articulations . symbol-list) identifying the articulations attached to the caesura in the music. If the transform function returns this second argument unmodified, it is as if no transform function were set; the function is free to return a different value. The transform function can remove articulations, but any added articulations are ignored.

The third argument is a symbol-list identifying certain things the engraver has observed. bar-line indicates that the engraver has observed a BarLine at the current moment.

scriptDefinitions (list)

The description of scripts. This is used by the Script_engraver for typesetting note-superscripts and subscripts. See ‘scm/script.scm’ for more information.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BreathingSign and CaesuraScript.

Clef_engraver

Determine and set reference point for pitches.

Properties (read)

clefGlyph (string)

Name of the symbol within the music font.

clefPosition (number)

Where should the center of the clef symbol go, measured in half staff spaces from the center of the staff.

clefTransposition (integer)

Add this much extra transposition. Values of 7 and -7 are common.

clefTranspositionStyle (symbol)

Determines the way the ClefModifier grob is displayed. Possible values are ‘default’, ‘parenthesized’ and ‘bracketed’.

explicitClefVisibility (vector)

‘break-visibility’ function for clef changes.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

forceClef (boolean)

Show clef symbol, even if it has not changed. Only active for the first clef after the property is set, not for the full staff.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Clef and ClefModifier.

Collision_engraver

Collect NoteColumns, and as soon as there are two or more, put them in a NoteCollision object.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteCollision.

Cue_clef_engraver

Determine and set reference point for pitches in cued voices.

Properties (read)

clefTransposition (integer)

Add this much extra transposition. Values of 7 and -7 are common.

cueClefGlyph (string)

Name of the symbol within the music font.

cueClefPosition (number)

Where should the center of the clef symbol go, measured in half staff spaces from the center of the staff.

cueClefTransposition (integer)

Add this much extra transposition. Values of 7 and -7 are common.

cueClefTranspositionStyle (symbol)

Determines the way the ClefModifier grob is displayed. Possible values are ‘default’, ‘parenthesized’ and ‘bracketed’.

explicitCueClefVisibility (vector)

‘break-visibility’ function for cue clef changes.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

middleCCuePosition (number)

The position of the middle C, as determined only by the clef of the cue notes. This can be calculated by looking at cueClefPosition and cueClefGlyph.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ClefModifier, CueClef and CueEndClef.

Custos_engraver

Engrave custodes.

Properties (read)

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Custos.

Dot_column_engraver

Engrave dots on dotted notes shifted to the right of the note. If omitted, then dots appear on top of the notes.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DotColumn.

Figured_bass_engraver

Make figured bass numbers.

Music types accepted: bass-figure-event and rest-event

Properties (read)

figuredBassAlterationDirection (direction)

Where to put alterations relative to the main figure.

figuredBassCenterContinuations (boolean)

Whether to vertically center pairs of extender lines. This does not work with three or more lines.

figuredBassFormatter (procedure)

A routine generating a markup for a bass figure.

ignoreFiguredBassRest (boolean)

Don’t swallow rest events.

implicitBassFigures (list)

A list of bass figures that are not printed as numbers, but only as extender lines.

useBassFigureExtenders (boolean)

Whether to use extender lines for repeated bass figures.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BassFigure, BassFigureAlignment, BassFigureBracket, BassFigureContinuation and BassFigureLine.

Figured_bass_position_engraver

Position figured bass alignments over notes.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BassFigureAlignmentPositioning.

Fingering_column_engraver

Find potentially colliding scripts and put them into a FingeringColumn object; that will fix the collisions.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): FingeringColumn.

Font_size_engraver

Put fontSize into font-size grob property.

Properties (read)

fontSize (number)

The relative size of all grobs in a context.

Grob_pq_engraver

Administrate when certain grobs (e.g., note heads) stop playing.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Properties (write)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Instrument_name_engraver

Create a system start text for instrument or vocal names.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

instrumentName (markup)

The name to print left of a staff. The instrumentName property labels the staff in the first system, and the shortInstrumentName property labels following lines.

shortInstrumentName (markup)

See instrumentName.

shortVocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line, short version.

vocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentName.

Key_engraver

Engrave a key signature.

Music types accepted: key-change-event

Properties (read)

createKeyOnClefChange (boolean)

Print a key signature whenever the clef is changed.

explicitKeySignatureVisibility (vector)

‘break-visibility’ function for explicit key changes. ‘\override’ of the break-visibility property will set the visibility for normal (i.e., at the start of the line) key signatures.

extraNatural (boolean)

Whether to typeset an extra natural sign before accidentals that reduce the effect of a previous alteration.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

keyAlterationOrder (list)

A list of pairs that defines in what order alterations should be printed. The format of an entry is (step . alter), where step is a number from 0 to 6 and alter from -1 (double flat) to 1 (double sharp), with exact rationals for alterations in between, e.g., 1/2 for sharp.

keyAlterations (list)

The current key signature. This is an alist containing (step . alter) or ((octave . step) . alter), where step is a number in the range 0 to 6 and alter a fraction, denoting alteration. For alterations, use symbols, e.g., keyAlterations = #`((6 . ,FLAT)).

lastKeyAlterations (list)

Last key signature before a key signature change.

middleCClefPosition (number)

The position of the middle C, as determined only by the clef. This can be calculated by looking at clefPosition and clefGlyph.

printKeyCancellation (boolean)

Print restoration alterations before a key signature change.

Properties (write)

keyAlterations (list)

The current key signature. This is an alist containing (step . alter) or ((octave . step) . alter), where step is a number in the range 0 to 6 and alter a fraction, denoting alteration. For alterations, use symbols, e.g., keyAlterations = #`((6 . ,FLAT)).

lastKeyAlterations (list)

Last key signature before a key signature change.

tonic (pitch)

The tonic of the current scale.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): KeyCancellation and KeySignature.

Ledger_line_engraver

Create the spanner to draw ledger lines, and notices objects that need ledger lines.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LedgerLineSpanner.

Merge_mmrest_numbers_engraver

Engraver to merge multi-measure rest numbers in multiple voices.

This works by gathering all multi-measure rest numbers at a time step. If they all have the same text and there are at least two only the first one is retained and the others are hidden.

Non_musical_script_column_engraver

Find potentially colliding non-musical scripts and put them into a ScriptColumn object; that will fix the collisions.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ScriptColumn.

Ottava_spanner_engraver

Create a text spanner when the ottavation property changes.

Music types accepted: ottava-event

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

middleCOffset (number)

The offset of middle C from the position given by middleCClefPosition This is used for ottava brackets.

ottavation (markup)

If set, the text for an ottava spanner. Changing this creates a new text spanner.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): OttavaBracket.

Output_property_engraver

Apply a procedure to any grob acknowledged.

Music types accepted: apply-output-event

Piano_pedal_align_engraver

Align piano pedal symbols and brackets.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): SostenutoPedalLineSpanner, SustainPedalLineSpanner and UnaCordaPedalLineSpanner.

Piano_pedal_engraver

Engrave piano pedal symbols and brackets.

Music types accepted: sostenuto-event, sustain-event and una-corda-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

pedalSostenutoStrings (list)

See pedalSustainStrings.

pedalSostenutoStyle (symbol)

See pedalSustainStyle.

pedalSustainStrings (list)

A list of strings to print for sustain-pedal. Format is (up updown down), where each of the three is the string to print when this is done with the pedal.

pedalSustainStyle (symbol)

A symbol that indicates how to print sustain pedals: text, bracket or mixed (both).

pedalUnaCordaStrings (list)

See pedalSustainStrings.

pedalUnaCordaStyle (symbol)

See pedalSustainStyle.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): PianoPedalBracket, SostenutoPedal, SustainPedal and UnaCordaPedal.

Pure_from_neighbor_engraver

Coordinates items that get their pure heights from their neighbors.

Rest_collision_engraver

Handle collisions of rests.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): RestCollision.

Script_row_engraver

Determine order in horizontal side position elements.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ScriptRow.

Separating_line_group_engraver

Generate objects for computing spacing parameters.

Properties (read)

createSpacing (boolean)

Create StaffSpacing objects? Should be set for staves.

Properties (write)

hasStaffSpacing (boolean)

True if currentCommandColumn contains items that will affect spacing.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffSpacing.

Signum_repetitionis_engraver

Create a SignumRepetitionis at the end of a \repeat volta section.

Music types accepted: volta-repeat-end-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): SignumRepetitionis.

Skip_typesetting_engraver

Create a StaffEllipsis when skipTypesetting is used.

Properties (read)

skipTypesetting (boolean)

If true, no typesetting is done, speeding up the interpretation phase. Useful for debugging large scores.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffEllipsis.

Staff_collecting_engraver

Maintain the stavesFound variable.

Properties (read)

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

Properties (write)

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

Staff_highlight_engraver

Highlights music passages.

Music types accepted: staff-highlight-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffHighlight.

Staff_symbol_engraver

Create the constellation of five (default) staff lines.

Music types accepted: staff-span-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffSymbol.

Time_signature_engraver

Create a TimeSignature whenever timeSignatureFraction changes.

Music types accepted: time-signature-event

Properties (read)

initialTimeSignatureVisibility (vector)

break visibility for the initial time signature.

partialBusy (boolean)

Signal that \partial acts at the current timestep.

timeSignatureFraction (fraction, as pair)

A pair of numbers, signifying the time signature. For example, '(4 . 4) is a 4/4 time signature.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TimeSignature.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < PetrucciStaff ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.27 PetrucciVoice

Same as Voice context, except that it is accommodated for typesetting a piece in Petrucci style.

This context also accepts commands for the following context(s): Voice.

This context creates the following layout object(s): Arpeggio, Beam, BendAfter, BreathingSign, ClusterSpanner, ClusterSpannerBeacon, CombineTextScript, Dots, DoublePercentRepeat, DoublePercentRepeatCounter, DoubleRepeatSlash, DynamicLineSpanner, DynamicText, DynamicTextSpanner, FingerGlideSpanner, Fingering, Flag, Glissando, Hairpin, InstrumentSwitch, LaissezVibrerTie, LaissezVibrerTieColumn, MensuralLigature, MultiMeasureRest, MultiMeasureRestNumber, MultiMeasureRestScript, MultiMeasureRestText, NoteColumn, NoteHead, NoteSpacing, PercentRepeat, PercentRepeatCounter, PhrasingSlur, RepeatSlash, RepeatTie, RepeatTieColumn, Rest, Script, ScriptColumn, Slur, Stem, StemStub, StemTremolo, StringNumber, StrokeFinger, TextScript, TextSpanner, Tie, TieColumn, TrillPitchAccidental, TrillPitchGroup, TrillPitchHead, TrillPitchParentheses, TrillSpanner, TupletBracket, TupletNumber and VoiceFollower.

This context sets the following properties:

This is a ‘Bottom’ context; no contexts will be created implicitly from it.

This context cannot contain other contexts.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Arpeggio_engraver

Generate an Arpeggio symbol.

Music types accepted: arpeggio-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Arpeggio.

Auto_beam_engraver

Generate beams based on measure characteristics and observed Stems. Uses baseMoment, beatStructure, beamExceptions, measureLength, and measurePosition to decide when to start and stop a beam. Overriding beaming is done through Stem_engraver properties stemLeftBeamCount and stemRightBeamCount.

Music types accepted: beam-forbid-event

Properties (read)

autoBeaming (boolean)

If set to true then beams are generated automatically.

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamExceptions (list)

An alist of exceptions to autobeam rules that normally end on beats.

beamHalfMeasure (boolean)

Whether to allow a beam to begin halfway through the measure in triple time, which could look like 6/8.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Beam_engraver

Handle Beam events by engraving beams. If omitted, then notes are printed with flags instead of beams.

Music types accepted: beam-event

Properties (read)

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a beam is present.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Bend_engraver

Create fall spanners.

Music types accepted: bend-after-event

Properties (read)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BendAfter.

Breathing_sign_engraver

Notate breath marks.

Music types accepted: breathing-event

Properties (read)

breathMarkType (symbol)

The type of BreathingSign to create at \breathe.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BreathingSign.

Chord_tremolo_engraver

Generate beams for tremolo repeats.

Music types accepted: tremolo-span-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Cluster_spanner_engraver

Engrave a cluster using Spanner notation.

Music types accepted: cluster-note-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ClusterSpanner and ClusterSpannerBeacon.

Dots_engraver

Create Dots objects for rhythmic-head-interfaces.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Dots.

Double_percent_repeat_engraver

Make double measure repeats.

Music types accepted: double-percent-event

Properties (read)

countPercentRepeats (boolean)

If set, produce counters for percent repeats.

measureLength (moment)

Length of one measure in the current time signature.

repeatCountVisibility (procedure)

A procedure taking as arguments an integer and context, returning whether the corresponding percent repeat number should be printed when countPercentRepeats is set.

Properties (write)

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DoublePercentRepeat and DoublePercentRepeatCounter.

Dynamic_align_engraver

Align hairpins and dynamic texts on a horizontal line.

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DynamicLineSpanner.

Dynamic_engraver

Create hairpins, dynamic texts and dynamic text spanners.

Music types accepted: absolute-dynamic-event, break-dynamic-span-event and span-dynamic-event

Properties (read)

crescendoSpanner (symbol)

The type of spanner to be used for crescendi. Available values are ‘hairpin’ and ‘text’. If unset, a hairpin crescendo is used.

crescendoText (markup)

The text to print at start of non-hairpin crescendo, i.e., ‘cresc.’.

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

decrescendoSpanner (symbol)

The type of spanner to be used for decrescendi. Available values are ‘hairpin’ and ‘text’. If unset, a hairpin decrescendo is used.

decrescendoText (markup)

The text to print at start of non-hairpin decrescendo, i.e., ‘dim.’.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DynamicText, DynamicTextSpanner and Hairpin.

Finger_glide_engraver

Engraver to print a line between two Fingering grobs.

Music types accepted: note-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): FingerGlideSpanner.

Fingering_engraver

Create fingering scripts.

Music types accepted: fingering-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Fingering.

Font_size_engraver

Put fontSize into font-size grob property.

Properties (read)

fontSize (number)

The relative size of all grobs in a context.

Forbid_line_break_engraver

Forbid line breaks when note heads are still playing at some point.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Properties (write)

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

Glissando_engraver

Engrave glissandi.

Music types accepted: glissando-event

Properties (read)

glissandoMap (list)

A map in the form of ’((source1 . target1) (source2 . target2) (sourcen . targetn)) showing the glissandi to be drawn for note columns. The value ’() will default to ’((0 . 0) (1 . 1) (n . n)), where n is the minimal number of note-heads in the two note columns between which the glissandi occur.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Glissando.

Grace_auto_beam_engraver

Generates one autobeam group across an entire grace phrase. As usual, any manual beaming or \noBeam will block autobeaming, just like setting the context property ‘autoBeaming’ to ##f.

Music types accepted: beam-forbid-event

Properties (read)

autoBeaming (boolean)

If set to true then beams are generated automatically.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Grace_beam_engraver

Handle Beam events by engraving beams. If omitted, then notes are printed with flags instead of beams. Only engraves beams when we are at grace points in time.

Music types accepted: beam-event

Properties (read)

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a beam is present.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Grace_engraver

Set font size and other properties for grace notes.

Properties (read)

graceSettings (list)

Overrides for grace notes. This property should be manipulated through the add-grace-property function.

Grob_pq_engraver

Administrate when certain grobs (e.g., note heads) stop playing.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Properties (write)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Instrument_switch_engraver

Create a cue text for taking instrument.

This engraver is deprecated.

Properties (read)

instrumentCueName (markup)

The name to print if another instrument is to be taken.

This property is deprecated

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentSwitch.

Laissez_vibrer_engraver

Create laissez vibrer items.

Music types accepted: laissez-vibrer-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LaissezVibrerTie and LaissezVibrerTieColumn.

Mensural_ligature_engraver

Handle Mensural_ligature_events by glueing special ligature heads together.

Music types accepted: ligature-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): MensuralLigature.

Multi_measure_rest_engraver

Engrave multi-measure rests that are produced with ‘R’. It reads measureStartNow and internalBarNumber to determine what number to print over the MultiMeasureRest.

Music types accepted: multi-measure-articulation-event, multi-measure-rest-event and multi-measure-text-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

internalBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is used for internal timekeeping, among others by the Accidental_engraver.

measureStartNow (boolean)

True at the beginning of a measure.

restNumberThreshold (number)

If a multimeasure rest has more measures than this, a number is printed.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): MultiMeasureRest, MultiMeasureRestNumber, MultiMeasureRestScript and MultiMeasureRestText.

New_fingering_engraver

Create fingering scripts for notes in a new chord. This engraver is ill-named, since it also takes care of articulations and harmonic note heads.

Properties (read)

fingeringOrientations (list)

A list of symbols, containing ‘left’, ‘right’, ‘up’ and/or ‘down’. This list determines where fingerings are put relative to the chord being fingered.

harmonicDots (boolean)

If set, harmonic notes in dotted chords get dots.

stringNumberOrientations (list)

See fingeringOrientations.

strokeFingerOrientations (list)

See fingeringOrientations.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Fingering, Script, StringNumber and StrokeFinger.

Note_head_line_engraver

Engrave a line between two note heads in a staff switch if followVoice is set.

Properties (read)

followVoice (boolean)

If set, note heads are tracked across staff switches by a thin line.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VoiceFollower.

Note_heads_engraver

Generate note heads.

Music types accepted: note-event

Properties (read)

middleCPosition (number)

The place of the middle C, measured in half staff-spaces. Usually determined by looking at middleCClefPosition and middleCOffset.

staffLineLayoutFunction (procedure)

Layout of staff lines, traditional, or semitone.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteHead.

Note_spacing_engraver

Generate NoteSpacing, an object linking horizontal lines for use in spacing.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteSpacing.

Output_property_engraver

Apply a procedure to any grob acknowledged.

Music types accepted: apply-output-event

Part_combine_engraver

Part combine engraver for orchestral scores: Print markings ‘a2’, ‘Solo’, ‘Solo II’, and ‘unisono’.

Music types accepted: note-event and part-combine-event

Properties (read)

aDueText (markup)

Text to print at a unisono passage.

partCombineTextsOnNote (boolean)

Print part-combine texts only on the next note rather than immediately on rests or skips.

printPartCombineTexts (boolean)

Set ‘Solo’ and ‘A due’ texts in the part combiner?

soloIIText (markup)

The text for the start of a solo for voice ‘two’ when part-combining.

soloText (markup)

The text for the start of a solo when part-combining.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): CombineTextScript.

Percent_repeat_engraver

Make whole measure repeats.

Music types accepted: percent-event

Properties (read)

countPercentRepeats (boolean)

If set, produce counters for percent repeats.

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

repeatCountVisibility (procedure)

A procedure taking as arguments an integer and context, returning whether the corresponding percent repeat number should be printed when countPercentRepeats is set.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): PercentRepeat and PercentRepeatCounter.

Phrasing_slur_engraver

Print phrasing slurs. Similar to Slur_engraver.

Music types accepted: note-event and phrasing-slur-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): PhrasingSlur.

Pitched_trill_engraver

Print the bracketed note head after a note head with trill.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TrillPitchAccidental, TrillPitchGroup, TrillPitchHead and TrillPitchParentheses.

Repeat_tie_engraver

Create repeat ties.

Music types accepted: repeat-tie-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): RepeatTie and RepeatTieColumn.

Rest_engraver

Engrave rests.

Music types accepted: rest-event

Properties (read)

middleCPosition (number)

The place of the middle C, measured in half staff-spaces. Usually determined by looking at middleCClefPosition and middleCOffset.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Rest.

Rhythmic_column_engraver

Generate NoteColumn, an object that groups stems, note heads, and rests.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteColumn.

Script_column_engraver

Find potentially colliding scripts and put them into a ScriptColumn object; that will fix the collisions.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ScriptColumn.

Script_engraver

Handle note scripted articulations.

Music types accepted: articulation-event

Properties (read)

scriptDefinitions (list)

The description of scripts. This is used by the Script_engraver for typesetting note-superscripts and subscripts. See ‘scm/script.scm’ for more information.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Script.

Slash_repeat_engraver

Make beat repeats.

Music types accepted: repeat-slash-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DoubleRepeatSlash and RepeatSlash.

Slur_engraver

Build slur grobs from slur events.

Music types accepted: note-event and slur-event

Properties (read)

doubleSlurs (boolean)

If set, two slurs are created for every slurred note, one above and one below the chord.

slurMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a slur is present.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Slur.

Spanner_break_forbid_engraver

Forbid breaks in certain spanners.

Stem_engraver

Create stems, flags and single-stem tremolos. It also works together with the beam engraver for overriding beaming.

Music types accepted: tremolo-event and tuplet-span-event

Properties (read)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

stemLeftBeamCount (integer)

Specify the number of beams to draw on the left side of the next note. Overrides automatic beaming. The value is only used once, and then it is erased.

stemRightBeamCount (integer)

See stemLeftBeamCount.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Flag, Stem, StemStub and StemTremolo.

Text_engraver

Create text scripts.

Music types accepted: text-script-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TextScript.

Text_spanner_engraver

Create text spanner from an event.

Music types accepted: text-span-event

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TextSpanner.

Tie_engraver

Generate ties between note heads of equal pitch.

Music types accepted: tie-event

Properties (read)

skipTypesetting (boolean)

If true, no typesetting is done, speeding up the interpretation phase. Useful for debugging large scores.

tieWaitForNote (boolean)

If true, tied notes do not have to follow each other directly. This can be used for writing out arpeggios.

Properties (write)

tieMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal whether a tie is present.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Tie and TieColumn.

Trill_spanner_engraver

Create trill spanners.

Music types accepted: trill-span-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TrillSpanner.

Tuplet_engraver

Catch tuplet events and generate appropriate bracket.

Music types accepted: tuplet-span-event

Properties (read)

tupletFullLength (boolean)

If set, the tuplet is printed up to the start of the next note.

tupletFullLengthNote (boolean)

If set, end at the next note, otherwise end on the matter (time signatures, etc.) before the note.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TupletBracket and TupletNumber.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < PetrucciVoice ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.28 PianoStaff

Just like GrandStaff, but the staves are only removed together, never separately.

This context also accepts commands for the following context(s): GrandStaff.

This context creates the following layout object(s): Arpeggio, InstrumentName, SpanBar, SpanBarStub, StaffGrouper, SystemStartBar, SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket, SystemStartSquare and VerticalAlignment.

This context sets the following properties:

This is not a ‘Bottom’ context; search for such a one will commence after creating an implicit context of type Staff.

Context PianoStaff can contain ChoirStaff, ChordNames, Devnull, DrumStaff, Dynamics, FiguredBass, FretBoards, GrandStaff, GregorianTranscriptionLyrics, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, KievanStaff, Lyrics, MensuralStaff, NoteNames, OneStaff, PetrucciStaff, PianoStaff, RhythmicStaff, Staff, StaffGroup, TabStaff, VaticanaLyrics and VaticanaStaff.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Instrument_name_engraver

Create a system start text for instrument or vocal names.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

instrumentName (markup)

The name to print left of a staff. The instrumentName property labels the staff in the first system, and the shortInstrumentName property labels following lines.

shortInstrumentName (markup)

See instrumentName.

shortVocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line, short version.

vocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentName.

Keep_alive_together_engraver

This engraver collects all Hara_kiri_group_spanners that are created in contexts at or below its own. These spanners are then tied together so that one will be removed only if all are removed. For example, if a StaffGroup uses this engraver, then the staves in the group will all be visible as long as there is a note in at least one of them.

Output_property_engraver

Apply a procedure to any grob acknowledged.

Music types accepted: apply-output-event

Span_arpeggio_engraver

Make arpeggios that span multiple staves.

Properties (read)

connectArpeggios (boolean)

If set, connect arpeggios across piano staff.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Arpeggio.

Span_bar_engraver

Make cross-staff bar lines: It catches all normal bar lines and draws a single span bar across them.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): SpanBar.

Span_bar_stub_engraver

Make stubs for span bars in all contexts that the span bars cross.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): SpanBarStub.

System_start_delimiter_engraver

Create a system start delimiter (i.e., a SystemStartBar, SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket or SystemStartSquare spanner).

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

systemStartDelimiter (symbol)

Which grob to make for the start of the system/staff? Set to SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket or SystemStartBar.

systemStartDelimiterHierarchy (pair)

A nested list, indicating the nesting of a start delimiters.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): SystemStartBar, SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket and SystemStartSquare.

Vertical_align_engraver

Catch groups (staves, lyrics lines, etc.) and stack them vertically.

Properties (read)

alignAboveContext (string)

Where to insert newly created context in vertical alignment.

alignBelowContext (string)

Where to insert newly created context in vertical alignment.

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffGrouper and VerticalAlignment.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < PianoStaff ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.29 RhythmicStaff

A context like Staff but for printing rhythms. Pitches are ignored; the notes are printed on one line.

This context also accepts commands for the following context(s): Staff.

This context creates the following layout object(s): BarLine, BreathingSign, CaesuraScript, DotColumn, InstrumentName, LedgerLineSpanner, StaffHighlight, StaffSpacing, StaffSymbol, TimeSignature and VerticalAxisGroup.

This context sets the following properties:

This is not a ‘Bottom’ context; search for such a one will commence after creating an implicit context of type Voice.

Context RhythmicStaff can contain CueVoice, NullVoice and Voice.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Axis_group_engraver

Group all objects created in this context in a VerticalAxisGroup spanner.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

keepAliveInterfaces (list)

A list of symbols, signifying grob interfaces that are worth keeping a staff with remove-empty set around for.

Properties (write)

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VerticalAxisGroup.

Bar_engraver

Create bar lines for various commands, including \\bar.

If forbidBreakBetweenBarLines is true, allow line breaks at bar lines only.

Music types accepted: ad-hoc-jump-event, caesura-event, coda-mark-event, dal-segno-event, fine-event, section-event, segno-mark-event and volta-span-event

Properties (read)

caesuraType (list)

An alist 

((bar-line . bar-type)
 (breath . breath-type)
 (scripts . script-type…)
 (underlying-bar-line . bar-type))

specifying which breath mark, bar line, and scripts to create at \caesura. All entries are optional.

bar-line has higher priority than a measure bar line and underlying-bar-line has lower priority than a measure bar line.

caesuraTypeTransform (procedure)

An engraver callback taking three arguments and returning an alist of the same kind as caesuraType.

The first argument is the context.

The second argument is the value of caesuraType with an additional entry (articulations . symbol-list) identifying the articulations attached to the caesura in the music. If the transform function returns this second argument unmodified, it is as if no transform function were set; the function is free to return a different value. The transform function can remove articulations, but any added articulations are ignored.

The third argument is a symbol-list identifying certain things the engraver has observed. bar-line indicates that the engraver has observed a BarLine at the current moment.

doubleRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where the end of one \repeat volta coincides with the start of another. The default is ‘:..:’.

doubleRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the end of one \repeat volta and the beginning of another. The default is ‘:|.S.|:’.

endRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at the end of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘:|.’.

endRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the end of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘:|.S’.

fineBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at \fine. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘|.’.

fineSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with \fine. The default is ‘|.S’.

fineStartRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with \fine and the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘|.S.|:’.

forbidBreakBetweenBarLines (boolean)

If set to true, Bar_engraver forbids line breaks where there is no bar line.

measureBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at a measure boundary.

repeatCommands (list)

A list of commands related to volta-style repeats. In general, each element is a list, '(command args…), but a command with no arguments may be abbreviated to a symbol; e.g., '((start-repeat)) may be given as '(start-repeat).

end-repeat

End a repeated section.

start-repeat

Start a repeated section.

volta text

If text is markup, start a volta bracket with that label; if text is #f, end a volta bracket.

sectionBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at \section. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘||’.

segnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at an in-staff segno. The default is ‘S’.

segnoStyle (symbol)

A symbol that indicates how to print a segno: bar-line or mark.

startRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘.|:’.

startRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘S.|:’.

underlyingRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at points of repetition or departure where no bar line would normally appear, for example at the end of a system broken in mid measure where the next system begins with a segno. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘||’.

whichBar (string)

The current bar line type, or '() if there is no bar line. Setting this explicitly in user code is deprecated. Use \bar or related commands to set it.

Properties (write)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BarLine.

Caesura_engraver

Notate a short break in sound that does not shorten the previous note.

Depending on the result of passing the value of caesuraType through caesuraTypeTransform, this engraver may create a BreathingSign with CaesuraScript grobs aligned to it, or it may create CaesuraScript grobs and align them to a BarLine.

If this engraver observes a BarLine, it calls caesuraTypeTransform again with the new information, and if necessary, recreates its grobs.

Music types accepted: caesura-event

Properties (read)

breathMarkDefinitions (list)

The description of breath marks. This is used by the Breathing_sign_engraver. See ‘scm/breath.scm’ for more information.

caesuraType (list)

An alist 

((bar-line . bar-type)
 (breath . breath-type)
 (scripts . script-type…)
 (underlying-bar-line . bar-type))

specifying which breath mark, bar line, and scripts to create at \caesura. All entries are optional.

bar-line has higher priority than a measure bar line and underlying-bar-line has lower priority than a measure bar line.

caesuraTypeTransform (procedure)

An engraver callback taking three arguments and returning an alist of the same kind as caesuraType.

The first argument is the context.

The second argument is the value of caesuraType with an additional entry (articulations . symbol-list) identifying the articulations attached to the caesura in the music. If the transform function returns this second argument unmodified, it is as if no transform function were set; the function is free to return a different value. The transform function can remove articulations, but any added articulations are ignored.

The third argument is a symbol-list identifying certain things the engraver has observed. bar-line indicates that the engraver has observed a BarLine at the current moment.

scriptDefinitions (list)

The description of scripts. This is used by the Script_engraver for typesetting note-superscripts and subscripts. See ‘scm/script.scm’ for more information.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BreathingSign and CaesuraScript.

Dot_column_engraver

Engrave dots on dotted notes shifted to the right of the note. If omitted, then dots appear on top of the notes.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DotColumn.

Font_size_engraver

Put fontSize into font-size grob property.

Properties (read)

fontSize (number)

The relative size of all grobs in a context.

Instrument_name_engraver

Create a system start text for instrument or vocal names.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

instrumentName (markup)

The name to print left of a staff. The instrumentName property labels the staff in the first system, and the shortInstrumentName property labels following lines.

shortInstrumentName (markup)

See instrumentName.

shortVocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line, short version.

vocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentName.

Ledger_line_engraver

Create the spanner to draw ledger lines, and notices objects that need ledger lines.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LedgerLineSpanner.

Output_property_engraver

Apply a procedure to any grob acknowledged.

Music types accepted: apply-output-event

Pitch_squash_engraver

Set the vertical position of note heads to squashedPosition, if that property is set. This can be used to make a single-line staff demonstrating the rhythm of a melody.

Properties (read)

squashedPosition (integer)

Vertical position of squashing for Pitch_squash_engraver.

Separating_line_group_engraver

Generate objects for computing spacing parameters.

Properties (read)

createSpacing (boolean)

Create StaffSpacing objects? Should be set for staves.

Properties (write)

hasStaffSpacing (boolean)

True if currentCommandColumn contains items that will affect spacing.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffSpacing.

Staff_highlight_engraver

Highlights music passages.

Music types accepted: staff-highlight-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffHighlight.

Staff_symbol_engraver

Create the constellation of five (default) staff lines.

Music types accepted: staff-span-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffSymbol.

Time_signature_engraver

Create a TimeSignature whenever timeSignatureFraction changes.

Music types accepted: time-signature-event

Properties (read)

initialTimeSignatureVisibility (vector)

break visibility for the initial time signature.

partialBusy (boolean)

Signal that \partial acts at the current timestep.

timeSignatureFraction (fraction, as pair)

A pair of numbers, signifying the time signature. For example, '(4 . 4) is a 4/4 time signature.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TimeSignature.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < RhythmicStaff ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.30 Score

This is the top level notation context. No other context can contain a Score context. This context handles the administration of time signatures. It also makes sure that items such as clefs, time signatures, and key-signatures are aligned across staves.

You cannot explicitly instantiate a Score context (since it is not contained in any other context). It is instantiated automatically when an output definition (a \score or \layout block) is processed.

An alias for Timing is established by the Timing_translator in whatever context it is initialized, and the timing variables are then copied from wherever Timing had been previously established. The alias at Score level provides a target for initializing Timing variables in layout definitions before any Timing_translator has been run.

This context also accepts commands for the following context(s): Timing.

This context creates the following layout object(s): BarNumber, BreakAlignGroup, BreakAlignment, CenteredBarNumber, CenteredBarNumberLineSpanner, CodaMark, ControlPoint, ControlPolygon, Footnote, GraceSpacing, JumpScript, LeftEdge, MetronomeMark, NonMusicalPaperColumn, PaperColumn, Parentheses, RehearsalMark, SectionLabel, SegnoMark, SpacingSpanner, StaffGrouper, SystemStartBar, SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket, SystemStartSquare, TextMark, VerticalAlignment, VoltaBracket and VoltaBracketSpanner.

This context sets the following properties:

This is not a ‘Bottom’ context; search for such a one will commence after creating an implicit context of type Staff.

Context Score can contain ChoirStaff, ChordNames, Devnull, DrumStaff, Dynamics, FiguredBass, FretBoards, GrandStaff, GregorianTranscriptionLyrics, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, KievanStaff, Lyrics, MensuralStaff, NoteNames, OneStaff, PetrucciStaff, PianoStaff, RhythmicStaff, Staff, StaffGroup, TabStaff, VaticanaLyrics and VaticanaStaff.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Bar_number_engraver

A bar number may be created at any bar line, subject to the barNumberVisibility callback. By default, it is put on top of all staves and appears only at the left side of the staff. The staves are taken from stavesFound, which is maintained by Staff_collecting_engraver. This engraver usually creates BarNumber grobs, but when centerBarNumbers is true, it makes CenteredBarNumber grobs instead.

Properties (read)

alternativeNumber (non-negative, exact integer)

When set, the index of the current \alternative element, starting from one. Not set outside of alternatives. Note the distinction from volta number: an alternative may pertain to multiple volte.

alternativeNumberingStyle (symbol)

The scheme and style for numbering bars in repeat alternatives. If not set (the default), bar numbers continue through alternatives. Can be set to numbers to reset the bar number at each alternative, or set to numbers-with-letters to reset and also include letter suffixes.

barNumberFormatter (procedure)

A procedure that takes a bar number, measure position, and alternative number and returns a markup of the bar number to print.

barNumberVisibility (procedure)

A procedure that takes a bar number and a measure position and returns whether the corresponding bar number should be printed. Note that the actual print-out of bar numbers is controlled with the break-visibility property.

The following procedures are predefined:

all-bar-numbers-visible

Enable bar numbers for all bars, including the first one and broken bars (which get bar numbers in parentheses).

first-bar-number-invisible

Enable bar numbers for all bars (including broken bars) except the first one. If the first bar is broken, it doesn’t get a bar number either.

first-bar-number-invisible-save-broken-bars

Enable bar numbers for all bars (including broken bars) except the first one. A broken first bar gets a bar number.

first-bar-number-invisible-and-no-parenthesized-bar-numbers

Enable bar numbers for all bars except the first bar and broken bars. This is the default.

(every-nth-bar-number-visible n)

Assuming n is value 2, for example, this enables bar numbers for bars 2, 4, 6, etc.

(modulo-bar-number-visible n m)

If bar numbers 1, 4, 7, etc., should be enabled, n (the modulo) must be set to 3 and m (the division remainder) to 1.

centerBarNumbers (boolean)

Whether to center bar numbers in their measure instead of aligning them on the bar line.

currentBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is incremented at every bar line.

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

measurePosition (moment)

How much of the current measure have we had. This can be set manually to create incomplete measures.

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BarNumber and CenteredBarNumber.

Beam_collision_engraver

Help beams avoid colliding with notes and clefs in other voices.

Break_align_engraver

Align grobs with corresponding break-align-symbols into groups, and order the groups according to breakAlignOrder. The left edge of the alignment gets a separate group, with a symbol left-edge.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BreakAlignGroup, BreakAlignment and LeftEdge.

Centered_bar_number_align_engraver

Group measure-centered bar numbers in a CenteredBarNumberLineSpanner so they end up on the same vertical position.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): CenteredBarNumberLineSpanner.

Concurrent_hairpin_engraver

Collect concurrent hairpins.

Footnote_engraver

Create footnote texts.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Footnote.

Grace_spacing_engraver

Bookkeeping of shortest starting and playing notes in grace note runs.

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): GraceSpacing.

Jump_engraver

This engraver creates instructions such as D.C. and Fine, placing them vertically outside the set of staves given in the stavesFound context property.

If Jump_engraver is added or moved to another context, Staff_collecting_engraver also needs to be there so that marks appear at the intended Y location.

Music types accepted: ad-hoc-jump-event, dal-segno-event and fine-event

Properties (read)

codaMarkCount (non-negative, exact integer)

Updated at the end of each timestep in which a coda mark appears: not set during the first timestep, 0 up to the first coda mark, 1 from the first to the second, 2 from the second to the third, etc.

codaMarkFormatter (procedure)

A procedure that creates a coda mark (which in conventional D.S. al Coda form indicates the start of the alternative endings), taking as arguments the mark sequence number and the context. It should return a markup object.

dalSegnoTextFormatter (procedure)

Format a jump instruction such as D.S.

The first argument is the context.

The second argument is the number of times the instruction is performed.

The third argument is a list of three markups: start-markup, end-markup, and next-markup.

If start-markup is #f, the form is da capo; otherwise the form is dal segno and start-markup is the sign at the start of the repeated section.

If end-markup is not #f, it is either the sign at the end of the main body of the repeat, or it is a Fine instruction. When it is a Fine instruction, next-markup is #f.

If next-markup is not #f, it is the mark to be jumped to after performing the body of the repeat, e.g., Coda.

finalFineTextVisibility (boolean)

Whether \fine at the written end of the music should create a Fine instruction.

fineText (markup)

The text to print at \fine.

segnoMarkCount (non-negative, exact integer)

Updated at the end of each timestep in which a segno appears: not set during the first timestep, 0 up to the first segno, 1 from the first to the second segno, 2 from the second to the third segno, etc.

segnoMarkFormatter (procedure)

A procedure that creates a segno (which conventionally indicates the start of a repeated section), taking as arguments the mark sequence number and the context. It should return a markup object.

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): JumpScript.

Mark_engraver

This engraver creates rehearsal marks, segno and coda marks, and section labels.

Mark_engraver creates marks, formats them, and places them vertically outside the set of staves given in the stavesFound context property.

If Mark_engraver is added or moved to another context, Staff_collecting_engraver also needs to be there so that marks appear at the intended Y location.

By default, Mark_engravers in multiple contexts create a common sequence of marks chosen by the Score-level Mark_tracking_translator. If independent sequences are desired, multiple Mark_tracking_translators must be used.

Properties (read)

codaMarkFormatter (procedure)

A procedure that creates a coda mark (which in conventional D.S. al Coda form indicates the start of the alternative endings), taking as arguments the mark sequence number and the context. It should return a markup object.

currentPerformanceMarkEvent (stream event)

The coda, section, or segno mark event selected by Mark_tracking_translator for engraving by Mark_engraver.

currentRehearsalMarkEvent (stream event)

The ad-hoc or rehearsal mark event selected by Mark_tracking_translator for engraving by Mark_engraver.

rehearsalMarkFormatter (procedure)

A procedure taking as arguments the context and the sequence number of the rehearsal mark. It should return the formatted mark as a markup object.

segnoMarkFormatter (procedure)

A procedure that creates a segno (which conventionally indicates the start of a repeated section), taking as arguments the mark sequence number and the context. It should return a markup object.

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): CodaMark, RehearsalMark, SectionLabel and SegnoMark.

Mark_tracking_translator

This translator chooses which marks Mark_engraver should engrave.

Music types accepted: ad-hoc-mark-event, coda-mark-event, rehearsal-mark-event, section-label-event and segno-mark-event

Properties (read)

codaMarkCount (non-negative, exact integer)

Updated at the end of each timestep in which a coda mark appears: not set during the first timestep, 0 up to the first coda mark, 1 from the first to the second, 2 from the second to the third, etc.

rehearsalMark (integer)

The next rehearsal mark to print.

segnoMarkCount (non-negative, exact integer)

Updated at the end of each timestep in which a segno appears: not set during the first timestep, 0 up to the first segno, 1 from the first to the second segno, 2 from the second to the third segno, etc.

Properties (write)

codaMarkCount (non-negative, exact integer)

Updated at the end of each timestep in which a coda mark appears: not set during the first timestep, 0 up to the first coda mark, 1 from the first to the second, 2 from the second to the third, etc.

currentPerformanceMarkEvent (stream event)

The coda, section, or segno mark event selected by Mark_tracking_translator for engraving by Mark_engraver.

currentRehearsalMarkEvent (stream event)

The ad-hoc or rehearsal mark event selected by Mark_tracking_translator for engraving by Mark_engraver.

rehearsalMark (integer)

The next rehearsal mark to print.

segnoMarkCount (non-negative, exact integer)

Updated at the end of each timestep in which a segno appears: not set during the first timestep, 0 up to the first segno, 1 from the first to the second segno, 2 from the second to the third segno, etc.

Metronome_mark_engraver

Engrave metronome marking. This delegates the formatting work to the function in the metronomeMarkFormatter property. The mark is put over all staves. The staves are taken from the stavesFound property, which is maintained by Staff_collecting_engraver.

Music types accepted: tempo-change-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

metronomeMarkFormatter (procedure)

How to produce a metronome markup. Called with two arguments: a TempoChangeEvent and context.

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

tempoHideNote (boolean)

Hide the note = count in tempo marks.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): MetronomeMark.

Output_property_engraver

Apply a procedure to any grob acknowledged.

Music types accepted: apply-output-event

Paper_column_engraver

Take care of generating columns.

This engraver decides whether a column is breakable. The default is that a column is always breakable. However, every Bar_engraver that does not have a barline at a certain point will set forbidBreaks in the score context to stop line breaks. In practice, this means that you can make a break point by creating a bar line (assuming that there are no beams or notes that prevent a break point).

Music types accepted: break-event and label-event

Properties (read)

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

Properties (write)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NonMusicalPaperColumn and PaperColumn.

Parenthesis_engraver

Parenthesize objects whose parenthesize property is #t.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Parentheses.

Repeat_acknowledge_engraver

This translator adds entries to repeatCommands for events generated by \\repeat volta.

Music types accepted: volta-repeat-end-event and volta-repeat-start-event

Properties (write)

repeatCommands (list)

A list of commands related to volta-style repeats. In general, each element is a list, '(command args…), but a command with no arguments may be abbreviated to a symbol; e.g., '((start-repeat)) may be given as '(start-repeat).

end-repeat

End a repeated section.

start-repeat

Start a repeated section.

volta text

If text is markup, start a volta bracket with that label; if text is #f, end a volta bracket.

Show_control_points_engraver

Create grobs to visualize control points of Bézier curves (ties and slurs) for ease of tweaking.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ControlPoint and ControlPolygon.

Spacing_engraver

Make a SpacingSpanner and do bookkeeping of shortest starting and playing notes.

Music types accepted: spacing-section-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

proportionalNotationDuration (moment)

Global override for shortest-playing duration. This is used for switching on proportional notation.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): SpacingSpanner.

Spanner_tracking_engraver

Helper for creating spanners attached to other spanners. If a spanner has the sticky-grob-interface, the engraver tracks the spanner contained in its sticky-host object. When the host ends, the sticky spanner attached to it has its end announced too.

Staff_collecting_engraver

Maintain the stavesFound variable.

Properties (read)

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

Properties (write)

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

Stanza_number_align_engraver

This engraver ensures that stanza numbers are neatly aligned.

System_start_delimiter_engraver

Create a system start delimiter (i.e., a SystemStartBar, SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket or SystemStartSquare spanner).

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

systemStartDelimiter (symbol)

Which grob to make for the start of the system/staff? Set to SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket or SystemStartBar.

systemStartDelimiterHierarchy (pair)

A nested list, indicating the nesting of a start delimiters.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): SystemStartBar, SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket and SystemStartSquare.

Text_mark_engraver

Engraves arbitrary textual marks.

Music types accepted: text-mark-event

Properties (read)

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TextMark.

Timing_translator

This engraver adds the alias Timing to its containing context. Responsible for synchronizing timing information from staves. Normally in Score. In order to create polyrhythmic music, this engraver should be removed from Score and placed in Staff.

Music types accepted: alternative-event, bar-event and fine-event

Properties (read)

alternativeNumberingStyle (symbol)

The scheme and style for numbering bars in repeat alternatives. If not set (the default), bar numbers continue through alternatives. Can be set to numbers to reset the bar number at each alternative, or set to numbers-with-letters to reset and also include letter suffixes.

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

currentBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is incremented at every bar line.

internalBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is used for internal timekeeping, among others by the Accidental_engraver.

measureLength (moment)

Length of one measure in the current time signature.

measurePosition (moment)

How much of the current measure have we had. This can be set manually to create incomplete measures.

timeSignatureFraction (fraction, as pair)

A pair of numbers, signifying the time signature. For example, '(4 . 4) is a 4/4 time signature.

Properties (write)

alternativeNumber (non-negative, exact integer)

When set, the index of the current \alternative element, starting from one. Not set outside of alternatives. Note the distinction from volta number: an alternative may pertain to multiple volte.

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

currentBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is incremented at every bar line.

internalBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is used for internal timekeeping, among others by the Accidental_engraver.

measureLength (moment)

Length of one measure in the current time signature.

measurePosition (moment)

How much of the current measure have we had. This can be set manually to create incomplete measures.

measureStartNow (boolean)

True at the beginning of a measure.

timeSignatureFraction (fraction, as pair)

A pair of numbers, signifying the time signature. For example, '(4 . 4) is a 4/4 time signature.

Tweak_engraver

Read the tweaks property from the originating event, and set properties.

Vertical_align_engraver

Catch groups (staves, lyrics lines, etc.) and stack them vertically.

Properties (read)

alignAboveContext (string)

Where to insert newly created context in vertical alignment.

alignBelowContext (string)

Where to insert newly created context in vertical alignment.

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffGrouper and VerticalAlignment.

Volta_engraver

Make volta brackets.

Music types accepted: dal-segno-event, fine-event and volta-span-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

repeatCommands (list)

A list of commands related to volta-style repeats. In general, each element is a list, '(command args…), but a command with no arguments may be abbreviated to a symbol; e.g., '((start-repeat)) may be given as '(start-repeat).

end-repeat

End a repeated section.

start-repeat

Start a repeated section.

volta text

If text is markup, start a volta bracket with that label; if text is #f, end a volta bracket.

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

voltaSpannerDuration (moment)

This specifies the maximum duration to use for the brackets printed for \alternative. This can be used to shrink the length of brackets in the situation where one alternative is very large.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VoltaBracket and VoltaBracketSpanner.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Score ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.31 Staff

Handles clefs, bar lines, keys, accidentals. It can contain Voice contexts.

This context creates the following layout object(s): Accidental, AccidentalCautionary, AccidentalPlacement, AccidentalSuggestion, BarLine, BassFigure, BassFigureAlignment, BassFigureAlignmentPositioning, BassFigureBracket, BassFigureContinuation, BassFigureLine, BreathingSign, CaesuraScript, Clef, ClefModifier, CueClef, CueEndClef, DotColumn, FingeringColumn, InstrumentName, KeyCancellation, KeySignature, LedgerLineSpanner, NoteCollision, OttavaBracket, PianoPedalBracket, RestCollision, ScriptColumn, ScriptRow, SostenutoPedal, SostenutoPedalLineSpanner, StaffEllipsis, StaffHighlight, StaffSpacing, StaffSymbol, SustainPedal, SustainPedalLineSpanner, TimeSignature, UnaCordaPedal, UnaCordaPedalLineSpanner and VerticalAxisGroup.

This context sets the following properties:

This is not a ‘Bottom’ context; search for such a one will commence after creating an implicit context of type Voice.

Context Staff can contain CueVoice, NullVoice and Voice.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Accidental_engraver

Make accidentals. Catch note heads, ties and notices key-change events. This engraver usually lives at Staff level, but reads the settings for Accidental at Voice level, so you can \override them at Voice.

Properties (read)

accidentalGrouping (symbol)

If set to 'voice, accidentals on the same note in different octaves may be horizontally staggered if in different voices.

autoAccidentals (list)

List of different ways to typeset an accidental.

For determining when to print an accidental, several different rules are tried. The rule that gives the highest number of accidentals is used.

Each entry in the list is either a symbol or a procedure.

symbol

The symbol is the name of the context in which the following rules are to be applied. For example, if context is Score then all staves share accidentals, and if context is Staff then all voices in the same staff share accidentals, but staves do not.

procedure

The procedure represents an accidental rule to be applied to the previously specified context.

The procedure takes the following arguments:

context

The current context to which the rule should be applied.

pitch

The pitch of the note to be evaluated.

barnum

The current bar number.

The procedure returns a pair of booleans. The first states whether an extra natural should be added. The second states whether an accidental should be printed. (#t . #f) does not make sense.

autoCautionaries (list)

List similar to autoAccidentals, but it controls cautionary accidentals rather than normal ones. Both lists are tried, and the one giving the most accidentals wins. In case of draw, a normal accidental is typeset.

extraNatural (boolean)

Whether to typeset an extra natural sign before accidentals that reduce the effect of a previous alteration.

harmonicAccidentals (boolean)

If set, harmonic notes in chords get accidentals.

internalBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is used for internal timekeeping, among others by the Accidental_engraver.

keyAlterations (list)

The current key signature. This is an alist containing (step . alter) or ((octave . step) . alter), where step is a number in the range 0 to 6 and alter a fraction, denoting alteration. For alterations, use symbols, e.g., keyAlterations = #`((6 . ,FLAT)).

localAlterations (list)

The key signature at this point in the measure. The format is the same as for keyAlterations, but can also contain ((octave . name) . (alter barnumber . measureposition)) pairs.

Properties (write)

localAlterations (list)

The key signature at this point in the measure. The format is the same as for keyAlterations, but can also contain ((octave . name) . (alter barnumber . measureposition)) pairs.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Accidental, AccidentalCautionary, AccidentalPlacement and AccidentalSuggestion.

Alteration_glyph_engraver

Set the glyph-name-alist of all grobs having the accidental-switch-interface to the value of the context’s alterationGlyphs property, when defined.

Properties (read)

alterationGlyphs (list)

Alist mapping alterations to accidental glyphs. Alterations are given as exact numbers, e.g., -1/2 for flat. This applies to all grobs that can print accidentals.

Axis_group_engraver

Group all objects created in this context in a VerticalAxisGroup spanner.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

keepAliveInterfaces (list)

A list of symbols, signifying grob interfaces that are worth keeping a staff with remove-empty set around for.

Properties (write)

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VerticalAxisGroup.

Bar_engraver

Create bar lines for various commands, including \\bar.

If forbidBreakBetweenBarLines is true, allow line breaks at bar lines only.

Music types accepted: ad-hoc-jump-event, caesura-event, coda-mark-event, dal-segno-event, fine-event, section-event, segno-mark-event and volta-span-event

Properties (read)

caesuraType (list)

An alist 

((bar-line . bar-type)
 (breath . breath-type)
 (scripts . script-type…)
 (underlying-bar-line . bar-type))

specifying which breath mark, bar line, and scripts to create at \caesura. All entries are optional.

bar-line has higher priority than a measure bar line and underlying-bar-line has lower priority than a measure bar line.

caesuraTypeTransform (procedure)

An engraver callback taking three arguments and returning an alist of the same kind as caesuraType.

The first argument is the context.

The second argument is the value of caesuraType with an additional entry (articulations . symbol-list) identifying the articulations attached to the caesura in the music. If the transform function returns this second argument unmodified, it is as if no transform function were set; the function is free to return a different value. The transform function can remove articulations, but any added articulations are ignored.

The third argument is a symbol-list identifying certain things the engraver has observed. bar-line indicates that the engraver has observed a BarLine at the current moment.

doubleRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where the end of one \repeat volta coincides with the start of another. The default is ‘:..:’.

doubleRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the end of one \repeat volta and the beginning of another. The default is ‘:|.S.|:’.

endRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at the end of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘:|.’.

endRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the end of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘:|.S’.

fineBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at \fine. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘|.’.

fineSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with \fine. The default is ‘|.S’.

fineStartRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with \fine and the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘|.S.|:’.

forbidBreakBetweenBarLines (boolean)

If set to true, Bar_engraver forbids line breaks where there is no bar line.

measureBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at a measure boundary.

repeatCommands (list)

A list of commands related to volta-style repeats. In general, each element is a list, '(command args…), but a command with no arguments may be abbreviated to a symbol; e.g., '((start-repeat)) may be given as '(start-repeat).

end-repeat

End a repeated section.

start-repeat

Start a repeated section.

volta text

If text is markup, start a volta bracket with that label; if text is #f, end a volta bracket.

sectionBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at \section. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘||’.

segnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at an in-staff segno. The default is ‘S’.

segnoStyle (symbol)

A symbol that indicates how to print a segno: bar-line or mark.

startRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘.|:’.

startRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘S.|:’.

underlyingRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at points of repetition or departure where no bar line would normally appear, for example at the end of a system broken in mid measure where the next system begins with a segno. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘||’.

whichBar (string)

The current bar line type, or '() if there is no bar line. Setting this explicitly in user code is deprecated. Use \bar or related commands to set it.

Properties (write)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BarLine.

Caesura_engraver

Notate a short break in sound that does not shorten the previous note.

Depending on the result of passing the value of caesuraType through caesuraTypeTransform, this engraver may create a BreathingSign with CaesuraScript grobs aligned to it, or it may create CaesuraScript grobs and align them to a BarLine.

If this engraver observes a BarLine, it calls caesuraTypeTransform again with the new information, and if necessary, recreates its grobs.

Music types accepted: caesura-event

Properties (read)

breathMarkDefinitions (list)

The description of breath marks. This is used by the Breathing_sign_engraver. See ‘scm/breath.scm’ for more information.

caesuraType (list)

An alist 

((bar-line . bar-type)
 (breath . breath-type)
 (scripts . script-type…)
 (underlying-bar-line . bar-type))

specifying which breath mark, bar line, and scripts to create at \caesura. All entries are optional.

bar-line has higher priority than a measure bar line and underlying-bar-line has lower priority than a measure bar line.

caesuraTypeTransform (procedure)

An engraver callback taking three arguments and returning an alist of the same kind as caesuraType.

The first argument is the context.

The second argument is the value of caesuraType with an additional entry (articulations . symbol-list) identifying the articulations attached to the caesura in the music. If the transform function returns this second argument unmodified, it is as if no transform function were set; the function is free to return a different value. The transform function can remove articulations, but any added articulations are ignored.

The third argument is a symbol-list identifying certain things the engraver has observed. bar-line indicates that the engraver has observed a BarLine at the current moment.

scriptDefinitions (list)

The description of scripts. This is used by the Script_engraver for typesetting note-superscripts and subscripts. See ‘scm/script.scm’ for more information.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BreathingSign and CaesuraScript.

Clef_engraver

Determine and set reference point for pitches.

Properties (read)

clefGlyph (string)

Name of the symbol within the music font.

clefPosition (number)

Where should the center of the clef symbol go, measured in half staff spaces from the center of the staff.

clefTransposition (integer)

Add this much extra transposition. Values of 7 and -7 are common.

clefTranspositionStyle (symbol)

Determines the way the ClefModifier grob is displayed. Possible values are ‘default’, ‘parenthesized’ and ‘bracketed’.

explicitClefVisibility (vector)

‘break-visibility’ function for clef changes.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

forceClef (boolean)

Show clef symbol, even if it has not changed. Only active for the first clef after the property is set, not for the full staff.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Clef and ClefModifier.

Collision_engraver

Collect NoteColumns, and as soon as there are two or more, put them in a NoteCollision object.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteCollision.

Cue_clef_engraver

Determine and set reference point for pitches in cued voices.

Properties (read)

clefTransposition (integer)

Add this much extra transposition. Values of 7 and -7 are common.

cueClefGlyph (string)

Name of the symbol within the music font.

cueClefPosition (number)

Where should the center of the clef symbol go, measured in half staff spaces from the center of the staff.

cueClefTransposition (integer)

Add this much extra transposition. Values of 7 and -7 are common.

cueClefTranspositionStyle (symbol)

Determines the way the ClefModifier grob is displayed. Possible values are ‘default’, ‘parenthesized’ and ‘bracketed’.

explicitCueClefVisibility (vector)

‘break-visibility’ function for cue clef changes.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

middleCCuePosition (number)

The position of the middle C, as determined only by the clef of the cue notes. This can be calculated by looking at cueClefPosition and cueClefGlyph.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ClefModifier, CueClef and CueEndClef.

Dot_column_engraver

Engrave dots on dotted notes shifted to the right of the note. If omitted, then dots appear on top of the notes.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DotColumn.

Figured_bass_engraver

Make figured bass numbers.

Music types accepted: bass-figure-event and rest-event

Properties (read)

figuredBassAlterationDirection (direction)

Where to put alterations relative to the main figure.

figuredBassCenterContinuations (boolean)

Whether to vertically center pairs of extender lines. This does not work with three or more lines.

figuredBassFormatter (procedure)

A routine generating a markup for a bass figure.

ignoreFiguredBassRest (boolean)

Don’t swallow rest events.

implicitBassFigures (list)

A list of bass figures that are not printed as numbers, but only as extender lines.

useBassFigureExtenders (boolean)

Whether to use extender lines for repeated bass figures.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BassFigure, BassFigureAlignment, BassFigureBracket, BassFigureContinuation and BassFigureLine.

Figured_bass_position_engraver

Position figured bass alignments over notes.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BassFigureAlignmentPositioning.

Fingering_column_engraver

Find potentially colliding scripts and put them into a FingeringColumn object; that will fix the collisions.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): FingeringColumn.

Font_size_engraver

Put fontSize into font-size grob property.

Properties (read)

fontSize (number)

The relative size of all grobs in a context.

Grob_pq_engraver

Administrate when certain grobs (e.g., note heads) stop playing.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Properties (write)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Instrument_name_engraver

Create a system start text for instrument or vocal names.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

instrumentName (markup)

The name to print left of a staff. The instrumentName property labels the staff in the first system, and the shortInstrumentName property labels following lines.

shortInstrumentName (markup)

See instrumentName.

shortVocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line, short version.

vocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentName.

Key_engraver

Engrave a key signature.

Music types accepted: key-change-event

Properties (read)

createKeyOnClefChange (boolean)

Print a key signature whenever the clef is changed.

explicitKeySignatureVisibility (vector)

‘break-visibility’ function for explicit key changes. ‘\override’ of the break-visibility property will set the visibility for normal (i.e., at the start of the line) key signatures.

extraNatural (boolean)

Whether to typeset an extra natural sign before accidentals that reduce the effect of a previous alteration.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

keyAlterationOrder (list)

A list of pairs that defines in what order alterations should be printed. The format of an entry is (step . alter), where step is a number from 0 to 6 and alter from -1 (double flat) to 1 (double sharp), with exact rationals for alterations in between, e.g., 1/2 for sharp.

keyAlterations (list)

The current key signature. This is an alist containing (step . alter) or ((octave . step) . alter), where step is a number in the range 0 to 6 and alter a fraction, denoting alteration. For alterations, use symbols, e.g., keyAlterations = #`((6 . ,FLAT)).

lastKeyAlterations (list)

Last key signature before a key signature change.

middleCClefPosition (number)

The position of the middle C, as determined only by the clef. This can be calculated by looking at clefPosition and clefGlyph.

printKeyCancellation (boolean)

Print restoration alterations before a key signature change.

Properties (write)

keyAlterations (list)

The current key signature. This is an alist containing (step . alter) or ((octave . step) . alter), where step is a number in the range 0 to 6 and alter a fraction, denoting alteration. For alterations, use symbols, e.g., keyAlterations = #`((6 . ,FLAT)).

lastKeyAlterations (list)

Last key signature before a key signature change.

tonic (pitch)

The tonic of the current scale.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): KeyCancellation and KeySignature.

Ledger_line_engraver

Create the spanner to draw ledger lines, and notices objects that need ledger lines.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LedgerLineSpanner.

Merge_mmrest_numbers_engraver

Engraver to merge multi-measure rest numbers in multiple voices.

This works by gathering all multi-measure rest numbers at a time step. If they all have the same text and there are at least two only the first one is retained and the others are hidden.

Non_musical_script_column_engraver

Find potentially colliding non-musical scripts and put them into a ScriptColumn object; that will fix the collisions.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ScriptColumn.

Ottava_spanner_engraver

Create a text spanner when the ottavation property changes.

Music types accepted: ottava-event

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

middleCOffset (number)

The offset of middle C from the position given by middleCClefPosition This is used for ottava brackets.

ottavation (markup)

If set, the text for an ottava spanner. Changing this creates a new text spanner.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): OttavaBracket.

Output_property_engraver

Apply a procedure to any grob acknowledged.

Music types accepted: apply-output-event

Piano_pedal_align_engraver

Align piano pedal symbols and brackets.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): SostenutoPedalLineSpanner, SustainPedalLineSpanner and UnaCordaPedalLineSpanner.

Piano_pedal_engraver

Engrave piano pedal symbols and brackets.

Music types accepted: sostenuto-event, sustain-event and una-corda-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

pedalSostenutoStrings (list)

See pedalSustainStrings.

pedalSostenutoStyle (symbol)

See pedalSustainStyle.

pedalSustainStrings (list)

A list of strings to print for sustain-pedal. Format is (up updown down), where each of the three is the string to print when this is done with the pedal.

pedalSustainStyle (symbol)

A symbol that indicates how to print sustain pedals: text, bracket or mixed (both).

pedalUnaCordaStrings (list)

See pedalSustainStrings.

pedalUnaCordaStyle (symbol)

See pedalSustainStyle.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): PianoPedalBracket, SostenutoPedal, SustainPedal and UnaCordaPedal.

Pure_from_neighbor_engraver

Coordinates items that get their pure heights from their neighbors.

Rest_collision_engraver

Handle collisions of rests.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): RestCollision.

Script_row_engraver

Determine order in horizontal side position elements.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ScriptRow.

Separating_line_group_engraver

Generate objects for computing spacing parameters.

Properties (read)

createSpacing (boolean)

Create StaffSpacing objects? Should be set for staves.

Properties (write)

hasStaffSpacing (boolean)

True if currentCommandColumn contains items that will affect spacing.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffSpacing.

Skip_typesetting_engraver

Create a StaffEllipsis when skipTypesetting is used.

Properties (read)

skipTypesetting (boolean)

If true, no typesetting is done, speeding up the interpretation phase. Useful for debugging large scores.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffEllipsis.

Staff_collecting_engraver

Maintain the stavesFound variable.

Properties (read)

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

Properties (write)

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

Staff_highlight_engraver

Highlights music passages.

Music types accepted: staff-highlight-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffHighlight.

Staff_symbol_engraver

Create the constellation of five (default) staff lines.

Music types accepted: staff-span-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffSymbol.

Time_signature_engraver

Create a TimeSignature whenever timeSignatureFraction changes.

Music types accepted: time-signature-event

Properties (read)

initialTimeSignatureVisibility (vector)

break visibility for the initial time signature.

partialBusy (boolean)

Signal that \partial acts at the current timestep.

timeSignatureFraction (fraction, as pair)

A pair of numbers, signifying the time signature. For example, '(4 . 4) is a 4/4 time signature.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TimeSignature.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Staff ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.32 StaffGroup

Groups staves while adding a bracket on the left side, grouping the staves together. The bar lines of the contained staves are connected vertically. StaffGroup only consists of a collection of staves, with a bracket in front and spanning bar lines.

This context creates the following layout object(s): Arpeggio, InstrumentName, SpanBar, SpanBarStub, StaffGrouper, SystemStartBar, SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket, SystemStartSquare and VerticalAlignment.

This context sets the following properties:

This is not a ‘Bottom’ context; search for such a one will commence after creating an implicit context of type Staff.

Context StaffGroup can contain ChoirStaff, ChordNames, Devnull, DrumStaff, Dynamics, FiguredBass, FretBoards, GrandStaff, GregorianTranscriptionLyrics, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, KievanStaff, Lyrics, MensuralStaff, NoteNames, OneStaff, PetrucciStaff, PianoStaff, RhythmicStaff, Staff, StaffGroup, TabStaff, VaticanaLyrics and VaticanaStaff.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Instrument_name_engraver

Create a system start text for instrument or vocal names.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

instrumentName (markup)

The name to print left of a staff. The instrumentName property labels the staff in the first system, and the shortInstrumentName property labels following lines.

shortInstrumentName (markup)

See instrumentName.

shortVocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line, short version.

vocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentName.

Output_property_engraver

Apply a procedure to any grob acknowledged.

Music types accepted: apply-output-event

Span_arpeggio_engraver

Make arpeggios that span multiple staves.

Properties (read)

connectArpeggios (boolean)

If set, connect arpeggios across piano staff.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Arpeggio.

Span_bar_engraver

Make cross-staff bar lines: It catches all normal bar lines and draws a single span bar across them.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): SpanBar.

Span_bar_stub_engraver

Make stubs for span bars in all contexts that the span bars cross.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): SpanBarStub.

System_start_delimiter_engraver

Create a system start delimiter (i.e., a SystemStartBar, SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket or SystemStartSquare spanner).

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

systemStartDelimiter (symbol)

Which grob to make for the start of the system/staff? Set to SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket or SystemStartBar.

systemStartDelimiterHierarchy (pair)

A nested list, indicating the nesting of a start delimiters.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): SystemStartBar, SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket and SystemStartSquare.

Vertical_align_engraver

Catch groups (staves, lyrics lines, etc.) and stack them vertically.

Properties (read)

alignAboveContext (string)

Where to insert newly created context in vertical alignment.

alignBelowContext (string)

Where to insert newly created context in vertical alignment.

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffGrouper and VerticalAlignment.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < StaffGroup ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.33 StandaloneRhythmScore

A Score-level context for use by \markup \rhythm.

This context also accepts commands for the following context(s): Score and Timing.

This context creates the following layout object(s): BarNumber, BreakAlignGroup, BreakAlignment, CenteredBarNumber, CenteredBarNumberLineSpanner, CodaMark, ControlPoint, ControlPolygon, Footnote, GraceSpacing, JumpScript, LeftEdge, MetronomeMark, NonMusicalPaperColumn, PaperColumn, Parentheses, RehearsalMark, SectionLabel, SegnoMark, SpacingSpanner, StaffGrouper, SystemStartBar, SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket, SystemStartSquare, TextMark, VerticalAlignment, VoltaBracket and VoltaBracketSpanner.

This context sets the following properties:

This is not a ‘Bottom’ context; search for such a one will commence after creating an implicit context of type StandaloneRhythmStaff.

Context StandaloneRhythmScore can contain ChoirStaff, ChordNames, Devnull, DrumStaff, Dynamics, FiguredBass, FretBoards, GrandStaff, GregorianTranscriptionLyrics, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, KievanStaff, Lyrics, MensuralStaff, NoteNames, OneStaff, PetrucciStaff, PianoStaff, RhythmicStaff, Staff, StaffGroup, StandaloneRhythmStaff, TabStaff, VaticanaLyrics and VaticanaStaff.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Bar_number_engraver

A bar number may be created at any bar line, subject to the barNumberVisibility callback. By default, it is put on top of all staves and appears only at the left side of the staff. The staves are taken from stavesFound, which is maintained by Staff_collecting_engraver. This engraver usually creates BarNumber grobs, but when centerBarNumbers is true, it makes CenteredBarNumber grobs instead.

Properties (read)

alternativeNumber (non-negative, exact integer)

When set, the index of the current \alternative element, starting from one. Not set outside of alternatives. Note the distinction from volta number: an alternative may pertain to multiple volte.

alternativeNumberingStyle (symbol)

The scheme and style for numbering bars in repeat alternatives. If not set (the default), bar numbers continue through alternatives. Can be set to numbers to reset the bar number at each alternative, or set to numbers-with-letters to reset and also include letter suffixes.

barNumberFormatter (procedure)

A procedure that takes a bar number, measure position, and alternative number and returns a markup of the bar number to print.

barNumberVisibility (procedure)

A procedure that takes a bar number and a measure position and returns whether the corresponding bar number should be printed. Note that the actual print-out of bar numbers is controlled with the break-visibility property.

The following procedures are predefined:

all-bar-numbers-visible

Enable bar numbers for all bars, including the first one and broken bars (which get bar numbers in parentheses).

first-bar-number-invisible

Enable bar numbers for all bars (including broken bars) except the first one. If the first bar is broken, it doesn’t get a bar number either.

first-bar-number-invisible-save-broken-bars

Enable bar numbers for all bars (including broken bars) except the first one. A broken first bar gets a bar number.

first-bar-number-invisible-and-no-parenthesized-bar-numbers

Enable bar numbers for all bars except the first bar and broken bars. This is the default.

(every-nth-bar-number-visible n)

Assuming n is value 2, for example, this enables bar numbers for bars 2, 4, 6, etc.

(modulo-bar-number-visible n m)

If bar numbers 1, 4, 7, etc., should be enabled, n (the modulo) must be set to 3 and m (the division remainder) to 1.

centerBarNumbers (boolean)

Whether to center bar numbers in their measure instead of aligning them on the bar line.

currentBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is incremented at every bar line.

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

measurePosition (moment)

How much of the current measure have we had. This can be set manually to create incomplete measures.

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BarNumber and CenteredBarNumber.

Beam_collision_engraver

Help beams avoid colliding with notes and clefs in other voices.

Break_align_engraver

Align grobs with corresponding break-align-symbols into groups, and order the groups according to breakAlignOrder. The left edge of the alignment gets a separate group, with a symbol left-edge.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BreakAlignGroup, BreakAlignment and LeftEdge.

Centered_bar_number_align_engraver

Group measure-centered bar numbers in a CenteredBarNumberLineSpanner so they end up on the same vertical position.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): CenteredBarNumberLineSpanner.

Concurrent_hairpin_engraver

Collect concurrent hairpins.

Footnote_engraver

Create footnote texts.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Footnote.

Grace_spacing_engraver

Bookkeeping of shortest starting and playing notes in grace note runs.

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): GraceSpacing.

Jump_engraver

This engraver creates instructions such as D.C. and Fine, placing them vertically outside the set of staves given in the stavesFound context property.

If Jump_engraver is added or moved to another context, Staff_collecting_engraver also needs to be there so that marks appear at the intended Y location.

Music types accepted: ad-hoc-jump-event, dal-segno-event and fine-event

Properties (read)

codaMarkCount (non-negative, exact integer)

Updated at the end of each timestep in which a coda mark appears: not set during the first timestep, 0 up to the first coda mark, 1 from the first to the second, 2 from the second to the third, etc.

codaMarkFormatter (procedure)

A procedure that creates a coda mark (which in conventional D.S. al Coda form indicates the start of the alternative endings), taking as arguments the mark sequence number and the context. It should return a markup object.

dalSegnoTextFormatter (procedure)

Format a jump instruction such as D.S.

The first argument is the context.

The second argument is the number of times the instruction is performed.

The third argument is a list of three markups: start-markup, end-markup, and next-markup.

If start-markup is #f, the form is da capo; otherwise the form is dal segno and start-markup is the sign at the start of the repeated section.

If end-markup is not #f, it is either the sign at the end of the main body of the repeat, or it is a Fine instruction. When it is a Fine instruction, next-markup is #f.

If next-markup is not #f, it is the mark to be jumped to after performing the body of the repeat, e.g., Coda.

finalFineTextVisibility (boolean)

Whether \fine at the written end of the music should create a Fine instruction.

fineText (markup)

The text to print at \fine.

segnoMarkCount (non-negative, exact integer)

Updated at the end of each timestep in which a segno appears: not set during the first timestep, 0 up to the first segno, 1 from the first to the second segno, 2 from the second to the third segno, etc.

segnoMarkFormatter (procedure)

A procedure that creates a segno (which conventionally indicates the start of a repeated section), taking as arguments the mark sequence number and the context. It should return a markup object.

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): JumpScript.

Mark_engraver

This engraver creates rehearsal marks, segno and coda marks, and section labels.

Mark_engraver creates marks, formats them, and places them vertically outside the set of staves given in the stavesFound context property.

If Mark_engraver is added or moved to another context, Staff_collecting_engraver also needs to be there so that marks appear at the intended Y location.

By default, Mark_engravers in multiple contexts create a common sequence of marks chosen by the Score-level Mark_tracking_translator. If independent sequences are desired, multiple Mark_tracking_translators must be used.

Properties (read)

codaMarkFormatter (procedure)

A procedure that creates a coda mark (which in conventional D.S. al Coda form indicates the start of the alternative endings), taking as arguments the mark sequence number and the context. It should return a markup object.

currentPerformanceMarkEvent (stream event)

The coda, section, or segno mark event selected by Mark_tracking_translator for engraving by Mark_engraver.

currentRehearsalMarkEvent (stream event)

The ad-hoc or rehearsal mark event selected by Mark_tracking_translator for engraving by Mark_engraver.

rehearsalMarkFormatter (procedure)

A procedure taking as arguments the context and the sequence number of the rehearsal mark. It should return the formatted mark as a markup object.

segnoMarkFormatter (procedure)

A procedure that creates a segno (which conventionally indicates the start of a repeated section), taking as arguments the mark sequence number and the context. It should return a markup object.

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): CodaMark, RehearsalMark, SectionLabel and SegnoMark.

Mark_tracking_translator

This translator chooses which marks Mark_engraver should engrave.

Music types accepted: ad-hoc-mark-event, coda-mark-event, rehearsal-mark-event, section-label-event and segno-mark-event

Properties (read)

codaMarkCount (non-negative, exact integer)

Updated at the end of each timestep in which a coda mark appears: not set during the first timestep, 0 up to the first coda mark, 1 from the first to the second, 2 from the second to the third, etc.

rehearsalMark (integer)

The next rehearsal mark to print.

segnoMarkCount (non-negative, exact integer)

Updated at the end of each timestep in which a segno appears: not set during the first timestep, 0 up to the first segno, 1 from the first to the second segno, 2 from the second to the third segno, etc.

Properties (write)

codaMarkCount (non-negative, exact integer)

Updated at the end of each timestep in which a coda mark appears: not set during the first timestep, 0 up to the first coda mark, 1 from the first to the second, 2 from the second to the third, etc.

currentPerformanceMarkEvent (stream event)

The coda, section, or segno mark event selected by Mark_tracking_translator for engraving by Mark_engraver.

currentRehearsalMarkEvent (stream event)

The ad-hoc or rehearsal mark event selected by Mark_tracking_translator for engraving by Mark_engraver.

rehearsalMark (integer)

The next rehearsal mark to print.

segnoMarkCount (non-negative, exact integer)

Updated at the end of each timestep in which a segno appears: not set during the first timestep, 0 up to the first segno, 1 from the first to the second segno, 2 from the second to the third segno, etc.

Metronome_mark_engraver

Engrave metronome marking. This delegates the formatting work to the function in the metronomeMarkFormatter property. The mark is put over all staves. The staves are taken from the stavesFound property, which is maintained by Staff_collecting_engraver.

Music types accepted: tempo-change-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

metronomeMarkFormatter (procedure)

How to produce a metronome markup. Called with two arguments: a TempoChangeEvent and context.

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

tempoHideNote (boolean)

Hide the note = count in tempo marks.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): MetronomeMark.

Output_property_engraver

Apply a procedure to any grob acknowledged.

Music types accepted: apply-output-event

Paper_column_engraver

Take care of generating columns.

This engraver decides whether a column is breakable. The default is that a column is always breakable. However, every Bar_engraver that does not have a barline at a certain point will set forbidBreaks in the score context to stop line breaks. In practice, this means that you can make a break point by creating a bar line (assuming that there are no beams or notes that prevent a break point).

Music types accepted: break-event and label-event

Properties (read)

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

Properties (write)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NonMusicalPaperColumn and PaperColumn.

Parenthesis_engraver

Parenthesize objects whose parenthesize property is #t.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Parentheses.

Repeat_acknowledge_engraver

This translator adds entries to repeatCommands for events generated by \\repeat volta.

Music types accepted: volta-repeat-end-event and volta-repeat-start-event

Properties (write)

repeatCommands (list)

A list of commands related to volta-style repeats. In general, each element is a list, '(command args…), but a command with no arguments may be abbreviated to a symbol; e.g., '((start-repeat)) may be given as '(start-repeat).

end-repeat

End a repeated section.

start-repeat

Start a repeated section.

volta text

If text is markup, start a volta bracket with that label; if text is #f, end a volta bracket.

Show_control_points_engraver

Create grobs to visualize control points of Bézier curves (ties and slurs) for ease of tweaking.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ControlPoint and ControlPolygon.

Spacing_engraver

Make a SpacingSpanner and do bookkeeping of shortest starting and playing notes.

Music types accepted: spacing-section-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

proportionalNotationDuration (moment)

Global override for shortest-playing duration. This is used for switching on proportional notation.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): SpacingSpanner.

Spanner_tracking_engraver

Helper for creating spanners attached to other spanners. If a spanner has the sticky-grob-interface, the engraver tracks the spanner contained in its sticky-host object. When the host ends, the sticky spanner attached to it has its end announced too.

Staff_collecting_engraver

Maintain the stavesFound variable.

Properties (read)

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

Properties (write)

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

Stanza_number_align_engraver

This engraver ensures that stanza numbers are neatly aligned.

System_start_delimiter_engraver

Create a system start delimiter (i.e., a SystemStartBar, SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket or SystemStartSquare spanner).

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

systemStartDelimiter (symbol)

Which grob to make for the start of the system/staff? Set to SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket or SystemStartBar.

systemStartDelimiterHierarchy (pair)

A nested list, indicating the nesting of a start delimiters.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): SystemStartBar, SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket and SystemStartSquare.

Text_mark_engraver

Engraves arbitrary textual marks.

Music types accepted: text-mark-event

Properties (read)

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TextMark.

Timing_translator

This engraver adds the alias Timing to its containing context. Responsible for synchronizing timing information from staves. Normally in Score. In order to create polyrhythmic music, this engraver should be removed from Score and placed in Staff.

Music types accepted: alternative-event, bar-event and fine-event

Properties (read)

alternativeNumberingStyle (symbol)

The scheme and style for numbering bars in repeat alternatives. If not set (the default), bar numbers continue through alternatives. Can be set to numbers to reset the bar number at each alternative, or set to numbers-with-letters to reset and also include letter suffixes.

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

currentBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is incremented at every bar line.

internalBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is used for internal timekeeping, among others by the Accidental_engraver.

measureLength (moment)

Length of one measure in the current time signature.

measurePosition (moment)

How much of the current measure have we had. This can be set manually to create incomplete measures.

timeSignatureFraction (fraction, as pair)

A pair of numbers, signifying the time signature. For example, '(4 . 4) is a 4/4 time signature.

Properties (write)

alternativeNumber (non-negative, exact integer)

When set, the index of the current \alternative element, starting from one. Not set outside of alternatives. Note the distinction from volta number: an alternative may pertain to multiple volte.

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

currentBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is incremented at every bar line.

internalBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is used for internal timekeeping, among others by the Accidental_engraver.

measureLength (moment)

Length of one measure in the current time signature.

measurePosition (moment)

How much of the current measure have we had. This can be set manually to create incomplete measures.

measureStartNow (boolean)

True at the beginning of a measure.

timeSignatureFraction (fraction, as pair)

A pair of numbers, signifying the time signature. For example, '(4 . 4) is a 4/4 time signature.

Tweak_engraver

Read the tweaks property from the originating event, and set properties.

Vertical_align_engraver

Catch groups (staves, lyrics lines, etc.) and stack them vertically.

Properties (read)

alignAboveContext (string)

Where to insert newly created context in vertical alignment.

alignBelowContext (string)

Where to insert newly created context in vertical alignment.

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffGrouper and VerticalAlignment.

Volta_engraver

Make volta brackets.

Music types accepted: dal-segno-event, fine-event and volta-span-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

repeatCommands (list)

A list of commands related to volta-style repeats. In general, each element is a list, '(command args…), but a command with no arguments may be abbreviated to a symbol; e.g., '((start-repeat)) may be given as '(start-repeat).

end-repeat

End a repeated section.

start-repeat

Start a repeated section.

volta text

If text is markup, start a volta bracket with that label; if text is #f, end a volta bracket.

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

voltaSpannerDuration (moment)

This specifies the maximum duration to use for the brackets printed for \alternative. This can be used to shrink the length of brackets in the situation where one alternative is very large.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VoltaBracket and VoltaBracketSpanner.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < StandaloneRhythmScore ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.34 StandaloneRhythmStaff

A Staff-level context for use by \markup \rhythm.

This context also accepts commands for the following context(s): Staff and Staff.

This context creates the following layout object(s): BarLine, BreathingSign, CaesuraScript, DotColumn, InstrumentName, LedgerLineSpanner, StaffHighlight, StaffSpacing, StaffSymbol and VerticalAxisGroup.

This context sets the following properties:

This is not a ‘Bottom’ context; search for such a one will commence after creating an implicit context of type StandaloneRhythmVoice.

Context StandaloneRhythmStaff can contain CueVoice, NullVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice and Voice.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Axis_group_engraver

Group all objects created in this context in a VerticalAxisGroup spanner.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

keepAliveInterfaces (list)

A list of symbols, signifying grob interfaces that are worth keeping a staff with remove-empty set around for.

Properties (write)

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VerticalAxisGroup.

Bar_engraver

Create bar lines for various commands, including \\bar.

If forbidBreakBetweenBarLines is true, allow line breaks at bar lines only.

Music types accepted: ad-hoc-jump-event, caesura-event, coda-mark-event, dal-segno-event, fine-event, section-event, segno-mark-event and volta-span-event

Properties (read)

caesuraType (list)

An alist 

((bar-line . bar-type)
 (breath . breath-type)
 (scripts . script-type…)
 (underlying-bar-line . bar-type))

specifying which breath mark, bar line, and scripts to create at \caesura. All entries are optional.

bar-line has higher priority than a measure bar line and underlying-bar-line has lower priority than a measure bar line.

caesuraTypeTransform (procedure)

An engraver callback taking three arguments and returning an alist of the same kind as caesuraType.

The first argument is the context.

The second argument is the value of caesuraType with an additional entry (articulations . symbol-list) identifying the articulations attached to the caesura in the music. If the transform function returns this second argument unmodified, it is as if no transform function were set; the function is free to return a different value. The transform function can remove articulations, but any added articulations are ignored.

The third argument is a symbol-list identifying certain things the engraver has observed. bar-line indicates that the engraver has observed a BarLine at the current moment.

doubleRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where the end of one \repeat volta coincides with the start of another. The default is ‘:..:’.

doubleRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the end of one \repeat volta and the beginning of another. The default is ‘:|.S.|:’.

endRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at the end of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘:|.’.

endRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the end of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘:|.S’.

fineBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at \fine. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘|.’.

fineSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with \fine. The default is ‘|.S’.

fineStartRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with \fine and the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘|.S.|:’.

forbidBreakBetweenBarLines (boolean)

If set to true, Bar_engraver forbids line breaks where there is no bar line.

measureBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at a measure boundary.

repeatCommands (list)

A list of commands related to volta-style repeats. In general, each element is a list, '(command args…), but a command with no arguments may be abbreviated to a symbol; e.g., '((start-repeat)) may be given as '(start-repeat).

end-repeat

End a repeated section.

start-repeat

Start a repeated section.

volta text

If text is markup, start a volta bracket with that label; if text is #f, end a volta bracket.

sectionBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at \section. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘||’.

segnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at an in-staff segno. The default is ‘S’.

segnoStyle (symbol)

A symbol that indicates how to print a segno: bar-line or mark.

startRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘.|:’.

startRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘S.|:’.

underlyingRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at points of repetition or departure where no bar line would normally appear, for example at the end of a system broken in mid measure where the next system begins with a segno. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘||’.

whichBar (string)

The current bar line type, or '() if there is no bar line. Setting this explicitly in user code is deprecated. Use \bar or related commands to set it.

Properties (write)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BarLine.

Caesura_engraver

Notate a short break in sound that does not shorten the previous note.

Depending on the result of passing the value of caesuraType through caesuraTypeTransform, this engraver may create a BreathingSign with CaesuraScript grobs aligned to it, or it may create CaesuraScript grobs and align them to a BarLine.

If this engraver observes a BarLine, it calls caesuraTypeTransform again with the new information, and if necessary, recreates its grobs.

Music types accepted: caesura-event

Properties (read)

breathMarkDefinitions (list)

The description of breath marks. This is used by the Breathing_sign_engraver. See ‘scm/breath.scm’ for more information.

caesuraType (list)

An alist 

((bar-line . bar-type)
 (breath . breath-type)
 (scripts . script-type…)
 (underlying-bar-line . bar-type))

specifying which breath mark, bar line, and scripts to create at \caesura. All entries are optional.

bar-line has higher priority than a measure bar line and underlying-bar-line has lower priority than a measure bar line.

caesuraTypeTransform (procedure)

An engraver callback taking three arguments and returning an alist of the same kind as caesuraType.

The first argument is the context.

The second argument is the value of caesuraType with an additional entry (articulations . symbol-list) identifying the articulations attached to the caesura in the music. If the transform function returns this second argument unmodified, it is as if no transform function were set; the function is free to return a different value. The transform function can remove articulations, but any added articulations are ignored.

The third argument is a symbol-list identifying certain things the engraver has observed. bar-line indicates that the engraver has observed a BarLine at the current moment.

scriptDefinitions (list)

The description of scripts. This is used by the Script_engraver for typesetting note-superscripts and subscripts. See ‘scm/script.scm’ for more information.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BreathingSign and CaesuraScript.

Dot_column_engraver

Engrave dots on dotted notes shifted to the right of the note. If omitted, then dots appear on top of the notes.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DotColumn.

Font_size_engraver

Put fontSize into font-size grob property.

Properties (read)

fontSize (number)

The relative size of all grobs in a context.

Instrument_name_engraver

Create a system start text for instrument or vocal names.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

instrumentName (markup)

The name to print left of a staff. The instrumentName property labels the staff in the first system, and the shortInstrumentName property labels following lines.

shortInstrumentName (markup)

See instrumentName.

shortVocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line, short version.

vocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentName.

Ledger_line_engraver

Create the spanner to draw ledger lines, and notices objects that need ledger lines.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LedgerLineSpanner.

Output_property_engraver

Apply a procedure to any grob acknowledged.

Music types accepted: apply-output-event

Pitch_squash_engraver

Set the vertical position of note heads to squashedPosition, if that property is set. This can be used to make a single-line staff demonstrating the rhythm of a melody.

Properties (read)

squashedPosition (integer)

Vertical position of squashing for Pitch_squash_engraver.

Separating_line_group_engraver

Generate objects for computing spacing parameters.

Properties (read)

createSpacing (boolean)

Create StaffSpacing objects? Should be set for staves.

Properties (write)

hasStaffSpacing (boolean)

True if currentCommandColumn contains items that will affect spacing.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffSpacing.

Staff_highlight_engraver

Highlights music passages.

Music types accepted: staff-highlight-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffHighlight.

Staff_symbol_engraver

Create the constellation of five (default) staff lines.

Music types accepted: staff-span-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffSymbol.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < StandaloneRhythmStaff ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.35 StandaloneRhythmVoice

A Voice-level context for use by \markup \rhythm.

This context also accepts commands for the following context(s): Voice.

This context creates the following layout object(s): Arpeggio, Beam, BendAfter, BreathingSign, ClusterSpanner, ClusterSpannerBeacon, CombineTextScript, Dots, DoublePercentRepeat, DoublePercentRepeatCounter, DoubleRepeatSlash, DynamicLineSpanner, DynamicText, DynamicTextSpanner, FingerGlideSpanner, Fingering, Flag, Glissando, Hairpin, InstrumentSwitch, LaissezVibrerTie, LaissezVibrerTieColumn, LigatureBracket, MultiMeasureRest, MultiMeasureRestNumber, MultiMeasureRestScript, MultiMeasureRestText, NoteColumn, NoteHead, NoteSpacing, PercentRepeat, PercentRepeatCounter, PhrasingSlur, RepeatSlash, RepeatTie, RepeatTieColumn, Rest, Script, ScriptColumn, Slur, Stem, StemStub, StemTremolo, StringNumber, StrokeFinger, TextScript, TextSpanner, Tie, TieColumn, TrillPitchAccidental, TrillPitchGroup, TrillPitchHead, TrillPitchParentheses, TrillSpanner, TupletBracket, TupletNumber and VoiceFollower.

This context sets the following properties:

This is a ‘Bottom’ context; no contexts will be created implicitly from it.

This context cannot contain other contexts.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Arpeggio_engraver

Generate an Arpeggio symbol.

Music types accepted: arpeggio-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Arpeggio.

Auto_beam_engraver

Generate beams based on measure characteristics and observed Stems. Uses baseMoment, beatStructure, beamExceptions, measureLength, and measurePosition to decide when to start and stop a beam. Overriding beaming is done through Stem_engraver properties stemLeftBeamCount and stemRightBeamCount.

Music types accepted: beam-forbid-event

Properties (read)

autoBeaming (boolean)

If set to true then beams are generated automatically.

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamExceptions (list)

An alist of exceptions to autobeam rules that normally end on beats.

beamHalfMeasure (boolean)

Whether to allow a beam to begin halfway through the measure in triple time, which could look like 6/8.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Beam_engraver

Handle Beam events by engraving beams. If omitted, then notes are printed with flags instead of beams.

Music types accepted: beam-event

Properties (read)

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a beam is present.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Bend_engraver

Create fall spanners.

Music types accepted: bend-after-event

Properties (read)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BendAfter.

Breathing_sign_engraver

Notate breath marks.

Music types accepted: breathing-event

Properties (read)

breathMarkType (symbol)

The type of BreathingSign to create at \breathe.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BreathingSign.

Chord_tremolo_engraver

Generate beams for tremolo repeats.

Music types accepted: tremolo-span-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Cluster_spanner_engraver

Engrave a cluster using Spanner notation.

Music types accepted: cluster-note-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ClusterSpanner and ClusterSpannerBeacon.

Dots_engraver

Create Dots objects for rhythmic-head-interfaces.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Dots.

Double_percent_repeat_engraver

Make double measure repeats.

Music types accepted: double-percent-event

Properties (read)

countPercentRepeats (boolean)

If set, produce counters for percent repeats.

measureLength (moment)

Length of one measure in the current time signature.

repeatCountVisibility (procedure)

A procedure taking as arguments an integer and context, returning whether the corresponding percent repeat number should be printed when countPercentRepeats is set.

Properties (write)

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DoublePercentRepeat and DoublePercentRepeatCounter.

Dynamic_align_engraver

Align hairpins and dynamic texts on a horizontal line.

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DynamicLineSpanner.

Dynamic_engraver

Create hairpins, dynamic texts and dynamic text spanners.

Music types accepted: absolute-dynamic-event, break-dynamic-span-event and span-dynamic-event

Properties (read)

crescendoSpanner (symbol)

The type of spanner to be used for crescendi. Available values are ‘hairpin’ and ‘text’. If unset, a hairpin crescendo is used.

crescendoText (markup)

The text to print at start of non-hairpin crescendo, i.e., ‘cresc.’.

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

decrescendoSpanner (symbol)

The type of spanner to be used for decrescendi. Available values are ‘hairpin’ and ‘text’. If unset, a hairpin decrescendo is used.

decrescendoText (markup)

The text to print at start of non-hairpin decrescendo, i.e., ‘dim.’.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DynamicText, DynamicTextSpanner and Hairpin.

Finger_glide_engraver

Engraver to print a line between two Fingering grobs.

Music types accepted: note-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): FingerGlideSpanner.

Fingering_engraver

Create fingering scripts.

Music types accepted: fingering-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Fingering.

Font_size_engraver

Put fontSize into font-size grob property.

Properties (read)

fontSize (number)

The relative size of all grobs in a context.

Forbid_line_break_engraver

Forbid line breaks when note heads are still playing at some point.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Properties (write)

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

Glissando_engraver

Engrave glissandi.

Music types accepted: glissando-event

Properties (read)

glissandoMap (list)

A map in the form of ’((source1 . target1) (source2 . target2) (sourcen . targetn)) showing the glissandi to be drawn for note columns. The value ’() will default to ’((0 . 0) (1 . 1) (n . n)), where n is the minimal number of note-heads in the two note columns between which the glissandi occur.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Glissando.

Grace_auto_beam_engraver

Generates one autobeam group across an entire grace phrase. As usual, any manual beaming or \noBeam will block autobeaming, just like setting the context property ‘autoBeaming’ to ##f.

Music types accepted: beam-forbid-event

Properties (read)

autoBeaming (boolean)

If set to true then beams are generated automatically.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Grace_beam_engraver

Handle Beam events by engraving beams. If omitted, then notes are printed with flags instead of beams. Only engraves beams when we are at grace points in time.

Music types accepted: beam-event

Properties (read)

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a beam is present.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Grace_engraver

Set font size and other properties for grace notes.

Properties (read)

graceSettings (list)

Overrides for grace notes. This property should be manipulated through the add-grace-property function.

Grob_pq_engraver

Administrate when certain grobs (e.g., note heads) stop playing.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Properties (write)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Instrument_switch_engraver

Create a cue text for taking instrument.

This engraver is deprecated.

Properties (read)

instrumentCueName (markup)

The name to print if another instrument is to be taken.

This property is deprecated

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentSwitch.

Laissez_vibrer_engraver

Create laissez vibrer items.

Music types accepted: laissez-vibrer-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LaissezVibrerTie and LaissezVibrerTieColumn.

Ligature_bracket_engraver

Handle Ligature_events by engraving Ligature brackets.

Music types accepted: ligature-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LigatureBracket.

Multi_measure_rest_engraver

Engrave multi-measure rests that are produced with ‘R’. It reads measureStartNow and internalBarNumber to determine what number to print over the MultiMeasureRest.

Music types accepted: multi-measure-articulation-event, multi-measure-rest-event and multi-measure-text-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

internalBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is used for internal timekeeping, among others by the Accidental_engraver.

measureStartNow (boolean)

True at the beginning of a measure.

restNumberThreshold (number)

If a multimeasure rest has more measures than this, a number is printed.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): MultiMeasureRest, MultiMeasureRestNumber, MultiMeasureRestScript and MultiMeasureRestText.

New_fingering_engraver

Create fingering scripts for notes in a new chord. This engraver is ill-named, since it also takes care of articulations and harmonic note heads.

Properties (read)

fingeringOrientations (list)

A list of symbols, containing ‘left’, ‘right’, ‘up’ and/or ‘down’. This list determines where fingerings are put relative to the chord being fingered.

harmonicDots (boolean)

If set, harmonic notes in dotted chords get dots.

stringNumberOrientations (list)

See fingeringOrientations.

strokeFingerOrientations (list)

See fingeringOrientations.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Fingering, Script, StringNumber and StrokeFinger.

Note_head_line_engraver

Engrave a line between two note heads in a staff switch if followVoice is set.

Properties (read)

followVoice (boolean)

If set, note heads are tracked across staff switches by a thin line.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VoiceFollower.

Note_heads_engraver

Generate note heads.

Music types accepted: note-event

Properties (read)

middleCPosition (number)

The place of the middle C, measured in half staff-spaces. Usually determined by looking at middleCClefPosition and middleCOffset.

staffLineLayoutFunction (procedure)

Layout of staff lines, traditional, or semitone.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteHead.

Note_spacing_engraver

Generate NoteSpacing, an object linking horizontal lines for use in spacing.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteSpacing.

Output_property_engraver

Apply a procedure to any grob acknowledged.

Music types accepted: apply-output-event

Part_combine_engraver

Part combine engraver for orchestral scores: Print markings ‘a2’, ‘Solo’, ‘Solo II’, and ‘unisono’.

Music types accepted: note-event and part-combine-event

Properties (read)

aDueText (markup)

Text to print at a unisono passage.

partCombineTextsOnNote (boolean)

Print part-combine texts only on the next note rather than immediately on rests or skips.

printPartCombineTexts (boolean)

Set ‘Solo’ and ‘A due’ texts in the part combiner?

soloIIText (markup)

The text for the start of a solo for voice ‘two’ when part-combining.

soloText (markup)

The text for the start of a solo when part-combining.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): CombineTextScript.

Percent_repeat_engraver

Make whole measure repeats.

Music types accepted: percent-event

Properties (read)

countPercentRepeats (boolean)

If set, produce counters for percent repeats.

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

repeatCountVisibility (procedure)

A procedure taking as arguments an integer and context, returning whether the corresponding percent repeat number should be printed when countPercentRepeats is set.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): PercentRepeat and PercentRepeatCounter.

Phrasing_slur_engraver

Print phrasing slurs. Similar to Slur_engraver.

Music types accepted: note-event and phrasing-slur-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): PhrasingSlur.

Pitched_trill_engraver

Print the bracketed note head after a note head with trill.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TrillPitchAccidental, TrillPitchGroup, TrillPitchHead and TrillPitchParentheses.

Repeat_tie_engraver

Create repeat ties.

Music types accepted: repeat-tie-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): RepeatTie and RepeatTieColumn.

Rest_engraver

Engrave rests.

Music types accepted: rest-event

Properties (read)

middleCPosition (number)

The place of the middle C, measured in half staff-spaces. Usually determined by looking at middleCClefPosition and middleCOffset.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Rest.

Rhythmic_column_engraver

Generate NoteColumn, an object that groups stems, note heads, and rests.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteColumn.

Script_column_engraver

Find potentially colliding scripts and put them into a ScriptColumn object; that will fix the collisions.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ScriptColumn.

Script_engraver

Handle note scripted articulations.

Music types accepted: articulation-event

Properties (read)

scriptDefinitions (list)

The description of scripts. This is used by the Script_engraver for typesetting note-superscripts and subscripts. See ‘scm/script.scm’ for more information.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Script.

Slash_repeat_engraver

Make beat repeats.

Music types accepted: repeat-slash-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DoubleRepeatSlash and RepeatSlash.

Slur_engraver

Build slur grobs from slur events.

Music types accepted: note-event and slur-event

Properties (read)

doubleSlurs (boolean)

If set, two slurs are created for every slurred note, one above and one below the chord.

slurMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a slur is present.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Slur.

Spanner_break_forbid_engraver

Forbid breaks in certain spanners.

Stem_engraver

Create stems, flags and single-stem tremolos. It also works together with the beam engraver for overriding beaming.

Music types accepted: tremolo-event and tuplet-span-event

Properties (read)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

stemLeftBeamCount (integer)

Specify the number of beams to draw on the left side of the next note. Overrides automatic beaming. The value is only used once, and then it is erased.

stemRightBeamCount (integer)

See stemLeftBeamCount.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Flag, Stem, StemStub and StemTremolo.

Text_engraver

Create text scripts.

Music types accepted: text-script-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TextScript.

Text_spanner_engraver

Create text spanner from an event.

Music types accepted: text-span-event

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TextSpanner.

Tie_engraver

Generate ties between note heads of equal pitch.

Music types accepted: tie-event

Properties (read)

skipTypesetting (boolean)

If true, no typesetting is done, speeding up the interpretation phase. Useful for debugging large scores.

tieWaitForNote (boolean)

If true, tied notes do not have to follow each other directly. This can be used for writing out arpeggios.

Properties (write)

tieMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal whether a tie is present.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Tie and TieColumn.

Trill_spanner_engraver

Create trill spanners.

Music types accepted: trill-span-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TrillSpanner.

Tuplet_engraver

Catch tuplet events and generate appropriate bracket.

Music types accepted: tuplet-span-event

Properties (read)

tupletFullLength (boolean)

If set, the tuplet is printed up to the start of the next note.

tupletFullLengthNote (boolean)

If set, end at the next note, otherwise end on the matter (time signatures, etc.) before the note.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TupletBracket and TupletNumber.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < StandaloneRhythmVoice ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.36 TabStaff

Context for generating tablature. It accepts only TabVoice contexts and handles the line spacing, the tablature clef etc. properly.

This context also accepts commands for the following context(s): Staff.

This context creates the following layout object(s): BarLine, BassFigure, BassFigureAlignment, BassFigureAlignmentPositioning, BassFigureBracket, BassFigureContinuation, BassFigureLine, BreathingSign, CaesuraScript, Clef, ClefModifier, CueClef, CueEndClef, DotColumn, FingeringColumn, InstrumentName, LedgerLineSpanner, NoteCollision, PianoPedalBracket, RestCollision, ScriptColumn, ScriptRow, SostenutoPedal, SostenutoPedalLineSpanner, StaffEllipsis, StaffHighlight, StaffSpacing, StaffSymbol, SustainPedal, SustainPedalLineSpanner, TimeSignature, UnaCordaPedal, UnaCordaPedalLineSpanner and VerticalAxisGroup.

This context sets the following properties:

This is not a ‘Bottom’ context; search for such a one will commence after creating an implicit context of type TabVoice.

Context TabStaff can contain CueVoice, NullVoice and TabVoice.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Alteration_glyph_engraver

Set the glyph-name-alist of all grobs having the accidental-switch-interface to the value of the context’s alterationGlyphs property, when defined.

Properties (read)

alterationGlyphs (list)

Alist mapping alterations to accidental glyphs. Alterations are given as exact numbers, e.g., -1/2 for flat. This applies to all grobs that can print accidentals.

Axis_group_engraver

Group all objects created in this context in a VerticalAxisGroup spanner.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

keepAliveInterfaces (list)

A list of symbols, signifying grob interfaces that are worth keeping a staff with remove-empty set around for.

Properties (write)

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VerticalAxisGroup.

Bar_engraver

Create bar lines for various commands, including \\bar.

If forbidBreakBetweenBarLines is true, allow line breaks at bar lines only.

Music types accepted: ad-hoc-jump-event, caesura-event, coda-mark-event, dal-segno-event, fine-event, section-event, segno-mark-event and volta-span-event

Properties (read)

caesuraType (list)

An alist 

((bar-line . bar-type)
 (breath . breath-type)
 (scripts . script-type…)
 (underlying-bar-line . bar-type))

specifying which breath mark, bar line, and scripts to create at \caesura. All entries are optional.

bar-line has higher priority than a measure bar line and underlying-bar-line has lower priority than a measure bar line.

caesuraTypeTransform (procedure)

An engraver callback taking three arguments and returning an alist of the same kind as caesuraType.

The first argument is the context.

The second argument is the value of caesuraType with an additional entry (articulations . symbol-list) identifying the articulations attached to the caesura in the music. If the transform function returns this second argument unmodified, it is as if no transform function were set; the function is free to return a different value. The transform function can remove articulations, but any added articulations are ignored.

The third argument is a symbol-list identifying certain things the engraver has observed. bar-line indicates that the engraver has observed a BarLine at the current moment.

doubleRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where the end of one \repeat volta coincides with the start of another. The default is ‘:..:’.

doubleRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the end of one \repeat volta and the beginning of another. The default is ‘:|.S.|:’.

endRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at the end of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘:|.’.

endRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the end of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘:|.S’.

fineBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at \fine. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘|.’.

fineSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with \fine. The default is ‘|.S’.

fineStartRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with \fine and the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘|.S.|:’.

forbidBreakBetweenBarLines (boolean)

If set to true, Bar_engraver forbids line breaks where there is no bar line.

measureBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at a measure boundary.

repeatCommands (list)

A list of commands related to volta-style repeats. In general, each element is a list, '(command args…), but a command with no arguments may be abbreviated to a symbol; e.g., '((start-repeat)) may be given as '(start-repeat).

end-repeat

End a repeated section.

start-repeat

Start a repeated section.

volta text

If text is markup, start a volta bracket with that label; if text is #f, end a volta bracket.

sectionBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at \section. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘||’.

segnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at an in-staff segno. The default is ‘S’.

segnoStyle (symbol)

A symbol that indicates how to print a segno: bar-line or mark.

startRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘.|:’.

startRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘S.|:’.

underlyingRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at points of repetition or departure where no bar line would normally appear, for example at the end of a system broken in mid measure where the next system begins with a segno. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘||’.

whichBar (string)

The current bar line type, or '() if there is no bar line. Setting this explicitly in user code is deprecated. Use \bar or related commands to set it.

Properties (write)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BarLine.

Caesura_engraver

Notate a short break in sound that does not shorten the previous note.

Depending on the result of passing the value of caesuraType through caesuraTypeTransform, this engraver may create a BreathingSign with CaesuraScript grobs aligned to it, or it may create CaesuraScript grobs and align them to a BarLine.

If this engraver observes a BarLine, it calls caesuraTypeTransform again with the new information, and if necessary, recreates its grobs.

Music types accepted: caesura-event

Properties (read)

breathMarkDefinitions (list)

The description of breath marks. This is used by the Breathing_sign_engraver. See ‘scm/breath.scm’ for more information.

caesuraType (list)

An alist 

((bar-line . bar-type)
 (breath . breath-type)
 (scripts . script-type…)
 (underlying-bar-line . bar-type))

specifying which breath mark, bar line, and scripts to create at \caesura. All entries are optional.

bar-line has higher priority than a measure bar line and underlying-bar-line has lower priority than a measure bar line.

caesuraTypeTransform (procedure)

An engraver callback taking three arguments and returning an alist of the same kind as caesuraType.

The first argument is the context.

The second argument is the value of caesuraType with an additional entry (articulations . symbol-list) identifying the articulations attached to the caesura in the music. If the transform function returns this second argument unmodified, it is as if no transform function were set; the function is free to return a different value. The transform function can remove articulations, but any added articulations are ignored.

The third argument is a symbol-list identifying certain things the engraver has observed. bar-line indicates that the engraver has observed a BarLine at the current moment.

scriptDefinitions (list)

The description of scripts. This is used by the Script_engraver for typesetting note-superscripts and subscripts. See ‘scm/script.scm’ for more information.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BreathingSign and CaesuraScript.

Clef_engraver

Determine and set reference point for pitches.

Properties (read)

clefGlyph (string)

Name of the symbol within the music font.

clefPosition (number)

Where should the center of the clef symbol go, measured in half staff spaces from the center of the staff.

clefTransposition (integer)

Add this much extra transposition. Values of 7 and -7 are common.

clefTranspositionStyle (symbol)

Determines the way the ClefModifier grob is displayed. Possible values are ‘default’, ‘parenthesized’ and ‘bracketed’.

explicitClefVisibility (vector)

‘break-visibility’ function for clef changes.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

forceClef (boolean)

Show clef symbol, even if it has not changed. Only active for the first clef after the property is set, not for the full staff.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Clef and ClefModifier.

Collision_engraver

Collect NoteColumns, and as soon as there are two or more, put them in a NoteCollision object.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteCollision.

Cue_clef_engraver

Determine and set reference point for pitches in cued voices.

Properties (read)

clefTransposition (integer)

Add this much extra transposition. Values of 7 and -7 are common.

cueClefGlyph (string)

Name of the symbol within the music font.

cueClefPosition (number)

Where should the center of the clef symbol go, measured in half staff spaces from the center of the staff.

cueClefTransposition (integer)

Add this much extra transposition. Values of 7 and -7 are common.

cueClefTranspositionStyle (symbol)

Determines the way the ClefModifier grob is displayed. Possible values are ‘default’, ‘parenthesized’ and ‘bracketed’.

explicitCueClefVisibility (vector)

‘break-visibility’ function for cue clef changes.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

middleCCuePosition (number)

The position of the middle C, as determined only by the clef of the cue notes. This can be calculated by looking at cueClefPosition and cueClefGlyph.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ClefModifier, CueClef and CueEndClef.

Dot_column_engraver

Engrave dots on dotted notes shifted to the right of the note. If omitted, then dots appear on top of the notes.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DotColumn.

Figured_bass_engraver

Make figured bass numbers.

Music types accepted: bass-figure-event and rest-event

Properties (read)

figuredBassAlterationDirection (direction)

Where to put alterations relative to the main figure.

figuredBassCenterContinuations (boolean)

Whether to vertically center pairs of extender lines. This does not work with three or more lines.

figuredBassFormatter (procedure)

A routine generating a markup for a bass figure.

ignoreFiguredBassRest (boolean)

Don’t swallow rest events.

implicitBassFigures (list)

A list of bass figures that are not printed as numbers, but only as extender lines.

useBassFigureExtenders (boolean)

Whether to use extender lines for repeated bass figures.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BassFigure, BassFigureAlignment, BassFigureBracket, BassFigureContinuation and BassFigureLine.

Figured_bass_position_engraver

Position figured bass alignments over notes.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BassFigureAlignmentPositioning.

Fingering_column_engraver

Find potentially colliding scripts and put them into a FingeringColumn object; that will fix the collisions.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): FingeringColumn.

Font_size_engraver

Put fontSize into font-size grob property.

Properties (read)

fontSize (number)

The relative size of all grobs in a context.

Grob_pq_engraver

Administrate when certain grobs (e.g., note heads) stop playing.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Properties (write)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Instrument_name_engraver

Create a system start text for instrument or vocal names.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

instrumentName (markup)

The name to print left of a staff. The instrumentName property labels the staff in the first system, and the shortInstrumentName property labels following lines.

shortInstrumentName (markup)

See instrumentName.

shortVocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line, short version.

vocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentName.

Ledger_line_engraver

Create the spanner to draw ledger lines, and notices objects that need ledger lines.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LedgerLineSpanner.

Merge_mmrest_numbers_engraver

Engraver to merge multi-measure rest numbers in multiple voices.

This works by gathering all multi-measure rest numbers at a time step. If they all have the same text and there are at least two only the first one is retained and the others are hidden.

Non_musical_script_column_engraver

Find potentially colliding non-musical scripts and put them into a ScriptColumn object; that will fix the collisions.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ScriptColumn.

Output_property_engraver

Apply a procedure to any grob acknowledged.

Music types accepted: apply-output-event

Piano_pedal_align_engraver

Align piano pedal symbols and brackets.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): SostenutoPedalLineSpanner, SustainPedalLineSpanner and UnaCordaPedalLineSpanner.

Piano_pedal_engraver

Engrave piano pedal symbols and brackets.

Music types accepted: sostenuto-event, sustain-event and una-corda-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

pedalSostenutoStrings (list)

See pedalSustainStrings.

pedalSostenutoStyle (symbol)

See pedalSustainStyle.

pedalSustainStrings (list)

A list of strings to print for sustain-pedal. Format is (up updown down), where each of the three is the string to print when this is done with the pedal.

pedalSustainStyle (symbol)

A symbol that indicates how to print sustain pedals: text, bracket or mixed (both).

pedalUnaCordaStrings (list)

See pedalSustainStrings.

pedalUnaCordaStyle (symbol)

See pedalSustainStyle.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): PianoPedalBracket, SostenutoPedal, SustainPedal and UnaCordaPedal.

Pure_from_neighbor_engraver

Coordinates items that get their pure heights from their neighbors.

Rest_collision_engraver

Handle collisions of rests.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): RestCollision.

Script_row_engraver

Determine order in horizontal side position elements.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ScriptRow.

Separating_line_group_engraver

Generate objects for computing spacing parameters.

Properties (read)

createSpacing (boolean)

Create StaffSpacing objects? Should be set for staves.

Properties (write)

hasStaffSpacing (boolean)

True if currentCommandColumn contains items that will affect spacing.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffSpacing.

Skip_typesetting_engraver

Create a StaffEllipsis when skipTypesetting is used.

Properties (read)

skipTypesetting (boolean)

If true, no typesetting is done, speeding up the interpretation phase. Useful for debugging large scores.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffEllipsis.

Staff_collecting_engraver

Maintain the stavesFound variable.

Properties (read)

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

Properties (write)

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

Staff_highlight_engraver

Highlights music passages.

Music types accepted: staff-highlight-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffHighlight.

Staff_symbol_engraver

Create the constellation of five (default) staff lines.

Music types accepted: staff-span-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffSymbol.

Tab_staff_symbol_engraver

Create a tablature staff symbol, but look at stringTunings for the number of lines.

Properties (read)

stringTunings (list)

The tablature strings tuning. It is a list of the pitches of each string (starting with the lowest numbered one).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffSymbol.

Time_signature_engraver

Create a TimeSignature whenever timeSignatureFraction changes.

Music types accepted: time-signature-event

Properties (read)

initialTimeSignatureVisibility (vector)

break visibility for the initial time signature.

partialBusy (boolean)

Signal that \partial acts at the current timestep.

timeSignatureFraction (fraction, as pair)

A pair of numbers, signifying the time signature. For example, '(4 . 4) is a 4/4 time signature.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TimeSignature.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < TabStaff ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.37 TabVoice

Context for drawing notes in a Tab staff.

This context also accepts commands for the following context(s): Voice.

This context creates the following layout object(s): Arpeggio, Beam, BendAfter, BendSpanner, BreathingSign, ClusterSpanner, ClusterSpannerBeacon, CombineTextScript, Dots, DoublePercentRepeat, DoublePercentRepeatCounter, DoubleRepeatSlash, DynamicLineSpanner, DynamicText, DynamicTextSpanner, FingerGlideSpanner, Flag, Glissando, Hairpin, InstrumentSwitch, LaissezVibrerTie, LaissezVibrerTieColumn, LigatureBracket, MultiMeasureRest, MultiMeasureRestNumber, MultiMeasureRestScript, MultiMeasureRestText, NoteColumn, NoteSpacing, PercentRepeat, PercentRepeatCounter, PhrasingSlur, RepeatSlash, RepeatTie, RepeatTieColumn, Rest, Script, ScriptColumn, Slur, Stem, StemStub, StemTremolo, TabNoteHead, TextScript, TextSpanner, Tie, TieColumn, TrillSpanner, TupletBracket, TupletNumber and VoiceFollower.

This is a ‘Bottom’ context; no contexts will be created implicitly from it.

This context cannot contain other contexts.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Arpeggio_engraver

Generate an Arpeggio symbol.

Music types accepted: arpeggio-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Arpeggio.

Auto_beam_engraver

Generate beams based on measure characteristics and observed Stems. Uses baseMoment, beatStructure, beamExceptions, measureLength, and measurePosition to decide when to start and stop a beam. Overriding beaming is done through Stem_engraver properties stemLeftBeamCount and stemRightBeamCount.

Music types accepted: beam-forbid-event

Properties (read)

autoBeaming (boolean)

If set to true then beams are generated automatically.

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamExceptions (list)

An alist of exceptions to autobeam rules that normally end on beats.

beamHalfMeasure (boolean)

Whether to allow a beam to begin halfway through the measure in triple time, which could look like 6/8.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Beam_engraver

Handle Beam events by engraving beams. If omitted, then notes are printed with flags instead of beams.

Music types accepted: beam-event

Properties (read)

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a beam is present.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Bend_engraver

Create fall spanners.

Music types accepted: bend-after-event

Properties (read)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BendAfter.

Bend_spanner_engraver

Engraver to print a BendSpanner.

Music types accepted: bend-span-event, note-event and string-number-event

Properties (read)

stringFretFingerList (list)

A list containg three entries. In TabVoice and FretBoards they determine the string, fret and finger to use

supportNonIntegerFret (boolean)

If set in Score the TabStaff will print micro-tones as ‘2½’

Properties (write)

stringFretFingerList (list)

A list containg three entries. In TabVoice and FretBoards they determine the string, fret and finger to use

supportNonIntegerFret (boolean)

If set in Score the TabStaff will print micro-tones as ‘2½’

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BendSpanner.

Breathing_sign_engraver

Notate breath marks.

Music types accepted: breathing-event

Properties (read)

breathMarkType (symbol)

The type of BreathingSign to create at \breathe.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BreathingSign.

Chord_tremolo_engraver

Generate beams for tremolo repeats.

Music types accepted: tremolo-span-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Cluster_spanner_engraver

Engrave a cluster using Spanner notation.

Music types accepted: cluster-note-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ClusterSpanner and ClusterSpannerBeacon.

Dots_engraver

Create Dots objects for rhythmic-head-interfaces.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Dots.

Double_percent_repeat_engraver

Make double measure repeats.

Music types accepted: double-percent-event

Properties (read)

countPercentRepeats (boolean)

If set, produce counters for percent repeats.

measureLength (moment)

Length of one measure in the current time signature.

repeatCountVisibility (procedure)

A procedure taking as arguments an integer and context, returning whether the corresponding percent repeat number should be printed when countPercentRepeats is set.

Properties (write)

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DoublePercentRepeat and DoublePercentRepeatCounter.

Dynamic_align_engraver

Align hairpins and dynamic texts on a horizontal line.

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DynamicLineSpanner.

Dynamic_engraver

Create hairpins, dynamic texts and dynamic text spanners.

Music types accepted: absolute-dynamic-event, break-dynamic-span-event and span-dynamic-event

Properties (read)

crescendoSpanner (symbol)

The type of spanner to be used for crescendi. Available values are ‘hairpin’ and ‘text’. If unset, a hairpin crescendo is used.

crescendoText (markup)

The text to print at start of non-hairpin crescendo, i.e., ‘cresc.’.

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

decrescendoSpanner (symbol)

The type of spanner to be used for decrescendi. Available values are ‘hairpin’ and ‘text’. If unset, a hairpin decrescendo is used.

decrescendoText (markup)

The text to print at start of non-hairpin decrescendo, i.e., ‘dim.’.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DynamicText, DynamicTextSpanner and Hairpin.

Finger_glide_engraver

Engraver to print a line between two Fingering grobs.

Music types accepted: note-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): FingerGlideSpanner.

Font_size_engraver

Put fontSize into font-size grob property.

Properties (read)

fontSize (number)

The relative size of all grobs in a context.

Forbid_line_break_engraver

Forbid line breaks when note heads are still playing at some point.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Properties (write)

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

Glissando_engraver

Engrave glissandi.

Music types accepted: glissando-event

Properties (read)

glissandoMap (list)

A map in the form of ’((source1 . target1) (source2 . target2) (sourcen . targetn)) showing the glissandi to be drawn for note columns. The value ’() will default to ’((0 . 0) (1 . 1) (n . n)), where n is the minimal number of note-heads in the two note columns between which the glissandi occur.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Glissando.

Grace_auto_beam_engraver

Generates one autobeam group across an entire grace phrase. As usual, any manual beaming or \noBeam will block autobeaming, just like setting the context property ‘autoBeaming’ to ##f.

Music types accepted: beam-forbid-event

Properties (read)

autoBeaming (boolean)

If set to true then beams are generated automatically.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Grace_beam_engraver

Handle Beam events by engraving beams. If omitted, then notes are printed with flags instead of beams. Only engraves beams when we are at grace points in time.

Music types accepted: beam-event

Properties (read)

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a beam is present.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Grace_engraver

Set font size and other properties for grace notes.

Properties (read)

graceSettings (list)

Overrides for grace notes. This property should be manipulated through the add-grace-property function.

Grob_pq_engraver

Administrate when certain grobs (e.g., note heads) stop playing.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Properties (write)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Instrument_switch_engraver

Create a cue text for taking instrument.

This engraver is deprecated.

Properties (read)

instrumentCueName (markup)

The name to print if another instrument is to be taken.

This property is deprecated

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentSwitch.

Laissez_vibrer_engraver

Create laissez vibrer items.

Music types accepted: laissez-vibrer-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LaissezVibrerTie and LaissezVibrerTieColumn.

Ligature_bracket_engraver

Handle Ligature_events by engraving Ligature brackets.

Music types accepted: ligature-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LigatureBracket.

Multi_measure_rest_engraver

Engrave multi-measure rests that are produced with ‘R’. It reads measureStartNow and internalBarNumber to determine what number to print over the MultiMeasureRest.

Music types accepted: multi-measure-articulation-event, multi-measure-rest-event and multi-measure-text-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

internalBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is used for internal timekeeping, among others by the Accidental_engraver.

measureStartNow (boolean)

True at the beginning of a measure.

restNumberThreshold (number)

If a multimeasure rest has more measures than this, a number is printed.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): MultiMeasureRest, MultiMeasureRestNumber, MultiMeasureRestScript and MultiMeasureRestText.

Note_head_line_engraver

Engrave a line between two note heads in a staff switch if followVoice is set.

Properties (read)

followVoice (boolean)

If set, note heads are tracked across staff switches by a thin line.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VoiceFollower.

Note_spacing_engraver

Generate NoteSpacing, an object linking horizontal lines for use in spacing.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteSpacing.

Output_property_engraver

Apply a procedure to any grob acknowledged.

Music types accepted: apply-output-event

Part_combine_engraver

Part combine engraver for orchestral scores: Print markings ‘a2’, ‘Solo’, ‘Solo II’, and ‘unisono’.

Music types accepted: note-event and part-combine-event

Properties (read)

aDueText (markup)

Text to print at a unisono passage.

partCombineTextsOnNote (boolean)

Print part-combine texts only on the next note rather than immediately on rests or skips.

printPartCombineTexts (boolean)

Set ‘Solo’ and ‘A due’ texts in the part combiner?

soloIIText (markup)

The text for the start of a solo for voice ‘two’ when part-combining.

soloText (markup)

The text for the start of a solo when part-combining.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): CombineTextScript.

Percent_repeat_engraver

Make whole measure repeats.

Music types accepted: percent-event

Properties (read)

countPercentRepeats (boolean)

If set, produce counters for percent repeats.

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

repeatCountVisibility (procedure)

A procedure taking as arguments an integer and context, returning whether the corresponding percent repeat number should be printed when countPercentRepeats is set.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): PercentRepeat and PercentRepeatCounter.

Phrasing_slur_engraver

Print phrasing slurs. Similar to Slur_engraver.

Music types accepted: note-event and phrasing-slur-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): PhrasingSlur.

Repeat_tie_engraver

Create repeat ties.

Music types accepted: repeat-tie-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): RepeatTie and RepeatTieColumn.

Rest_engraver

Engrave rests.

Music types accepted: rest-event

Properties (read)

middleCPosition (number)

The place of the middle C, measured in half staff-spaces. Usually determined by looking at middleCClefPosition and middleCOffset.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Rest.

Rhythmic_column_engraver

Generate NoteColumn, an object that groups stems, note heads, and rests.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteColumn.

Script_column_engraver

Find potentially colliding scripts and put them into a ScriptColumn object; that will fix the collisions.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ScriptColumn.

Script_engraver

Handle note scripted articulations.

Music types accepted: articulation-event

Properties (read)

scriptDefinitions (list)

The description of scripts. This is used by the Script_engraver for typesetting note-superscripts and subscripts. See ‘scm/script.scm’ for more information.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Script.

Slash_repeat_engraver

Make beat repeats.

Music types accepted: repeat-slash-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DoubleRepeatSlash and RepeatSlash.

Slur_engraver

Build slur grobs from slur events.

Music types accepted: note-event and slur-event

Properties (read)

doubleSlurs (boolean)

If set, two slurs are created for every slurred note, one above and one below the chord.

slurMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a slur is present.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Slur.

Spanner_break_forbid_engraver

Forbid breaks in certain spanners.

Stem_engraver

Create stems, flags and single-stem tremolos. It also works together with the beam engraver for overriding beaming.

Music types accepted: tremolo-event and tuplet-span-event

Properties (read)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

stemLeftBeamCount (integer)

Specify the number of beams to draw on the left side of the next note. Overrides automatic beaming. The value is only used once, and then it is erased.

stemRightBeamCount (integer)

See stemLeftBeamCount.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Flag, Stem, StemStub and StemTremolo.

Tab_note_heads_engraver

Generate one or more tablature note heads from event of type NoteEvent.

Music types accepted: fingering-event, note-event and string-number-event

Properties (read)

defaultStrings (list)

A list of strings to use in calculating frets for tablatures and fretboards if no strings are provided in the notes for the current moment.

fretLabels (list)

A list of strings or Scheme-formatted markups containing, in the correct order, the labels to be used for lettered frets in tablature.

highStringOne (boolean)

Whether the first string is the string with highest pitch on the instrument. This used by the automatic string selector for tablature notation.

maximumFretStretch (number)

Don’t allocate frets further than this from specified frets.

middleCPosition (number)

The place of the middle C, measured in half staff-spaces. Usually determined by looking at middleCClefPosition and middleCOffset.

minimumFret (number)

The tablature auto string-selecting mechanism selects the highest string with a fret at least minimumFret.

noteToFretFunction (procedure)

Convert list of notes and list of defined strings to full list of strings and fret numbers. Parameters: The context, a list of note events, a list of tabstring events, and the fretboard grob if a fretboard is desired.

stringOneTopmost (boolean)

Whether the first string is printed on the top line of the tablature.

stringTunings (list)

The tablature strings tuning. It is a list of the pitches of each string (starting with the lowest numbered one).

tablatureFormat (procedure)

A function formatting a tablature note head. Called with three arguments: context, string number and, fret number. It returns the text as a markup.

tabStaffLineLayoutFunction (procedure)

A function determining the staff position of a tablature note head. Called with two arguments: the context and the string.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TabNoteHead.

Tab_tie_follow_engraver

Adjust TabNoteHead properties when a tie is followed by a slur or glissando.

Text_engraver

Create text scripts.

Music types accepted: text-script-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TextScript.

Text_spanner_engraver

Create text spanner from an event.

Music types accepted: text-span-event

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TextSpanner.

Tie_engraver

Generate ties between note heads of equal pitch.

Music types accepted: tie-event

Properties (read)

skipTypesetting (boolean)

If true, no typesetting is done, speeding up the interpretation phase. Useful for debugging large scores.

tieWaitForNote (boolean)

If true, tied notes do not have to follow each other directly. This can be used for writing out arpeggios.

Properties (write)

tieMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal whether a tie is present.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Tie and TieColumn.

Trill_spanner_engraver

Create trill spanners.

Music types accepted: trill-span-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TrillSpanner.

Tuplet_engraver

Catch tuplet events and generate appropriate bracket.

Music types accepted: tuplet-span-event

Properties (read)

tupletFullLength (boolean)

If set, the tuplet is printed up to the start of the next note.

tupletFullLengthNote (boolean)

If set, end at the next note, otherwise end on the matter (time signatures, etc.) before the note.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TupletBracket and TupletNumber.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < TabVoice ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.38 VaticanaLyrics

Same as Lyrics context, except that it provides a hyphenation style (a single, flush-left hyphen between two syllables) as used in the notational style of Editio Vaticana.

This context also accepts commands for the following context(s): Lyrics.

This context creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentName, LyricExtender, LyricHyphen, LyricSpace, LyricText, StanzaNumber, VerticalAxisGroup and VowelTransition.

This context sets the following properties:

This is a ‘Bottom’ context; no contexts will be created implicitly from it.

This context cannot contain other contexts.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Axis_group_engraver

Group all objects created in this context in a VerticalAxisGroup spanner.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

keepAliveInterfaces (list)

A list of symbols, signifying grob interfaces that are worth keeping a staff with remove-empty set around for.

Properties (write)

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VerticalAxisGroup.

Extender_engraver

Create lyric extenders.

Music types accepted: completize-extender-event and extender-event

Properties (read)

extendersOverRests (boolean)

Whether to continue extenders as they cross a rest.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LyricExtender.

Font_size_engraver

Put fontSize into font-size grob property.

Properties (read)

fontSize (number)

The relative size of all grobs in a context.

Hyphen_engraver

Create lyric hyphens, vowel transitions and distance constraints between words.

Music types accepted: hyphen-event and vowel-transition-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LyricHyphen, LyricSpace and VowelTransition.

Instrument_name_engraver

Create a system start text for instrument or vocal names.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

instrumentName (markup)

The name to print left of a staff. The instrumentName property labels the staff in the first system, and the shortInstrumentName property labels following lines.

shortInstrumentName (markup)

See instrumentName.

shortVocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line, short version.

vocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentName.

Lyric_engraver

Engrave text for lyrics.

Music types accepted: lyric-event

Properties (read)

ignoreMelismata (boolean)

Ignore melismata for this Lyrics line.

lyricMelismaAlignment (number)

Alignment to use for a melisma syllable.

searchForVoice (boolean)

Signal whether a search should be made of all contexts in the context hierarchy for a voice to provide rhythms for the lyrics.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LyricText.

Pure_from_neighbor_engraver

Coordinates items that get their pure heights from their neighbors.

Stanza_number_engraver

Engrave stanza numbers.

Properties (read)

stanza (markup)

Stanza ‘number’ to print before the start of a verse. Use in Lyrics context.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StanzaNumber.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < VaticanaLyrics ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.39 VaticanaStaff

Configure division commands such as \section to create Divisio grobs rather than BarLine grobs. This does not affect measure bar lines or the properties of the grobs themselves.

This context also accepts commands for the following context(s): Staff.

This context creates the following layout object(s): Accidental, AccidentalCautionary, AccidentalPlacement, AccidentalSuggestion, BarLine, BassFigure, BassFigureAlignment, BassFigureAlignmentPositioning, BassFigureBracket, BassFigureContinuation, BassFigureLine, Clef, ClefModifier, CueClef, CueEndClef, Custos, Divisio, DotColumn, FingeringColumn, InstrumentName, KeyCancellation, KeySignature, LedgerLineSpanner, NoteCollision, OttavaBracket, PianoPedalBracket, RestCollision, ScriptColumn, ScriptRow, SostenutoPedal, SostenutoPedalLineSpanner, StaffEllipsis, StaffHighlight, StaffSpacing, StaffSymbol, SustainPedal, SustainPedalLineSpanner, UnaCordaPedal, UnaCordaPedalLineSpanner and VerticalAxisGroup.

This context sets the following properties:

This is not a ‘Bottom’ context; search for such a one will commence after creating an implicit context of type VaticanaVoice.

Context VaticanaStaff can contain CueVoice, NullVoice and VaticanaVoice.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Accidental_engraver

Make accidentals. Catch note heads, ties and notices key-change events. This engraver usually lives at Staff level, but reads the settings for Accidental at Voice level, so you can \override them at Voice.

Properties (read)

accidentalGrouping (symbol)

If set to 'voice, accidentals on the same note in different octaves may be horizontally staggered if in different voices.

autoAccidentals (list)

List of different ways to typeset an accidental.

For determining when to print an accidental, several different rules are tried. The rule that gives the highest number of accidentals is used.

Each entry in the list is either a symbol or a procedure.

symbol

The symbol is the name of the context in which the following rules are to be applied. For example, if context is Score then all staves share accidentals, and if context is Staff then all voices in the same staff share accidentals, but staves do not.

procedure

The procedure represents an accidental rule to be applied to the previously specified context.

The procedure takes the following arguments:

context

The current context to which the rule should be applied.

pitch

The pitch of the note to be evaluated.

barnum

The current bar number.

The procedure returns a pair of booleans. The first states whether an extra natural should be added. The second states whether an accidental should be printed. (#t . #f) does not make sense.

autoCautionaries (list)

List similar to autoAccidentals, but it controls cautionary accidentals rather than normal ones. Both lists are tried, and the one giving the most accidentals wins. In case of draw, a normal accidental is typeset.

extraNatural (boolean)

Whether to typeset an extra natural sign before accidentals that reduce the effect of a previous alteration.

harmonicAccidentals (boolean)

If set, harmonic notes in chords get accidentals.

internalBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is used for internal timekeeping, among others by the Accidental_engraver.

keyAlterations (list)

The current key signature. This is an alist containing (step . alter) or ((octave . step) . alter), where step is a number in the range 0 to 6 and alter a fraction, denoting alteration. For alterations, use symbols, e.g., keyAlterations = #`((6 . ,FLAT)).

localAlterations (list)

The key signature at this point in the measure. The format is the same as for keyAlterations, but can also contain ((octave . name) . (alter barnumber . measureposition)) pairs.

Properties (write)

localAlterations (list)

The key signature at this point in the measure. The format is the same as for keyAlterations, but can also contain ((octave . name) . (alter barnumber . measureposition)) pairs.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Accidental, AccidentalCautionary, AccidentalPlacement and AccidentalSuggestion.

Alteration_glyph_engraver

Set the glyph-name-alist of all grobs having the accidental-switch-interface to the value of the context’s alterationGlyphs property, when defined.

Properties (read)

alterationGlyphs (list)

Alist mapping alterations to accidental glyphs. Alterations are given as exact numbers, e.g., -1/2 for flat. This applies to all grobs that can print accidentals.

Axis_group_engraver

Group all objects created in this context in a VerticalAxisGroup spanner.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

keepAliveInterfaces (list)

A list of symbols, signifying grob interfaces that are worth keeping a staff with remove-empty set around for.

Properties (write)

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VerticalAxisGroup.

Bar_engraver

Create bar lines for various commands, including \\bar.

If forbidBreakBetweenBarLines is true, allow line breaks at bar lines only.

Music types accepted: ad-hoc-jump-event, caesura-event, coda-mark-event, dal-segno-event, fine-event, section-event, segno-mark-event and volta-span-event

Properties (read)

caesuraType (list)

An alist 

((bar-line . bar-type)
 (breath . breath-type)
 (scripts . script-type…)
 (underlying-bar-line . bar-type))

specifying which breath mark, bar line, and scripts to create at \caesura. All entries are optional.

bar-line has higher priority than a measure bar line and underlying-bar-line has lower priority than a measure bar line.

caesuraTypeTransform (procedure)

An engraver callback taking three arguments and returning an alist of the same kind as caesuraType.

The first argument is the context.

The second argument is the value of caesuraType with an additional entry (articulations . symbol-list) identifying the articulations attached to the caesura in the music. If the transform function returns this second argument unmodified, it is as if no transform function were set; the function is free to return a different value. The transform function can remove articulations, but any added articulations are ignored.

The third argument is a symbol-list identifying certain things the engraver has observed. bar-line indicates that the engraver has observed a BarLine at the current moment.

doubleRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where the end of one \repeat volta coincides with the start of another. The default is ‘:..:’.

doubleRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the end of one \repeat volta and the beginning of another. The default is ‘:|.S.|:’.

endRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at the end of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘:|.’.

endRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the end of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘:|.S’.

fineBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at \fine. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘|.’.

fineSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with \fine. The default is ‘|.S’.

fineStartRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with \fine and the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘|.S.|:’.

forbidBreakBetweenBarLines (boolean)

If set to true, Bar_engraver forbids line breaks where there is no bar line.

measureBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at a measure boundary.

repeatCommands (list)

A list of commands related to volta-style repeats. In general, each element is a list, '(command args…), but a command with no arguments may be abbreviated to a symbol; e.g., '((start-repeat)) may be given as '(start-repeat).

end-repeat

End a repeated section.

start-repeat

Start a repeated section.

volta text

If text is markup, start a volta bracket with that label; if text is #f, end a volta bracket.

sectionBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at \section. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘||’.

segnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at an in-staff segno. The default is ‘S’.

segnoStyle (symbol)

A symbol that indicates how to print a segno: bar-line or mark.

startRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘.|:’.

startRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘S.|:’.

underlyingRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at points of repetition or departure where no bar line would normally appear, for example at the end of a system broken in mid measure where the next system begins with a segno. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘||’.

whichBar (string)

The current bar line type, or '() if there is no bar line. Setting this explicitly in user code is deprecated. Use \bar or related commands to set it.

Properties (write)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BarLine.

Clef_engraver

Determine and set reference point for pitches.

Properties (read)

clefGlyph (string)

Name of the symbol within the music font.

clefPosition (number)

Where should the center of the clef symbol go, measured in half staff spaces from the center of the staff.

clefTransposition (integer)

Add this much extra transposition. Values of 7 and -7 are common.

clefTranspositionStyle (symbol)

Determines the way the ClefModifier grob is displayed. Possible values are ‘default’, ‘parenthesized’ and ‘bracketed’.

explicitClefVisibility (vector)

‘break-visibility’ function for clef changes.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

forceClef (boolean)

Show clef symbol, even if it has not changed. Only active for the first clef after the property is set, not for the full staff.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Clef and ClefModifier.

Collision_engraver

Collect NoteColumns, and as soon as there are two or more, put them in a NoteCollision object.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteCollision.

Cue_clef_engraver

Determine and set reference point for pitches in cued voices.

Properties (read)

clefTransposition (integer)

Add this much extra transposition. Values of 7 and -7 are common.

cueClefGlyph (string)

Name of the symbol within the music font.

cueClefPosition (number)

Where should the center of the clef symbol go, measured in half staff spaces from the center of the staff.

cueClefTransposition (integer)

Add this much extra transposition. Values of 7 and -7 are common.

cueClefTranspositionStyle (symbol)

Determines the way the ClefModifier grob is displayed. Possible values are ‘default’, ‘parenthesized’ and ‘bracketed’.

explicitCueClefVisibility (vector)

‘break-visibility’ function for cue clef changes.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

middleCCuePosition (number)

The position of the middle C, as determined only by the clef of the cue notes. This can be calculated by looking at cueClefPosition and cueClefGlyph.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ClefModifier, CueClef and CueEndClef.

Custos_engraver

Engrave custodes.

Properties (read)

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Custos.

Divisio_engraver

Create divisiones: chant notation for points of breathing or caesura.

Music types accepted: caesura-event, fine-event, section-event, volta-repeat-end-event and volta-repeat-start-event

Properties (read)

caesuraType (list)

An alist 

((bar-line . bar-type)
 (breath . breath-type)
 (scripts . script-type…)
 (underlying-bar-line . bar-type))

specifying which breath mark, bar line, and scripts to create at \caesura. All entries are optional.

bar-line has higher priority than a measure bar line and underlying-bar-line has lower priority than a measure bar line.

caesuraTypeTransform (procedure)

An engraver callback taking three arguments and returning an alist of the same kind as caesuraType.

The first argument is the context.

The second argument is the value of caesuraType with an additional entry (articulations . symbol-list) identifying the articulations attached to the caesura in the music. If the transform function returns this second argument unmodified, it is as if no transform function were set; the function is free to return a different value. The transform function can remove articulations, but any added articulations are ignored.

The third argument is a symbol-list identifying certain things the engraver has observed. bar-line indicates that the engraver has observed a BarLine at the current moment.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Divisio.

Dot_column_engraver

Engrave dots on dotted notes shifted to the right of the note. If omitted, then dots appear on top of the notes.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DotColumn.

Figured_bass_engraver

Make figured bass numbers.

Music types accepted: bass-figure-event and rest-event

Properties (read)

figuredBassAlterationDirection (direction)

Where to put alterations relative to the main figure.

figuredBassCenterContinuations (boolean)

Whether to vertically center pairs of extender lines. This does not work with three or more lines.

figuredBassFormatter (procedure)

A routine generating a markup for a bass figure.

ignoreFiguredBassRest (boolean)

Don’t swallow rest events.

implicitBassFigures (list)

A list of bass figures that are not printed as numbers, but only as extender lines.

useBassFigureExtenders (boolean)

Whether to use extender lines for repeated bass figures.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BassFigure, BassFigureAlignment, BassFigureBracket, BassFigureContinuation and BassFigureLine.

Figured_bass_position_engraver

Position figured bass alignments over notes.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BassFigureAlignmentPositioning.

Fingering_column_engraver

Find potentially colliding scripts and put them into a FingeringColumn object; that will fix the collisions.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): FingeringColumn.

Font_size_engraver

Put fontSize into font-size grob property.

Properties (read)

fontSize (number)

The relative size of all grobs in a context.

Grob_pq_engraver

Administrate when certain grobs (e.g., note heads) stop playing.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Properties (write)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Instrument_name_engraver

Create a system start text for instrument or vocal names.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

instrumentName (markup)

The name to print left of a staff. The instrumentName property labels the staff in the first system, and the shortInstrumentName property labels following lines.

shortInstrumentName (markup)

See instrumentName.

shortVocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line, short version.

vocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentName.

Key_engraver

Engrave a key signature.

Music types accepted: key-change-event

Properties (read)

createKeyOnClefChange (boolean)

Print a key signature whenever the clef is changed.

explicitKeySignatureVisibility (vector)

‘break-visibility’ function for explicit key changes. ‘\override’ of the break-visibility property will set the visibility for normal (i.e., at the start of the line) key signatures.

extraNatural (boolean)

Whether to typeset an extra natural sign before accidentals that reduce the effect of a previous alteration.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

keyAlterationOrder (list)

A list of pairs that defines in what order alterations should be printed. The format of an entry is (step . alter), where step is a number from 0 to 6 and alter from -1 (double flat) to 1 (double sharp), with exact rationals for alterations in between, e.g., 1/2 for sharp.

keyAlterations (list)

The current key signature. This is an alist containing (step . alter) or ((octave . step) . alter), where step is a number in the range 0 to 6 and alter a fraction, denoting alteration. For alterations, use symbols, e.g., keyAlterations = #`((6 . ,FLAT)).

lastKeyAlterations (list)

Last key signature before a key signature change.

middleCClefPosition (number)

The position of the middle C, as determined only by the clef. This can be calculated by looking at clefPosition and clefGlyph.

printKeyCancellation (boolean)

Print restoration alterations before a key signature change.

Properties (write)

keyAlterations (list)

The current key signature. This is an alist containing (step . alter) or ((octave . step) . alter), where step is a number in the range 0 to 6 and alter a fraction, denoting alteration. For alterations, use symbols, e.g., keyAlterations = #`((6 . ,FLAT)).

lastKeyAlterations (list)

Last key signature before a key signature change.

tonic (pitch)

The tonic of the current scale.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): KeyCancellation and KeySignature.

Ledger_line_engraver

Create the spanner to draw ledger lines, and notices objects that need ledger lines.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LedgerLineSpanner.

Merge_mmrest_numbers_engraver

Engraver to merge multi-measure rest numbers in multiple voices.

This works by gathering all multi-measure rest numbers at a time step. If they all have the same text and there are at least two only the first one is retained and the others are hidden.

Non_musical_script_column_engraver

Find potentially colliding non-musical scripts and put them into a ScriptColumn object; that will fix the collisions.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ScriptColumn.

Ottava_spanner_engraver

Create a text spanner when the ottavation property changes.

Music types accepted: ottava-event

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

middleCOffset (number)

The offset of middle C from the position given by middleCClefPosition This is used for ottava brackets.

ottavation (markup)

If set, the text for an ottava spanner. Changing this creates a new text spanner.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): OttavaBracket.

Output_property_engraver

Apply a procedure to any grob acknowledged.

Music types accepted: apply-output-event

Piano_pedal_align_engraver

Align piano pedal symbols and brackets.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): SostenutoPedalLineSpanner, SustainPedalLineSpanner and UnaCordaPedalLineSpanner.

Piano_pedal_engraver

Engrave piano pedal symbols and brackets.

Music types accepted: sostenuto-event, sustain-event and una-corda-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

pedalSostenutoStrings (list)

See pedalSustainStrings.

pedalSostenutoStyle (symbol)

See pedalSustainStyle.

pedalSustainStrings (list)

A list of strings to print for sustain-pedal. Format is (up updown down), where each of the three is the string to print when this is done with the pedal.

pedalSustainStyle (symbol)

A symbol that indicates how to print sustain pedals: text, bracket or mixed (both).

pedalUnaCordaStrings (list)

See pedalSustainStrings.

pedalUnaCordaStyle (symbol)

See pedalSustainStyle.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): PianoPedalBracket, SostenutoPedal, SustainPedal and UnaCordaPedal.

Pure_from_neighbor_engraver

Coordinates items that get their pure heights from their neighbors.

Rest_collision_engraver

Handle collisions of rests.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): RestCollision.

Script_row_engraver

Determine order in horizontal side position elements.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ScriptRow.

Separating_line_group_engraver

Generate objects for computing spacing parameters.

Properties (read)

createSpacing (boolean)

Create StaffSpacing objects? Should be set for staves.

Properties (write)

hasStaffSpacing (boolean)

True if currentCommandColumn contains items that will affect spacing.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffSpacing.

Skip_typesetting_engraver

Create a StaffEllipsis when skipTypesetting is used.

Properties (read)

skipTypesetting (boolean)

If true, no typesetting is done, speeding up the interpretation phase. Useful for debugging large scores.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffEllipsis.

Staff_collecting_engraver

Maintain the stavesFound variable.

Properties (read)

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

Properties (write)

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

Staff_highlight_engraver

Highlights music passages.

Music types accepted: staff-highlight-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffHighlight.

Staff_symbol_engraver

Create the constellation of five (default) staff lines.

Music types accepted: staff-span-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffSymbol.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < VaticanaStaff ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.40 VaticanaVoice

Same as Voice context, except that it is accommodated for typesetting Gregorian Chant in the notational style of Editio Vaticana.

This context also accepts commands for the following context(s): Voice.

This context creates the following layout object(s): Arpeggio, Beam, BendAfter, BreathingSign, ClusterSpanner, ClusterSpannerBeacon, CombineTextScript, DotColumn, Dots, DoublePercentRepeat, DoublePercentRepeatCounter, DoubleRepeatSlash, DynamicLineSpanner, DynamicText, DynamicTextSpanner, Episema, FingerGlideSpanner, Fingering, Glissando, Hairpin, InstrumentSwitch, LaissezVibrerTie, LaissezVibrerTieColumn, MultiMeasureRest, MultiMeasureRestNumber, MultiMeasureRestScript, MultiMeasureRestText, NoteColumn, NoteHead, NoteSpacing, PercentRepeat, PercentRepeatCounter, PhrasingSlur, RepeatSlash, RepeatTie, RepeatTieColumn, Rest, Script, ScriptColumn, StringNumber, StrokeFinger, TextScript, Tie, TieColumn, TrillPitchAccidental, TrillPitchGroup, TrillPitchHead, TrillPitchParentheses, TrillSpanner, TupletBracket, TupletNumber, VaticanaLigature and VoiceFollower.

This context sets the following properties:

This is a ‘Bottom’ context; no contexts will be created implicitly from it.

This context cannot contain other contexts.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Arpeggio_engraver

Generate an Arpeggio symbol.

Music types accepted: arpeggio-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Arpeggio.

Auto_beam_engraver

Generate beams based on measure characteristics and observed Stems. Uses baseMoment, beatStructure, beamExceptions, measureLength, and measurePosition to decide when to start and stop a beam. Overriding beaming is done through Stem_engraver properties stemLeftBeamCount and stemRightBeamCount.

Music types accepted: beam-forbid-event

Properties (read)

autoBeaming (boolean)

If set to true then beams are generated automatically.

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamExceptions (list)

An alist of exceptions to autobeam rules that normally end on beats.

beamHalfMeasure (boolean)

Whether to allow a beam to begin halfway through the measure in triple time, which could look like 6/8.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Beam_engraver

Handle Beam events by engraving beams. If omitted, then notes are printed with flags instead of beams.

Music types accepted: beam-event

Properties (read)

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a beam is present.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Bend_engraver

Create fall spanners.

Music types accepted: bend-after-event

Properties (read)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BendAfter.

Breathing_sign_engraver

Notate breath marks.

Music types accepted: breathing-event

Properties (read)

breathMarkType (symbol)

The type of BreathingSign to create at \breathe.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BreathingSign.

Chord_tremolo_engraver

Generate beams for tremolo repeats.

Music types accepted: tremolo-span-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Cluster_spanner_engraver

Engrave a cluster using Spanner notation.

Music types accepted: cluster-note-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ClusterSpanner and ClusterSpannerBeacon.

Dots_engraver

Create Dots objects for rhythmic-head-interfaces.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Dots.

Double_percent_repeat_engraver

Make double measure repeats.

Music types accepted: double-percent-event

Properties (read)

countPercentRepeats (boolean)

If set, produce counters for percent repeats.

measureLength (moment)

Length of one measure in the current time signature.

repeatCountVisibility (procedure)

A procedure taking as arguments an integer and context, returning whether the corresponding percent repeat number should be printed when countPercentRepeats is set.

Properties (write)

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DoublePercentRepeat and DoublePercentRepeatCounter.

Dynamic_align_engraver

Align hairpins and dynamic texts on a horizontal line.

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DynamicLineSpanner.

Dynamic_engraver

Create hairpins, dynamic texts and dynamic text spanners.

Music types accepted: absolute-dynamic-event, break-dynamic-span-event and span-dynamic-event

Properties (read)

crescendoSpanner (symbol)

The type of spanner to be used for crescendi. Available values are ‘hairpin’ and ‘text’. If unset, a hairpin crescendo is used.

crescendoText (markup)

The text to print at start of non-hairpin crescendo, i.e., ‘cresc.’.

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

decrescendoSpanner (symbol)

The type of spanner to be used for decrescendi. Available values are ‘hairpin’ and ‘text’. If unset, a hairpin decrescendo is used.

decrescendoText (markup)

The text to print at start of non-hairpin decrescendo, i.e., ‘dim.’.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DynamicText, DynamicTextSpanner and Hairpin.

Episema_engraver

Create an Editio Vaticana-style episema line.

Music types accepted: episema-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Episema.

Finger_glide_engraver

Engraver to print a line between two Fingering grobs.

Music types accepted: note-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): FingerGlideSpanner.

Fingering_engraver

Create fingering scripts.

Music types accepted: fingering-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Fingering.

Font_size_engraver

Put fontSize into font-size grob property.

Properties (read)

fontSize (number)

The relative size of all grobs in a context.

Forbid_line_break_engraver

Forbid line breaks when note heads are still playing at some point.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Properties (write)

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

Glissando_engraver

Engrave glissandi.

Music types accepted: glissando-event

Properties (read)

glissandoMap (list)

A map in the form of ’((source1 . target1) (source2 . target2) (sourcen . targetn)) showing the glissandi to be drawn for note columns. The value ’() will default to ’((0 . 0) (1 . 1) (n . n)), where n is the minimal number of note-heads in the two note columns between which the glissandi occur.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Glissando.

Grace_auto_beam_engraver

Generates one autobeam group across an entire grace phrase. As usual, any manual beaming or \noBeam will block autobeaming, just like setting the context property ‘autoBeaming’ to ##f.

Music types accepted: beam-forbid-event

Properties (read)

autoBeaming (boolean)

If set to true then beams are generated automatically.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Grace_beam_engraver

Handle Beam events by engraving beams. If omitted, then notes are printed with flags instead of beams. Only engraves beams when we are at grace points in time.

Music types accepted: beam-event

Properties (read)

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a beam is present.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Grace_engraver

Set font size and other properties for grace notes.

Properties (read)

graceSettings (list)

Overrides for grace notes. This property should be manipulated through the add-grace-property function.

Grob_pq_engraver

Administrate when certain grobs (e.g., note heads) stop playing.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Properties (write)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Instrument_switch_engraver

Create a cue text for taking instrument.

This engraver is deprecated.

Properties (read)

instrumentCueName (markup)

The name to print if another instrument is to be taken.

This property is deprecated

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentSwitch.

Laissez_vibrer_engraver

Create laissez vibrer items.

Music types accepted: laissez-vibrer-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LaissezVibrerTie and LaissezVibrerTieColumn.

Multi_measure_rest_engraver

Engrave multi-measure rests that are produced with ‘R’. It reads measureStartNow and internalBarNumber to determine what number to print over the MultiMeasureRest.

Music types accepted: multi-measure-articulation-event, multi-measure-rest-event and multi-measure-text-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

internalBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is used for internal timekeeping, among others by the Accidental_engraver.

measureStartNow (boolean)

True at the beginning of a measure.

restNumberThreshold (number)

If a multimeasure rest has more measures than this, a number is printed.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): MultiMeasureRest, MultiMeasureRestNumber, MultiMeasureRestScript and MultiMeasureRestText.

New_fingering_engraver

Create fingering scripts for notes in a new chord. This engraver is ill-named, since it also takes care of articulations and harmonic note heads.

Properties (read)

fingeringOrientations (list)

A list of symbols, containing ‘left’, ‘right’, ‘up’ and/or ‘down’. This list determines where fingerings are put relative to the chord being fingered.

harmonicDots (boolean)

If set, harmonic notes in dotted chords get dots.

stringNumberOrientations (list)

See fingeringOrientations.

strokeFingerOrientations (list)

See fingeringOrientations.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Fingering, Script, StringNumber and StrokeFinger.

Note_head_line_engraver

Engrave a line between two note heads in a staff switch if followVoice is set.

Properties (read)

followVoice (boolean)

If set, note heads are tracked across staff switches by a thin line.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VoiceFollower.

Note_heads_engraver

Generate note heads.

Music types accepted: note-event

Properties (read)

middleCPosition (number)

The place of the middle C, measured in half staff-spaces. Usually determined by looking at middleCClefPosition and middleCOffset.

staffLineLayoutFunction (procedure)

Layout of staff lines, traditional, or semitone.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteHead.

Note_spacing_engraver

Generate NoteSpacing, an object linking horizontal lines for use in spacing.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteSpacing.

Output_property_engraver

Apply a procedure to any grob acknowledged.

Music types accepted: apply-output-event

Part_combine_engraver

Part combine engraver for orchestral scores: Print markings ‘a2’, ‘Solo’, ‘Solo II’, and ‘unisono’.

Music types accepted: note-event and part-combine-event

Properties (read)

aDueText (markup)

Text to print at a unisono passage.

partCombineTextsOnNote (boolean)

Print part-combine texts only on the next note rather than immediately on rests or skips.

printPartCombineTexts (boolean)

Set ‘Solo’ and ‘A due’ texts in the part combiner?

soloIIText (markup)

The text for the start of a solo for voice ‘two’ when part-combining.

soloText (markup)

The text for the start of a solo when part-combining.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): CombineTextScript.

Percent_repeat_engraver

Make whole measure repeats.

Music types accepted: percent-event

Properties (read)

countPercentRepeats (boolean)

If set, produce counters for percent repeats.

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

repeatCountVisibility (procedure)

A procedure taking as arguments an integer and context, returning whether the corresponding percent repeat number should be printed when countPercentRepeats is set.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): PercentRepeat and PercentRepeatCounter.

Phrasing_slur_engraver

Print phrasing slurs. Similar to Slur_engraver.

Music types accepted: note-event and phrasing-slur-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): PhrasingSlur.

Pitched_trill_engraver

Print the bracketed note head after a note head with trill.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TrillPitchAccidental, TrillPitchGroup, TrillPitchHead and TrillPitchParentheses.

Repeat_tie_engraver

Create repeat ties.

Music types accepted: repeat-tie-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): RepeatTie and RepeatTieColumn.

Rest_engraver

Engrave rests.

Music types accepted: rest-event

Properties (read)

middleCPosition (number)

The place of the middle C, measured in half staff-spaces. Usually determined by looking at middleCClefPosition and middleCOffset.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Rest.

Rhythmic_column_engraver

Generate NoteColumn, an object that groups stems, note heads, and rests.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteColumn.

Script_column_engraver

Find potentially colliding scripts and put them into a ScriptColumn object; that will fix the collisions.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ScriptColumn.

Script_engraver

Handle note scripted articulations.

Music types accepted: articulation-event

Properties (read)

scriptDefinitions (list)

The description of scripts. This is used by the Script_engraver for typesetting note-superscripts and subscripts. See ‘scm/script.scm’ for more information.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Script.

Slash_repeat_engraver

Make beat repeats.

Music types accepted: repeat-slash-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DoubleRepeatSlash and RepeatSlash.

Spanner_break_forbid_engraver

Forbid breaks in certain spanners.

Text_engraver

Create text scripts.

Music types accepted: text-script-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TextScript.

Tie_engraver

Generate ties between note heads of equal pitch.

Music types accepted: tie-event

Properties (read)

skipTypesetting (boolean)

If true, no typesetting is done, speeding up the interpretation phase. Useful for debugging large scores.

tieWaitForNote (boolean)

If true, tied notes do not have to follow each other directly. This can be used for writing out arpeggios.

Properties (write)

tieMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal whether a tie is present.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Tie and TieColumn.

Trill_spanner_engraver

Create trill spanners.

Music types accepted: trill-span-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TrillSpanner.

Tuplet_engraver

Catch tuplet events and generate appropriate bracket.

Music types accepted: tuplet-span-event

Properties (read)

tupletFullLength (boolean)

If set, the tuplet is printed up to the start of the next note.

tupletFullLengthNote (boolean)

If set, end at the next note, otherwise end on the matter (time signatures, etc.) before the note.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TupletBracket and TupletNumber.

Vaticana_ligature_engraver

Handle ligatures by glueing special ligature heads together.

Music types accepted: ligature-event and pes-or-flexa-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DotColumn and VaticanaLigature.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < VaticanaVoice ][ Up : Contexts ][]

2.1.41 Voice

Corresponds to a voice on a staff. This context handles the conversion of dynamic signs, stems, beams, super- and subscripts, slurs, ties, and rests.

You have to instantiate this explicitly if you want to have multiple voices on the same staff.

This context creates the following layout object(s): Arpeggio, Beam, BendAfter, BreathingSign, ClusterSpanner, ClusterSpannerBeacon, CombineTextScript, Dots, DoublePercentRepeat, DoublePercentRepeatCounter, DoubleRepeatSlash, DynamicLineSpanner, DynamicText, DynamicTextSpanner, FingerGlideSpanner, Fingering, Flag, Glissando, Hairpin, InstrumentSwitch, LaissezVibrerTie, LaissezVibrerTieColumn, LigatureBracket, MultiMeasureRest, MultiMeasureRestNumber, MultiMeasureRestScript, MultiMeasureRestText, NoteColumn, NoteHead, NoteSpacing, PercentRepeat, PercentRepeatCounter, PhrasingSlur, RepeatSlash, RepeatTie, RepeatTieColumn, Rest, Script, ScriptColumn, Slur, Stem, StemStub, StemTremolo, StringNumber, StrokeFinger, TextScript, TextSpanner, Tie, TieColumn, TrillPitchAccidental, TrillPitchGroup, TrillPitchHead, TrillPitchParentheses, TrillSpanner, TupletBracket, TupletNumber and VoiceFollower.

This is a ‘Bottom’ context; no contexts will be created implicitly from it.

This context cannot contain other contexts.

This context is built from the following engraver(s):

Arpeggio_engraver

Generate an Arpeggio symbol.

Music types accepted: arpeggio-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Arpeggio.

Auto_beam_engraver

Generate beams based on measure characteristics and observed Stems. Uses baseMoment, beatStructure, beamExceptions, measureLength, and measurePosition to decide when to start and stop a beam. Overriding beaming is done through Stem_engraver properties stemLeftBeamCount and stemRightBeamCount.

Music types accepted: beam-forbid-event

Properties (read)

autoBeaming (boolean)

If set to true then beams are generated automatically.

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamExceptions (list)

An alist of exceptions to autobeam rules that normally end on beats.

beamHalfMeasure (boolean)

Whether to allow a beam to begin halfway through the measure in triple time, which could look like 6/8.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Beam_engraver

Handle Beam events by engraving beams. If omitted, then notes are printed with flags instead of beams.

Music types accepted: beam-event

Properties (read)

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a beam is present.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Bend_engraver

Create fall spanners.

Music types accepted: bend-after-event

Properties (read)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BendAfter.

Breathing_sign_engraver

Notate breath marks.

Music types accepted: breathing-event

Properties (read)

breathMarkType (symbol)

The type of BreathingSign to create at \breathe.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BreathingSign.

Chord_tremolo_engraver

Generate beams for tremolo repeats.

Music types accepted: tremolo-span-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Cluster_spanner_engraver

Engrave a cluster using Spanner notation.

Music types accepted: cluster-note-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ClusterSpanner and ClusterSpannerBeacon.

Dots_engraver

Create Dots objects for rhythmic-head-interfaces.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Dots.

Double_percent_repeat_engraver

Make double measure repeats.

Music types accepted: double-percent-event

Properties (read)

countPercentRepeats (boolean)

If set, produce counters for percent repeats.

measureLength (moment)

Length of one measure in the current time signature.

repeatCountVisibility (procedure)

A procedure taking as arguments an integer and context, returning whether the corresponding percent repeat number should be printed when countPercentRepeats is set.

Properties (write)

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DoublePercentRepeat and DoublePercentRepeatCounter.

Dynamic_align_engraver

Align hairpins and dynamic texts on a horizontal line.

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DynamicLineSpanner.

Dynamic_engraver

Create hairpins, dynamic texts and dynamic text spanners.

Music types accepted: absolute-dynamic-event, break-dynamic-span-event and span-dynamic-event

Properties (read)

crescendoSpanner (symbol)

The type of spanner to be used for crescendi. Available values are ‘hairpin’ and ‘text’. If unset, a hairpin crescendo is used.

crescendoText (markup)

The text to print at start of non-hairpin crescendo, i.e., ‘cresc.’.

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

decrescendoSpanner (symbol)

The type of spanner to be used for decrescendi. Available values are ‘hairpin’ and ‘text’. If unset, a hairpin decrescendo is used.

decrescendoText (markup)

The text to print at start of non-hairpin decrescendo, i.e., ‘dim.’.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DynamicText, DynamicTextSpanner and Hairpin.

Finger_glide_engraver

Engraver to print a line between two Fingering grobs.

Music types accepted: note-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): FingerGlideSpanner.

Fingering_engraver

Create fingering scripts.

Music types accepted: fingering-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Fingering.

Font_size_engraver

Put fontSize into font-size grob property.

Properties (read)

fontSize (number)

The relative size of all grobs in a context.

Forbid_line_break_engraver

Forbid line breaks when note heads are still playing at some point.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Properties (write)

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

Glissando_engraver

Engrave glissandi.

Music types accepted: glissando-event

Properties (read)

glissandoMap (list)

A map in the form of ’((source1 . target1) (source2 . target2) (sourcen . targetn)) showing the glissandi to be drawn for note columns. The value ’() will default to ’((0 . 0) (1 . 1) (n . n)), where n is the minimal number of note-heads in the two note columns between which the glissandi occur.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Glissando.

Grace_auto_beam_engraver

Generates one autobeam group across an entire grace phrase. As usual, any manual beaming or \noBeam will block autobeaming, just like setting the context property ‘autoBeaming’ to ##f.

Music types accepted: beam-forbid-event

Properties (read)

autoBeaming (boolean)

If set to true then beams are generated automatically.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Grace_beam_engraver

Handle Beam events by engraving beams. If omitted, then notes are printed with flags instead of beams. Only engraves beams when we are at grace points in time.

Music types accepted: beam-event

Properties (read)

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a beam is present.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Grace_engraver

Set font size and other properties for grace notes.

Properties (read)

graceSettings (list)

Overrides for grace notes. This property should be manipulated through the add-grace-property function.

Grob_pq_engraver

Administrate when certain grobs (e.g., note heads) stop playing.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Properties (write)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Instrument_switch_engraver

Create a cue text for taking instrument.

This engraver is deprecated.

Properties (read)

instrumentCueName (markup)

The name to print if another instrument is to be taken.

This property is deprecated

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentSwitch.

Laissez_vibrer_engraver

Create laissez vibrer items.

Music types accepted: laissez-vibrer-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LaissezVibrerTie and LaissezVibrerTieColumn.

Ligature_bracket_engraver

Handle Ligature_events by engraving Ligature brackets.

Music types accepted: ligature-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LigatureBracket.

Multi_measure_rest_engraver

Engrave multi-measure rests that are produced with ‘R’. It reads measureStartNow and internalBarNumber to determine what number to print over the MultiMeasureRest.

Music types accepted: multi-measure-articulation-event, multi-measure-rest-event and multi-measure-text-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

internalBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is used for internal timekeeping, among others by the Accidental_engraver.

measureStartNow (boolean)

True at the beginning of a measure.

restNumberThreshold (number)

If a multimeasure rest has more measures than this, a number is printed.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): MultiMeasureRest, MultiMeasureRestNumber, MultiMeasureRestScript and MultiMeasureRestText.

New_fingering_engraver

Create fingering scripts for notes in a new chord. This engraver is ill-named, since it also takes care of articulations and harmonic note heads.

Properties (read)

fingeringOrientations (list)

A list of symbols, containing ‘left’, ‘right’, ‘up’ and/or ‘down’. This list determines where fingerings are put relative to the chord being fingered.

harmonicDots (boolean)

If set, harmonic notes in dotted chords get dots.

stringNumberOrientations (list)

See fingeringOrientations.

strokeFingerOrientations (list)

See fingeringOrientations.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Fingering, Script, StringNumber and StrokeFinger.

Note_head_line_engraver

Engrave a line between two note heads in a staff switch if followVoice is set.

Properties (read)

followVoice (boolean)

If set, note heads are tracked across staff switches by a thin line.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VoiceFollower.

Note_heads_engraver

Generate note heads.

Music types accepted: note-event

Properties (read)

middleCPosition (number)

The place of the middle C, measured in half staff-spaces. Usually determined by looking at middleCClefPosition and middleCOffset.

staffLineLayoutFunction (procedure)

Layout of staff lines, traditional, or semitone.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteHead.

Note_spacing_engraver

Generate NoteSpacing, an object linking horizontal lines for use in spacing.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteSpacing.

Output_property_engraver

Apply a procedure to any grob acknowledged.

Music types accepted: apply-output-event

Part_combine_engraver

Part combine engraver for orchestral scores: Print markings ‘a2’, ‘Solo’, ‘Solo II’, and ‘unisono’.

Music types accepted: note-event and part-combine-event

Properties (read)

aDueText (markup)

Text to print at a unisono passage.

partCombineTextsOnNote (boolean)

Print part-combine texts only on the next note rather than immediately on rests or skips.

printPartCombineTexts (boolean)

Set ‘Solo’ and ‘A due’ texts in the part combiner?

soloIIText (markup)

The text for the start of a solo for voice ‘two’ when part-combining.

soloText (markup)

The text for the start of a solo when part-combining.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): CombineTextScript.

Percent_repeat_engraver

Make whole measure repeats.

Music types accepted: percent-event

Properties (read)

countPercentRepeats (boolean)

If set, produce counters for percent repeats.

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

repeatCountVisibility (procedure)

A procedure taking as arguments an integer and context, returning whether the corresponding percent repeat number should be printed when countPercentRepeats is set.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): PercentRepeat and PercentRepeatCounter.

Phrasing_slur_engraver

Print phrasing slurs. Similar to Slur_engraver.

Music types accepted: note-event and phrasing-slur-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): PhrasingSlur.

Pitched_trill_engraver

Print the bracketed note head after a note head with trill.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TrillPitchAccidental, TrillPitchGroup, TrillPitchHead and TrillPitchParentheses.

Repeat_tie_engraver

Create repeat ties.

Music types accepted: repeat-tie-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): RepeatTie and RepeatTieColumn.

Rest_engraver

Engrave rests.

Music types accepted: rest-event

Properties (read)

middleCPosition (number)

The place of the middle C, measured in half staff-spaces. Usually determined by looking at middleCClefPosition and middleCOffset.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Rest.

Rhythmic_column_engraver

Generate NoteColumn, an object that groups stems, note heads, and rests.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteColumn.

Script_column_engraver

Find potentially colliding scripts and put them into a ScriptColumn object; that will fix the collisions.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ScriptColumn.

Script_engraver

Handle note scripted articulations.

Music types accepted: articulation-event

Properties (read)

scriptDefinitions (list)

The description of scripts. This is used by the Script_engraver for typesetting note-superscripts and subscripts. See ‘scm/script.scm’ for more information.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Script.

Slash_repeat_engraver

Make beat repeats.

Music types accepted: repeat-slash-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DoubleRepeatSlash and RepeatSlash.

Slur_engraver

Build slur grobs from slur events.

Music types accepted: note-event and slur-event

Properties (read)

doubleSlurs (boolean)

If set, two slurs are created for every slurred note, one above and one below the chord.

slurMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a slur is present.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Slur.

Spanner_break_forbid_engraver

Forbid breaks in certain spanners.

Stem_engraver

Create stems, flags and single-stem tremolos. It also works together with the beam engraver for overriding beaming.

Music types accepted: tremolo-event and tuplet-span-event

Properties (read)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

stemLeftBeamCount (integer)

Specify the number of beams to draw on the left side of the next note. Overrides automatic beaming. The value is only used once, and then it is erased.

stemRightBeamCount (integer)

See stemLeftBeamCount.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Flag, Stem, StemStub and StemTremolo.

Text_engraver

Create text scripts.

Music types accepted: text-script-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TextScript.

Text_spanner_engraver

Create text spanner from an event.

Music types accepted: text-span-event

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TextSpanner.

Tie_engraver

Generate ties between note heads of equal pitch.

Music types accepted: tie-event

Properties (read)

skipTypesetting (boolean)

If true, no typesetting is done, speeding up the interpretation phase. Useful for debugging large scores.

tieWaitForNote (boolean)

If true, tied notes do not have to follow each other directly. This can be used for writing out arpeggios.

Properties (write)

tieMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal whether a tie is present.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Tie and TieColumn.

Trill_spanner_engraver

Create trill spanners.

Music types accepted: trill-span-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TrillSpanner.

Tuplet_engraver

Catch tuplet events and generate appropriate bracket.

Music types accepted: tuplet-span-event

Properties (read)

tupletFullLength (boolean)

If set, the tuplet is printed up to the start of the next note.

tupletFullLengthNote (boolean)

If set, end at the next note, otherwise end on the matter (time signatures, etc.) before the note.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TupletBracket and TupletNumber.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Voice ][ Up : Translation ][]

2.2 Engravers and Performers

See Modifying context plug-ins.

2.2.1 Accidental_engraver  
2.2.2 Alteration_glyph_engraver  
2.2.3 Ambitus_engraver  
2.2.4 Arpeggio_engraver  
2.2.5 Auto_beam_engraver  
2.2.6 Axis_group_engraver  
2.2.7 Balloon_engraver  
2.2.8 Bar_engraver  
2.2.9 Bar_number_engraver  
2.2.10 Beam_collision_engraver  
2.2.11 Beam_engraver  
2.2.12 Beam_performer  
2.2.13 Beat_engraver  
2.2.14 Beat_performer  
2.2.15 Bend_engraver  
2.2.16 Bend_spanner_engraver  
2.2.17 Break_align_engraver  
2.2.18 Breathing_sign_engraver  
2.2.19 Caesura_engraver  
2.2.20 Centered_bar_number_align_engraver  
2.2.21 Chord_name_engraver  
2.2.22 Chord_square_engraver  
2.2.23 Chord_tremolo_engraver  
2.2.24 Clef_engraver  
2.2.25 Cluster_spanner_engraver  
2.2.26 Collision_engraver  
2.2.27 Completion_heads_engraver  
2.2.28 Completion_rest_engraver  
2.2.29 Concurrent_hairpin_engraver  
2.2.30 Control_track_performer  
2.2.31 Cue_clef_engraver  
2.2.32 Current_chord_text_engraver  
2.2.33 Custos_engraver  
2.2.34 Divisio_engraver  
2.2.35 Dot_column_engraver  
2.2.36 Dots_engraver  
2.2.37 Double_percent_repeat_engraver  
2.2.38 Drum_note_performer  
2.2.39 Drum_notes_engraver  
2.2.40 Duration_line_engraver  
2.2.41 Dynamic_align_engraver  
2.2.42 Dynamic_engraver  
2.2.43 Dynamic_performer  
2.2.44 Episema_engraver  
2.2.45 Extender_engraver  
2.2.46 Figured_bass_engraver  
2.2.47 Figured_bass_position_engraver  
2.2.48 Finger_glide_engraver  
2.2.49 Fingering_column_engraver  
2.2.50 Fingering_engraver  
2.2.51 Font_size_engraver  
2.2.52 Footnote_engraver  
2.2.53 Forbid_line_break_engraver  
2.2.54 Fretboard_engraver  
2.2.55 Glissando_engraver  
2.2.56 Grace_auto_beam_engraver  
2.2.57 Grace_beam_engraver  
2.2.58 Grace_engraver  
2.2.59 Grace_spacing_engraver  
2.2.60 Grid_chord_name_engraver  
2.2.61 Grid_line_span_engraver  
2.2.62 Grid_point_engraver  
2.2.63 Grob_pq_engraver  
2.2.64 Horizontal_bracket_engraver  
2.2.65 Hyphen_engraver  
2.2.66 Instrument_name_engraver  
2.2.67 Instrument_switch_engraver  
2.2.68 Jump_engraver  
2.2.69 Keep_alive_together_engraver  
2.2.70 Key_engraver  
2.2.71 Key_performer  
2.2.72 Kievan_ligature_engraver  
2.2.73 Laissez_vibrer_engraver  
2.2.74 Ledger_line_engraver  
2.2.75 Ligature_bracket_engraver  
2.2.76 Lyric_engraver  
2.2.77 Lyric_performer  
2.2.78 Lyric_repeat_count_engraver  
2.2.79 Mark_engraver  
2.2.80 Mark_performer  
2.2.81 Mark_tracking_translator  
2.2.82 Measure_counter_engraver  
2.2.83 Measure_grouping_engraver  
2.2.84 Measure_spanner_engraver  
2.2.85 Melody_engraver  
2.2.86 Mensural_ligature_engraver  
2.2.87 Merge_mmrest_numbers_engraver  
2.2.88 Merge_rests_engraver  
2.2.89 Metronome_mark_engraver  
2.2.90 Midi_control_change_performer  
2.2.91 Multi_measure_rest_engraver  
2.2.92 New_fingering_engraver  
2.2.93 Non_musical_script_column_engraver  
2.2.94 Note_head_line_engraver  
2.2.95 Note_heads_engraver  
2.2.96 Note_name_engraver  
2.2.97 Note_performer  
2.2.98 Note_spacing_engraver  
2.2.99 Ottava_spanner_engraver  
2.2.100 Output_property_engraver  
2.2.101 Page_turn_engraver  
2.2.102 Paper_column_engraver  
2.2.103 Parenthesis_engraver  
2.2.104 Part_combine_engraver  
2.2.105 Percent_repeat_engraver  
2.2.106 Phrasing_slur_engraver  
2.2.107 Piano_pedal_align_engraver  
2.2.108 Piano_pedal_engraver  
2.2.109 Piano_pedal_performer  
2.2.110 Pitch_squash_engraver  
2.2.111 Pitched_trill_engraver  
2.2.112 Pure_from_neighbor_engraver  
2.2.113 Repeat_acknowledge_engraver  
2.2.114 Repeat_tie_engraver  
2.2.115 Rest_collision_engraver  
2.2.116 Rest_engraver  
2.2.117 Rhythmic_column_engraver  
2.2.118 Script_column_engraver  
2.2.119 Script_engraver  
2.2.120 Script_row_engraver  
2.2.121 Separating_line_group_engraver  
2.2.122 Show_control_points_engraver  
2.2.123 Signum_repetitionis_engraver  
2.2.124 Skip_typesetting_engraver  
2.2.125 Slash_repeat_engraver  
2.2.126 Slur_engraver  
2.2.127 Slur_performer  
2.2.128 Spacing_engraver  
2.2.129 Span_arpeggio_engraver  
2.2.130 Span_bar_engraver  
2.2.131 Span_bar_stub_engraver  
2.2.132 Span_stem_engraver  
2.2.133 Spanner_break_forbid_engraver  
2.2.134 Spanner_tracking_engraver  
2.2.135 Staff_collecting_engraver  
2.2.136 Staff_highlight_engraver  
2.2.137 Staff_performer  
2.2.138 Staff_symbol_engraver  
2.2.139 Stanza_number_align_engraver  
2.2.140 Stanza_number_engraver  
2.2.141 Stem_engraver  
2.2.142 System_start_delimiter_engraver  
2.2.143 Tab_note_heads_engraver  
2.2.144 Tab_staff_symbol_engraver  
2.2.145 Tab_tie_follow_engraver  
2.2.146 Tempo_performer  
2.2.147 Text_engraver  
2.2.148 Text_mark_engraver  
2.2.149 Text_spanner_engraver  
2.2.150 Tie_engraver  
2.2.151 Tie_performer  
2.2.152 Time_signature_engraver  
2.2.153 Time_signature_performer  
2.2.154 Timing_translator  
2.2.155 Trill_spanner_engraver  
2.2.156 Tuplet_engraver  
2.2.157 Tweak_engraver  
2.2.158 Vaticana_ligature_engraver  
2.2.159 Vertical_align_engraver  
2.2.160 Volta_engraver  
[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Engravers and Performers ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.1 Accidental_engraver

Make accidentals. Catch note heads, ties and notices key-change events. This engraver usually lives at Staff level, but reads the settings for Accidental at Voice level, so you can \override them at Voice.

Properties (read)

accidentalGrouping (symbol)

If set to 'voice, accidentals on the same note in different octaves may be horizontally staggered if in different voices.

autoAccidentals (list)

List of different ways to typeset an accidental.

For determining when to print an accidental, several different rules are tried. The rule that gives the highest number of accidentals is used.

Each entry in the list is either a symbol or a procedure.

symbol

The symbol is the name of the context in which the following rules are to be applied. For example, if context is Score then all staves share accidentals, and if context is Staff then all voices in the same staff share accidentals, but staves do not.

procedure

The procedure represents an accidental rule to be applied to the previously specified context.

The procedure takes the following arguments:

context

The current context to which the rule should be applied.

pitch

The pitch of the note to be evaluated.

barnum

The current bar number.

The procedure returns a pair of booleans. The first states whether an extra natural should be added. The second states whether an accidental should be printed. (#t . #f) does not make sense.

autoCautionaries (list)

List similar to autoAccidentals, but it controls cautionary accidentals rather than normal ones. Both lists are tried, and the one giving the most accidentals wins. In case of draw, a normal accidental is typeset.

extraNatural (boolean)

Whether to typeset an extra natural sign before accidentals that reduce the effect of a previous alteration.

harmonicAccidentals (boolean)

If set, harmonic notes in chords get accidentals.

internalBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is used for internal timekeeping, among others by the Accidental_engraver.

keyAlterations (list)

The current key signature. This is an alist containing (step . alter) or ((octave . step) . alter), where step is a number in the range 0 to 6 and alter a fraction, denoting alteration. For alterations, use symbols, e.g., keyAlterations = #`((6 . ,FLAT)).

localAlterations (list)

The key signature at this point in the measure. The format is the same as for keyAlterations, but can also contain ((octave . name) . (alter barnumber . measureposition)) pairs.

Properties (write)

localAlterations (list)

The key signature at this point in the measure. The format is the same as for keyAlterations, but can also contain ((octave . name) . (alter barnumber . measureposition)) pairs.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Accidental, AccidentalCautionary, AccidentalPlacement and AccidentalSuggestion.

Accidental_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: GregorianTranscriptionStaff, InternalGregorianStaff, KievanStaff, MensuralStaff, PetrucciStaff, Staff and VaticanaStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Accidental_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.2 Alteration_glyph_engraver

Set the glyph-name-alist of all grobs having the accidental-switch-interface to the value of the context’s alterationGlyphs property, when defined.

Properties (read)

alterationGlyphs (list)

Alist mapping alterations to accidental glyphs. Alterations are given as exact numbers, e.g., -1/2 for flat. This applies to all grobs that can print accidentals.

Alteration_glyph_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChordGrid, ChordNames, DrumStaff, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, InternalGregorianStaff, KievanStaff, MensuralStaff, NoteNames, PetrucciStaff, Staff, TabStaff and VaticanaStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Alteration_glyph_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.3 Ambitus_engraver

Create an ambitus.

Properties (read)

keyAlterations (list)

The current key signature. This is an alist containing (step . alter) or ((octave . step) . alter), where step is a number in the range 0 to 6 and alter a fraction, denoting alteration. For alterations, use symbols, e.g., keyAlterations = #`((6 . ,FLAT)).

middleCClefPosition (number)

The position of the middle C, as determined only by the clef. This can be calculated by looking at clefPosition and clefGlyph.

middleCCuePosition (number)

The position of the middle C, as determined only by the clef of the cue notes. This can be calculated by looking at cueClefPosition and cueClefGlyph.

middleCOffset (number)

The offset of middle C from the position given by middleCClefPosition This is used for ottava brackets.

middleCPosition (number)

The place of the middle C, measured in half staff-spaces. Usually determined by looking at middleCClefPosition and middleCOffset.

staffLineLayoutFunction (procedure)

Layout of staff lines, traditional, or semitone.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): AccidentalPlacement, Ambitus, AmbitusAccidental, AmbitusLine and AmbitusNoteHead.

Ambitus_engraver is not part of any context

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Ambitus_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.4 Arpeggio_engraver

Generate an Arpeggio symbol.

Music types accepted: arpeggio-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Arpeggio.

Arpeggio_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Arpeggio_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.5 Auto_beam_engraver

Generate beams based on measure characteristics and observed Stems. Uses baseMoment, beatStructure, beamExceptions, measureLength, and measurePosition to decide when to start and stop a beam. Overriding beaming is done through Stem_engraver properties stemLeftBeamCount and stemRightBeamCount.

Music types accepted: beam-forbid-event

Properties (read)

autoBeaming (boolean)

If set to true then beams are generated automatically.

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamExceptions (list)

An alist of exceptions to autobeam rules that normally end on beats.

beamHalfMeasure (boolean)

Whether to allow a beam to begin halfway through the measure in triple time, which could look like 6/8.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Auto_beam_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Auto_beam_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.6 Axis_group_engraver

Group all objects created in this context in a VerticalAxisGroup spanner.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

keepAliveInterfaces (list)

A list of symbols, signifying grob interfaces that are worth keeping a staff with remove-empty set around for.

Properties (write)

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VerticalAxisGroup.

Axis_group_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChordGrid, ChordNames, DrumStaff, Dynamics, FiguredBass, FretBoards, GregorianTranscriptionLyrics, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, InternalGregorianStaff, KievanStaff, Lyrics, MensuralStaff, NoteNames, OneStaff, PetrucciStaff, RhythmicStaff, Staff, StandaloneRhythmStaff, TabStaff, VaticanaLyrics and VaticanaStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Axis_group_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.7 Balloon_engraver

Create balloon texts.

Music types accepted: annotate-output-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BalloonText.

Balloon_engraver is not part of any context

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Balloon_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.8 Bar_engraver

Create bar lines for various commands, including \\bar.

If forbidBreakBetweenBarLines is true, allow line breaks at bar lines only.

Music types accepted: ad-hoc-jump-event, caesura-event, coda-mark-event, dal-segno-event, fine-event, section-event, segno-mark-event and volta-span-event

Properties (read)

caesuraType (list)

An alist 

((bar-line . bar-type)
 (breath . breath-type)
 (scripts . script-type…)
 (underlying-bar-line . bar-type))

specifying which breath mark, bar line, and scripts to create at \caesura. All entries are optional.

bar-line has higher priority than a measure bar line and underlying-bar-line has lower priority than a measure bar line.

caesuraTypeTransform (procedure)

An engraver callback taking three arguments and returning an alist of the same kind as caesuraType.

The first argument is the context.

The second argument is the value of caesuraType with an additional entry (articulations . symbol-list) identifying the articulations attached to the caesura in the music. If the transform function returns this second argument unmodified, it is as if no transform function were set; the function is free to return a different value. The transform function can remove articulations, but any added articulations are ignored.

The third argument is a symbol-list identifying certain things the engraver has observed. bar-line indicates that the engraver has observed a BarLine at the current moment.

doubleRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where the end of one \repeat volta coincides with the start of another. The default is ‘:..:’.

doubleRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the end of one \repeat volta and the beginning of another. The default is ‘:|.S.|:’.

endRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at the end of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘:|.’.

endRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the end of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘:|.S’.

fineBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at \fine. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘|.’.

fineSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with \fine. The default is ‘|.S’.

fineStartRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with \fine and the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘|.S.|:’.

forbidBreakBetweenBarLines (boolean)

If set to true, Bar_engraver forbids line breaks where there is no bar line.

measureBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at a measure boundary.

repeatCommands (list)

A list of commands related to volta-style repeats. In general, each element is a list, '(command args…), but a command with no arguments may be abbreviated to a symbol; e.g., '((start-repeat)) may be given as '(start-repeat).

end-repeat

End a repeated section.

start-repeat

Start a repeated section.

volta text

If text is markup, start a volta bracket with that label; if text is #f, end a volta bracket.

sectionBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at \section. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘||’.

segnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at an in-staff segno. The default is ‘S’.

segnoStyle (symbol)

A symbol that indicates how to print a segno: bar-line or mark.

startRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘.|:’.

startRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘S.|:’.

underlyingRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at points of repetition or departure where no bar line would normally appear, for example at the end of a system broken in mid measure where the next system begins with a segno. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘||’.

whichBar (string)

The current bar line type, or '() if there is no bar line. Setting this explicitly in user code is deprecated. Use \bar or related commands to set it.

Properties (write)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BarLine.

Bar_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChordGrid, DrumStaff, Dynamics, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, InternalGregorianStaff, KievanStaff, MensuralStaff, PetrucciStaff, RhythmicStaff, Staff, StandaloneRhythmStaff, TabStaff and VaticanaStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Bar_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.9 Bar_number_engraver

A bar number may be created at any bar line, subject to the barNumberVisibility callback. By default, it is put on top of all staves and appears only at the left side of the staff. The staves are taken from stavesFound, which is maintained by Staff_collecting_engraver. This engraver usually creates BarNumber grobs, but when centerBarNumbers is true, it makes CenteredBarNumber grobs instead.

Properties (read)

alternativeNumber (non-negative, exact integer)

When set, the index of the current \alternative element, starting from one. Not set outside of alternatives. Note the distinction from volta number: an alternative may pertain to multiple volte.

alternativeNumberingStyle (symbol)

The scheme and style for numbering bars in repeat alternatives. If not set (the default), bar numbers continue through alternatives. Can be set to numbers to reset the bar number at each alternative, or set to numbers-with-letters to reset and also include letter suffixes.

barNumberFormatter (procedure)

A procedure that takes a bar number, measure position, and alternative number and returns a markup of the bar number to print.

barNumberVisibility (procedure)

A procedure that takes a bar number and a measure position and returns whether the corresponding bar number should be printed. Note that the actual print-out of bar numbers is controlled with the break-visibility property.

The following procedures are predefined:

all-bar-numbers-visible

Enable bar numbers for all bars, including the first one and broken bars (which get bar numbers in parentheses).

first-bar-number-invisible

Enable bar numbers for all bars (including broken bars) except the first one. If the first bar is broken, it doesn’t get a bar number either.

first-bar-number-invisible-save-broken-bars

Enable bar numbers for all bars (including broken bars) except the first one. A broken first bar gets a bar number.

first-bar-number-invisible-and-no-parenthesized-bar-numbers

Enable bar numbers for all bars except the first bar and broken bars. This is the default.

(every-nth-bar-number-visible n)

Assuming n is value 2, for example, this enables bar numbers for bars 2, 4, 6, etc.

(modulo-bar-number-visible n m)

If bar numbers 1, 4, 7, etc., should be enabled, n (the modulo) must be set to 3 and m (the division remainder) to 1.

centerBarNumbers (boolean)

Whether to center bar numbers in their measure instead of aligning them on the bar line.

currentBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is incremented at every bar line.

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

measurePosition (moment)

How much of the current measure have we had. This can be set manually to create incomplete measures.

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BarNumber and CenteredBarNumber.

Bar_number_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: Score and StandaloneRhythmScore.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Bar_number_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.10 Beam_collision_engraver

Help beams avoid colliding with notes and clefs in other voices.

Beam_collision_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChordGridScore, Score and StandaloneRhythmScore.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Beam_collision_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.11 Beam_engraver

Handle Beam events by engraving beams. If omitted, then notes are printed with flags instead of beams.

Music types accepted: beam-event

Properties (read)

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a beam is present.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Beam_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, NullVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Beam_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.12 Beam_performer

Music types accepted: beam-event

Beam_performer is part of the following context(s) in \midi: ChordNames, CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, NullVoice, PetrucciVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Beam_performer ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.13 Beat_engraver

This engraver is just a functionally identical copy of Beat_performer, used for visualising its effects. You can also use it for showcasing the effects of the current beatStructure.

Music types accepted: articulation-event and note-event

Properties (read)

barExtraVelocity (integer)

Extra MIDI velocity added by the ‘Beat_performer’ at the start of each measure.

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beatExtraVelocity (integer)

Extra MIDI velocity added by the ‘Beat_performer’ at the start of each beat.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

measurePosition (moment)

How much of the current measure have we had. This can be set manually to create incomplete measures.

timeSignatureFraction (fraction, as pair)

A pair of numbers, signifying the time signature. For example, '(4 . 4) is a 4/4 time signature.

timing (boolean)

Keep administration of measure length, position, bar number, etc.? Switch off for cadenzas.

Beat_engraver is not part of any context

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Beat_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.14 Beat_performer

This performer is intended for instantiation in ‘Voice’-like contexts. The context variable beatExtraVelocity is used for adding extra MIDI velocity at each beat (default 15) in accordance with beatStructure and an additional barExtraVelocity (default 10) at the start of each bar.

This is done by adding corresponding \accent and \marcato events when such note events are encountered.

Off-beat manual use of \accent or \marcato causes autogeneration of the next on-beat accent to be skipped.

Music types accepted: articulation-event and note-event

Properties (read)

barExtraVelocity (integer)

Extra MIDI velocity added by the ‘Beat_performer’ at the start of each measure.

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beatExtraVelocity (integer)

Extra MIDI velocity added by the ‘Beat_performer’ at the start of each beat.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

measurePosition (moment)

How much of the current measure have we had. This can be set manually to create incomplete measures.

timeSignatureFraction (fraction, as pair)

A pair of numbers, signifying the time signature. For example, '(4 . 4) is a 4/4 time signature.

timing (boolean)

Keep administration of measure length, position, bar number, etc.? Switch off for cadenzas.

Beat_performer is not part of any context

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Beat_performer ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.15 Bend_engraver

Create fall spanners.

Music types accepted: bend-after-event

Properties (read)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BendAfter.

Bend_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Bend_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.16 Bend_spanner_engraver

Engraver to print a BendSpanner.

Music types accepted: bend-span-event, note-event and string-number-event

Properties (read)

stringFretFingerList (list)

A list containg three entries. In TabVoice and FretBoards they determine the string, fret and finger to use

supportNonIntegerFret (boolean)

If set in Score the TabStaff will print micro-tones as ‘2½’

Properties (write)

stringFretFingerList (list)

A list containg three entries. In TabVoice and FretBoards they determine the string, fret and finger to use

supportNonIntegerFret (boolean)

If set in Score the TabStaff will print micro-tones as ‘2½’

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BendSpanner.

Bend_spanner_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: TabVoice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Bend_spanner_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.17 Break_align_engraver

Align grobs with corresponding break-align-symbols into groups, and order the groups according to breakAlignOrder. The left edge of the alignment gets a separate group, with a symbol left-edge.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BreakAlignGroup, BreakAlignment and LeftEdge.

Break_align_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChordGridScore, Score and StandaloneRhythmScore.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Break_align_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.18 Breathing_sign_engraver

Notate breath marks.

Music types accepted: breathing-event

Properties (read)

breathMarkType (symbol)

The type of BreathingSign to create at \breathe.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BreathingSign.

Breathing_sign_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Breathing_sign_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.19 Caesura_engraver

Notate a short break in sound that does not shorten the previous note.

Depending on the result of passing the value of caesuraType through caesuraTypeTransform, this engraver may create a BreathingSign with CaesuraScript grobs aligned to it, or it may create CaesuraScript grobs and align them to a BarLine.

If this engraver observes a BarLine, it calls caesuraTypeTransform again with the new information, and if necessary, recreates its grobs.

Music types accepted: caesura-event

Properties (read)

breathMarkDefinitions (list)

The description of breath marks. This is used by the Breathing_sign_engraver. See ‘scm/breath.scm’ for more information.

caesuraType (list)

An alist 

((bar-line . bar-type)
 (breath . breath-type)
 (scripts . script-type…)
 (underlying-bar-line . bar-type))

specifying which breath mark, bar line, and scripts to create at \caesura. All entries are optional.

bar-line has higher priority than a measure bar line and underlying-bar-line has lower priority than a measure bar line.

caesuraTypeTransform (procedure)

An engraver callback taking three arguments and returning an alist of the same kind as caesuraType.

The first argument is the context.

The second argument is the value of caesuraType with an additional entry (articulations . symbol-list) identifying the articulations attached to the caesura in the music. If the transform function returns this second argument unmodified, it is as if no transform function were set; the function is free to return a different value. The transform function can remove articulations, but any added articulations are ignored.

The third argument is a symbol-list identifying certain things the engraver has observed. bar-line indicates that the engraver has observed a BarLine at the current moment.

scriptDefinitions (list)

The description of scripts. This is used by the Script_engraver for typesetting note-superscripts and subscripts. See ‘scm/script.scm’ for more information.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BreathingSign and CaesuraScript.

Caesura_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: DrumStaff, KievanStaff, MensuralStaff, PetrucciStaff, RhythmicStaff, Staff, StandaloneRhythmStaff and TabStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Caesura_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.20 Centered_bar_number_align_engraver

Group measure-centered bar numbers in a CenteredBarNumberLineSpanner so they end up on the same vertical position.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): CenteredBarNumberLineSpanner.

Centered_bar_number_align_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChordGridScore, Score and StandaloneRhythmScore.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Centered_bar_number_align_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.21 Chord_name_engraver

Read currentChordText to create chord names.

Properties (read)

chordChanges (boolean)

Only show changes in chords scheme?

currentChordCause (stream event)

Event cause of the chord that should be created in this time step (if any).

currentChordText (markup)

In contexts printing chord names, this is at any point of time the markup that will be put in the chord name.

lastChord (markup)

Last chord, used for detecting chord changes.

Properties (write)

lastChord (markup)

Last chord, used for detecting chord changes.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ChordName.

Chord_name_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChordNames.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Chord_name_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.22 Chord_square_engraver

Engrave chord squares in chord grids.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ChordSquare.

Chord_square_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChordGrid.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Chord_square_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.23 Chord_tremolo_engraver

Generate beams for tremolo repeats.

Music types accepted: tremolo-span-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Chord_tremolo_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Chord_tremolo_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.24 Clef_engraver

Determine and set reference point for pitches.

Properties (read)

clefGlyph (string)

Name of the symbol within the music font.

clefPosition (number)

Where should the center of the clef symbol go, measured in half staff spaces from the center of the staff.

clefTransposition (integer)

Add this much extra transposition. Values of 7 and -7 are common.

clefTranspositionStyle (symbol)

Determines the way the ClefModifier grob is displayed. Possible values are ‘default’, ‘parenthesized’ and ‘bracketed’.

explicitClefVisibility (vector)

‘break-visibility’ function for clef changes.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

forceClef (boolean)

Show clef symbol, even if it has not changed. Only active for the first clef after the property is set, not for the full staff.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Clef and ClefModifier.

Clef_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: DrumStaff, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, InternalGregorianStaff, KievanStaff, MensuralStaff, PetrucciStaff, Staff, TabStaff and VaticanaStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Clef_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.25 Cluster_spanner_engraver

Engrave a cluster using Spanner notation.

Music types accepted: cluster-note-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ClusterSpanner and ClusterSpannerBeacon.

Cluster_spanner_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Cluster_spanner_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.26 Collision_engraver

Collect NoteColumns, and as soon as there are two or more, put them in a NoteCollision object.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteCollision.

Collision_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: DrumStaff, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, InternalGregorianStaff, KievanStaff, MensuralStaff, PetrucciStaff, Staff, TabStaff and VaticanaStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Collision_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.27 Completion_heads_engraver

This engraver replaces Note_heads_engraver. It plays some trickery to break long notes and automatically tie them into the next measure.

Music types accepted: note-event

Properties (read)

completionFactor (an exact rational or procedure)

When Completion_heads_engraver and Completion_rest_engraver need to split a note or rest with a scaled duration, such as c2*3, this specifies the scale factor to use for the newly-split notes and rests created by the engraver.

If #f, the completion engraver uses the scale-factor of each duration being split.

If set to a callback procedure, that procedure is called with the context of the completion engraver, and the duration to be split.

completionUnit (moment)

Sub-bar unit of completion.

measureLength (moment)

Length of one measure in the current time signature.

measurePosition (moment)

How much of the current measure have we had. This can be set manually to create incomplete measures.

middleCPosition (number)

The place of the middle C, measured in half staff-spaces. Usually determined by looking at middleCClefPosition and middleCOffset.

timing (boolean)

Keep administration of measure length, position, bar number, etc.? Switch off for cadenzas.

Properties (write)

completionBusy (boolean)

Whether a completion-note head is playing.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteHead, Tie and TieColumn.

Completion_heads_engraver is not part of any context

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Completion_heads_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.28 Completion_rest_engraver

This engraver replaces Rest_engraver. It plays some trickery to break long rests into the next measure.

Music types accepted: rest-event

Properties (read)

completionFactor (an exact rational or procedure)

When Completion_heads_engraver and Completion_rest_engraver need to split a note or rest with a scaled duration, such as c2*3, this specifies the scale factor to use for the newly-split notes and rests created by the engraver.

If #f, the completion engraver uses the scale-factor of each duration being split.

If set to a callback procedure, that procedure is called with the context of the completion engraver, and the duration to be split.

completionUnit (moment)

Sub-bar unit of completion.

measureLength (moment)

Length of one measure in the current time signature.

measurePosition (moment)

How much of the current measure have we had. This can be set manually to create incomplete measures.

middleCPosition (number)

The place of the middle C, measured in half staff-spaces. Usually determined by looking at middleCClefPosition and middleCOffset.

Properties (write)

restCompletionBusy (boolean)

Signal whether a completion-rest is active.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Rest.

Completion_rest_engraver is not part of any context

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Completion_rest_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.29 Concurrent_hairpin_engraver

Collect concurrent hairpins.

Concurrent_hairpin_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChordGridScore, Score and StandaloneRhythmScore.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Concurrent_hairpin_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.30 Control_track_performer

Properties (read)

midiSkipOffset (moment)

This is the accrued MIDI offset to account for time skipped via skipTypesetting.

Control_track_performer is part of the following context(s) in \midi: ChordGridScore and Score.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Control_track_performer ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.31 Cue_clef_engraver

Determine and set reference point for pitches in cued voices.

Properties (read)

clefTransposition (integer)

Add this much extra transposition. Values of 7 and -7 are common.

cueClefGlyph (string)

Name of the symbol within the music font.

cueClefPosition (number)

Where should the center of the clef symbol go, measured in half staff spaces from the center of the staff.

cueClefTransposition (integer)

Add this much extra transposition. Values of 7 and -7 are common.

cueClefTranspositionStyle (symbol)

Determines the way the ClefModifier grob is displayed. Possible values are ‘default’, ‘parenthesized’ and ‘bracketed’.

explicitCueClefVisibility (vector)

‘break-visibility’ function for cue clef changes.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

middleCCuePosition (number)

The position of the middle C, as determined only by the clef of the cue notes. This can be calculated by looking at cueClefPosition and cueClefGlyph.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ClefModifier, CueClef and CueEndClef.

Cue_clef_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: DrumStaff, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, InternalGregorianStaff, KievanStaff, MensuralStaff, PetrucciStaff, Staff, TabStaff and VaticanaStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Cue_clef_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.32 Current_chord_text_engraver

Catch note and rest events and generate the appropriate chord text using chordNameFunction. Actually creating a chord name grob is left to other engravers.

Music types accepted: general-rest-event and note-event

Properties (read)

chordNameExceptions (list)

An alist of chord exceptions. Contains (chord . markup) entries.

chordNameFunction (procedure)

The function that converts lists of pitches to chord names.

chordNoteNamer (procedure)

A function that converts from a pitch object to a text markup. Used for single pitches.

chordRootNamer (procedure)

A function that converts from a pitch object to a text markup. Used for chords.

majorSevenSymbol (markup)

How should the major 7th be formatted in a chord name?

noChordSymbol (markup)

Markup to be displayed for rests in a ChordNames context.

Properties (write)

currentChordCause (stream event)

Event cause of the chord that should be created in this time step (if any).

currentChordText (markup)

In contexts printing chord names, this is at any point of time the markup that will be put in the chord name.

Current_chord_text_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChordGrid and ChordNames.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Current_chord_text_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.33 Custos_engraver

Engrave custodes.

Properties (read)

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Custos.

Custos_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: MensuralStaff, PetrucciStaff and VaticanaStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Custos_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.34 Divisio_engraver

Create divisiones: chant notation for points of breathing or caesura.

Music types accepted: caesura-event, fine-event, section-event, volta-repeat-end-event and volta-repeat-start-event

Properties (read)

caesuraType (list)

An alist 

((bar-line . bar-type)
 (breath . breath-type)
 (scripts . script-type…)
 (underlying-bar-line . bar-type))

specifying which breath mark, bar line, and scripts to create at \caesura. All entries are optional.

bar-line has higher priority than a measure bar line and underlying-bar-line has lower priority than a measure bar line.

caesuraTypeTransform (procedure)

An engraver callback taking three arguments and returning an alist of the same kind as caesuraType.

The first argument is the context.

The second argument is the value of caesuraType with an additional entry (articulations . symbol-list) identifying the articulations attached to the caesura in the music. If the transform function returns this second argument unmodified, it is as if no transform function were set; the function is free to return a different value. The transform function can remove articulations, but any added articulations are ignored.

The third argument is a symbol-list identifying certain things the engraver has observed. bar-line indicates that the engraver has observed a BarLine at the current moment.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Divisio.

Divisio_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: GregorianTranscriptionStaff, InternalGregorianStaff and VaticanaStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Divisio_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.35 Dot_column_engraver

Engrave dots on dotted notes shifted to the right of the note. If omitted, then dots appear on top of the notes.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DotColumn.

Dot_column_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: DrumStaff, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, InternalGregorianStaff, KievanStaff, MensuralStaff, PetrucciStaff, RhythmicStaff, Staff, StandaloneRhythmStaff, TabStaff and VaticanaStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Dot_column_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.36 Dots_engraver

Create Dots objects for rhythmic-head-interfaces.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Dots.

Dots_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Dots_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.37 Double_percent_repeat_engraver

Make double measure repeats.

Music types accepted: double-percent-event

Properties (read)

countPercentRepeats (boolean)

If set, produce counters for percent repeats.

measureLength (moment)

Length of one measure in the current time signature.

repeatCountVisibility (procedure)

A procedure taking as arguments an integer and context, returning whether the corresponding percent repeat number should be printed when countPercentRepeats is set.

Properties (write)

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DoublePercentRepeat and DoublePercentRepeatCounter.

Double_percent_repeat_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChordGrid, CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Double_percent_repeat_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.38 Drum_note_performer

Play drum notes.

Music types accepted: articulation-event, note-event and tie-event

Drum_note_performer is part of the following context(s) in \midi: DrumVoice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Drum_note_performer ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.39 Drum_notes_engraver

Generate drum note heads.

Music types accepted: note-event

Properties (read)

drumStyleTable (hash table)

A hash table which maps drums to layout settings. Predefined values: ‘drums-style’, ‘agostini-drums-style’, ‘weinberg-drums-style’, ‘timbales-style’, ‘congas-style’, ‘bongos-style’, and ‘percussion-style’.

The layout style is a hash table, containing the drum-pitches (e.g., the symbol ‘hihat’) as keys, and a list (notehead-style script vertical-position) as values.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteHead and Script.

Drum_notes_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: DrumVoice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Drum_notes_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.40 Duration_line_engraver

Engraver to print a line representing the duration of a rhythmic event like NoteHead, NoteColumn or Rest.

Music types accepted: duration-line-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

endAtSkip (boolean)

End DurationLine grob on skip-event

startAtNoteColumn (boolean)

Start DurationLine grob at entire NoteColumn.

startAtSkip (boolean)

Start DurationLine grob at skip-event.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DurationLine.

Duration_line_engraver is not part of any context

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Duration_line_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.41 Dynamic_align_engraver

Align hairpins and dynamic texts on a horizontal line.

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DynamicLineSpanner.

Dynamic_align_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, Dynamics, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Dynamic_align_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.42 Dynamic_engraver

Create hairpins, dynamic texts and dynamic text spanners.

Music types accepted: absolute-dynamic-event, break-dynamic-span-event and span-dynamic-event

Properties (read)

crescendoSpanner (symbol)

The type of spanner to be used for crescendi. Available values are ‘hairpin’ and ‘text’. If unset, a hairpin crescendo is used.

crescendoText (markup)

The text to print at start of non-hairpin crescendo, i.e., ‘cresc.’.

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

decrescendoSpanner (symbol)

The type of spanner to be used for decrescendi. Available values are ‘hairpin’ and ‘text’. If unset, a hairpin decrescendo is used.

decrescendoText (markup)

The text to print at start of non-hairpin decrescendo, i.e., ‘dim.’.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DynamicText, DynamicTextSpanner and Hairpin.

Dynamic_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, Dynamics, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Dynamic_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.43 Dynamic_performer

Music types accepted: absolute-dynamic-event, crescendo-event and decrescendo-event

Properties (read)

dynamicAbsoluteVolumeFunction (procedure)

A procedure that takes one argument, the text value of a dynamic event, and returns the absolute volume of that dynamic event.

instrumentEqualizer (procedure)

A function taking a string (instrument name), and returning a (min . max) pair of numbers for the loudness range of the instrument.

midiInstrument (string)

Name of the MIDI instrument to use.

midiMaximumVolume (number)

Analogous to midiMinimumVolume.

midiMinimumVolume (number)

Set the minimum loudness for MIDI. Ranges from 0 to 1.

Dynamic_performer is part of the following context(s) in \midi: ChordNames, CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Dynamic_performer ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.44 Episema_engraver

Create an Editio Vaticana-style episema line.

Music types accepted: episema-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Episema.

Episema_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: GregorianTranscriptionVoice and VaticanaVoice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Episema_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.45 Extender_engraver

Create lyric extenders.

Music types accepted: completize-extender-event and extender-event

Properties (read)

extendersOverRests (boolean)

Whether to continue extenders as they cross a rest.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LyricExtender.

Extender_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: GregorianTranscriptionLyrics, Lyrics and VaticanaLyrics.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Extender_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.46 Figured_bass_engraver

Make figured bass numbers.

Music types accepted: bass-figure-event and rest-event

Properties (read)

figuredBassAlterationDirection (direction)

Where to put alterations relative to the main figure.

figuredBassCenterContinuations (boolean)

Whether to vertically center pairs of extender lines. This does not work with three or more lines.

figuredBassFormatter (procedure)

A routine generating a markup for a bass figure.

ignoreFiguredBassRest (boolean)

Don’t swallow rest events.

implicitBassFigures (list)

A list of bass figures that are not printed as numbers, but only as extender lines.

useBassFigureExtenders (boolean)

Whether to use extender lines for repeated bass figures.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BassFigure, BassFigureAlignment, BassFigureBracket, BassFigureContinuation and BassFigureLine.

Figured_bass_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: DrumStaff, FiguredBass, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, InternalGregorianStaff, KievanStaff, MensuralStaff, PetrucciStaff, Staff, TabStaff and VaticanaStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Figured_bass_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.47 Figured_bass_position_engraver

Position figured bass alignments over notes.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): BassFigureAlignmentPositioning.

Figured_bass_position_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: DrumStaff, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, InternalGregorianStaff, KievanStaff, MensuralStaff, PetrucciStaff, Staff, TabStaff and VaticanaStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Figured_bass_position_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.48 Finger_glide_engraver

Engraver to print a line between two Fingering grobs.

Music types accepted: note-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): FingerGlideSpanner.

Finger_glide_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Finger_glide_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.49 Fingering_column_engraver

Find potentially colliding scripts and put them into a FingeringColumn object; that will fix the collisions.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): FingeringColumn.

Fingering_column_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: DrumStaff, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, InternalGregorianStaff, KievanStaff, MensuralStaff, PetrucciStaff, Staff, TabStaff and VaticanaStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Fingering_column_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.50 Fingering_engraver

Create fingering scripts.

Music types accepted: fingering-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Fingering.

Fingering_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Fingering_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.51 Font_size_engraver

Put fontSize into font-size grob property.

Properties (read)

fontSize (number)

The relative size of all grobs in a context.

Font_size_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumStaff, DrumVoice, Dynamics, FretBoards, GregorianTranscriptionLyrics, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, InternalGregorianStaff, KievanStaff, KievanVoice, Lyrics, MensuralStaff, MensuralVoice, PetrucciStaff, PetrucciVoice, RhythmicStaff, Staff, StandaloneRhythmStaff, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabStaff, TabVoice, VaticanaLyrics, VaticanaStaff, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Font_size_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.52 Footnote_engraver

Create footnote texts.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Footnote.

Footnote_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChordGridScore, Score and StandaloneRhythmScore.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Footnote_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.53 Forbid_line_break_engraver

Forbid line breaks when note heads are still playing at some point.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Properties (write)

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

Forbid_line_break_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Forbid_line_break_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.54 Fretboard_engraver

Generate fret diagram from one or more events of type NoteEvent.

Music types accepted: fingering-event, note-event and string-number-event

Properties (read)

chordChanges (boolean)

Only show changes in chords scheme?

defaultStrings (list)

A list of strings to use in calculating frets for tablatures and fretboards if no strings are provided in the notes for the current moment.

highStringOne (boolean)

Whether the first string is the string with highest pitch on the instrument. This used by the automatic string selector for tablature notation.

maximumFretStretch (number)

Don’t allocate frets further than this from specified frets.

minimumFret (number)

The tablature auto string-selecting mechanism selects the highest string with a fret at least minimumFret.

noteToFretFunction (procedure)

Convert list of notes and list of defined strings to full list of strings and fret numbers. Parameters: The context, a list of note events, a list of tabstring events, and the fretboard grob if a fretboard is desired.

predefinedDiagramTable (hash table)

The hash table of predefined fret diagrams to use in FretBoards.

stringTunings (list)

The tablature strings tuning. It is a list of the pitches of each string (starting with the lowest numbered one).

tablatureFormat (procedure)

A function formatting a tablature note head. Called with three arguments: context, string number and, fret number. It returns the text as a markup.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): FretBoard.

Fretboard_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: FretBoards.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Fretboard_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.55 Glissando_engraver

Engrave glissandi.

Music types accepted: glissando-event

Properties (read)

glissandoMap (list)

A map in the form of ’((source1 . target1) (source2 . target2) (sourcen . targetn)) showing the glissandi to be drawn for note columns. The value ’() will default to ’((0 . 0) (1 . 1) (n . n)), where n is the minimal number of note-heads in the two note columns between which the glissandi occur.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Glissando.

Glissando_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Glissando_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.56 Grace_auto_beam_engraver

Generates one autobeam group across an entire grace phrase. As usual, any manual beaming or \noBeam will block autobeaming, just like setting the context property ‘autoBeaming’ to ##f.

Music types accepted: beam-forbid-event

Properties (read)

autoBeaming (boolean)

If set to true then beams are generated automatically.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Grace_auto_beam_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Grace_auto_beam_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.57 Grace_beam_engraver

Handle Beam events by engraving beams. If omitted, then notes are printed with flags instead of beams. Only engraves beams when we are at grace points in time.

Music types accepted: beam-event

Properties (read)

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a beam is present.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Beam.

Grace_beam_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Grace_beam_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.58 Grace_engraver

Set font size and other properties for grace notes.

Properties (read)

graceSettings (list)

Overrides for grace notes. This property should be manipulated through the add-grace-property function.

Grace_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Grace_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.59 Grace_spacing_engraver

Bookkeeping of shortest starting and playing notes in grace note runs.

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): GraceSpacing.

Grace_spacing_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChordGridScore, Score and StandaloneRhythmScore.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Grace_spacing_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.60 Grid_chord_name_engraver

Read currentChordText to create chord names adapted for typesetting within a chord grid.

Properties (read)

currentChordCause (stream event)

Event cause of the chord that should be created in this time step (if any).

currentChordText (markup)

In contexts printing chord names, this is at any point of time the markup that will be put in the chord name.

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): GridChordName.

Grid_chord_name_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChordGrid.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Grid_chord_name_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.61 Grid_line_span_engraver

This engraver makes cross-staff lines: It catches all normal lines and draws a single span line across them.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): GridLine.

Grid_line_span_engraver is not part of any context

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Grid_line_span_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.62 Grid_point_engraver

Generate grid points.

Properties (read)

gridInterval (moment)

Interval for which to generate GridPoints.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): GridPoint.

Grid_point_engraver is not part of any context

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Grid_point_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.63 Grob_pq_engraver

Administrate when certain grobs (e.g., note heads) stop playing.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Properties (write)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

Grob_pq_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumStaff, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, InternalGregorianStaff, KievanStaff, KievanVoice, MensuralStaff, MensuralVoice, NullVoice, PetrucciStaff, PetrucciVoice, Staff, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabStaff, TabVoice, VaticanaStaff, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Grob_pq_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.64 Horizontal_bracket_engraver

Create horizontal brackets over notes for musical analysis purposes.

Music types accepted: note-grouping-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): HorizontalBracket and HorizontalBracketText.

Horizontal_bracket_engraver is not part of any context

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Horizontal_bracket_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.65 Hyphen_engraver

Create lyric hyphens, vowel transitions and distance constraints between words.

Music types accepted: hyphen-event and vowel-transition-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LyricHyphen, LyricSpace and VowelTransition.

Hyphen_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: GregorianTranscriptionLyrics, Lyrics and VaticanaLyrics.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Hyphen_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.66 Instrument_name_engraver

Create a system start text for instrument or vocal names.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

instrumentName (markup)

The name to print left of a staff. The instrumentName property labels the staff in the first system, and the shortInstrumentName property labels following lines.

shortInstrumentName (markup)

See instrumentName.

shortVocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line, short version.

vocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentName.

Instrument_name_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChoirStaff, DrumStaff, FretBoards, GrandStaff, GregorianTranscriptionLyrics, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, InternalGregorianStaff, KievanStaff, Lyrics, MensuralStaff, PetrucciStaff, PianoStaff, RhythmicStaff, Staff, StaffGroup, StandaloneRhythmStaff, TabStaff, VaticanaLyrics and VaticanaStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Instrument_name_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.67 Instrument_switch_engraver

Create a cue text for taking instrument.

This engraver is deprecated.

Properties (read)

instrumentCueName (markup)

The name to print if another instrument is to be taken.

This property is deprecated

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): InstrumentSwitch.

Instrument_switch_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Instrument_switch_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.68 Jump_engraver

This engraver creates instructions such as D.C. and Fine, placing them vertically outside the set of staves given in the stavesFound context property.

If Jump_engraver is added or moved to another context, Staff_collecting_engraver also needs to be there so that marks appear at the intended Y location.

Music types accepted: ad-hoc-jump-event, dal-segno-event and fine-event

Properties (read)

codaMarkCount (non-negative, exact integer)

Updated at the end of each timestep in which a coda mark appears: not set during the first timestep, 0 up to the first coda mark, 1 from the first to the second, 2 from the second to the third, etc.

codaMarkFormatter (procedure)

A procedure that creates a coda mark (which in conventional D.S. al Coda form indicates the start of the alternative endings), taking as arguments the mark sequence number and the context. It should return a markup object.

dalSegnoTextFormatter (procedure)

Format a jump instruction such as D.S.

The first argument is the context.

The second argument is the number of times the instruction is performed.

The third argument is a list of three markups: start-markup, end-markup, and next-markup.

If start-markup is #f, the form is da capo; otherwise the form is dal segno and start-markup is the sign at the start of the repeated section.

If end-markup is not #f, it is either the sign at the end of the main body of the repeat, or it is a Fine instruction. When it is a Fine instruction, next-markup is #f.

If next-markup is not #f, it is the mark to be jumped to after performing the body of the repeat, e.g., Coda.

finalFineTextVisibility (boolean)

Whether \fine at the written end of the music should create a Fine instruction.

fineText (markup)

The text to print at \fine.

segnoMarkCount (non-negative, exact integer)

Updated at the end of each timestep in which a segno appears: not set during the first timestep, 0 up to the first segno, 1 from the first to the second segno, 2 from the second to the third segno, etc.

segnoMarkFormatter (procedure)

A procedure that creates a segno (which conventionally indicates the start of a repeated section), taking as arguments the mark sequence number and the context. It should return a markup object.

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): JumpScript.

Jump_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChordGridScore, Score and StandaloneRhythmScore.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Jump_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.69 Keep_alive_together_engraver

This engraver collects all Hara_kiri_group_spanners that are created in contexts at or below its own. These spanners are then tied together so that one will be removed only if all are removed. For example, if a StaffGroup uses this engraver, then the staves in the group will all be visible as long as there is a note in at least one of them.

Keep_alive_together_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: PianoStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Keep_alive_together_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.70 Key_engraver

Engrave a key signature.

Music types accepted: key-change-event

Properties (read)

createKeyOnClefChange (boolean)

Print a key signature whenever the clef is changed.

explicitKeySignatureVisibility (vector)

‘break-visibility’ function for explicit key changes. ‘\override’ of the break-visibility property will set the visibility for normal (i.e., at the start of the line) key signatures.

extraNatural (boolean)

Whether to typeset an extra natural sign before accidentals that reduce the effect of a previous alteration.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

keyAlterationOrder (list)

A list of pairs that defines in what order alterations should be printed. The format of an entry is (step . alter), where step is a number from 0 to 6 and alter from -1 (double flat) to 1 (double sharp), with exact rationals for alterations in between, e.g., 1/2 for sharp.

keyAlterations (list)

The current key signature. This is an alist containing (step . alter) or ((octave . step) . alter), where step is a number in the range 0 to 6 and alter a fraction, denoting alteration. For alterations, use symbols, e.g., keyAlterations = #`((6 . ,FLAT)).

lastKeyAlterations (list)

Last key signature before a key signature change.

middleCClefPosition (number)

The position of the middle C, as determined only by the clef. This can be calculated by looking at clefPosition and clefGlyph.

printKeyCancellation (boolean)

Print restoration alterations before a key signature change.

Properties (write)

keyAlterations (list)

The current key signature. This is an alist containing (step . alter) or ((octave . step) . alter), where step is a number in the range 0 to 6 and alter a fraction, denoting alteration. For alterations, use symbols, e.g., keyAlterations = #`((6 . ,FLAT)).

lastKeyAlterations (list)

Last key signature before a key signature change.

tonic (pitch)

The tonic of the current scale.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): KeyCancellation and KeySignature.

Key_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: GregorianTranscriptionStaff, InternalGregorianStaff, KievanStaff, MensuralStaff, PetrucciStaff, Staff and VaticanaStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Key_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.71 Key_performer

Music types accepted: key-change-event

Properties (read)

instrumentTransposition (pitch)

Define the transposition of the instrument. Its value is the pitch that sounds when the instrument plays written middle C. This is used to transpose the MIDI output, and \quotes.

Key_performer is part of the following context(s) in \midi: DrumStaff, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, KievanStaff, MensuralStaff, PetrucciStaff, RhythmicStaff, Staff, TabStaff and VaticanaStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Key_performer ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.72 Kievan_ligature_engraver

Handle Kievan_ligature_events by glueing Kievan heads together.

Music types accepted: ligature-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): KievanLigature.

Kievan_ligature_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: KievanVoice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Kievan_ligature_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.73 Laissez_vibrer_engraver

Create laissez vibrer items.

Music types accepted: laissez-vibrer-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LaissezVibrerTie and LaissezVibrerTieColumn.

Laissez_vibrer_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Laissez_vibrer_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.74 Ledger_line_engraver

Create the spanner to draw ledger lines, and notices objects that need ledger lines.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LedgerLineSpanner.

Ledger_line_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: DrumStaff, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, InternalGregorianStaff, KievanStaff, MensuralStaff, PetrucciStaff, RhythmicStaff, Staff, StandaloneRhythmStaff, TabStaff and VaticanaStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Ledger_line_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.75 Ligature_bracket_engraver

Handle Ligature_events by engraving Ligature brackets.

Music types accepted: ligature-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LigatureBracket.

Ligature_bracket_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Ligature_bracket_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.76 Lyric_engraver

Engrave text for lyrics.

Music types accepted: lyric-event

Properties (read)

ignoreMelismata (boolean)

Ignore melismata for this Lyrics line.

lyricMelismaAlignment (number)

Alignment to use for a melisma syllable.

searchForVoice (boolean)

Signal whether a search should be made of all contexts in the context hierarchy for a voice to provide rhythms for the lyrics.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LyricText.

Lyric_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: GregorianTranscriptionLyrics, Lyrics and VaticanaLyrics.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Lyric_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.77 Lyric_performer

Music types accepted: lyric-event

Lyric_performer is part of the following context(s) in \midi: GregorianTranscriptionLyrics and Lyrics.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Lyric_performer ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.78 Lyric_repeat_count_engraver

Create repeat counts within lyrics for modern transcriptions of Gregorian chant.

Music types accepted: volta-repeat-end-event

Properties (read)

lyricRepeatCountFormatter (procedure)

A procedure taking as arguments the context and the numeric repeat count. It should return the formatted repeat count as markup. If it does not return markup, no grob is created.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): LyricRepeatCount.

Lyric_repeat_count_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: GregorianTranscriptionLyrics.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Lyric_repeat_count_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.79 Mark_engraver

This engraver creates rehearsal marks, segno and coda marks, and section labels.

Mark_engraver creates marks, formats them, and places them vertically outside the set of staves given in the stavesFound context property.

If Mark_engraver is added or moved to another context, Staff_collecting_engraver also needs to be there so that marks appear at the intended Y location.

By default, Mark_engravers in multiple contexts create a common sequence of marks chosen by the Score-level Mark_tracking_translator. If independent sequences are desired, multiple Mark_tracking_translators must be used.

Properties (read)

codaMarkFormatter (procedure)

A procedure that creates a coda mark (which in conventional D.S. al Coda form indicates the start of the alternative endings), taking as arguments the mark sequence number and the context. It should return a markup object.

currentPerformanceMarkEvent (stream event)

The coda, section, or segno mark event selected by Mark_tracking_translator for engraving by Mark_engraver.

currentRehearsalMarkEvent (stream event)

The ad-hoc or rehearsal mark event selected by Mark_tracking_translator for engraving by Mark_engraver.

rehearsalMarkFormatter (procedure)

A procedure taking as arguments the context and the sequence number of the rehearsal mark. It should return the formatted mark as a markup object.

segnoMarkFormatter (procedure)

A procedure that creates a segno (which conventionally indicates the start of a repeated section), taking as arguments the mark sequence number and the context. It should return a markup object.

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): CodaMark, RehearsalMark, SectionLabel and SegnoMark.

Mark_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChordGridScore, Score and StandaloneRhythmScore.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Mark_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.80 Mark_performer

This performer emits MIDI markers for rehearsal marks, segno and coda marks, and section labels. The MIDI markers are derived from markup that is generated as in the Mark_engraver.

Properties (read)

currentPerformanceMarkEvent (stream event)

The coda, section, or segno mark event selected by Mark_tracking_translator for engraving by Mark_engraver.

currentRehearsalMarkEvent (stream event)

The ad-hoc or rehearsal mark event selected by Mark_tracking_translator for engraving by Mark_engraver.

Mark_performer is part of the following context(s) in \midi: ChordGridScore and Score.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Mark_performer ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.81 Mark_tracking_translator

This translator chooses which marks Mark_engraver should engrave.

Music types accepted: ad-hoc-mark-event, coda-mark-event, rehearsal-mark-event, section-label-event and segno-mark-event

Properties (read)

codaMarkCount (non-negative, exact integer)

Updated at the end of each timestep in which a coda mark appears: not set during the first timestep, 0 up to the first coda mark, 1 from the first to the second, 2 from the second to the third, etc.

rehearsalMark (integer)

The next rehearsal mark to print.

segnoMarkCount (non-negative, exact integer)

Updated at the end of each timestep in which a segno appears: not set during the first timestep, 0 up to the first segno, 1 from the first to the second segno, 2 from the second to the third segno, etc.

Properties (write)

codaMarkCount (non-negative, exact integer)

Updated at the end of each timestep in which a coda mark appears: not set during the first timestep, 0 up to the first coda mark, 1 from the first to the second, 2 from the second to the third, etc.

currentPerformanceMarkEvent (stream event)

The coda, section, or segno mark event selected by Mark_tracking_translator for engraving by Mark_engraver.

currentRehearsalMarkEvent (stream event)

The ad-hoc or rehearsal mark event selected by Mark_tracking_translator for engraving by Mark_engraver.

rehearsalMark (integer)

The next rehearsal mark to print.

segnoMarkCount (non-negative, exact integer)

Updated at the end of each timestep in which a segno appears: not set during the first timestep, 0 up to the first segno, 1 from the first to the second segno, 2 from the second to the third segno, etc.

Mark_tracking_translator is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChordGridScore, Score and StandaloneRhythmScore; in \midi: ChordGridScore and Score.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Mark_tracking_translator ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.82 Measure_counter_engraver

This engraver numbers ranges of measures, which is useful in parts as an aid for counting repeated measures. There is no requirement that the affected measures be repeated, however. The user delimits the area to receive a count with \startMeasureCount and \stopMeasureCount.

Music types accepted: measure-counter-event

Properties (read)

currentBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is incremented at every bar line.

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

measurePosition (moment)

How much of the current measure have we had. This can be set manually to create incomplete measures.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): MeasureCounter.

Measure_counter_engraver is not part of any context

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Measure_counter_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.83 Measure_grouping_engraver

Create MeasureGrouping to indicate beat subdivision.

Properties (read)

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

measurePosition (moment)

How much of the current measure have we had. This can be set manually to create incomplete measures.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): MeasureGrouping.

Measure_grouping_engraver is not part of any context

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Measure_grouping_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.84 Measure_spanner_engraver

This engraver creates spanners bounded by the columns that start and end measures in response to \startMeasureSpanner and \stopMeasureSpanner.

Music types accepted: measure-spanner-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

measurePosition (moment)

How much of the current measure have we had. This can be set manually to create incomplete measures.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): MeasureSpanner.

Measure_spanner_engraver is not part of any context

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Measure_spanner_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.85 Melody_engraver

Create information for context dependent typesetting decisions.

Properties (read)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

suspendMelodyDecisions (boolean)

When using the Melody_engraver, stop changing orientation of stems based on the melody when this is set to true.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): MelodyItem.

Melody_engraver is not part of any context

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Melody_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.86 Mensural_ligature_engraver

Handle Mensural_ligature_events by glueing special ligature heads together.

Music types accepted: ligature-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): MensuralLigature.

Mensural_ligature_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: MensuralVoice and PetrucciVoice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Mensural_ligature_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.87 Merge_mmrest_numbers_engraver

Engraver to merge multi-measure rest numbers in multiple voices.

This works by gathering all multi-measure rest numbers at a time step. If they all have the same text and there are at least two only the first one is retained and the others are hidden.

Merge_mmrest_numbers_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: DrumStaff, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, InternalGregorianStaff, KievanStaff, MensuralStaff, PetrucciStaff, Staff, TabStaff and VaticanaStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Merge_mmrest_numbers_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.88 Merge_rests_engraver

Engraver to merge rests in multiple voices on the same staff. This works by gathering all rests at a time step. If they are all of the same length and there are at least two they are moved to the correct location as if there were one voice.

Properties (read)

suspendRestMerging (boolean)

When using the Merge_rest_engraver do not merge rests when this is set to true.

Merge_rests_engraver is not part of any context

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Merge_rests_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.89 Metronome_mark_engraver

Engrave metronome marking. This delegates the formatting work to the function in the metronomeMarkFormatter property. The mark is put over all staves. The staves are taken from the stavesFound property, which is maintained by Staff_collecting_engraver.

Music types accepted: tempo-change-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

metronomeMarkFormatter (procedure)

How to produce a metronome markup. Called with two arguments: a TempoChangeEvent and context.

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

tempoHideNote (boolean)

Hide the note = count in tempo marks.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): MetronomeMark.

Metronome_mark_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChordGridScore, Score and StandaloneRhythmScore.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Metronome_mark_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.90 Midi_control_change_performer

This performer listens to SetProperty events on context properties for generating MIDI control changes and prepares them for MIDI output.

Properties (read)

midiBalance (number)

Stereo balance for the MIDI channel associated with the current context. Ranges from -1 to 1, where the values -1 (#LEFT), 0 (#CENTER) and 1 (#RIGHT) correspond to leftmost emphasis, center balance, and rightmost emphasis, respectively.

midiChorusLevel (number)

Chorus effect level for the MIDI channel associated with the current context. Ranges from 0 to 1 (0=off, 1=full effect).

midiExpression (number)

Expression control for the MIDI channel associated with the current context. Ranges from 0 to 1 (0=off, 1=full effect).

midiPanPosition (number)

Pan position for the MIDI channel associated with the current context. Ranges from -1 to 1, where the values -1 (#LEFT), 0 (#CENTER) and 1 (#RIGHT) correspond to hard left, center, and hard right, respectively.

midiReverbLevel (number)

Reverb effect level for the MIDI channel associated with the current context. Ranges from 0 to 1 (0=off, 1=full effect).

Midi_control_change_performer is part of the following context(s) in \midi: DrumStaff, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, KievanStaff, MensuralStaff, PetrucciStaff, RhythmicStaff, Staff, TabStaff and VaticanaStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Midi_control_change_performer ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.91 Multi_measure_rest_engraver

Engrave multi-measure rests that are produced with ‘R’. It reads measureStartNow and internalBarNumber to determine what number to print over the MultiMeasureRest.

Music types accepted: multi-measure-articulation-event, multi-measure-rest-event and multi-measure-text-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

internalBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is used for internal timekeeping, among others by the Accidental_engraver.

measureStartNow (boolean)

True at the beginning of a measure.

restNumberThreshold (number)

If a multimeasure rest has more measures than this, a number is printed.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): MultiMeasureRest, MultiMeasureRestNumber, MultiMeasureRestScript and MultiMeasureRestText.

Multi_measure_rest_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Multi_measure_rest_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.92 New_fingering_engraver

Create fingering scripts for notes in a new chord. This engraver is ill-named, since it also takes care of articulations and harmonic note heads.

Properties (read)

fingeringOrientations (list)

A list of symbols, containing ‘left’, ‘right’, ‘up’ and/or ‘down’. This list determines where fingerings are put relative to the chord being fingered.

harmonicDots (boolean)

If set, harmonic notes in dotted chords get dots.

stringNumberOrientations (list)

See fingeringOrientations.

strokeFingerOrientations (list)

See fingeringOrientations.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Fingering, Script, StringNumber and StrokeFinger.

New_fingering_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < New_fingering_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.93 Non_musical_script_column_engraver

Find potentially colliding non-musical scripts and put them into a ScriptColumn object; that will fix the collisions.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ScriptColumn.

Non_musical_script_column_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: DrumStaff, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, InternalGregorianStaff, KievanStaff, MensuralStaff, PetrucciStaff, Staff, TabStaff and VaticanaStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Non_musical_script_column_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.94 Note_head_line_engraver

Engrave a line between two note heads in a staff switch if followVoice is set.

Properties (read)

followVoice (boolean)

If set, note heads are tracked across staff switches by a thin line.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VoiceFollower.

Note_head_line_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Note_head_line_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.95 Note_heads_engraver

Generate note heads.

Music types accepted: note-event

Properties (read)

middleCPosition (number)

The place of the middle C, measured in half staff-spaces. Usually determined by looking at middleCClefPosition and middleCOffset.

staffLineLayoutFunction (procedure)

Layout of staff lines, traditional, or semitone.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteHead.

Note_heads_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, NullVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Note_heads_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.96 Note_name_engraver

Print pitches as words.

Music types accepted: note-event

Properties (read)

noteNameFunction (procedure)

Function used to convert pitches into strings and markups.

noteNameSeparator (string)

String used to separate simultaneous NoteName objects.

printAccidentalNames (boolean or symbol)

Print accidentals in the NoteNames context.

printNotesLanguage (string)

Use a specific language in the NoteNames context.

printOctaveNames (boolean or symbol)

Print octave marks in the NoteNames context.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteName.

Note_name_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: NoteNames.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Note_name_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.97 Note_performer

Music types accepted: articulation-event, breathing-event, note-event and tie-event

Note_performer is part of the following context(s) in \midi: ChordNames, CueVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Note_performer ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.98 Note_spacing_engraver

Generate NoteSpacing, an object linking horizontal lines for use in spacing.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteSpacing.

Note_spacing_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Note_spacing_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.99 Ottava_spanner_engraver

Create a text spanner when the ottavation property changes.

Music types accepted: ottava-event

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

middleCOffset (number)

The offset of middle C from the position given by middleCClefPosition This is used for ottava brackets.

ottavation (markup)

If set, the text for an ottava spanner. Changing this creates a new text spanner.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): OttavaBracket.

Ottava_spanner_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: GregorianTranscriptionStaff, InternalGregorianStaff, KievanStaff, MensuralStaff, PetrucciStaff, Staff and VaticanaStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Ottava_spanner_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.100 Output_property_engraver

Apply a procedure to any grob acknowledged.

Music types accepted: apply-output-event

Output_property_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChoirStaff, ChordGrid, ChordGridScore, ChordNames, CueVoice, DrumStaff, DrumVoice, Dynamics, FretBoards, GrandStaff, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, InternalGregorianStaff, KievanStaff, KievanVoice, MensuralStaff, MensuralVoice, PetrucciStaff, PetrucciVoice, PianoStaff, RhythmicStaff, Score, Staff, StaffGroup, StandaloneRhythmScore, StandaloneRhythmStaff, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabStaff, TabVoice, VaticanaStaff, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Output_property_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.101 Page_turn_engraver

Decide where page turns are allowed to go.

Music types accepted: break-event

Properties (read)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

minimumPageTurnLength (moment)

Minimum length of a rest for a page turn to be allowed.

minimumRepeatLengthForPageTurn (moment)

Minimum length of a repeated section for a page turn to be allowed within that section.

Page_turn_engraver is not part of any context

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Page_turn_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.102 Paper_column_engraver

Take care of generating columns.

This engraver decides whether a column is breakable. The default is that a column is always breakable. However, every Bar_engraver that does not have a barline at a certain point will set forbidBreaks in the score context to stop line breaks. In practice, this means that you can make a break point by creating a bar line (assuming that there are no beams or notes that prevent a break point).

Music types accepted: break-event and label-event

Properties (read)

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

Properties (write)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NonMusicalPaperColumn and PaperColumn.

Paper_column_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChordGridScore, Score and StandaloneRhythmScore.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Paper_column_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.103 Parenthesis_engraver

Parenthesize objects whose parenthesize property is #t.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Parentheses.

Parenthesis_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChordGridScore, Score and StandaloneRhythmScore.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Parenthesis_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.104 Part_combine_engraver

Part combine engraver for orchestral scores: Print markings ‘a2’, ‘Solo’, ‘Solo II’, and ‘unisono’.

Music types accepted: note-event and part-combine-event

Properties (read)

aDueText (markup)

Text to print at a unisono passage.

partCombineTextsOnNote (boolean)

Print part-combine texts only on the next note rather than immediately on rests or skips.

printPartCombineTexts (boolean)

Set ‘Solo’ and ‘A due’ texts in the part combiner?

soloIIText (markup)

The text for the start of a solo for voice ‘two’ when part-combining.

soloText (markup)

The text for the start of a solo when part-combining.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): CombineTextScript.

Part_combine_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Part_combine_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.105 Percent_repeat_engraver

Make whole measure repeats.

Music types accepted: percent-event

Properties (read)

countPercentRepeats (boolean)

If set, produce counters for percent repeats.

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

repeatCountVisibility (procedure)

A procedure taking as arguments an integer and context, returning whether the corresponding percent repeat number should be printed when countPercentRepeats is set.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): PercentRepeat and PercentRepeatCounter.

Percent_repeat_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChordGrid, CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Percent_repeat_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.106 Phrasing_slur_engraver

Print phrasing slurs. Similar to Slur_engraver.

Music types accepted: note-event and phrasing-slur-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): PhrasingSlur.

Phrasing_slur_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Phrasing_slur_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.107 Piano_pedal_align_engraver

Align piano pedal symbols and brackets.

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): SostenutoPedalLineSpanner, SustainPedalLineSpanner and UnaCordaPedalLineSpanner.

Piano_pedal_align_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: DrumStaff, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, InternalGregorianStaff, KievanStaff, MensuralStaff, PetrucciStaff, Staff, TabStaff and VaticanaStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Piano_pedal_align_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.108 Piano_pedal_engraver

Engrave piano pedal symbols and brackets.

Music types accepted: sostenuto-event, sustain-event and una-corda-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

pedalSostenutoStrings (list)

See pedalSustainStrings.

pedalSostenutoStyle (symbol)

See pedalSustainStyle.

pedalSustainStrings (list)

A list of strings to print for sustain-pedal. Format is (up updown down), where each of the three is the string to print when this is done with the pedal.

pedalSustainStyle (symbol)

A symbol that indicates how to print sustain pedals: text, bracket or mixed (both).

pedalUnaCordaStrings (list)

See pedalSustainStrings.

pedalUnaCordaStyle (symbol)

See pedalSustainStyle.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): PianoPedalBracket, SostenutoPedal, SustainPedal and UnaCordaPedal.

Piano_pedal_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: Dynamics, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, InternalGregorianStaff, KievanStaff, MensuralStaff, PetrucciStaff, Staff, TabStaff and VaticanaStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Piano_pedal_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.109 Piano_pedal_performer

Music types accepted: sostenuto-event, sustain-event and una-corda-event

Piano_pedal_performer is part of the following context(s) in \midi: ChordNames, CueVoice, DrumVoice, Dynamics, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Piano_pedal_performer ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.110 Pitch_squash_engraver

Set the vertical position of note heads to squashedPosition, if that property is set. This can be used to make a single-line staff demonstrating the rhythm of a melody.

Properties (read)

squashedPosition (integer)

Vertical position of squashing for Pitch_squash_engraver.

Pitch_squash_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: NullVoice, RhythmicStaff and StandaloneRhythmStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Pitch_squash_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.111 Pitched_trill_engraver

Print the bracketed note head after a note head with trill.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TrillPitchAccidental, TrillPitchGroup, TrillPitchHead and TrillPitchParentheses.

Pitched_trill_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Pitched_trill_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.112 Pure_from_neighbor_engraver

Coordinates items that get their pure heights from their neighbors.

Pure_from_neighbor_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: DrumStaff, GregorianTranscriptionLyrics, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, InternalGregorianStaff, KievanStaff, Lyrics, MensuralStaff, PetrucciStaff, Staff, TabStaff, VaticanaLyrics and VaticanaStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Pure_from_neighbor_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.113 Repeat_acknowledge_engraver

This translator adds entries to repeatCommands for events generated by \\repeat volta.

Music types accepted: volta-repeat-end-event and volta-repeat-start-event

Properties (write)

repeatCommands (list)

A list of commands related to volta-style repeats. In general, each element is a list, '(command args…), but a command with no arguments may be abbreviated to a symbol; e.g., '((start-repeat)) may be given as '(start-repeat).

end-repeat

End a repeated section.

start-repeat

Start a repeated section.

volta text

If text is markup, start a volta bracket with that label; if text is #f, end a volta bracket.

Repeat_acknowledge_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChordGridScore, Score and StandaloneRhythmScore.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Repeat_acknowledge_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.114 Repeat_tie_engraver

Create repeat ties.

Music types accepted: repeat-tie-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): RepeatTie and RepeatTieColumn.

Repeat_tie_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Repeat_tie_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.115 Rest_collision_engraver

Handle collisions of rests.

Properties (read)

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): RestCollision.

Rest_collision_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: DrumStaff, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, InternalGregorianStaff, KievanStaff, MensuralStaff, PetrucciStaff, Staff, TabStaff and VaticanaStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Rest_collision_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.116 Rest_engraver

Engrave rests.

Music types accepted: rest-event

Properties (read)

middleCPosition (number)

The place of the middle C, measured in half staff-spaces. Usually determined by looking at middleCClefPosition and middleCOffset.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Rest.

Rest_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Rest_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.117 Rhythmic_column_engraver

Generate NoteColumn, an object that groups stems, note heads, and rests.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): NoteColumn.

Rhythmic_column_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Rhythmic_column_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.118 Script_column_engraver

Find potentially colliding scripts and put them into a ScriptColumn object; that will fix the collisions.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ScriptColumn.

Script_column_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Script_column_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.119 Script_engraver

Handle note scripted articulations.

Music types accepted: articulation-event

Properties (read)

scriptDefinitions (list)

The description of scripts. This is used by the Script_engraver for typesetting note-superscripts and subscripts. See ‘scm/script.scm’ for more information.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Script.

Script_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, Dynamics, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Script_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.120 Script_row_engraver

Determine order in horizontal side position elements.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ScriptRow.

Script_row_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: DrumStaff, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, InternalGregorianStaff, KievanStaff, MensuralStaff, PetrucciStaff, Staff, TabStaff and VaticanaStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Script_row_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.121 Separating_line_group_engraver

Generate objects for computing spacing parameters.

Properties (read)

createSpacing (boolean)

Create StaffSpacing objects? Should be set for staves.

Properties (write)

hasStaffSpacing (boolean)

True if currentCommandColumn contains items that will affect spacing.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffSpacing.

Separating_line_group_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChordNames, DrumStaff, FiguredBass, FretBoards, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, InternalGregorianStaff, KievanStaff, MensuralStaff, NoteNames, PetrucciStaff, RhythmicStaff, Staff, StandaloneRhythmStaff, TabStaff and VaticanaStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Separating_line_group_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.122 Show_control_points_engraver

Create grobs to visualize control points of Bézier curves (ties and slurs) for ease of tweaking.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): ControlPoint and ControlPolygon.

Show_control_points_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChordGridScore, Score and StandaloneRhythmScore.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Show_control_points_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.123 Signum_repetitionis_engraver

Create a SignumRepetitionis at the end of a \repeat volta section.

Music types accepted: volta-repeat-end-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): SignumRepetitionis.

Signum_repetitionis_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: PetrucciStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Signum_repetitionis_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.124 Skip_typesetting_engraver

Create a StaffEllipsis when skipTypesetting is used.

Properties (read)

skipTypesetting (boolean)

If true, no typesetting is done, speeding up the interpretation phase. Useful for debugging large scores.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffEllipsis.

Skip_typesetting_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: DrumStaff, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, InternalGregorianStaff, KievanStaff, MensuralStaff, PetrucciStaff, Staff, TabStaff and VaticanaStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Skip_typesetting_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.125 Slash_repeat_engraver

Make beat repeats.

Music types accepted: repeat-slash-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DoubleRepeatSlash and RepeatSlash.

Slash_repeat_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Slash_repeat_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.126 Slur_engraver

Build slur grobs from slur events.

Music types accepted: note-event and slur-event

Properties (read)

doubleSlurs (boolean)

If set, two slurs are created for every slurred note, one above and one below the chord.

slurMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a slur is present.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Slur.

Slur_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, NullVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Slur_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.127 Slur_performer

Music types accepted: slur-event

Slur_performer is part of the following context(s) in \midi: ChordNames, CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, NullVoice, PetrucciVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Slur_performer ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.128 Spacing_engraver

Make a SpacingSpanner and do bookkeeping of shortest starting and playing notes.

Music types accepted: spacing-section-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

proportionalNotationDuration (moment)

Global override for shortest-playing duration. This is used for switching on proportional notation.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): SpacingSpanner.

Spacing_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChordGridScore, Score and StandaloneRhythmScore.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Spacing_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.129 Span_arpeggio_engraver

Make arpeggios that span multiple staves.

Properties (read)

connectArpeggios (boolean)

If set, connect arpeggios across piano staff.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Arpeggio.

Span_arpeggio_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChoirStaff, GrandStaff, PianoStaff and StaffGroup.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Span_arpeggio_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.130 Span_bar_engraver

Make cross-staff bar lines: It catches all normal bar lines and draws a single span bar across them.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): SpanBar.

Span_bar_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: GrandStaff, PianoStaff and StaffGroup.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Span_bar_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.131 Span_bar_stub_engraver

Make stubs for span bars in all contexts that the span bars cross.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): SpanBarStub.

Span_bar_stub_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChoirStaff, GrandStaff, PianoStaff and StaffGroup.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Span_bar_stub_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.132 Span_stem_engraver

Connect cross-staff stems to the stems above in the system

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Stem.

Span_stem_engraver is not part of any context

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Span_stem_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.133 Spanner_break_forbid_engraver

Forbid breaks in certain spanners.

Spanner_break_forbid_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Spanner_break_forbid_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.134 Spanner_tracking_engraver

Helper for creating spanners attached to other spanners. If a spanner has the sticky-grob-interface, the engraver tracks the spanner contained in its sticky-host object. When the host ends, the sticky spanner attached to it has its end announced too.

Spanner_tracking_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChordGridScore, Score and StandaloneRhythmScore.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Spanner_tracking_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.135 Staff_collecting_engraver

Maintain the stavesFound variable.

Properties (read)

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

Properties (write)

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

Staff_collecting_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChordGridScore, DrumStaff, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, InternalGregorianStaff, KievanStaff, MensuralStaff, PetrucciStaff, Score, Staff, StandaloneRhythmScore, TabStaff and VaticanaStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Staff_collecting_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.136 Staff_highlight_engraver

Highlights music passages.

Music types accepted: staff-highlight-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffHighlight.

Staff_highlight_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: DrumStaff, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, InternalGregorianStaff, KievanStaff, MensuralStaff, PetrucciStaff, RhythmicStaff, Staff, StandaloneRhythmStaff, TabStaff and VaticanaStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Staff_highlight_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.137 Staff_performer

Properties (read)

midiChannelMapping (symbol)

How to map MIDI channels: per staff (default), instrument or voice.

midiMergeUnisons (boolean)

If true, output only one MIDI note-on event when notes with the same pitch, in the same MIDI-file track, overlap.

midiSkipOffset (moment)

This is the accrued MIDI offset to account for time skipped via skipTypesetting.

Staff_performer is part of the following context(s) in \midi: ChordGrid, ChordNames, DrumStaff, GregorianTranscriptionLyrics, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, KievanStaff, Lyrics, MensuralStaff, NoteNames, PetrucciStaff, RhythmicStaff, Staff, TabStaff and VaticanaStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Staff_performer ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.138 Staff_symbol_engraver

Create the constellation of five (default) staff lines.

Music types accepted: staff-span-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffSymbol.

Staff_symbol_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChordGrid, DrumStaff, GregorianTranscriptionStaff, InternalGregorianStaff, KievanStaff, MensuralStaff, PetrucciStaff, RhythmicStaff, Staff, StandaloneRhythmStaff, TabStaff and VaticanaStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Staff_symbol_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.139 Stanza_number_align_engraver

This engraver ensures that stanza numbers are neatly aligned.

Stanza_number_align_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChordGridScore, Score and StandaloneRhythmScore.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Stanza_number_align_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.140 Stanza_number_engraver

Engrave stanza numbers.

Properties (read)

stanza (markup)

Stanza ‘number’ to print before the start of a verse. Use in Lyrics context.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StanzaNumber.

Stanza_number_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: GregorianTranscriptionLyrics, Lyrics and VaticanaLyrics.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Stanza_number_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.141 Stem_engraver

Create stems, flags and single-stem tremolos. It also works together with the beam engraver for overriding beaming.

Music types accepted: tremolo-event and tuplet-span-event

Properties (read)

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

stemLeftBeamCount (integer)

Specify the number of beams to draw on the left side of the next note. Overrides automatic beaming. The value is only used once, and then it is erased.

stemRightBeamCount (integer)

See stemLeftBeamCount.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Flag, Stem, StemStub and StemTremolo.

Stem_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Stem_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.142 System_start_delimiter_engraver

Create a system start delimiter (i.e., a SystemStartBar, SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket or SystemStartSquare spanner).

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

systemStartDelimiter (symbol)

Which grob to make for the start of the system/staff? Set to SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket or SystemStartBar.

systemStartDelimiterHierarchy (pair)

A nested list, indicating the nesting of a start delimiters.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): SystemStartBar, SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket and SystemStartSquare.

System_start_delimiter_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChoirStaff, ChordGrid, GrandStaff, PianoStaff, Score, StaffGroup and StandaloneRhythmScore.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < System_start_delimiter_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.143 Tab_note_heads_engraver

Generate one or more tablature note heads from event of type NoteEvent.

Music types accepted: fingering-event, note-event and string-number-event

Properties (read)

defaultStrings (list)

A list of strings to use in calculating frets for tablatures and fretboards if no strings are provided in the notes for the current moment.

fretLabels (list)

A list of strings or Scheme-formatted markups containing, in the correct order, the labels to be used for lettered frets in tablature.

highStringOne (boolean)

Whether the first string is the string with highest pitch on the instrument. This used by the automatic string selector for tablature notation.

maximumFretStretch (number)

Don’t allocate frets further than this from specified frets.

middleCPosition (number)

The place of the middle C, measured in half staff-spaces. Usually determined by looking at middleCClefPosition and middleCOffset.

minimumFret (number)

The tablature auto string-selecting mechanism selects the highest string with a fret at least minimumFret.

noteToFretFunction (procedure)

Convert list of notes and list of defined strings to full list of strings and fret numbers. Parameters: The context, a list of note events, a list of tabstring events, and the fretboard grob if a fretboard is desired.

stringOneTopmost (boolean)

Whether the first string is printed on the top line of the tablature.

stringTunings (list)

The tablature strings tuning. It is a list of the pitches of each string (starting with the lowest numbered one).

tablatureFormat (procedure)

A function formatting a tablature note head. Called with three arguments: context, string number and, fret number. It returns the text as a markup.

tabStaffLineLayoutFunction (procedure)

A function determining the staff position of a tablature note head. Called with two arguments: the context and the string.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TabNoteHead.

Tab_note_heads_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: TabVoice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Tab_note_heads_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.144 Tab_staff_symbol_engraver

Create a tablature staff symbol, but look at stringTunings for the number of lines.

Properties (read)

stringTunings (list)

The tablature strings tuning. It is a list of the pitches of each string (starting with the lowest numbered one).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffSymbol.

Tab_staff_symbol_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: TabStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Tab_staff_symbol_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.145 Tab_tie_follow_engraver

Adjust TabNoteHead properties when a tie is followed by a slur or glissando.

Tab_tie_follow_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: TabVoice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Tab_tie_follow_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.146 Tempo_performer

Properties (read)

tempoWholesPerMinute (moment)

The tempo in whole notes per minute.

Tempo_performer is part of the following context(s) in \midi: ChordGridScore and Score.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Tempo_performer ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.147 Text_engraver

Create text scripts.

Music types accepted: text-script-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TextScript.

Text_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, Dynamics, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Text_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.148 Text_mark_engraver

Engraves arbitrary textual marks.

Music types accepted: text-mark-event

Properties (read)

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TextMark.

Text_mark_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChordGridScore, Score and StandaloneRhythmScore.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Text_mark_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.149 Text_spanner_engraver

Create text spanner from an event.

Music types accepted: text-span-event

Properties (read)

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TextSpanner.

Text_spanner_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, Dynamics, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Text_spanner_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.150 Tie_engraver

Generate ties between note heads of equal pitch.

Music types accepted: tie-event

Properties (read)

skipTypesetting (boolean)

If true, no typesetting is done, speeding up the interpretation phase. Useful for debugging large scores.

tieWaitForNote (boolean)

If true, tied notes do not have to follow each other directly. This can be used for writing out arpeggios.

Properties (write)

tieMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal whether a tie is present.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): Tie and TieColumn.

Tie_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, NoteNames, NullVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Tie_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.151 Tie_performer

Generate ties between note heads of equal pitch.

Music types accepted: tie-event

Properties (read)

tieWaitForNote (boolean)

If true, tied notes do not have to follow each other directly. This can be used for writing out arpeggios.

Properties (write)

tieMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal whether a tie is present.

Tie_performer is part of the following context(s) in \midi: ChordNames, CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, NullVoice, PetrucciVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Tie_performer ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.152 Time_signature_engraver

Create a TimeSignature whenever timeSignatureFraction changes.

Music types accepted: time-signature-event

Properties (read)

initialTimeSignatureVisibility (vector)

break visibility for the initial time signature.

partialBusy (boolean)

Signal that \partial acts at the current timestep.

timeSignatureFraction (fraction, as pair)

A pair of numbers, signifying the time signature. For example, '(4 . 4) is a 4/4 time signature.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TimeSignature.

Time_signature_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: DrumStaff, InternalGregorianStaff, MensuralStaff, PetrucciStaff, RhythmicStaff, Staff and TabStaff.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Time_signature_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.153 Time_signature_performer

Creates a MIDI time signature whenever timeSignatureFraction changes or a \time command is issued.

Music types accepted: time-signature-event

Properties (read)

timeSignatureFraction (fraction, as pair)

A pair of numbers, signifying the time signature. For example, '(4 . 4) is a 4/4 time signature.

Time_signature_performer is part of the following context(s) in \midi: ChordGridScore and Score.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Time_signature_performer ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.154 Timing_translator

This engraver adds the alias Timing to its containing context. Responsible for synchronizing timing information from staves. Normally in Score. In order to create polyrhythmic music, this engraver should be removed from Score and placed in Staff.

Music types accepted: alternative-event, bar-event and fine-event

Properties (read)

alternativeNumberingStyle (symbol)

The scheme and style for numbering bars in repeat alternatives. If not set (the default), bar numbers continue through alternatives. Can be set to numbers to reset the bar number at each alternative, or set to numbers-with-letters to reset and also include letter suffixes.

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

currentBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is incremented at every bar line.

internalBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is used for internal timekeeping, among others by the Accidental_engraver.

measureLength (moment)

Length of one measure in the current time signature.

measurePosition (moment)

How much of the current measure have we had. This can be set manually to create incomplete measures.

timeSignatureFraction (fraction, as pair)

A pair of numbers, signifying the time signature. For example, '(4 . 4) is a 4/4 time signature.

Properties (write)

alternativeNumber (non-negative, exact integer)

When set, the index of the current \alternative element, starting from one. Not set outside of alternatives. Note the distinction from volta number: an alternative may pertain to multiple volte.

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

currentBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is incremented at every bar line.

internalBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is used for internal timekeeping, among others by the Accidental_engraver.

measureLength (moment)

Length of one measure in the current time signature.

measurePosition (moment)

How much of the current measure have we had. This can be set manually to create incomplete measures.

measureStartNow (boolean)

True at the beginning of a measure.

timeSignatureFraction (fraction, as pair)

A pair of numbers, signifying the time signature. For example, '(4 . 4) is a 4/4 time signature.

Timing_translator is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChordGridScore, Score and StandaloneRhythmScore; in \midi: ChordGridScore and Score.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Timing_translator ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.155 Trill_spanner_engraver

Create trill spanners.

Music types accepted: trill-span-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TrillSpanner.

Trill_spanner_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Trill_spanner_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.156 Tuplet_engraver

Catch tuplet events and generate appropriate bracket.

Music types accepted: tuplet-span-event

Properties (read)

tupletFullLength (boolean)

If set, the tuplet is printed up to the start of the next note.

tupletFullLengthNote (boolean)

If set, end at the next note, otherwise end on the matter (time signatures, etc.) before the note.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): TupletBracket and TupletNumber.

Tuplet_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: CueVoice, DrumVoice, GregorianTranscriptionVoice, KievanVoice, MensuralVoice, PetrucciVoice, StandaloneRhythmVoice, TabVoice, VaticanaVoice and Voice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Tuplet_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.157 Tweak_engraver

Read the tweaks property from the originating event, and set properties.

Tweak_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChordGridScore, Score and StandaloneRhythmScore.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Tweak_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.158 Vaticana_ligature_engraver

Handle ligatures by glueing special ligature heads together.

Music types accepted: ligature-event and pes-or-flexa-event

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): DotColumn and VaticanaLigature.

Vaticana_ligature_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: VaticanaVoice.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Vaticana_ligature_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.159 Vertical_align_engraver

Catch groups (staves, lyrics lines, etc.) and stack them vertically.

Properties (read)

alignAboveContext (string)

Where to insert newly created context in vertical alignment.

alignBelowContext (string)

Where to insert newly created context in vertical alignment.

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): StaffGrouper and VerticalAlignment.

Vertical_align_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChoirStaff, ChordGridScore, GrandStaff, PianoStaff, Score, StaffGroup and StandaloneRhythmScore.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Vertical_align_engraver ][ Up : Engravers and Performers ][]

2.2.160 Volta_engraver

Make volta brackets.

Music types accepted: dal-segno-event, fine-event and volta-span-event

Properties (read)

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

repeatCommands (list)

A list of commands related to volta-style repeats. In general, each element is a list, '(command args…), but a command with no arguments may be abbreviated to a symbol; e.g., '((start-repeat)) may be given as '(start-repeat).

end-repeat

End a repeated section.

start-repeat

Start a repeated section.

volta text

If text is markup, start a volta bracket with that label; if text is #f, end a volta bracket.

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

voltaSpannerDuration (moment)

This specifies the maximum duration to use for the brackets printed for \alternative. This can be used to shrink the length of brackets in the situation where one alternative is very large.

This engraver creates the following layout object(s): VoltaBracket and VoltaBracketSpanner.

Volta_engraver is part of the following context(s) in \layout: ChordGridScore, Score and StandaloneRhythmScore.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Volta_engraver ][ Up : Translation ][]

2.3 Tunable context properties

accidentalGrouping (symbol)

If set to 'voice, accidentals on the same note in different octaves may be horizontally staggered if in different voices.

additionalBassStrings (list)

The additional tablature bass-strings, which will not get a seprate line in TabStaff. It is a list of the pitches of each string (starting with the lowest numbered one).

additionalPitchPrefix (string)

Text with which to prefix additional pitches within a chord name.

aDueText (markup)

Text to print at a unisono passage.

alignAboveContext (string)

Where to insert newly created context in vertical alignment.

alignBelowContext (string)

Where to insert newly created context in vertical alignment.

alterationGlyphs (list)

Alist mapping alterations to accidental glyphs. Alterations are given as exact numbers, e.g., -1/2 for flat. This applies to all grobs that can print accidentals.

alternativeNumber (non-negative, exact integer)

When set, the index of the current \alternative element, starting from one. Not set outside of alternatives. Note the distinction from volta number: an alternative may pertain to multiple volte.

alternativeNumberingStyle (symbol)

The scheme and style for numbering bars in repeat alternatives. If not set (the default), bar numbers continue through alternatives. Can be set to numbers to reset the bar number at each alternative, or set to numbers-with-letters to reset and also include letter suffixes.

alternativeRestores (symbol list)

Timing variables that are restored to their value at the start of the first alternative in subsequent alternatives.

associatedVoice (string)

Name of the context (see associatedVoiceType for its type, usually Voice) that has the melody for this Lyrics line.

associatedVoiceType (symbol)

Type of the context that has the melody for this Lyrics line.

autoAccidentals (list)

List of different ways to typeset an accidental.

For determining when to print an accidental, several different rules are tried. The rule that gives the highest number of accidentals is used.

Each entry in the list is either a symbol or a procedure.

symbol

The symbol is the name of the context in which the following rules are to be applied. For example, if context is Score then all staves share accidentals, and if context is Staff then all voices in the same staff share accidentals, but staves do not.

procedure

The procedure represents an accidental rule to be applied to the previously specified context.

The procedure takes the following arguments:

context

The current context to which the rule should be applied.

pitch

The pitch of the note to be evaluated.

barnum

The current bar number.

The procedure returns a pair of booleans. The first states whether an extra natural should be added. The second states whether an accidental should be printed. (#t . #f) does not make sense.

autoBeamCheck (procedure)

A procedure taking three arguments, context, dir [start/stop (-1 or 1)], and test [shortest note in the beam]. A non-#f return value starts or stops the auto beam.

autoBeaming (boolean)

If set to true then beams are generated automatically.

autoCautionaries (list)

List similar to autoAccidentals, but it controls cautionary accidentals rather than normal ones. Both lists are tried, and the one giving the most accidentals wins. In case of draw, a normal accidental is typeset.

barCheckSynchronize (boolean)

If true then reset measurePosition when finding a bar check.

barExtraVelocity (integer)

Extra MIDI velocity added by the ‘Beat_performer’ at the start of each measure.

barNumberFormatter (procedure)

A procedure that takes a bar number, measure position, and alternative number and returns a markup of the bar number to print.

barNumberVisibility (procedure)

A procedure that takes a bar number and a measure position and returns whether the corresponding bar number should be printed. Note that the actual print-out of bar numbers is controlled with the break-visibility property.

The following procedures are predefined:

all-bar-numbers-visible

Enable bar numbers for all bars, including the first one and broken bars (which get bar numbers in parentheses).

first-bar-number-invisible

Enable bar numbers for all bars (including broken bars) except the first one. If the first bar is broken, it doesn’t get a bar number either.

first-bar-number-invisible-save-broken-bars

Enable bar numbers for all bars (including broken bars) except the first one. A broken first bar gets a bar number.

first-bar-number-invisible-and-no-parenthesized-bar-numbers

Enable bar numbers for all bars except the first bar and broken bars. This is the default.

(every-nth-bar-number-visible n)

Assuming n is value 2, for example, this enables bar numbers for bars 2, 4, 6, etc.

(modulo-bar-number-visible n m)

If bar numbers 1, 4, 7, etc., should be enabled, n (the modulo) must be set to 3 and m (the division remainder) to 1.

baseMoment (moment)

Smallest unit of time that will stand on its own as a subdivided section.

beamExceptions (list)

An alist of exceptions to autobeam rules that normally end on beats.

beamHalfMeasure (boolean)

Whether to allow a beam to begin halfway through the measure in triple time, which could look like 6/8.

beatExtraVelocity (integer)

Extra MIDI velocity added by the ‘Beat_performer’ at the start of each beat.

beatStructure (list)

List of baseMoments that are combined to make beats.

breathMarkType (symbol)

The type of BreathingSign to create at \breathe.

caesuraType (list)

An alist 

((bar-line . bar-type)
 (breath . breath-type)
 (scripts . script-type…)
 (underlying-bar-line . bar-type))

specifying which breath mark, bar line, and scripts to create at \caesura. All entries are optional.

bar-line has higher priority than a measure bar line and underlying-bar-line has lower priority than a measure bar line.

caesuraTypeTransform (procedure)

An engraver callback taking three arguments and returning an alist of the same kind as caesuraType.

The first argument is the context.

The second argument is the value of caesuraType with an additional entry (articulations . symbol-list) identifying the articulations attached to the caesura in the music. If the transform function returns this second argument unmodified, it is as if no transform function were set; the function is free to return a different value. The transform function can remove articulations, but any added articulations are ignored.

The third argument is a symbol-list identifying certain things the engraver has observed. bar-line indicates that the engraver has observed a BarLine at the current moment.

centerBarNumbers (boolean)

Whether to center bar numbers in their measure instead of aligning them on the bar line.

chordChanges (boolean)

Only show changes in chords scheme?

chordNameExceptions (list)

An alist of chord exceptions. Contains (chord . markup) entries.

chordNameFunction (procedure)

The function that converts lists of pitches to chord names.

chordNameLowercaseMinor (boolean)

Downcase roots of minor chords?

chordNameSeparator (markup)

The markup object used to separate parts of a chord name.

chordNoteNamer (procedure)

A function that converts from a pitch object to a text markup. Used for single pitches.

chordPrefixSpacer (number)

The space added between the root symbol and the prefix of a chord name.

chordRootNamer (procedure)

A function that converts from a pitch object to a text markup. Used for chords.

clefGlyph (string)

Name of the symbol within the music font.

clefPosition (number)

Where should the center of the clef symbol go, measured in half staff spaces from the center of the staff.

clefTransposition (integer)

Add this much extra transposition. Values of 7 and -7 are common.

clefTranspositionFormatter (procedure)

A procedure that takes the Transposition number as a string and the style as a symbol and returns a markup.

clefTranspositionStyle (symbol)

Determines the way the ClefModifier grob is displayed. Possible values are ‘default’, ‘parenthesized’ and ‘bracketed’.

codaMarkFormatter (procedure)

A procedure that creates a coda mark (which in conventional D.S. al Coda form indicates the start of the alternative endings), taking as arguments the mark sequence number and the context. It should return a markup object.

completionBusy (boolean)

Whether a completion-note head is playing.

completionFactor (an exact rational or procedure)

When Completion_heads_engraver and Completion_rest_engraver need to split a note or rest with a scaled duration, such as c2*3, this specifies the scale factor to use for the newly-split notes and rests created by the engraver.

If #f, the completion engraver uses the scale-factor of each duration being split.

If set to a callback procedure, that procedure is called with the context of the completion engraver, and the duration to be split.

completionUnit (moment)

Sub-bar unit of completion.

connectArpeggios (boolean)

If set, connect arpeggios across piano staff.

countPercentRepeats (boolean)

If set, produce counters for percent repeats.

createKeyOnClefChange (boolean)

Print a key signature whenever the clef is changed.

createSpacing (boolean)

Create StaffSpacing objects? Should be set for staves.

crescendoSpanner (symbol)

The type of spanner to be used for crescendi. Available values are ‘hairpin’ and ‘text’. If unset, a hairpin crescendo is used.

crescendoText (markup)

The text to print at start of non-hairpin crescendo, i.e., ‘cresc.’.

cueClefGlyph (string)

Name of the symbol within the music font.

cueClefPosition (number)

Where should the center of the clef symbol go, measured in half staff spaces from the center of the staff.

cueClefTransposition (integer)

Add this much extra transposition. Values of 7 and -7 are common.

cueClefTranspositionFormatter (procedure)

A procedure that takes the Transposition number as a string and the style as a symbol and returns a markup.

cueClefTranspositionStyle (symbol)

Determines the way the ClefModifier grob is displayed. Possible values are ‘default’, ‘parenthesized’ and ‘bracketed’.

currentBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is incremented at every bar line.

dalSegnoTextFormatter (procedure)

Format a jump instruction such as D.S.

The first argument is the context.

The second argument is the number of times the instruction is performed.

The third argument is a list of three markups: start-markup, end-markup, and next-markup.

If start-markup is #f, the form is da capo; otherwise the form is dal segno and start-markup is the sign at the start of the repeated section.

If end-markup is not #f, it is either the sign at the end of the main body of the repeat, or it is a Fine instruction. When it is a Fine instruction, next-markup is #f.

If next-markup is not #f, it is the mark to be jumped to after performing the body of the repeat, e.g., Coda.

decrescendoSpanner (symbol)

The type of spanner to be used for decrescendi. Available values are ‘hairpin’ and ‘text’. If unset, a hairpin decrescendo is used.

decrescendoText (markup)

The text to print at start of non-hairpin decrescendo, i.e., ‘dim.’.

defaultStrings (list)

A list of strings to use in calculating frets for tablatures and fretboards if no strings are provided in the notes for the current moment.

doubleRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where the end of one \repeat volta coincides with the start of another. The default is ‘:..:’.

doubleRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the end of one \repeat volta and the beginning of another. The default is ‘:|.S.|:’.

doubleSlurs (boolean)

If set, two slurs are created for every slurred note, one above and one below the chord.

drumPitchTable (hash table)

A table mapping percussion instruments (symbols) to pitches.

drumStyleTable (hash table)

A hash table which maps drums to layout settings. Predefined values: ‘drums-style’, ‘agostini-drums-style’, ‘weinberg-drums-style’, ‘timbales-style’, ‘congas-style’, ‘bongos-style’, and ‘percussion-style’.

The layout style is a hash table, containing the drum-pitches (e.g., the symbol ‘hihat’) as keys, and a list (notehead-style script vertical-position) as values.

endAtSkip (boolean)

End DurationLine grob on skip-event

endRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at the end of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘:|.’.

endRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the end of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘:|.S’.

explicitClefVisibility (vector)

‘break-visibility’ function for clef changes.

explicitCueClefVisibility (vector)

‘break-visibility’ function for cue clef changes.

explicitKeySignatureVisibility (vector)

‘break-visibility’ function for explicit key changes. ‘\override’ of the break-visibility property will set the visibility for normal (i.e., at the start of the line) key signatures.

extendersOverRests (boolean)

Whether to continue extenders as they cross a rest.

extraNatural (boolean)

Whether to typeset an extra natural sign before accidentals that reduce the effect of a previous alteration.

figuredBassAlterationDirection (direction)

Where to put alterations relative to the main figure.

figuredBassCenterContinuations (boolean)

Whether to vertically center pairs of extender lines. This does not work with three or more lines.

figuredBassFormatter (procedure)

A routine generating a markup for a bass figure.

figuredBassLargeNumberAlignment (number)

Horizontal alignment to use for numbers in figured bass that contain more than a single digit.

figuredBassPlusDirection (direction)

Where to put plus signs relative to the main figure.

figuredBassPlusStrokedAlist (list)

An alist mapping figured bass digits to glyphs. The default is mapping numbers 2, 4, 5, 6, 7, and 9 to the six glyphs figbass.*plus and figbass.*stroked, respectively.

finalFineTextVisibility (boolean)

Whether \fine at the written end of the music should create a Fine instruction.

fineBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at \fine. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘|.’.

fineSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with \fine. The default is ‘|.S’.

fineStartRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with \fine and the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘|.S.|:’.

fineText (markup)

The text to print at \fine.

fingeringOrientations (list)

A list of symbols, containing ‘left’, ‘right’, ‘up’ and/or ‘down’. This list determines where fingerings are put relative to the chord being fingered.

firstClef (boolean)

If true, create a new clef when starting a staff.

followVoice (boolean)

If set, note heads are tracked across staff switches by a thin line.

fontSize (number)

The relative size of all grobs in a context.

forbidBreak (boolean)

If set to #t, prevent a line break at this point, except if explicitly requested by the user.

forbidBreakBetweenBarLines (boolean)

If set to true, Bar_engraver forbids line breaks where there is no bar line.

forceClef (boolean)

Show clef symbol, even if it has not changed. Only active for the first clef after the property is set, not for the full staff.

fretLabels (list)

A list of strings or Scheme-formatted markups containing, in the correct order, the labels to be used for lettered frets in tablature.

glissandoMap (list)

A map in the form of ’((source1 . target1) (source2 . target2) (sourcen . targetn)) showing the glissandi to be drawn for note columns. The value ’() will default to ’((0 . 0) (1 . 1) (n . n)), where n is the minimal number of note-heads in the two note columns between which the glissandi occur.

gridInterval (moment)

Interval for which to generate GridPoints.

handleNegativeFrets (symbol)

How the automatic fret calculator should handle calculated negative frets. Values include 'ignore, to leave them out of the diagram completely, 'include, to include them as calculated, and 'recalculate, to ignore the specified string and find a string where they will fit with a positive fret number.

harmonicAccidentals (boolean)

If set, harmonic notes in chords get accidentals.

harmonicDots (boolean)

If set, harmonic notes in dotted chords get dots.

highStringOne (boolean)

Whether the first string is the string with highest pitch on the instrument. This used by the automatic string selector for tablature notation.

ignoreBarChecks (boolean)

Ignore bar checks.

ignoreBarNumberChecks (boolean)

Ignore bar number checks.

ignoreFiguredBassRest (boolean)

Don’t swallow rest events.

ignoreMelismata (boolean)

Ignore melismata for this Lyrics line.

implicitBassFigures (list)

A list of bass figures that are not printed as numbers, but only as extender lines.

includeGraceNotes (boolean)

Do not ignore grace notes for Lyrics.

initialTimeSignatureVisibility (vector)

break visibility for the initial time signature.

instrumentCueName (markup)

The name to print if another instrument is to be taken.

This property is deprecated

instrumentEqualizer (procedure)

A function taking a string (instrument name), and returning a (min . max) pair of numbers for the loudness range of the instrument.

instrumentName (markup)

The name to print left of a staff. The instrumentName property labels the staff in the first system, and the shortInstrumentName property labels following lines.

instrumentTransposition (pitch)

Define the transposition of the instrument. Its value is the pitch that sounds when the instrument plays written middle C. This is used to transpose the MIDI output, and \quotes.

internalBarNumber (integer)

Contains the current barnumber. This property is used for internal timekeeping, among others by the Accidental_engraver.

keepAliveInterfaces (list)

A list of symbols, signifying grob interfaces that are worth keeping a staff with remove-empty set around for.

keyAlterationOrder (list)

A list of pairs that defines in what order alterations should be printed. The format of an entry is (step . alter), where step is a number from 0 to 6 and alter from -1 (double flat) to 1 (double sharp), with exact rationals for alterations in between, e.g., 1/2 for sharp.

keyAlterations (list)

The current key signature. This is an alist containing (step . alter) or ((octave . step) . alter), where step is a number in the range 0 to 6 and alter a fraction, denoting alteration. For alterations, use symbols, e.g., keyAlterations = #`((6 . ,FLAT)).

lyricMelismaAlignment (number)

Alignment to use for a melisma syllable.

lyricRepeatCountFormatter (procedure)

A procedure taking as arguments the context and the numeric repeat count. It should return the formatted repeat count as markup. If it does not return markup, no grob is created.

magnifyStaffValue (positive number)

The most recent value set with \magnifyStaff.

majorSevenSymbol (markup)

How should the major 7th be formatted in a chord name?

maximumFretStretch (number)

Don’t allocate frets further than this from specified frets.

measureBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at a measure boundary.

measureLength (moment)

Length of one measure in the current time signature.

measurePosition (moment)

How much of the current measure have we had. This can be set manually to create incomplete measures.

measureStartNow (boolean)

True at the beginning of a measure.

melismaBusyProperties (list)

A list of properties (symbols) to determine whether a melisma is playing. Setting this property will influence how lyrics are aligned to notes. For example, if set to '(melismaBusy beamMelismaBusy), only manual melismata and manual beams are considered. Possible values include melismaBusy, slurMelismaBusy, tieMelismaBusy, and beamMelismaBusy.

metronomeMarkFormatter (procedure)

How to produce a metronome markup. Called with two arguments: a TempoChangeEvent and context.

middleCClefPosition (number)

The position of the middle C, as determined only by the clef. This can be calculated by looking at clefPosition and clefGlyph.

middleCCuePosition (number)

The position of the middle C, as determined only by the clef of the cue notes. This can be calculated by looking at cueClefPosition and cueClefGlyph.

middleCOffset (number)

The offset of middle C from the position given by middleCClefPosition This is used for ottava brackets.

middleCPosition (number)

The place of the middle C, measured in half staff-spaces. Usually determined by looking at middleCClefPosition and middleCOffset.

midiBalance (number)

Stereo balance for the MIDI channel associated with the current context. Ranges from -1 to 1, where the values -1 (#LEFT), 0 (#CENTER) and 1 (#RIGHT) correspond to leftmost emphasis, center balance, and rightmost emphasis, respectively.

midiChannelMapping (symbol)

How to map MIDI channels: per staff (default), instrument or voice.

midiChorusLevel (number)

Chorus effect level for the MIDI channel associated with the current context. Ranges from 0 to 1 (0=off, 1=full effect).

midiExpression (number)

Expression control for the MIDI channel associated with the current context. Ranges from 0 to 1 (0=off, 1=full effect).

midiInstrument (string)

Name of the MIDI instrument to use.

midiMaximumVolume (number)

Analogous to midiMinimumVolume.

midiMergeUnisons (boolean)

If true, output only one MIDI note-on event when notes with the same pitch, in the same MIDI-file track, overlap.

midiMinimumVolume (number)

Set the minimum loudness for MIDI. Ranges from 0 to 1.

midiPanPosition (number)

Pan position for the MIDI channel associated with the current context. Ranges from -1 to 1, where the values -1 (#LEFT), 0 (#CENTER) and 1 (#RIGHT) correspond to hard left, center, and hard right, respectively.

midiReverbLevel (number)

Reverb effect level for the MIDI channel associated with the current context. Ranges from 0 to 1 (0=off, 1=full effect).

minimumFret (number)

The tablature auto string-selecting mechanism selects the highest string with a fret at least minimumFret.

minimumPageTurnLength (moment)

Minimum length of a rest for a page turn to be allowed.

minimumRepeatLengthForPageTurn (moment)

Minimum length of a repeated section for a page turn to be allowed within that section.

minorChordModifier (markup)

Markup displayed following the root for a minor chord

noChordSymbol (markup)

Markup to be displayed for rests in a ChordNames context.

noteNameFunction (procedure)

Function used to convert pitches into strings and markups.

noteNameSeparator (string)

String used to separate simultaneous NoteName objects.

noteToFretFunction (procedure)

Convert list of notes and list of defined strings to full list of strings and fret numbers. Parameters: The context, a list of note events, a list of tabstring events, and the fretboard grob if a fretboard is desired.

nullAccidentals (boolean)

The Accidental_engraver generates no accidentals for notes in contexts were this is set. In addition to supressing the printed accidental, this option removes any effect the note would have had on accidentals in other voices.

ottavaStartNow (boolean)

Is an ottava starting in this time step?

ottavation (markup)

If set, the text for an ottava spanner. Changing this creates a new text spanner.

ottavationMarkups (list)

An alist defining the markups used for ottava brackets. It contains entries of the form (number of octaves . markup).

output (music output)

The output produced by a score-level translator during music interpretation.

partCombineForced (symbol)

Override for the partCombine decision. Can be apart, chords, unisono, solo1, or solo2.

partCombineTextsOnNote (boolean)

Print part-combine texts only on the next note rather than immediately on rests or skips.

pedalSostenutoStrings (list)

See pedalSustainStrings.

pedalSostenutoStyle (symbol)

See pedalSustainStyle.

pedalSustainStrings (list)

A list of strings to print for sustain-pedal. Format is (up updown down), where each of the three is the string to print when this is done with the pedal.

pedalSustainStyle (symbol)

A symbol that indicates how to print sustain pedals: text, bracket or mixed (both).

pedalUnaCordaStrings (list)

See pedalSustainStrings.

pedalUnaCordaStyle (symbol)

See pedalSustainStyle.

predefinedDiagramTable (hash table)

The hash table of predefined fret diagrams to use in FretBoards.

printAccidentalNames (boolean or symbol)

Print accidentals in the NoteNames context.

printKeyCancellation (boolean)

Print restoration alterations before a key signature change.

printNotesLanguage (string)

Use a specific language in the NoteNames context.

printOctaveNames (boolean or symbol)

Print octave marks in the NoteNames context.

printPartCombineTexts (boolean)

Set ‘Solo’ and ‘A due’ texts in the part combiner?

proportionalNotationDuration (moment)

Global override for shortest-playing duration. This is used for switching on proportional notation.

rehearsalMark (integer)

The next rehearsal mark to print.

rehearsalMarkFormatter (procedure)

A procedure taking as arguments the context and the sequence number of the rehearsal mark. It should return the formatted mark as a markup object.

repeatCommands (list)

A list of commands related to volta-style repeats. In general, each element is a list, '(command args…), but a command with no arguments may be abbreviated to a symbol; e.g., '((start-repeat)) may be given as '(start-repeat).

end-repeat

End a repeated section.

start-repeat

Start a repeated section.

volta text

If text is markup, start a volta bracket with that label; if text is #f, end a volta bracket.

repeatCountVisibility (procedure)

A procedure taking as arguments an integer and context, returning whether the corresponding percent repeat number should be printed when countPercentRepeats is set.

restCompletionBusy (boolean)

Signal whether a completion-rest is active.

restNumberThreshold (number)

If a multimeasure rest has more measures than this, a number is printed.

restrainOpenStrings (boolean)

Exclude open strings from the automatic fret calculator.

searchForVoice (boolean)

Signal whether a search should be made of all contexts in the context hierarchy for a voice to provide rhythms for the lyrics.

sectionBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at \section. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘||’.

segnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at an in-staff segno. The default is ‘S’.

segnoMarkFormatter (procedure)

A procedure that creates a segno (which conventionally indicates the start of a repeated section), taking as arguments the mark sequence number and the context. It should return a markup object.

segnoStyle (symbol)

A symbol that indicates how to print a segno: bar-line or mark.

shapeNoteStyles (vector)

Vector of symbols, listing style for each note head relative to the tonic (q.v.) of the scale.

shortInstrumentName (markup)

See instrumentName.

shortVocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line, short version.

skipBars (boolean)

If set to true, then skip the empty bars that are produced by multimeasure notes and rests. These bars will not appear on the printed output. If not set (the default), multimeasure notes and rests expand into their full length, printing the appropriate number of empty bars so that synchronization with other voices is preserved. 

{
  r1 r1*3 R1*3
  \set Score.skipBars= ##t
  r1*3 R1*3
}
skipTypesetting (boolean)

If true, no typesetting is done, speeding up the interpretation phase. Useful for debugging large scores.

slashChordSeparator (markup)

The markup object used to separate a chord name from its root note in case of inversions or slash chords.

soloIIText (markup)

The text for the start of a solo for voice ‘two’ when part-combining.

soloText (markup)

The text for the start of a solo when part-combining.

squashedPosition (integer)

Vertical position of squashing for Pitch_squash_engraver.

staffLineLayoutFunction (procedure)

Layout of staff lines, traditional, or semitone.

stanza (markup)

Stanza ‘number’ to print before the start of a verse. Use in Lyrics context.

startAtNoteColumn (boolean)

Start DurationLine grob at entire NoteColumn.

startAtSkip (boolean)

Start DurationLine grob at skip-event.

startRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘.|:’.

startRepeatSegnoBarType (string)

Bar line to insert where an in-staff segno coincides with the start of a \repeat volta. The default is ‘S.|:’.

stemLeftBeamCount (integer)

Specify the number of beams to draw on the left side of the next note. Overrides automatic beaming. The value is only used once, and then it is erased.

stemRightBeamCount (integer)

See stemLeftBeamCount.

strictBeatBeaming (boolean)

Should partial beams reflect the beat structure even if it causes flags to hang out?

stringNumberOrientations (list)

See fingeringOrientations.

stringOneTopmost (boolean)

Whether the first string is printed on the top line of the tablature.

stringTunings (list)

The tablature strings tuning. It is a list of the pitches of each string (starting with the lowest numbered one).

strokeFingerOrientations (list)

See fingeringOrientations.

subdivideBeams (boolean)

If set, multiple beams will be subdivided at baseMoment positions by only drawing one beam over the beat.

suggestAccidentals (boolean or symbol)

If set to #t, accidentals are typeset as suggestions above the note. Setting it to 'cautionary only applies that to cautionary accidentals.

supportNonIntegerFret (boolean)

If set in Score the TabStaff will print micro-tones as ‘2½’

suspendMelodyDecisions (boolean)

When using the Melody_engraver, stop changing orientation of stems based on the melody when this is set to true.

suspendRestMerging (boolean)

When using the Merge_rest_engraver do not merge rests when this is set to true.

systemStartDelimiter (symbol)

Which grob to make for the start of the system/staff? Set to SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket or SystemStartBar.

systemStartDelimiterHierarchy (pair)

A nested list, indicating the nesting of a start delimiters.

tablatureFormat (procedure)

A function formatting a tablature note head. Called with three arguments: context, string number and, fret number. It returns the text as a markup.

tabStaffLineLayoutFunction (procedure)

A function determining the staff position of a tablature note head. Called with two arguments: the context and the string.

tempoHideNote (boolean)

Hide the note = count in tempo marks.

tempoWholesPerMinute (moment)

The tempo in whole notes per minute.

tieWaitForNote (boolean)

If true, tied notes do not have to follow each other directly. This can be used for writing out arpeggios.

timeSignatureFraction (fraction, as pair)

A pair of numbers, signifying the time signature. For example, '(4 . 4) is a 4/4 time signature.

timeSignatureSettings (list)

A nested alist of settings for time signatures. Contains elements for various time signatures. The element for each time signature contains entries for baseMoment, beatStructure, and beamExceptions.

timing (boolean)

Keep administration of measure length, position, bar number, etc.? Switch off for cadenzas.

tonic (pitch)

The tonic of the current scale.

topLevelAlignment (boolean)

If true, the Vertical_align_engraver will create a VerticalAlignment; otherwise, it will create a StaffGrouper

tupletFullLength (boolean)

If set, the tuplet is printed up to the start of the next note.

tupletFullLengthNote (boolean)

If set, end at the next note, otherwise end on the matter (time signatures, etc.) before the note.

tupletSpannerDuration (moment)

Normally, a tuplet bracket is as wide as the \times expression that gave rise to it. By setting this property, you can make brackets last shorter. 

{
  \set tupletSpannerDuration = #(ly:make-moment 1 4)
  \times 2/3 { c8 c c c c c }
}
underlyingRepeatBarType (string)

Bar line to insert at points of repetition or departure where no bar line would normally appear, for example at the end of a system broken in mid measure where the next system begins with a segno. Where there is also a repeat bar line, the repeat bar line takes precedence and this value is appended to it as an annotation. The default is ‘||’.

useBassFigureExtenders (boolean)

Whether to use extender lines for repeated bass figures.

vocalName (markup)

Name of a vocal line.

voltaSpannerDuration (moment)

This specifies the maximum duration to use for the brackets printed for \alternative. This can be used to shrink the length of brackets in the situation where one alternative is very large.

whichBar (string)

The current bar line type, or '() if there is no bar line. Setting this explicitly in user code is deprecated. Use \bar or related commands to set it.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Backend >> ]
[ < Tunable context properties ][ Up : Translation ][]

2.4 Internal context properties

associatedVoiceContext (context)

The context object of the Voice that has the melody for this Lyrics.

barCheckLastFail (moment)

Where in the measure did the last barcheck fail?

beamMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a beam is present.

breathMarkDefinitions (list)

The description of breath marks. This is used by the Breathing_sign_engraver. See ‘scm/breath.scm’ for more information.

busyGrobs (list)

A queue of (end-moment . grob) cons cells. This is for internal (C++) use only. This property contains the grobs which are still busy (e.g., note heads, spanners, etc.).

codaMarkCount (non-negative, exact integer)

Updated at the end of each timestep in which a coda mark appears: not set during the first timestep, 0 up to the first coda mark, 1 from the first to the second, 2 from the second to the third, etc.

currentBarLine (graphical (layout) object)

Set to the BarLine that Bar_engraver has created in the current timestep.

currentChordCause (stream event)

Event cause of the chord that should be created in this time step (if any).

currentChordText (markup)

In contexts printing chord names, this is at any point of time the markup that will be put in the chord name.

currentCommandColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all current breakable items (clef, key signature, etc.).

currentMusicalColumn (graphical (layout) object)

Grob that is X-parent to all non-breakable items (note heads, lyrics, etc.).

currentPerformanceMarkEvent (stream event)

The coda, section, or segno mark event selected by Mark_tracking_translator for engraving by Mark_engraver.

currentRehearsalMarkEvent (stream event)

The ad-hoc or rehearsal mark event selected by Mark_tracking_translator for engraving by Mark_engraver.

dynamicAbsoluteVolumeFunction (procedure)

A procedure that takes one argument, the text value of a dynamic event, and returns the absolute volume of that dynamic event.

finalizations (list)

A list of expressions to evaluate before proceeding to next time step. This is an internal variable.

forceBreak (boolean)

Set to #t when an event forcing a line break was heard.

graceSettings (list)

Overrides for grace notes. This property should be manipulated through the add-grace-property function.

hasAxisGroup (boolean)

True if the current context is contained in an axis group.

hasStaffSpacing (boolean)

True if currentCommandColumn contains items that will affect spacing.

lastChord (markup)

Last chord, used for detecting chord changes.

lastKeyAlterations (list)

Last key signature before a key signature change.

localAlterations (list)

The key signature at this point in the measure. The format is the same as for keyAlterations, but can also contain ((octave . name) . (alter barnumber . measureposition)) pairs.

melismaBusy (boolean)

Signifies whether a melisma is active. This can be used to signal melismas on top of those automatically detected.

midiSkipOffset (moment)

This is the accrued MIDI offset to account for time skipped via skipTypesetting.

partialBusy (boolean)

Signal that \partial acts at the current timestep.

quotedCueEventTypes (list)

A list of symbols, representing the event types that should be duplicated for \cueDuring commands.

quotedEventTypes (list)

A list of symbols, representing the event types that should be duplicated for \quoteDuring commands. This is also a fallback for \cueDuring if quotedCueEventTypes is not set

rootSystem (graphical (layout) object)

The System object.

scriptDefinitions (list)

The description of scripts. This is used by the Script_engraver for typesetting note-superscripts and subscripts. See ‘scm/script.scm’ for more information.

segnoMarkCount (non-negative, exact integer)

Updated at the end of each timestep in which a segno appears: not set during the first timestep, 0 up to the first segno, 1 from the first to the second segno, 2 from the second to the third segno, etc.

slurMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal if a slur is present.

stavesFound (list of grobs)

A list of all staff-symbols found.

stringFretFingerList (list)

A list containg three entries. In TabVoice and FretBoards they determine the string, fret and finger to use

tieMelismaBusy (boolean)

Signal whether a tie is present.

[ << Translation ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < Internal context properties ][ Up : Top ][]

3. Backend

3.1 All layout objects   Description and defaults for all graphical objects (grobs).
3.2 Graphical Object Interfaces   Building blocks of graphical objects.
3.3 User backend properties   All tunable properties in a big list.
3.4 Internal backend properties   All internal layout properties in a big list.
[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < Backend ][ Up : Backend ][]

3.1 All layout objects

3.1.1 Accidental  
3.1.2 AccidentalCautionary  
3.1.3 AccidentalPlacement  
3.1.4 AccidentalSuggestion  
3.1.5 Ambitus  
3.1.6 AmbitusAccidental  
3.1.7 AmbitusLine  
3.1.8 AmbitusNoteHead  
3.1.9 Arpeggio  
3.1.10 BalloonText  
3.1.11 BarLine  
3.1.12 BarNumber  
3.1.13 BassFigure  
3.1.14 BassFigureAlignment  
3.1.15 BassFigureAlignmentPositioning  
3.1.16 BassFigureBracket  
3.1.17 BassFigureContinuation  
3.1.18 BassFigureLine  
3.1.19 Beam  
3.1.20 BendAfter  
3.1.21 BendSpanner  
3.1.22 BreakAlignGroup  
3.1.23 BreakAlignment  
3.1.24 BreathingSign  
3.1.25 CaesuraScript  
3.1.26 CenteredBarNumber  
3.1.27 CenteredBarNumberLineSpanner  
3.1.28 ChordName  
3.1.29 ChordSquare  
3.1.30 Clef  
3.1.31 ClefModifier  
3.1.32 ClusterSpanner  
3.1.33 ClusterSpannerBeacon  
3.1.34 CodaMark  
3.1.35 CombineTextScript  
3.1.36 ControlPoint  
3.1.37 ControlPolygon  
3.1.38 CueClef  
3.1.39 CueEndClef  
3.1.40 Custos  
3.1.41 Divisio  
3.1.42 DotColumn  
3.1.43 Dots  
3.1.44 DoublePercentRepeat  
3.1.45 DoublePercentRepeatCounter  
3.1.46 DoubleRepeatSlash  
3.1.47 DurationLine  
3.1.48 DynamicLineSpanner  
3.1.49 DynamicText  
3.1.50 DynamicTextSpanner  
3.1.51 Episema  
3.1.52 FingerGlideSpanner  
3.1.53 Fingering  
3.1.54 FingeringColumn  
3.1.55 Flag  
3.1.56 Footnote  
3.1.57 FretBoard  
3.1.58 Glissando  
3.1.59 GraceSpacing  
3.1.60 GridChordName  
3.1.61 GridLine  
3.1.62 GridPoint  
3.1.63 Hairpin  
3.1.64 HorizontalBracket  
3.1.65 HorizontalBracketText  
3.1.66 InstrumentName  
3.1.67 InstrumentSwitch  
3.1.68 JumpScript  
3.1.69 KeyCancellation  
3.1.70 KeySignature  
3.1.71 KievanLigature  
3.1.72 LaissezVibrerTie  
3.1.73 LaissezVibrerTieColumn  
3.1.74 LedgerLineSpanner  
3.1.75 LeftEdge  
3.1.76 LigatureBracket  
3.1.77 LyricExtender  
3.1.78 LyricHyphen  
3.1.79 LyricRepeatCount  
3.1.80 LyricSpace  
3.1.81 LyricText  
3.1.82 MeasureCounter  
3.1.83 MeasureGrouping  
3.1.84 MeasureSpanner  
3.1.85 MelodyItem  
3.1.86 MensuralLigature  
3.1.87 MetronomeMark  
3.1.88 MultiMeasureRest  
3.1.89 MultiMeasureRestNumber  
3.1.90 MultiMeasureRestScript  
3.1.91 MultiMeasureRestText  
3.1.92 NonMusicalPaperColumn  
3.1.93 NoteCollision  
3.1.94 NoteColumn  
3.1.95 NoteHead  
3.1.96 NoteName  
3.1.97 NoteSpacing  
3.1.98 OttavaBracket  
3.1.99 PaperColumn  
3.1.100 Parentheses  
3.1.101 PercentRepeat  
3.1.102 PercentRepeatCounter  
3.1.103 PhrasingSlur  
3.1.104 PianoPedalBracket  
3.1.105 RehearsalMark  
3.1.106 RepeatSlash  
3.1.107 RepeatTie  
3.1.108 RepeatTieColumn  
3.1.109 Rest  
3.1.110 RestCollision  
3.1.111 Script  
3.1.112 ScriptColumn  
3.1.113 ScriptRow  
3.1.114 SectionLabel  
3.1.115 SegnoMark  
3.1.116 SignumRepetitionis  
3.1.117 Slur  
3.1.118 SostenutoPedal  
3.1.119 SostenutoPedalLineSpanner  
3.1.120 SpacingSpanner  
3.1.121 SpanBar  
3.1.122 SpanBarStub  
3.1.123 StaffEllipsis  
3.1.124 StaffGrouper  
3.1.125 StaffHighlight  
3.1.126 StaffSpacing  
3.1.127 StaffSymbol  
3.1.128 StanzaNumber  
3.1.129 Stem  
3.1.130 StemStub  
3.1.131 StemTremolo  
3.1.132 StringNumber  
3.1.133 StrokeFinger  
3.1.134 SustainPedal  
3.1.135 SustainPedalLineSpanner  
3.1.136 System  
3.1.137 SystemStartBar  
3.1.138 SystemStartBrace  
3.1.139 SystemStartBracket  
3.1.140 SystemStartSquare  
3.1.141 TabNoteHead  
3.1.142 TextMark  
3.1.143 TextScript  
3.1.144 TextSpanner  
3.1.145 Tie  
3.1.146 TieColumn  
3.1.147 TimeSignature  
3.1.148 TrillPitchAccidental  
3.1.149 TrillPitchGroup  
3.1.150 TrillPitchHead  
3.1.151 TrillPitchParentheses  
3.1.152 TrillSpanner  
3.1.153 TupletBracket  
3.1.154 TupletNumber  
3.1.155 UnaCordaPedal  
3.1.156 UnaCordaPedalLineSpanner  
3.1.157 VaticanaLigature  
3.1.158 VerticalAlignment  
3.1.159 VerticalAxisGroup  
3.1.160 VoiceFollower  
3.1.161 VoltaBracket  
3.1.162 VoltaBracketSpanner  
3.1.163 VowelTransition  
[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < All layout objects ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.1 Accidental

An accidental. Horizontal padding and configuration between accidentals is controlled by the AccidentalPlacement grob.

Accidental objects are created by: Accidental_engraver.

Standard settings:

after-line-breaking (boolean):

ly:accidental-interface::remove-tied

Dummy property, used to trigger callback for after-line-breaking.

alteration (number):

accidental-interface::calc-alteration

Alteration numbers for accidental.

avoid-slur (symbol):

'inside

Method of handling slur collisions. Choices are inside, outside, around, and ignore. inside adjusts the slur if needed to keep the grob inside the slur. outside moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur. around moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur only if there is a collision. ignore does not move either. In grobs whose notational significance depends on vertical position (such as accidentals, clefs, etc.), outside and around behave like ignore.

extra-spacing-width (pair of numbers):
'(-0.2 . 0.0)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we pad each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ on the left side of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ on the right side of the item). In order to make a grob take up no horizontal space at all, set this to (+inf.0 . -inf.0).

glyph-name (string):

accidental-interface::calc-glyph-name

The glyph name within the font.

In the context of (span) bar lines, glyph-name represents a processed form of glyph, where decisions about line breaking, etc., are already taken.

horizontal-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:accidental-interface::horizontal-skylines (_)> >

Two skylines, one to the left and one to the right of this grob.

stencil (stencil):

ly:accidental-interface::print

The symbol to print.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> #<procedure ly:grob::pure-simple-vertical-skylines-from-extents (_ _ _)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-offset (number):

ly:grob::x-parent-positioning

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:accidental-interface::height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): accidental-interface, accidental-switch-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, inline-accidental-interface and item-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < Accidental ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.2 AccidentalCautionary

A cautionary accidental, normally enclosed in parentheses.

AccidentalCautionary objects are created by: Accidental_engraver.

Standard settings:

after-line-breaking (boolean):

ly:accidental-interface::remove-tied

Dummy property, used to trigger callback for after-line-breaking.

alteration (number):

accidental-interface::calc-alteration

Alteration numbers for accidental.

avoid-slur (symbol):

'inside

Method of handling slur collisions. Choices are inside, outside, around, and ignore. inside adjusts the slur if needed to keep the grob inside the slur. outside moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur. around moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur only if there is a collision. ignore does not move either. In grobs whose notational significance depends on vertical position (such as accidentals, clefs, etc.), outside and around behave like ignore.

extra-spacing-width (pair of numbers):
'(-0.2 . 0.0)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we pad each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ on the left side of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ on the right side of the item). In order to make a grob take up no horizontal space at all, set this to (+inf.0 . -inf.0).

glyph-name (string):

accidental-interface::calc-glyph-name

The glyph name within the font.

In the context of (span) bar lines, glyph-name represents a processed form of glyph, where decisions about line breaking, etc., are already taken.

horizontal-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:accidental-interface::horizontal-skylines (_)> >

Two skylines, one to the left and one to the right of this grob.

parenthesized (boolean):

#t

Parenthesize this grob.

stencil (stencil):

ly:accidental-interface::print

The symbol to print.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> #<procedure ly:grob::pure-simple-vertical-skylines-from-extents (_ _ _)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-offset (number):

ly:grob::x-parent-positioning

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:accidental-interface::height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): accidental-interface, accidental-switch-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, inline-accidental-interface and item-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < AccidentalCautionary ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.3 AccidentalPlacement

In groups of Accidental grobs, this auxiliary grob controls their horizontal padding and configuration (which ones are placed more to left or to the right).

AccidentalPlacement objects are created by: Accidental_engraver and Ambitus_engraver.

Standard settings:

direction (direction):

-1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

right-padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.15

Space to insert on the right side of an object (e.g., between note and its accidentals).

script-priority (number):

-100

A key for determining the order of scripts in a stack, by being added to the position of the script in the user input, the sum being the overall priority. Smaller means closer to the head.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:axis-group-interface::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): accidental-placement-interface, grob-interface and item-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < AccidentalPlacement ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.4 AccidentalSuggestion

An annotational accidental as used in musica ficta. Normally positioned above a note.

AccidentalSuggestion objects are created by: Accidental_engraver.

Standard settings:

after-line-breaking (boolean):

ly:accidental-interface::remove-tied

Dummy property, used to trigger callback for after-line-breaking.

alteration (number):

accidental-interface::calc-alteration

Alteration numbers for accidental.

direction (direction):

1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

font-size (number):

-2

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

glyph-name (string):

accidental-interface::calc-glyph-name

The glyph name within the font.

In the context of (span) bar lines, glyph-name represents a processed form of glyph, where decisions about line breaking, etc., are already taken.

outside-staff-priority (number):

0

If set, the grob is positioned outside the staff in such a way as to avoid all collisions. In case of a potential collision, the grob with the smaller outside-staff-priority is closer to the staff.

parent-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify on which point of the parent the object is aligned. The value -1 means aligned on parent’s left edge, 0 on center, and 1 right edge, in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the parent’s width. If unset, the value from self-alignment-X property will be used.

script-priority (number):

0

A key for determining the order of scripts in a stack, by being added to the position of the script in the user input, the sum being the overall priority. Smaller means closer to the head.

self-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

side-axis (number):

1

If the value is X (or equivalently 0), the object is placed horizontally next to the other object. If the value is Y or 1, it is placed vertically.

staff-padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.25

Maintain this much space between reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of differing sizes (like the dynamics p and f) on their baselines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:accidental-interface::print

The symbol to print.

X-offset (number):

ly:self-alignment-interface::aligned-on-x-parent

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:accidental-interface::height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): accidental-interface, accidental-suggestion-interface, accidental-switch-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, outside-staff-interface, script-interface, self-alignment-interface and side-position-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < AccidentalSuggestion ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.5 Ambitus

An ambitus, giving the range of pitches of a voice or instrument. It aligns AmbitusAccidental, AmbitusLine, and AmbitusNoteHead horizontally and defines the horizontal spacing from the ambitus to other items.

Ambitus objects are created by: Ambitus_engraver.

Standard settings:

axes (list):
'(0 1)

List of axis numbers. In the case of alignment grobs, this should contain only one number.

break-align-symbol (symbol):

'ambitus

This key is used for aligning, ordering, and spacing breakable items. See break-alignment-interface.

break-visibility (vector):
#(#f #f #t)

A vector of 3 booleans, #(end-of-line unbroken begin-of-line). #t means visible, #f means killed.

non-musical (boolean):

#t

True if the grob belongs to a NonMusicalPaperColumn.

space-alist (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((cue-end-clef extra-space . 0.5)
  (clef extra-space . 1.15)
  (cue-clef extra-space . 0.5)
  (key-signature extra-space . 1.15)
  (signum-repetitionis extra-space . 1.15)
  (staff-bar extra-space . 1.15)
  (time-signature extra-space . 1.15)
  (right-edge extra-space . 0.5)
  (first-note extra-space . 1.15))

An alist that specifies distances from this grob to other breakable items, using the format: 

'((break-align-symbol . (spacing-style . space))
  (break-align-symbol . (spacing-style . space))
  ...)

Standard choices for break-align-symbol are listed in break-alignment-interface. Additionally, three special break-align symbols available to space-alist are:

first-note

used when the grob is just left of the first note on a line

next-note

used when the grob is just left of any other note; if not set, the value of first-note gets used

right-edge

used when the grob is the last item on the line (only compatible with the extra-space spacing style)

Choices for spacing-style are:

extra-space

Put this much space between the two grobs. The space is stretchable when paired with first-note or next-note; otherwise it is fixed.

minimum-space

Put at least this much space between the left sides of both grobs, without allowing them to collide. The space is stretchable when paired with first-note or next-note; otherwise it is fixed. Not compatible with right-edge.

fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put this much fixed space between the grob and the note.

minimum-fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put at least this much fixed space between the left side of the grob and the left side of the note, without allowing them to collide.

semi-fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put this much space between the grob and the note, such that half of the space is fixed and half is stretchable.

Rules for this spacing are much more complicated than this. See [Wanske] page 126–134, [Ross] page 143–147.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:axis-group-interface::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:axis-group-interface::height (_)> #<procedure ly:axis-group-interface::pure-height (_ _ _)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): ambitus-interface, axis-group-interface, break-aligned-interface, grob-interface and item-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < Ambitus ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.6 AmbitusAccidental

An accidental in an Ambitus.

AmbitusAccidental objects are created by: Ambitus_engraver.

Standard settings:

glyph-name (string):

accidental-interface::calc-glyph-name

The glyph name within the font.

In the context of (span) bar lines, glyph-name represents a processed form of glyph, where decisions about line breaking, etc., are already taken.

stencil (stencil):

ly:accidental-interface::print

The symbol to print.

X-offset (number):

ly:grob::x-parent-positioning

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:accidental-interface::height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): accidental-interface, accidental-switch-interface, break-aligned-interface, font-interface, grob-interface and item-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < AmbitusAccidental ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.7 AmbitusLine

The vertical line in an Ambitus.

AmbitusLine objects are created by: Ambitus_engraver.

Standard settings:

gap (dimension, in staff space):

ambitus-line::calc-gap

Size of a gap in a variable symbol.

length-fraction (number):

0.7

Multiplier for lengths. Used for determining ledger lines and stem lengths.

maximum-gap (number):

0.45

Maximum value allowed for gap property.

stencil (stencil):

ambitus::print

The symbol to print.

thickness (number):

2

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

X-offset (number):

ly:self-alignment-interface::centered-on-x-parent

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): ambitus-interface, font-interface, grob-interface and item-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < AmbitusLine ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.8 AmbitusNoteHead

A note head in an Ambitus.

AmbitusNoteHead objects are created by: Ambitus_engraver.

Standard settings:

duration-log (integer):

2

The 2-log of the note head duration, i.e., 0 = whole note, 1 = half note, etc.

glyph-name (string):

note-head::calc-glyph-name

The glyph name within the font.

In the context of (span) bar lines, glyph-name represents a processed form of glyph, where decisions about line breaking, etc., are already taken.

ignore-ambitus (boolean):

#t

If set, don’t consider this notehead for ambitus calculation.

stencil (stencil):

ly:note-head::print

The symbol to print.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:staff-symbol-referencer::callback (_)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): ambitus-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, ledgered-interface, note-head-interface and staff-symbol-referencer-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < AmbitusNoteHead ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.9 Arpeggio

An arpeggio line (normally a vertical wiggle).

Arpeggio objects are created by: Arpeggio_engraver and Span_arpeggio_engraver.

Standard settings:

direction (direction):

-1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

line-thickness (number):

1

For slurs and ties, this is the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the two arcs of the curve’s outline, which intersect at the endpoints. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.5

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

positions (pair of numbers):

ly:arpeggio::calc-positions

Pair of staff coordinates (start . end), where start and end are vertical positions in staff-space units of the current staff. For slurs, this value selects which slur candidate to use; if extreme positions are requested, the closest one is taken.

protrusion (number):

0.4

In an arpeggio bracket, the length of the horizontal edges.

script-priority (number):

0

A key for determining the order of scripts in a stack, by being added to the position of the script in the user input, the sum being the overall priority. Smaller means closer to the head.

side-axis (number):

0

If the value is X (or equivalently 0), the object is placed horizontally next to the other object. If the value is Y or 1, it is placed vertically.

staff-position (number):

0.0

Vertical position, measured in half staff spaces, counted from the middle line.

stencil (stencil):

ly:arpeggio::print

The symbol to print.

thickness (number):

1

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

X-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:arpeggio::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

X-offset (number):

ly:side-position-interface::x-aligned-side

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> #<procedure ly:arpeggio::pure-height (_ _ _)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:staff-symbol-referencer::callback (_)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): arpeggio-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, side-position-interface and staff-symbol-referencer-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < Arpeggio ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.10 BalloonText

A balloon text with a pointing line to visually mark and annotate another grob.

BalloonText objects are created by: Balloon_engraver.

Standard settings:

after-line-breaking (boolean):

ly:balloon-interface::remove-irrelevant-spanner

Dummy property, used to trigger callback for after-line-breaking.

annotation-balloon (boolean):

#t

Print the balloon around an annotation.

annotation-line (boolean):

#t

Print the line from an annotation to the grob that it annotates.

break-visibility (vector):

#<procedure 5b68c690d8e0 at /build/out/share/lilypond/current/scm/lily/output-lib.scm:3027:0 (grob)>

A vector of 3 booleans, #(end-of-line unbroken begin-of-line). #t means visible, #f means killed.

extra-spacing-width (pair of numbers):
'(+inf.0 . -inf.0)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we pad each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ on the left side of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ on the right side of the item). In order to make a grob take up no horizontal space at all, set this to (+inf.0 . -inf.0).

stencil (stencil):

ly:balloon-interface::print

The symbol to print.

text (markup):

#<procedure 5b68c690d8a0 at /build/out/share/lilypond/current/scm/lily/output-lib.scm:1417:0 (grob)>

Text markup. See Formatting text.

thickness (number):

1.0

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> #<procedure ly:grob::pure-simple-vertical-skylines-from-extents (_ _ _)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:balloon-interface::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

X-offset (number):

#<procedure 5b68c690d880 at /build/out/share/lilypond/current/scm/lily/output-lib.scm:1417:0 (grob)>

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> #<procedure ly:balloon-interface::pure-height (_ _ _)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<procedure 5b68c690d860 at /build/out/share/lilypond/current/scm/lily/output-lib.scm:1417:0 (grob)>

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): accidental-switch-interface, balloon-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, sticky-grob-interface and text-interface.

This object can be of either of the following classes: Item (characterized by item-interface) or Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface). It supports the following interfaces conditionally depending on the class: item-interface and spanner-interface.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < BalloonText ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.11 BarLine

A bar line.

BarLine objects are created by: Bar_engraver.

Standard settings:

allow-span-bar (boolean):

#t

If false, no inter-staff bar line will be created below this bar line.

bar-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:bar-line::calc-bar-extent

The Y-extent of the actual bar line. This may differ from Y-extent because it does not include the dots in a repeat bar line.

break-align-anchor (number):

ly:bar-line::calc-anchor

Grobs aligned to this breakable item will have their X-offsets shifted by this number. In bar lines, for example, this is used to position grobs relative to the (visual) center of the bar line.

break-align-symbol (symbol):

'staff-bar

This key is used for aligning, ordering, and spacing breakable items. See break-alignment-interface.

break-visibility (vector):

bar-line::calc-break-visibility

A vector of 3 booleans, #(end-of-line unbroken begin-of-line). #t means visible, #f means killed.

extra-spacing-height (pair of numbers):

pure-from-neighbor-interface::account-for-span-bar

In the horizontal spacing problem, we increase the height of each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ to the bottom of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ to the top of the item). In order to make a grob infinitely high (to prevent the horizontal spacing problem from placing any other grobs above or below this grob), set this to (-inf.0 . +inf.0).

gap (dimension, in staff space):

0.4

Size of a gap in a variable symbol.

glyph (string):

"|"

A string determining what ‘style’ of glyph is typeset. Valid choices depend on the function that is reading this property.

In combination with (span) bar lines, it is a string resembling the bar line appearance in ASCII form.

glyph-left (string):

#<procedure 5b68c690d840 at /build/out/share/lilypond/current/scm/lily/output-lib.scm:1472:0 (grob)>

The glyph value to use at the end of the line when the line is broken. #f indicates that no glyph should be visible; otherwise the value must be a string.

glyph-name (string):

bar-line::calc-glyph-name

The glyph name within the font.

In the context of (span) bar lines, glyph-name represents a processed form of glyph, where decisions about line breaking, etc., are already taken.

glyph-right (string):

#f

The glyph value to use at the beginning of the line when the line is broken. #f indicates that no glyph should be visible; otherwise the value must be a string.

hair-thickness (number):

1.9

Thickness of the thin line in a bar line, expressed as a multiple of the default staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is not influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

horizontal-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::horizontal-skylines-from-stencil (_)> >

Two skylines, one to the left and one to the right of this grob.

kern (dimension, in staff space):

3.0

The space between individual elements in any compound bar line, expressed as a multiple of the default staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is not influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

layer (integer):

0

An integer which determines the order of printing objects. Objects with the lowest value of layer are drawn first, then objects with progressively higher values are drawn, so objects with higher values overwrite objects with lower values. By default most objects are assigned a layer value of 1.

non-musical (boolean):

#t

True if the grob belongs to a NonMusicalPaperColumn.

rounded (boolean):

#f

Decide whether lines should be drawn rounded or not.

segno-kern (number):

3.0

The space between the two thin lines of the segno bar line symbol, expressed as a multiple of the default staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is not influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

space-alist (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((ambitus extra-space . 1.0)
  (time-signature extra-space . 0.75)
  (custos minimum-space . 2.0)
  (clef extra-space . 1.0)
  (key-signature extra-space . 1.0)
  (key-cancellation extra-space . 1.0)
  (first-note fixed-space . 1.3)
  (next-note semi-fixed-space . 0.9)
  (right-edge extra-space . 0.0))

An alist that specifies distances from this grob to other breakable items, using the format: 

'((break-align-symbol . (spacing-style . space))
  (break-align-symbol . (spacing-style . space))
  ...)

Standard choices for break-align-symbol are listed in break-alignment-interface. Additionally, three special break-align symbols available to space-alist are:

first-note

used when the grob is just left of the first note on a line

next-note

used when the grob is just left of any other note; if not set, the value of first-note gets used

right-edge

used when the grob is the last item on the line (only compatible with the extra-space spacing style)

Choices for spacing-style are:

extra-space

Put this much space between the two grobs. The space is stretchable when paired with first-note or next-note; otherwise it is fixed.

minimum-space

Put at least this much space between the left sides of both grobs, without allowing them to collide. The space is stretchable when paired with first-note or next-note; otherwise it is fixed. Not compatible with right-edge.

fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put this much fixed space between the grob and the note.

minimum-fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put at least this much fixed space between the left side of the grob and the left side of the note, without allowing them to collide.

semi-fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put this much space between the grob and the note, such that half of the space is fixed and half is stretchable.

Rules for this spacing are much more complicated than this. See [Wanske] page 126–134, [Ross] page 143–147.

stencil (stencil):

ly:bar-line::print

The symbol to print.

thick-thickness (number):

6.0

Thickness of the thick line in a bar line, expressed as a multiple of the default staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is not influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): bar-line-interface, break-aligned-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface and pure-from-neighbor-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < BarLine ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.12 BarNumber

An ordinary bar number. Centered bar numbers are managed separately with CenteredBarNumber grobs.

BarNumber objects are created by: Bar_number_engraver.

Standard settings:

after-line-breaking (boolean):

ly:side-position-interface::move-to-extremal-staff

Dummy property, used to trigger callback for after-line-breaking.

break-align-symbols (list):
'(left-edge staff-bar)

A list of break-align symbols that determines which breakable items to align this to. If the grob selected by the first symbol in the list is invisible due to break-visibility, we will align to the next grob (and so on). Choices are listed in break-alignment-interface.

break-visibility (vector):
#(#f #f #t)

A vector of 3 booleans, #(end-of-line unbroken begin-of-line). #t means visible, #f means killed.

direction (direction):

1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

extra-spacing-width (pair of numbers):
'(+inf.0 . -inf.0)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we pad each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ on the left side of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ on the right side of the item). In order to make a grob take up no horizontal space at all, set this to (+inf.0 . -inf.0).

font-family (symbol):

'roman

The font family is the broadest category for selecting text fonts. Options include: sans, roman.

font-size (number):

-2

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

horizon-padding (number):

0.05

The amount to pad the axis along which a Skyline is built for the side-position-interface.

non-musical (boolean):

#t

True if the grob belongs to a NonMusicalPaperColumn.

outside-staff-priority (number):

100

If set, the grob is positioned outside the staff in such a way as to avoid all collisions. In case of a potential collision, the grob with the smaller outside-staff-priority is closer to the staff.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

1.0

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

self-alignment-X (number):

#<procedure 5b68c689f180 at /build/out/share/lilypond/current/scm/lily/output-lib.scm:350:2 (grob)>

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

side-axis (number):

1

If the value is X (or equivalently 0), the object is placed horizontally next to the other object. If the value is Y or 1, it is placed vertically.

stencil (stencil):

ly:text-interface::print

The symbol to print.

X-offset (number):

self-alignment-interface::self-aligned-on-breakable

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): bar-number-interface, break-alignable-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, outside-staff-interface, self-alignment-interface, side-position-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < BarNumber ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.13 BassFigure

A number in figured bass. It can contain an alteration as well.

BassFigure objects are created by: Figured_bass_engraver.

Standard settings:

font-features (list):
'("tnum" "cv47" "ss01")

Opentype features.

stencil (stencil):

ly:text-interface::print

The symbol to print.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): accidental-switch-interface, bass-figure-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, rhythmic-grob-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < BassFigure ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.14 BassFigureAlignment

An auxiliary grob to stack several BassFigureLine grobs vertically.

BassFigureAlignment objects are created by: Figured_bass_engraver.

Standard settings:

axes (list):
'(1)

List of axis numbers. In the case of alignment grobs, this should contain only one number.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

-inf.0

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

stacking-dir (direction):

-1

Stack objects in which direction?

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

ly:axis-group-interface::calc-skylines

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:axis-group-interface::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:axis-group-interface::height (_)> #<procedure ly:axis-group-interface::pure-height (_ _ _)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): align-interface, axis-group-interface, bass-figure-alignment-interface, grob-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < BassFigureAlignment ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.15 BassFigureAlignmentPositioning

If figured bass is used in the Staff context, this auxiliary grob groups all of the figured bass notation and computes an offset from the staff via side-positioning.

BassFigureAlignmentPositioning objects are created by: Figured_bass_position_engraver.

Standard settings:

add-stem-support (boolean):

#t

If set, the Stem object is included in this script’s support.

axes (list):
'(1)

List of axis numbers. In the case of alignment grobs, this should contain only one number.

direction (direction):

1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.5

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

side-axis (number):

1

If the value is X (or equivalently 0), the object is placed horizontally next to the other object. If the value is Y or 1, it is placed vertically.

staff-padding (dimension, in staff space):

1.0

Maintain this much space between reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of differing sizes (like the dynamics p and f) on their baselines.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:axis-group-interface::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:axis-group-interface::height (_)> #<procedure ly:axis-group-interface::pure-height (_ _ _)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): axis-group-interface, grob-interface, outside-staff-interface, side-position-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < BassFigureAlignmentPositioning ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.16 BassFigureBracket

Brackets around a figured bass (or elements of it).

BassFigureBracket objects are created by: Figured_bass_engraver.

Standard settings:

edge-height (pair):
'(0.2 . 0.2)

A pair of numbers specifying the heights of the vertical edges: (left-height . right-height).

stencil (stencil):

ly:enclosing-bracket::print

The symbol to print.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:enclosing-bracket::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): enclosing-bracket-interface, grob-interface and item-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < BassFigureBracket ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.17 BassFigureContinuation

A horizontal line to indicate that a number of a previous figured bass is continued in the current figured bass.

BassFigureContinuation objects are created by: Figured_bass_engraver.

Standard settings:

stencil (stencil):

ly:figured-bass-continuation::print

The symbol to print.

Y-offset (number):

ly:figured-bass-continuation::center-on-figures

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): figured-bass-continuation-interface, grob-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < BassFigureContinuation ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.18 BassFigureLine

An auxiliary grob providing a baseline for bass figures that should be aligned vertically.

BassFigureLine objects are created by: Figured_bass_engraver.

Standard settings:

axes (list):
'(1)

List of axis numbers. In the case of alignment grobs, this should contain only one number.

staff-staff-spacing (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((minimum-distance . 1.5) (padding . 0.1))

When applied to a staff-group’s StaffGrouper grob, this spacing alist controls the distance between consecutive staves within the staff-group. When applied to a staff’s VerticalAxisGroup grob, it controls the distance between the staff and the nearest staff below it in the same system, replacing any settings inherited from the StaffGrouper grob of the containing staff-group, if there is one. This property remains in effect even when non-staff lines appear between staves. The alist can contain the following keys:

  • basic-distance – the vertical distance, measured in staff-spaces, between the reference points of the two items when no collisions would result, and no stretching or compressing is in effect.
  • minimum-distance – the smallest allowable vertical distance, measured in staff-spaces, between the reference points of the two items, when compressing is in effect.
  • padding – the minimum required amount of unobstructed vertical whitespace between the bounding boxes (or skylines) of the two items, measured in staff-spaces.
  • stretchability – a unitless measure of the dimension’s relative propensity to stretch. If zero, the distance will not stretch (unless collisions would result).
vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

ly:axis-group-interface::calc-skylines

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:axis-group-interface::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:axis-group-interface::height (_)> #<procedure ly:axis-group-interface::pure-height (_ _ _)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): axis-group-interface, grob-interface, outside-staff-axis-group-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < BassFigureLine ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.19 Beam

A beam.

Beam objects are created by: Auto_beam_engraver, Beam_engraver, Chord_tremolo_engraver, Grace_auto_beam_engraver and Grace_beam_engraver.

Standard settings:

auto-knee-gap (dimension, in staff space):

5.5

If a gap is found between note heads where a horizontal beam fits and it is larger than this number, make a kneed beam.

beam-thickness (dimension, in staff space):

0.48

Beam thickness, measured in staff-space units.

beamed-stem-shorten (list):
'(1.0 0.5 0.25)

How much to shorten beamed stems, when their direction is forced. It is a list, since the value is different depending on the number of flags and beams.

beaming (pair):

ly:beam::calc-beaming

Pair of number lists. Each number list specifies which beams to make. 0 is the central beam, 1 is the next beam toward the note, etc. This information is used to determine how to connect the beaming patterns from stem to stem inside a beam.

clip-edges (boolean):

#t

Allow outward pointing beamlets at the edges of beams?

collision-interfaces (list):
'(beam-interface
   clef-interface
   clef-modifier-interface
   flag-interface
   inline-accidental-interface
   key-signature-interface
   note-head-interface
   stem-interface
   time-signature-interface)

A list of interfaces for which automatic beam-collision resolution is run.

damping (number):

1

Amount of beam slope damping.

details (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((secondary-beam-demerit . 10)
  (stem-length-demerit-factor . 5)
  (region-size . 2)
  (beam-eps . 0.001)
  (stem-length-limit-penalty . 5000)
  (damping-direction-penalty . 800)
  (hint-direction-penalty . 20)
  (musical-direction-factor . 400)
  (ideal-slope-factor . 10)
  (collision-penalty . 500)
  (collision-padding . 0.35)
  (round-to-zero-slope . 0.02))

Alist of parameters for detailed grob behavior. More information on the allowed parameters for a grob can be found by looking at the top of the Internals Reference page for each interface having a details property.

direction (direction):

ly:beam::calc-direction

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

font-family (symbol):

'roman

The font family is the broadest category for selecting text fonts. Options include: sans, roman.

gap (dimension, in staff space):

0.8

Size of a gap in a variable symbol.

neutral-direction (direction):

-1

Which direction to take in the center of the staff.

normalized-endpoints (pair):

ly:spanner::calc-normalized-endpoints

Represents left and right placement over the total spanner, where the width of the spanner is normalized between 0 and 1.

positions (pair of numbers):

beam::place-broken-parts-individually

Pair of staff coordinates (start . end), where start and end are vertical positions in staff-space units of the current staff. For slurs, this value selects which slur candidate to use; if extreme positions are requested, the closest one is taken.

stencil (stencil):

ly:beam::print

The symbol to print.

transparent (boolean):

#<procedure 5b68c689f150 at /build/out/share/lilypond/current/scm/lily/output-lib.scm:1461:0 (grob)>

This makes the grob invisible.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> #<procedure ly:grob::pure-simple-vertical-skylines-from-extents (_ _ _)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-positions (pair of numbers):

ly:beam::calc-x-positions

Pair of X staff coordinates of a spanner in the form (left . right), where both left and right are in staff-space units of the current staff.

This object supports the following interface(s): beam-interface, grob-interface, spanner-interface, staff-symbol-referencer-interface and unbreakable-spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < Beam ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.20 BendAfter

A grob for displaying falls and doits.

BendAfter objects are created by: Bend_engraver.

Standard settings:

minimum-length (dimension, in staff space):

0.5

Try to make a spanner at least this long, normally in the horizontal direction. This requires an appropriate callback for the springs-and-rods property. If added to a Tie, this sets the minimum distance between noteheads.

stencil (stencil):

bend::print

The symbol to print.

thickness (number):

2.0

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

This object supports the following interface(s): bend-after-interface, grob-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < BendAfter ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.21 BendSpanner

A string bending as used in tablature notation.

BendSpanner objects are created by: Bend_spanner_engraver.

Standard settings:

avoid-slur (symbol):

'ignore

Method of handling slur collisions. Choices are inside, outside, around, and ignore. inside adjusts the slur if needed to keep the grob inside the slur. outside moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur. around moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur only if there is a collision. ignore does not move either. In grobs whose notational significance depends on vertical position (such as accidentals, clefs, etc.), outside and around behave like ignore.

baseline-skip (dimension, in staff space):

3

Distance between base lines of multiple lines of text.

before-line-breaking (boolean):

bend::target-cautionary

Dummy property, used to trigger a callback function.

details (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((arrow-stencil
    .
    #<procedure bend::arrow-head-stencil (thickness x-y-coords height width dir)>)
  (curvature-factor . 0.35)
  (bend-arrowhead-height . 1.25)
  (bend-arrowhead-width . 0.8)
  (bend-amount-strings
    (quarter . "¼")
    (half . "½")
    (three-quarter . "¾")
    (full . #f))
  (curve-x-padding-line-end . 0.5)
  (curve-y-padding-line-end . 1)
  (dashed-line-settings 0.4 0.4 0)
  (head-text-break-visibility . #(#f #t #t))
  (horizontal-left-padding . 0.1)
  (successive-level . 1)
  (target-visibility . #f)
  (vertical-padding . 0.2)
  (y-distance-from-tabstaff-to-arrow-tip . 2.75))

Alist of parameters for detailed grob behavior. More information on the allowed parameters for a grob can be found by looking at the top of the Internals Reference page for each interface having a details property.

direction (direction):

1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

font-encoding (symbol):

'latin1

The font encoding is the broadest category for selecting a font. Currently, only lilypond’s system fonts (Emmentaler) are using this property. Available values are fetaMusic (Emmentaler), fetaBraces, fetaText (Emmentaler).

font-shape (symbol):

'italic

Select the shape of a font. Choices include upright, italic, caps.

font-size (number):

-2

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.15

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

side-axis (number):

1

If the value is X (or equivalently 0), the object is placed horizontally next to the other object. If the value is Y or 1, it is placed vertically.

spanner-id (index or symbol):

""

An identifier to distinguish concurrent spanners.

stencil (stencil):

bend-spanner::print

The symbol to print.

style (symbol):

'()

This setting determines in what style a grob is typeset. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

text (markup):

#f

Text markup. See Formatting text.

thickness (number):

1

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> #<procedure ly:grob::pure-simple-vertical-skylines-from-extents (_ _ _)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

word-space (dimension, in staff space):

0.6

Space to insert between words in texts.

Y-offset (number):

0

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): bend-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, line-spanner-interface, outside-staff-interface, spanner-interface, text-interface and text-script-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < BendSpanner ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.22 BreakAlignGroup

An auxiliary grob to group several breakable items of the same type (clefs, time signatures, etc.) across staves so that they will be aligned horizontally. See also BreakAlignment.

BreakAlignGroup objects are created by: Break_align_engraver.

Standard settings:

axes (list):
'(0)

List of axis numbers. In the case of alignment grobs, this should contain only one number.

break-align-anchor (number):

ly:break-aligned-interface::calc-average-anchor

Grobs aligned to this breakable item will have their X-offsets shifted by this number. In bar lines, for example, this is used to position grobs relative to the (visual) center of the bar line.

break-align-anchor-alignment (number):

ly:break-aligned-interface::calc-joint-anchor-alignment

Read by ly:break-aligned-interface::calc-extent-aligned-anchor for aligning an anchor to a grob’s extent.

break-visibility (vector):

ly:break-aligned-interface::calc-break-visibility

A vector of 3 booleans, #(end-of-line unbroken begin-of-line). #t means visible, #f means killed.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:axis-group-interface::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): axis-group-interface, break-aligned-interface, grob-interface and item-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < BreakAlignGroup ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.23 BreakAlignment

An auxiliary grob that manages the horizontal ordering of BreakAlignGroup grobs within a NonMusicalPaperColumn grob (for example, whether the time signature follows or precedes a bar line).

BreakAlignment objects are created by: Break_align_engraver.

Standard settings:

axes (list):
'(0)

List of axis numbers. In the case of alignment grobs, this should contain only one number.

break-align-orders (vector):
#((left-edge
    staff-ellipsis
    cue-end-clef
    ambitus
    breathing-sign
    signum-repetitionis
    clef
    cue-clef
    staff-bar
    key-cancellation
    key-signature
    time-signature
    custos)
  (left-edge
    staff-ellipsis
    cue-end-clef
    ambitus
    breathing-sign
    signum-repetitionis
    clef
    cue-clef
    staff-bar
    key-cancellation
    key-signature
    time-signature
    custos)
  (left-edge
    staff-ellipsis
    ambitus
    breathing-sign
    signum-repetitionis
    clef
    key-cancellation
    key-signature
    time-signature
    staff-bar
    cue-clef
    custos))

This is a vector of 3 lists: #(end-of-line unbroken start-of-line). Each list contains break-align symbols that specify an order of breakable items (see break-alignment-interface).

For example, this places time signatures before clefs: 

\override Score.BreakAlignment.break-align-orders =
  #(make-vector 3 '(left-edge
                    cue-end-clef
                    ambitus
                    breathing-sign
                    time-signature
                    clef
                    cue-clef
                    staff-bar
                    key-cancellation
                    key-signature
                    custos))
non-musical (boolean):

#t

True if the grob belongs to a NonMusicalPaperColumn.

stacking-dir (direction):

1

Stack objects in which direction?

X-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:axis-group-interface::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): axis-group-interface, break-alignment-interface, grob-interface and item-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < BreakAlignment ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.24 BreathingSign

A breathing sign.

BreathingSign objects are created by: Breathing_sign_engraver and Caesura_engraver.

Standard settings:

break-align-symbol (symbol):

'breathing-sign

This key is used for aligning, ordering, and spacing breakable items. See break-alignment-interface.

break-visibility (vector):
#(#t #t #f)

A vector of 3 booleans, #(end-of-line unbroken begin-of-line). #t means visible, #f means killed.

direction (direction):

1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

non-musical (boolean):

#t

True if the grob belongs to a NonMusicalPaperColumn.

space-alist (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((ambitus extra-space . 2.0)
  (custos minimum-space . 1.0)
  (key-signature minimum-space . 1.5)
  (time-signature minimum-space . 1.5)
  (signum-repetitionis minimum-space . 1.5)
  (staff-bar minimum-space . 1.5)
  (clef minimum-space . 2.0)
  (cue-clef minimum-space . 2.0)
  (cue-end-clef minimum-space . 2.0)
  (first-note fixed-space . 1.0)
  (right-edge extra-space . 0.1))

An alist that specifies distances from this grob to other breakable items, using the format: 

'((break-align-symbol . (spacing-style . space))
  (break-align-symbol . (spacing-style . space))
  ...)

Standard choices for break-align-symbol are listed in break-alignment-interface. Additionally, three special break-align symbols available to space-alist are:

first-note

used when the grob is just left of the first note on a line

next-note

used when the grob is just left of any other note; if not set, the value of first-note gets used

right-edge

used when the grob is the last item on the line (only compatible with the extra-space spacing style)

Choices for spacing-style are:

extra-space

Put this much space between the two grobs. The space is stretchable when paired with first-note or next-note; otherwise it is fixed.

minimum-space

Put at least this much space between the left sides of both grobs, without allowing them to collide. The space is stretchable when paired with first-note or next-note; otherwise it is fixed. Not compatible with right-edge.

fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put this much fixed space between the grob and the note.

minimum-fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put at least this much fixed space between the left side of the grob and the left side of the note, without allowing them to collide.

semi-fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put this much space between the grob and the note, such that half of the space is fixed and half is stretchable.

Rules for this spacing are much more complicated than this. See [Wanske] page 126–134, [Ross] page 143–147.

stencil (stencil):

ly:text-interface::print

The symbol to print.

thickness (number):

1.9

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:breathing-sign::offset-callback (_)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): break-aligned-interface, breathing-sign-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, outside-staff-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < BreathingSign ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.25 CaesuraScript

A script for \caesura, e.g., an outside-staff comma or a fermata over a bar line.

CaesuraScript objects are created by: Caesura_engraver.

Standard settings:

before-line-breaking (boolean):

caesura-script-interface::before-line-breaking

Dummy property, used to trigger a callback function.

break-visibility (vector):
#(#t #t #f)

A vector of 3 booleans, #(end-of-line unbroken begin-of-line). #t means visible, #f means killed.

direction (direction):

ly:script-interface::calc-direction

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

font-encoding (symbol):

'fetaMusic

The font encoding is the broadest category for selecting a font. Currently, only lilypond’s system fonts (Emmentaler) are using this property. Available values are fetaMusic (Emmentaler), fetaBraces, fetaText (Emmentaler).

horizon-padding (number):

0.1

The amount to pad the axis along which a Skyline is built for the side-position-interface.

non-musical (boolean):

#t

True if the grob belongs to a NonMusicalPaperColumn.

self-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

side-axis (number):

1

If the value is X (or equivalently 0), the object is placed horizontally next to the other object. If the value is Y or 1, it is placed vertically.

slur-padding (number):

0.2

Extra distance between slur and script.

staff-padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.25

Maintain this much space between reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of differing sizes (like the dynamics p and f) on their baselines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:script-interface::print

The symbol to print.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-offset (number):

script-interface::calc-x-offset

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): caesura-script-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, outside-staff-interface, script-interface, self-alignment-interface and side-position-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < CaesuraScript ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.26 CenteredBarNumber

A centered bar number; see also CenteredBarNumberLineSpanner. Ordinary bar numbers are managed with BarNumber grobs.

CenteredBarNumber objects are created by: Bar_number_engraver.

Standard settings:

extra-spacing-width (pair of numbers):
'(+inf.0 . -inf.0)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we pad each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ on the left side of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ on the right side of the item). In order to make a grob take up no horizontal space at all, set this to (+inf.0 . -inf.0).

font-family (symbol):

'roman

The font family is the broadest category for selecting text fonts. Options include: sans, roman.

font-size (number):

0

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

self-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

stencil (stencil):

ly:text-interface::print

The symbol to print.

X-offset (number):

centered-spanner-interface::calc-x-offset

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): bar-number-interface, centered-bar-number-interface, centered-spanner-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, spanner-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < CenteredBarNumber ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.27 CenteredBarNumberLineSpanner

An auxiliary grob providing a vertical baseline to align CenteredBarNumber grobs.

CenteredBarNumberLineSpanner objects are created by: Centered_bar_number_align_engraver.

Standard settings:

after-line-breaking (boolean):

ly:side-position-interface::move-to-extremal-staff

Dummy property, used to trigger callback for after-line-breaking.

axes (list):
'(1)

List of axis numbers. In the case of alignment grobs, this should contain only one number.

direction (direction):

1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

outside-staff-priority (number):

1200

If set, the grob is positioned outside the staff in such a way as to avoid all collisions. In case of a potential collision, the grob with the smaller outside-staff-priority is closer to the staff.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

4

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

side-axis (number):

1

If the value is X (or equivalently 0), the object is placed horizontally next to the other object. If the value is Y or 1, it is placed vertically.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-element-stencils (_)> #<procedure ly:grob::pure-vertical-skylines-from-element-stencils (_ _ _)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:axis-group-interface::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:axis-group-interface::height (_)> #<procedure ly:axis-group-interface::pure-height (_ _ _)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): axis-group-interface, bar-number-interface, centered-bar-number-line-spanner-interface, grob-interface, outside-staff-interface, side-position-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < CenteredBarNumberLineSpanner ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.28 ChordName

A stand-alone chord name. For chord names in chord grids, see GridChordName.

ChordName objects are created by: Chord_name_engraver.

Standard settings:

after-line-breaking (boolean):

ly:chord-name::after-line-breaking

Dummy property, used to trigger callback for after-line-breaking.

extra-spacing-height (pair of numbers):
'(0.2 . -0.2)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we increase the height of each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ to the bottom of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ to the top of the item). In order to make a grob infinitely high (to prevent the horizontal spacing problem from placing any other grobs above or below this grob), set this to (-inf.0 . +inf.0).

extra-spacing-width (pair of numbers):
'(-0.5 . 0.5)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we pad each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ on the left side of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ on the right side of the item). In order to make a grob take up no horizontal space at all, set this to (+inf.0 . -inf.0).

font-family (symbol):

'sans

The font family is the broadest category for selecting text fonts. Options include: sans, roman.

font-size (number):

1.5

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

stencil (stencil):

ly:text-interface::print

The symbol to print.

word-space (dimension, in staff space):

0.0

Space to insert between words in texts.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): accidental-switch-interface, chord-name-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, outside-staff-interface, rhythmic-grob-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < ChordName ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.29 ChordSquare

In a chord grid, this grob represents one chord square. It helps place GridChordName grobs, and draws lines to separate them. Note that this grob only draws the diagonal lines in a square. The borders of the square are drawn by StaffSymbol and BarLine.

ChordSquare objects are created by: Chord_square_engraver.

Standard settings:

measure-division-chord-placement-alist (association list (list of pairs)):
'(((1) (0 . 0))
  ((1/2 1/2) (-0.4 . 0.4) (0.4 . -0.4))
  ((1/2 1/4 1/4)
   (-0.4 . 0.4)
   (0 . -0.65)
   (0.63 . 0))
  ((1/4 1/4 1/2)
   (-0.63 . 0)
   (0 . 0.65)
   (0.4 . -0.4))
  ((1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4)
   (-0.63 . 0)
   (0 . 0.7)
   (0 . -0.65)
   (0.63 . 0))
  ((1/4 3/4) (-0.63 . 0) (0.38 . 0))
  ((3/4 1/4) (-0.38 . 0) (0.63 . 0)))

An alist mapping measure divisions (see the measure-division property) to lists of coordinates (number pairs) applied to the chord names of a chord square. Coordinates are normalized between -1 and 1 within the square.

measure-division-lines-alist (association list (list of pairs)):
'(((1))
  ((1/2 1/2) (-1 -1 1 1))
  ((1/2 1/4 1/4) (-1 -1 1 1) (0 0 1 -1))
  ((1/4 1/4 1/2) (-1 -1 1 1) (-1 1 0 0))
  ((1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4) (-1 -1 1 1) (-1 1 1 -1))
  ((1/4 3/4) (-1 -1 0 0) (-1 1 0 0))
  ((3/4 1/4) (0 0 1 -1) (0 0 1 1)))

An alist mapping measure divisions (see the measure-division property) to lists of lines to draw in the square, given as 4-element lists: (x-start y-start x-end y-end).

stencil (stencil):

chord-square::print

The symbol to print.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

chord-square::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure chord-square::height (grob)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): chord-square-interface, grob-interface, line-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < ChordSquare ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.30 Clef

A clef. See also ClefModifier, CueClef, and CueEndClef.

Clef objects are created by: Clef_engraver.

Standard settings:

avoid-slur (symbol):

'inside

Method of handling slur collisions. Choices are inside, outside, around, and ignore. inside adjusts the slur if needed to keep the grob inside the slur. outside moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur. around moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur only if there is a collision. ignore does not move either. In grobs whose notational significance depends on vertical position (such as accidentals, clefs, etc.), outside and around behave like ignore.

break-align-anchor (number):

ly:break-aligned-interface::calc-extent-aligned-anchor

Grobs aligned to this breakable item will have their X-offsets shifted by this number. In bar lines, for example, this is used to position grobs relative to the (visual) center of the bar line.

break-align-anchor-alignment (number):

1

Read by ly:break-aligned-interface::calc-extent-aligned-anchor for aligning an anchor to a grob’s extent.

break-align-symbol (symbol):

'clef

This key is used for aligning, ordering, and spacing breakable items. See break-alignment-interface.

break-visibility (vector):
#(#f #f #t)

A vector of 3 booleans, #(end-of-line unbroken begin-of-line). #t means visible, #f means killed.

extra-spacing-height (pair of numbers):

pure-from-neighbor-interface::extra-spacing-height-at-beginning-of-line

In the horizontal spacing problem, we increase the height of each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ to the bottom of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ to the top of the item). In order to make a grob infinitely high (to prevent the horizontal spacing problem from placing any other grobs above or below this grob), set this to (-inf.0 . +inf.0).

glyph-name (string):

ly:clef::calc-glyph-name

The glyph name within the font.

In the context of (span) bar lines, glyph-name represents a processed form of glyph, where decisions about line breaking, etc., are already taken.

non-musical (boolean):

#t

True if the grob belongs to a NonMusicalPaperColumn.

space-alist (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((cue-clef extra-space . 2.0)
  (signum-repetitionis extra-space . 0.7)
  (staff-bar extra-space . 0.7)
  (ambitus extra-space . 1.15)
  (key-cancellation minimum-space . 3.5)
  (key-signature minimum-space . 3.5)
  (time-signature minimum-space . 4.2)
  (first-note minimum-fixed-space . 5.0)
  (next-note extra-space . 1.0)
  (right-edge extra-space . 0.5))

An alist that specifies distances from this grob to other breakable items, using the format: 

'((break-align-symbol . (spacing-style . space))
  (break-align-symbol . (spacing-style . space))
  ...)

Standard choices for break-align-symbol are listed in break-alignment-interface. Additionally, three special break-align symbols available to space-alist are:

first-note

used when the grob is just left of the first note on a line

next-note

used when the grob is just left of any other note; if not set, the value of first-note gets used

right-edge

used when the grob is the last item on the line (only compatible with the extra-space spacing style)

Choices for spacing-style are:

extra-space

Put this much space between the two grobs. The space is stretchable when paired with first-note or next-note; otherwise it is fixed.

minimum-space

Put at least this much space between the left sides of both grobs, without allowing them to collide. The space is stretchable when paired with first-note or next-note; otherwise it is fixed. Not compatible with right-edge.

fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put this much fixed space between the grob and the note.

minimum-fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put at least this much fixed space between the left side of the grob and the left side of the note, without allowing them to collide.

semi-fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put this much space between the grob and the note, such that half of the space is fixed and half is stretchable.

Rules for this spacing are much more complicated than this. See [Wanske] page 126–134, [Ross] page 143–147.

stencil (stencil):

ly:clef::print

The symbol to print.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:staff-symbol-referencer::callback (_)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): break-aligned-interface, clef-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, pure-from-neighbor-interface and staff-symbol-referencer-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < Clef ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.31 ClefModifier

A grob that draws the clef modifier (if present), in most cases the digit 8 below or above the clef. See also Clef, CueClef, and CueEndClef.

ClefModifier objects are created by: Clef_engraver and Cue_clef_engraver.

Standard settings:

break-visibility (vector):

#<procedure 5b68c689f120 at /build/out/share/lilypond/current/scm/lily/output-lib.scm:1461:0 (grob)>

A vector of 3 booleans, #(end-of-line unbroken begin-of-line). #t means visible, #f means killed.

clef-alignments (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((G -0.2 . 0.1) (F -0.3 . -0.2) (C 0 . 0))

An alist of parent-alignments that should be used for clef modifiers with various clefs

color (color):

#<procedure 5b68c689f0f0 at /build/out/share/lilypond/current/scm/lily/output-lib.scm:1461:0 (grob)>

The color of this grob.

font-shape (symbol):

'italic

Select the shape of a font. Choices include upright, italic, caps.

font-size (number):

-4

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

parent-alignment-X (number):

ly:clef-modifier::calc-parent-alignment

Specify on which point of the parent the object is aligned. The value -1 means aligned on parent’s left edge, 0 on center, and 1 right edge, in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the parent’s width. If unset, the value from self-alignment-X property will be used.

self-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

staff-padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.7

Maintain this much space between reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of differing sizes (like the dynamics p and f) on their baselines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:text-interface::print

The symbol to print.

transparent (boolean):

#<procedure 5b68c689f0c0 at /build/out/share/lilypond/current/scm/lily/output-lib.scm:1461:0 (grob)>

This makes the grob invisible.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-offset (number):

ly:self-alignment-interface::aligned-on-x-parent

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): clef-modifier-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, outside-staff-interface, self-alignment-interface, side-position-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < ClefModifier ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.32 ClusterSpanner

A cluster spanner. The envelope shape within the spanner is given by ClusterSpannerBeacon grobs.

ClusterSpanner objects are created by: Cluster_spanner_engraver.

Standard settings:

minimum-length (dimension, in staff space):

0.0

Try to make a spanner at least this long, normally in the horizontal direction. This requires an appropriate callback for the springs-and-rods property. If added to a Tie, this sets the minimum distance between noteheads.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.25

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

springs-and-rods (boolean):

ly:spanner::set-spacing-rods

Dummy variable for triggering spacing routines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:cluster::print

The symbol to print.

style (symbol):

'ramp

This setting determines in what style a grob is typeset. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

This object supports the following interface(s): cluster-interface, grob-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < ClusterSpanner ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.33 ClusterSpannerBeacon

An auxiliary grob to specify the minimum and maximum pitch of a ClusterSpanner grob at a given moment.

ClusterSpannerBeacon objects are created by: Cluster_spanner_engraver.

Standard settings:

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:cluster-beacon::height

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): cluster-beacon-interface, grob-interface, item-interface and rhythmic-grob-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < ClusterSpannerBeacon ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.34 CodaMark

A coda mark.

CodaMark objects are created by: Mark_engraver.

Standard settings:

after-line-breaking (boolean):

ly:side-position-interface::move-to-extremal-staff

Dummy property, used to trigger callback for after-line-breaking.

baseline-skip (dimension, in staff space):

2

Distance between base lines of multiple lines of text.

break-align-symbols (list):
'(staff-bar key-signature clef)

A list of break-align symbols that determines which breakable items to align this to. If the grob selected by the first symbol in the list is invisible due to break-visibility, we will align to the next grob (and so on). Choices are listed in break-alignment-interface.

break-visibility (vector):
#(#t #t #f)

A vector of 3 booleans, #(end-of-line unbroken begin-of-line). #t means visible, #f means killed.

direction (direction):

1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

extra-spacing-width (pair of numbers):
'(+inf.0 . -inf.0)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we pad each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ on the left side of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ on the right side of the item). In order to make a grob take up no horizontal space at all, set this to (+inf.0 . -inf.0).

font-size (number):

2

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

non-musical (boolean):

#t

True if the grob belongs to a NonMusicalPaperColumn.

outside-staff-horizontal-padding (number):

0.2

By default, an outside-staff-object can be placed so that is it very close to another grob horizontally. If this property is set, the outside-staff-object is raised so that it is not so close to its neighbor.

outside-staff-padding (number):

0.4

The padding to place between grobs when spacing according to outside-staff-priority. Two grobs with different outside-staff-padding values have the larger value of padding between them.

outside-staff-priority (number):

1400

If set, the grob is positioned outside the staff in such a way as to avoid all collisions. In case of a potential collision, the grob with the smaller outside-staff-priority is closer to the staff.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.4

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

self-alignment-X (number):

break-alignable-interface::self-alignment-opposite-of-anchor

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

stencil (stencil):

ly:text-interface::print

The symbol to print.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-offset (number):

self-alignment-interface::self-aligned-on-breakable

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): break-alignable-interface, coda-mark-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, mark-interface, outside-staff-interface, self-alignment-interface, side-position-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < CodaMark ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.35 CombineTextScript

A grob for printing markup given in the soloText, soloIIText, and aDueText properties if automatic part combining is active.

CombineTextScript objects are created by: Part_combine_engraver.

Standard settings:

avoid-slur (symbol):

'outside

Method of handling slur collisions. Choices are inside, outside, around, and ignore. inside adjusts the slur if needed to keep the grob inside the slur. outside moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur. around moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur only if there is a collision. ignore does not move either. In grobs whose notational significance depends on vertical position (such as accidentals, clefs, etc.), outside and around behave like ignore.

baseline-skip (dimension, in staff space):

2

Distance between base lines of multiple lines of text.

direction (direction):

1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

extra-spacing-width (pair of numbers):
'(+inf.0 . -inf.0)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we pad each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ on the left side of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ on the right side of the item). In order to make a grob take up no horizontal space at all, set this to (+inf.0 . -inf.0).

font-series (symbol):

'bold

Select the series of a font. Choices include medium, bold, bold-narrow, etc.

outside-staff-priority (number):

450

If set, the grob is positioned outside the staff in such a way as to avoid all collisions. In case of a potential collision, the grob with the smaller outside-staff-priority is closer to the staff.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.5

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

parent-alignment-X (number):

#f

Specify on which point of the parent the object is aligned. The value -1 means aligned on parent’s left edge, 0 on center, and 1 right edge, in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the parent’s width. If unset, the value from self-alignment-X property will be used.

script-priority (number):

200

A key for determining the order of scripts in a stack, by being added to the position of the script in the user input, the sum being the overall priority. Smaller means closer to the head.

self-alignment-X (number):

#f

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

side-axis (number):

1

If the value is X (or equivalently 0), the object is placed horizontally next to the other object. If the value is Y or 1, it is placed vertically.

staff-padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.5

Maintain this much space between reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of differing sizes (like the dynamics p and f) on their baselines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:text-interface::print

The symbol to print.

X-offset (number):

ly:self-alignment-interface::aligned-on-x-parent

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): accidental-switch-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, outside-staff-interface, self-alignment-interface, side-position-interface, text-interface and text-script-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < CombineTextScript ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.36 ControlPoint

A visual representation of a Bézier control point in ties and slurs.

ControlPoint objects are created by: Show_control_points_engraver.

Standard settings:

color (color):

"IndianRed"

The color of this grob.

horizontal-skylines (pair of skylines):

#f

Two skylines, one to the left and one to the right of this grob.

layer (integer):

3

An integer which determines the order of printing objects. Objects with the lowest value of layer are drawn first, then objects with progressively higher values are drawn, so objects with higher values overwrite objects with lower values. By default most objects are assigned a layer value of 1.

stencil (stencil):

ly:text-interface::print

The symbol to print.

text (markup):
'(#<procedure draw-circle-markup (layout props radius thickness filled)>
  0.3
  0.01
  #t)

Text markup. See Formatting text.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#f

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

#f

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

X-offset (number):

#<procedure 5b68c690d800 at /build/out/share/lilypond/current/scm/lily/output-lib.scm:3012:0 (grob)>

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#f

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<procedure 5b68c690d7e0 at /build/out/share/lilypond/current/scm/lily/output-lib.scm:3012:0 (grob)>

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): control-point-interface, grob-interface, sticky-grob-interface and text-interface.

This object can be of either of the following classes: Item (characterized by item-interface) or Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface). It supports the following interfaces conditionally depending on the class: item-interface and spanner-interface.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < ControlPoint ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.37 ControlPolygon

A visual representation of a Bézier control polygon as used in ties and slurs.

ControlPolygon objects are created by: Show_control_points_engraver.

Standard settings:

color (color):

"BurlyWood"

The color of this grob.

extroversion (number):

0.5

For polygons, how the thickness of the line is spread on each side of the exact polygon whith ideal zero thickness. If this is 0, the middle of line is on the polygon. If 1, the line sticks out of the polygon. If -1, the outer side of the line is exactly on the polygon. Other numeric values are interpolated.

filled (boolean):

#f

Whether an object is filled with ink.

horizontal-skylines (pair of skylines):

#f

Two skylines, one to the left and one to the right of this grob.

layer (integer):

2

An integer which determines the order of printing objects. Objects with the lowest value of layer are drawn first, then objects with progressively higher values are drawn, so objects with higher values overwrite objects with lower values. By default most objects are assigned a layer value of 1.

stencil (stencil):

ly:text-interface::print

The symbol to print.

text (markup):

control-polygon::calc-text

Text markup. See Formatting text.

thickness (number):

1.2

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#f

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

#f

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#f

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): control-polygon-interface, grob-interface, sticky-grob-interface and text-interface.

This object can be of either of the following classes: Item (characterized by item-interface) or Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface). It supports the following interfaces conditionally depending on the class: item-interface and spanner-interface.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < ControlPolygon ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.38 CueClef

A clef starting a cue. See also Clef, ClefModifier, and CueEndClef.

CueClef objects are created by: Cue_clef_engraver.

Standard settings:

avoid-slur (symbol):

'inside

Method of handling slur collisions. Choices are inside, outside, around, and ignore. inside adjusts the slur if needed to keep the grob inside the slur. outside moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur. around moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur only if there is a collision. ignore does not move either. In grobs whose notational significance depends on vertical position (such as accidentals, clefs, etc.), outside and around behave like ignore.

break-align-anchor (number):

ly:break-aligned-interface::calc-extent-aligned-anchor

Grobs aligned to this breakable item will have their X-offsets shifted by this number. In bar lines, for example, this is used to position grobs relative to the (visual) center of the bar line.

break-align-symbol (symbol):

'cue-clef

This key is used for aligning, ordering, and spacing breakable items. See break-alignment-interface.

break-visibility (vector):
#(#f #f #t)

A vector of 3 booleans, #(end-of-line unbroken begin-of-line). #t means visible, #f means killed.

extra-spacing-height (pair of numbers):

pure-from-neighbor-interface::extra-spacing-height-at-beginning-of-line

In the horizontal spacing problem, we increase the height of each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ to the bottom of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ to the top of the item). In order to make a grob infinitely high (to prevent the horizontal spacing problem from placing any other grobs above or below this grob), set this to (-inf.0 . +inf.0).

font-size (number):

-4

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

full-size-change (boolean):

#t

Don’t make a change clef smaller.

glyph-name (string):

ly:clef::calc-glyph-name

The glyph name within the font.

In the context of (span) bar lines, glyph-name represents a processed form of glyph, where decisions about line breaking, etc., are already taken.

non-musical (boolean):

#t

True if the grob belongs to a NonMusicalPaperColumn.

space-alist (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((signum-repetitionis minimum-space . 2.7)
  (staff-bar minimum-space . 2.7)
  (key-cancellation minimum-space . 3.5)
  (key-signature minimum-space . 3.5)
  (time-signature minimum-space . 4.2)
  (custos minimum-space . 0.0)
  (first-note minimum-fixed-space . 3.0)
  (next-note extra-space . 1.0)
  (right-edge extra-space . 0.5))

An alist that specifies distances from this grob to other breakable items, using the format: 

'((break-align-symbol . (spacing-style . space))
  (break-align-symbol . (spacing-style . space))
  ...)

Standard choices for break-align-symbol are listed in break-alignment-interface. Additionally, three special break-align symbols available to space-alist are:

first-note

used when the grob is just left of the first note on a line

next-note

used when the grob is just left of any other note; if not set, the value of first-note gets used

right-edge

used when the grob is the last item on the line (only compatible with the extra-space spacing style)

Choices for spacing-style are:

extra-space

Put this much space between the two grobs. The space is stretchable when paired with first-note or next-note; otherwise it is fixed.

minimum-space

Put at least this much space between the left sides of both grobs, without allowing them to collide. The space is stretchable when paired with first-note or next-note; otherwise it is fixed. Not compatible with right-edge.

fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put this much fixed space between the grob and the note.

minimum-fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put at least this much fixed space between the left side of the grob and the left side of the note, without allowing them to collide.

semi-fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put this much space between the grob and the note, such that half of the space is fixed and half is stretchable.

Rules for this spacing are much more complicated than this. See [Wanske] page 126–134, [Ross] page 143–147.

stencil (stencil):

ly:clef::print

The symbol to print.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:staff-symbol-referencer::callback (_)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): break-aligned-interface, clef-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, pure-from-neighbor-interface and staff-symbol-referencer-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < CueClef ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.39 CueEndClef

A clef ending a cue. See also Clef, ClefModifier, and CueClef.

CueEndClef objects are created by: Cue_clef_engraver.

Standard settings:

avoid-slur (symbol):

'inside

Method of handling slur collisions. Choices are inside, outside, around, and ignore. inside adjusts the slur if needed to keep the grob inside the slur. outside moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur. around moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur only if there is a collision. ignore does not move either. In grobs whose notational significance depends on vertical position (such as accidentals, clefs, etc.), outside and around behave like ignore.

break-align-anchor (number):

ly:break-aligned-interface::calc-extent-aligned-anchor

Grobs aligned to this breakable item will have their X-offsets shifted by this number. In bar lines, for example, this is used to position grobs relative to the (visual) center of the bar line.

break-align-symbol (symbol):

'cue-end-clef

This key is used for aligning, ordering, and spacing breakable items. See break-alignment-interface.

break-visibility (vector):
#(#t #t #f)

A vector of 3 booleans, #(end-of-line unbroken begin-of-line). #t means visible, #f means killed.

extra-spacing-height (pair of numbers):

pure-from-neighbor-interface::extra-spacing-height-at-beginning-of-line

In the horizontal spacing problem, we increase the height of each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ to the bottom of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ to the top of the item). In order to make a grob infinitely high (to prevent the horizontal spacing problem from placing any other grobs above or below this grob), set this to (-inf.0 . +inf.0).

font-size (number):

-4

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

full-size-change (boolean):

#t

Don’t make a change clef smaller.

glyph-name (string):

ly:clef::calc-glyph-name

The glyph name within the font.

In the context of (span) bar lines, glyph-name represents a processed form of glyph, where decisions about line breaking, etc., are already taken.

non-musical (boolean):

#t

True if the grob belongs to a NonMusicalPaperColumn.

space-alist (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((clef extra-space . 0.7)
  (cue-clef extra-space . 0.7)
  (signum-repetitionis extra-space . 0.7)
  (staff-bar extra-space . 0.7)
  (key-cancellation minimum-space . 3.5)
  (key-signature minimum-space . 3.5)
  (time-signature minimum-space . 4.2)
  (first-note minimum-fixed-space . 5.0)
  (next-note extra-space . 1.0)
  (right-edge extra-space . 0.5))

An alist that specifies distances from this grob to other breakable items, using the format: 

'((break-align-symbol . (spacing-style . space))
  (break-align-symbol . (spacing-style . space))
  ...)

Standard choices for break-align-symbol are listed in break-alignment-interface. Additionally, three special break-align symbols available to space-alist are:

first-note

used when the grob is just left of the first note on a line

next-note

used when the grob is just left of any other note; if not set, the value of first-note gets used

right-edge

used when the grob is the last item on the line (only compatible with the extra-space spacing style)

Choices for spacing-style are:

extra-space

Put this much space between the two grobs. The space is stretchable when paired with first-note or next-note; otherwise it is fixed.

minimum-space

Put at least this much space between the left sides of both grobs, without allowing them to collide. The space is stretchable when paired with first-note or next-note; otherwise it is fixed. Not compatible with right-edge.

fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put this much fixed space between the grob and the note.

minimum-fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put at least this much fixed space between the left side of the grob and the left side of the note, without allowing them to collide.

semi-fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put this much space between the grob and the note, such that half of the space is fixed and half is stretchable.

Rules for this spacing are much more complicated than this. See [Wanske] page 126–134, [Ross] page 143–147.

stencil (stencil):

ly:clef::print

The symbol to print.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:staff-symbol-referencer::callback (_)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): break-aligned-interface, clef-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, pure-from-neighbor-interface and staff-symbol-referencer-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < CueEndClef ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.40 Custos

A custos, mainly used in older notation like Gregorian chant.

Custos objects are created by: Custos_engraver.

Standard settings:

break-align-symbol (symbol):

'custos

This key is used for aligning, ordering, and spacing breakable items. See break-alignment-interface.

break-visibility (vector):
#(#t #f #f)

A vector of 3 booleans, #(end-of-line unbroken begin-of-line). #t means visible, #f means killed.

neutral-direction (direction):

-1

Which direction to take in the center of the staff.

non-musical (boolean):

#t

True if the grob belongs to a NonMusicalPaperColumn.

space-alist (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((first-note minimum-fixed-space . 0.0)
  (right-edge extra-space . 0.1))

An alist that specifies distances from this grob to other breakable items, using the format: 

'((break-align-symbol . (spacing-style . space))
  (break-align-symbol . (spacing-style . space))
  ...)

Standard choices for break-align-symbol are listed in break-alignment-interface. Additionally, three special break-align symbols available to space-alist are:

first-note

used when the grob is just left of the first note on a line

next-note

used when the grob is just left of any other note; if not set, the value of first-note gets used

right-edge

used when the grob is the last item on the line (only compatible with the extra-space spacing style)

Choices for spacing-style are:

extra-space

Put this much space between the two grobs. The space is stretchable when paired with first-note or next-note; otherwise it is fixed.

minimum-space

Put at least this much space between the left sides of both grobs, without allowing them to collide. The space is stretchable when paired with first-note or next-note; otherwise it is fixed. Not compatible with right-edge.

fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put this much fixed space between the grob and the note.

minimum-fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put at least this much fixed space between the left side of the grob and the left side of the note, without allowing them to collide.

semi-fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put this much space between the grob and the note, such that half of the space is fixed and half is stretchable.

Rules for this spacing are much more complicated than this. See [Wanske] page 126–134, [Ross] page 143–147.

stencil (stencil):

ly:custos::print

The symbol to print.

style (symbol):

'vaticana

This setting determines in what style a grob is typeset. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:staff-symbol-referencer::callback (_)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): break-aligned-interface, custos-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface and staff-symbol-referencer-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < Custos ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.41 Divisio

A structural divider in a chant, often calling for a breath or caesura.

Divisio objects are created by: Divisio_engraver.

Standard settings:

break-align-anchor (number):

ly:break-aligned-interface::calc-extent-aligned-anchor

Grobs aligned to this breakable item will have their X-offsets shifted by this number. In bar lines, for example, this is used to position grobs relative to the (visual) center of the bar line.

break-align-anchor-alignment (number):

0

Read by ly:break-aligned-interface::calc-extent-aligned-anchor for aligning an anchor to a grob’s extent.

break-align-symbol (symbol):

'staff-bar

This key is used for aligning, ordering, and spacing breakable items. See break-alignment-interface.

break-visibility (vector):
#(#t #t #f)

A vector of 3 booleans, #(end-of-line unbroken begin-of-line). #t means visible, #f means killed.

direction (direction):

1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

extra-spacing-height (pair of numbers):

item::extra-spacing-height-including-staff

In the horizontal spacing problem, we increase the height of each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ to the bottom of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ to the top of the item). In order to make a grob infinitely high (to prevent the horizontal spacing problem from placing any other grobs above or below this grob), set this to (-inf.0 . +inf.0).

extra-spacing-width (pair of numbers):
'(-1.0 . 0.0)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we pad each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ on the left side of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ on the right side of the item). In order to make a grob take up no horizontal space at all, set this to (+inf.0 . -inf.0).

non-musical (boolean):

#t

True if the grob belongs to a NonMusicalPaperColumn.

space-alist (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((ambitus extra-space . 1.0)
  (time-signature extra-space . 0.75)
  (custos minimum-space . 2.0)
  (clef extra-space . 1.0)
  (key-signature extra-space . 1.0)
  (key-cancellation extra-space . 1.0)
  (first-note fixed-space . 1.3)
  (next-note semi-fixed-space . 0.9)
  (right-edge extra-space . 0.0))

An alist that specifies distances from this grob to other breakable items, using the format: 

'((break-align-symbol . (spacing-style . space))
  (break-align-symbol . (spacing-style . space))
  ...)

Standard choices for break-align-symbol are listed in break-alignment-interface. Additionally, three special break-align symbols available to space-alist are:

first-note

used when the grob is just left of the first note on a line

next-note

used when the grob is just left of any other note; if not set, the value of first-note gets used

right-edge

used when the grob is the last item on the line (only compatible with the extra-space spacing style)

Choices for spacing-style are:

extra-space

Put this much space between the two grobs. The space is stretchable when paired with first-note or next-note; otherwise it is fixed.

minimum-space

Put at least this much space between the left sides of both grobs, without allowing them to collide. The space is stretchable when paired with first-note or next-note; otherwise it is fixed. Not compatible with right-edge.

fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put this much fixed space between the grob and the note.

minimum-fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put at least this much fixed space between the left side of the grob and the left side of the note, without allowing them to collide.

semi-fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put this much space between the grob and the note, such that half of the space is fixed and half is stretchable.

Rules for this spacing are much more complicated than this. See [Wanske] page 126–134, [Ross] page 143–147.

stencil (stencil):

ly:text-interface::print

The symbol to print.

thickness (number):

1.9

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:breathing-sign::offset-callback (_)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): break-aligned-interface, breathing-sign-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, outside-staff-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < Divisio ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.42 DotColumn

An auxiliary grob to align stacked Dots grobs of dotted notes and chords.

DotColumn objects are created by: Dot_column_engraver and Vaticana_ligature_engraver.

Standard settings:

axes (list):
'(0)

List of axis numbers. In the case of alignment grobs, this should contain only one number.

chord-dots-limit (integer):

3

Limits the column of dots on each chord to the height of the chord plus chord-dots-limit staff-positions.

direction (direction):

1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

dot-column-interface::pad-by-one-dot-width

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:axis-group-interface::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): axis-group-interface, dot-column-interface, grob-interface and item-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < DotColumn ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.43 Dots

The dot(s) of a dotted note. See also DotColumn.

Dots objects are created by: Dots_engraver.

Standard settings:

avoid-slur (symbol):

'inside

Method of handling slur collisions. Choices are inside, outside, around, and ignore. inside adjusts the slur if needed to keep the grob inside the slur. outside moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur. around moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur only if there is a collision. ignore does not move either. In grobs whose notational significance depends on vertical position (such as accidentals, clefs, etc.), outside and around behave like ignore.

dot-count (integer):

dots::calc-dot-count

The number of dots.

extra-spacing-height (pair of numbers):
'(-0.5 . 0.5)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we increase the height of each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ to the bottom of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ to the top of the item). In order to make a grob infinitely high (to prevent the horizontal spacing problem from placing any other grobs above or below this grob), set this to (-inf.0 . +inf.0).

extra-spacing-width (pair of numbers):
'(0.0 . 0.2)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we pad each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ on the left side of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ on the right side of the item). In order to make a grob take up no horizontal space at all, set this to (+inf.0 . -inf.0).

glyph-name (string):

dots::calc-glyph-name

The glyph name within the font.

In the context of (span) bar lines, glyph-name represents a processed form of glyph, where decisions about line breaking, etc., are already taken.

staff-position (number):

dots::calc-staff-position

Vertical position, measured in half staff spaces, counted from the middle line.

stencil (stencil):

ly:dots::print

The symbol to print.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): dots-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface and staff-symbol-referencer-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < Dots ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.44 DoublePercentRepeat

A double-percent symbol for repeating two bars. See also DoublePercentRepeatCounter, PercentRepeat, DoubleRepeatSlash, and RepeatSlash.

DoublePercentRepeat objects are created by: Double_percent_repeat_engraver.

Standard settings:

break-align-symbol (symbol):

'staff-bar

This key is used for aligning, ordering, and spacing breakable items. See break-alignment-interface.

break-visibility (vector):
#(#t #t #f)

A vector of 3 booleans, #(end-of-line unbroken begin-of-line). #t means visible, #f means killed.

dot-negative-kern (number):

0.75

The space to remove between a dot and a slash in percent repeat glyphs. Larger values bring the two elements closer together.

font-encoding (symbol):

'fetaMusic

The font encoding is the broadest category for selecting a font. Currently, only lilypond’s system fonts (Emmentaler) are using this property. Available values are fetaMusic (Emmentaler), fetaBraces, fetaText (Emmentaler).

non-musical (boolean):

#t

True if the grob belongs to a NonMusicalPaperColumn.

slash-negative-kern (number):

1.6

The space to remove between slashes in percent repeat glyphs. Larger values bring the two elements closer together.

slope (number):

1.0

The slope of this object.

stencil (stencil):

ly:percent-repeat-interface::double-percent

The symbol to print.

thickness (number):

0.48

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): break-aligned-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface and percent-repeat-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < DoublePercentRepeat ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.45 DoublePercentRepeatCounter

A grob to print a counter for DoublePercentRepeat grobs.

DoublePercentRepeatCounter objects are created by: Double_percent_repeat_engraver.

Standard settings:

direction (direction):

1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

font-encoding (symbol):

'fetaText

The font encoding is the broadest category for selecting a font. Currently, only lilypond’s system fonts (Emmentaler) are using this property. Available values are fetaMusic (Emmentaler), fetaBraces, fetaText (Emmentaler).

font-features (list):
'("cv47")

Opentype features.

font-size (number):

-2

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.2

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

parent-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify on which point of the parent the object is aligned. The value -1 means aligned on parent’s left edge, 0 on center, and 1 right edge, in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the parent’s width. If unset, the value from self-alignment-X property will be used.

self-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

side-axis (number):

1

If the value is X (or equivalently 0), the object is placed horizontally next to the other object. If the value is Y or 1, it is placed vertically.

staff-padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.25

Maintain this much space between reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of differing sizes (like the dynamics p and f) on their baselines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:text-interface::print

The symbol to print.

X-offset (number):

ly:self-alignment-interface::aligned-on-x-parent

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, outside-staff-interface, self-alignment-interface, side-position-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < DoublePercentRepeatCounter ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.46 DoubleRepeatSlash

A double-percent symbol for repeating patterns shorter than a single measure, and which contain mixed durations. See also PercentRepeat, DoublePercentRepeat, and RepeatSlash.

DoubleRepeatSlash objects are created by: Slash_repeat_engraver.

Standard settings:

dot-negative-kern (number):

0.75

The space to remove between a dot and a slash in percent repeat glyphs. Larger values bring the two elements closer together.

font-encoding (symbol):

'fetaMusic

The font encoding is the broadest category for selecting a font. Currently, only lilypond’s system fonts (Emmentaler) are using this property. Available values are fetaMusic (Emmentaler), fetaBraces, fetaText (Emmentaler).

slash-negative-kern (number):

1.6

The space to remove between slashes in percent repeat glyphs. Larger values bring the two elements closer together.

slope (number):

1.0

The slope of this object.

stencil (stencil):

ly:percent-repeat-interface::beat-slash

The symbol to print.

thickness (number):

0.48

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, outside-staff-interface, percent-repeat-interface and rhythmic-grob-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < DoubleRepeatSlash ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.47 DurationLine

A horizontal duration line, continuing rhythmic items (usually note heads).

DurationLine objects are created by: Duration_line_engraver.

Standard settings:

after-line-breaking (boolean):

ly:spanner::kill-zero-spanned-time

Dummy property, used to trigger callback for after-line-breaking.

arrow-length (number):

2

Arrow length.

arrow-width (number):

1.5

Arrow width.

bound-details (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((right (attach-dir . -1)
         (end-on-accidental . #t)
         (end-on-arpeggio . #t)
         (padding . 0.4)
         (end-style . #f))
  (right-broken (padding . 0.4) (end-style . #f))
  (left-broken (padding . 0.5))
  (left (attach-dir . 1)
        (padding . -0.3)
        (start-at-dot . #f)))

An alist of properties for determining attachments of spanners to edges.

breakable (boolean):

#t

Allow breaks here.

details (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((hook-height . 0.34)
  (hook-thickness . #f)
  (hook-direction . 1)
  (extra-dot-padding . 0.5))

Alist of parameters for detailed grob behavior. More information on the allowed parameters for a grob can be found by looking at the top of the Internals Reference page for each interface having a details property.

left-bound-info (alist, with symbols as keys):

ly:horizontal-line-spanner::calc-left-bound-info

An alist of properties for determining attachments of spanners to edges.

minimum-length (dimension, in staff space):

2

Try to make a spanner at least this long, normally in the horizontal direction. This requires an appropriate callback for the springs-and-rods property. If added to a Tie, this sets the minimum distance between noteheads.

minimum-length-after-break (dimension, in staff space):

6

If set, try to make a broken spanner starting a line this long. This requires an appropriate callback for the springs-and-rods property. If added to a Tie, this sets the minimum distance to the notehead.

right-bound-info (alist, with symbols as keys):

ly:horizontal-line-spanner::calc-right-bound-info

An alist of properties for determining attachments of spanners to edges.

springs-and-rods (boolean):

ly:spanner::set-spacing-rods

Dummy variable for triggering spacing routines.

stencil (stencil):

duration-line::print

The symbol to print.

style (symbol):

'beam

This setting determines in what style a grob is typeset. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

thickness (number):

4

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

to-barline (boolean):

#f

If true, the spanner will stop at the bar line just before it would otherwise stop.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> #<procedure ly:grob::pure-simple-vertical-skylines-from-extents (_ _ _)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

Y-offset (number):

0

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

zigzag-length (dimension, in staff space):

1

The length of the lines of a zigzag, relative to zigzag-width. A value of 1 gives 60-degree zigzags.

zigzag-width (dimension, in staff space):

1

The width of one zigzag squiggle. This number is adjusted slightly so that the spanner line can be constructed from a whole number of squiggles.

This object supports the following interface(s): duration-line-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, horizontal-line-spanner-interface, line-interface, line-spanner-interface, spanner-interface and unbreakable-spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < DurationLine ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.48 DynamicLineSpanner

An auxiliary grob providing a vertical baseline to align successive dynamic grobs (DynamicText, DynamicTextSpanner, and Hairpin) within a staff.

DynamicLineSpanner objects are created by: Dynamic_align_engraver.

Standard settings:

axes (list):
'(1)

List of axis numbers. In the case of alignment grobs, this should contain only one number.

direction (direction):

-1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

minimum-space (dimension, in staff space):

1.2

Minimum distance that the victim should move (after padding).

outside-staff-priority (number):

250

If set, the grob is positioned outside the staff in such a way as to avoid all collisions. In case of a potential collision, the grob with the smaller outside-staff-priority is closer to the staff.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.6

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

side-axis (number):

1

If the value is X (or equivalently 0), the object is placed horizontally next to the other object. If the value is Y or 1, it is placed vertically.

slur-padding (number):

0.3

Extra distance between slur and script.

staff-padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.1

Maintain this much space between reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of differing sizes (like the dynamics p and f) on their baselines.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-element-stencils (_)> #<procedure ly:grob::pure-vertical-skylines-from-element-stencils (_ _ _)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:axis-group-interface::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:axis-group-interface::height (_)> #<procedure ly:axis-group-interface::pure-height (_ _ _)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): axis-group-interface, dynamic-interface, dynamic-line-spanner-interface, grob-interface, outside-staff-interface, side-position-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < DynamicLineSpanner ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.49 DynamicText

A dynamic text item like ‘ff’ or ‘mp’. See also DynamicLineSpanner.

DynamicText objects are created by: Dynamic_engraver.

Standard settings:

direction (direction):

ly:script-interface::calc-direction

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

extra-spacing-width (pair of numbers):
'(+inf.0 . -inf.0)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we pad each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ on the left side of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ on the right side of the item). In order to make a grob take up no horizontal space at all, set this to (+inf.0 . -inf.0).

font-encoding (symbol):

'fetaText

The font encoding is the broadest category for selecting a font. Currently, only lilypond’s system fonts (Emmentaler) are using this property. Available values are fetaMusic (Emmentaler), fetaBraces, fetaText (Emmentaler).

font-series (symbol):

'bold

Select the series of a font. Choices include medium, bold, bold-narrow, etc.

font-shape (symbol):

'italic

Select the shape of a font. Choices include upright, italic, caps.

parent-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify on which point of the parent the object is aligned. The value -1 means aligned on parent’s left edge, 0 on center, and 1 right edge, in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the parent’s width. If unset, the value from self-alignment-X property will be used.

right-padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.5

Space to insert on the right side of an object (e.g., between note and its accidentals).

self-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

stencil (stencil):

ly:text-interface::print

The symbol to print.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-align-on-main-noteheads (boolean):

#t

If true, this grob will ignore suspended noteheads when aligning itself on NoteColumn.

X-offset (number):

ly:self-alignment-interface::aligned-on-x-parent

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure 5b68c690d7a0 at /build/out/share/lilypond/current/scm/lily/output-lib.scm:1106:3 (grob)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): dynamic-interface, dynamic-text-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, outside-staff-interface, script-interface, self-alignment-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < DynamicText ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.50 DynamicTextSpanner

Dynamic text like ‘cresc’, usually followed by a (dashed) line. See also DynamicLineSpanner and TextSpanner.

DynamicTextSpanner objects are created by: Dynamic_engraver.

Standard settings:

before-line-breaking (boolean):

dynamic-text-spanner::before-line-breaking

Dummy property, used to trigger a callback function.

bound-details (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((right (attach-dir . -1) (padding . 0.75))
  (right-broken (attach-dir . 1) (padding . 0.0))
  (left (attach-dir . -1)
        (stencil-offset -0.75 . -0.5)
        (padding . 0.75))
  (left-broken (attach-dir . 1)))

An alist of properties for determining attachments of spanners to edges.

dash-fraction (number):

0.2

Size of the dashes, relative to dash-period. Should be between 0.1 and 1.0 (continuous line). If set to 0.0, a dotted line is produced

dash-period (number):

3.0

The length of one dash together with whitespace. If negative, no line is drawn at all.

font-shape (symbol):

'italic

Select the shape of a font. Choices include upright, italic, caps.

font-size (number):

1

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

left-bound-info (alist, with symbols as keys):

ly:horizontal-line-spanner::calc-left-bound-info-and-text

An alist of properties for determining attachments of spanners to edges.

minimum-length (dimension, in staff space):

2.0

Try to make a spanner at least this long, normally in the horizontal direction. This requires an appropriate callback for the springs-and-rods property. If added to a Tie, this sets the minimum distance between noteheads.

minimum-Y-extent (pair of numbers):
'(-1 . 1)

Minimum size of an object in Y dimension, measured in staff-space units.

right-bound-info (alist, with symbols as keys):

ly:horizontal-line-spanner::calc-right-bound-info

An alist of properties for determining attachments of spanners to edges.

skyline-horizontal-padding (number):

0.2

For determining the vertical distance between two staves, it is possible to have a configuration which would result in a tight interleaving of grobs from the top staff and the bottom staff. The larger this parameter is, the farther apart the staves are placed in such a configuration.

springs-and-rods (boolean):

ly:spanner::set-spacing-rods

Dummy variable for triggering spacing routines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:line-spanner::print

The symbol to print.

style (symbol):

'dashed-line

This setting determines in what style a grob is typeset. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> #<procedure ly:grob::pure-simple-vertical-skylines-from-extents (_ _ _)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

This object supports the following interface(s): dynamic-interface, dynamic-text-spanner-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, horizontal-line-spanner-interface, line-interface, line-spanner-interface, spanner-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < DynamicTextSpanner ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.51 Episema

An episema line (over a group of notes). Used in Gregorian chant.

Episema objects are created by: Episema_engraver.

Standard settings:

bound-details (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((left (padding . 0) (attach-dir . -1))
  (right (padding . 0) (attach-dir . 1)))

An alist of properties for determining attachments of spanners to edges.

direction (direction):

1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

left-bound-info (alist, with symbols as keys):

ly:horizontal-line-spanner::calc-left-bound-info

An alist of properties for determining attachments of spanners to edges.

right-bound-info (alist, with symbols as keys):

ly:horizontal-line-spanner::calc-right-bound-info

An alist of properties for determining attachments of spanners to edges.

side-axis (number):

1

If the value is X (or equivalently 0), the object is placed horizontally next to the other object. If the value is Y or 1, it is placed vertically.

stencil (stencil):

ly:line-spanner::print

The symbol to print.

style (symbol):

'line

This setting determines in what style a grob is typeset. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): episema-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, horizontal-line-spanner-interface, line-interface, line-spanner-interface, side-position-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < Episema ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.52 FingerGlideSpanner

A line connecting two Fingering grobs, usually indicating a gliding finger for stringed instruments.

FingerGlideSpanner objects are created by: Finger_glide_engraver.

Standard settings:

bound-details (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((right (attach-dir . -1)
         (right-stub-length . 1)
         (padding . 0.2))
  (left (attach-dir . 1)
        (left-stub-length . 1)
        (padding . 0.2)))

An alist of properties for determining attachments of spanners to edges.

dash-fraction (number):

0.4

Size of the dashes, relative to dash-period. Should be between 0.1 and 1.0 (continuous line). If set to 0.0, a dotted line is produced

dash-period (number):

1

The length of one dash together with whitespace. If negative, no line is drawn at all.

details (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((bow-direction . #f))

Alist of parameters for detailed grob behavior. More information on the allowed parameters for a grob can be found by looking at the top of the Internals Reference page for each interface having a details property.

left-bound-info (alist, with symbols as keys):

ly:line-spanner::calc-left-bound-info

An alist of properties for determining attachments of spanners to edges.

minimum-length (dimension, in staff space):

2.5

Try to make a spanner at least this long, normally in the horizontal direction. This requires an appropriate callback for the springs-and-rods property. If added to a Tie, this sets the minimum distance between noteheads.

minimum-length-after-break (dimension, in staff space):

2.5

If set, try to make a broken spanner starting a line this long. This requires an appropriate callback for the springs-and-rods property. If added to a Tie, this sets the minimum distance to the notehead.

normalized-endpoints (pair):

ly:spanner::calc-normalized-endpoints

Represents left and right placement over the total spanner, where the width of the spanner is normalized between 0 and 1.

right-bound-info (alist, with symbols as keys):

ly:line-spanner::calc-right-bound-info

An alist of properties for determining attachments of spanners to edges.

springs-and-rods (boolean):

ly:spanner::set-spacing-rods

Dummy variable for triggering spacing routines.

stencil (stencil):

finger-glide::print

The symbol to print.

style (symbol):

'line

This setting determines in what style a grob is typeset. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

thickness (number):

1.4

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> #<procedure ly:grob::pure-simple-vertical-skylines-from-extents (_ _ _)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

zigzag-length (dimension, in staff space):

1

The length of the lines of a zigzag, relative to zigzag-width. A value of 1 gives 60-degree zigzags.

zigzag-width (dimension, in staff space):

1

The width of one zigzag squiggle. This number is adjusted slightly so that the spanner line can be constructed from a whole number of squiggles.

This object supports the following interface(s): finger-glide-interface, grob-interface, line-spanner-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < FingerGlideSpanner ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.53 Fingering

A fingering symbol (usually a digit). See also FingeringColumn and StrokeFinger.

Fingering objects are created by: Fingering_engraver and New_fingering_engraver.

Standard settings:

add-stem-support (boolean):

only-if-beamed

If set, the Stem object is included in this script’s support.

avoid-slur (symbol):

'around

Method of handling slur collisions. Choices are inside, outside, around, and ignore. inside adjusts the slur if needed to keep the grob inside the slur. outside moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur. around moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur only if there is a collision. ignore does not move either. In grobs whose notational significance depends on vertical position (such as accidentals, clefs, etc.), outside and around behave like ignore.

direction (direction):

ly:script-interface::calc-direction

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

font-encoding (symbol):

'fetaText

The font encoding is the broadest category for selecting a font. Currently, only lilypond’s system fonts (Emmentaler) are using this property. Available values are fetaMusic (Emmentaler), fetaBraces, fetaText (Emmentaler).

font-features (list):
'("cv47" "ss01")

Opentype features.

font-size (number):

-5

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.5

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

parent-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify on which point of the parent the object is aligned. The value -1 means aligned on parent’s left edge, 0 on center, and 1 right edge, in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the parent’s width. If unset, the value from self-alignment-X property will be used.

parent-alignment-Y (number):

0

Like parent-alignment-X but for the Y axis.

script-priority (number):

100

A key for determining the order of scripts in a stack, by being added to the position of the script in the user input, the sum being the overall priority. Smaller means closer to the head.

self-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

self-alignment-Y (number):

0

Like self-alignment-X but for the Y axis.

slur-padding (number):

0.2

Extra distance between slur and script.

staff-padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.5

Maintain this much space between reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of differing sizes (like the dynamics p and f) on their baselines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:text-interface::print

The symbol to print.

text (markup):

fingering::calc-text

Text markup. See Formatting text.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): finger-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, outside-staff-interface, self-alignment-interface, side-position-interface, text-interface and text-script-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < Fingering ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.54 FingeringColumn

An auxiliary grob to align stacked Fingering grobs.

FingeringColumn objects are created by: Fingering_column_engraver.

Standard settings:

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.2

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

snap-radius (number):

0.3

The maximum distance between two objects that will cause them to snap to alignment along an axis.

This object supports the following interface(s): fingering-column-interface, grob-interface and item-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < FingeringColumn ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.55 Flag

A flag (in the musical sense).

Flag objects are created by: Stem_engraver.

Standard settings:

color (color):

#<procedure 5b68c689f060 at /build/out/share/lilypond/current/scm/lily/output-lib.scm:1461:0 (grob)>

The color of this grob.

glyph-name (string):

ly:flag::glyph-name

The glyph name within the font.

In the context of (span) bar lines, glyph-name represents a processed form of glyph, where decisions about line breaking, etc., are already taken.

stencil (stencil):

ly:flag::print

The symbol to print.

transparent (boolean):

#<procedure 5b68c689f090 at /build/out/share/lilypond/current/scm/lily/output-lib.scm:1461:0 (grob)>

This makes the grob invisible.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:flag::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

X-offset (number):

ly:flag::calc-x-offset

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:flag::calc-y-offset (_)> #<procedure ly:flag::pure-calc-y-offset (_ _ _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): flag-interface, font-interface, grob-interface and item-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < Flag ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.56 Footnote

A footnote mark (usually a number) with a pointing line attached to another grob.

Footnote objects are created by: Footnote_engraver.

Standard settings:

after-line-breaking (boolean):

ly:balloon-interface::remove-irrelevant-spanner

Dummy property, used to trigger callback for after-line-breaking.

annotation-balloon (boolean):

#f

Print the balloon around an annotation.

annotation-line (boolean):

#t

Print the line from an annotation to the grob that it annotates.

automatically-numbered (boolean):

#<procedure 5b68c690d780 at /build/out/share/lilypond/current/scm/lily/output-lib.scm:1417:0 (grob)>

If set, footnotes are automatically numbered.

break-visibility (vector):

#<procedure 5b68c690d760 at /build/out/share/lilypond/current/scm/lily/output-lib.scm:3027:0 (grob)>

A vector of 3 booleans, #(end-of-line unbroken begin-of-line). #t means visible, #f means killed.

footnote (boolean):

#t

Should this be a footnote or in-note?

footnote-text (markup):

#<procedure 5b68c690d720 at /build/out/share/lilypond/current/scm/lily/output-lib.scm:1417:0 (grob)>

A footnote for the grob.

stencil (stencil):

ly:balloon-interface::print

The symbol to print.

text (markup):

#<procedure 5b68c690d700 at /build/out/share/lilypond/current/scm/lily/output-lib.scm:1417:0 (grob)>

Text markup. See Formatting text.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

#f

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

X-offset (number):

#<procedure 5b68c690d6e0 at /build/out/share/lilypond/current/scm/lily/output-lib.scm:1417:0 (grob)>

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#f

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<procedure 5b68c690d6c0 at /build/out/share/lilypond/current/scm/lily/output-lib.scm:1417:0 (grob)>

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): balloon-interface, font-interface, footnote-interface, grob-interface, sticky-grob-interface and text-interface.

This object can be of either of the following classes: Item (characterized by item-interface) or Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface). It supports the following interfaces conditionally depending on the class: item-interface and spanner-interface.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < Footnote ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.57 FretBoard

A fretboard diagram.

FretBoard objects are created by: Fretboard_engraver.

Standard settings:

after-line-breaking (boolean):

ly:chord-name::after-line-breaking

Dummy property, used to trigger callback for after-line-breaking.

extra-spacing-height (pair of numbers):
'(0.2 . -0.2)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we increase the height of each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ to the bottom of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ to the top of the item). In order to make a grob infinitely high (to prevent the horizontal spacing problem from placing any other grobs above or below this grob), set this to (-inf.0 . +inf.0).

extra-spacing-width (pair of numbers):
'(-0.5 . 0.5)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we pad each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ on the left side of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ on the right side of the item). In order to make a grob take up no horizontal space at all, set this to (+inf.0 . -inf.0).

fret-diagram-details (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((finger-code . below-string))

An alist of detailed grob properties for fret diagrams. Each alist entry consists of a (property . value) pair. The properties which can be included in fret-diagram-details include the following:

  • barre-type – Type of barre indication used. Choices include curved, straight, and none. Default curved.
  • capo-thickness – Thickness of capo indicator, in multiples of fret-space. Default value 0.5.
  • dot-color – Color of dots. Options include black and white. Default black.
  • dot-label-font-mag – Magnification for font used to label fret dots. Default value 1.
  • dot-position – Location of dot in fret space. Default 0.6 for dots without labels, 0.95-dot-radius for dots with labels.
  • dot-radius – Radius of dots, in terms of fret spaces. Default value 0.425 for labeled dots, 0.25 for unlabeled dots.
  • finger-code – Code for the type of fingering indication used. Options include none, in-dot, and below-string. Default none for markup fret diagrams, below-string for FretBoards fret diagrams.
  • fret-count – The number of frets. Default 4.
  • fret-distance – Multiplier to adjust the distance between frets. Default 1.0.
  • fret-label-custom-format – The format string to be used label the lowest fret number, when number-type equals to custom. Default "~a".
  • fret-label-font-mag – The magnification of the font used to label the lowest fret number. Default 0.5.
  • fret-label-vertical-offset – The offset of the fret label from the center of the fret in direction parallel to strings. Default 0.
  • fret-label-horizontal-offset – The offset of the fret label from the center of the fret in direction orthogonal to strings. Default 0.
  • handedness – Print the fret-diagram left- or right-handed. -1, LEFT for left ; 1, RIGHT for right. Default RIGHT.
  • paren-padding – The padding for the parenthesis. Default 0.05.
  • label-dir – Side to which the fret label is attached. -1, LEFT, or DOWN for left or down; 1, RIGHT, or UP for right or up. Default RIGHT.
  • mute-string – Character string to be used to indicate muted string. Default "x".
  • number-type – Type of numbers to use in fret label. Choices include arabic, roman-ij-lower, roman-ij-upper, roman-lower, roman-upper, arabic and custom. In the last case, the format string is supplied by the fret-label-custom-format property. Default roman-lower.
  • open-string – Character string to be used to indicate open string. Default "o".
  • orientation – Orientation of fret-diagram. Options include normal, landscape, and opposing-landscape. Default normal.
  • string-count – The number of strings. Default 6.
  • string-distance – Multiplier to adjust the distance between strings. Default 1.0.
  • string-label-font-mag – The magnification of the font used to label fingerings at the string, rather than in the dot. Default value 0.6 for normal orientation, 0.5 for landscape and opposing-landscape.
  • string-thickness-factor – Factor for changing thickness of each string in the fret diagram. Thickness of string k is given by thickness * (1+string-thickness-factor) ^ (k-1). Default 0.
  • top-fret-thickness – The thickness of the top fret line, as a multiple of the standard thickness. Default value 3.
  • xo-font-magnification – Magnification used for mute and open string indicators. Default value 0.5.
  • xo-padding – Padding for open and mute indicators from top fret. Default value 0.25.
stencil (stencil):

fret-board::calc-stencil

The symbol to print.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): chord-name-interface, font-interface, fret-diagram-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, outside-staff-interface and rhythmic-grob-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < FretBoard ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.58 Glissando

A glissando line.

Glissando objects are created by: Glissando_engraver.

Standard settings:

after-line-breaking (boolean):

ly:spanner::kill-zero-spanned-time

Dummy property, used to trigger callback for after-line-breaking.

bound-details (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((right (attach-dir . -1)
         (end-on-accidental . #t)
         (padding . 0.5))
  (left (attach-dir . 1)
        (padding . 0.5)
        (start-at-dot . #t)))

An alist of properties for determining attachments of spanners to edges.

gap (dimension, in staff space):

0.5

Size of a gap in a variable symbol.

left-bound-info (alist, with symbols as keys):

ly:line-spanner::calc-left-bound-info

An alist of properties for determining attachments of spanners to edges.

normalized-endpoints (pair):

ly:spanner::calc-normalized-endpoints

Represents left and right placement over the total spanner, where the width of the spanner is normalized between 0 and 1.

right-bound-info (alist, with symbols as keys):

ly:line-spanner::calc-right-bound-info

An alist of properties for determining attachments of spanners to edges.

stencil (stencil):

ly:line-spanner::print

The symbol to print.

style (symbol):

'line

This setting determines in what style a grob is typeset. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> #<procedure ly:grob::pure-simple-vertical-skylines-from-extents (_ _ _)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

zigzag-width (dimension, in staff space):

0.75

The width of one zigzag squiggle. This number is adjusted slightly so that the spanner line can be constructed from a whole number of squiggles.

This object supports the following interface(s): glissando-interface, grob-interface, line-interface, line-spanner-interface, spanner-interface and unbreakable-spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < Glissando ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.59 GraceSpacing

An auxiliary grob to handle (horizontal) spacing of grace notes. See also NoteSpacing, StaffSpacing, and SpacingSpanner.

GraceSpacing objects are created by: Grace_spacing_engraver.

Standard settings:

common-shortest-duration (moment):

grace-spacing::calc-shortest-duration

The most common shortest note length. This is used in spacing. Enlarging this sets the score tighter.

shortest-duration-space (number):

1.6

Start with this multiple of spacing-increment space for the shortest duration. See also spacing-spanner-interface.

spacing-increment (dimension, in staff space):

0.8

The unit of length for note-spacing. Typically, the width of a note head. See also spacing-spanner-interface.

This object supports the following interface(s): grace-spacing-interface, grob-interface, spacing-options-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < GraceSpacing ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.60 GridChordName

A chord name in a chord grid.

GridChordName objects are created by: Grid_chord_name_engraver.

Standard settings:

font-family (symbol):

'sans

The font family is the broadest category for selecting text fonts. Options include: sans, roman.

font-size (number):

1.5

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

stencil (stencil):

ly:text-interface::print

The symbol to print.

word-space (dimension, in staff space):

0.0

Space to insert between words in texts.

X-offset (number):

#<procedure 5b68c637eb40 at /build/out/share/lilypond/current/scm/lily/output-lib.scm:3189:0 (grob)>

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-offset (number):

#<procedure 5b68c637ea60 at /build/out/share/lilypond/current/scm/lily/output-lib.scm:3189:0 (grob)>

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): accidental-switch-interface, font-interface, grid-chord-name-interface, grob-interface, spanner-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < GridChordName ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.61 GridLine

A vertical line between staves, indicating rhythmic synchronization. See also GridPoint.

GridLine objects are created by: Grid_line_span_engraver.

Standard settings:

layer (integer):

0

An integer which determines the order of printing objects. Objects with the lowest value of layer are drawn first, then objects with progressively higher values are drawn, so objects with higher values overwrite objects with lower values. By default most objects are assigned a layer value of 1.

parent-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify on which point of the parent the object is aligned. The value -1 means aligned on parent’s left edge, 0 on center, and 1 right edge, in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the parent’s width. If unset, the value from self-alignment-X property will be used.

self-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

stencil (stencil):

ly:grid-line-interface::print

The symbol to print.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:grid-line-interface::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

X-offset (number):

ly:self-alignment-interface::aligned-on-x-parent

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): grid-line-interface, grob-interface, item-interface and self-alignment-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < GridLine ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.62 GridPoint

An auxiliary grob marking a start or end point for a GridLine grob.

GridPoint objects are created by: Grid_point_engraver.

Standard settings:

X-extent (pair of numbers):
'(0 . 0)

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):
'(0 . 0)

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): grid-point-interface, grob-interface and item-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < GridPoint ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.63 Hairpin

A hairpin. See also DynamicLineSpanner.

Hairpin objects are created by: Dynamic_engraver.

Standard settings:

after-line-breaking (boolean):

ly:spanner::kill-zero-spanned-time

Dummy property, used to trigger callback for after-line-breaking.

bound-padding (number):

1.0

The amount of padding to insert around spanner bounds.

broken-bound-padding (number):

ly:hairpin::broken-bound-padding

The amount of padding to insert when a spanner is broken at a line break.

circled-tip (boolean):

#f

Put a circle at start/end of hairpins (al/del niente).

endpoint-alignments (pair of numbers):
'(-1 . 1)

A pair of numbers representing the alignments of an object’s endpoints. E.g., the ends of a hairpin relative to NoteColumn grobs.

grow-direction (direction):

hairpin::calc-grow-direction

Crescendo or decrescendo?

height (dimension, in staff space):

0.6666

Height of an object in staff-space units.

minimum-length (dimension, in staff space):

2.0

Try to make a spanner at least this long, normally in the horizontal direction. This requires an appropriate callback for the springs-and-rods property. If added to a Tie, this sets the minimum distance between noteheads.

self-alignment-Y (number):

0

Like self-alignment-X but for the Y axis.

springs-and-rods (boolean):

ly:spanner::set-spacing-rods

Dummy variable for triggering spacing routines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:hairpin::print

The symbol to print.

thickness (number):

1.0

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

to-barline (boolean):

#t

If true, the spanner will stop at the bar line just before it would otherwise stop.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> #<procedure ly:grob::pure-simple-vertical-skylines-from-extents (_ _ _)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> #<procedure ly:hairpin::pure-height (_ _ _)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:self-alignment-interface::y-aligned-on-self (_)> #<procedure ly:self-alignment-interface::pure-y-aligned-on-self (_ _ _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): dynamic-interface, grob-interface, hairpin-interface, line-interface, outside-staff-interface, self-alignment-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < Hairpin ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.64 HorizontalBracket

A horizontal bracket between notes. See also HorizontalBracketText and MeasureSpanner.

HorizontalBracket objects are created by: Horizontal_bracket_engraver.

Standard settings:

bracket-flare (pair of numbers):
'(0.5 . 0.5)

A pair of numbers specifying how much edges of brackets should slant outward. Value 0.0 means straight edges.

connect-to-neighbor (pair):

ly:tuplet-bracket::calc-connect-to-neighbors

Pair of booleans, indicating whether this grob looks as a continued break.

direction (direction):

-1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.2

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

side-axis (number):

1

If the value is X (or equivalently 0), the object is placed horizontally next to the other object. If the value is Y or 1, it is placed vertically.

staff-padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.2

Maintain this much space between reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of differing sizes (like the dynamics p and f) on their baselines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:horizontal-bracket::print

The symbol to print.

thickness (number):

1.0

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): grob-interface, horizontal-bracket-interface, line-interface, outside-staff-interface, side-position-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < HorizontalBracket ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.65 HorizontalBracketText

Text (markup) for a HorizontalBracket grob.

HorizontalBracketText objects are created by: Horizontal_bracket_engraver.

Standard settings:

direction (direction):

ly:horizontal-bracket-text::calc-direction

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

font-size (number):

-1

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.5

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

parent-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify on which point of the parent the object is aligned. The value -1 means aligned on parent’s left edge, 0 on center, and 1 right edge, in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the parent’s width. If unset, the value from self-alignment-X property will be used.

self-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

side-axis (number):

1

If the value is X (or equivalently 0), the object is placed horizontally next to the other object. If the value is Y or 1, it is placed vertically.

stencil (stencil):

ly:horizontal-bracket-text::print

The symbol to print.

X-offset (number):

ly:self-alignment-interface::aligned-on-x-parent

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): accidental-switch-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, horizontal-bracket-text-interface, outside-staff-interface, self-alignment-interface, side-position-interface, spanner-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < HorizontalBracketText ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.66 InstrumentName

An instrument name, usually displayed to the left of a staff.

InstrumentName objects are created by: Instrument_name_engraver.

Standard settings:

direction (direction):

-1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.3

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

self-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

self-alignment-Y (number):

0

Like self-alignment-X but for the Y axis.

stencil (stencil):

system-start-text::print

The symbol to print.

X-offset (number):

system-start-text::calc-x-offset

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-offset (number):

system-start-text::calc-y-offset

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): accidental-switch-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, self-alignment-interface, side-position-interface, spanner-interface, system-start-text-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < InstrumentName ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.67 InstrumentSwitch

This grob is deprecated. Do not use it.

InstrumentSwitch objects are created by: Instrument_switch_engraver.

Standard settings:

direction (direction):

1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

extra-spacing-width (pair of numbers):
'(+inf.0 . -inf.0)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we pad each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ on the left side of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ on the right side of the item). In order to make a grob take up no horizontal space at all, set this to (+inf.0 . -inf.0).

outside-staff-priority (number):

500

If set, the grob is positioned outside the staff in such a way as to avoid all collisions. In case of a potential collision, the grob with the smaller outside-staff-priority is closer to the staff.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.5

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

parent-alignment-X (number):

#f

Specify on which point of the parent the object is aligned. The value -1 means aligned on parent’s left edge, 0 on center, and 1 right edge, in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the parent’s width. If unset, the value from self-alignment-X property will be used.

self-alignment-X (number):

-1

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

side-axis (number):

1

If the value is X (or equivalently 0), the object is placed horizontally next to the other object. If the value is Y or 1, it is placed vertically.

staff-padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.5

Maintain this much space between reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of differing sizes (like the dynamics p and f) on their baselines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:text-interface::print

The symbol to print.

X-offset (number):

ly:self-alignment-interface::aligned-on-x-parent

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): accidental-switch-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, outside-staff-interface, self-alignment-interface, side-position-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < InstrumentSwitch ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.68 JumpScript

A grob to display a ‘point of departure’ like D.C. al fine.

JumpScript objects are created by: Jump_engraver.

Standard settings:

after-line-breaking (boolean):

ly:side-position-interface::move-to-extremal-staff

Dummy property, used to trigger callback for after-line-breaking.

baseline-skip (dimension, in staff space):

2

Distance between base lines of multiple lines of text.

break-align-symbols (list):
'(staff-bar key-signature clef)

A list of break-align symbols that determines which breakable items to align this to. If the grob selected by the first symbol in the list is invisible due to break-visibility, we will align to the next grob (and so on). Choices are listed in break-alignment-interface.

break-visibility (vector):
#(#t #t #f)

A vector of 3 booleans, #(end-of-line unbroken begin-of-line). #t means visible, #f means killed.

direction (direction):

-1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

extra-spacing-width (pair of numbers):
'(+inf.0 . -inf.0)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we pad each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ on the left side of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ on the right side of the item). In order to make a grob take up no horizontal space at all, set this to (+inf.0 . -inf.0).

font-shape (symbol):

'italic

Select the shape of a font. Choices include upright, italic, caps.

non-musical (boolean):

#t

True if the grob belongs to a NonMusicalPaperColumn.

outside-staff-horizontal-padding (number):

0.2

By default, an outside-staff-object can be placed so that is it very close to another grob horizontally. If this property is set, the outside-staff-object is raised so that it is not so close to its neighbor.

outside-staff-priority (number):

1350

If set, the grob is positioned outside the staff in such a way as to avoid all collisions. In case of a potential collision, the grob with the smaller outside-staff-priority is closer to the staff.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.8

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

self-alignment-X (number):

1

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

stencil (stencil):

ly:text-interface::print

The symbol to print.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-offset (number):

self-alignment-interface::self-aligned-on-breakable

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): break-alignable-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, jump-script-interface, outside-staff-interface, self-alignment-interface, side-position-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < JumpScript ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.69 KeyCancellation

A key cancellation, normally consisting of naturals, to be displayed (if necessary) immediately before a KeySignature grob if the key changes.

KeyCancellation objects are created by: Key_engraver.

Standard settings:

break-align-symbol (symbol):

'key-cancellation

This key is used for aligning, ordering, and spacing breakable items. See break-alignment-interface.

break-visibility (vector):
#(#t #t #f)

A vector of 3 booleans, #(end-of-line unbroken begin-of-line). #t means visible, #f means killed.

extra-spacing-height (pair of numbers):

pure-from-neighbor-interface::extra-spacing-height-including-staff

In the horizontal spacing problem, we increase the height of each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ to the bottom of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ to the top of the item). In order to make a grob infinitely high (to prevent the horizontal spacing problem from placing any other grobs above or below this grob), set this to (-inf.0 . +inf.0).

extra-spacing-width (pair of numbers):
'(0.0 . 1.0)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we pad each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ on the left side of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ on the right side of the item). In order to make a grob take up no horizontal space at all, set this to (+inf.0 . -inf.0).

flat-positions (list):
'(2 3 4 2 1 2 1)

Flats in key signatures are placed within the specified ranges of staff-positions. The general form is a list of pairs, with one pair for each type of clef, in order of the staff-position at which each clef places C: (alto treble tenor soprano baritone mezzosoprano bass). If the list contains a single element it applies for all clefs. A single number in place of a pair sets accidentals within the octave ending at that staff-position.

non-musical (boolean):

#t

True if the grob belongs to a NonMusicalPaperColumn.

sharp-positions (list):
'(4 5 4 2 3 2 3)

Sharps in key signatures are placed within the specified ranges of staff-positions. The general form is a list of pairs, with one pair for each type of clef, in order of the staff-position at which each clef places C: (alto treble tenor soprano baritone mezzosoprano bass). If the list contains a single element it applies for all clefs. A single number in place of a pair sets accidentals within the octave ending at that staff-position.

space-alist (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((time-signature extra-space . 1.25)
  (signum-repetitionis extra-space . 0.6)
  (staff-bar extra-space . 0.6)
  (key-signature extra-space . 0.5)
  (cue-clef extra-space . 0.5)
  (right-edge extra-space . 0.5)
  (first-note fixed-space . 2.5)
  (custos extra-space . 1.0))

An alist that specifies distances from this grob to other breakable items, using the format: 

'((break-align-symbol . (spacing-style . space))
  (break-align-symbol . (spacing-style . space))
  ...)

Standard choices for break-align-symbol are listed in break-alignment-interface. Additionally, three special break-align symbols available to space-alist are:

first-note

used when the grob is just left of the first note on a line

next-note

used when the grob is just left of any other note; if not set, the value of first-note gets used

right-edge

used when the grob is the last item on the line (only compatible with the extra-space spacing style)

Choices for spacing-style are:

extra-space

Put this much space between the two grobs. The space is stretchable when paired with first-note or next-note; otherwise it is fixed.

minimum-space

Put at least this much space between the left sides of both grobs, without allowing them to collide. The space is stretchable when paired with first-note or next-note; otherwise it is fixed. Not compatible with right-edge.

fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put this much fixed space between the grob and the note.

minimum-fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put at least this much fixed space between the left side of the grob and the left side of the note, without allowing them to collide.

semi-fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put this much space between the grob and the note, such that half of the space is fixed and half is stretchable.

Rules for this spacing are much more complicated than this. See [Wanske] page 126–134, [Ross] page 143–147.

stencil (stencil):

ly:key-signature-interface::print

The symbol to print.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:staff-symbol-referencer::callback (_)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): accidental-switch-interface, break-aligned-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, key-cancellation-interface, key-signature-interface, pure-from-neighbor-interface and staff-symbol-referencer-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < KeyCancellation ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.70 KeySignature

A key signature. See also KeyCancellation.

KeySignature objects are created by: Key_engraver.

Standard settings:

avoid-slur (symbol):

'inside

Method of handling slur collisions. Choices are inside, outside, around, and ignore. inside adjusts the slur if needed to keep the grob inside the slur. outside moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur. around moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur only if there is a collision. ignore does not move either. In grobs whose notational significance depends on vertical position (such as accidentals, clefs, etc.), outside and around behave like ignore.

break-align-anchor (number):

ly:break-aligned-interface::calc-extent-aligned-anchor

Grobs aligned to this breakable item will have their X-offsets shifted by this number. In bar lines, for example, this is used to position grobs relative to the (visual) center of the bar line.

break-align-anchor-alignment (number):

1

Read by ly:break-aligned-interface::calc-extent-aligned-anchor for aligning an anchor to a grob’s extent.

break-align-symbol (symbol):

'key-signature

This key is used for aligning, ordering, and spacing breakable items. See break-alignment-interface.

break-visibility (vector):
#(#f #f #t)

A vector of 3 booleans, #(end-of-line unbroken begin-of-line). #t means visible, #f means killed.

extra-spacing-height (pair of numbers):

pure-from-neighbor-interface::extra-spacing-height-including-staff

In the horizontal spacing problem, we increase the height of each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ to the bottom of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ to the top of the item). In order to make a grob infinitely high (to prevent the horizontal spacing problem from placing any other grobs above or below this grob), set this to (-inf.0 . +inf.0).

extra-spacing-width (pair of numbers):
'(0.0 . 1.0)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we pad each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ on the left side of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ on the right side of the item). In order to make a grob take up no horizontal space at all, set this to (+inf.0 . -inf.0).

flat-positions (list):
'(2 3 4 2 1 2 1)

Flats in key signatures are placed within the specified ranges of staff-positions. The general form is a list of pairs, with one pair for each type of clef, in order of the staff-position at which each clef places C: (alto treble tenor soprano baritone mezzosoprano bass). If the list contains a single element it applies for all clefs. A single number in place of a pair sets accidentals within the octave ending at that staff-position.

non-musical (boolean):

#t

True if the grob belongs to a NonMusicalPaperColumn.

sharp-positions (list):
'(4 5 4 2 3 2 3)

Sharps in key signatures are placed within the specified ranges of staff-positions. The general form is a list of pairs, with one pair for each type of clef, in order of the staff-position at which each clef places C: (alto treble tenor soprano baritone mezzosoprano bass). If the list contains a single element it applies for all clefs. A single number in place of a pair sets accidentals within the octave ending at that staff-position.

space-alist (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((ambitus extra-space . 1.15)
  (time-signature extra-space . 1.15)
  (signum-repetitionis extra-space . 1.1)
  (staff-bar extra-space . 1.1)
  (cue-clef extra-space . 0.5)
  (right-edge extra-space . 0.5)
  (first-note fixed-space . 2.5))

An alist that specifies distances from this grob to other breakable items, using the format: 

'((break-align-symbol . (spacing-style . space))
  (break-align-symbol . (spacing-style . space))
  ...)

Standard choices for break-align-symbol are listed in break-alignment-interface. Additionally, three special break-align symbols available to space-alist are:

first-note

used when the grob is just left of the first note on a line

next-note

used when the grob is just left of any other note; if not set, the value of first-note gets used

right-edge

used when the grob is the last item on the line (only compatible with the extra-space spacing style)

Choices for spacing-style are:

extra-space

Put this much space between the two grobs. The space is stretchable when paired with first-note or next-note; otherwise it is fixed.

minimum-space

Put at least this much space between the left sides of both grobs, without allowing them to collide. The space is stretchable when paired with first-note or next-note; otherwise it is fixed. Not compatible with right-edge.

fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put this much fixed space between the grob and the note.

minimum-fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put at least this much fixed space between the left side of the grob and the left side of the note, without allowing them to collide.

semi-fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put this much space between the grob and the note, such that half of the space is fixed and half is stretchable.

Rules for this spacing are much more complicated than this. See [Wanske] page 126–134, [Ross] page 143–147.

stencil (stencil):

ly:key-signature-interface::print

The symbol to print.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:staff-symbol-referencer::callback (_)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): accidental-switch-interface, break-aligned-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, key-signature-interface, pure-from-neighbor-interface and staff-symbol-referencer-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < KeySignature ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.71 KievanLigature

An auxiliary grob to handle a melisma (ligature) as used in Kievan square notation. See also MensuralLigature, VaticanaLigature, and LigatureBracket.

KievanLigature objects are created by: Kievan_ligature_engraver.

Standard settings:

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.5

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

springs-and-rods (boolean):

ly:spanner::set-spacing-rods

Dummy variable for triggering spacing routines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:kievan-ligature::print

The symbol to print.

This object supports the following interface(s): font-interface, grob-interface, kievan-ligature-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < KievanLigature ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.72 LaissezVibrerTie

A laissez-vibrer tie (i.e., a tie from a note into nothing). See also LaissezVibrerTieColumn, RepeatTie, and Tie.

LaissezVibrerTie objects are created by: Laissez_vibrer_engraver.

Standard settings:

control-points (list of number pairs):

ly:semi-tie::calc-control-points

List of offsets (number pairs) that form control points for the tie, slur, or bracket shape. For Béziers, this should list the control points of a third-order Bézier curve.

details (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((ratio . 0.333) (height-limit . 1.0))

Alist of parameters for detailed grob behavior. More information on the allowed parameters for a grob can be found by looking at the top of the Internals Reference page for each interface having a details property.

direction (direction):

ly:tie::calc-direction

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

extra-spacing-height (pair of numbers):
'(-0.5 . 0.5)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we increase the height of each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ to the bottom of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ to the top of the item). In order to make a grob infinitely high (to prevent the horizontal spacing problem from placing any other grobs above or below this grob), set this to (-inf.0 . +inf.0).

head-direction (direction):

-1

Are the note heads left or right in a semitie?

stencil (stencil):

ly:tie::print

The symbol to print.

thickness (number):

1.0

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): bezier-curve-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, semi-tie-interface and tie-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < LaissezVibrerTie ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.73 LaissezVibrerTieColumn

An auxiliary grob to determine direction and shape of stacked LaissezVibrerTie grobs.

LaissezVibrerTieColumn objects are created by: Laissez_vibrer_engraver.

Standard settings:

head-direction (direction):

ly:semi-tie-column::calc-head-direction

Are the note heads left or right in a semitie?

X-extent (pair of numbers):

#f

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#f

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): grob-interface, item-interface and semi-tie-column-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < LaissezVibrerTieColumn ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.74 LedgerLineSpanner

An auxiliary grob to manage ledger lines of a whole staff.

LedgerLineSpanner objects are created by: Ledger_line_engraver.

Standard settings:

layer (integer):

0

An integer which determines the order of printing objects. Objects with the lowest value of layer are drawn first, then objects with progressively higher values are drawn, so objects with higher values overwrite objects with lower values. By default most objects are assigned a layer value of 1.

length-fraction (number):

0.25

Multiplier for lengths. Used for determining ledger lines and stem lengths.

minimum-length-fraction (number):

0.25

Minimum length of ledger line as fraction of note head size.

springs-and-rods (boolean):

ly:ledger-line-spanner::set-spacing-rods

Dummy variable for triggering spacing routines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:ledger-line-spanner::print

The symbol to print.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> #<procedure ly:grob::pure-simple-vertical-skylines-from-extents (_ _ _)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

#f

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#f

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): grob-interface, ledger-line-spanner-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < LedgerLineSpanner ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.75 LeftEdge

The left edge of a staff. Useful as an anchor point for other grobs.

LeftEdge objects are created by: Break_align_engraver.

Standard settings:

break-align-anchor (number):

ly:break-aligned-interface::calc-extent-aligned-anchor

Grobs aligned to this breakable item will have their X-offsets shifted by this number. In bar lines, for example, this is used to position grobs relative to the (visual) center of the bar line.

break-align-symbol (symbol):

'left-edge

This key is used for aligning, ordering, and spacing breakable items. See break-alignment-interface.

break-visibility (vector):
#(#f #f #t)

A vector of 3 booleans, #(end-of-line unbroken begin-of-line). #t means visible, #f means killed.

non-musical (boolean):

#t

True if the grob belongs to a NonMusicalPaperColumn.

space-alist (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((ambitus extra-space . 1.15)
  (breathing-sign minimum-space . 0.0)
  (cue-end-clef extra-space . 0.8)
  (clef extra-space . 0.8)
  (cue-clef extra-space . 0.8)
  (signum-repetitionis extra-space . 0.0)
  (staff-bar extra-space . 0.0)
  (staff-ellipsis extra-space . 0.0)
  (key-cancellation extra-space . 0.0)
  (key-signature extra-space . 0.8)
  (time-signature extra-space . 1.0)
  (custos extra-space . 0.0)
  (first-note fixed-space . 2.0)
  (right-edge extra-space . 0.0))

An alist that specifies distances from this grob to other breakable items, using the format: 

'((break-align-symbol . (spacing-style . space))
  (break-align-symbol . (spacing-style . space))
  ...)

Standard choices for break-align-symbol are listed in break-alignment-interface. Additionally, three special break-align symbols available to space-alist are:

first-note

used when the grob is just left of the first note on a line

next-note

used when the grob is just left of any other note; if not set, the value of first-note gets used

right-edge

used when the grob is the last item on the line (only compatible with the extra-space spacing style)

Choices for spacing-style are:

extra-space

Put this much space between the two grobs. The space is stretchable when paired with first-note or next-note; otherwise it is fixed.

minimum-space

Put at least this much space between the left sides of both grobs, without allowing them to collide. The space is stretchable when paired with first-note or next-note; otherwise it is fixed. Not compatible with right-edge.

fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put this much fixed space between the grob and the note.

minimum-fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put at least this much fixed space between the left side of the grob and the left side of the note, without allowing them to collide.

semi-fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put this much space between the grob and the note, such that half of the space is fixed and half is stretchable.

Rules for this spacing are much more complicated than this. See [Wanske] page 126–134, [Ross] page 143–147.

X-extent (pair of numbers):
'(0 . 0)

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):
'(0 . 0)

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): break-aligned-interface, grob-interface and item-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < LeftEdge ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.76 LigatureBracket

A horizontal bracket over a group of notes, usually indicating an ancient ligature if transcribed into modern notation. See also KievanLigature, MensuralLigature, and VaticanaLigature.

LigatureBracket objects are created by: Ligature_bracket_engraver.

Standard settings:

bracket-visibility (boolean or symbol):

#t

This controls the visibility of the tuplet bracket. Setting it to false prevents printing of the bracket. Setting the property to if-no-beam makes it print only if there is no beam associated with this tuplet bracket.

connect-to-neighbor (pair):

ly:tuplet-bracket::calc-connect-to-neighbors

Pair of booleans, indicating whether this grob looks as a continued break.

direction (direction):

1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

edge-height (pair):
'(0.7 . 0.7)

A pair of numbers specifying the heights of the vertical edges: (left-height . right-height).

padding (dimension, in staff space):

2.0

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

positions (pair of numbers):

ly:tuplet-bracket::calc-positions

Pair of staff coordinates (start . end), where start and end are vertical positions in staff-space units of the current staff. For slurs, this value selects which slur candidate to use; if extreme positions are requested, the closest one is taken.

shorten-pair (pair of numbers):
'(-0.2 . -0.2)

The lengths to shorten on both sides a hairpin or text-spanner such as a pedal bracket. Positive values shorten the hairpin or text-spanner, while negative values lengthen it.

staff-padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.25

Maintain this much space between reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of differing sizes (like the dynamics p and f) on their baselines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:tuplet-bracket::print

The symbol to print.

thickness (number):

1.6

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

tuplet-slur (boolean):

#f

Draw a slur instead of a bracket for tuplets.

X-positions (pair of numbers):

ly:tuplet-bracket::calc-x-positions

Pair of X staff coordinates of a spanner in the form (left . right), where both left and right are in staff-space units of the current staff.

This object supports the following interface(s): grob-interface, line-interface, spanner-interface and tuplet-bracket-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < LigatureBracket ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.77 LyricExtender

An extender line in lyrics.

LyricExtender objects are created by: Extender_engraver.

Standard settings:

minimum-length (dimension, in staff space):

1.5

Try to make a spanner at least this long, normally in the horizontal direction. This requires an appropriate callback for the springs-and-rods property. If added to a Tie, this sets the minimum distance between noteheads.

stencil (stencil):

ly:lyric-extender::print

The symbol to print.

thickness (number):

0.8

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

This object supports the following interface(s): grob-interface, lyric-extender-interface, lyric-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < LyricExtender ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.78 LyricHyphen

A hyphen in lyrics. See also VowelTransition.

LyricHyphen objects are created by: Hyphen_engraver.

Standard settings:

after-line-breaking (boolean):

ly:spanner::kill-zero-spanned-time

Dummy property, used to trigger callback for after-line-breaking.

dash-period (number):

10.0

The length of one dash together with whitespace. If negative, no line is drawn at all.

height (dimension, in staff space):

0.42

Height of an object in staff-space units.

length (dimension, in staff space):

0.66

User override for the stem length of unbeamed stems (each unit represents half a staff-space).

minimum-distance (dimension, in staff space):

0.1

Minimum distance between rest and notes or beam.

minimum-length (dimension, in staff space):

0.3

Try to make a spanner at least this long, normally in the horizontal direction. This requires an appropriate callback for the springs-and-rods property. If added to a Tie, this sets the minimum distance between noteheads.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.07

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

springs-and-rods (boolean):

ly:lyric-hyphen::set-spacing-rods

Dummy variable for triggering spacing routines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:lyric-hyphen::print

The symbol to print.

thickness (number):

1.3

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> #<procedure ly:grob::pure-simple-vertical-skylines-from-extents (_ _ _)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

This object supports the following interface(s): font-interface, grob-interface, lyric-hyphen-interface, lyric-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < LyricHyphen ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.79 LyricRepeatCount

A repeat count in lyrics.

LyricRepeatCount objects are created by: Lyric_repeat_count_engraver.

Standard settings:

break-align-symbols (list):
'(staff-bar breathing-sign)

A list of break-align symbols that determines which breakable items to align this to. If the grob selected by the first symbol in the list is invisible due to break-visibility, we will align to the next grob (and so on). Choices are listed in break-alignment-interface.

break-visibility (vector):
#(#t #t #f)

A vector of 3 booleans, #(end-of-line unbroken begin-of-line). #t means visible, #f means killed.

extra-spacing-height (pair of numbers):
'(0.2 . -0.2)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we increase the height of each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ to the bottom of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ to the top of the item). In order to make a grob infinitely high (to prevent the horizontal spacing problem from placing any other grobs above or below this grob), set this to (-inf.0 . +inf.0).

extra-spacing-width (pair of numbers):
'(-1.0 . 1.0)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we pad each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ on the left side of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ on the right side of the item). In order to make a grob take up no horizontal space at all, set this to (+inf.0 . -inf.0).

font-series (symbol):

'medium

Select the series of a font. Choices include medium, bold, bold-narrow, etc.

font-shape (symbol):

'italic

Select the shape of a font. Choices include upright, italic, caps.

font-size (number):

1.0

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

non-musical (boolean):

#t

True if the grob belongs to a NonMusicalPaperColumn.

parent-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify on which point of the parent the object is aligned. The value -1 means aligned on parent’s left edge, 0 on center, and 1 right edge, in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the parent’s width. If unset, the value from self-alignment-X property will be used.

self-alignment-X (number):

1

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

skyline-horizontal-padding (number):

0.1

For determining the vertical distance between two staves, it is possible to have a configuration which would result in a tight interleaving of grobs from the top staff and the bottom staff. The larger this parameter is, the farther apart the staves are placed in such a configuration.

stencil (stencil):

lyric-text::print

The symbol to print.

text (markup):

#<procedure 5b68c690d6a0 at /build/out/share/lilypond/current/scm/lily/output-lib.scm:1417:0 (grob)>

Text markup. See Formatting text.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

word-space (dimension, in staff space):

0.6

Space to insert between words in texts.

X-offset (number):

ly:self-alignment-interface::aligned-on-x-parent

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): break-alignable-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, lyric-interface, lyric-repeat-count-interface, self-alignment-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < LyricRepeatCount ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.80 LyricSpace

A space in lyrics.

LyricSpace objects are created by: Hyphen_engraver.

Standard settings:

minimum-distance (dimension, in staff space):

0.45

Minimum distance between rest and notes or beam.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.0

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

springs-and-rods (boolean):

ly:lyric-hyphen::set-spacing-rods

Dummy variable for triggering spacing routines.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

#f

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#f

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): grob-interface, lyric-hyphen-interface, lyric-space-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < LyricSpace ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.81 LyricText

A chunk of text in lyrics. See also LyricExtender, LyricHyphen, LyricSpace, and VowelTransition.

LyricText objects are created by: Lyric_engraver.

Standard settings:

extra-spacing-height (pair of numbers):
'(0.2 . -0.2)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we increase the height of each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ to the bottom of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ to the top of the item). In order to make a grob infinitely high (to prevent the horizontal spacing problem from placing any other grobs above or below this grob), set this to (-inf.0 . +inf.0).

extra-spacing-width (pair of numbers):
'(0.0 . 0.0)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we pad each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ on the left side of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ on the right side of the item). In order to make a grob take up no horizontal space at all, set this to (+inf.0 . -inf.0).

font-series (symbol):

'medium

Select the series of a font. Choices include medium, bold, bold-narrow, etc.

font-size (number):

1.0

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

parent-alignment-X (number):

'()

Specify on which point of the parent the object is aligned. The value -1 means aligned on parent’s left edge, 0 on center, and 1 right edge, in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the parent’s width. If unset, the value from self-alignment-X property will be used.

self-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

skyline-horizontal-padding (number):

0.1

For determining the vertical distance between two staves, it is possible to have a configuration which would result in a tight interleaving of grobs from the top staff and the bottom staff. The larger this parameter is, the farther apart the staves are placed in such a configuration.

stencil (stencil):

lyric-text::print

The symbol to print.

text (markup):

#<procedure 5b68c690d680 at /build/out/share/lilypond/current/scm/lily/output-lib.scm:1417:0 (grob)>

Text markup. See Formatting text.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

word-space (dimension, in staff space):

0.6

Space to insert between words in texts.

X-align-on-main-noteheads (boolean):

#t

If true, this grob will ignore suspended noteheads when aligning itself on NoteColumn.

X-offset (number):

ly:self-alignment-interface::aligned-on-x-parent

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, lyric-syllable-interface, rhythmic-grob-interface, self-alignment-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < LyricText ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.82 MeasureCounter

A grob to print a counter for measures.

MeasureCounter objects are created by: Measure_counter_engraver.

Standard settings:

count-from (integer):

1

The first measure in a measure count receives this number. The following measures are numbered in increments from this initial value.

direction (direction):

1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

font-encoding (symbol):

'fetaText

The font encoding is the broadest category for selecting a font. Currently, only lilypond’s system fonts (Emmentaler) are using this property. Available values are fetaMusic (Emmentaler), fetaBraces, fetaText (Emmentaler).

font-features (list):
'("cv47")

Opentype features.

font-size (number):

-2

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

number-range-separator (markup):

"-"

For a measure counter extending over several measures (like with compressed multi-measure rests), this is the separator between the two printed numbers.

outside-staff-horizontal-padding (number):

0.5

By default, an outside-staff-object can be placed so that is it very close to another grob horizontally. If this property is set, the outside-staff-object is raised so that it is not so close to its neighbor.

outside-staff-priority (number):

750

If set, the grob is positioned outside the staff in such a way as to avoid all collisions. In case of a potential collision, the grob with the smaller outside-staff-priority is closer to the staff.

self-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

side-axis (number):

1

If the value is X (or equivalently 0), the object is placed horizontally next to the other object. If the value is Y or 1, it is placed vertically.

spacing-pair (pair):
'(break-alignment . break-alignment)

A pair of alignment symbols which set an object’s spacing relative to its left and right BreakAlignments.

For example, a MultiMeasureRest will ignore prefatory items at its bounds (i.e., clefs, key signatures and time signatures) using the following override: 

\override MultiMeasureRest.spacing-pair =
             #'(staff-bar . staff-bar)
staff-padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.5

Maintain this much space between reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of differing sizes (like the dynamics p and f) on their baselines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:text-interface::print

The symbol to print.

text (markup):

measure-counter::text

Text markup. See Formatting text.

word-space (dimension, in staff space):

0.2

Space to insert between words in texts.

X-offset (number):

centered-spanner-interface::calc-x-offset

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): centered-spanner-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, measure-counter-interface, outside-staff-interface, self-alignment-interface, side-position-interface, spanner-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < MeasureCounter ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.83 MeasureGrouping

A measure grouping or conducting sign.

MeasureGrouping objects are created by: Measure_grouping_engraver.

Standard settings:

direction (direction):

1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

height (dimension, in staff space):

2.0

Height of an object in staff-space units.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

2

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

side-axis (number):

1

If the value is X (or equivalently 0), the object is placed horizontally next to the other object. If the value is Y or 1, it is placed vertically.

staff-padding (dimension, in staff space):

3

Maintain this much space between reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of differing sizes (like the dynamics p and f) on their baselines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:measure-grouping::print

The symbol to print.

thickness (number):

1

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): grob-interface, measure-grouping-interface, outside-staff-interface, side-position-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < MeasureGrouping ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.84 MeasureSpanner

A horizontal bracket between bar lines. See also HorizontalBracket.

MeasureSpanner objects are created by: Measure_spanner_engraver.

Standard settings:

connect-to-neighbor (pair):

ly:measure-spanner::calc-connect-to-neighbors

Pair of booleans, indicating whether this grob looks as a continued break.

direction (direction):

1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

edge-height (pair):
'(0.7 . 0.7)

A pair of numbers specifying the heights of the vertical edges: (left-height . right-height).

outside-staff-priority (number):

750

If set, the grob is positioned outside the staff in such a way as to avoid all collisions. In case of a potential collision, the grob with the smaller outside-staff-priority is closer to the staff.

self-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

side-axis (number):

1

If the value is X (or equivalently 0), the object is placed horizontally next to the other object. If the value is Y or 1, it is placed vertically.

spacing-pair (pair):
'(staff-bar . staff-bar)

A pair of alignment symbols which set an object’s spacing relative to its left and right BreakAlignments.

For example, a MultiMeasureRest will ignore prefatory items at its bounds (i.e., clefs, key signatures and time signatures) using the following override: 

\override MultiMeasureRest.spacing-pair =
             #'(staff-bar . staff-bar)
staff-padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.5

Maintain this much space between reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of differing sizes (like the dynamics p and f) on their baselines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:measure-spanner::print

The symbol to print.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): accidental-switch-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, line-interface, measure-spanner-interface, outside-staff-interface, self-alignment-interface, side-position-interface, spanner-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < MeasureSpanner ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.85 MelodyItem

An auxiliary grob to help alter the stem directions of middle notes on a staff so that they follow the melody.

MelodyItem objects are created by: Melody_engraver.

Standard settings:

neutral-direction (direction):

-1

Which direction to take in the center of the staff.

This object supports the following interface(s): grob-interface, item-interface and melody-spanner-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < MelodyItem ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.86 MensuralLigature

A grob to display a ligature as used in mensural notation. See also KievanLigature, VaticanaLigature, and LigatureBracket.

MensuralLigature objects are created by: Mensural_ligature_engraver.

Standard settings:

springs-and-rods (boolean):

ly:spanner::set-spacing-rods

Dummy variable for triggering spacing routines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:mensural-ligature::print

The symbol to print.

thickness (number):

1.3

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

This object supports the following interface(s): font-interface, grob-interface, mensural-ligature-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < MensuralLigature ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.87 MetronomeMark

A metronome mark. This is either a precise tempo indication like ‘quarter note = 80’, or an arbitrary piece of text (like ‘Allegro’), possibly followed by a precise indication in parentheses.

MetronomeMark objects are created by: Metronome_mark_engraver.

Standard settings:

after-line-breaking (boolean):

ly:side-position-interface::move-to-extremal-staff

Dummy property, used to trigger callback for after-line-breaking.

break-align-symbols (list):
'(time-signature)

A list of break-align symbols that determines which breakable items to align this to. If the grob selected by the first symbol in the list is invisible due to break-visibility, we will align to the next grob (and so on). Choices are listed in break-alignment-interface.

break-visibility (vector):
#(#f #t #t)

A vector of 3 booleans, #(end-of-line unbroken begin-of-line). #t means visible, #f means killed.

direction (direction):

1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

extra-spacing-width (pair of numbers):
'(+inf.0 . -inf.0)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we pad each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ on the left side of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ on the right side of the item). In order to make a grob take up no horizontal space at all, set this to (+inf.0 . -inf.0).

flag-style (symbol):

'default

The style of the flag to be used with MetronomeMark. Available are 'modern-straight-flag, 'old-straight-flag, flat-flag, mensural and 'default

non-break-align-symbols (list):
'(paper-column-interface)

A list of symbols that determine which NON-break-aligned interfaces to align this to.

outside-staff-horizontal-padding (number):

0.2

By default, an outside-staff-object can be placed so that is it very close to another grob horizontally. If this property is set, the outside-staff-object is raised so that it is not so close to its neighbor.

outside-staff-priority (number):

1300

If set, the grob is positioned outside the staff in such a way as to avoid all collisions. In case of a potential collision, the grob with the smaller outside-staff-priority is closer to the staff.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.8

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

self-alignment-X (number):

-1

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

side-axis (number):

1

If the value is X (or equivalently 0), the object is placed horizontally next to the other object. If the value is Y or 1, it is placed vertically.

stencil (stencil):

ly:text-interface::print

The symbol to print.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-offset (number):

self-alignment-interface::self-aligned-on-breakable

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): break-alignable-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, metronome-mark-interface, outside-staff-interface, self-alignment-interface, side-position-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < MetronomeMark ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.88 MultiMeasureRest

A multi-measure rest. See also MultiMeasureRestNumber, MultiMeasureRestText, MultiMeasureRestScript, and Rest.

MultiMeasureRest objects are created by: Multi_measure_rest_engraver.

Standard settings:

bound-padding (number):

0.5

The amount of padding to insert around spanner bounds.

expand-limit (integer):

10

Maximum number of measures expanded in church rests.

hair-thickness (number):

2.0

Thickness of the thin line in a bar line, expressed as a multiple of the default staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is not influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

max-symbol-separation (number):

8.0

The maximum distance between symbols making up a church rest.

round-up-exceptions (list):

'()

A list of pairs where car is the numerator and cdr the denominator of a moment. Each pair in this list means that the multi-measure rests of the corresponding length will be rounded up to the longer rest. See round-up-to-longer-rest.

spacing-pair (pair):
'(break-alignment . break-alignment)

A pair of alignment symbols which set an object’s spacing relative to its left and right BreakAlignments.

For example, a MultiMeasureRest will ignore prefatory items at its bounds (i.e., clefs, key signatures and time signatures) using the following override: 

\override MultiMeasureRest.spacing-pair =
             #'(staff-bar . staff-bar)
springs-and-rods (boolean):

ly:multi-measure-rest::set-spacing-rods

Dummy variable for triggering spacing routines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:multi-measure-rest::print

The symbol to print.

thick-thickness (number):

6.6

Thickness of the thick line in a bar line, expressed as a multiple of the default staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is not influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

usable-duration-logs (list):
'(-3 -2 -1 0)

List of duration-logs that can be used in typesetting the grob.

voiced-position (number):

4

The staff-position of a voiced Rest, negative if the rest has direction DOWN.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:multi-measure-rest::height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:staff-symbol-referencer::callback (_)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): font-interface, grob-interface, multi-measure-interface, multi-measure-rest-interface, outside-staff-interface, rest-interface, spanner-interface and staff-symbol-referencer-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < MultiMeasureRest ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.89 MultiMeasureRestNumber

A grob to print the length of a MultiMeasureRest grob.

MultiMeasureRestNumber objects are created by: Multi_measure_rest_engraver.

Standard settings:

bound-padding (number):

1.0

The amount of padding to insert around spanner bounds.

direction (direction):

1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

font-encoding (symbol):

'fetaText

The font encoding is the broadest category for selecting a font. Currently, only lilypond’s system fonts (Emmentaler) are using this property. Available values are fetaMusic (Emmentaler), fetaBraces, fetaText (Emmentaler).

font-features (list):
'("cv47")

Opentype features.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.4

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

parent-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify on which point of the parent the object is aligned. The value -1 means aligned on parent’s left edge, 0 on center, and 1 right edge, in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the parent’s width. If unset, the value from self-alignment-X property will be used.

self-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

side-axis (number):

1

If the value is X (or equivalently 0), the object is placed horizontally next to the other object. If the value is Y or 1, it is placed vertically.

springs-and-rods (boolean):

ly:multi-measure-rest::set-text-rods

Dummy variable for triggering spacing routines.

staff-padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.4

Maintain this much space between reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of differing sizes (like the dynamics p and f) on their baselines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:text-interface::print

The symbol to print.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> #<procedure ly:grob::pure-simple-vertical-skylines-from-extents (_ _ _)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-offset (number):

ly:self-alignment-interface::aligned-on-x-parent

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): font-interface, grob-interface, multi-measure-interface, multi-measure-rest-number-interface, outside-staff-interface, self-alignment-interface, side-position-interface, spanner-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < MultiMeasureRestNumber ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.90 MultiMeasureRestScript

An articulation (like a fermata) attached to a MultiMeasureRest grob. See also Script.

MultiMeasureRestScript objects are created by: Multi_measure_rest_engraver.

Standard settings:

direction (direction):

1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

outside-staff-padding (number):

0

The padding to place between grobs when spacing according to outside-staff-priority. Two grobs with different outside-staff-padding values have the larger value of padding between them.

outside-staff-priority (number):

40

If set, the grob is positioned outside the staff in such a way as to avoid all collisions. In case of a potential collision, the grob with the smaller outside-staff-priority is closer to the staff.

parent-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify on which point of the parent the object is aligned. The value -1 means aligned on parent’s left edge, 0 on center, and 1 right edge, in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the parent’s width. If unset, the value from self-alignment-X property will be used.

self-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

side-axis (number):

1

If the value is X (or equivalently 0), the object is placed horizontally next to the other object. If the value is Y or 1, it is placed vertically.

staff-padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.25

Maintain this much space between reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of differing sizes (like the dynamics p and f) on their baselines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:script-interface::print

The symbol to print.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> #<procedure ly:grob::pure-simple-vertical-skylines-from-extents (_ _ _)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-offset (number):

ly:self-alignment-interface::aligned-on-x-parent

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): font-interface, grob-interface, multi-measure-interface, outside-staff-interface, script-interface, self-alignment-interface, side-position-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < MultiMeasureRestScript ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.91 MultiMeasureRestText

A text markup for a MultiMeasureRest grob. See also TextScript.

MultiMeasureRestText objects are created by: Multi_measure_rest_engraver.

Standard settings:

direction (direction):

1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

outside-staff-priority (number):

450

If set, the grob is positioned outside the staff in such a way as to avoid all collisions. In case of a potential collision, the grob with the smaller outside-staff-priority is closer to the staff.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.2

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

parent-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify on which point of the parent the object is aligned. The value -1 means aligned on parent’s left edge, 0 on center, and 1 right edge, in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the parent’s width. If unset, the value from self-alignment-X property will be used.

self-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

side-axis (number):

1

If the value is X (or equivalently 0), the object is placed horizontally next to the other object. If the value is Y or 1, it is placed vertically.

skyline-horizontal-padding (number):

0.2

For determining the vertical distance between two staves, it is possible to have a configuration which would result in a tight interleaving of grobs from the top staff and the bottom staff. The larger this parameter is, the farther apart the staves are placed in such a configuration.

staff-padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.25

Maintain this much space between reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of differing sizes (like the dynamics p and f) on their baselines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:text-interface::print

The symbol to print.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> #<procedure ly:grob::pure-simple-vertical-skylines-from-extents (_ _ _)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-offset (number):

ly:self-alignment-interface::aligned-on-x-parent

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): font-interface, grob-interface, multi-measure-interface, outside-staff-interface, self-alignment-interface, side-position-interface, spanner-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < MultiMeasureRestText ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.92 NonMusicalPaperColumn

An auxiliary grob grouping non-musical items to handle the flexible horizontal space between non-musical and musical columns. Grobs that have the property non-musical set to #t belong to this column.

NonMusicalPaperColumn objects are created by: Paper_column_engraver.

Standard settings:

allow-loose-spacing (boolean):

#t

If set, column can be detached from main spacing.

axes (list):
'(0)

List of axis numbers. In the case of alignment grobs, this should contain only one number.

font-size (number):

-7.5

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

full-measure-extra-space (number):

1.0

Extra space that is allocated at the beginning of a measure with only one note. This property is read from the NonMusicalPaperColumn that begins the measure.

horizontal-skylines (pair of skylines):

ly:separation-item::calc-skylines

Two skylines, one to the left and one to the right of this grob.

keep-inside-line (boolean):

#t

If set, this column cannot have objects sticking into the margin.

layer (integer):

1000

An integer which determines the order of printing objects. Objects with the lowest value of layer are drawn first, then objects with progressively higher values are drawn, so objects with higher values overwrite objects with lower values. By default most objects are assigned a layer value of 1.

line-break-permission (symbol):

'allow

Instructs the line breaker on whether to put a line break at this column. Can be force or allow.

non-musical (boolean):

#t

True if the grob belongs to a NonMusicalPaperColumn.

page-break-permission (symbol):

'allow

Instructs the page breaker on whether to put a page break at this column. Can be force or allow.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:axis-group-interface::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): axis-group-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, non-musical-paper-column-interface, paper-column-interface, separation-item-interface and spaceable-grob-interface.

This object is of class Paper_column (characterized by paper-column-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < NonMusicalPaperColumn ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.93 NoteCollision

An auxiliary grob to group NoteColumn grobs from several voices, mainly to handle note collisions. See also RestCollision.

NoteCollision objects are created by: Collision_engraver.

Standard settings:

axes (list):
'(0 1)

List of axis numbers. In the case of alignment grobs, this should contain only one number.

note-collision-threshold (dimension, in staff space):

1

Simultaneous notes that are this close or closer in units of staff-space will be identified as vertically colliding. Used by Stem grobs for notes in the same voice, and NoteCollision grobs for notes in different voices. Default value 1.

prefer-dotted-right (boolean):

#t

For note collisions, prefer to shift dotted up-note to the right, rather than shifting just the dot.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

ly:axis-group-interface::calc-skylines

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:axis-group-interface::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:axis-group-interface::height (_)> #<procedure ly:axis-group-interface::pure-height (_ _ _)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): axis-group-interface, grob-interface, item-interface and note-collision-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < NoteCollision ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.94 NoteColumn

An auxiliary grob to align stacked notes, stems, flags, accidentals, and other items from the same voice. See also NoteCollision.

NoteColumn objects are created by: Rhythmic_column_engraver.

Standard settings:

axes (list):
'(0 1)

List of axis numbers. In the case of alignment grobs, this should contain only one number.

bend-me (boolean):

'()

Decide whether this grob is bent.

horizontal-skylines (pair of skylines):

ly:separation-item::calc-skylines

Two skylines, one to the left and one to the right of this grob.

main-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:note-column::calc-main-extent

The horizontal extent of a NoteColumn grob without taking suspended NoteHead grobs into account (i.e., NoteHeads forced into the unnatural direction of the Stem because of a chromatic clash).

skyline-vertical-padding (number):

0.15

The amount by which the left and right skylines of a column are padded vertically, beyond the Y-extents and extra-spacing-heights of the constituent grobs in the column. Increase this to prevent interleaving of grobs from adjacent columns.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

ly:axis-group-interface::calc-skylines

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:axis-group-interface::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:axis-group-interface::height (_)> #<procedure ly:axis-group-interface::pure-height (_ _ _)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): axis-group-interface, bend-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, note-column-interface and separation-item-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < NoteColumn ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.95 NoteHead

A note head. See also TabNoteHead.

NoteHead objects are created by: Completion_heads_engraver, Drum_notes_engraver and Note_heads_engraver.

Standard settings:

bend-me (boolean):

'()

Decide whether this grob is bent.

duration-log (integer):

note-head::calc-duration-log

The 2-log of the note head duration, i.e., 0 = whole note, 1 = half note, etc.

extra-spacing-height (pair of numbers):

ly:note-head::include-ledger-line-height

In the horizontal spacing problem, we increase the height of each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ to the bottom of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ to the top of the item). In order to make a grob infinitely high (to prevent the horizontal spacing problem from placing any other grobs above or below this grob), set this to (-inf.0 . +inf.0).

glyph-name (string):

note-head::calc-glyph-name

The glyph name within the font.

In the context of (span) bar lines, glyph-name represents a processed form of glyph, where decisions about line breaking, etc., are already taken.

parenthesis-friends (list):
'(accidental-grob dot)

A list of Grob types, as symbols. When parentheses enclose a Grob that has ’parenthesis-friends, the parentheses widen to include any child Grobs with type among ’parenthesis-friends.

stem-attachment (pair of numbers):

ly:note-head::calc-stem-attachment

An (x . y) pair where the stem attaches to the notehead.

stencil (stencil):

ly:note-head::print

The symbol to print.

X-offset (number):

ly:note-head::stem-x-shift

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:staff-symbol-referencer::callback (_)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): bend-interface, font-interface, gregorian-ligature-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, ledgered-interface, ligature-head-interface, mensural-ligature-interface, note-head-interface, rhythmic-grob-interface, rhythmic-head-interface, staff-symbol-referencer-interface and vaticana-ligature-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < NoteHead ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.96 NoteName

A textual representation of a note name.

NoteName objects are created by: Note_name_engraver.

Standard settings:

stencil (stencil):

ly:text-interface::print

The symbol to print.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): accidental-switch-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, note-name-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < NoteName ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.97 NoteSpacing

An auxiliary grob to handle (horizontal) spacing of notes. See also GraceSpacing, StaffSpacing, and SpacingSpanner.

NoteSpacing objects are created by: Note_spacing_engraver.

Standard settings:

knee-spacing-correction (number):

1.0

Factor for the optical correction amount for kneed beams. Set between 0 for no correction and 1 for full correction.

same-direction-correction (number):

0.25

Optical correction amount for stems that are placed in tight configurations. This amount is used for stems with the same direction to compensate for note head to stem distance.

space-to-barline (boolean):

#t

If set, the distance between a note and the following non-musical column will be measured to the bar line instead of to the beginning of the non-musical column. If there is a clef change followed by a bar line, for example, this means that we will try to space the non-musical column as though the clef is not there.

stem-spacing-correction (number):

0.5

Optical correction amount for stems that are placed in tight configurations. For opposite directions, this amount is the correction for two normal sized stems that overlap completely.

This object supports the following interface(s): grob-interface, item-interface, note-spacing-interface and spacing-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < NoteSpacing ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.98 OttavaBracket

An ottava bracket.

OttavaBracket objects are created by: Ottava_spanner_engraver.

Standard settings:

dash-fraction (number):

0.3

Size of the dashes, relative to dash-period. Should be between 0.1 and 1.0 (continuous line). If set to 0.0, a dotted line is produced

edge-height (pair):
'(0 . 0.8)

A pair of numbers specifying the heights of the vertical edges: (left-height . right-height).

font-series (symbol):

'bold

Select the series of a font. Choices include medium, bold, bold-narrow, etc.

font-shape (symbol):

'italic

Select the shape of a font. Choices include upright, italic, caps.

minimum-length (dimension, in staff space):

0.3

Try to make a spanner at least this long, normally in the horizontal direction. This requires an appropriate callback for the springs-and-rods property. If added to a Tie, this sets the minimum distance between noteheads.

outside-staff-priority (number):

400

If set, the grob is positioned outside the staff in such a way as to avoid all collisions. In case of a potential collision, the grob with the smaller outside-staff-priority is closer to the staff.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.5

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

shorten-pair (pair of numbers):
'(-0.8 . -0.6)

The lengths to shorten on both sides a hairpin or text-spanner such as a pedal bracket. Positive values shorten the hairpin or text-spanner, while negative values lengthen it.

staff-padding (dimension, in staff space):

2.0

Maintain this much space between reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of differing sizes (like the dynamics p and f) on their baselines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:ottava-bracket::print

The symbol to print.

style (symbol):

'dashed-line

This setting determines in what style a grob is typeset. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> #<procedure ly:grob::pure-simple-vertical-skylines-from-extents (_ _ _)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): font-interface, grob-interface, horizontal-bracket-interface, line-interface, ottava-bracket-interface, outside-staff-interface, side-position-interface, spanner-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < OttavaBracket ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.99 PaperColumn

An auxiliary grob grouping musical items to handle the flexible horizontal space between musical and non-musical columns. See also NonMusicalPaperColumn.

PaperColumn objects are created by: Paper_column_engraver.

Standard settings:

allow-loose-spacing (boolean):

#t

If set, column can be detached from main spacing.

axes (list):
'(0)

List of axis numbers. In the case of alignment grobs, this should contain only one number.

font-size (number):

-7.5

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

horizontal-skylines (pair of skylines):

ly:separation-item::calc-skylines

Two skylines, one to the left and one to the right of this grob.

keep-inside-line (boolean):

#t

If set, this column cannot have objects sticking into the margin.

layer (integer):

1000

An integer which determines the order of printing objects. Objects with the lowest value of layer are drawn first, then objects with progressively higher values are drawn, so objects with higher values overwrite objects with lower values. By default most objects are assigned a layer value of 1.

skyline-vertical-padding (number):

0.08

The amount by which the left and right skylines of a column are padded vertically, beyond the Y-extents and extra-spacing-heights of the constituent grobs in the column. Increase this to prevent interleaving of grobs from adjacent columns.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:axis-group-interface::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): axis-group-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, musical-paper-column-interface, paper-column-interface, separation-item-interface and spaceable-grob-interface.

This object is of class Paper_column (characterized by paper-column-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < PaperColumn ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.100 Parentheses

A grob to create parentheses around other grobs.

Parentheses objects are created by: Parenthesis_engraver.

Standard settings:

break-visibility (vector):

#<procedure 5b68c690d660 at /build/out/share/lilypond/current/scm/lily/output-lib.scm:3027:0 (grob)>

A vector of 3 booleans, #(end-of-line unbroken begin-of-line). #t means visible, #f means killed.

font-size (number):

-6

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.2

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

stencil (stencil):

parentheses-interface::print

The symbol to print.

stencils (list):

parentheses-interface::calc-parenthesis-stencils

Multiple stencils, used as intermediate value.

X-extent (pair of numbers):
'(0 . 0)

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

parentheses-interface::y-extent

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): font-interface, grob-interface, parentheses-interface and sticky-grob-interface.

This object can be of either of the following classes: Item (characterized by item-interface) or Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface). It supports the following interfaces conditionally depending on the class: item-interface and spanner-interface.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < Parentheses ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.101 PercentRepeat

A percent symbol for repeating a bar. See also PercentRepeatCounter, DoublePercentRepeat, DoubleRepeatSlash, and RepeatSlash.

PercentRepeat objects are created by: Percent_repeat_engraver.

Standard settings:

dot-negative-kern (number):

0.75

The space to remove between a dot and a slash in percent repeat glyphs. Larger values bring the two elements closer together.

font-encoding (symbol):

'fetaMusic

The font encoding is the broadest category for selecting a font. Currently, only lilypond’s system fonts (Emmentaler) are using this property. Available values are fetaMusic (Emmentaler), fetaBraces, fetaText (Emmentaler).

self-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

slope (number):

1.0

The slope of this object.

spacing-pair (pair):
'(break-alignment . staff-bar)

A pair of alignment symbols which set an object’s spacing relative to its left and right BreakAlignments.

For example, a MultiMeasureRest will ignore prefatory items at its bounds (i.e., clefs, key signatures and time signatures) using the following override: 

\override MultiMeasureRest.spacing-pair =
             #'(staff-bar . staff-bar)
springs-and-rods (boolean):

ly:multi-measure-rest::set-spacing-rods

Dummy variable for triggering spacing routines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:percent-repeat-interface::percent

The symbol to print.

thickness (number):

0.48

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

X-offset (number):

centered-spanner-interface::calc-x-offset

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): centered-spanner-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, multi-measure-rest-interface, percent-repeat-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < PercentRepeat ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.102 PercentRepeatCounter

A grob to print a counter for PercentRepeat grobs.

PercentRepeatCounter objects are created by: Percent_repeat_engraver.

Standard settings:

direction (direction):

1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

font-encoding (symbol):

'fetaText

The font encoding is the broadest category for selecting a font. Currently, only lilypond’s system fonts (Emmentaler) are using this property. Available values are fetaMusic (Emmentaler), fetaBraces, fetaText (Emmentaler).

font-features (list):
'("cv47")

Opentype features.

font-size (number):

-2

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.2

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

parent-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify on which point of the parent the object is aligned. The value -1 means aligned on parent’s left edge, 0 on center, and 1 right edge, in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the parent’s width. If unset, the value from self-alignment-X property will be used.

self-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

staff-padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.25

Maintain this much space between reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of differing sizes (like the dynamics p and f) on their baselines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:text-interface::print

The symbol to print.

X-offset (number):

ly:self-alignment-interface::aligned-on-x-parent

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): font-interface, grob-interface, outside-staff-interface, self-alignment-interface, side-position-interface, spanner-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < PercentRepeatCounter ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.103 PhrasingSlur

A phrasing slur, indicating a ‘musical sentence’. See also Slur.

PhrasingSlur objects are created by: Phrasing_slur_engraver.

Standard settings:

control-points (list of number pairs):

ly:slur::calc-control-points

List of offsets (number pairs) that form control points for the tie, slur, or bracket shape. For Béziers, this should list the control points of a third-order Bézier curve.

details (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((region-size . 4)
  (head-encompass-penalty . 1000.0)
  (stem-encompass-penalty . 30.0)
  (edge-attraction-factor . 4)
  (same-slope-penalty . 20)
  (steeper-slope-factor . 50)
  (non-horizontal-penalty . 15)
  (max-slope . 1.1)
  (max-slope-factor . 10)
  (free-head-distance . 0.3)
  (free-slur-distance . 0.8)
  (gap-to-staffline-inside . 0.2)
  (gap-to-staffline-outside . 0.1)
  (extra-object-collision-penalty . 50)
  (accidental-collision . 3)
  (extra-encompass-free-distance . 0.3)
  (extra-encompass-collision-distance . 0.8)
  (head-slur-distance-max-ratio . 3)
  (head-slur-distance-factor . 10)
  (absolute-closeness-measure . 0.3)
  (edge-slope-exponent . 1.7)
  (close-to-edge-length . 2.5)
  (encompass-object-range-overshoot . 0.5)
  (slur-tie-extrema-min-distance . 0.2)
  (slur-tie-extrema-min-distance-penalty . 2))

Alist of parameters for detailed grob behavior. More information on the allowed parameters for a grob can be found by looking at the top of the Internals Reference page for each interface having a details property.

direction (direction):

ly:slur::calc-direction

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

height-limit (dimension, in staff space):

2.0

Maximum slur height: The longer the slur, the closer it is to this height.

minimum-length (dimension, in staff space):

1.5

Try to make a spanner at least this long, normally in the horizontal direction. This requires an appropriate callback for the springs-and-rods property. If added to a Tie, this sets the minimum distance between noteheads.

ratio (number):

0.333

Parameter for slur shape. The higher this number, the quicker the slur attains its height-limit.

springs-and-rods (boolean):

ly:spanner::set-spacing-rods

Dummy variable for triggering spacing routines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:slur::print

The symbol to print.

thickness (number):

1.1

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> #<procedure ly:grob::pure-simple-vertical-skylines-from-extents (_ _ _)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:slur::height (_)> #<procedure ly:slur::pure-height (_ _ _)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): bezier-curve-interface, grob-interface, outside-staff-interface, slur-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < PhrasingSlur ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.104 PianoPedalBracket

A piano pedal bracket. It can also be part of SostenutoPedal, SustainPedal, or UnaCordaPedal grobs if they are printed in a bracketed style.

PianoPedalBracket objects are created by: Piano_pedal_engraver.

Standard settings:

bound-padding (number):

1.0

The amount of padding to insert around spanner bounds.

bracket-flare (pair of numbers):
'(0.5 . 0.5)

A pair of numbers specifying how much edges of brackets should slant outward. Value 0.0 means straight edges.

direction (direction):

-1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

edge-height (pair):
'(1.0 . 1.0)

A pair of numbers specifying the heights of the vertical edges: (left-height . right-height).

shorten-pair (pair of numbers):
'(0.0 . 0.0)

The lengths to shorten on both sides a hairpin or text-spanner such as a pedal bracket. Positive values shorten the hairpin or text-spanner, while negative values lengthen it.

stencil (stencil):

ly:piano-pedal-bracket::print

The symbol to print.

style (symbol):

'line

This setting determines in what style a grob is typeset. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

thickness (number):

1.0

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> #<procedure ly:grob::pure-simple-vertical-skylines-from-extents (_ _ _)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

This object supports the following interface(s): grob-interface, line-interface, piano-pedal-bracket-interface, piano-pedal-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < PianoPedalBracket ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.105 RehearsalMark

A rehearsal mark.

RehearsalMark objects are created by: Mark_engraver.

Standard settings:

after-line-breaking (boolean):

ly:side-position-interface::move-to-extremal-staff

Dummy property, used to trigger callback for after-line-breaking.

baseline-skip (dimension, in staff space):

2

Distance between base lines of multiple lines of text.

break-align-symbols (list):
'(staff-bar key-signature clef)

A list of break-align symbols that determines which breakable items to align this to. If the grob selected by the first symbol in the list is invisible due to break-visibility, we will align to the next grob (and so on). Choices are listed in break-alignment-interface.

break-visibility (vector):
#(#f #t #t)

A vector of 3 booleans, #(end-of-line unbroken begin-of-line). #t means visible, #f means killed.

direction (direction):

1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

extra-spacing-width (pair of numbers):
'(+inf.0 . -inf.0)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we pad each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ on the left side of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ on the right side of the item). In order to make a grob take up no horizontal space at all, set this to (+inf.0 . -inf.0).

font-size (number):

2

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

non-musical (boolean):

#t

True if the grob belongs to a NonMusicalPaperColumn.

outside-staff-horizontal-padding (number):

0.2

By default, an outside-staff-object can be placed so that is it very close to another grob horizontally. If this property is set, the outside-staff-object is raised so that it is not so close to its neighbor.

outside-staff-priority (number):

1500

If set, the grob is positioned outside the staff in such a way as to avoid all collisions. In case of a potential collision, the grob with the smaller outside-staff-priority is closer to the staff.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.8

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

self-alignment-X (number):

break-alignable-interface::self-alignment-opposite-of-anchor

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

stencil (stencil):

ly:text-interface::print

The symbol to print.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-offset (number):

self-alignment-interface::self-aligned-on-breakable

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): accidental-switch-interface, break-alignable-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, mark-interface, outside-staff-interface, rehearsal-mark-interface, self-alignment-interface, side-position-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < RehearsalMark ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.106 RepeatSlash

A symbol consisting of one or more slashes for repeating patterns shorter than a single measure, and which contain identical durations. See also PercentRepeat, DoublePercentRepeat, and DoubleRepeatSlash.

RepeatSlash objects are created by: Slash_repeat_engraver.

Standard settings:

slash-negative-kern (number):

0.85

The space to remove between slashes in percent repeat glyphs. Larger values bring the two elements closer together.

slope (number):

1.7

The slope of this object.

stencil (stencil):

ly:percent-repeat-interface::beat-slash

The symbol to print.

thickness (number):

0.48

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): grob-interface, item-interface, percent-repeat-interface and rhythmic-grob-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < RepeatSlash ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.107 RepeatTie

A repeat tie (i.e., a tie from nothing to a note). See also RepeatTieColumn, LaissezVibrerTie, and Tie.

RepeatTie objects are created by: Repeat_tie_engraver.

Standard settings:

control-points (list of number pairs):

ly:semi-tie::calc-control-points

List of offsets (number pairs) that form control points for the tie, slur, or bracket shape. For Béziers, this should list the control points of a third-order Bézier curve.

details (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((ratio . 0.333) (height-limit . 1.0))

Alist of parameters for detailed grob behavior. More information on the allowed parameters for a grob can be found by looking at the top of the Internals Reference page for each interface having a details property.

direction (direction):

ly:tie::calc-direction

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

extra-spacing-height (pair of numbers):
'(-0.5 . 0.5)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we increase the height of each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ to the bottom of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ to the top of the item). In order to make a grob infinitely high (to prevent the horizontal spacing problem from placing any other grobs above or below this grob), set this to (-inf.0 . +inf.0).

head-direction (direction):

1

Are the note heads left or right in a semitie?

stencil (stencil):

ly:tie::print

The symbol to print.

thickness (number):

1.0

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): bezier-curve-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, semi-tie-interface and tie-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < RepeatTie ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.108 RepeatTieColumn

An auxiliary grob to determine direction and shape of stacked RepeatTie grobs.

RepeatTieColumn objects are created by: Repeat_tie_engraver.

Standard settings:

head-direction (direction):

ly:semi-tie-column::calc-head-direction

Are the note heads left or right in a semitie?

X-extent (pair of numbers):

#f

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#f

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): grob-interface, item-interface and semi-tie-column-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < RepeatTieColumn ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.109 Rest

An ordinary rest. See also MultiMeasureRest.

Rest objects are created by: Completion_rest_engraver and Rest_engraver.

Standard settings:

duration-log (integer):

stem::calc-duration-log

The 2-log of the note head duration, i.e., 0 = whole note, 1 = half note, etc.

minimum-distance (dimension, in staff space):

0.25

Minimum distance between rest and notes or beam.

parenthesis-friends (list):
'(dot)

A list of Grob types, as symbols. When parentheses enclose a Grob that has ’parenthesis-friends, the parentheses widen to include any child Grobs with type among ’parenthesis-friends.

stencil (stencil):

ly:rest::print

The symbol to print.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> #<procedure ly:grob::pure-simple-vertical-skylines-from-extents (_ _ _)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

voiced-position (number):

4

The staff-position of a voiced Rest, negative if the rest has direction DOWN.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:rest::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:rest::height (_)> #<procedure ly:rest::pure-height (_ _ _)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:rest::y-offset-callback (_)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, rest-interface, rhythmic-grob-interface, rhythmic-head-interface and staff-symbol-referencer-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < Rest ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.110 RestCollision

An auxiliary grob to handle rest collisions of different voices. See also NoteCollision.

RestCollision objects are created by: Rest_collision_engraver.

Standard settings:

minimum-distance (dimension, in staff space):

0.75

Minimum distance between rest and notes or beam.

This object supports the following interface(s): grob-interface, item-interface and rest-collision-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < RestCollision ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.111 Script

An articulation (staccato, accent, etc.). See also ScriptColumn, ScriptRow, and MultiMeasureRestScript.

Script objects are created by: Drum_notes_engraver, New_fingering_engraver and Script_engraver.

Standard settings:

add-stem-support (boolean):

#t

If set, the Stem object is included in this script’s support.

direction (direction):

ly:script-interface::calc-direction

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

font-encoding (symbol):

'fetaMusic

The font encoding is the broadest category for selecting a font. Currently, only lilypond’s system fonts (Emmentaler) are using this property. Available values are fetaMusic (Emmentaler), fetaBraces, fetaText (Emmentaler).

horizon-padding (number):

0.1

The amount to pad the axis along which a Skyline is built for the side-position-interface.

self-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

side-axis (number):

1

If the value is X (or equivalently 0), the object is placed horizontally next to the other object. If the value is Y or 1, it is placed vertically.

slur-padding (number):

0.2

Extra distance between slur and script.

staff-padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.25

Maintain this much space between reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of differing sizes (like the dynamics p and f) on their baselines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:script-interface::print

The symbol to print.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-offset (number):

script-interface::calc-x-offset

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, outside-staff-interface, script-interface, self-alignment-interface and side-position-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < Script ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.112 ScriptColumn

An auxiliary grob to (vertically) align stacked Script grobs.

ScriptColumn objects are created by: Non_musical_script_column_engraver and Script_column_engraver.

Standard settings:

before-line-breaking (boolean):

ly:script-column::before-line-breaking

Dummy property, used to trigger a callback function.

This object supports the following interface(s): grob-interface, item-interface and script-column-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < ScriptColumn ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.113 ScriptRow

An auxiliary grob to horizontally align stacked Script grobs.

ScriptRow objects are created by: Script_row_engraver.

Standard settings:

before-line-breaking (boolean):

ly:script-column::row-before-line-breaking

Dummy property, used to trigger a callback function.

This object supports the following interface(s): grob-interface, item-interface and script-column-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < ScriptRow ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.114 SectionLabel

A section label, for example ‘Coda’.

SectionLabel objects are created by: Mark_engraver.

Standard settings:

after-line-breaking (boolean):

ly:side-position-interface::move-to-extremal-staff

Dummy property, used to trigger callback for after-line-breaking.

baseline-skip (dimension, in staff space):

2

Distance between base lines of multiple lines of text.

break-align-symbols (list):
'(left-edge staff-bar)

A list of break-align symbols that determines which breakable items to align this to. If the grob selected by the first symbol in the list is invisible due to break-visibility, we will align to the next grob (and so on). Choices are listed in break-alignment-interface.

break-visibility (vector):
#(#f #t #t)

A vector of 3 booleans, #(end-of-line unbroken begin-of-line). #t means visible, #f means killed.

direction (direction):

1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

extra-spacing-width (pair of numbers):
'(+inf.0 . -inf.0)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we pad each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ on the left side of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ on the right side of the item). In order to make a grob take up no horizontal space at all, set this to (+inf.0 . -inf.0).

font-size (number):

1.5

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

non-musical (boolean):

#t

True if the grob belongs to a NonMusicalPaperColumn.

outside-staff-horizontal-padding (number):

0.2

By default, an outside-staff-object can be placed so that is it very close to another grob horizontally. If this property is set, the outside-staff-object is raised so that it is not so close to its neighbor.

outside-staff-priority (number):

1450

If set, the grob is positioned outside the staff in such a way as to avoid all collisions. In case of a potential collision, the grob with the smaller outside-staff-priority is closer to the staff.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.8

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

self-alignment-X (number):

-1

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

stencil (stencil):

ly:text-interface::print

The symbol to print.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-offset (number):

self-alignment-interface::self-aligned-on-breakable

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): break-alignable-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, outside-staff-interface, section-label-interface, self-alignment-interface, side-position-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < SectionLabel ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.115 SegnoMark

A segno mark (created with \repeat segno, not with \segno).

SegnoMark objects are created by: Mark_engraver.

Standard settings:

after-line-breaking (boolean):

ly:side-position-interface::move-to-extremal-staff

Dummy property, used to trigger callback for after-line-breaking.

baseline-skip (dimension, in staff space):

2

Distance between base lines of multiple lines of text.

break-align-symbols (list):
'(staff-bar key-signature clef)

A list of break-align symbols that determines which breakable items to align this to. If the grob selected by the first symbol in the list is invisible due to break-visibility, we will align to the next grob (and so on). Choices are listed in break-alignment-interface.

break-visibility (vector):
#(#f #t #t)

A vector of 3 booleans, #(end-of-line unbroken begin-of-line). #t means visible, #f means killed.

direction (direction):

1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

extra-spacing-width (pair of numbers):
'(+inf.0 . -inf.0)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we pad each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ on the left side of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ on the right side of the item). In order to make a grob take up no horizontal space at all, set this to (+inf.0 . -inf.0).

font-size (number):

2

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

non-musical (boolean):

#t

True if the grob belongs to a NonMusicalPaperColumn.

outside-staff-horizontal-padding (number):

0.2

By default, an outside-staff-object can be placed so that is it very close to another grob horizontally. If this property is set, the outside-staff-object is raised so that it is not so close to its neighbor.

outside-staff-priority (number):

1400

If set, the grob is positioned outside the staff in such a way as to avoid all collisions. In case of a potential collision, the grob with the smaller outside-staff-priority is closer to the staff.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.8

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

self-alignment-X (number):

break-alignable-interface::self-alignment-opposite-of-anchor

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

stencil (stencil):

ly:text-interface::print

The symbol to print.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-offset (number):

self-alignment-interface::self-aligned-on-breakable

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): break-alignable-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, mark-interface, outside-staff-interface, segno-mark-interface, self-alignment-interface, side-position-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < SegnoMark ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.116 SignumRepetitionis

SignumRepetitionis objects are created by: Signum_repetitionis_engraver.

Standard settings:

bar-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:bar-line::calc-bar-extent

The Y-extent of the actual bar line. This may differ from Y-extent because it does not include the dots in a repeat bar line.

break-align-anchor (number):

ly:bar-line::calc-anchor

Grobs aligned to this breakable item will have their X-offsets shifted by this number. In bar lines, for example, this is used to position grobs relative to the (visual) center of the bar line.

break-align-symbol (symbol):

'signum-repetitionis

This key is used for aligning, ordering, and spacing breakable items. See break-alignment-interface.

break-visibility (vector):
#(#t #t #f)

A vector of 3 booleans, #(end-of-line unbroken begin-of-line). #t means visible, #f means killed.

extra-spacing-height (pair of numbers):

pure-from-neighbor-interface::account-for-span-bar

In the horizontal spacing problem, we increase the height of each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ to the bottom of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ to the top of the item). In order to make a grob infinitely high (to prevent the horizontal spacing problem from placing any other grobs above or below this grob), set this to (-inf.0 . +inf.0).

gap (dimension, in staff space):

0.4

Size of a gap in a variable symbol.

glyph (string):

":|."

A string determining what ‘style’ of glyph is typeset. Valid choices depend on the function that is reading this property.

In combination with (span) bar lines, it is a string resembling the bar line appearance in ASCII form.

glyph-name (string):

#<procedure 5b68c690d640 at /build/out/share/lilypond/current/scm/lily/output-lib.scm:1472:0 (grob)>

The glyph name within the font.

In the context of (span) bar lines, glyph-name represents a processed form of glyph, where decisions about line breaking, etc., are already taken.

hair-thickness (number):

1.9

Thickness of the thin line in a bar line, expressed as a multiple of the default staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is not influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

kern (dimension, in staff space):

3.0

The space between individual elements in any compound bar line, expressed as a multiple of the default staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is not influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

layer (integer):

0

An integer which determines the order of printing objects. Objects with the lowest value of layer are drawn first, then objects with progressively higher values are drawn, so objects with higher values overwrite objects with lower values. By default most objects are assigned a layer value of 1.

non-musical (boolean):

#t

True if the grob belongs to a NonMusicalPaperColumn.

rounded (boolean):

#f

Decide whether lines should be drawn rounded or not.

segno-kern (number):

3.0

The space between the two thin lines of the segno bar line symbol, expressed as a multiple of the default staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is not influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

space-alist (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((ambitus extra-space . 1.0)
  (time-signature extra-space . 0.75)
  (custos minimum-space . 2.0)
  (clef extra-space . 1.0)
  (key-signature extra-space . 1.0)
  (key-cancellation extra-space . 1.0)
  (first-note extra-space . 0.5)
  (next-note semi-fixed-space . 0.9)
  (signum-repetitionis extra-space . 0.5)
  (staff-bar extra-space . 0.5)
  (right-edge extra-space . 0.0))

An alist that specifies distances from this grob to other breakable items, using the format: 

'((break-align-symbol . (spacing-style . space))
  (break-align-symbol . (spacing-style . space))
  ...)

Standard choices for break-align-symbol are listed in break-alignment-interface. Additionally, three special break-align symbols available to space-alist are:

first-note

used when the grob is just left of the first note on a line

next-note

used when the grob is just left of any other note; if not set, the value of first-note gets used

right-edge

used when the grob is the last item on the line (only compatible with the extra-space spacing style)

Choices for spacing-style are:

extra-space

Put this much space between the two grobs. The space is stretchable when paired with first-note or next-note; otherwise it is fixed.

minimum-space

Put at least this much space between the left sides of both grobs, without allowing them to collide. The space is stretchable when paired with first-note or next-note; otherwise it is fixed. Not compatible with right-edge.

fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put this much fixed space between the grob and the note.

minimum-fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put at least this much fixed space between the left side of the grob and the left side of the note, without allowing them to collide.

semi-fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put this much space between the grob and the note, such that half of the space is fixed and half is stretchable.

Rules for this spacing are much more complicated than this. See [Wanske] page 126–134, [Ross] page 143–147.

stencil (stencil):

ly:bar-line::print

The symbol to print.

thick-thickness (number):

6.0

Thickness of the thick line in a bar line, expressed as a multiple of the default staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is not influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): break-aligned-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, pure-from-neighbor-interface and signum-repetitionis-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < SignumRepetitionis ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.117 Slur

A slur. See also PhrasingSlur.

Slur objects are created by: Slur_engraver.

Standard settings:

avoid-slur (symbol):

'inside

Method of handling slur collisions. Choices are inside, outside, around, and ignore. inside adjusts the slur if needed to keep the grob inside the slur. outside moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur. around moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur only if there is a collision. ignore does not move either. In grobs whose notational significance depends on vertical position (such as accidentals, clefs, etc.), outside and around behave like ignore.

control-points (list of number pairs):

ly:slur::calc-control-points

List of offsets (number pairs) that form control points for the tie, slur, or bracket shape. For Béziers, this should list the control points of a third-order Bézier curve.

details (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((region-size . 4)
  (head-encompass-penalty . 1000.0)
  (stem-encompass-penalty . 30.0)
  (edge-attraction-factor . 4)
  (same-slope-penalty . 20)
  (steeper-slope-factor . 50)
  (non-horizontal-penalty . 15)
  (max-slope . 1.1)
  (max-slope-factor . 10)
  (free-head-distance . 0.3)
  (free-slur-distance . 0.8)
  (gap-to-staffline-inside . 0.2)
  (gap-to-staffline-outside . 0.1)
  (extra-object-collision-penalty . 50)
  (accidental-collision . 3)
  (extra-encompass-free-distance . 0.3)
  (extra-encompass-collision-distance . 0.8)
  (head-slur-distance-max-ratio . 3)
  (head-slur-distance-factor . 10)
  (absolute-closeness-measure . 0.3)
  (edge-slope-exponent . 1.7)
  (close-to-edge-length . 2.5)
  (encompass-object-range-overshoot . 0.5)
  (slur-tie-extrema-min-distance . 0.2)
  (slur-tie-extrema-min-distance-penalty . 2))

Alist of parameters for detailed grob behavior. More information on the allowed parameters for a grob can be found by looking at the top of the Internals Reference page for each interface having a details property.

direction (direction):

ly:slur::calc-direction

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

height-limit (dimension, in staff space):

2.0

Maximum slur height: The longer the slur, the closer it is to this height.

line-thickness (number):

0.8

For slurs and ties, this is the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the two arcs of the curve’s outline, which intersect at the endpoints. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

minimum-length (dimension, in staff space):

1.5

Try to make a spanner at least this long, normally in the horizontal direction. This requires an appropriate callback for the springs-and-rods property. If added to a Tie, this sets the minimum distance between noteheads.

ratio (number):

0.25

Parameter for slur shape. The higher this number, the quicker the slur attains its height-limit.

springs-and-rods (boolean):

ly:spanner::set-spacing-rods

Dummy variable for triggering spacing routines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:slur::print

The symbol to print.

thickness (number):

1.2

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> #<procedure ly:grob::pure-simple-vertical-skylines-from-extents (_ _ _)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:slur::height (_)> #<procedure ly:slur::pure-height (_ _ _)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): bezier-curve-interface, grob-interface, outside-staff-interface, slur-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < Slur ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.118 SostenutoPedal

A sostenuto pedal mark. See also SostenutoPedalLineSpanner, PianoPedalBracket, SustainPedal, and UnaCordaPedal.

SostenutoPedal objects are created by: Piano_pedal_engraver.

Standard settings:

direction (direction):

1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

extra-spacing-width (pair of numbers):
'(+inf.0 . -inf.0)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we pad each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ on the left side of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ on the right side of the item). In order to make a grob take up no horizontal space at all, set this to (+inf.0 . -inf.0).

font-shape (symbol):

'italic

Select the shape of a font. Choices include upright, italic, caps.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.0

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

parent-alignment-X (number):

#f

Specify on which point of the parent the object is aligned. The value -1 means aligned on parent’s left edge, 0 on center, and 1 right edge, in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the parent’s width. If unset, the value from self-alignment-X property will be used.

self-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

stencil (stencil):

ly:text-interface::print

The symbol to print.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-offset (number):

ly:self-alignment-interface::aligned-on-x-parent

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, piano-pedal-script-interface, self-alignment-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < SostenutoPedal ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.119 SostenutoPedalLineSpanner

An auxiliary grob providing a baseline to align consecutive SostenutoPedal grobs vertically.

SostenutoPedalLineSpanner objects are created by: Piano_pedal_align_engraver.

Standard settings:

axes (list):
'(1)

List of axis numbers. In the case of alignment grobs, this should contain only one number.

direction (direction):

-1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

minimum-space (dimension, in staff space):

1.0

Minimum distance that the victim should move (after padding).

outside-staff-priority (number):

1000

If set, the grob is positioned outside the staff in such a way as to avoid all collisions. In case of a potential collision, the grob with the smaller outside-staff-priority is closer to the staff.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

1.2

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

side-axis (number):

1

If the value is X (or equivalently 0), the object is placed horizontally next to the other object. If the value is Y or 1, it is placed vertically.

staff-padding (dimension, in staff space):

1.0

Maintain this much space between reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of differing sizes (like the dynamics p and f) on their baselines.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-element-stencils (_)> #<procedure ly:grob::pure-vertical-skylines-from-element-stencils (_ _ _)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:axis-group-interface::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:axis-group-interface::height (_)> #<procedure ly:axis-group-interface::pure-height (_ _ _)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): axis-group-interface, grob-interface, outside-staff-interface, piano-pedal-interface, side-position-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < SostenutoPedalLineSpanner ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.120 SpacingSpanner

An auxiliary grob to set all horizontal spacing constraints across a score. There is normally one such grob for the whole score, but there can be several if \newSpacingSection is used. See also GraceSpacing, NoteSpacing, and StaffSpacing.

SpacingSpanner objects are created by: Spacing_engraver.

Standard settings:

average-spacing-wishes (boolean):

#t

If set, the spacing wishes are averaged over staves.

base-shortest-duration (moment):

#<Mom 3/16>

Spacing is based on the shortest notes in a piece. Normally, pieces are spaced as if notes at least as short as this are present.

common-shortest-duration (moment):

ly:spacing-spanner::calc-common-shortest-duration

The most common shortest note length. This is used in spacing. Enlarging this sets the score tighter.

shortest-duration-space (number):

2.0

Start with this multiple of spacing-increment space for the shortest duration. See also spacing-spanner-interface.

spacing-increment (dimension, in staff space):

1.2

The unit of length for note-spacing. Typically, the width of a note head. See also spacing-spanner-interface.

springs-and-rods (boolean):

ly:spacing-spanner::set-springs

Dummy variable for triggering spacing routines.

This object supports the following interface(s): grob-interface, spacing-options-interface, spacing-spanner-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < SpacingSpanner ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.121 SpanBar

A span bar, i.e., the parts of a multi-staff bar line that are outside of staves. See also SpanBarStub.

SpanBar objects are created by: Span_bar_engraver.

Standard settings:

allow-span-bar (boolean):

#t

If false, no inter-staff bar line will be created below this bar line.

bar-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:axis-group-interface::height (_)> #<procedure ly:axis-group-interface::pure-height (_ _ _)> >

The Y-extent of the actual bar line. This may differ from Y-extent because it does not include the dots in a repeat bar line.

before-line-breaking (boolean):

ly:span-bar::before-line-breaking

Dummy property, used to trigger a callback function.

break-align-anchor (number):

ly:span-bar::calc-anchor

Grobs aligned to this breakable item will have their X-offsets shifted by this number. In bar lines, for example, this is used to position grobs relative to the (visual) center of the bar line.

break-align-symbol (symbol):

'staff-bar

This key is used for aligning, ordering, and spacing breakable items. See break-alignment-interface.

glyph-name (string):

ly:span-bar::calc-glyph-name

The glyph name within the font.

In the context of (span) bar lines, glyph-name represents a processed form of glyph, where decisions about line breaking, etc., are already taken.

layer (integer):

0

An integer which determines the order of printing objects. Objects with the lowest value of layer are drawn first, then objects with progressively higher values are drawn, so objects with higher values overwrite objects with lower values. By default most objects are assigned a layer value of 1.

non-musical (boolean):

#t

True if the grob belongs to a NonMusicalPaperColumn.

stencil (stencil):

ly:span-bar::print

The symbol to print.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:span-bar::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):
'(+inf.0 . -inf.0)

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): bar-line-interface, break-aligned-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface and span-bar-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < SpanBar ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.122 SpanBarStub

An auxiliary grob, acting like a fake SpanBar grob in contexts such as Lyrics that are crossed by a span bar, to keep span bars taking horizontal space.

SpanBarStub objects are created by: Span_bar_stub_engraver.

Standard settings:

extra-spacing-height (pair of numbers):

pure-from-neighbor-interface::extra-spacing-height

In the horizontal spacing problem, we increase the height of each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ to the bottom of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ to the top of the item). In order to make a grob infinitely high (to prevent the horizontal spacing problem from placing any other grobs above or below this grob), set this to (-inf.0 . +inf.0).

X-extent (pair of numbers):

#<procedure 5b68c689f030 at /build/out/share/lilypond/current/scm/lily/output-lib.scm:1461:0 (grob)>

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #f #<procedure pure-from-neighbor-interface::pure-height (grob beg end)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): grob-interface, item-interface and pure-from-neighbor-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < SpanBarStub ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.123 StaffEllipsis

A visual marker (usually three consecutive dots) to indicate that typesetting of music is skipped.

StaffEllipsis objects are created by: Skip_typesetting_engraver.

Standard settings:

break-align-symbol (symbol):

'staff-ellipsis

This key is used for aligning, ordering, and spacing breakable items. See break-alignment-interface.

break-visibility (vector):
#(#t #t #t)

A vector of 3 booleans, #(end-of-line unbroken begin-of-line). #t means visible, #f means killed.

layer (integer):

1

An integer which determines the order of printing objects. Objects with the lowest value of layer are drawn first, then objects with progressively higher values are drawn, so objects with higher values overwrite objects with lower values. By default most objects are assigned a layer value of 1.

non-musical (boolean):

#t

True if the grob belongs to a NonMusicalPaperColumn.

space-alist (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((ambitus extra-space . 1.0)
  (breathing-sign extra-space . 1.0)
  (custos extra-space . 1.0)
  (key-signature extra-space . 1.0)
  (time-signature extra-space . 1.0)
  (signum-repetitionis extra-space . 1.0)
  (staff-bar extra-space . 1.0)
  (clef extra-space . 1.0)
  (cue-clef extra-space . 1.0)
  (cue-end-clef extra-space . 1.0)
  (first-note extra-space . 1.0)
  (right-edge fixed-space . 0))

An alist that specifies distances from this grob to other breakable items, using the format: 

'((break-align-symbol . (spacing-style . space))
  (break-align-symbol . (spacing-style . space))
  ...)

Standard choices for break-align-symbol are listed in break-alignment-interface. Additionally, three special break-align symbols available to space-alist are:

first-note

used when the grob is just left of the first note on a line

next-note

used when the grob is just left of any other note; if not set, the value of first-note gets used

right-edge

used when the grob is the last item on the line (only compatible with the extra-space spacing style)

Choices for spacing-style are:

extra-space

Put this much space between the two grobs. The space is stretchable when paired with first-note or next-note; otherwise it is fixed.

minimum-space

Put at least this much space between the left sides of both grobs, without allowing them to collide. The space is stretchable when paired with first-note or next-note; otherwise it is fixed. Not compatible with right-edge.

fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put this much fixed space between the grob and the note.

minimum-fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put at least this much fixed space between the left side of the grob and the left side of the note, without allowing them to collide.

semi-fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put this much space between the grob and the note, such that half of the space is fixed and half is stretchable.

Rules for this spacing are much more complicated than this. See [Wanske] page 126–134, [Ross] page 143–147.

stencil (stencil):

staff-ellipsis::print

The symbol to print.

text (markup):
'(#<procedure line-markup (layout props args)>
  ((#<procedure null-markup (layout props)>)
   (#<procedure musicglyph-markup (layout props glyph-name)>
    "dots.dot")
   (#<procedure musicglyph-markup (layout props glyph-name)>
    "dots.dot")
   (#<procedure musicglyph-markup (layout props glyph-name)>
    "dots.dot")
   (#<procedure null-markup (layout props)>)))

Text markup. See Formatting text.

whiteout (boolean-or-number):

#t

If a number or true, the grob is printed over a white background to white-out underlying material, if the grob is visible. A number indicates how far the white background extends beyond the bounding box of the grob as a multiple of the staff-line thickness. The LyricHyphen grob uses a special implementation of whiteout: A positive number indicates how far the white background extends beyond the bounding box in multiples of line-thickness. The shape of the background is determined by whiteout-style. Usually #f by default.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

staff-ellipsis::calc-y-extent

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): break-aligned-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < StaffEllipsis ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.124 StaffGrouper

An auxiliary grob to manage vertical spacing of staff groups. See also VerticalAlignment and VerticalAxisGroup.

StaffGrouper objects are created by: Vertical_align_engraver.

Standard settings:

staff-staff-spacing (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((basic-distance . 9)
  (minimum-distance . 7)
  (padding . 1)
  (stretchability . 5))

When applied to a staff-group’s StaffGrouper grob, this spacing alist controls the distance between consecutive staves within the staff-group. When applied to a staff’s VerticalAxisGroup grob, it controls the distance between the staff and the nearest staff below it in the same system, replacing any settings inherited from the StaffGrouper grob of the containing staff-group, if there is one. This property remains in effect even when non-staff lines appear between staves. The alist can contain the following keys:

  • basic-distance – the vertical distance, measured in staff-spaces, between the reference points of the two items when no collisions would result, and no stretching or compressing is in effect.
  • minimum-distance – the smallest allowable vertical distance, measured in staff-spaces, between the reference points of the two items, when compressing is in effect.
  • padding – the minimum required amount of unobstructed vertical whitespace between the bounding boxes (or skylines) of the two items, measured in staff-spaces.
  • stretchability – a unitless measure of the dimension’s relative propensity to stretch. If zero, the distance will not stretch (unless collisions would result).
staffgroup-staff-spacing (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((basic-distance . 10.5)
  (minimum-distance . 8)
  (padding . 1)
  (stretchability . 9))

The spacing alist controlling the distance between the last staff of the current staff-group and the staff just below it in the same system, even if one or more non-staff lines exist between the two staves. If the staff-staff-spacing property of the staff’s VerticalAxisGroup grob is set, that is used instead. See staff-staff-spacing for a description of the alist structure.

This object supports the following interface(s): grob-interface, spanner-interface and staff-grouper-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < StaffGrouper ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.125 StaffHighlight

A colored span to highlight a music passage.

StaffHighlight objects are created by: Staff_highlight_engraver.

Standard settings:

bound-prefatory-paddings (pair of numbers):
'(0.5 . 0.5)

For a highlight, the amount of padding to insert at a bound from a prefatory item that is not a bar line.

color (color):

#<procedure 5b68c690d620 at /build/out/share/lilypond/current/scm/lily/output-lib.scm:1417:0 (grob)>

The color of this grob.

layer (integer):

-1

An integer which determines the order of printing objects. Objects with the lowest value of layer are drawn first, then objects with progressively higher values are drawn, so objects with higher values overwrite objects with lower values. By default most objects are assigned a layer value of 1.

shorten-pair (pair of numbers):
'(0 . 0)

The lengths to shorten on both sides a hairpin or text-spanner such as a pedal bracket. Positive values shorten the hairpin or text-spanner, while negative values lengthen it.

stencil (stencil):

staff-highlight::print

The symbol to print.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

staff-highlight::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

staff-highlight::height

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): grob-interface, spanner-interface and staff-highlight-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < StaffHighlight ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.126 StaffSpacing

An auxiliary grob to handle spacing within a staff. See also NoteSpacing, GraceSpacing, and SpacingSpanner.

StaffSpacing objects are created by: Separating_line_group_engraver.

Standard settings:

non-musical (boolean):

#t

True if the grob belongs to a NonMusicalPaperColumn.

stem-spacing-correction (number):

0.4

Optical correction amount for stems that are placed in tight configurations. For opposite directions, this amount is the correction for two normal sized stems that overlap completely.

This object supports the following interface(s): grob-interface, item-interface, spacing-interface and staff-spacing-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < StaffSpacing ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.127 StaffSymbol

A staff symbol, usually five horizontal lines.

StaffSymbol objects are created by: Staff_symbol_engraver and Tab_staff_symbol_engraver.

Standard settings:

break-align-symbols (list):
'(staff-bar break-alignment)

A list of break-align symbols that determines which breakable items to align this to. If the grob selected by the first symbol in the list is invisible due to break-visibility, we will align to the next grob (and so on). Choices are listed in break-alignment-interface.

layer (integer):

0

An integer which determines the order of printing objects. Objects with the lowest value of layer are drawn first, then objects with progressively higher values are drawn, so objects with higher values overwrite objects with lower values. By default most objects are assigned a layer value of 1.

ledger-line-thickness (pair of numbers):
'(1.0 . 0.1)

The thickness of ledger lines. It is the sum of 2 numbers: The first is the factor for line thickness, and the second for staff space. Both contributions are added.

line-count (integer):

5

The number of staff lines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:staff-symbol::print

The symbol to print.

widened-extent (pair of numbers):

staff-symbol::calc-widened-extent

The vertical extent that a bar line on a certain staff symbol should have. If the staff symbol is small (e.g., has just one line, as in a RhythmicStaff, this is wider than the staff symbol’s Y extent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:staff-symbol::height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): grob-interface, spanner-interface and staff-symbol-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < StaffSymbol ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.128 StanzaNumber

A stanza number (or markup) for lyrics.

StanzaNumber objects are created by: Stanza_number_engraver.

Standard settings:

direction (direction):

-1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

font-series (symbol):

'bold

Select the series of a font. Choices include medium, bold, bold-narrow, etc.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

1.0

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

side-axis (number):

0

If the value is X (or equivalently 0), the object is placed horizontally next to the other object. If the value is Y or 1, it is placed vertically.

stencil (stencil):

ly:text-interface::print

The symbol to print.

X-offset (number):

ly:side-position-interface::x-aligned-side

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, side-position-interface, stanza-number-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < StanzaNumber ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.129 Stem

A stem. See also StemStub.

Stem objects are created by: Span_stem_engraver and Stem_engraver.

Standard settings:

beamlet-default-length (pair):
'(1.1 . 1.1)

A pair of numbers. The first number specifies the default length of a beamlet that sticks out of the left hand side of this stem; the second number specifies the default length of the beamlet to the right. The actual length of a beamlet is determined by taking either the default length or the length specified by beamlet-max-length-proportion, whichever is smaller.

beamlet-max-length-proportion (pair):
'(0.75 . 0.75)

The maximum length of a beamlet, as a proportion of the distance between two adjacent stems.

default-direction (direction):

ly:stem::calc-default-direction

Direction determined by note head positions.

details (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((lengths 3.5 3.5 3.5 4.25 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0 9.0)
  (beamed-lengths 3.26 3.5 3.6)
  (beamed-minimum-free-lengths 1.83 1.5 1.25)
  (beamed-extreme-minimum-free-lengths 2.0 1.25)
  (stem-shorten 1.0 0.5 0.25))

Alist of parameters for detailed grob behavior. More information on the allowed parameters for a grob can be found by looking at the top of the Internals Reference page for each interface having a details property.

direction (direction):

ly:stem::calc-direction

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

double-stem-separation (number):

0.5

The distance between the two stems of a half note in tablature when using \tabFullNotation, not counting the width of the stems themselves, expressed as a multiple of the default height of a staff-space in the traditional five-line staff.

duration-log (integer):

stem::calc-duration-log

The 2-log of the note head duration, i.e., 0 = whole note, 1 = half note, etc.

length (dimension, in staff space):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:stem::calc-length (_)> #<procedure ly:stem::pure-calc-length (_ _ _)> >

User override for the stem length of unbeamed stems (each unit represents half a staff-space).

neutral-direction (direction):

-1

Which direction to take in the center of the staff.

note-collision-threshold (dimension, in staff space):

1

Simultaneous notes that are this close or closer in units of staff-space will be identified as vertically colliding. Used by Stem grobs for notes in the same voice, and NoteCollision grobs for notes in different voices. Default value 1.

stem-begin-position (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:stem::calc-stem-begin-position (_)> #<procedure ly:stem::pure-calc-stem-begin-position (_ _ _)> >

User override for the begin position of a stem.

stencil (stencil):

ly:stem::print

The symbol to print.

thickness (number):

1.3

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

X-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:stem::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

X-offset (number):

ly:stem::offset-callback

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:stem::height (_)> #<procedure ly:stem::pure-height (_ _ _)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:staff-symbol-referencer::callback (_)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): grob-interface, item-interface and stem-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < Stem ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.130 StemStub

An auxiliary grob that prevents cross-staff Stem grobs from colliding with articulations.

StemStub objects are created by: Stem_engraver.

Standard settings:

extra-spacing-height (pair of numbers):

stem-stub::extra-spacing-height

In the horizontal spacing problem, we increase the height of each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ to the bottom of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ to the top of the item). In order to make a grob infinitely high (to prevent the horizontal spacing problem from placing any other grobs above or below this grob), set this to (-inf.0 . +inf.0).

X-extent (pair of numbers):

stem-stub::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #f #<procedure stem-stub::pure-height (grob beg end)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): grob-interface and item-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < StemStub ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.131 StemTremolo

A stem tremolo.

StemTremolo objects are created by: Stem_engraver.

Standard settings:

beam-thickness (dimension, in staff space):

0.48

Beam thickness, measured in staff-space units.

beam-width (dimension, in staff space):

ly:stem-tremolo::calc-width

Width of the tremolo sign.

direction (direction):

ly:stem-tremolo::calc-direction

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

parent-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify on which point of the parent the object is aligned. The value -1 means aligned on parent’s left edge, 0 on center, and 1 right edge, in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the parent’s width. If unset, the value from self-alignment-X property will be used.

shape (symbol):

ly:stem-tremolo::calc-shape

This setting determines what shape a grob has. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

slope (number):

ly:stem-tremolo::calc-slope

The slope of this object.

stencil (stencil):

ly:stem-tremolo::print

The symbol to print.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:stem-tremolo::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

X-offset (number):

ly:self-alignment-interface::aligned-on-x-parent

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> #<procedure ly:stem-tremolo::pure-height (_ _ _)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:stem-tremolo::calc-y-offset (_)> #<procedure ly:stem-tremolo::pure-calc-y-offset (_ _ _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): grob-interface, item-interface, self-alignment-interface and stem-tremolo-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < StemTremolo ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.132 StringNumber

A markup (by default a digit in a circle) to name a string.

StringNumber objects are created by: New_fingering_engraver.

Standard settings:

add-stem-support (boolean):

only-if-beamed

If set, the Stem object is included in this script’s support.

avoid-slur (symbol):

'around

Method of handling slur collisions. Choices are inside, outside, around, and ignore. inside adjusts the slur if needed to keep the grob inside the slur. outside moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur. around moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur only if there is a collision. ignore does not move either. In grobs whose notational significance depends on vertical position (such as accidentals, clefs, etc.), outside and around behave like ignore.

font-encoding (symbol):

'fetaText

The font encoding is the broadest category for selecting a font. Currently, only lilypond’s system fonts (Emmentaler) are using this property. Available values are fetaMusic (Emmentaler), fetaBraces, fetaText (Emmentaler).

font-features (list):
'("cv47")

Opentype features.

font-size (number):

-5

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

number-type (symbol):

'arabic

Numbering style. Choices include arabic, roman-ij-lower, roman-ij-upper, roman-lower, and roman-upper.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.5

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

parent-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify on which point of the parent the object is aligned. The value -1 means aligned on parent’s left edge, 0 on center, and 1 right edge, in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the parent’s width. If unset, the value from self-alignment-X property will be used.

script-priority (number):

100

A key for determining the order of scripts in a stack, by being added to the position of the script in the user input, the sum being the overall priority. Smaller means closer to the head.

self-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

self-alignment-Y (number):

0

Like self-alignment-X but for the Y axis.

staff-padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.5

Maintain this much space between reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of differing sizes (like the dynamics p and f) on their baselines.

stencil (stencil):

print-circled-text-callback

The symbol to print.

text (markup):

string-number::calc-text

Text markup. See Formatting text.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, number-interface, outside-staff-interface, self-alignment-interface, side-position-interface, string-number-interface, text-interface and text-script-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < StringNumber ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.133 StrokeFinger

A markup (usually a lowercase letter) to indicate right-hand fingering. See also Fingering.

StrokeFinger objects are created by: New_fingering_engraver.

Standard settings:

add-stem-support (boolean):

only-if-beamed

If set, the Stem object is included in this script’s support.

digit-names (vector):
#("p" "i" "m" "a" "x")

Names for string finger digits.

font-shape (symbol):

'italic

Select the shape of a font. Choices include upright, italic, caps.

font-size (number):

-4

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.5

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

parent-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify on which point of the parent the object is aligned. The value -1 means aligned on parent’s left edge, 0 on center, and 1 right edge, in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the parent’s width. If unset, the value from self-alignment-X property will be used.

script-priority (number):

100

A key for determining the order of scripts in a stack, by being added to the position of the script in the user input, the sum being the overall priority. Smaller means closer to the head.

self-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

self-alignment-Y (number):

0

Like self-alignment-X but for the Y axis.

staff-padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.5

Maintain this much space between reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of differing sizes (like the dynamics p and f) on their baselines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:text-interface::print

The symbol to print.

text (markup):

stroke-finger::calc-text

Text markup. See Formatting text.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, outside-staff-interface, self-alignment-interface, side-position-interface, stroke-finger-interface, text-interface and text-script-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < StrokeFinger ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.134 SustainPedal

A sustain pedal mark. See also SustainPedalLineSpanner, PianoPedalBracket, SostenutoPedal, and UnaCordaPedal.

SustainPedal objects are created by: Piano_pedal_engraver.

Standard settings:

extra-spacing-width (pair of numbers):
'(+inf.0 . -inf.0)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we pad each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ on the left side of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ on the right side of the item). In order to make a grob take up no horizontal space at all, set this to (+inf.0 . -inf.0).

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.0

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

parent-alignment-X (number):

#f

Specify on which point of the parent the object is aligned. The value -1 means aligned on parent’s left edge, 0 on center, and 1 right edge, in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the parent’s width. If unset, the value from self-alignment-X property will be used.

self-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

stencil (stencil):

ly:sustain-pedal::print

The symbol to print.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-offset (number):

ly:self-alignment-interface::aligned-on-x-parent

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, piano-pedal-interface, piano-pedal-script-interface, self-alignment-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < SustainPedal ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.135 SustainPedalLineSpanner

An auxiliary grob providing a baseline to align consecutive SustainPedal grobs vertically.

SustainPedalLineSpanner objects are created by: Piano_pedal_align_engraver.

Standard settings:

axes (list):
'(1)

List of axis numbers. In the case of alignment grobs, this should contain only one number.

direction (direction):

-1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

minimum-space (dimension, in staff space):

1.0

Minimum distance that the victim should move (after padding).

outside-staff-priority (number):

1000

If set, the grob is positioned outside the staff in such a way as to avoid all collisions. In case of a potential collision, the grob with the smaller outside-staff-priority is closer to the staff.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

1.2

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

side-axis (number):

1

If the value is X (or equivalently 0), the object is placed horizontally next to the other object. If the value is Y or 1, it is placed vertically.

staff-padding (dimension, in staff space):

1.2

Maintain this much space between reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of differing sizes (like the dynamics p and f) on their baselines.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-element-stencils (_)> #<procedure ly:grob::pure-vertical-skylines-from-element-stencils (_ _ _)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:axis-group-interface::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:axis-group-interface::height (_)> #<procedure ly:axis-group-interface::pure-height (_ _ _)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): axis-group-interface, grob-interface, outside-staff-interface, piano-pedal-interface, side-position-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < SustainPedalLineSpanner ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.136 System

The top-level grob of a score. All other grobs are descendants of it.

System objects are created internally by the Score_engraver translator group..

Standard settings:

axes (list):
'(0 1)

List of axis numbers. In the case of alignment grobs, this should contain only one number.

outside-staff-placement-directive (symbol):

'left-to-right-polite

One of four directives telling how outside staff objects should be placed.

  • left-to-right-greedy – Place each successive grob from left to right.
  • left-to-right-polite – Place a grob from left to right only if it does not potentially overlap with another grob that has been placed on a pass through a grob array. If there is overlap, do another pass to determine placement.
  • right-to-left-greedy – Same as left-to-right-greedy, but from right to left.
  • right-to-left-polite – Same as left-to-right-polite, but from right to left.
show-vertical-skylines (boolean):

grob::show-skylines-if-debug-skylines-set

If true, print this grob’s vertical skylines. This is meant for debugging purposes.

skyline-horizontal-padding (number):

1.0

For determining the vertical distance between two staves, it is possible to have a configuration which would result in a tight interleaving of grobs from the top staff and the bottom staff. The larger this parameter is, the farther apart the staves are placed in such a configuration.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

ly:axis-group-interface::calc-skylines

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:axis-group-interface::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:system::height (_)> #<procedure ly:system::calc-pure-height (_ _ _)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): axis-group-interface, grob-interface, outside-staff-axis-group-interface, spanner-interface and system-interface.

This object is of class System (characterized by system-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < System ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.137 SystemStartBar

A bar line as a system start delimiter.

SystemStartBar objects are created by: System_start_delimiter_engraver.

Standard settings:

collapse-height (dimension, in staff space):

5.0

Minimum height of system start delimiter. If equal or smaller, the bracket/brace/line is removed.

direction (direction):

-1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

-0.1

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

stencil (stencil):

ly:system-start-delimiter::print

The symbol to print.

style (symbol):

'bar-line

This setting determines in what style a grob is typeset. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

thickness (number):

1.6

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

X-offset (number):

ly:side-position-interface::x-aligned-side

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): grob-interface, side-position-interface, spanner-interface and system-start-delimiter-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < SystemStartBar ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.138 SystemStartBrace

A brace as a system start delimiter.

SystemStartBrace objects are created by: System_start_delimiter_engraver.

Standard settings:

collapse-height (dimension, in staff space):

5.0

Minimum height of system start delimiter. If equal or smaller, the bracket/brace/line is removed.

direction (direction):

-1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

font-encoding (symbol):

'fetaBraces

The font encoding is the broadest category for selecting a font. Currently, only lilypond’s system fonts (Emmentaler) are using this property. Available values are fetaMusic (Emmentaler), fetaBraces, fetaText (Emmentaler).

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.3

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

stencil (stencil):

ly:system-start-delimiter::print

The symbol to print.

style (symbol):

'brace

This setting determines in what style a grob is typeset. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

X-offset (number):

ly:side-position-interface::x-aligned-side

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): font-interface, grob-interface, side-position-interface, spanner-interface and system-start-delimiter-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < SystemStartBrace ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.139 SystemStartBracket

A bracket as a system start delimiter.

SystemStartBracket objects are created by: System_start_delimiter_engraver.

Standard settings:

collapse-height (dimension, in staff space):

5.0

Minimum height of system start delimiter. If equal or smaller, the bracket/brace/line is removed.

direction (direction):

-1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.8

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

stencil (stencil):

ly:system-start-delimiter::print

The symbol to print.

style (symbol):

'bracket

This setting determines in what style a grob is typeset. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

thickness (number):

0.45

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

X-offset (number):

ly:side-position-interface::x-aligned-side

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): font-interface, grob-interface, side-position-interface, spanner-interface and system-start-delimiter-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < SystemStartBracket ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.140 SystemStartSquare

A rectangle-like bracket as a start delimiter.

SystemStartSquare objects are created by: System_start_delimiter_engraver.

Standard settings:

collapse-height (dimension, in staff space):

5.0

Minimum height of system start delimiter. If equal or smaller, the bracket/brace/line is removed.

direction (direction):

-1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

stencil (stencil):

ly:system-start-delimiter::print

The symbol to print.

style (symbol):

'line-bracket

This setting determines in what style a grob is typeset. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

thickness (number):

1.0

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

X-offset (number):

ly:side-position-interface::x-aligned-side

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): font-interface, grob-interface, side-position-interface, spanner-interface and system-start-delimiter-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < SystemStartSquare ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.141 TabNoteHead

A ‘note head’ (usually a digit) in a tablature. See also NoteHead.

TabNoteHead objects are created by: Tab_note_heads_engraver.

Standard settings:

bend-me (boolean):

'()

Decide whether this grob is bent.

details (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((cautionary-properties
    (angularity . 0.4)
    (half-thickness . 0.075)
    (padding . 0)
    (procedure
      .
      #<procedure parenthesize-stencil (stencil half-thickness width angularity padding)>)
    (width . 0.25))
  (head-offset . 3/5)
  (harmonic-properties
    (angularity . 2)
    (half-thickness . 0.075)
    (padding . 0)
    (procedure
      .
      #<procedure parenthesize-stencil (stencil half-thickness width angularity padding)>)
    (width . 0.25))
  (repeat-tied-properties
    (note-head-visible . #t)
    (parenthesize . #t))
  (tied-properties (parenthesize . #t)))

Alist of parameters for detailed grob behavior. More information on the allowed parameters for a grob can be found by looking at the top of the Internals Reference page for each interface having a details property.

direction (direction):

0

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

duration-log (integer):

note-head::calc-duration-log

The 2-log of the note head duration, i.e., 0 = whole note, 1 = half note, etc.

font-series (symbol):

'bold

Select the series of a font. Choices include medium, bold, bold-narrow, etc.

font-size (number):

-2

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

parenthesis-friends (list):
'(dot)

A list of Grob types, as symbols. When parentheses enclose a Grob that has ’parenthesis-friends, the parentheses widen to include any child Grobs with type among ’parenthesis-friends.

stem-attachment (pair of numbers):

ly:note-head::calc-tab-stem-attachment

An (x . y) pair where the stem attaches to the notehead.

stencil (stencil):

tab-note-head::print

The symbol to print.

whiteout (boolean-or-number):

#t

If a number or true, the grob is printed over a white background to white-out underlying material, if the grob is visible. A number indicates how far the white background extends beyond the bounding box of the grob as a multiple of the staff-line thickness. The LyricHyphen grob uses a special implementation of whiteout: A positive number indicates how far the white background extends beyond the bounding box in multiples of line-thickness. The shape of the background is determined by whiteout-style. Usually #f by default.

X-offset (number):

ly:self-alignment-interface::x-aligned-on-self

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:staff-symbol-referencer::callback (_)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): bend-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, note-head-interface, rhythmic-grob-interface, rhythmic-head-interface, staff-symbol-referencer-interface, tab-note-head-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < TabNoteHead ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.142 TextMark

An arbitrary textual mark. See also SectionLabel and JumpScript for grobs with a more specific intent.

TextMark objects are created by: Text_mark_engraver.

Standard settings:

after-line-breaking (boolean):

ly:side-position-interface::move-to-extremal-staff

Dummy property, used to trigger callback for after-line-breaking.

baseline-skip (dimension, in staff space):

2

Distance between base lines of multiple lines of text.

break-align-symbols (list):
'(staff-bar key-signature clef)

A list of break-align symbols that determines which breakable items to align this to. If the grob selected by the first symbol in the list is invisible due to break-visibility, we will align to the next grob (and so on). Choices are listed in break-alignment-interface.

break-visibility (vector):

text-mark-interface::calc-break-visibility

A vector of 3 booleans, #(end-of-line unbroken begin-of-line). #t means visible, #f means killed.

direction (direction):

1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

extra-spacing-width (pair of numbers):
'(+inf.0 . -inf.0)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we pad each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ on the left side of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ on the right side of the item). In order to make a grob take up no horizontal space at all, set this to (+inf.0 . -inf.0).

font-size (number):

0.5

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

non-musical (boolean):

#t

True if the grob belongs to a NonMusicalPaperColumn.

outside-staff-horizontal-padding (number):

0.2

By default, an outside-staff-object can be placed so that is it very close to another grob horizontally. If this property is set, the outside-staff-object is raised so that it is not so close to its neighbor.

outside-staff-priority (number):

1250

If set, the grob is positioned outside the staff in such a way as to avoid all collisions. In case of a potential collision, the grob with the smaller outside-staff-priority is closer to the staff.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.8

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

self-alignment-X (number):

text-mark-interface::calc-self-alignment-X

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

stencil (stencil):

ly:text-interface::print

The symbol to print.

text (markup):

#<procedure 5b68c690d600 at /build/out/share/lilypond/current/scm/lily/output-lib.scm:1417:0 (grob)>

Text markup. See Formatting text.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-offset (number):

self-alignment-interface::self-aligned-on-breakable

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): accidental-switch-interface, break-alignable-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, mark-interface, outside-staff-interface, self-alignment-interface, side-position-interface, text-interface and text-mark-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < TextMark ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.143 TextScript

A markup attached to a grob like a note head. See also MultiMeasureRestText.

TextScript objects are created by: Text_engraver.

Standard settings:

avoid-slur (symbol):

'around

Method of handling slur collisions. Choices are inside, outside, around, and ignore. inside adjusts the slur if needed to keep the grob inside the slur. outside moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur. around moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur only if there is a collision. ignore does not move either. In grobs whose notational significance depends on vertical position (such as accidentals, clefs, etc.), outside and around behave like ignore.

direction (direction):

-1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

extra-spacing-width (pair of numbers):
'(+inf.0 . -inf.0)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we pad each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ on the left side of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ on the right side of the item). In order to make a grob take up no horizontal space at all, set this to (+inf.0 . -inf.0).

outside-staff-horizontal-padding (number):

0.2

By default, an outside-staff-object can be placed so that is it very close to another grob horizontally. If this property is set, the outside-staff-object is raised so that it is not so close to its neighbor.

outside-staff-priority (number):

450

If set, the grob is positioned outside the staff in such a way as to avoid all collisions. In case of a potential collision, the grob with the smaller outside-staff-priority is closer to the staff.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.3

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

parent-alignment-X (number):

#f

Specify on which point of the parent the object is aligned. The value -1 means aligned on parent’s left edge, 0 on center, and 1 right edge, in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the parent’s width. If unset, the value from self-alignment-X property will be used.

script-priority (number):

200

A key for determining the order of scripts in a stack, by being added to the position of the script in the user input, the sum being the overall priority. Smaller means closer to the head.

self-alignment-X (number):

#f

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

side-axis (number):

1

If the value is X (or equivalently 0), the object is placed horizontally next to the other object. If the value is Y or 1, it is placed vertically.

slur-padding (number):

0.5

Extra distance between slur and script.

staff-padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.5

Maintain this much space between reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of differing sizes (like the dynamics p and f) on their baselines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:text-interface::print

The symbol to print.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-align-on-main-noteheads (boolean):

#t

If true, this grob will ignore suspended noteheads when aligning itself on NoteColumn.

X-offset (number):

ly:self-alignment-interface::aligned-on-x-parent

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): accidental-switch-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, instrument-specific-markup-interface, item-interface, outside-staff-interface, self-alignment-interface, side-position-interface, text-interface and text-script-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < TextScript ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.144 TextSpanner

Text like ‘rit’, usually followed by a (dashed) line. See also DynamicTextSpanner.

TextSpanner objects are created by: Text_spanner_engraver.

Standard settings:

bound-details (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((left (padding . 0.25) (attach-dir . -1))
  (left-broken (attach-dir . 1))
  (right (padding . 0.25)))

An alist of properties for determining attachments of spanners to edges.

dash-fraction (number):

0.2

Size of the dashes, relative to dash-period. Should be between 0.1 and 1.0 (continuous line). If set to 0.0, a dotted line is produced

dash-period (number):

3.0

The length of one dash together with whitespace. If negative, no line is drawn at all.

direction (direction):

1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

font-shape (symbol):

'italic

Select the shape of a font. Choices include upright, italic, caps.

left-bound-info (alist, with symbols as keys):

ly:horizontal-line-spanner::calc-left-bound-info

An alist of properties for determining attachments of spanners to edges.

outside-staff-priority (number):

350

If set, the grob is positioned outside the staff in such a way as to avoid all collisions. In case of a potential collision, the grob with the smaller outside-staff-priority is closer to the staff.

right-bound-info (alist, with symbols as keys):

ly:horizontal-line-spanner::calc-right-bound-info

An alist of properties for determining attachments of spanners to edges.

side-axis (number):

1

If the value is X (or equivalently 0), the object is placed horizontally next to the other object. If the value is Y or 1, it is placed vertically.

staff-padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.8

Maintain this much space between reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of differing sizes (like the dynamics p and f) on their baselines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:line-spanner::print

The symbol to print.

style (symbol):

'dashed-line

This setting determines in what style a grob is typeset. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): font-interface, grob-interface, horizontal-line-spanner-interface, line-interface, line-spanner-interface, outside-staff-interface, side-position-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < TextSpanner ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.145 Tie

A tie. See also TieColumn, LaissezVibrerTie, and RepeatTie.

Tie objects are created by: Completion_heads_engraver and Tie_engraver.

Standard settings:

avoid-slur (symbol):

'inside

Method of handling slur collisions. Choices are inside, outside, around, and ignore. inside adjusts the slur if needed to keep the grob inside the slur. outside moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur. around moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur only if there is a collision. ignore does not move either. In grobs whose notational significance depends on vertical position (such as accidentals, clefs, etc.), outside and around behave like ignore.

control-points (list of number pairs):

ly:tie::calc-control-points

List of offsets (number pairs) that form control points for the tie, slur, or bracket shape. For Béziers, this should list the control points of a third-order Bézier curve.

details (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((ratio . 0.333)
  (center-staff-line-clearance . 0.6)
  (tip-staff-line-clearance . 0.45)
  (note-head-gap . 0.2)
  (stem-gap . 0.35)
  (height-limit . 1.0)
  (horizontal-distance-penalty-factor . 10)
  (same-dir-as-stem-penalty . 8)
  (min-length-penalty-factor . 26)
  (tie-tie-collision-distance . 0.45)
  (tie-tie-collision-penalty . 25.0)
  (intra-space-threshold . 1.25)
  (outer-tie-vertical-distance-symmetry-penalty-factor
    .
    10)
  (outer-tie-length-symmetry-penalty-factor . 10)
  (vertical-distance-penalty-factor . 7)
  (outer-tie-vertical-gap . 0.25)
  (multi-tie-region-size . 3)
  (single-tie-region-size . 4)
  (between-length-limit . 1.0))

Alist of parameters for detailed grob behavior. More information on the allowed parameters for a grob can be found by looking at the top of the Internals Reference page for each interface having a details property.

direction (direction):

ly:tie::calc-direction

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

line-thickness (number):

0.8

For slurs and ties, this is the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the two arcs of the curve’s outline, which intersect at the endpoints. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

neutral-direction (direction):

1

Which direction to take in the center of the staff.

springs-and-rods (boolean):

ly:spanner::set-spacing-rods

Dummy variable for triggering spacing routines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:tie::print

The symbol to print.

thickness (number):

1.2

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> #<procedure ly:grob::pure-simple-vertical-skylines-from-extents (_ _ _)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

This object supports the following interface(s): bezier-curve-interface, grob-interface, spanner-interface and tie-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < Tie ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.146 TieColumn

An auxiliary grob to determine direction and shape of stacked Tie grobs.

TieColumn objects are created by: Completion_heads_engraver and Tie_engraver.

Standard settings:

before-line-breaking (boolean):

ly:tie-column::before-line-breaking

Dummy property, used to trigger a callback function.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

#f

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#f

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): grob-interface, spanner-interface and tie-column-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < TieColumn ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.147 TimeSignature

A time signature.

TimeSignature objects are created by: Time_signature_engraver.

Standard settings:

avoid-slur (symbol):

'inside

Method of handling slur collisions. Choices are inside, outside, around, and ignore. inside adjusts the slur if needed to keep the grob inside the slur. outside moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur. around moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur only if there is a collision. ignore does not move either. In grobs whose notational significance depends on vertical position (such as accidentals, clefs, etc.), outside and around behave like ignore.

break-align-anchor (number):

ly:break-aligned-interface::calc-extent-aligned-anchor

Grobs aligned to this breakable item will have their X-offsets shifted by this number. In bar lines, for example, this is used to position grobs relative to the (visual) center of the bar line.

break-align-anchor-alignment (number):

-1

Read by ly:break-aligned-interface::calc-extent-aligned-anchor for aligning an anchor to a grob’s extent.

break-align-symbol (symbol):

'time-signature

This key is used for aligning, ordering, and spacing breakable items. See break-alignment-interface.

break-visibility (vector):
#(#t #t #t)

A vector of 3 booleans, #(end-of-line unbroken begin-of-line). #t means visible, #f means killed.

extra-spacing-height (pair of numbers):

pure-from-neighbor-interface::extra-spacing-height-including-staff

In the horizontal spacing problem, we increase the height of each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ to the bottom of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ to the top of the item). In order to make a grob infinitely high (to prevent the horizontal spacing problem from placing any other grobs above or below this grob), set this to (-inf.0 . +inf.0).

extra-spacing-width (pair of numbers):
'(0.0 . 0.8)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we pad each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ on the left side of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ on the right side of the item). In order to make a grob take up no horizontal space at all, set this to (+inf.0 . -inf.0).

non-musical (boolean):

#t

True if the grob belongs to a NonMusicalPaperColumn.

space-alist (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((ambitus extra-space . 1.0)
  (cue-clef extra-space . 1.5)
  (first-note fixed-space . 2.0)
  (right-edge extra-space . 0.5)
  (signum-repetitionis extra-space . 1.0)
  (staff-bar extra-space . 1.0))

An alist that specifies distances from this grob to other breakable items, using the format: 

'((break-align-symbol . (spacing-style . space))
  (break-align-symbol . (spacing-style . space))
  ...)

Standard choices for break-align-symbol are listed in break-alignment-interface. Additionally, three special break-align symbols available to space-alist are:

first-note

used when the grob is just left of the first note on a line

next-note

used when the grob is just left of any other note; if not set, the value of first-note gets used

right-edge

used when the grob is the last item on the line (only compatible with the extra-space spacing style)

Choices for spacing-style are:

extra-space

Put this much space between the two grobs. The space is stretchable when paired with first-note or next-note; otherwise it is fixed.

minimum-space

Put at least this much space between the left sides of both grobs, without allowing them to collide. The space is stretchable when paired with first-note or next-note; otherwise it is fixed. Not compatible with right-edge.

fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put this much fixed space between the grob and the note.

minimum-fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put at least this much fixed space between the left side of the grob and the left side of the note, without allowing them to collide.

semi-fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put this much space between the grob and the note, such that half of the space is fixed and half is stretchable.

Rules for this spacing are much more complicated than this. See [Wanske] page 126–134, [Ross] page 143–147.

stencil (stencil):

ly:time-signature::print

The symbol to print.

style (symbol):

'C

This setting determines in what style a grob is typeset. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): break-aligned-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, pure-from-neighbor-interface and time-signature-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < TimeSignature ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.148 TrillPitchAccidental

The accidental of a pitched trill. See also TrillPitchGroup.

TrillPitchAccidental objects are created by: Pitched_trill_engraver.

Standard settings:

direction (direction):

-1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

font-size (number):

-4

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

glyph-name (string):

accidental-interface::calc-glyph-name

The glyph name within the font.

In the context of (span) bar lines, glyph-name represents a processed form of glyph, where decisions about line breaking, etc., are already taken.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.2

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

side-axis (number):

0

If the value is X (or equivalently 0), the object is placed horizontally next to the other object. If the value is Y or 1, it is placed vertically.

stencil (stencil):

ly:accidental-interface::print

The symbol to print.

X-offset (number):

ly:side-position-interface::x-aligned-side

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:accidental-interface::height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): accidental-interface, accidental-switch-interface, font-interface, grob-interface, inline-accidental-interface, item-interface, side-position-interface and trill-pitch-accidental-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < TrillPitchAccidental ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.149 TrillPitchGroup

An auxiliary grob to construct a pitched trill, aligning TrillPitchAccidental, TrillPitchParentheses, and TrillPitchHead horizontally. See also TrillSpanner.

TrillPitchGroup objects are created by: Pitched_trill_engraver.

Standard settings:

axes (list):
'(0)

List of axis numbers. In the case of alignment grobs, this should contain only one number.

direction (direction):

1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

horizon-padding (number):

0.1

The amount to pad the axis along which a Skyline is built for the side-position-interface.

minimum-space (dimension, in staff space):

2.5

Minimum distance that the victim should move (after padding).

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.3

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

side-axis (number):

0

If the value is X (or equivalently 0), the object is placed horizontally next to the other object. If the value is Y or 1, it is placed vertically.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:axis-group-interface::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

X-offset (number):

ly:side-position-interface::x-aligned-side

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:axis-group-interface::height (_)> #<procedure trill-pitch-group::pure-height (grob start end)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): axis-group-interface, grob-interface, item-interface and side-position-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < TrillPitchGroup ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.150 TrillPitchHead

The note head of a pitched trill. See also TrillPitchGroup.

TrillPitchHead objects are created by: Pitched_trill_engraver.

Standard settings:

duration-log (integer):

2

The 2-log of the note head duration, i.e., 0 = whole note, 1 = half note, etc.

font-size (number):

-4

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

parenthesis-friends (list):
'(accidental-grob)

A list of Grob types, as symbols. When parentheses enclose a Grob that has ’parenthesis-friends, the parentheses widen to include any child Grobs with type among ’parenthesis-friends.

stencil (stencil):

ly:note-head::print

The symbol to print.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:staff-symbol-referencer::callback (_)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, ledgered-interface, pitched-trill-interface, rhythmic-head-interface and staff-symbol-referencer-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < TrillPitchHead ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.151 TrillPitchParentheses

The parentheses of a pitched trill. See also TrillPitchGroup.

TrillPitchParentheses objects are created by: Pitched_trill_engraver.

Standard settings:

font-size (number):

-4

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.3

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

stencil (stencil):

parentheses-interface::print

The symbol to print.

stencils (list):

parentheses-interface::calc-parenthesis-stencils

Multiple stencils, used as intermediate value.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, parentheses-interface and pitched-trill-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < TrillPitchParentheses ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.152 TrillSpanner

A continued trill with a wiggly line (created with \startTrillSpan, not with \trill). See also TrillPitchGroup.

TrillSpanner objects are created by: Trill_spanner_engraver.

Standard settings:

after-line-breaking (boolean):

ly:spanner::kill-zero-spanned-time

Dummy property, used to trigger callback for after-line-breaking.

bound-details (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((left (text #<procedure with-true-dimension-markup (layout props axis arg)>
              0
              (#<procedure musicglyph-markup (layout props glyph-name)>
               "scripts.trill"))
        (stencil-offset 0 . -1)
        (attach-dir . 0))
  (left-broken (end-on-note . #t))
  (right (adjust-on-neighbor . #t)
         (attach-dir . -1)
         (end-on-accidental . #t)))

An alist of properties for determining attachments of spanners to edges.

direction (direction):

1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

left-bound-info (alist, with symbols as keys):

ly:horizontal-line-spanner::calc-left-bound-info

An alist of properties for determining attachments of spanners to edges.

outside-staff-priority (number):

50

If set, the grob is positioned outside the staff in such a way as to avoid all collisions. In case of a potential collision, the grob with the smaller outside-staff-priority is closer to the staff.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.5

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

right-bound-info (alist, with symbols as keys):

ly:horizontal-line-spanner::calc-right-bound-info

An alist of properties for determining attachments of spanners to edges.

staff-padding (dimension, in staff space):

1.0

Maintain this much space between reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of differing sizes (like the dynamics p and f) on their baselines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:line-spanner::print

The symbol to print.

style (symbol):

'trill

This setting determines in what style a grob is typeset. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

to-barline (boolean):

#t

If true, the spanner will stop at the bar line just before it would otherwise stop.

This object supports the following interface(s): font-interface, grob-interface, horizontal-line-spanner-interface, line-interface, line-spanner-interface, outside-staff-interface, side-position-interface, spanner-interface and trill-spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < TrillSpanner ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.153 TupletBracket

A tuplet bracket. See also TupletNumber.

TupletBracket objects are created by: Tuplet_engraver.

Standard settings:

avoid-scripts (boolean):

#t

If set, a tuplet bracket avoids the scripts associated with the note heads it encompasses.

connect-to-neighbor (pair):

ly:tuplet-bracket::calc-connect-to-neighbors

Pair of booleans, indicating whether this grob looks as a continued break.

direction (direction):

ly:tuplet-bracket::calc-direction

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

edge-height (pair):
'(0.7 . 0.7)

A pair of numbers specifying the heights of the vertical edges: (left-height . right-height).

full-length-to-extent (boolean):

#t

Run to the extent of the column for a full-length tuplet bracket.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

1.1

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

positions (pair of numbers):

ly:tuplet-bracket::calc-positions

Pair of staff coordinates (start . end), where start and end are vertical positions in staff-space units of the current staff. For slurs, this value selects which slur candidate to use; if extreme positions are requested, the closest one is taken.

shorten-pair (pair of numbers):
'(-0.2 . -0.2)

The lengths to shorten on both sides a hairpin or text-spanner such as a pedal bracket. Positive values shorten the hairpin or text-spanner, while negative values lengthen it.

staff-padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.25

Maintain this much space between reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of differing sizes (like the dynamics p and f) on their baselines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:tuplet-bracket::print

The symbol to print.

thickness (number):

1.6

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

tuplet-slur (boolean):

#f

Draw a slur instead of a bracket for tuplets.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> #<procedure ly:grob::pure-simple-vertical-skylines-from-extents (_ _ _)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

visible-over-note-heads (boolean):

#f

This prints a tuplet bracket when the bracket is set to be over the note heads. This option can be combined with the default tuplet bracket visibility style and with #'if-no-beam.

X-positions (pair of numbers):

ly:tuplet-bracket::calc-x-positions

Pair of X staff coordinates of a spanner in the form (left . right), where both left and right are in staff-space units of the current staff.

This object supports the following interface(s): grob-interface, line-interface, outside-staff-interface, spanner-interface and tuplet-bracket-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < TupletBracket ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.154 TupletNumber

A tuplet number. See also TupletBracket.

TupletNumber objects are created by: Tuplet_engraver.

Standard settings:

avoid-slur (symbol):

'inside

Method of handling slur collisions. Choices are inside, outside, around, and ignore. inside adjusts the slur if needed to keep the grob inside the slur. outside moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur. around moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur only if there is a collision. ignore does not move either. In grobs whose notational significance depends on vertical position (such as accidentals, clefs, etc.), outside and around behave like ignore.

direction (direction):

tuplet-number::calc-direction

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

font-shape (symbol):

'italic

Select the shape of a font. Choices include upright, italic, caps.

font-size (number):

-2

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

knee-to-beam (boolean):

#t

Determines whether a tuplet number will be positioned next to a kneed beam.

stencil (stencil):

ly:tuplet-number::print

The symbol to print.

text (markup):

tuplet-number::calc-denominator-text

Text markup. See Formatting text.

X-offset (number):

ly:tuplet-number::calc-x-offset

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-offset (number):

ly:tuplet-number::calc-y-offset

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): font-interface, grob-interface, outside-staff-interface, spanner-interface, text-interface and tuplet-number-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < TupletNumber ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.155 UnaCordaPedal

An una corda pedal mark. See also UnaCordaPedalLineSpanner, SostenutoPedal, SustainPedal, and PianoPedalBracket.

UnaCordaPedal objects are created by: Piano_pedal_engraver.

Standard settings:

direction (direction):

1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

extra-spacing-width (pair of numbers):
'(+inf.0 . -inf.0)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we pad each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ on the left side of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ on the right side of the item). In order to make a grob take up no horizontal space at all, set this to (+inf.0 . -inf.0).

font-shape (symbol):

'italic

Select the shape of a font. Choices include upright, italic, caps.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

0.0

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

parent-alignment-X (number):

#f

Specify on which point of the parent the object is aligned. The value -1 means aligned on parent’s left edge, 0 on center, and 1 right edge, in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the parent’s width. If unset, the value from self-alignment-X property will be used.

self-alignment-X (number):

0

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

stencil (stencil):

ly:text-interface::print

The symbol to print.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-offset (number):

ly:self-alignment-interface::aligned-on-x-parent

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): font-interface, grob-interface, item-interface, piano-pedal-script-interface, self-alignment-interface and text-interface.

This object is of class Item (characterized by item-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < UnaCordaPedal ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.156 UnaCordaPedalLineSpanner

An auxiliary grob providing a baseline to align consecutive UnaCordaPedal grobs vertically.

UnaCordaPedalLineSpanner objects are created by: Piano_pedal_align_engraver.

Standard settings:

axes (list):
'(1)

List of axis numbers. In the case of alignment grobs, this should contain only one number.

direction (direction):

-1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

minimum-space (dimension, in staff space):

1.0

Minimum distance that the victim should move (after padding).

outside-staff-priority (number):

1000

If set, the grob is positioned outside the staff in such a way as to avoid all collisions. In case of a potential collision, the grob with the smaller outside-staff-priority is closer to the staff.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

1.2

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

side-axis (number):

1

If the value is X (or equivalently 0), the object is placed horizontally next to the other object. If the value is Y or 1, it is placed vertically.

staff-padding (dimension, in staff space):

1.2

Maintain this much space between reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of differing sizes (like the dynamics p and f) on their baselines.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-element-stencils (_)> #<procedure ly:grob::pure-vertical-skylines-from-element-stencils (_ _ _)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:axis-group-interface::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:axis-group-interface::height (_)> #<procedure ly:axis-group-interface::pure-height (_ _ _)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): axis-group-interface, grob-interface, outside-staff-interface, piano-pedal-interface, side-position-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < UnaCordaPedalLineSpanner ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.157 VaticanaLigature

A grob to display a melisma (ligature) as used in Gregorian chant. See also KievanLigature, MensuralLigature, and LigatureBracket.

VaticanaLigature objects are created by: Vaticana_ligature_engraver.

Standard settings:

stencil (stencil):

ly:vaticana-ligature::print

The symbol to print.

thickness (number):

0.6

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

This object supports the following interface(s): font-interface, grob-interface, spanner-interface and vaticana-ligature-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < VaticanaLigature ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.158 VerticalAlignment

A top-level auxiliary grob to stack groups (staves, lyrics lines, etc.). See also StaffGrouper and VerticalAxisGroup.

VerticalAlignment objects are created by: Vertical_align_engraver.

Standard settings:

axes (list):
'(1)

List of axis numbers. In the case of alignment grobs, this should contain only one number.

stacking-dir (direction):

-1

Stack objects in which direction?

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

ly:axis-group-interface::combine-skylines

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:axis-group-interface::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:axis-group-interface::height (_)> #<procedure ly:axis-group-interface::pure-height (_ _ _)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): align-interface, axis-group-interface, grob-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < VerticalAlignment ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.159 VerticalAxisGroup

An auxiliary grob to group everything contained in a context like Staff, Lyrics, Dynamics, etc. See also StaffGrouper and VerticalAlignment.

VerticalAxisGroup objects are created by: Axis_group_engraver.

Standard settings:

axes (list):
'(1)

List of axis numbers. In the case of alignment grobs, this should contain only one number.

default-staff-staff-spacing (list):
'((basic-distance . 9)
  (minimum-distance . 8)
  (padding . 1))

The settings to use for staff-staff-spacing when it is unset, for ungrouped staves and for grouped staves that do not have the relevant StaffGrouper property set (staff-staff-spacing or staffgroup-staff-spacing).

nonstaff-unrelatedstaff-spacing (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((padding . 0.5))

The spacing alist controlling the distance between the current non-staff line and the nearest staff in the opposite direction from staff-affinity, if there are no other non-staff lines between the two, and staff-affinity is either UP or DOWN. See staff-staff-spacing for a description of the alist structure.

outside-staff-placement-directive (symbol):

'left-to-right-polite

One of four directives telling how outside staff objects should be placed.

  • left-to-right-greedy – Place each successive grob from left to right.
  • left-to-right-polite – Place a grob from left to right only if it does not potentially overlap with another grob that has been placed on a pass through a grob array. If there is overlap, do another pass to determine placement.
  • right-to-left-greedy – Same as left-to-right-greedy, but from right to left.
  • right-to-left-polite – Same as left-to-right-polite, but from right to left.
show-vertical-skylines (boolean):

grob::show-skylines-if-debug-skylines-set

If true, print this grob’s vertical skylines. This is meant for debugging purposes.

skyline-horizontal-padding (number):

0.1

For determining the vertical distance between two staves, it is possible to have a configuration which would result in a tight interleaving of grobs from the top staff and the bottom staff. The larger this parameter is, the farther apart the staves are placed in such a configuration.

staff-staff-spacing (alist, with symbols as keys):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:axis-group-interface::calc-staff-staff-spacing (_)> #<procedure ly:axis-group-interface::calc-pure-staff-staff-spacing (_ _ _)> >

When applied to a staff-group’s StaffGrouper grob, this spacing alist controls the distance between consecutive staves within the staff-group. When applied to a staff’s VerticalAxisGroup grob, it controls the distance between the staff and the nearest staff below it in the same system, replacing any settings inherited from the StaffGrouper grob of the containing staff-group, if there is one. This property remains in effect even when non-staff lines appear between staves. The alist can contain the following keys:

  • basic-distance – the vertical distance, measured in staff-spaces, between the reference points of the two items when no collisions would result, and no stretching or compressing is in effect.
  • minimum-distance – the smallest allowable vertical distance, measured in staff-spaces, between the reference points of the two items, when compressing is in effect.
  • padding – the minimum required amount of unobstructed vertical whitespace between the bounding boxes (or skylines) of the two items, measured in staff-spaces.
  • stretchability – a unitless measure of the dimension’s relative propensity to stretch. If zero, the distance will not stretch (unless collisions would result).
vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

ly:hara-kiri-group-spanner::calc-skylines

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:axis-group-interface::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:hara-kiri-group-spanner::y-extent (_)> #<procedure ly:hara-kiri-group-spanner::pure-height (_ _ _)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

ly:hara-kiri-group-spanner::force-hara-kiri-callback

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): axis-group-interface, grob-interface, hara-kiri-group-spanner-interface, outside-staff-axis-group-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < VerticalAxisGroup ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.160 VoiceFollower

A line to indicate staff changes of a voice.

VoiceFollower objects are created by: Note_head_line_engraver.

Standard settings:

after-line-breaking (boolean):

ly:spanner::kill-zero-spanned-time

Dummy property, used to trigger callback for after-line-breaking.

bound-details (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((right (attach-dir . 0) (padding . 1.5))
  (left (attach-dir . 0) (padding . 1.5)))

An alist of properties for determining attachments of spanners to edges.

gap (dimension, in staff space):

0.5

Size of a gap in a variable symbol.

left-bound-info (alist, with symbols as keys):

ly:line-spanner::calc-left-bound-info

An alist of properties for determining attachments of spanners to edges.

normalized-endpoints (pair):

ly:spanner::calc-normalized-endpoints

Represents left and right placement over the total spanner, where the width of the spanner is normalized between 0 and 1.

right-bound-info (alist, with symbols as keys):

ly:line-spanner::calc-right-bound-info

An alist of properties for determining attachments of spanners to edges.

stencil (stencil):

ly:line-spanner::print

The symbol to print.

style (symbol):

'line

This setting determines in what style a grob is typeset. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

This object supports the following interface(s): grob-interface, line-interface, line-spanner-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < VoiceFollower ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.161 VoltaBracket

A volta bracket. See also VoltaBracketSpanner.

VoltaBracket objects are created by: Volta_engraver.

Standard settings:

baseline-skip (dimension, in staff space):

1.7

Distance between base lines of multiple lines of text.

direction (direction):

1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

edge-height (pair):
'(2.0 . 2.0)

A pair of numbers specifying the heights of the vertical edges: (left-height . right-height).

font-encoding (symbol):

'fetaText

The font encoding is the broadest category for selecting a font. Currently, only lilypond’s system fonts (Emmentaler) are using this property. Available values are fetaMusic (Emmentaler), fetaBraces, fetaText (Emmentaler).

font-features (list):
'("cv47" "ss01")

Opentype features.

font-size (number):

-4

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

shorten-pair (pair of numbers):

ly:volta-bracket::calc-shorten-pair

The lengths to shorten on both sides a hairpin or text-spanner such as a pedal bracket. Positive values shorten the hairpin or text-spanner, while negative values lengthen it.

stencil (stencil):

ly:volta-bracket-interface::print

The symbol to print.

thickness (number):

1.6

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> #<procedure ly:grob::pure-simple-vertical-skylines-from-extents (_ _ _)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

word-space (dimension, in staff space):

0.6

Space to insert between words in texts.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::stencil-height (_)> #<procedure volta-bracket-interface::pure-height (grob start end)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

This object supports the following interface(s): font-interface, grob-interface, horizontal-bracket-interface, line-interface, side-position-interface, spanner-interface, text-interface, volta-bracket-interface and volta-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < VoltaBracket ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.162 VoltaBracketSpanner

An auxiliary grob providing a baseline to align consecutive VoltaBracket grobs vertically.

VoltaBracketSpanner objects are created by: Volta_engraver.

Standard settings:

after-line-breaking (boolean):

ly:side-position-interface::move-to-extremal-staff

Dummy property, used to trigger callback for after-line-breaking.

axes (list):
'(1)

List of axis numbers. In the case of alignment grobs, this should contain only one number.

direction (direction):

1

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

outside-staff-priority (number):

600

If set, the grob is positioned outside the staff in such a way as to avoid all collisions. In case of a potential collision, the grob with the smaller outside-staff-priority is closer to the staff.

padding (dimension, in staff space):

1

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

side-axis (number):

1

If the value is X (or equivalently 0), the object is placed horizontally next to the other object. If the value is Y or 1, it is placed vertically.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-element-stencils (_)> #<procedure ly:grob::pure-vertical-skylines-from-element-stencils (_ _ _)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

X-extent (pair of numbers):

ly:axis-group-interface::width

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-extent (pair of numbers):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:axis-group-interface::height (_)> #<procedure ly:axis-group-interface::pure-height (_ _ _)> >

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::y-aligned-side (_ #:optional _)> #<procedure ly:side-position-interface::pure-y-aligned-side (_ _ _ #:optional _)> >

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): axis-group-interface, grob-interface, outside-staff-interface, side-position-interface, spanner-interface and volta-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < VoltaBracketSpanner ][ Up : All layout objects ][]

3.1.163 VowelTransition

A vowel transition in lyrics. See also LyricHyphen.

VowelTransition objects are created by: Hyphen_engraver.

Standard settings:

after-line-breaking (boolean):

ly:spanner::kill-zero-spanned-time

Dummy property, used to trigger callback for after-line-breaking.

arrow-length (number):

0.5

Arrow length.

arrow-width (number):

0.5

Arrow width.

bound-details (alist, with symbols as keys):
'((left (padding . 0.14) (attach-dir . 1))
  (right-broken (padding . 0))
  (left-broken (padding . 0))
  (right (padding . 0.14)
         (attach-dir . -1)
         (arrow . #t)))

An alist of properties for determining attachments of spanners to edges.

left-bound-info (alist, with symbols as keys):

ly:horizontal-line-spanner::calc-left-bound-info

An alist of properties for determining attachments of spanners to edges.

minimum-length (dimension, in staff space):

1.0

Try to make a spanner at least this long, normally in the horizontal direction. This requires an appropriate callback for the springs-and-rods property. If added to a Tie, this sets the minimum distance between noteheads.

right-bound-info (alist, with symbols as keys):

ly:horizontal-line-spanner::calc-right-bound-info

An alist of properties for determining attachments of spanners to edges.

springs-and-rods (boolean):

ly:vowel-transition::set-spacing-rods

Dummy variable for triggering spacing routines.

stencil (stencil):

ly:line-spanner::print

The symbol to print.

style (symbol):

'line

This setting determines in what style a grob is typeset. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines):

#<unpure-pure-container #<procedure ly:grob::vertical-skylines-from-stencil (_)> #<procedure ly:grob::pure-simple-vertical-skylines-from-extents (_ _ _)> >

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

Y-offset (number):

0.5

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

This object supports the following interface(s): grob-interface, horizontal-line-spanner-interface, line-interface, line-spanner-interface, lyric-interface and spanner-interface.

This object is of class Spanner (characterized by spanner-interface).

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < VowelTransition ][ Up : Backend ][]

3.2 Graphical Object Interfaces

3.2.1 accidental-interface  
3.2.2 accidental-placement-interface  
3.2.3 accidental-suggestion-interface  
3.2.4 accidental-switch-interface  
3.2.5 align-interface  
3.2.6 ambitus-interface  
3.2.7 arpeggio-interface  
3.2.8 axis-group-interface  
3.2.9 balloon-interface  
3.2.10 bar-line-interface  
3.2.11 bar-number-interface  
3.2.12 bass-figure-alignment-interface  
3.2.13 bass-figure-interface  
3.2.14 beam-interface  
3.2.15 bend-after-interface  
3.2.16 bend-interface  
3.2.17 bezier-curve-interface  
3.2.18 break-alignable-interface  
3.2.19 break-aligned-interface  
3.2.20 break-alignment-interface  
3.2.21 breathing-sign-interface  
3.2.22 caesura-script-interface  
3.2.23 centered-bar-number-interface  
3.2.24 centered-bar-number-line-spanner-interface  
3.2.25 centered-spanner-interface  
3.2.26 chord-name-interface  
3.2.27 chord-square-interface  
3.2.28 clef-interface  
3.2.29 clef-modifier-interface  
3.2.30 cluster-beacon-interface  
3.2.31 cluster-interface  
3.2.32 coda-mark-interface  
3.2.33 control-point-interface  
3.2.34 control-polygon-interface  
3.2.35 custos-interface  
3.2.36 dot-column-interface  
3.2.37 dots-interface  
3.2.38 duration-line-interface  
3.2.39 dynamic-interface  
3.2.40 dynamic-line-spanner-interface  
3.2.41 dynamic-text-interface  
3.2.42 dynamic-text-spanner-interface  
3.2.43 enclosing-bracket-interface  
3.2.44 episema-interface  
3.2.45 figured-bass-continuation-interface  
3.2.46 finger-glide-interface  
3.2.47 finger-interface  
3.2.48 fingering-column-interface  
3.2.49 flag-interface  
3.2.50 font-interface  
3.2.51 footnote-interface  
3.2.52 fret-diagram-interface  
3.2.53 glissando-interface  
3.2.54 grace-spacing-interface  
3.2.55 gregorian-ligature-interface  
3.2.56 grid-chord-name-interface  
3.2.57 grid-line-interface  
3.2.58 grid-point-interface  
3.2.59 grob-interface  
3.2.60 hairpin-interface  
3.2.61 hara-kiri-group-spanner-interface  
3.2.62 horizontal-bracket-interface  
3.2.63 horizontal-bracket-text-interface  
3.2.64 horizontal-line-spanner-interface  
3.2.65 inline-accidental-interface  
3.2.66 instrument-specific-markup-interface  
3.2.67 item-interface  
3.2.68 jump-script-interface  
3.2.69 key-cancellation-interface  
3.2.70 key-signature-interface  
3.2.71 kievan-ligature-interface  
3.2.72 ledger-line-spanner-interface  
3.2.73 ledgered-interface  
3.2.74 ligature-bracket-interface  
3.2.75 ligature-head-interface  
3.2.76 ligature-interface  
3.2.77 line-interface  
3.2.78 line-spanner-interface  
3.2.79 lyric-extender-interface  
3.2.80 lyric-hyphen-interface  
3.2.81 lyric-interface  
3.2.82 lyric-repeat-count-interface  
3.2.83 lyric-space-interface  
3.2.84 lyric-syllable-interface  
3.2.85 mark-interface  
3.2.86 measure-counter-interface  
3.2.87 measure-grouping-interface  
3.2.88 measure-spanner-interface  
3.2.89 melody-spanner-interface  
3.2.90 mensural-ligature-interface  
3.2.91 metronome-mark-interface  
3.2.92 multi-measure-interface  
3.2.93 multi-measure-rest-interface  
3.2.94 multi-measure-rest-number-interface  
3.2.95 musical-paper-column-interface  
3.2.96 non-musical-paper-column-interface  
3.2.97 note-collision-interface  
3.2.98 note-column-interface  
3.2.99 note-head-interface  
3.2.100 note-name-interface  
3.2.101 note-spacing-interface  
3.2.102 number-interface  
3.2.103 ottava-bracket-interface  
3.2.104 outside-staff-axis-group-interface  
3.2.105 outside-staff-interface  
3.2.106 paper-column-interface  
3.2.107 parentheses-interface  
3.2.108 percent-repeat-interface  
3.2.109 piano-pedal-bracket-interface  
3.2.110 piano-pedal-interface  
3.2.111 piano-pedal-script-interface  
3.2.112 pitched-trill-interface  
3.2.113 pure-from-neighbor-interface  
3.2.114 rehearsal-mark-interface  
3.2.115 rest-collision-interface  
3.2.116 rest-interface  
3.2.117 rhythmic-grob-interface  
3.2.118 rhythmic-head-interface  
3.2.119 script-column-interface  
3.2.120 script-interface  
3.2.121 section-label-interface  
3.2.122 segno-mark-interface  
3.2.123 self-alignment-interface  
3.2.124 semi-tie-column-interface  
3.2.125 semi-tie-interface  
3.2.126 separation-item-interface  
3.2.127 side-position-interface  
3.2.128 signum-repetitionis-interface  
3.2.129 slur-interface  
3.2.130 spaceable-grob-interface  
3.2.131 spacing-interface  
3.2.132 spacing-options-interface  
3.2.133 spacing-spanner-interface  
3.2.134 span-bar-interface  
3.2.135 spanner-interface  
3.2.136 staff-grouper-interface  
3.2.137 staff-highlight-interface  
3.2.138 staff-spacing-interface  
3.2.139 staff-symbol-interface  
3.2.140 staff-symbol-referencer-interface  
3.2.141 stanza-number-interface  
3.2.142 stem-interface  
3.2.143 stem-tremolo-interface  
3.2.144 sticky-grob-interface  
3.2.145 string-number-interface  
3.2.146 stroke-finger-interface  
3.2.147 system-interface  
3.2.148 system-start-delimiter-interface  
3.2.149 system-start-text-interface  
3.2.150 tab-note-head-interface  
3.2.151 text-interface  
3.2.152 text-mark-interface  
3.2.153 text-script-interface  
3.2.154 tie-column-interface  
3.2.155 tie-interface  
3.2.156 time-signature-interface  
3.2.157 trill-pitch-accidental-interface  
3.2.158 trill-spanner-interface  
3.2.159 tuplet-bracket-interface  
3.2.160 tuplet-number-interface  
3.2.161 unbreakable-spanner-interface  
3.2.162 vaticana-ligature-interface  
3.2.163 volta-bracket-interface  
3.2.164 volta-interface  
[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < Graphical Object Interfaces ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.1 accidental-interface

A single accidental.

User settable properties:

alteration (number)

Alteration numbers for accidental.

alteration-glyph-name-alist (association list (list of pairs))

An alist of key-string pairs.

avoid-slur (symbol)

Method of handling slur collisions. Choices are inside, outside, around, and ignore. inside adjusts the slur if needed to keep the grob inside the slur. outside moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur. around moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur only if there is a collision. ignore does not move either. In grobs whose notational significance depends on vertical position (such as accidentals, clefs, etc.), outside and around behave like ignore.

glyph-name (string)

The glyph name within the font.

In the context of (span) bar lines, glyph-name represents a processed form of glyph, where decisions about line breaking, etc., are already taken.

hide-tied-accidental-after-break (boolean)

If set, an accidental that appears on a tied note after a line break will not be displayed.

restore-first (boolean)

Print a natural before the accidental.

Internal properties:

forced (boolean)

Manually forced accidental.

tie (graphical (layout) object)

A pointer to a Tie object.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): Accidental, AccidentalCautionary, AccidentalSuggestion, AmbitusAccidental and TrillPitchAccidental.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < accidental-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.2 accidental-placement-interface

Resolve accidental collisions.

User settable properties:

direction (direction)

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

padding (dimension, in staff space)

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

right-padding (dimension, in staff space)

Space to insert on the right side of an object (e.g., between note and its accidentals).

script-priority (number)

A key for determining the order of scripts in a stack, by being added to the position of the script in the user input, the sum being the overall priority. Smaller means closer to the head.

Internal properties:

accidental-grobs (association list (list of pairs))

An alist with (notename . groblist) entries.

positioning-done (boolean)

Used to signal that a positioning element did its job. This ensures that a positioning is only done once.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): AccidentalPlacement.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < accidental-placement-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.3 accidental-suggestion-interface

An accidental, printed as a suggestion (typically: vertically over a note).

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): AccidentalSuggestion.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < accidental-suggestion-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.4 accidental-switch-interface

Any object that prints one or several accidentals based on alterations.

User settable properties:

alteration-glyph-name-alist (association list (list of pairs))

An alist of key-string pairs.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): Accidental, AccidentalCautionary, AccidentalSuggestion, AmbitusAccidental, BalloonText, BassFigure, ChordName, CombineTextScript, GridChordName, HorizontalBracketText, InstrumentName, InstrumentSwitch, KeyCancellation, KeySignature, MeasureSpanner, NoteName, RehearsalMark, TextMark, TextScript and TrillPitchAccidental.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < accidental-switch-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.5 align-interface

Order grobs from top to bottom, left to right, right to left or bottom to top. For vertical alignments of staves, the line-break-system-details of the left NonMusicalPaperColumn may be set to tune vertical spacing.

User settable properties:

align-dir (direction)

Which side to align? -1: left side, 0: around center of width, 1: right side.

axes (list)

List of axis numbers. In the case of alignment grobs, this should contain only one number.

padding (dimension, in staff space)

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

stacking-dir (direction)

Stack objects in which direction?

Internal properties:

elements (array of grobs)

An array of grobs; the type is depending on the grob where this is set in.

minimum-translations-alist (association list (list of pairs))

An list of translations for a given start and end point.

positioning-done (boolean)

Used to signal that a positioning element did its job. This ensures that a positioning is only done once.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): BassFigureAlignment and VerticalAlignment.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < align-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.6 ambitus-interface

The line between note heads for a pitch range.

User settable properties:

gap (dimension, in staff space)

Size of a gap in a variable symbol.

length-fraction (number)

Multiplier for lengths. Used for determining ledger lines and stem lengths.

maximum-gap (number)

Maximum value allowed for gap property.

thickness (number)

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

Internal properties:

note-heads (array of grobs)

An array of note head grobs.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): Ambitus, AmbitusLine and AmbitusNoteHead.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < ambitus-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.7 arpeggio-interface

Functions and settings for drawing an arpeggio symbol.

User settable properties:

arpeggio-direction (direction)

If set, put an arrow on the arpeggio squiggly line.

dash-definition (pair)

List of dash-elements defining the dash structure. Each dash-element has a starting t value, an ending t-value, a dash-fraction, and a dash-period.

line-thickness (number)

For slurs and ties, this is the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the two arcs of the curve’s outline, which intersect at the endpoints. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

positions (pair of numbers)

Pair of staff coordinates (start . end), where start and end are vertical positions in staff-space units of the current staff. For slurs, this value selects which slur candidate to use; if extreme positions are requested, the closest one is taken.

protrusion (number)

In an arpeggio bracket, the length of the horizontal edges.

script-priority (number)

A key for determining the order of scripts in a stack, by being added to the position of the script in the user input, the sum being the overall priority. Smaller means closer to the head.

thickness (number)

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

Internal properties:

stems (array of grobs)

An array of stem objects.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): Arpeggio.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < arpeggio-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.8 axis-group-interface

An object that groups other layout objects.

User settable properties:

axes (list)

List of axis numbers. In the case of alignment grobs, this should contain only one number.

default-staff-staff-spacing (list)

The settings to use for staff-staff-spacing when it is unset, for ungrouped staves and for grouped staves that do not have the relevant StaffGrouper property set (staff-staff-spacing or staffgroup-staff-spacing).

nonstaff-nonstaff-spacing (alist, with symbols as keys)

The spacing alist controlling the distance between the current non-staff line and the next non-staff line in the direction of staff-affinity, if both are on the same side of the related staff, and staff-affinity is either UP or DOWN. See staff-staff-spacing for a description of the alist structure.

nonstaff-relatedstaff-spacing (alist, with symbols as keys)

The spacing alist controlling the distance between the current non-staff line and the nearest staff in the direction of staff-affinity, if there are no non-staff lines between the two, and staff-affinity is either UP or DOWN. If staff-affinity is CENTER, then nonstaff-relatedstaff-spacing is used for the nearest staves on both sides, even if other non-staff lines appear between the current one and either of the staves. See staff-staff-spacing for a description of the alist structure.

nonstaff-unrelatedstaff-spacing (alist, with symbols as keys)

The spacing alist controlling the distance between the current non-staff line and the nearest staff in the opposite direction from staff-affinity, if there are no other non-staff lines between the two, and staff-affinity is either UP or DOWN. See staff-staff-spacing for a description of the alist structure.

staff-affinity (direction)

The direction of the staff to use for spacing the current non-staff line. Choices are UP, DOWN, and CENTER. If CENTER, the non-staff line will be placed equidistant between the two nearest staves on either side, unless collisions or other spacing constraints prevent this. Setting staff-affinity for a staff causes it to be treated as a non-staff line. Setting staff-affinity to #f causes a non-staff line to be treated as a staff.

staff-staff-spacing (alist, with symbols as keys)

When applied to a staff-group’s StaffGrouper grob, this spacing alist controls the distance between consecutive staves within the staff-group. When applied to a staff’s VerticalAxisGroup grob, it controls the distance between the staff and the nearest staff below it in the same system, replacing any settings inherited from the StaffGrouper grob of the containing staff-group, if there is one. This property remains in effect even when non-staff lines appear between staves. The alist can contain the following keys:

  • basic-distance – the vertical distance, measured in staff-spaces, between the reference points of the two items when no collisions would result, and no stretching or compressing is in effect.
  • minimum-distance – the smallest allowable vertical distance, measured in staff-spaces, between the reference points of the two items, when compressing is in effect.
  • padding – the minimum required amount of unobstructed vertical whitespace between the bounding boxes (or skylines) of the two items, measured in staff-spaces.
  • stretchability – a unitless measure of the dimension’s relative propensity to stretch. If zero, the distance will not stretch (unless collisions would result).

Internal properties:

adjacent-pure-heights (pair)

A pair of vectors. Used by a VerticalAxisGroup to cache the Y-extents of different column ranges.

bound-alignment-interfaces (list)

Interfaces to be used for positioning elements that align with a column.

elements (array of grobs)

An array of grobs; the type is depending on the grob where this is set in.

pure-relevant-grobs (array of grobs)

All the grobs (items and spanners) that are relevant for finding the pure-Y-extent

pure-relevant-items (array of grobs)

A subset of elements that are relevant for finding the pure-Y-extent.

pure-relevant-spanners (array of grobs)

A subset of elements that are relevant for finding the pure-Y-extent.

pure-Y-common (graphical (layout) object)

A cache of the common_refpoint_of_array of the elements grob set.

staff-grouper (graphical (layout) object)

The staff grouper we belong to.

system-Y-offset (number)

The Y-offset (relative to the bottom of the top-margin of the page) of the system to which this staff belongs.

X-common (graphical (layout) object)

Common reference point for axis group.

Y-common (graphical (layout) object)

See X-common.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): Ambitus, BassFigureAlignment, BassFigureAlignmentPositioning, BassFigureLine, BreakAlignGroup, BreakAlignment, CenteredBarNumberLineSpanner, DotColumn, DynamicLineSpanner, NonMusicalPaperColumn, NoteCollision, NoteColumn, PaperColumn, SostenutoPedalLineSpanner, SustainPedalLineSpanner, System, TrillPitchGroup, UnaCordaPedalLineSpanner, VerticalAlignment, VerticalAxisGroup and VoltaBracketSpanner.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < axis-group-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.9 balloon-interface

A collection of routines to put text balloons around an object.

User settable properties:

annotation-balloon (boolean)

Print the balloon around an annotation.

annotation-line (boolean)

Print the line from an annotation to the grob that it annotates.

padding (dimension, in staff space)

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

text (markup)

Text markup. See Formatting text.

text-alignment-X (number)

How to align an annotation horizontally.

text-alignment-Y (number)

How to align an annotation vertically.

thickness (number)

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

X-attachment (number)

Horizontal attachment of a line on a frame, typically between -1 (left) and 1 (right).

Y-attachment (number)

Vertical attachment of a line on a frame, typically between -1 (down) and 1 (up).

Internal properties:

spanner-placement (direction)

The place of an annotation on a spanner. LEFT is for the first spanner, and RIGHT is for the last. CENTER will place it on the broken spanner that falls closest to the center of the length of the entire spanner, although this behavior is unpredictable in situations with lots of rhythmic diversity. For predictable results, use LEFT and RIGHT.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): BalloonText and Footnote.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < balloon-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.10 bar-line-interface

Print a special bar symbol. It replaces the regular bar symbol with a special symbol. The argument bartype is a string which specifies the kind of bar line to print.

The list of allowed glyphs and predefined bar lines can be found in ‘scm/bar-line.scm’.

gap is used for the gaps in dashed bar lines.

User settable properties:

allow-span-bar (boolean)

If false, no inter-staff bar line will be created below this bar line.

bar-extent (pair of numbers)

The Y-extent of the actual bar line. This may differ from Y-extent because it does not include the dots in a repeat bar line.

gap (dimension, in staff space)

Size of a gap in a variable symbol.

glyph (string)

A string determining what ‘style’ of glyph is typeset. Valid choices depend on the function that is reading this property.

In combination with (span) bar lines, it is a string resembling the bar line appearance in ASCII form.

glyph-left (string)

The glyph value to use at the end of the line when the line is broken. #f indicates that no glyph should be visible; otherwise the value must be a string.

glyph-name (string)

The glyph name within the font.

In the context of (span) bar lines, glyph-name represents a processed form of glyph, where decisions about line breaking, etc., are already taken.

glyph-right (string)

The glyph value to use at the beginning of the line when the line is broken. #f indicates that no glyph should be visible; otherwise the value must be a string.

hair-thickness (number)

Thickness of the thin line in a bar line, expressed as a multiple of the default staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is not influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

kern (dimension, in staff space)

The space between individual elements in any compound bar line, expressed as a multiple of the default staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is not influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

rounded (boolean)

Decide whether lines should be drawn rounded or not.

segno-kern (number)

The space between the two thin lines of the segno bar line symbol, expressed as a multiple of the default staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is not influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

thick-thickness (number)

Thickness of the thick line in a bar line, expressed as a multiple of the default staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is not influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

Internal properties:

has-span-bar (pair)

A pair of grobs containing the span bars to be drawn below and above the staff. If no span bar is in a position, the respective element is set to #f.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): BarLine and SpanBar.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < bar-line-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.11 bar-number-interface

A bar number or bar number vertical support object.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): BarNumber, CenteredBarNumber and CenteredBarNumberLineSpanner.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < bar-number-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.12 bass-figure-alignment-interface

Align a bass figure.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): BassFigureAlignment.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < bass-figure-alignment-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.13 bass-figure-interface

A bass figure text.

User settable properties:

implicit (boolean)

Is this an implicit bass figure?

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): BassFigure.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < bass-figure-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.14 beam-interface

A beam.

The beam-thickness property is the weight of beams, measured in staffspace. The direction property is not user-serviceable. Use the direction property of Stem instead. The following properties may be set in the details list.

stem-length-demerit-factor

Demerit factor used for inappropriate stem lengths.

secondary-beam-demerit

Demerit used in quanting calculations for multiple beams.

region-size

Size of region for checking quant scores.

beam-eps

Epsilon for beam quant code to check for presence in gap.

stem-length-limit-penalty

Penalty for differences in stem lengths on a beam.

damping-direction-penalty

Demerit penalty applied when beam direction is different from damping direction.

hint-direction-penalty

Demerit penalty applied when beam direction is different from damping direction, but damping slope is <= round-to-zero-slope.

musical-direction-factor

Demerit scaling factor for difference between beam slope and music slope.

ideal-slope-factor

Demerit scaling factor for difference between beam slope and damping slope.

round-to-zero-slope

Damping slope which is considered zero for purposes of calculating direction penalties.

User settable properties:

auto-knee-gap (dimension, in staff space)

If a gap is found between note heads where a horizontal beam fits and it is larger than this number, make a kneed beam.

beam-thickness (dimension, in staff space)

Beam thickness, measured in staff-space units.

beamed-stem-shorten (list)

How much to shorten beamed stems, when their direction is forced. It is a list, since the value is different depending on the number of flags and beams.

beaming (pair)

Pair of number lists. Each number list specifies which beams to make. 0 is the central beam, 1 is the next beam toward the note, etc. This information is used to determine how to connect the beaming patterns from stem to stem inside a beam.

break-overshoot (pair of numbers)

How much does a broken spanner stick out of its bounds?

clip-edges (boolean)

Allow outward pointing beamlets at the edges of beams?

collision-interfaces (list)

A list of interfaces for which automatic beam-collision resolution is run.

collision-voice-only (boolean)

Does automatic beam collsion apply only to the voice in which the beam was created?

concaveness (number)

A beam is concave if its inner stems are closer to the beam than the two outside stems. This number is a measure of the closeness of the inner stems. It is used for damping the slope of the beam.

damping (number)

Amount of beam slope damping.

details (alist, with symbols as keys)

Alist of parameters for detailed grob behavior. More information on the allowed parameters for a grob can be found by looking at the top of the Internals Reference page for each interface having a details property.

direction (direction)

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

gap (dimension, in staff space)

Size of a gap in a variable symbol.

gap-count (integer)

Number of gapped beams for tremolo.

grow-direction (direction)

Crescendo or decrescendo?

inspect-quants (pair of numbers)

If debugging is set, set beam and slur position to a (quantized) position that is as close as possible to this value, and print the demerits for the inspected position in the output.

knee (boolean)

Is this beam kneed?

length-fraction (number)

Multiplier for lengths. Used for determining ledger lines and stem lengths.

neutral-direction (direction)

Which direction to take in the center of the staff.

positions (pair of numbers)

Pair of staff coordinates (start . end), where start and end are vertical positions in staff-space units of the current staff. For slurs, this value selects which slur candidate to use; if extreme positions are requested, the closest one is taken.

skip-quanting (boolean)

Should beam quanting be skipped?

X-positions (pair of numbers)

Pair of X staff coordinates of a spanner in the form (left . right), where both left and right are in staff-space units of the current staff.

Internal properties:

annotation (string)

Annotate a grob for debug purposes.

beam-segments (list)

Internal representation of beam segments.

covered-grobs (array of grobs)

Grobs that could potentially collide with a beam.

least-squares-dy (number)

The ideal beam slope, without damping.

normal-stems (array of grobs)

An array of visible stems.

quantized-positions (pair of numbers)

The beam positions after quanting.

shorten (dimension, in staff space)

The amount of space that a stem is shortened. Internally used to distribute beam shortening over stems.

stems (array of grobs)

An array of stem objects.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): Beam.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < beam-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.15 bend-after-interface

A doit or drop.

User settable properties:

thickness (number)

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

Internal properties:

delta-position (number)

The vertical position difference.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): BendAfter.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < bend-after-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.16 bend-interface

The (curved) line representing a bent string. Available for the 'style property are 'hold, 'pre-bend and 'pre-bend-hold. The following properties may be set in the details list.

arrow-stencil

The stencil procedure for the BendSpanner arrow head.

curvature-factor

Determines the horizontal part of a bend arrow as percentage of the total horizontal extent, usually between 0 and 1.

bend-arrowhead-height

The height of the arrow head.

bend-arrowhead-width

The width of the arrow head.

bend-amount-strings

An alist with entries for 'quarter, 'half, 'three-quarter and 'full, which are used to print how much a string is bent.

curve-x-padding-line-end

For a broken BendSpanner, set the padding at the line end to subsequent objects like changed Clef, etc.

curve-y-padding-line-end

For a broken BendSpanner started from a chord the curves don’t match; there is a certain vertical gap specified by this value.

dashed-line-settings

List of three numeric values representing on, off and phase of a dashed line.

head-text-break-visibility

A vector of three booleans to set visibility of the arrow head and the text at a line break. This is important for 'style set to 'hold, 'pre-bend or 'pre-bend-hold.

horizontal-left-padding

The amount of horizontal free space between a TabNoteHead and the starting BendSpanner.

successive-level

An integer used as a factor determining the vertical coordinate of the starting BendSpanner. If successive-level is 1, the BendSpanner starts at the TabNoteHead. If consecutive BendSpanners are set this value should be set to an appropriate value for the first one; later on, this value is maintained by the engraver.

target-visibility

A boolean to decide whether the target TabNoteHead should be visible. For up-pointing bends this is usually true.

y-distance-from-tabstaff-to-arrow-tip

This numeric value determines the distance between the TabStaff and the arrow head of the BendSpanner.

User settable properties:

bend-me (boolean)

Decide whether this grob is bent.

details (alist, with symbols as keys)

Alist of parameters for detailed grob behavior. More information on the allowed parameters for a grob can be found by looking at the top of the Internals Reference page for each interface having a details property.

direction (direction)

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

style (symbol)

This setting determines in what style a grob is typeset. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): BendSpanner, NoteColumn, NoteHead and TabNoteHead.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < bend-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.17 bezier-curve-interface

A Bézier curve (tie, slur, etc.).

User settable properties:

show-control-points (boolean)

For grobs printing Bézier curves, setting this property to true causes the control points and control polygon to be drawn on the page for ease of tweaking.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): LaissezVibrerTie, PhrasingSlur, RepeatTie, Slur and Tie.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < bezier-curve-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.18 break-alignable-interface

Object that is aligned on a break alignment.

User settable properties:

break-align-symbols (list)

A list of break-align symbols that determines which breakable items to align this to. If the grob selected by the first symbol in the list is invisible due to break-visibility, we will align to the next grob (and so on). Choices are listed in break-alignment-interface.

non-break-align-symbols (list)

A list of symbols that determine which NON-break-aligned interfaces to align this to.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): BarNumber, CodaMark, JumpScript, LyricRepeatCount, MetronomeMark, RehearsalMark, SectionLabel, SegnoMark and TextMark.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < break-alignable-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.19 break-aligned-interface

Breakable items.

User settable properties:

break-align-anchor (number)

Grobs aligned to this breakable item will have their X-offsets shifted by this number. In bar lines, for example, this is used to position grobs relative to the (visual) center of the bar line.

break-align-anchor-alignment (number)

Read by ly:break-aligned-interface::calc-extent-aligned-anchor for aligning an anchor to a grob’s extent.

break-align-symbol (symbol)

This key is used for aligning, ordering, and spacing breakable items. See break-alignment-interface.

space-alist (alist, with symbols as keys)

An alist that specifies distances from this grob to other breakable items, using the format: 

'((break-align-symbol . (spacing-style . space))
  (break-align-symbol . (spacing-style . space))
  ...)

Standard choices for break-align-symbol are listed in break-alignment-interface. Additionally, three special break-align symbols available to space-alist are:

first-note

used when the grob is just left of the first note on a line

next-note

used when the grob is just left of any other note; if not set, the value of first-note gets used

right-edge

used when the grob is the last item on the line (only compatible with the extra-space spacing style)

Choices for spacing-style are:

extra-space

Put this much space between the two grobs. The space is stretchable when paired with first-note or next-note; otherwise it is fixed.

minimum-space

Put at least this much space between the left sides of both grobs, without allowing them to collide. The space is stretchable when paired with first-note or next-note; otherwise it is fixed. Not compatible with right-edge.

fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put this much fixed space between the grob and the note.

minimum-fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put at least this much fixed space between the left side of the grob and the left side of the note, without allowing them to collide.

semi-fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put this much space between the grob and the note, such that half of the space is fixed and half is stretchable.

Rules for this spacing are much more complicated than this. See [Wanske] page 126–134, [Ross] page 143–147.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): Ambitus, AmbitusAccidental, BarLine, BreakAlignGroup, BreathingSign, Clef, CueClef, CueEndClef, Custos, Divisio, DoublePercentRepeat, KeyCancellation, KeySignature, LeftEdge, SignumRepetitionis, SpanBar, StaffEllipsis and TimeSignature.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < break-aligned-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.20 break-alignment-interface

The object that performs break alignment.

Three interfaces deal specifically with break alignment:

  1. break-alignment-interface (this one),
  2. break-alignable-interface, and
  3. break-aligned-interface.

Each of these interfaces supports grob properties that use break-align symbols, which are Scheme symbols that are used to specify the alignment, ordering, and spacing of certain notational elements (‘breakable’ items).

Available break-align symbols:

ambitus
breathing-sign
clef
cue-clef
cue-end-clef
custos
key-cancellation
key-signature
left-edge
signum-repetitionis
staff-bar
staff-ellipsis
time-signature

User settable properties:

break-align-orders (vector)

This is a vector of 3 lists: #(end-of-line unbroken start-of-line). Each list contains break-align symbols that specify an order of breakable items (see break-alignment-interface).

For example, this places time signatures before clefs: 

\override Score.BreakAlignment.break-align-orders =
  #(make-vector 3 '(left-edge
                    cue-end-clef
                    ambitus
                    breathing-sign
                    time-signature
                    clef
                    cue-clef
                    staff-bar
                    key-cancellation
                    key-signature
                    custos))

Internal properties:

positioning-done (boolean)

Used to signal that a positioning element did its job. This ensures that a positioning is only done once.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): BreakAlignment.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < break-alignment-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.21 breathing-sign-interface

A breathing sign.

User settable properties:

direction (direction)

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

thickness (number)

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): BreathingSign and Divisio.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < breathing-sign-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.22 caesura-script-interface

A script for \caesura, e.g., an outside-staff comma or a fermata over a bar line.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): CaesuraScript.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < caesura-script-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.23 centered-bar-number-interface

A measure-centered bar number.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): CenteredBarNumber.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < centered-bar-number-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.24 centered-bar-number-line-spanner-interface

An abstract object used to align centered bar numbers on the same vertical position.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): CenteredBarNumberLineSpanner.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < centered-bar-number-line-spanner-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.25 centered-spanner-interface

A spanner that prints a symbol centered between two columns.

User settable properties:

self-alignment-X (number)

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

spacing-pair (pair)

A pair of alignment symbols which set an object’s spacing relative to its left and right BreakAlignments.

For example, a MultiMeasureRest will ignore prefatory items at its bounds (i.e., clefs, key signatures and time signatures) using the following override: 

\override MultiMeasureRest.spacing-pair =
             #'(staff-bar . staff-bar)

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): CenteredBarNumber, MeasureCounter and PercentRepeat.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < centered-spanner-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.26 chord-name-interface

A chord label (name or fretboard).

Internal properties:

begin-of-line-visible (boolean)

Set to make ChordName or FretBoard be visible only at beginning of line or at chord changes.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): ChordName and FretBoard.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < chord-name-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.27 chord-square-interface

A chord square in a chord grid.

User settable properties:

measure-division (number list)

A list representing what fraction of the measure length each chord name takes in a chord square. The list is made of exact numbers between 0 and 1, which should add up to 1. Example: a measure c2 g4 g4 results in '(1/2 1/4 1/4).

measure-division-chord-placement-alist (association list (list of pairs))

An alist mapping measure divisions (see the measure-division property) to lists of coordinates (number pairs) applied to the chord names of a chord square. Coordinates are normalized between -1 and 1 within the square.

measure-division-lines-alist (association list (list of pairs))

An alist mapping measure divisions (see the measure-division property) to lists of lines to draw in the square, given as 4-element lists: (x-start y-start x-end y-end).

Internal properties:

chord-names (array of grobs)

Array of chord names.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): ChordSquare.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < chord-square-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.28 clef-interface

A clef sign.

User settable properties:

full-size-change (boolean)

Don’t make a change clef smaller.

glyph (string)

A string determining what ‘style’ of glyph is typeset. Valid choices depend on the function that is reading this property.

In combination with (span) bar lines, it is a string resembling the bar line appearance in ASCII form.

glyph-name (string)

The glyph name within the font.

In the context of (span) bar lines, glyph-name represents a processed form of glyph, where decisions about line breaking, etc., are already taken.

non-default (boolean)

Set for manually specified clefs and keys.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): Clef, CueClef and CueEndClef.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < clef-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.29 clef-modifier-interface

The number describing transposition of the clef, placed below or above clef sign. Usually this is 8 (octave transposition) or 15 (two octaves), but LilyPond allows any integer here.

User settable properties:

clef-alignments (alist, with symbols as keys)

An alist of parent-alignments that should be used for clef modifiers with various clefs

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): ClefModifier.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < clef-modifier-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.30 cluster-beacon-interface

A place holder for the cluster spanner to determine the vertical extents of a cluster spanner at this X position.

User settable properties:

positions (pair of numbers)

Pair of staff coordinates (start . end), where start and end are vertical positions in staff-space units of the current staff. For slurs, this value selects which slur candidate to use; if extreme positions are requested, the closest one is taken.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): ClusterSpannerBeacon.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < cluster-beacon-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.31 cluster-interface

A graphically drawn musical cluster.

padding adds to the vertical extent of the shape (top and bottom).

The property style controls the shape of cluster segments. Valid values include leftsided-stairs, rightsided-stairs, centered-stairs, and ramp.

User settable properties:

padding (dimension, in staff space)

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

style (symbol)

This setting determines in what style a grob is typeset. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

Internal properties:

columns (array of grobs)

An array of grobs, typically containing PaperColumn or NoteColumn objects.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): ClusterSpanner.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < cluster-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.32 coda-mark-interface

A coda sign.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): CodaMark.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < coda-mark-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.33 control-point-interface

A grob used to visualize one control point of a Bézier curve (such as a tie or a slur), for ease of tweaking.

Internal properties:

bezier (graphical (layout) object)

A pointer to a Bézier curve, for use by control points and polygons.

index (non-negative, exact integer)

For some grobs in a group, this is a number associated with the grob.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): ControlPoint.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < control-point-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.34 control-polygon-interface

A grob used to visualize the control polygon of a Bézier curve (such as a tie or a slur), for ease of tweaking.

User settable properties:

extroversion (number)

For polygons, how the thickness of the line is spread on each side of the exact polygon whith ideal zero thickness. If this is 0, the middle of line is on the polygon. If 1, the line sticks out of the polygon. If -1, the outer side of the line is exactly on the polygon. Other numeric values are interpolated.

filled (boolean)

Whether an object is filled with ink.

Internal properties:

bezier (graphical (layout) object)

A pointer to a Bézier curve, for use by control points and polygons.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): ControlPolygon.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < control-polygon-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.35 custos-interface

A custos object. style can have four valid values: mensural, vaticana, medicaea, and hufnagel. mensural is the default style.

User settable properties:

neutral-direction (direction)

Which direction to take in the center of the staff.

neutral-position (number)

Position (in half staff spaces) where to flip the direction of custos stem.

style (symbol)

This setting determines in what style a grob is typeset. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): Custos.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < custos-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.36 dot-column-interface

Group dot objects so they form a column, and position dots so they do not clash with staff lines.

User settable properties:

chord-dots-limit (integer)

Limits the column of dots on each chord to the height of the chord plus chord-dots-limit staff-positions.

direction (direction)

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

padding (dimension, in staff space)

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

Internal properties:

dots (array of grobs)

Multiple Dots objects.

note-collision (graphical (layout) object)

The NoteCollision object of a dot column.

positioning-done (boolean)

Used to signal that a positioning element did its job. This ensures that a positioning is only done once.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): DotColumn.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < dot-column-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.37 dots-interface

The dots to go with a notehead or rest. direction sets the preferred direction to move in case of staff line collisions. style defaults to undefined, which is normal 19th/20th century traditional style. Set style to vaticana for ancient type dots.

User settable properties:

direction (direction)

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

dot-count (integer)

The number of dots.

glyph-name (string)

The glyph name within the font.

In the context of (span) bar lines, glyph-name represents a processed form of glyph, where decisions about line breaking, etc., are already taken.

style (symbol)

This setting determines in what style a grob is typeset. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

Internal properties:

dot-stencil (stencil)

The stencil for an individual dot, as opposed to a group of several dots.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): Dots.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < dots-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.38 duration-line-interface

A line lasting for the duration of a rhythmic event.

User settable properties:

details (alist, with symbols as keys)

Alist of parameters for detailed grob behavior. More information on the allowed parameters for a grob can be found by looking at the top of the Internals Reference page for each interface having a details property.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): DurationLine.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < duration-line-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.39 dynamic-interface

Any kind of loudness sign.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): DynamicLineSpanner, DynamicText, DynamicTextSpanner and Hairpin.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < dynamic-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.40 dynamic-line-spanner-interface

Dynamic line spanner.

User settable properties:

avoid-slur (symbol)

Method of handling slur collisions. Choices are inside, outside, around, and ignore. inside adjusts the slur if needed to keep the grob inside the slur. outside moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur. around moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur only if there is a collision. ignore does not move either. In grobs whose notational significance depends on vertical position (such as accidentals, clefs, etc.), outside and around behave like ignore.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): DynamicLineSpanner.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < dynamic-line-spanner-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.41 dynamic-text-interface

An absolute text dynamic.

User settable properties:

right-padding (dimension, in staff space)

Space to insert on the right side of an object (e.g., between note and its accidentals).

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): DynamicText.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < dynamic-text-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.42 dynamic-text-spanner-interface

Dynamic text spanner.

User settable properties:

text (markup)

Text markup. See Formatting text.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): DynamicTextSpanner.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < dynamic-text-spanner-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.43 enclosing-bracket-interface

Brackets alongside bass figures.

User settable properties:

bracket-flare (pair of numbers)

A pair of numbers specifying how much edges of brackets should slant outward. Value 0.0 means straight edges.

dashed-edge (boolean)

If set, the bracket edges are dashed like the rest of the bracket.

edge-height (pair)

A pair of numbers specifying the heights of the vertical edges: (left-height . right-height).

padding (dimension, in staff space)

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

shorten-pair (pair of numbers)

The lengths to shorten on both sides a hairpin or text-spanner such as a pedal bracket. Positive values shorten the hairpin or text-spanner, while negative values lengthen it.

thickness (number)

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

Internal properties:

elements (array of grobs)

An array of grobs; the type is depending on the grob where this is set in.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): BassFigureBracket.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < enclosing-bracket-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.44 episema-interface

An episema line.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): Episema.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < episema-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.45 figured-bass-continuation-interface

Simple extender line between bounds.

User settable properties:

padding (dimension, in staff space)

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

thickness (number)

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

Internal properties:

figures (array of grobs)

Figured bass objects for continuation line.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): BassFigureContinuation.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < figured-bass-continuation-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.46 finger-glide-interface

The line between Fingering grobs indicating a glide with that finger.

The property style may take the following symbols.

line

A simple connecting line.

dashed-line

Print a dashed line. Customizable with settings for dash-fraction and dash-period.

dotted-line

Print a dotted line.

stub-right

The printed line is limited to a certain amount right before its right bound. This amount is configurable by a suitable setting for bound-details.right.right-stub-length.

stub-left

The printed line is limited to a certain amount right after its left bound. The amount is configurable by a suitable setting for bound-details.right.left-stub-length.

stub-both

The printed line combines the settings of stub-left and stub-right.

zigzag

A zigzag line, configurable with suitable settings for zigzag-width and zigzag-length.

trill

A trill style line.

bow

A bow style line. The orientation of the bow may be tweaked with a suitable setting of details.bow-direction.

User settable properties:

dash-fraction (number)

Size of the dashes, relative to dash-period. Should be between 0.1 and 1.0 (continuous line). If set to 0.0, a dotted line is produced

dash-period (number)

The length of one dash together with whitespace. If negative, no line is drawn at all.

details (alist, with symbols as keys)

Alist of parameters for detailed grob behavior. More information on the allowed parameters for a grob can be found by looking at the top of the Internals Reference page for each interface having a details property.

style (symbol)

This setting determines in what style a grob is typeset. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

zigzag-length (dimension, in staff space)

The length of the lines of a zigzag, relative to zigzag-width. A value of 1 gives 60-degree zigzags.

zigzag-width (dimension, in staff space)

The width of one zigzag squiggle. This number is adjusted slightly so that the spanner line can be constructed from a whole number of squiggles.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): FingerGlideSpanner.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < finger-glide-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.47 finger-interface

A fingering instruction.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): Fingering.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < finger-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.48 fingering-column-interface

Makes sure that fingerings placed laterally do not collide and that they are flush if necessary.

User settable properties:

padding (dimension, in staff space)

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

snap-radius (number)

The maximum distance between two objects that will cause them to snap to alignment along an axis.

Internal properties:

positioning-done (boolean)

Used to signal that a positioning element did its job. This ensures that a positioning is only done once.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): FingeringColumn.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < fingering-column-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.49 flag-interface

A flag that gets attached to a stem.The style property is symbol determining what style of flag glyph is typeset on a Stem. Valid options include '() for standard flags, 'mensural and 'no-flag, which switches off the flag.

User settable properties:

glyph-name (string)

The glyph name within the font.

In the context of (span) bar lines, glyph-name represents a processed form of glyph, where decisions about line breaking, etc., are already taken.

stroke-style (string)

Set to "grace" to turn stroke through flag on.

style (symbol)

This setting determines in what style a grob is typeset. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): Flag.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < flag-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.50 font-interface

Any symbol that is typeset through fixed sets of glyphs, (i.e., fonts).

User settable properties:

font-encoding (symbol)

The font encoding is the broadest category for selecting a font. Currently, only lilypond’s system fonts (Emmentaler) are using this property. Available values are fetaMusic (Emmentaler), fetaBraces, fetaText (Emmentaler).

font-family (symbol)

The font family is the broadest category for selecting text fonts. Options include: sans, roman.

font-features (list)

Opentype features.

font-name (string)

Specifies a file name (without extension) of the font to load. This setting overrides selection using font-family, font-series and font-shape.

font-series (symbol)

Select the series of a font. Choices include medium, bold, bold-narrow, etc.

font-shape (symbol)

Select the shape of a font. Choices include upright, italic, caps.

font-size (number)

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

Internal properties:

font (font metric)

A cached font metric object.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): Accidental, AccidentalCautionary, AccidentalSuggestion, AmbitusAccidental, AmbitusLine, AmbitusNoteHead, Arpeggio, BalloonText, BarLine, BarNumber, BassFigure, BendSpanner, BreathingSign, CaesuraScript, CenteredBarNumber, ChordName, Clef, ClefModifier, CodaMark, CombineTextScript, CueClef, CueEndClef, Custos, Divisio, Dots, DoublePercentRepeat, DoublePercentRepeatCounter, DoubleRepeatSlash, DurationLine, DynamicText, DynamicTextSpanner, Episema, Fingering, Flag, Footnote, FretBoard, GridChordName, HorizontalBracketText, InstrumentName, InstrumentSwitch, JumpScript, KeyCancellation, KeySignature, KievanLigature, LyricHyphen, LyricRepeatCount, LyricText, MeasureCounter, MeasureSpanner, MensuralLigature, MetronomeMark, MultiMeasureRest, MultiMeasureRestNumber, MultiMeasureRestScript, MultiMeasureRestText, NonMusicalPaperColumn, NoteHead, NoteName, OttavaBracket, PaperColumn, Parentheses, PercentRepeat, PercentRepeatCounter, RehearsalMark, Rest, Script, SectionLabel, SegnoMark, SignumRepetitionis, SostenutoPedal, SpanBar, StaffEllipsis, StanzaNumber, StringNumber, StrokeFinger, SustainPedal, SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket, SystemStartSquare, TabNoteHead, TextMark, TextScript, TextSpanner, TimeSignature, TrillPitchAccidental, TrillPitchHead, TrillPitchParentheses, TrillSpanner, TupletNumber, UnaCordaPedal, VaticanaLigature and VoltaBracket.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < font-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.51 footnote-interface

Make a footnote.

User settable properties:

automatically-numbered (boolean)

If set, footnotes are automatically numbered.

footnote (boolean)

Should this be a footnote or in-note?

footnote-text (markup)

A footnote for the grob.

Internal properties:

numbering-assertion-function (any type)

The function used to assert that footnotes are receiving correct automatic numbers.

spanner-placement (direction)

The place of an annotation on a spanner. LEFT is for the first spanner, and RIGHT is for the last. CENTER will place it on the broken spanner that falls closest to the center of the length of the entire spanner, although this behavior is unpredictable in situations with lots of rhythmic diversity. For predictable results, use LEFT and RIGHT.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): Footnote.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < footnote-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.52 fret-diagram-interface

A fret diagram

User settable properties:

align-dir (direction)

Which side to align? -1: left side, 0: around center of width, 1: right side.

dot-placement-list (list)

List consisting of (description string-number fret-number finger-number) entries used to define fret diagrams.

fret-diagram-details (alist, with symbols as keys)

An alist of detailed grob properties for fret diagrams. Each alist entry consists of a (property . value) pair. The properties which can be included in fret-diagram-details include the following:

  • barre-type – Type of barre indication used. Choices include curved, straight, and none. Default curved.
  • capo-thickness – Thickness of capo indicator, in multiples of fret-space. Default value 0.5.
  • dot-color – Color of dots. Options include black and white. Default black.
  • dot-label-font-mag – Magnification for font used to label fret dots. Default value 1.
  • dot-position – Location of dot in fret space. Default 0.6 for dots without labels, 0.95-dot-radius for dots with labels.
  • dot-radius – Radius of dots, in terms of fret spaces. Default value 0.425 for labeled dots, 0.25 for unlabeled dots.
  • finger-code – Code for the type of fingering indication used. Options include none, in-dot, and below-string. Default none for markup fret diagrams, below-string for FretBoards fret diagrams.
  • fret-count – The number of frets. Default 4.
  • fret-distance – Multiplier to adjust the distance between frets. Default 1.0.
  • fret-label-custom-format – The format string to be used label the lowest fret number, when number-type equals to custom. Default "~a".
  • fret-label-font-mag – The magnification of the font used to label the lowest fret number. Default 0.5.
  • fret-label-vertical-offset – The offset of the fret label from the center of the fret in direction parallel to strings. Default 0.
  • fret-label-horizontal-offset – The offset of the fret label from the center of the fret in direction orthogonal to strings. Default 0.
  • handedness – Print the fret-diagram left- or right-handed. -1, LEFT for left ; 1, RIGHT for right. Default RIGHT.
  • paren-padding – The padding for the parenthesis. Default 0.05.
  • label-dir – Side to which the fret label is attached. -1, LEFT, or DOWN for left or down; 1, RIGHT, or UP for right or up. Default RIGHT.
  • mute-string – Character string to be used to indicate muted string. Default "x".
  • number-type – Type of numbers to use in fret label. Choices include arabic, roman-ij-lower, roman-ij-upper, roman-lower, roman-upper, arabic and custom. In the last case, the format string is supplied by the fret-label-custom-format property. Default roman-lower.
  • open-string – Character string to be used to indicate open string. Default "o".
  • orientation – Orientation of fret-diagram. Options include normal, landscape, and opposing-landscape. Default normal.
  • string-count – The number of strings. Default 6.
  • string-distance – Multiplier to adjust the distance between strings. Default 1.0.
  • string-label-font-mag – The magnification of the font used to label fingerings at the string, rather than in the dot. Default value 0.6 for normal orientation, 0.5 for landscape and opposing-landscape.
  • string-thickness-factor – Factor for changing thickness of each string in the fret diagram. Thickness of string k is given by thickness * (1+string-thickness-factor) ^ (k-1). Default 0.
  • top-fret-thickness – The thickness of the top fret line, as a multiple of the standard thickness. Default value 3.
  • xo-font-magnification – Magnification used for mute and open string indicators. Default value 0.5.
  • xo-padding – Padding for open and mute indicators from top fret. Default value 0.25.
size (number)

The ratio of the size of the object to its default size.

thickness (number)

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): FretBoard.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < fret-diagram-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.53 glissando-interface

A glissando.

Internal properties:

glissando-index (integer)

The index of a glissando in its note column.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): Glissando.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < glissando-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.54 grace-spacing-interface

Keep track of durations in a run of grace notes.

User settable properties:

common-shortest-duration (moment)

The most common shortest note length. This is used in spacing. Enlarging this sets the score tighter.

Internal properties:

columns (array of grobs)

An array of grobs, typically containing PaperColumn or NoteColumn objects.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): GraceSpacing.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < grace-spacing-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.55 gregorian-ligature-interface

A gregorian ligature.

Internal properties:

ascendens (boolean)

Is this neume of ascending type?

auctum (boolean)

Is this neume liquescentically augmented?

cavum (boolean)

Is this neume outlined?

context-info (integer)

Within a ligature, the final glyph or shape of a head may be affected by the left and/or right neighbour head. context-info holds for each head such information about the left and right neighbour, encoded as a bit mask.

deminutum (boolean)

Is this neume deminished?

descendens (boolean)

Is this neume of descendent type?

inclinatum (boolean)

Is this neume an inclinatum?

linea (boolean)

Attach vertical lines to this neume?

oriscus (boolean)

Is this neume an oriscus?

pes-or-flexa (boolean)

Shall this neume be joined with the previous head?

prefix-set (number)

A bit mask that holds all Gregorian head prefixes, such as \virga or \quilisma.

quilisma (boolean)

Is this neume a quilisma?

stropha (boolean)

Is this neume a stropha?

virga (boolean)

Is this neume a virga?

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): NoteHead.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < gregorian-ligature-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.56 grid-chord-name-interface

A chord name in a chord grid.

Internal properties:

index (non-negative, exact integer)

For some grobs in a group, this is a number associated with the grob.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): GridChordName.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < grid-chord-name-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.57 grid-line-interface

A line that is spanned between grid-points.

User settable properties:

thickness (number)

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

Internal properties:

elements (array of grobs)

An array of grobs; the type is depending on the grob where this is set in.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): GridLine.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < grid-line-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.58 grid-point-interface

A spanning point for grid lines.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): GridPoint.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < grid-point-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.59 grob-interface

A grob represents a piece of music notation.

All grobs have an X and Y position on the page. These X and Y positions are stored in a relative format, thus they can easily be combined by stacking them, hanging one grob to the side of another, or coupling them into grouping objects.

Each grob has a reference point (a.k.a. parent): The position of a grob is stored relative to that reference point. For example, the X reference point of a staccato dot usually is the note head that it applies to. When the note head is moved, the staccato dot moves along automatically.

A grob is often associated with a symbol, but some grobs do not print any symbols. They take care of grouping objects. For example, there is a separate grob that stacks staves vertically. The NoteCollision object is also an abstract grob: It only moves around chords, but doesn’t print anything.

Grobs have properties (Scheme variables) that can be read and set. Two types of them exist: immutable and mutable. Immutable variables define the default style and behavior. They are shared between many objects. They can be changed using \override and \revert. Mutable properties are variables that are specific to one grob. Typically, lists of other objects, or results from computations are stored in mutable properties. In particular, every call to ly:grob-set-property! (or its C++ equivalent) sets a mutable property.

The properties after-line-breaking and before-line-breaking are dummies that are not user-serviceable.

User settable properties:

after-line-breaking (boolean)

Dummy property, used to trigger callback for after-line-breaking.

avoid-slur (symbol)

Method of handling slur collisions. Choices are inside, outside, around, and ignore. inside adjusts the slur if needed to keep the grob inside the slur. outside moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur. around moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur only if there is a collision. ignore does not move either. In grobs whose notational significance depends on vertical position (such as accidentals, clefs, etc.), outside and around behave like ignore.

before-line-breaking (boolean)

Dummy property, used to trigger a callback function.

color (color)

The color of this grob.

extra-offset (pair of numbers)

A pair representing an offset. This offset is added just before outputting the symbol, so the typesetting engine is completely oblivious to it. The values are measured in staff-space units of the staff’s StaffSymbol.

footnote-music (music)

Music creating a footnote.

forced-spacing (number)

Spacing forced between grobs, used in various ligature engravers.

horizontal-skylines (pair of skylines)

Two skylines, one to the left and one to the right of this grob.

id (string)

An id string for the grob.

layer (integer)

An integer which determines the order of printing objects. Objects with the lowest value of layer are drawn first, then objects with progressively higher values are drawn, so objects with higher values overwrite objects with lower values. By default most objects are assigned a layer value of 1.

minimum-X-extent (pair of numbers)

Minimum size of an object in X dimension, measured in staff-space units.

minimum-Y-extent (pair of numbers)

Minimum size of an object in Y dimension, measured in staff-space units.

output-attributes (association list (list of pairs))

An alist of attributes for the grob, to be included in output files. When the SVG typesetting backend is used, the attributes are assigned to a group (<g>) containing all of the stencils that comprise a given grob. For example, 

'((id . 123) (class . foo) (data-whatever . "bar"))

produces 

<g id="123" class="foo" data-whatever="bar"> … </g>

In the Postscript backend, where there is no way to group items, the setting of the output-attributes property has no effect.

parenthesis-friends (list)

A list of Grob types, as symbols. When parentheses enclose a Grob that has ’parenthesis-friends, the parentheses widen to include any child Grobs with type among ’parenthesis-friends.

parenthesis-id (symbol)

When parenthesized grobs created in the same time step have this property, there is one set of parentheses for each group of grobs having the same value.

parenthesized (boolean)

Parenthesize this grob.

rotation (list)

Number of degrees to rotate this object, and what point to rotate around. For example, '(45 0 0) rotates by 45 degrees around the center of this object.

show-horizontal-skylines (boolean)

If true, print this grob’s horizontal skylines. This is meant for debugging purposes.

show-vertical-skylines (boolean)

If true, print this grob’s vertical skylines. This is meant for debugging purposes.

skyline-horizontal-padding (number)

For determining the vertical distance between two staves, it is possible to have a configuration which would result in a tight interleaving of grobs from the top staff and the bottom staff. The larger this parameter is, the farther apart the staves are placed in such a configuration.

springs-and-rods (boolean)

Dummy variable for triggering spacing routines.

stencil (stencil)

The symbol to print.

transparent (boolean)

This makes the grob invisible.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines)

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

whiteout (boolean-or-number)

If a number or true, the grob is printed over a white background to white-out underlying material, if the grob is visible. A number indicates how far the white background extends beyond the bounding box of the grob as a multiple of the staff-line thickness. The LyricHyphen grob uses a special implementation of whiteout: A positive number indicates how far the white background extends beyond the bounding box in multiples of line-thickness. The shape of the background is determined by whiteout-style. Usually #f by default.

whiteout-style (symbol)

Determines the shape of the whiteout background. Available are 'outline, 'rounded-box, and the default 'box. There is one exception: Use 'special for LyricHyphen.

X-extent (pair of numbers)

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

X-offset (number)

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

Y-extent (pair of numbers)

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number)

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

Internal properties:

axis-group-parent-X (graphical (layout) object)

Containing X axis group.

axis-group-parent-Y (graphical (layout) object)

Containing Y axis group.

cause (any type)

Any kind of causation objects (i.e., music, or perhaps translator) that was the cause for this grob.

cross-staff (boolean)

True for grobs whose Y-extent depends on inter-staff spacing. The extent is measured relative to the grobs’s parent staff (more generally, its VerticalAxisGroup) so this boolean flags grobs that are not rigidly fixed to their parent staff. Beams that join notes from two staves are cross-staff. Grobs that are positioned around such beams are also cross-staff. Grobs that are grouping objects, however, like VerticalAxisGroups will not in general be marked cross-staff when some of the members of the group are cross-staff.

interfaces (list)

A list of symbols indicating the interfaces supported by this object. It is initialized from the meta field.

meta (alist, with symbols as keys)

Provide meta information. It is an alist with the entries name and interfaces.

pure-Y-offset-in-progress (boolean)

A debugging aid for catching cyclic dependencies.

staff-symbol (graphical (layout) object)

The staff symbol grob that we are in.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): Accidental, AccidentalCautionary, AccidentalPlacement, AccidentalSuggestion, Ambitus, AmbitusAccidental, AmbitusLine, AmbitusNoteHead, Arpeggio, BalloonText, BarLine, BarNumber, BassFigure, BassFigureAlignment, BassFigureAlignmentPositioning, BassFigureBracket, BassFigureContinuation, BassFigureLine, Beam, BendAfter, BendSpanner, BreakAlignGroup, BreakAlignment, BreathingSign, CaesuraScript, CenteredBarNumber, CenteredBarNumberLineSpanner, ChordName, ChordSquare, Clef, ClefModifier, ClusterSpanner, ClusterSpannerBeacon, CodaMark, CombineTextScript, ControlPoint, ControlPolygon, CueClef, CueEndClef, Custos, Divisio, DotColumn, Dots, DoublePercentRepeat, DoublePercentRepeatCounter, DoubleRepeatSlash, DurationLine, DynamicLineSpanner, DynamicText, DynamicTextSpanner, Episema, FingerGlideSpanner, Fingering, FingeringColumn, Flag, Footnote, FretBoard, Glissando, GraceSpacing, GridChordName, GridLine, GridPoint, Hairpin, HorizontalBracket, HorizontalBracketText, InstrumentName, InstrumentSwitch, JumpScript, KeyCancellation, KeySignature, KievanLigature, LaissezVibrerTie, LaissezVibrerTieColumn, LedgerLineSpanner, LeftEdge, LigatureBracket, LyricExtender, LyricHyphen, LyricRepeatCount, LyricSpace, LyricText, MeasureCounter, MeasureGrouping, MeasureSpanner, MelodyItem, MensuralLigature, MetronomeMark, MultiMeasureRest, MultiMeasureRestNumber, MultiMeasureRestScript, MultiMeasureRestText, NonMusicalPaperColumn, NoteCollision, NoteColumn, NoteHead, NoteName, NoteSpacing, OttavaBracket, PaperColumn, Parentheses, PercentRepeat, PercentRepeatCounter, PhrasingSlur, PianoPedalBracket, RehearsalMark, RepeatSlash, RepeatTie, RepeatTieColumn, Rest, RestCollision, Script, ScriptColumn, ScriptRow, SectionLabel, SegnoMark, SignumRepetitionis, Slur, SostenutoPedal, SostenutoPedalLineSpanner, SpacingSpanner, SpanBar, SpanBarStub, StaffEllipsis, StaffGrouper, StaffHighlight, StaffSpacing, StaffSymbol, StanzaNumber, Stem, StemStub, StemTremolo, StringNumber, StrokeFinger, SustainPedal, SustainPedalLineSpanner, System, SystemStartBar, SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket, SystemStartSquare, TabNoteHead, TextMark, TextScript, TextSpanner, Tie, TieColumn, TimeSignature, TrillPitchAccidental, TrillPitchGroup, TrillPitchHead, TrillPitchParentheses, TrillSpanner, TupletBracket, TupletNumber, UnaCordaPedal, UnaCordaPedalLineSpanner, VaticanaLigature, VerticalAlignment, VerticalAxisGroup, VoiceFollower, VoltaBracket, VoltaBracketSpanner and VowelTransition.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < grob-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.60 hairpin-interface

A hairpin crescendo or decrescendo.

User settable properties:

bound-padding (number)

The amount of padding to insert around spanner bounds.

broken-bound-padding (number)

The amount of padding to insert when a spanner is broken at a line break.

circled-tip (boolean)

Put a circle at start/end of hairpins (al/del niente).

endpoint-alignments (pair of numbers)

A pair of numbers representing the alignments of an object’s endpoints. E.g., the ends of a hairpin relative to NoteColumn grobs.

grow-direction (direction)

Crescendo or decrescendo?

height (dimension, in staff space)

Height of an object in staff-space units.

shorten-pair (pair of numbers)

The lengths to shorten on both sides a hairpin or text-spanner such as a pedal bracket. Positive values shorten the hairpin or text-spanner, while negative values lengthen it.

Internal properties:

adjacent-spanners (array of grobs)

An array of directly neighboring dynamic spanners.

concurrent-hairpins (array of grobs)

All concurrent hairpins.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): Hairpin.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < hairpin-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.61 hara-kiri-group-spanner-interface

A group spanner that keeps track of interesting items. If it doesn’t contain any after line breaking, it removes itself and all its children. Greater control can be exercised via remove-layer which can prioritize layers so only the lowest-numbered non-empty layer is retained; make the layer independent of the group; or make it dependent on any other member of the group

User settable properties:

remove-empty (boolean)

If set, remove group if it contains no interesting items.

remove-first (boolean)

Remove the first staff of an orchestral score?

remove-layer (index or symbol)

When set as a positive integer, the Keep_alive_together_engraver removes all VerticalAxisGroup grobs with a remove-layer larger than the smallest retained remove-layer. Set to #f to make a layer independent of the Keep_alive_together_engraver. Set to '(), the layer does not participate in the layering decisions. The property can also be set as a symbol for common behaviors: #'any to keep the layer alive with any other layer in the group; #'above or #'below to keep the layer alive with the context immediately before or after it, respectively.

Internal properties:

important-column-ranks (vector)

A cache of columns that contain items-worth-living data.

items-worth-living (array of grobs)

An array of interesting items. If empty in a particular staff, then that staff is erased.

keep-alive-with (array of grobs)

An array of other VerticalAxisGroups. If any of them are alive, then we will stay alive.

make-dead-when (array of grobs)

An array of other VerticalAxisGroups. If any of them are alive, then we will turn dead.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): VerticalAxisGroup.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < hara-kiri-group-spanner-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.62 horizontal-bracket-interface

A horizontal bracket encompassing notes.

User settable properties:

bracket-flare (pair of numbers)

A pair of numbers specifying how much edges of brackets should slant outward. Value 0.0 means straight edges.

connect-to-neighbor (pair)

Pair of booleans, indicating whether this grob looks as a continued break.

dashed-edge (boolean)

If set, the bracket edges are dashed like the rest of the bracket.

edge-height (pair)

A pair of numbers specifying the heights of the vertical edges: (left-height . right-height).

shorten-pair (pair of numbers)

The lengths to shorten on both sides a hairpin or text-spanner such as a pedal bracket. Positive values shorten the hairpin or text-spanner, while negative values lengthen it.

Internal properties:

bracket-text (graphical (layout) object)

The text for an analysis bracket.

columns (array of grobs)

An array of grobs, typically containing PaperColumn or NoteColumn objects.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): HorizontalBracket, OttavaBracket and VoltaBracket.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < horizontal-bracket-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.63 horizontal-bracket-text-interface

Label for an analysis bracket.

Internal properties:

bracket (graphical (layout) object)

The bracket for a number.

columns (array of grobs)

An array of grobs, typically containing PaperColumn or NoteColumn objects.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): HorizontalBracketText.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < horizontal-bracket-text-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.64 horizontal-line-spanner-interface

This interface is a subset of the line-spanner-interface, for use with line spanners that are always horizontal (such as crescendo spanners). The details.Y subproperty is irrelevant. Grobs having this interface can be side-positioned vertically.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): DurationLine, DynamicTextSpanner, Episema, TextSpanner, TrillSpanner and VowelTransition.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < horizontal-line-spanner-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.65 inline-accidental-interface

An inlined accidental (i.e., normal accidentals, cautionary accidentals).

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): Accidental, AccidentalCautionary and TrillPitchAccidental.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < inline-accidental-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.66 instrument-specific-markup-interface

Instrument-specific markup (like fret boards or harp pedal diagrams).

User settable properties:

fret-diagram-details (alist, with symbols as keys)

An alist of detailed grob properties for fret diagrams. Each alist entry consists of a (property . value) pair. The properties which can be included in fret-diagram-details include the following:

  • barre-type – Type of barre indication used. Choices include curved, straight, and none. Default curved.
  • capo-thickness – Thickness of capo indicator, in multiples of fret-space. Default value 0.5.
  • dot-color – Color of dots. Options include black and white. Default black.
  • dot-label-font-mag – Magnification for font used to label fret dots. Default value 1.
  • dot-position – Location of dot in fret space. Default 0.6 for dots without labels, 0.95-dot-radius for dots with labels.
  • dot-radius – Radius of dots, in terms of fret spaces. Default value 0.425 for labeled dots, 0.25 for unlabeled dots.
  • finger-code – Code for the type of fingering indication used. Options include none, in-dot, and below-string. Default none for markup fret diagrams, below-string for FretBoards fret diagrams.
  • fret-count – The number of frets. Default 4.
  • fret-distance – Multiplier to adjust the distance between frets. Default 1.0.
  • fret-label-custom-format – The format string to be used label the lowest fret number, when number-type equals to custom. Default "~a".
  • fret-label-font-mag – The magnification of the font used to label the lowest fret number. Default 0.5.
  • fret-label-vertical-offset – The offset of the fret label from the center of the fret in direction parallel to strings. Default 0.
  • fret-label-horizontal-offset – The offset of the fret label from the center of the fret in direction orthogonal to strings. Default 0.
  • handedness – Print the fret-diagram left- or right-handed. -1, LEFT for left ; 1, RIGHT for right. Default RIGHT.
  • paren-padding – The padding for the parenthesis. Default 0.05.
  • label-dir – Side to which the fret label is attached. -1, LEFT, or DOWN for left or down; 1, RIGHT, or UP for right or up. Default RIGHT.
  • mute-string – Character string to be used to indicate muted string. Default "x".
  • number-type – Type of numbers to use in fret label. Choices include arabic, roman-ij-lower, roman-ij-upper, roman-lower, roman-upper, arabic and custom. In the last case, the format string is supplied by the fret-label-custom-format property. Default roman-lower.
  • open-string – Character string to be used to indicate open string. Default "o".
  • orientation – Orientation of fret-diagram. Options include normal, landscape, and opposing-landscape. Default normal.
  • string-count – The number of strings. Default 6.
  • string-distance – Multiplier to adjust the distance between strings. Default 1.0.
  • string-label-font-mag – The magnification of the font used to label fingerings at the string, rather than in the dot. Default value 0.6 for normal orientation, 0.5 for landscape and opposing-landscape.
  • string-thickness-factor – Factor for changing thickness of each string in the fret diagram. Thickness of string k is given by thickness * (1+string-thickness-factor) ^ (k-1). Default 0.
  • top-fret-thickness – The thickness of the top fret line, as a multiple of the standard thickness. Default value 3.
  • xo-font-magnification – Magnification used for mute and open string indicators. Default value 0.5.
  • xo-padding – Padding for open and mute indicators from top fret. Default value 0.25.
graphical (boolean)

Display in graphical (vs. text) form.

harp-pedal-details (alist, with symbols as keys)

An alist of detailed grob properties for harp pedal diagrams. Each alist entry consists of a (property . value) pair. The properties which can be included in harp-pedal-details include the following:

  • box-offset – Vertical shift of the center of flat/sharp pedal boxes above/below the horizontal line. Default value 0.8.
  • box-width – Width of each pedal box. Default value 0.4.
  • box-height – Height of each pedal box. Default value 1.0.
  • space-before-divider – Space between boxes before the first divider (so that the diagram can be made symmetric). Default value 0.8.
  • space-after-divider – Space between boxes after the first divider. Default value 0.8.
  • circle-thickness – Thickness (in unit of the line-thickness) of the ellipse around circled pedals. Default value 0.5.
  • circle-x-padding – Padding in X direction of the ellipse around circled pedals. Default value 0.15.
  • circle-y-padding – Padding in Y direction of the ellipse around circled pedals. Default value 0.2.
size (number)

The ratio of the size of the object to its default size.

thickness (number)

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

woodwind-diagram-details (alist, with symbols as keys)

An alist of detailed grob properties for woodwind diagrams. Each alist entry consists of a (property . value) pair. The properties which can be included in woodwind-diagram-details include the following:

  • fill-angle – Rotation angle of a partially filled key from horizontal. Default value 0.
  • text-trill-circled – In non-graphical mode, for keys shown as text, indicate a trill by circling the text if true, or by shading the text if false. Default value #t.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): TextScript.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < instrument-specific-markup-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.67 item-interface

Grobs can be distinguished in their role in the horizontal spacing. Many grobs define constraints on the spacing by their sizes, for example, note heads, clefs, stems, and all other symbols with a fixed shape. These grobs form a subtype called Item.

Some items need special treatment for line breaking. For example, a clef is normally only printed at the start of a line (i.e., after a line break). To model this, ‘breakable’ items (clef, key signature, bar lines, etc.) are copied twice. Then we have three versions of each breakable item: one version if there is no line break, one version that is printed before the line break (at the end of a system), and one version that is printed after the line break.

Whether these versions are visible and take up space is determined by the outcome of the break-visibility grob property, which is a function taking a direction (-1, 0 or 1) as an argument. It returns a cons of booleans, signifying whether this grob should be transparent and have no extent.

The following variables for break-visibility are predefined: 

           grob will show:   before  no     after
                             break   break  break
  all-invisible              no      no     no
  begin-of-line-visible      no      no     yes
  end-of-line-visible        yes     no     no
  all-visible                yes     yes    yes
  begin-of-line-invisible    yes     yes    no
  end-of-line-invisible      no      yes    yes
  center-invisible           yes      no    yes

User settable properties:

break-visibility (vector)

A vector of 3 booleans, #(end-of-line unbroken begin-of-line). #t means visible, #f means killed.

extra-spacing-height (pair of numbers)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we increase the height of each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ to the bottom of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ to the top of the item). In order to make a grob infinitely high (to prevent the horizontal spacing problem from placing any other grobs above or below this grob), set this to (-inf.0 . +inf.0).

extra-spacing-width (pair of numbers)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we pad each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ on the left side of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ on the right side of the item). In order to make a grob take up no horizontal space at all, set this to (+inf.0 . -inf.0).

non-musical (boolean)

True if the grob belongs to a NonMusicalPaperColumn.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): Accidental, AccidentalCautionary, AccidentalPlacement, AccidentalSuggestion, Ambitus, AmbitusAccidental, AmbitusLine, AmbitusNoteHead, Arpeggio, BarLine, BarNumber, BassFigure, BassFigureBracket, BreakAlignGroup, BreakAlignment, BreathingSign, CaesuraScript, ChordName, Clef, ClefModifier, ClusterSpannerBeacon, CodaMark, CombineTextScript, CueClef, CueEndClef, Custos, Divisio, DotColumn, Dots, DoublePercentRepeat, DoublePercentRepeatCounter, DoubleRepeatSlash, DynamicText, Fingering, FingeringColumn, Flag, FretBoard, GridLine, GridPoint, InstrumentSwitch, JumpScript, KeyCancellation, KeySignature, LaissezVibrerTie, LaissezVibrerTieColumn, LeftEdge, LyricRepeatCount, LyricText, MelodyItem, MetronomeMark, NonMusicalPaperColumn, NoteCollision, NoteColumn, NoteHead, NoteName, NoteSpacing, PaperColumn, RehearsalMark, RepeatSlash, RepeatTie, RepeatTieColumn, Rest, RestCollision, Script, ScriptColumn, ScriptRow, SectionLabel, SegnoMark, SignumRepetitionis, SostenutoPedal, SpanBar, SpanBarStub, StaffEllipsis, StaffSpacing, StanzaNumber, Stem, StemStub, StemTremolo, StringNumber, StrokeFinger, SustainPedal, TabNoteHead, TextMark, TextScript, TimeSignature, TrillPitchAccidental, TrillPitchGroup, TrillPitchHead, TrillPitchParentheses and UnaCordaPedal.

In addition, this interface is supported conditionally by the following objects depending on their class: BalloonText, ControlPoint, ControlPolygon, Footnote and Parentheses.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < item-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.68 jump-script-interface

A jump instruction, e.g., D.S..

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): JumpScript.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < jump-script-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.69 key-cancellation-interface

A key cancellation.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): KeyCancellation.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < key-cancellation-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.70 key-signature-interface

A group of accidentals, to be printed as signature sign.

User settable properties:

alteration-alist (association list (list of pairs))

List of (pitch . accidental) pairs for key signature.

alteration-glyph-name-alist (association list (list of pairs))

An alist of key-string pairs.

flat-positions (list)

Flats in key signatures are placed within the specified ranges of staff-positions. The general form is a list of pairs, with one pair for each type of clef, in order of the staff-position at which each clef places C: (alto treble tenor soprano baritone mezzosoprano bass). If the list contains a single element it applies for all clefs. A single number in place of a pair sets accidentals within the octave ending at that staff-position.

non-default (boolean)

Set for manually specified clefs and keys.

padding (dimension, in staff space)

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

padding-pairs (association list (list of pairs))

An alist of padding pairs for key signatures (and key cancellations). Each alist entry has the form 

((left-glyph-name . right-glyph-name) . dist)

specifying the padding dist between two adjacent key signature elements. If there is no entry in the alist for a given pair, the padding value given by the padding property of the KeySignature (or KeyCancellation) grob is used instead.

A special feature is the handling of adjacent naturals (to be more precise, the handling of glyph accidentals.natural): If there is no ‘natural-natural’ entry in padding-pairs explicitly overriding it, LilyPond adds some extra padding (in addition to the grob’s padding value) to avoid collisions.

sharp-positions (list)

Sharps in key signatures are placed within the specified ranges of staff-positions. The general form is a list of pairs, with one pair for each type of clef, in order of the staff-position at which each clef places C: (alto treble tenor soprano baritone mezzosoprano bass). If the list contains a single element it applies for all clefs. A single number in place of a pair sets accidentals within the octave ending at that staff-position.

Internal properties:

c0-position (integer)

An integer indicating the position of middle C.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): KeyCancellation and KeySignature.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < key-signature-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.71 kievan-ligature-interface

A kievan ligature.

User settable properties:

padding (dimension, in staff space)

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

Internal properties:

primitive (integer)

A pointer to a ligature primitive, i.e., an item similar to a note head that is part of a ligature.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): KievanLigature.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < kievan-ligature-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.72 ledger-line-spanner-interface

This spanner draws the ledger lines of a staff. This is a separate grob because it has to process all potential collisions between all note heads. The thickness of ledger lines is controlled by the ledger-line-thickness property of the StaffSymbol grob.

User settable properties:

gap (dimension, in staff space)

Size of a gap in a variable symbol.

length-fraction (number)

Multiplier for lengths. Used for determining ledger lines and stem lengths.

minimum-length-fraction (number)

Minimum length of ledger line as fraction of note head size.

Internal properties:

note-heads (array of grobs)

An array of note head grobs.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): LedgerLineSpanner.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < ledger-line-spanner-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.73 ledgered-interface

Objects that need ledger lines, typically note heads. See also ledger-line-spanner-interface.

User settable properties:

no-ledgers (boolean)

If set, don’t draw ledger lines on this object.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): AmbitusNoteHead, NoteHead and TrillPitchHead.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < ledgered-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.74 ligature-bracket-interface

A bracket indicating a ligature in the original edition.

User settable properties:

height (dimension, in staff space)

Height of an object in staff-space units.

thickness (number)

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

width (dimension, in staff space)

The width of a grob measured in staff space.

This grob interface is not used in any graphical object.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < ligature-bracket-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.75 ligature-head-interface

A note head that can become part of a ligature.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): NoteHead.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < ligature-head-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.76 ligature-interface

A ligature.

This grob interface is not used in any graphical object.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < ligature-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.77 line-interface

Generic line objects. Any object using lines supports this. The property style can be line, dashed-line, trill, dotted-line, zigzag or none (a transparent line).

For dashed-line, the length of the dashes is tuned with dash-fraction. If the latter is set to 0, a dotted line is produced.

User settable properties:

arrow-length (number)

Arrow length.

arrow-width (number)

Arrow width.

dash-fraction (number)

Size of the dashes, relative to dash-period. Should be between 0.1 and 1.0 (continuous line). If set to 0.0, a dotted line is produced

dash-period (number)

The length of one dash together with whitespace. If negative, no line is drawn at all.

style (symbol)

This setting determines in what style a grob is typeset. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

thickness (number)

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

zigzag-length (dimension, in staff space)

The length of the lines of a zigzag, relative to zigzag-width. A value of 1 gives 60-degree zigzags.

zigzag-width (dimension, in staff space)

The width of one zigzag squiggle. This number is adjusted slightly so that the spanner line can be constructed from a whole number of squiggles.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): ChordSquare, DurationLine, DynamicTextSpanner, Episema, Glissando, Hairpin, HorizontalBracket, LigatureBracket, MeasureSpanner, OttavaBracket, PianoPedalBracket, TextSpanner, TrillSpanner, TupletBracket, VoiceFollower, VoltaBracket and VowelTransition.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < line-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.78 line-spanner-interface

Generic line drawn between two objects, e.g., for use with glissandi.

bound-details is a nested alist. It’s possible to specify settings for the sub-properties: left, left-broken, right and right-broken.

Values for the following keys may be set:

Y

Sets the Y coordinate of the end point, in staff-spaces offset from the staff center line. By default, it is the center of the bound object, so a glissando points to the vertical center of the note head. Not relevant for grobs having the horizontal-line-spanner-interface.

attach-dir

Determines where the line starts and ends in the X direction, relative to the bound object. So, a value of -1 (or LEFT) makes the line start/end at the left side of the note head it is attached to.

X

This is the absolute X coordinate of the end point. Usually computed on the fly.

end-on-note

If set to true, when the line spanner is broken, each broken piece only extends to the furthest note, not to the end of the staff, on sides where it is broken.

end-on-accidental

Only meaningful in bound-details.right. If set to true, the line spanner stops before the accidentals if its right bound is a note column or a grob contained in a note column, and this note column has accidentals.

start-at-dot

Only meaningful in bound-details.left. If true, the line spanner starts after dots, in a fashion similar to end-on-accidental.

adjust-on-neighbor

If true, the left-neighbor or right-neighbor object is read, and if it exists, the line spanner starts after it or stops before it.

stencil

Line spanners may have symbols at the beginning or end, which is contained in this sub-property. For internal use.

text

This is a markup that is evaluated to yield the stencil.

stencil-align-dir-y
stencil-offset

Without setting one of these, the stencil is simply put at the end-point, centered on the line, as defined by the X and Y sub-properties. Setting stencil-align-dir-y moves the symbol at the edge vertically relative to the end point of the line. With stencil-offset, expecting a number pair, the stencil is moved along the X axis according to the first value, the second value moves the stencil along the Y axis.

arrow

Produces an arrowhead at the end-points of the line.

padding

Controls the space between the specified end point of the line and the actual end. Without padding, a glissando would start and end in the center of each note head.

User settable properties:

bound-details (alist, with symbols as keys)

An alist of properties for determining attachments of spanners to edges.

extra-dy (number)

Slope glissandi this much extra.

gap (dimension, in staff space)

Size of a gap in a variable symbol.

left-bound-info (alist, with symbols as keys)

An alist of properties for determining attachments of spanners to edges.

right-bound-info (alist, with symbols as keys)

An alist of properties for determining attachments of spanners to edges.

thickness (number)

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

to-barline (boolean)

If true, the spanner will stop at the bar line just before it would otherwise stop.

Internal properties:

left-neighbor (graphical (layout) object)

A grob similar to this one, on its left. For columns, the right-most column that has a spacing wish for this column.

note-columns (array of grobs)

An array of NoteColumn grobs.

right-neighbor (graphical (layout) object)

See left-neighbor.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): BendSpanner, DurationLine, DynamicTextSpanner, Episema, FingerGlideSpanner, Glissando, TextSpanner, TrillSpanner, VoiceFollower and VowelTransition.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < line-spanner-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.79 lyric-extender-interface

The extender is a simple line at the baseline of the lyric that helps show the length of a melisma (a tied or slurred note).

User settable properties:

left-padding (dimension, in staff space)

The amount of space that is put left to an object (e.g., a lyric extender).

next (graphical (layout) object)

Object that is next relation (e.g., the lyric syllable following an extender).

right-padding (dimension, in staff space)

Space to insert on the right side of an object (e.g., between note and its accidentals).

thickness (number)

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

Internal properties:

heads (array of grobs)

An array of note heads.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): LyricExtender.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < lyric-extender-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.80 lyric-hyphen-interface

A centered hyphen is simply a line between lyrics used to divide syllables.

User settable properties:

dash-period (number)

The length of one dash together with whitespace. If negative, no line is drawn at all.

height (dimension, in staff space)

Height of an object in staff-space units.

length (dimension, in staff space)

User override for the stem length of unbeamed stems (each unit represents half a staff-space).

minimum-distance (dimension, in staff space)

Minimum distance between rest and notes or beam.

minimum-length (dimension, in staff space)

Try to make a spanner at least this long, normally in the horizontal direction. This requires an appropriate callback for the springs-and-rods property. If added to a Tie, this sets the minimum distance between noteheads.

padding (dimension, in staff space)

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

thickness (number)

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): LyricHyphen and LyricSpace.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < lyric-hyphen-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.81 lyric-interface

Any object that is related to lyrics.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): LyricExtender, LyricHyphen, LyricRepeatCount and VowelTransition.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < lyric-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.82 lyric-repeat-count-interface

A repeat count intended to appear in a line of lyrics.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): LyricRepeatCount.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < lyric-repeat-count-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.83 lyric-space-interface

An invisible object that prevents lyric words from being spaced too closely.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): LyricSpace.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < lyric-space-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.84 lyric-syllable-interface

A single piece of lyrics.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): LyricText.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < lyric-syllable-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.85 mark-interface

A rehearsal mark, segno, or coda sign.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): CodaMark, RehearsalMark, SegnoMark and TextMark.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < mark-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.86 measure-counter-interface

A counter for numbering measures.

User settable properties:

count-from (integer)

The first measure in a measure count receives this number. The following measures are numbered in increments from this initial value.

left-number-text (markup)

For a measure counter, this is the formatted measure count. When the measure counter extends over several measures (like with compressed multi-measure rests), it is the text on the left side of the dash.

number-range-separator (markup)

For a measure counter extending over several measures (like with compressed multi-measure rests), this is the separator between the two printed numbers.

right-number-text (markup)

When the measure counter extends over several measures (like with compressed multi-measure rests), this is the text on the right side of the dash. Usually unset.

Internal properties:

columns (array of grobs)

An array of grobs, typically containing PaperColumn or NoteColumn objects.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): MeasureCounter.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < measure-counter-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.87 measure-grouping-interface

This object indicates groups of beats. Valid choices for style are bracket and triangle.

User settable properties:

height (dimension, in staff space)

Height of an object in staff-space units.

style (symbol)

This setting determines in what style a grob is typeset. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

thickness (number)

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): MeasureGrouping.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < measure-grouping-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.88 measure-spanner-interface

A bracket aligned to a measure or measures.

User settable properties:

bracket-flare (pair of numbers)

A pair of numbers specifying how much edges of brackets should slant outward. Value 0.0 means straight edges.

bracket-visibility (boolean or symbol)

This controls the visibility of the tuplet bracket. Setting it to false prevents printing of the bracket. Setting the property to if-no-beam makes it print only if there is no beam associated with this tuplet bracket.

connect-to-neighbor (pair)

Pair of booleans, indicating whether this grob looks as a continued break.

direction (direction)

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

edge-height (pair)

A pair of numbers specifying the heights of the vertical edges: (left-height . right-height).

padding (dimension, in staff space)

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

shorten-pair (pair of numbers)

The lengths to shorten on both sides a hairpin or text-spanner such as a pedal bracket. Positive values shorten the hairpin or text-spanner, while negative values lengthen it.

spacing-pair (pair)

A pair of alignment symbols which set an object’s spacing relative to its left and right BreakAlignments.

For example, a MultiMeasureRest will ignore prefatory items at its bounds (i.e., clefs, key signatures and time signatures) using the following override: 

\override MultiMeasureRest.spacing-pair =
             #'(staff-bar . staff-bar)
staff-padding (dimension, in staff space)

Maintain this much space between reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of differing sizes (like the dynamics p and f) on their baselines.

thickness (number)

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): MeasureSpanner.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < measure-spanner-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.89 melody-spanner-interface

Context dependent typesetting decisions.

User settable properties:

neutral-direction (direction)

Which direction to take in the center of the staff.

Internal properties:

stems (array of grobs)

An array of stem objects.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): MelodyItem.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < melody-spanner-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.90 mensural-ligature-interface

A mensural ligature.

User settable properties:

thickness (number)

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

Internal properties:

add-join (boolean)

Is this ligature head-joined with the next one by a vertical line?

delta-position (number)

The vertical position difference.

flexa-interval (integer)

The interval spanned by the two notes of a flexa shape (1 is a second, 7 is an octave).

head-width (dimension, in staff space)

The width of this ligature head.

ligature-flexa (boolean)

request joining note to the previous one in a flexa.

primitive (integer)

A pointer to a ligature primitive, i.e., an item similar to a note head that is part of a ligature.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): MensuralLigature and NoteHead.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < mensural-ligature-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.91 metronome-mark-interface

A metronome mark.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): MetronomeMark.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < metronome-mark-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.92 multi-measure-interface

Multi measure rest, and the text or number that is printed over it.

User settable properties:

bound-padding (number)

The amount of padding to insert around spanner bounds.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): MultiMeasureRest, MultiMeasureRestNumber, MultiMeasureRestScript and MultiMeasureRestText.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < multi-measure-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.93 multi-measure-rest-interface

A rest that spans a whole number of measures.

User settable properties:

bound-padding (number)

The amount of padding to insert around spanner bounds.

expand-limit (integer)

Maximum number of measures expanded in church rests.

hair-thickness (number)

Thickness of the thin line in a bar line, expressed as a multiple of the default staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is not influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

max-symbol-separation (number)

The maximum distance between symbols making up a church rest.

measure-count (integer)

The number of measures for a multi-measure rest.

minimum-length (dimension, in staff space)

Try to make a spanner at least this long, normally in the horizontal direction. This requires an appropriate callback for the springs-and-rods property. If added to a Tie, this sets the minimum distance between noteheads.

round-up-exceptions (list)

A list of pairs where car is the numerator and cdr the denominator of a moment. Each pair in this list means that the multi-measure rests of the corresponding length will be rounded up to the longer rest. See round-up-to-longer-rest.

round-up-to-longer-rest (boolean)

Displays the longer multi-measure rest when the length of a measure is between two values of usable-duration-logs. For example, displays a breve instead of a whole in a 3/2 measure.

spacing-pair (pair)

A pair of alignment symbols which set an object’s spacing relative to its left and right BreakAlignments.

For example, a MultiMeasureRest will ignore prefatory items at its bounds (i.e., clefs, key signatures and time signatures) using the following override: 

\override MultiMeasureRest.spacing-pair =
             #'(staff-bar . staff-bar)
thick-thickness (number)

Thickness of the thick line in a bar line, expressed as a multiple of the default staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is not influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

usable-duration-logs (list)

List of duration-logs that can be used in typesetting the grob.

Internal properties:

space-increment (dimension, in staff space)

The amount by which the total duration of a multimeasure rest affects horizontal spacing. Each doubling of the duration adds space-increment to the length of the bar.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): MultiMeasureRest and PercentRepeat.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < multi-measure-rest-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.94 multi-measure-rest-number-interface

Multi measure rest number that is printed over a rest.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): MultiMeasureRestNumber.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < multi-measure-rest-number-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.95 musical-paper-column-interface

A paper column that is musical. Paper columns of this variety group musical items, such as note heads, stems, dots, accidentals, …

User settable properties:

shortest-playing-duration (moment)

The duration of the shortest note playing here.

shortest-starter-duration (moment)

The duration of the shortest note that starts here.

Internal properties:

grace-spacing (graphical (layout) object)

A run of grace notes.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): PaperColumn.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < musical-paper-column-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.96 non-musical-paper-column-interface

A paper column that is non-musical. Paper columns of this variety group breakable items such as clefs, bar lines, time signatures, key signatures, breathing signs, …

User settable properties:

between-cols (pair)

Where to attach a loose column to.

full-measure-extra-space (number)

Extra space that is allocated at the beginning of a measure with only one note. This property is read from the NonMusicalPaperColumn that begins the measure.

line-break-penalty (number)

Penalty for a line break at this column. This affects the choices of the line breaker; it avoids a line break at a column with a positive penalty and prefers a line break at a column with a negative penalty.

line-break-permission (symbol)

Instructs the line breaker on whether to put a line break at this column. Can be force or allow.

line-break-system-details (alist, with symbols as keys)

An alist of properties to use if this column is the start of a system.

page-break-penalty (number)

Penalty for page break at this column. This affects the choices of the page breaker; it avoids a page break at a column with a positive penalty and prefers a page break at a column with a negative penalty.

page-break-permission (symbol)

Instructs the page breaker on whether to put a page break at this column. Can be force or allow.

page-turn-penalty (number)

Penalty for a page turn at this column. This affects the choices of the page breaker; it avoids a page turn at a column with a positive penalty and prefers a page turn at a column with a negative penalty.

page-turn-permission (symbol)

Instructs the page breaker on whether to put a page turn at this column. Can be force or allow.

Internal properties:

break-alignment (graphical (layout) object)

The BreakAlignment in a NonMusicalPaperColumn.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): NonMusicalPaperColumn.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < non-musical-paper-column-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.97 note-collision-interface

An object that handles collisions between notes with different stem directions and horizontal shifts. Most of the interesting properties are to be set in note-column-interface: these are force-hshift and horizontal-shift.

User settable properties:

fa-merge-direction (direction)

If two ‘fa’ shape note heads get merged that are both listed in the fa-styles property but have different stem directions, enforce this note head direction for display.

merge-differently-dotted (boolean)

Merge note heads in collisions, even if they have a different number of dots. This is normal notation for some types of polyphonic music.

merge-differently-dotted only applies to opposing stem directions (i.e., voice 1 & 2).

merge-differently-headed (boolean)

Merge note heads in collisions, even if they have different note heads. The smaller of the two heads is rendered invisible. This is used in polyphonic guitar notation. The value of this setting is used by note-collision-interface.

merge-differently-headed only applies to opposing stem directions (i.e., voice 1 & 2).

note-collision-threshold (dimension, in staff space)

Simultaneous notes that are this close or closer in units of staff-space will be identified as vertically colliding. Used by Stem grobs for notes in the same voice, and NoteCollision grobs for notes in different voices. Default value 1.

prefer-dotted-right (boolean)

For note collisions, prefer to shift dotted up-note to the right, rather than shifting just the dot.

Internal properties:

fa-styles (symbol list)

List of note head styles that identify ‘fa’ shape note heads.

positioning-done (boolean)

Used to signal that a positioning element did its job. This ensures that a positioning is only done once.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): NoteCollision.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < note-collision-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.98 note-column-interface

Stem and noteheads combined.

User settable properties:

force-hshift (number)

This specifies a manual shift for notes in collisions. The unit is the note head width of the first voice note. This is used by note-collision-interface.

glissando-skip (boolean)

Should this NoteHead be skipped by glissandi?

horizontal-shift (integer)

An integer that identifies ranking of NoteColumns for horizontal shifting. This is used by note-collision-interface.

ignore-collision (boolean)

If set, don’t do note collision resolution on this NoteColumn.

main-extent (pair of numbers)

The horizontal extent of a NoteColumn grob without taking suspended NoteHead grobs into account (i.e., NoteHeads forced into the unnatural direction of the Stem because of a chromatic clash).

Internal properties:

note-heads (array of grobs)

An array of note head grobs.

rest (graphical (layout) object)

A pointer to a Rest object.

rest-collision (graphical (layout) object)

A rest collision that a rest is in.

stem (graphical (layout) object)

A pointer to a Stem object.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): NoteColumn.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < note-column-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.99 note-head-interface

A note head. There are many possible values for style. For a complete list, see Note head styles.

User settable properties:

duration-log (integer)

The 2-log of the note head duration, i.e., 0 = whole note, 1 = half note, etc.

glyph-name (string)

The glyph name within the font.

In the context of (span) bar lines, glyph-name represents a processed form of glyph, where decisions about line breaking, etc., are already taken.

ignore-ambitus (boolean)

If set, don’t consider this notehead for ambitus calculation.

ledger-positions (list)

Vertical positions of ledger lines. When set on a StaffSymbol grob it defines a repeating pattern of ledger lines and any parenthesized groups will always be shown together.

note-names (vector)

Vector of strings containing names for easy-notation note heads.

stem-attachment (pair of numbers)

An (x . y) pair where the stem attaches to the notehead.

style (symbol)

This setting determines in what style a grob is typeset. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

Internal properties:

accidental-grob (graphical (layout) object)

The accidental for this note.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): AmbitusNoteHead, NoteHead and TabNoteHead.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < note-head-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.100 note-name-interface

Note names.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): NoteName.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < note-name-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.101 note-spacing-interface

This object calculates spacing wishes for individual voices.

User settable properties:

knee-spacing-correction (number)

Factor for the optical correction amount for kneed beams. Set between 0 for no correction and 1 for full correction.

same-direction-correction (number)

Optical correction amount for stems that are placed in tight configurations. This amount is used for stems with the same direction to compensate for note head to stem distance.

space-to-barline (boolean)

If set, the distance between a note and the following non-musical column will be measured to the bar line instead of to the beginning of the non-musical column. If there is a clef change followed by a bar line, for example, this means that we will try to space the non-musical column as though the clef is not there.

stem-spacing-correction (number)

Optical correction amount for stems that are placed in tight configurations. For opposite directions, this amount is the correction for two normal sized stems that overlap completely.

Internal properties:

left-items (array of grobs)

Grobs organized on the left by a spacing object.

right-items (array of grobs)

Grobs organized on the right by a spacing object.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): NoteSpacing.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < note-spacing-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.102 number-interface

Numbers.

User settable properties:

number-type (symbol)

Numbering style. Choices include arabic, roman-ij-lower, roman-ij-upper, roman-lower, and roman-upper.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): StringNumber.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < number-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.103 ottava-bracket-interface

An ottava bracket.

User settable properties:

bracket-flare (pair of numbers)

A pair of numbers specifying how much edges of brackets should slant outward. Value 0.0 means straight edges.

dashed-edge (boolean)

If set, the bracket edges are dashed like the rest of the bracket.

edge-height (pair)

A pair of numbers specifying the heights of the vertical edges: (left-height . right-height).

minimum-length (dimension, in staff space)

Try to make a spanner at least this long, normally in the horizontal direction. This requires an appropriate callback for the springs-and-rods property. If added to a Tie, this sets the minimum distance between noteheads.

shorten-pair (pair of numbers)

The lengths to shorten on both sides a hairpin or text-spanner such as a pedal bracket. Positive values shorten the hairpin or text-spanner, while negative values lengthen it.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): OttavaBracket.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < ottava-bracket-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.104 outside-staff-axis-group-interface

A vertical axis group on which outside-staff skyline calculations are done.

User settable properties:

outside-staff-placement-directive (symbol)

One of four directives telling how outside staff objects should be placed.

  • left-to-right-greedy – Place each successive grob from left to right.
  • left-to-right-polite – Place a grob from left to right only if it does not potentially overlap with another grob that has been placed on a pass through a grob array. If there is overlap, do another pass to determine placement.
  • right-to-left-greedy – Same as left-to-right-greedy, but from right to left.
  • right-to-left-polite – Same as left-to-right-polite, but from right to left.

Internal properties:

vertical-skyline-elements (array of grobs)

An array of grobs used to create vertical skylines.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): BassFigureLine, System and VerticalAxisGroup.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < outside-staff-axis-group-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.105 outside-staff-interface

A grob that could be placed outside staff.

User settable properties:

outside-staff-horizontal-padding (number)

By default, an outside-staff-object can be placed so that is it very close to another grob horizontally. If this property is set, the outside-staff-object is raised so that it is not so close to its neighbor.

outside-staff-padding (number)

The padding to place between grobs when spacing according to outside-staff-priority. Two grobs with different outside-staff-padding values have the larger value of padding between them.

outside-staff-priority (number)

If set, the grob is positioned outside the staff in such a way as to avoid all collisions. In case of a potential collision, the grob with the smaller outside-staff-priority is closer to the staff.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): AccidentalSuggestion, BarNumber, BassFigureAlignmentPositioning, BendSpanner, BreathingSign, CaesuraScript, CenteredBarNumberLineSpanner, ChordName, ClefModifier, CodaMark, CombineTextScript, Divisio, DoublePercentRepeatCounter, DoubleRepeatSlash, DynamicLineSpanner, DynamicText, Fingering, FretBoard, Hairpin, HorizontalBracket, HorizontalBracketText, InstrumentSwitch, JumpScript, MeasureCounter, MeasureGrouping, MeasureSpanner, MetronomeMark, MultiMeasureRest, MultiMeasureRestNumber, MultiMeasureRestScript, MultiMeasureRestText, OttavaBracket, PercentRepeatCounter, PhrasingSlur, RehearsalMark, Script, SectionLabel, SegnoMark, Slur, SostenutoPedalLineSpanner, StringNumber, StrokeFinger, SustainPedalLineSpanner, TextMark, TextScript, TextSpanner, TrillSpanner, TupletBracket, TupletNumber, UnaCordaPedalLineSpanner and VoltaBracketSpanner.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < outside-staff-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.106 paper-column-interface

Paper_column objects form the top-most X parents for items. There are two types of columns: musical and non-musical, to which musical and non-musical objects are attached respectively. The spacing engine determines the X positions of these objects.

They are numbered, the first (leftmost) is column 0. Numbering happens before line breaking, and columns are not renumbered after line breaking. Since many columns go unused, you should only use the rank field to get ordering information. Two adjacent columns may have non-adjacent numbers.

The paper-column-interface implies the item-interface.

User settable properties:

labels (list)

List of labels (symbols) placed on a column.

rhythmic-location (rhythmic location)

Where (bar number, measure position) in the score.

used (boolean)

If set, this spacing column is kept in the spacing problem.

when (moment)

Global time step associated with this column.

Internal properties:

bounded-by-me (array of grobs)

An array of spanners that have this column as start/begin point. Only columns that have grobs or act as bounds are spaced.

maybe-loose (boolean)

Used to mark a breakable column that is loose if and only if it is in the middle of a line.

spacing (graphical (layout) object)

The spacing spanner governing this section.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): NonMusicalPaperColumn and PaperColumn.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < paper-column-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.107 parentheses-interface

Parentheses for other objects.

User settable properties:

padding (dimension, in staff space)

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

stencils (list)

Multiple stencils, used as intermediate value.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): Parentheses and TrillPitchParentheses.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < parentheses-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.108 percent-repeat-interface

Beat, Double and single measure repeats.

User settable properties:

dot-negative-kern (number)

The space to remove between a dot and a slash in percent repeat glyphs. Larger values bring the two elements closer together.

slash-negative-kern (number)

The space to remove between slashes in percent repeat glyphs. Larger values bring the two elements closer together.

slope (number)

The slope of this object.

thickness (number)

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): DoublePercentRepeat, DoubleRepeatSlash, PercentRepeat and RepeatSlash.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < percent-repeat-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.109 piano-pedal-bracket-interface

The bracket of the piano pedal. It can be tuned through the regular bracket properties.

User settable properties:

bound-padding (number)

The amount of padding to insert around spanner bounds.

bracket-flare (pair of numbers)

A pair of numbers specifying how much edges of brackets should slant outward. Value 0.0 means straight edges.

dashed-edge (boolean)

If set, the bracket edges are dashed like the rest of the bracket.

edge-height (pair)

A pair of numbers specifying the heights of the vertical edges: (left-height . right-height).

shorten-pair (pair of numbers)

The lengths to shorten on both sides a hairpin or text-spanner such as a pedal bracket. Positive values shorten the hairpin or text-spanner, while negative values lengthen it.

Internal properties:

pedal-text (graphical (layout) object)

A pointer to the text of a mixed-style piano pedal.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): PianoPedalBracket.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < piano-pedal-bracket-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.110 piano-pedal-interface

A piano pedal sign.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): PianoPedalBracket, SostenutoPedalLineSpanner, SustainPedal, SustainPedalLineSpanner and UnaCordaPedalLineSpanner.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < piano-pedal-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.111 piano-pedal-script-interface

A piano pedal sign, fixed size.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): SostenutoPedal, SustainPedal and UnaCordaPedal.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < piano-pedal-script-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.112 pitched-trill-interface

A note head to indicate trill pitches.

Internal properties:

accidental-grob (graphical (layout) object)

The accidental for this note.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): TrillPitchHead and TrillPitchParentheses.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < pitched-trill-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.113 pure-from-neighbor-interface

A collection of routines to allow for objects’ pure heights and heights to be calculated based on the heights of the objects’ neighbors.

Internal properties:

neighbors (array of grobs)

The X-axis neighbors of a grob. Used by the pure-from-neighbor-interface to determine various grob heights.

pure-relevant-grobs (array of grobs)

All the grobs (items and spanners) that are relevant for finding the pure-Y-extent

pure-Y-common (graphical (layout) object)

A cache of the common_refpoint_of_array of the elements grob set.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): BarLine, Clef, CueClef, CueEndClef, KeyCancellation, KeySignature, SignumRepetitionis, SpanBarStub and TimeSignature.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < pure-from-neighbor-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.114 rehearsal-mark-interface

A rehearsal mark.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): RehearsalMark.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < rehearsal-mark-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.115 rest-collision-interface

Move ordinary rests (not multi-measure nor pitched rests) to avoid conflicts.

User settable properties:

minimum-distance (dimension, in staff space)

Minimum distance between rest and notes or beam.

Internal properties:

elements (array of grobs)

An array of grobs; the type is depending on the grob where this is set in.

positioning-done (boolean)

Used to signal that a positioning element did its job. This ensures that a positioning is only done once.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): RestCollision.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < rest-collision-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.116 rest-interface

A rest symbol. The property style can be default, mensural, neomensural or classical.

User settable properties:

direction (direction)

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

minimum-distance (dimension, in staff space)

Minimum distance between rest and notes or beam.

style (symbol)

This setting determines in what style a grob is typeset. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

voiced-position (number)

The staff-position of a voiced Rest, negative if the rest has direction DOWN.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): MultiMeasureRest and Rest.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < rest-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.117 rhythmic-grob-interface

Any object with a duration. Used to determine which grobs are interesting enough to maintain a hara-kiri staff.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): BassFigure, ChordName, ClusterSpannerBeacon, DoubleRepeatSlash, FretBoard, LyricText, NoteHead, RepeatSlash, Rest and TabNoteHead.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < rhythmic-grob-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.118 rhythmic-head-interface

Note head or rest.

User settable properties:

duration-log (integer)

The 2-log of the note head duration, i.e., 0 = whole note, 1 = half note, etc.

glissando-skip (boolean)

Should this NoteHead be skipped by glissandi?

Internal properties:

dot (graphical (layout) object)

A reference to a Dots object.

stem (graphical (layout) object)

A pointer to a Stem object.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): NoteHead, Rest, TabNoteHead and TrillPitchHead.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < rhythmic-head-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.119 script-column-interface

An interface that sorts scripts according to their script-priority and outside-staff-priority.

Internal properties:

scripts (array of grobs)

An array of Script objects.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): ScriptColumn and ScriptRow.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < script-column-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.120 script-interface

An object that is put above or below a note.

User settable properties:

avoid-slur (symbol)

Method of handling slur collisions. Choices are inside, outside, around, and ignore. inside adjusts the slur if needed to keep the grob inside the slur. outside moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur. around moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur only if there is a collision. ignore does not move either. In grobs whose notational significance depends on vertical position (such as accidentals, clefs, etc.), outside and around behave like ignore.

script-priority (number)

A key for determining the order of scripts in a stack, by being added to the position of the script in the user input, the sum being the overall priority. Smaller means closer to the head.

side-relative-direction (direction)

Multiply direction of direction-source with this to get the direction of this object.

slur-padding (number)

Extra distance between slur and script.

toward-stem-shift (number)

Amount by which scripts are shifted toward the stem if their direction coincides with the stem direction. 0.0 means centered on the note head (the default position of most scripts); 1.0 means centered on the stem. Interpolated values are possible.

toward-stem-shift-in-column (number)

Amount by which a script is shifted toward the stem if its direction coincides with the stem direction and it is associated with a ScriptColumn object. 0.0 means centered on the note head (the default position of most scripts); 1.0 means centered on the stem. Interpolated values are possible.

Internal properties:

direction-source (graphical (layout) object)

In case side-relative-direction is set, which grob to get the direction from.

positioning-done (boolean)

Used to signal that a positioning element did its job. This ensures that a positioning is only done once.

script-column (graphical (layout) object)

A ScriptColumn associated with a Script object.

script-stencil (pair)

A pair (type . arg) which acts as an index for looking up a Stencil object.

slur (graphical (layout) object)

A pointer to a Slur object.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): AccidentalSuggestion, CaesuraScript, DynamicText, MultiMeasureRestScript and Script.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < script-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.121 section-label-interface

A section label, e.g., “Coda”.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): SectionLabel.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < section-label-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.122 segno-mark-interface

A segno.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): SegnoMark.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < segno-mark-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.123 self-alignment-interface

Position this object on itself and/or on its parent. To this end, the following functions are provided:

Self_alignment_interface::[xy]_aligned_on_self

Align self on reference point, using self-alignment-X and self-alignment-Y.

Self_alignment_interface::aligned_on_[xy]_parent
Self_alignment_interface::centered_on_[xy]_parent

Shift the object so its own reference point is centered on the extent of the parent

User settable properties:

parent-alignment-X (number)

Specify on which point of the parent the object is aligned. The value -1 means aligned on parent’s left edge, 0 on center, and 1 right edge, in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the parent’s width. If unset, the value from self-alignment-X property will be used.

parent-alignment-Y (number)

Like parent-alignment-X but for the Y axis.

self-alignment-X (number)

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

self-alignment-Y (number)

Like self-alignment-X but for the Y axis.

X-align-on-main-noteheads (boolean)

If true, this grob will ignore suspended noteheads when aligning itself on NoteColumn.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): AccidentalSuggestion, BarNumber, CaesuraScript, ClefModifier, CodaMark, CombineTextScript, DoublePercentRepeatCounter, DynamicText, Fingering, GridLine, Hairpin, HorizontalBracketText, InstrumentName, InstrumentSwitch, JumpScript, LyricRepeatCount, LyricText, MeasureCounter, MeasureSpanner, MetronomeMark, MultiMeasureRestNumber, MultiMeasureRestScript, MultiMeasureRestText, PercentRepeatCounter, RehearsalMark, Script, SectionLabel, SegnoMark, SostenutoPedal, StemTremolo, StringNumber, StrokeFinger, SustainPedal, TextMark, TextScript and UnaCordaPedal.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < self-alignment-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.124 semi-tie-column-interface

The interface for a column of l.v. (laissez vibrer) ties.

User settable properties:

head-direction (direction)

Are the note heads left or right in a semitie?

tie-configuration (list)

List of (position . dir) pairs, indicating the desired tie configuration, where position is the offset from the center of the staff in staff space and dir indicates the direction of the tie (1=>up, -1=>down, 0=>center). A non-pair entry in the list causes the corresponding tie to be formatted automatically.

Internal properties:

positioning-done (boolean)

Used to signal that a positioning element did its job. This ensures that a positioning is only done once.

ties (array of grobs)

A grob array of Tie objects.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): LaissezVibrerTieColumn and RepeatTieColumn.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < semi-tie-column-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.125 semi-tie-interface

A tie which is only connected to a note head on one side. The following properties may be set in the details list:

height-limit

Maximum tie height: The longer the tie, the closer it is to this height.

ratio

Parameter for tie shape. The higher this number, the quicker the tie attains its height-limit.

User settable properties:

control-points (list of number pairs)

List of offsets (number pairs) that form control points for the tie, slur, or bracket shape. For Béziers, this should list the control points of a third-order Bézier curve.

details (alist, with symbols as keys)

Alist of parameters for detailed grob behavior. More information on the allowed parameters for a grob can be found by looking at the top of the Internals Reference page for each interface having a details property.

direction (direction)

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

head-direction (direction)

Are the note heads left or right in a semitie?

line-thickness (number)

For slurs and ties, this is the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the two arcs of the curve’s outline, which intersect at the endpoints. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

thickness (number)

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

Internal properties:

annotation (string)

Annotate a grob for debug purposes.

note-head (graphical (layout) object)

A single note head.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): LaissezVibrerTie and RepeatTie.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < semi-tie-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.126 separation-item-interface

Item that computes widths to generate spacing rods.

User settable properties:

horizontal-skylines (pair of skylines)

Two skylines, one to the left and one to the right of this grob.

padding (dimension, in staff space)

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

skyline-vertical-padding (number)

The amount by which the left and right skylines of a column are padded vertically, beyond the Y-extents and extra-spacing-heights of the constituent grobs in the column. Increase this to prevent interleaving of grobs from adjacent columns.

X-extent (pair of numbers)

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Internal properties:

conditional-elements (array of grobs)

Internal use only.

elements (array of grobs)

An array of grobs; the type is depending on the grob where this is set in.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): NonMusicalPaperColumn, NoteColumn and PaperColumn.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < separation-item-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.127 side-position-interface

Position a victim object (this one) next to other objects (the support). The property direction signifies where to put the victim object relative to the support (left or right, up or down?)

The routine also takes the size of the staff into account if staff-padding is set. If undefined, the staff symbol is ignored.

User settable properties:

add-stem-support (boolean)

If set, the Stem object is included in this script’s support.

direction (direction)

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

horizon-padding (number)

The amount to pad the axis along which a Skyline is built for the side-position-interface.

minimum-space (dimension, in staff space)

Minimum distance that the victim should move (after padding).

padding (dimension, in staff space)

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

side-axis (number)

If the value is X (or equivalently 0), the object is placed horizontally next to the other object. If the value is Y or 1, it is placed vertically.

slur-padding (number)

Extra distance between slur and script.

staff-padding (dimension, in staff space)

Maintain this much space between reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of differing sizes (like the dynamics p and f) on their baselines.

use-skylines (boolean)

Should skylines be used for side positioning?

Internal properties:

quantize-position (boolean)

If set, a vertical alignment is aligned to be within staff spaces.

side-support-elements (array of grobs)

The side support, an array of grobs.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): AccidentalSuggestion, Arpeggio, BarNumber, BassFigureAlignmentPositioning, CaesuraScript, CenteredBarNumberLineSpanner, ClefModifier, CodaMark, CombineTextScript, DoublePercentRepeatCounter, DynamicLineSpanner, Episema, Fingering, HorizontalBracket, HorizontalBracketText, InstrumentName, InstrumentSwitch, JumpScript, MeasureCounter, MeasureGrouping, MeasureSpanner, MetronomeMark, MultiMeasureRestNumber, MultiMeasureRestScript, MultiMeasureRestText, OttavaBracket, PercentRepeatCounter, RehearsalMark, Script, SectionLabel, SegnoMark, SostenutoPedalLineSpanner, StanzaNumber, StringNumber, StrokeFinger, SustainPedalLineSpanner, SystemStartBar, SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket, SystemStartSquare, TextMark, TextScript, TextSpanner, TrillPitchAccidental, TrillPitchGroup, TrillSpanner, UnaCordaPedalLineSpanner, VoltaBracket and VoltaBracketSpanner.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < side-position-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.128 signum-repetitionis-interface

An ancient repeat sign. It is printed with the same infrastructure as bar lines, but it is not a bar line.

User settable properties:

allow-span-bar (boolean)

If false, no inter-staff bar line will be created below this bar line.

bar-extent (pair of numbers)

The Y-extent of the actual bar line. This may differ from Y-extent because it does not include the dots in a repeat bar line.

gap (dimension, in staff space)

Size of a gap in a variable symbol.

glyph (string)

A string determining what ‘style’ of glyph is typeset. Valid choices depend on the function that is reading this property.

In combination with (span) bar lines, it is a string resembling the bar line appearance in ASCII form.

glyph-name (string)

The glyph name within the font.

In the context of (span) bar lines, glyph-name represents a processed form of glyph, where decisions about line breaking, etc., are already taken.

hair-thickness (number)

Thickness of the thin line in a bar line, expressed as a multiple of the default staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is not influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

kern (dimension, in staff space)

The space between individual elements in any compound bar line, expressed as a multiple of the default staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is not influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

rounded (boolean)

Decide whether lines should be drawn rounded or not.

segno-kern (number)

The space between the two thin lines of the segno bar line symbol, expressed as a multiple of the default staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is not influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

thick-thickness (number)

Thickness of the thick line in a bar line, expressed as a multiple of the default staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is not influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

Internal properties:

has-span-bar (pair)

A pair of grobs containing the span bars to be drawn below and above the staff. If no span bar is in a position, the respective element is set to #f.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): SignumRepetitionis.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < signum-repetitionis-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.129 slur-interface

A slur. Slurs are formatted by trying a number of combinations of left/right end point, and then picking the slur with the lowest demerit score. The combinations are generated by going from the base attachments (i.e., note heads) in the direction in half space increments until we have covered region-size staff spaces. The following properties may be set in the details list.

region-size

Size of region (in staff spaces) for determining potential endpoints in the Y direction.

head-encompass-penalty

Demerit to apply when note heads collide with a slur.

stem-encompass-penalty

Demerit to apply when stems collide with a slur.

edge-attraction-factor

Factor used to calculate the demerit for distances between slur endpoints and their corresponding base attachments.

same-slope-penalty

Demerit for slurs with attachment points that are horizontally aligned.

steeper-slope-factor

Factor used to calculate demerit only if this slur is not broken.

non-horizontal-penalty

Demerit for slurs with attachment points that are not horizontally aligned.

max-slope

The maximum slope allowed for this slur.

max-slope-factor

Factor that calculates demerit based on the max slope.

free-head-distance

The amount of vertical free space that must exist between a slur and note heads.

absolute-closeness-measure

Factor to calculate demerit for variance between a note head and slur.

extra-object-collision-penalty

Factor to calculate demerit for extra objects that the slur encompasses, including accidentals, fingerings, and tuplet numbers.

accidental-collision

Factor to calculate demerit for Accidental objects that the slur encompasses. This property value replaces the value of extra-object-collision-penalty.

extra-encompass-free-distance

The amount of vertical free space that must exist between a slur and various objects it encompasses, including accidentals, fingerings, and tuplet numbers.

extra-encompass-collision-distance

This detail is currently unused.

head-slur-distance-factor

Factor to calculate demerit for variance between a note head and slur.

head-slur-distance-max-ratio

The maximum value for the ratio of distance between a note head and slur.

gap-to-staffline-inside

Minimum gap inside the curve of the slur where the slur is parallel to a staffline.

gap-to-staffline-outside

Minimum gap outside the curve of the slur where the slur is parallel to a staffline.

free-slur-distance

The amount of vertical free space that must exist between adjacent slurs. This subproperty only works for PhrasingSlur.

edge-slope-exponent

Factor used to calculate the demerit for the slope of a slur near its endpoints; a larger value yields a larger demerit.

User settable properties:

avoid-slur (symbol)

Method of handling slur collisions. Choices are inside, outside, around, and ignore. inside adjusts the slur if needed to keep the grob inside the slur. outside moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur. around moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur only if there is a collision. ignore does not move either. In grobs whose notational significance depends on vertical position (such as accidentals, clefs, etc.), outside and around behave like ignore.

control-points (list of number pairs)

List of offsets (number pairs) that form control points for the tie, slur, or bracket shape. For Béziers, this should list the control points of a third-order Bézier curve.

dash-definition (pair)

List of dash-elements defining the dash structure. Each dash-element has a starting t value, an ending t-value, a dash-fraction, and a dash-period.

details (alist, with symbols as keys)

Alist of parameters for detailed grob behavior. More information on the allowed parameters for a grob can be found by looking at the top of the Internals Reference page for each interface having a details property.

direction (direction)

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

eccentricity (number)

How asymmetrical to make a slur. Positive means move the center to the right.

height-limit (dimension, in staff space)

Maximum slur height: The longer the slur, the closer it is to this height.

inspect-quants (pair of numbers)

If debugging is set, set beam and slur position to a (quantized) position that is as close as possible to this value, and print the demerits for the inspected position in the output.

line-thickness (number)

For slurs and ties, this is the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the two arcs of the curve’s outline, which intersect at the endpoints. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

positions (pair of numbers)

Pair of staff coordinates (start . end), where start and end are vertical positions in staff-space units of the current staff. For slurs, this value selects which slur candidate to use; if extreme positions are requested, the closest one is taken.

ratio (number)

Parameter for slur shape. The higher this number, the quicker the slur attains its height-limit.

thickness (number)

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

Internal properties:

annotation (string)

Annotate a grob for debug purposes.

encompass-objects (array of grobs)

Objects that a slur should avoid in addition to notes and stems.

note-columns (array of grobs)

An array of NoteColumn grobs.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): PhrasingSlur and Slur.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < slur-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.130 spaceable-grob-interface

A layout object that takes part in the spacing problem.

User settable properties:

allow-loose-spacing (boolean)

If set, column can be detached from main spacing.

keep-inside-line (boolean)

If set, this column cannot have objects sticking into the margin.

measure-length (moment)

Length of a measure. Used in some spacing situations.

Internal properties:

ideal-distances (list)

(obj . (dist . strength)) pairs.

left-neighbor (graphical (layout) object)

A grob similar to this one, on its left. For columns, the right-most column that has a spacing wish for this column.

minimum-distances (list)

A list of rods that have the format (obj . dist).

right-neighbor (graphical (layout) object)

See left-neighbor.

spacing-wishes (array of grobs)

An array of note spacing or staff spacing objects.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): NonMusicalPaperColumn and PaperColumn.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < spaceable-grob-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.131 spacing-interface

This object calculates the desired and minimum distances between two columns.

Internal properties:

left-items (array of grobs)

Grobs organized on the left by a spacing object.

right-items (array of grobs)

Grobs organized on the right by a spacing object.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): NoteSpacing and StaffSpacing.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < spacing-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.132 spacing-options-interface

Supports setting of spacing variables.

User settable properties:

shortest-duration-space (number)

Start with this multiple of spacing-increment space for the shortest duration. See also spacing-spanner-interface.

spacing-increment (dimension, in staff space)

The unit of length for note-spacing. Typically, the width of a note head. See also spacing-spanner-interface.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): GraceSpacing and SpacingSpanner.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < spacing-options-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.133 spacing-spanner-interface

The space taken by a note is dependent on its duration. Doubling a duration adds spacing-increment to the space. The most common shortest note gets shortest-duration-space. Notes that are even shorter are spaced proportonial to their duration.

Typically, the increment is the width of a black note head. In a piece with lots of 8th notes, and some 16th notes, the eighth note gets a 2 note heads width (i.e., the space following a note is a 1 note head width). A 16th note is followed by 0.5 note head width. The quarter note is followed by 3 NHW, the half by 4 NHW, etc.

User settable properties:

average-spacing-wishes (boolean)

If set, the spacing wishes are averaged over staves.

base-shortest-duration (moment)

Spacing is based on the shortest notes in a piece. Normally, pieces are spaced as if notes at least as short as this are present.

common-shortest-duration (moment)

The most common shortest note length. This is used in spacing. Enlarging this sets the score tighter.

packed-spacing (boolean)

If set, the notes are spaced as tightly as possible.

shortest-duration-space (number)

Start with this multiple of spacing-increment space for the shortest duration. See also spacing-spanner-interface.

spacing-increment (dimension, in staff space)

The unit of length for note-spacing. Typically, the width of a note head. See also spacing-spanner-interface.

strict-grace-spacing (boolean)

If set, main notes are spaced normally, then grace notes are put left of the musical columns for the main notes.

strict-note-spacing (boolean)

If set, unbroken columns with non-musical material (clefs, bar lines, etc.) are not spaced separately, but put before musical columns.

uniform-stretching (boolean)

If set, items stretch proportionally to their natural separation based on durations. This looks better in complex polyphonic patterns.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): SpacingSpanner.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < spacing-spanner-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.134 span-bar-interface

A bar line that is spanned between other bar lines. This interface is used for bar lines that connect different staves.

User settable properties:

glyph-name (string)

The glyph name within the font.

In the context of (span) bar lines, glyph-name represents a processed form of glyph, where decisions about line breaking, etc., are already taken.

Internal properties:

elements (array of grobs)

An array of grobs; the type is depending on the grob where this is set in.

pure-relevant-grobs (array of grobs)

All the grobs (items and spanners) that are relevant for finding the pure-Y-extent

pure-relevant-items (array of grobs)

A subset of elements that are relevant for finding the pure-Y-extent.

pure-relevant-spanners (array of grobs)

A subset of elements that are relevant for finding the pure-Y-extent.

pure-Y-common (graphical (layout) object)

A cache of the common_refpoint_of_array of the elements grob set.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): SpanBar.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < span-bar-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.135 spanner-interface

Some objects are horizontally spanned between objects. For example, slurs, beams, ties, etc. These grobs form a subtype called Spanner. All spanners have two span points (these must be Item objects), one on the left and one on the right. The left bound is also the X reference point of the spanner.

User settable properties:

minimum-length (dimension, in staff space)

Try to make a spanner at least this long, normally in the horizontal direction. This requires an appropriate callback for the springs-and-rods property. If added to a Tie, this sets the minimum distance between noteheads.

minimum-length-after-break (dimension, in staff space)

If set, try to make a broken spanner starting a line this long. This requires an appropriate callback for the springs-and-rods property. If added to a Tie, this sets the minimum distance to the notehead.

normalized-endpoints (pair)

Represents left and right placement over the total spanner, where the width of the spanner is normalized between 0 and 1.

spanner-id (index or symbol)

An identifier to distinguish concurrent spanners.

to-barline (boolean)

If true, the spanner will stop at the bar line just before it would otherwise stop.

Internal properties:

spanner-broken (boolean)

Indicates whether spanner alignment should be broken after the current spanner.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): BassFigureAlignment, BassFigureAlignmentPositioning, BassFigureContinuation, BassFigureLine, Beam, BendAfter, BendSpanner, CenteredBarNumber, CenteredBarNumberLineSpanner, ChordSquare, ClusterSpanner, DurationLine, DynamicLineSpanner, DynamicTextSpanner, Episema, FingerGlideSpanner, Glissando, GraceSpacing, GridChordName, Hairpin, HorizontalBracket, HorizontalBracketText, InstrumentName, KievanLigature, LedgerLineSpanner, LigatureBracket, LyricExtender, LyricHyphen, LyricSpace, MeasureCounter, MeasureGrouping, MeasureSpanner, MensuralLigature, MultiMeasureRest, MultiMeasureRestNumber, MultiMeasureRestScript, MultiMeasureRestText, OttavaBracket, PercentRepeat, PercentRepeatCounter, PhrasingSlur, PianoPedalBracket, Slur, SostenutoPedalLineSpanner, SpacingSpanner, StaffGrouper, StaffHighlight, StaffSymbol, SustainPedalLineSpanner, System, SystemStartBar, SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket, SystemStartSquare, TextSpanner, Tie, TieColumn, TrillSpanner, TupletBracket, TupletNumber, UnaCordaPedalLineSpanner, VaticanaLigature, VerticalAlignment, VerticalAxisGroup, VoiceFollower, VoltaBracket, VoltaBracketSpanner and VowelTransition.

In addition, this interface is supported conditionally by the following objects depending on their class: BalloonText, ControlPoint, ControlPolygon, Footnote and Parentheses.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < spanner-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.136 staff-grouper-interface

A grob that collects staves together.

User settable properties:

staff-staff-spacing (alist, with symbols as keys)

When applied to a staff-group’s StaffGrouper grob, this spacing alist controls the distance between consecutive staves within the staff-group. When applied to a staff’s VerticalAxisGroup grob, it controls the distance between the staff and the nearest staff below it in the same system, replacing any settings inherited from the StaffGrouper grob of the containing staff-group, if there is one. This property remains in effect even when non-staff lines appear between staves. The alist can contain the following keys:

  • basic-distance – the vertical distance, measured in staff-spaces, between the reference points of the two items when no collisions would result, and no stretching or compressing is in effect.
  • minimum-distance – the smallest allowable vertical distance, measured in staff-spaces, between the reference points of the two items, when compressing is in effect.
  • padding – the minimum required amount of unobstructed vertical whitespace between the bounding boxes (or skylines) of the two items, measured in staff-spaces.
  • stretchability – a unitless measure of the dimension’s relative propensity to stretch. If zero, the distance will not stretch (unless collisions would result).
staffgroup-staff-spacing (alist, with symbols as keys)

The spacing alist controlling the distance between the last staff of the current staff-group and the staff just below it in the same system, even if one or more non-staff lines exist between the two staves. If the staff-staff-spacing property of the staff’s VerticalAxisGroup grob is set, that is used instead. See staff-staff-spacing for a description of the alist structure.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): StaffGrouper.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < staff-grouper-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.137 staff-highlight-interface

A colored span to highlight a music passage.

User settable properties:

bound-prefatory-paddings (pair of numbers)

For a highlight, the amount of padding to insert at a bound from a prefatory item that is not a bar line.

shorten-pair (pair of numbers)

The lengths to shorten on both sides a hairpin or text-spanner such as a pedal bracket. Positive values shorten the hairpin or text-spanner, while negative values lengthen it.

Internal properties:

columns (array of grobs)

An array of grobs, typically containing PaperColumn or NoteColumn objects.

elements (array of grobs)

An array of grobs; the type is depending on the grob where this is set in.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): StaffHighlight.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < staff-highlight-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.138 staff-spacing-interface

This object calculates spacing details from a breakable symbol (left) to another object. For example, it takes care of optical spacing from a bar line to a note.

User settable properties:

stem-spacing-correction (number)

Optical correction amount for stems that are placed in tight configurations. For opposite directions, this amount is the correction for two normal sized stems that overlap completely.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): StaffSpacing.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < staff-spacing-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.139 staff-symbol-interface

This spanner draws the lines of a staff. A staff symbol defines a vertical unit, the staff space. Quantities that go by a half staff space are called positions. The center (i.e., middle line or space) is position 0. The length of the symbol may be set by hand through the width property.

User settable properties:

break-align-symbols (list)

A list of break-align symbols that determines which breakable items to align this to. If the grob selected by the first symbol in the list is invisible due to break-visibility, we will align to the next grob (and so on). Choices are listed in break-alignment-interface.

ledger-extra (dimension, in staff space)

Extra distance from staff line to draw ledger lines for.

ledger-line-thickness (pair of numbers)

The thickness of ledger lines. It is the sum of 2 numbers: The first is the factor for line thickness, and the second for staff space. Both contributions are added.

ledger-positions (list)

Vertical positions of ledger lines. When set on a StaffSymbol grob it defines a repeating pattern of ledger lines and any parenthesized groups will always be shown together.

ledger-positions-function (any type)

A quoted Scheme procedure that takes a StaffSymbol grob and the vertical position of a note head as arguments and returns a list of ledger line positions.

line-count (integer)

The number of staff lines.

line-positions (list)

Vertical positions of staff lines.

staff-space (dimension, in staff space)

Amount of space between staff lines, expressed in global staff-space.

thickness (number)

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

widened-extent (pair of numbers)

The vertical extent that a bar line on a certain staff symbol should have. If the staff symbol is small (e.g., has just one line, as in a RhythmicStaff, this is wider than the staff symbol’s Y extent.

width (dimension, in staff space)

The width of a grob measured in staff space.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): StaffSymbol.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < staff-symbol-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.140 staff-symbol-referencer-interface

An object whose Y position is meant relative to a staff symbol. These usually have Staff_symbol_referencer::callback in their Y-offset-callbacks.

User settable properties:

staff-position (number)

Vertical position, measured in half staff spaces, counted from the middle line.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): AmbitusNoteHead, Arpeggio, Beam, Clef, CueClef, CueEndClef, Custos, Dots, KeyCancellation, KeySignature, MultiMeasureRest, NoteHead, Rest, TabNoteHead and TrillPitchHead.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < staff-symbol-referencer-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.141 stanza-number-interface

A stanza number, to be put in from of a lyrics line.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): StanzaNumber.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < stanza-number-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.142 stem-interface

The stem represents the graphical stem. In addition, it internally connects note heads, beams, and tremolos. Rests and whole notes have invisible stems.

The following properties may be set in the details list.

beamed-lengths

List of stem lengths given beam multiplicity.

beamed-minimum-free-lengths

List of normal minimum free stem lengths (chord to beams) given beam multiplicity.

beamed-extreme-minimum-free-lengths

List of extreme minimum free stem lengths (chord to beams) given beam multiplicity.

lengths

Default stem lengths. The list gives a length for each flag count.

stem-shorten

How much a stem in a forced direction should be shortened. The list gives an amount depending on the number of flags and beams.

User settable properties:

avoid-note-head (boolean)

If set, the stem of a chord does not pass through all note heads, but starts at the last note head.

beaming (pair)

Pair of number lists. Each number list specifies which beams to make. 0 is the central beam, 1 is the next beam toward the note, etc. This information is used to determine how to connect the beaming patterns from stem to stem inside a beam.

beamlet-default-length (pair)

A pair of numbers. The first number specifies the default length of a beamlet that sticks out of the left hand side of this stem; the second number specifies the default length of the beamlet to the right. The actual length of a beamlet is determined by taking either the default length or the length specified by beamlet-max-length-proportion, whichever is smaller.

beamlet-max-length-proportion (pair)

The maximum length of a beamlet, as a proportion of the distance between two adjacent stems.

default-direction (direction)

Direction determined by note head positions.

details (alist, with symbols as keys)

Alist of parameters for detailed grob behavior. More information on the allowed parameters for a grob can be found by looking at the top of the Internals Reference page for each interface having a details property.

direction (direction)

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

double-stem-separation (number)

The distance between the two stems of a half note in tablature when using \tabFullNotation, not counting the width of the stems themselves, expressed as a multiple of the default height of a staff-space in the traditional five-line staff.

duration-log (integer)

The 2-log of the note head duration, i.e., 0 = whole note, 1 = half note, etc.

french-beaming (boolean)

Use French beaming style for this stem. The stem stops at the innermost beams.

length (dimension, in staff space)

User override for the stem length of unbeamed stems (each unit represents half a staff-space).

length-fraction (number)

Multiplier for lengths. Used for determining ledger lines and stem lengths.

max-beam-connect (integer)

Maximum number of beams to connect to beams from this stem. Further beams are typeset as beamlets.

neutral-direction (direction)

Which direction to take in the center of the staff.

no-stem-extend (boolean)

If set, notes with ledger lines do not get stems extending to the middle staff line.

note-collision-threshold (dimension, in staff space)

Simultaneous notes that are this close or closer in units of staff-space will be identified as vertically colliding. Used by Stem grobs for notes in the same voice, and NoteCollision grobs for notes in different voices. Default value 1.

stem-begin-position (number)

User override for the begin position of a stem.

stemlet-length (number)

How long should be a stem over a rest?

thickness (number)

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

Internal properties:

beam (graphical (layout) object)

A pointer to the beam, if applicable.

flag (graphical (layout) object)

A pointer to a Flag object.

french-beaming-stem-adjustment (dimension, in staff space)

Stem will be shortened by this amount of space in case of French beaming style.

melody-spanner (graphical (layout) object)

The MelodyItem object for a stem.

note-heads (array of grobs)

An array of note head grobs.

positioning-done (boolean)

Used to signal that a positioning element did its job. This ensures that a positioning is only done once.

rests (array of grobs)

An array of rest objects.

stem-info (pair)

A cache of stem parameters.

tremolo-flag (graphical (layout) object)

The tremolo object on a stem.

tuplet-start (boolean)

Is stem at the start of a tuplet?

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): Stem.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < stem-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.143 stem-tremolo-interface

A beam slashing a stem to indicate a tremolo. The property shape can be beam-like or rectangle.

User settable properties:

beam-thickness (dimension, in staff space)

Beam thickness, measured in staff-space units.

beam-width (dimension, in staff space)

Width of the tremolo sign.

direction (direction)

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

flag-count (number)

The number of tremolo beams.

length-fraction (number)

Multiplier for lengths. Used for determining ledger lines and stem lengths.

shape (symbol)

This setting determines what shape a grob has. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

slope (number)

The slope of this object.

Internal properties:

stem (graphical (layout) object)

A pointer to a Stem object.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): StemTremolo.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < stem-tremolo-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.144 sticky-grob-interface

A grob that is attached to another grob. Grobs type having this interface can be either items or spanners, depending on the class of their host. Sticky spanners implicitly take their bounds from the host.

Internal properties:

sticky-host (graphical (layout) object)

The grob that a sticky grob attaches to.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): BalloonText, ControlPoint, ControlPolygon, Footnote and Parentheses.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < sticky-grob-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.145 string-number-interface

A string number instruction.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): StringNumber.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < string-number-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.146 stroke-finger-interface

A right hand finger instruction.

User settable properties:

digit-names (vector)

Names for string finger digits.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): StrokeFinger.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < stroke-finger-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.147 system-interface

This is the top-level object: Each object in a score ultimately has a System object as its X and Y parent.

The system-interface implies the spanner-interface.

User settable properties:

labels (list)

List of labels (symbols) placed on a column.

page-number (number)

Page number on which this system ends up.

rank-on-page (number)

0-based index of the system on a page.

Internal properties:

all-elements (array of grobs)

An array of all grobs in this line. Its function is to protect objects from being garbage collected.

columns (array of grobs)

An array of grobs, typically containing PaperColumn or NoteColumn objects.

footnote-stencil (stencil)

The stencil of a system’s footnotes.

footnotes-after-line-breaking (array of grobs)

Footnote grobs of a broken system.

footnotes-before-line-breaking (array of grobs)

Footnote grobs of a whole system.

in-note-direction (direction)

Direction to place in-notes above a system.

in-note-padding (number)

Padding between in-notes.

in-note-stencil (stencil)

The stencil of a system’s in-notes.

pure-Y-extent (pair of numbers)

The estimated height of a system.

vertical-alignment (graphical (layout) object)

The VerticalAlignment in a System.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): System.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < system-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.148 system-start-delimiter-interface

The brace, bracket or bar in front of the system. The following values for style are recognized:

bracket

A thick bracket, normally used to group similar instruments in a score. Default for StaffGroup. SystemStartBracket uses this style.

brace

A ‘piano style’ brace normally used for an instrument that uses two staves. The default style for GrandStaff. SystemStartBrace uses this style.

bar-line

A simple line between the staves in a score. Default for staves enclosed in << and >>. SystemStartBar uses this style.

line-bracket

A simple square, normally used for subgrouping instruments in a score. SystemStartSquare uses this style.

See also ‘input/regression/system-start-nesting.ly’.

User settable properties:

collapse-height (dimension, in staff space)

Minimum height of system start delimiter. If equal or smaller, the bracket/brace/line is removed.

style (symbol)

This setting determines in what style a grob is typeset. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

thickness (number)

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): SystemStartBar, SystemStartBrace, SystemStartBracket and SystemStartSquare.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < system-start-delimiter-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.149 system-start-text-interface

Text in front of the system.

User settable properties:

long-text (markup)

Text markup. See Formatting text.

self-alignment-X (number)

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

self-alignment-Y (number)

Like self-alignment-X but for the Y axis.

text (markup)

Text markup. See Formatting text.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): InstrumentName.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < system-start-text-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.150 tab-note-head-interface

A note head in tablature.

User settable properties:

details (alist, with symbols as keys)

Alist of parameters for detailed grob behavior. More information on the allowed parameters for a grob can be found by looking at the top of the Internals Reference page for each interface having a details property.

Internal properties:

display-cautionary (boolean)

Should the grob be displayed as a cautionary grob?

span-start (boolean)

Is the note head at the start of a spanner?

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): TabNoteHead.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < tab-note-head-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.151 text-interface

A Scheme markup text, see Formatting text and command definition New markup command definition.

There are two important commands: ly:text-interface::print, which is a grob callback, and ly:text-interface::interpret-markup.

User settable properties:

baseline-skip (dimension, in staff space)

Distance between base lines of multiple lines of text.

flag-style (symbol)

The style of the flag to be used with MetronomeMark. Available are 'modern-straight-flag, 'old-straight-flag, flat-flag, mensural and 'default

replacement-alist (association list (list of pairs))

Alist of strings. The key is a string of the pattern to be replaced. The value is a string of what should be displayed. Useful for ligatures.

text (markup)

Text markup. See Formatting text.

text-direction (direction)

This controls the ordering of the words. The default RIGHT is for roman text. Arabic or Hebrew should use LEFT.

word-space (dimension, in staff space)

Space to insert between words in texts.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): BalloonText, BarNumber, BassFigure, BendSpanner, BreathingSign, CenteredBarNumber, ChordName, ClefModifier, CodaMark, CombineTextScript, ControlPoint, ControlPolygon, Divisio, DoublePercentRepeatCounter, DynamicText, DynamicTextSpanner, Fingering, Footnote, GridChordName, HorizontalBracketText, InstrumentName, InstrumentSwitch, JumpScript, LyricRepeatCount, LyricText, MeasureCounter, MeasureSpanner, MetronomeMark, MultiMeasureRestNumber, MultiMeasureRestText, NoteName, OttavaBracket, PercentRepeatCounter, RehearsalMark, SectionLabel, SegnoMark, SostenutoPedal, StaffEllipsis, StanzaNumber, StringNumber, StrokeFinger, SustainPedal, TabNoteHead, TextMark, TextScript, TupletNumber, UnaCordaPedal and VoltaBracket.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < text-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.152 text-mark-interface

A textual mark.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): TextMark.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < text-mark-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.153 text-script-interface

An object that is put above or below a note.

User settable properties:

avoid-slur (symbol)

Method of handling slur collisions. Choices are inside, outside, around, and ignore. inside adjusts the slur if needed to keep the grob inside the slur. outside moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur. around moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur only if there is a collision. ignore does not move either. In grobs whose notational significance depends on vertical position (such as accidentals, clefs, etc.), outside and around behave like ignore.

script-priority (number)

A key for determining the order of scripts in a stack, by being added to the position of the script in the user input, the sum being the overall priority. Smaller means closer to the head.

Internal properties:

slur (graphical (layout) object)

A pointer to a Slur object.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): BendSpanner, CombineTextScript, Fingering, StringNumber, StrokeFinger and TextScript.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < text-script-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.154 tie-column-interface

Object that sets directions of multiple ties in a tied chord.

User settable properties:

tie-configuration (list)

List of (position . dir) pairs, indicating the desired tie configuration, where position is the offset from the center of the staff in staff space and dir indicates the direction of the tie (1=>up, -1=>down, 0=>center). A non-pair entry in the list causes the corresponding tie to be formatted automatically.

Internal properties:

positioning-done (boolean)

Used to signal that a positioning element did its job. This ensures that a positioning is only done once.

ties (array of grobs)

A grob array of Tie objects.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): TieColumn.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < tie-column-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.155 tie-interface

A tie - a horizontal curve connecting two noteheads.

The following properties may be set in the details list.

height-limit

The maximum height allowed for this tie.

ratio

Parameter for tie shape. The higher this number, the quicker the slur attains its height-limit.

between-length-limit

This detail is currently unused.

wrong-direction-offset-penalty

Demerit for ties that are offset in the wrong direction.

min-length

If the tie is shorter than this amount (in staff-spaces) an increasingly large length penalty is incurred.

min-length-penalty-factor

Demerit factor for tie lengths shorter than min-length.

center-staff-line-clearance

If the center of the tie is closer to a staff line than this amount, an increasingly large staff line collision penalty is incurred.

tip-staff-line-clearance

If the tips of the tie are closer to a staff line than this amount, an increasingly large staff line collision penalty is incurred.

staff-line-collision-penalty

Demerit factor for ties whose tips or center come close to staff lines.

dot-collision-clearance

If the tie comes closer to a dot than this amount, an increasingly large dot collision penalty is incurred.

dot-collision-penalty

Demerit factor for ties which come close to dots.

note-head-gap

The distance (in staff-spaces) by which the ends of the tie are offset horizontally from the center line through the note head.

stem-gap

The distance (in staff-spaces) by which the ends of the tie are offset horizontally from a stem which is on the same side of the note head as the tie.

tie-column-monotonicity-penalty

Demerit if the y-position of this tie in the set of ties being considered is less than the y-position of the previous tie.

tie-tie-collision-distance

If this tie is closer than this amount to the previous tie in the set being considered, an increasingly large tie-tie collision penalty is incurred.

tie-tie-collision-penalty

Demerit factor for a tie in the set being considered which is close to the previous one.

horizontal-distance-penalty-factor

Demerit factor for ties in the set being considered which are horizontally distant from the note heads.

vertical-distance-penalty-factor

Demerit factor for ties in the set being considered which are vertically distant from the note heads.

same-dir-as-stem-penalty

Demerit if tie is on the same side as a stem or on the opposite side to the one specified.

intra-space-threshold

If the tie’s height (in half staff-spaces) is less than this it is positioned between two adjacent staff lines; otherwise it is positioned to straddle a staff line further from the note heads.

outer-tie-length-symmetry-penalty-factor

Demerit factor for ties horizontally positioned unsymmetrically with respect to the two note heads.

outer-tie-vertical-distance-symmetry-penalty-factor

Demerit factor for ties vertically positioned unsymmetrically with respect to the two note heads.

outer-tie-vertical-gap

Amount (in half staff-spaces) by which a tie is moved away from the note heads if it is closer to either of them than 0.25 half staff-spaces.

skyline-padding

Padding of the skylines around note heads in chords.

single-tie-region-size

The number of candidate ties to generate when only a single tie is required. Successive candidates differ in their initial vertical position by half a staff-space.

multi-tie-region-size

The number of variations that are tried for the extremal ties in a chord. Variations differ in their initial vertical position by half a staff-space.

User settable properties:

avoid-slur (symbol)

Method of handling slur collisions. Choices are inside, outside, around, and ignore. inside adjusts the slur if needed to keep the grob inside the slur. outside moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur. around moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur only if there is a collision. ignore does not move either. In grobs whose notational significance depends on vertical position (such as accidentals, clefs, etc.), outside and around behave like ignore.

control-points (list of number pairs)

List of offsets (number pairs) that form control points for the tie, slur, or bracket shape. For Béziers, this should list the control points of a third-order Bézier curve.

dash-definition (pair)

List of dash-elements defining the dash structure. Each dash-element has a starting t value, an ending t-value, a dash-fraction, and a dash-period.

details (alist, with symbols as keys)

Alist of parameters for detailed grob behavior. More information on the allowed parameters for a grob can be found by looking at the top of the Internals Reference page for each interface having a details property.

direction (direction)

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

head-direction (direction)

Are the note heads left or right in a semitie?

line-thickness (number)

For slurs and ties, this is the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the two arcs of the curve’s outline, which intersect at the endpoints. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

neutral-direction (direction)

Which direction to take in the center of the staff.

staff-position (number)

Vertical position, measured in half staff spaces, counted from the middle line.

thickness (number)

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

Internal properties:

annotation (string)

Annotate a grob for debug purposes.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): LaissezVibrerTie, RepeatTie and Tie.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < tie-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.156 time-signature-interface

A time signature, in different styles. The following values for style are are recognized:

C

4/4 and 2/2 are typeset as C and struck C, respectively. All other time signatures are written with two digits. The value default is equivalent to value ‘C’.

neomensural

2/2, 3/2, 2/4, 3/4, 4/4, 6/4, 9/4, 4/8, 6/8, and 9/8 are typeset with neo-mensural style mensuration marks. All other time signatures are written with two digits.

mensural

2/2, 3/2, 2/4, 3/4, 4/4, 6/4, 9/4, 4/8, 6/8, and 9/8 are typeset with mensural style mensuration marks. All other time signatures are written with two digits.

single-digit

All time signatures are typeset with a single digit, e.g., 3/2 is written as 3.

numbered

All time signatures are typeset with two digits.

User settable properties:

fraction (fraction, as pair)

Numerator and denominator of a time signature object.

style (symbol)

This setting determines in what style a grob is typeset. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): TimeSignature.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < time-signature-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.157 trill-pitch-accidental-interface

An accidental for trill pitch.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): TrillPitchAccidental.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < trill-pitch-accidental-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.158 trill-spanner-interface

A trill spanner.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): TrillSpanner.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < trill-spanner-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.159 tuplet-bracket-interface

A bracket with a number in the middle, used for tuplets. When the bracket spans a line break, the value of break-overshoot determines how far it extends beyond the staff. At a line break, the markups in the edge-text are printed at the edges.

User settable properties:

avoid-scripts (boolean)

If set, a tuplet bracket avoids the scripts associated with the note heads it encompasses.

bracket-flare (pair of numbers)

A pair of numbers specifying how much edges of brackets should slant outward. Value 0.0 means straight edges.

bracket-visibility (boolean or symbol)

This controls the visibility of the tuplet bracket. Setting it to false prevents printing of the bracket. Setting the property to if-no-beam makes it print only if there is no beam associated with this tuplet bracket.

break-overshoot (pair of numbers)

How much does a broken spanner stick out of its bounds?

connect-to-neighbor (pair)

Pair of booleans, indicating whether this grob looks as a continued break.

dashed-edge (boolean)

If set, the bracket edges are dashed like the rest of the bracket.

direction (direction)

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

edge-height (pair)

A pair of numbers specifying the heights of the vertical edges: (left-height . right-height).

edge-text (pair)

A pair specifying the texts to be set at the edges: (left-text . right-text).

full-length-padding (number)

How much padding to use at the right side of a full-length tuplet bracket.

full-length-to-extent (boolean)

Run to the extent of the column for a full-length tuplet bracket.

gap (dimension, in staff space)

Size of a gap in a variable symbol.

padding (dimension, in staff space)

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

positions (pair of numbers)

Pair of staff coordinates (start . end), where start and end are vertical positions in staff-space units of the current staff. For slurs, this value selects which slur candidate to use; if extreme positions are requested, the closest one is taken.

shorten-pair (pair of numbers)

The lengths to shorten on both sides a hairpin or text-spanner such as a pedal bracket. Positive values shorten the hairpin or text-spanner, while negative values lengthen it.

staff-padding (dimension, in staff space)

Maintain this much space between reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of differing sizes (like the dynamics p and f) on their baselines.

thickness (number)

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

tuplet-slur (boolean)

Draw a slur instead of a bracket for tuplets.

visible-over-note-heads (boolean)

This prints a tuplet bracket when the bracket is set to be over the note heads. This option can be combined with the default tuplet bracket visibility style and with #'if-no-beam.

X-positions (pair of numbers)

Pair of X staff coordinates of a spanner in the form (left . right), where both left and right are in staff-space units of the current staff.

Internal properties:

note-columns (array of grobs)

An array of NoteColumn grobs.

scripts (array of grobs)

An array of Script objects.

tuplet-number (graphical (layout) object)

The number for a bracket.

tuplets (array of grobs)

An array of smaller tuplet brackets.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): LigatureBracket and TupletBracket.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < tuplet-bracket-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.160 tuplet-number-interface

The number for a bracket.

User settable properties:

avoid-slur (symbol)

Method of handling slur collisions. Choices are inside, outside, around, and ignore. inside adjusts the slur if needed to keep the grob inside the slur. outside moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur. around moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur only if there is a collision. ignore does not move either. In grobs whose notational significance depends on vertical position (such as accidentals, clefs, etc.), outside and around behave like ignore.

direction (direction)

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

knee-to-beam (boolean)

Determines whether a tuplet number will be positioned next to a kneed beam.

Internal properties:

bracket (graphical (layout) object)

The bracket for a number.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): TupletNumber.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < tuplet-number-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.161 unbreakable-spanner-interface

A spanner that should not be broken across line breaks. Override with breakable=##t.

User settable properties:

breakable (boolean)

Allow breaks here.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): Beam, DurationLine and Glissando.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < unbreakable-spanner-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.162 vaticana-ligature-interface

A vaticana style Gregorian ligature.

User settable properties:

glyph-name (string)

The glyph name within the font.

In the context of (span) bar lines, glyph-name represents a processed form of glyph, where decisions about line breaking, etc., are already taken.

thickness (number)

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

Internal properties:

add-cauda (boolean)

Does this flexa require an additional cauda on the left side?

add-join (boolean)

Is this ligature head-joined with the next one by a vertical line?

add-stem (boolean)

Is this ligature head a virga and therefore needs an additional stem on the right side?

delta-position (number)

The vertical position difference.

flexa-height (dimension, in staff space)

The height of a flexa shape in a ligature grob (in staff-space units).

flexa-width (dimension, in staff space)

The width of a flexa shape in a ligature grob (in staff-space units).

x-offset (dimension, in staff space)

Extra horizontal offset for ligature heads.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): NoteHead and VaticanaLigature.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < vaticana-ligature-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.163 volta-bracket-interface

Volta bracket with number.

User settable properties:

dashed-edge (boolean)

If set, the bracket edges are dashed like the rest of the bracket.

height (dimension, in staff space)

Height of an object in staff-space units.

shorten-pair (pair of numbers)

The lengths to shorten on both sides a hairpin or text-spanner such as a pedal bracket. Positive values shorten the hairpin or text-spanner, while negative values lengthen it.

thickness (number)

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

Internal properties:

bars (array of grobs)

An array of bar line pointers.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): VoltaBracket.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < volta-bracket-interface ][ Up : Graphical Object Interfaces ][]

3.2.164 volta-interface

A volta repeat.

This grob interface is used in the following graphical object(s): VoltaBracket and VoltaBracketSpanner.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < volta-interface ][ Up : Backend ][]

3.3 User backend properties

add-stem-support (boolean)

If set, the Stem object is included in this script’s support.

after-line-breaking (boolean)

Dummy property, used to trigger callback for after-line-breaking.

align-dir (direction)

Which side to align? -1: left side, 0: around center of width, 1: right side.

allow-loose-spacing (boolean)

If set, column can be detached from main spacing.

allow-span-bar (boolean)

If false, no inter-staff bar line will be created below this bar line.

alteration (number)

Alteration numbers for accidental.

alteration-alist (association list (list of pairs))

List of (pitch . accidental) pairs for key signature.

alteration-glyph-name-alist (association list (list of pairs))

An alist of key-string pairs.

annotation-balloon (boolean)

Print the balloon around an annotation.

annotation-line (boolean)

Print the line from an annotation to the grob that it annotates.

arpeggio-direction (direction)

If set, put an arrow on the arpeggio squiggly line.

arrow-length (number)

Arrow length.

arrow-width (number)

Arrow width.

auto-knee-gap (dimension, in staff space)

If a gap is found between note heads where a horizontal beam fits and it is larger than this number, make a kneed beam.

automatically-numbered (boolean)

If set, footnotes are automatically numbered.

average-spacing-wishes (boolean)

If set, the spacing wishes are averaged over staves.

avoid-note-head (boolean)

If set, the stem of a chord does not pass through all note heads, but starts at the last note head.

avoid-scripts (boolean)

If set, a tuplet bracket avoids the scripts associated with the note heads it encompasses.

avoid-slur (symbol)

Method of handling slur collisions. Choices are inside, outside, around, and ignore. inside adjusts the slur if needed to keep the grob inside the slur. outside moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur. around moves the grob vertically to the outside of the slur only if there is a collision. ignore does not move either. In grobs whose notational significance depends on vertical position (such as accidentals, clefs, etc.), outside and around behave like ignore.

axes (list)

List of axis numbers. In the case of alignment grobs, this should contain only one number.

bar-extent (pair of numbers)

The Y-extent of the actual bar line. This may differ from Y-extent because it does not include the dots in a repeat bar line.

base-shortest-duration (moment)

Spacing is based on the shortest notes in a piece. Normally, pieces are spaced as if notes at least as short as this are present.

baseline-skip (dimension, in staff space)

Distance between base lines of multiple lines of text.

beam-thickness (dimension, in staff space)

Beam thickness, measured in staff-space units.

beam-width (dimension, in staff space)

Width of the tremolo sign.

beamed-stem-shorten (list)

How much to shorten beamed stems, when their direction is forced. It is a list, since the value is different depending on the number of flags and beams.

beaming (pair)

Pair of number lists. Each number list specifies which beams to make. 0 is the central beam, 1 is the next beam toward the note, etc. This information is used to determine how to connect the beaming patterns from stem to stem inside a beam.

beamlet-default-length (pair)

A pair of numbers. The first number specifies the default length of a beamlet that sticks out of the left hand side of this stem; the second number specifies the default length of the beamlet to the right. The actual length of a beamlet is determined by taking either the default length or the length specified by beamlet-max-length-proportion, whichever is smaller.

beamlet-max-length-proportion (pair)

The maximum length of a beamlet, as a proportion of the distance between two adjacent stems.

before-line-breaking (boolean)

Dummy property, used to trigger a callback function.

bend-me (boolean)

Decide whether this grob is bent.

between-cols (pair)

Where to attach a loose column to.

bound-details (alist, with symbols as keys)

An alist of properties for determining attachments of spanners to edges.

bound-padding (number)

The amount of padding to insert around spanner bounds.

bound-prefatory-paddings (pair of numbers)

For a highlight, the amount of padding to insert at a bound from a prefatory item that is not a bar line.

bracket-flare (pair of numbers)

A pair of numbers specifying how much edges of brackets should slant outward. Value 0.0 means straight edges.

bracket-visibility (boolean or symbol)

This controls the visibility of the tuplet bracket. Setting it to false prevents printing of the bracket. Setting the property to if-no-beam makes it print only if there is no beam associated with this tuplet bracket.

break-align-anchor (number)

Grobs aligned to this breakable item will have their X-offsets shifted by this number. In bar lines, for example, this is used to position grobs relative to the (visual) center of the bar line.

break-align-anchor-alignment (number)

Read by ly:break-aligned-interface::calc-extent-aligned-anchor for aligning an anchor to a grob’s extent.

break-align-orders (vector)

This is a vector of 3 lists: #(end-of-line unbroken start-of-line). Each list contains break-align symbols that specify an order of breakable items (see break-alignment-interface).

For example, this places time signatures before clefs: 

\override Score.BreakAlignment.break-align-orders =
  #(make-vector 3 '(left-edge
                    cue-end-clef
                    ambitus
                    breathing-sign
                    time-signature
                    clef
                    cue-clef
                    staff-bar
                    key-cancellation
                    key-signature
                    custos))
break-align-symbol (symbol)

This key is used for aligning, ordering, and spacing breakable items. See break-alignment-interface.

break-align-symbols (list)

A list of break-align symbols that determines which breakable items to align this to. If the grob selected by the first symbol in the list is invisible due to break-visibility, we will align to the next grob (and so on). Choices are listed in break-alignment-interface.

break-overshoot (pair of numbers)

How much does a broken spanner stick out of its bounds?

break-visibility (vector)

A vector of 3 booleans, #(end-of-line unbroken begin-of-line). #t means visible, #f means killed.

breakable (boolean)

Allow breaks here.

broken-bound-padding (number)

The amount of padding to insert when a spanner is broken at a line break.

chord-dots-limit (integer)

Limits the column of dots on each chord to the height of the chord plus chord-dots-limit staff-positions.

circled-tip (boolean)

Put a circle at start/end of hairpins (al/del niente).

clef-alignments (alist, with symbols as keys)

An alist of parent-alignments that should be used for clef modifiers with various clefs

clip-edges (boolean)

Allow outward pointing beamlets at the edges of beams?

collapse-height (dimension, in staff space)

Minimum height of system start delimiter. If equal or smaller, the bracket/brace/line is removed.

collision-interfaces (list)

A list of interfaces for which automatic beam-collision resolution is run.

collision-voice-only (boolean)

Does automatic beam collsion apply only to the voice in which the beam was created?

color (color)

The color of this grob.

common-shortest-duration (moment)

The most common shortest note length. This is used in spacing. Enlarging this sets the score tighter.

concaveness (number)

A beam is concave if its inner stems are closer to the beam than the two outside stems. This number is a measure of the closeness of the inner stems. It is used for damping the slope of the beam.

connect-to-neighbor (pair)

Pair of booleans, indicating whether this grob looks as a continued break.

control-points (list of number pairs)

List of offsets (number pairs) that form control points for the tie, slur, or bracket shape. For Béziers, this should list the control points of a third-order Bézier curve.

count-from (integer)

The first measure in a measure count receives this number. The following measures are numbered in increments from this initial value.

damping (number)

Amount of beam slope damping.

dash-definition (pair)

List of dash-elements defining the dash structure. Each dash-element has a starting t value, an ending t-value, a dash-fraction, and a dash-period.

dash-fraction (number)

Size of the dashes, relative to dash-period. Should be between 0.1 and 1.0 (continuous line). If set to 0.0, a dotted line is produced

dash-period (number)

The length of one dash together with whitespace. If negative, no line is drawn at all.

dashed-edge (boolean)

If set, the bracket edges are dashed like the rest of the bracket.

default-direction (direction)

Direction determined by note head positions.

default-staff-staff-spacing (list)

The settings to use for staff-staff-spacing when it is unset, for ungrouped staves and for grouped staves that do not have the relevant StaffGrouper property set (staff-staff-spacing or staffgroup-staff-spacing).

details (alist, with symbols as keys)

Alist of parameters for detailed grob behavior. More information on the allowed parameters for a grob can be found by looking at the top of the Internals Reference page for each interface having a details property.

digit-names (vector)

Names for string finger digits.

direction (direction)

If side-axis is 0 (or X), then this property determines whether the object is placed LEFT, CENTER or RIGHT with respect to the other object. Otherwise, it determines whether the object is placed UP, CENTER or DOWN. Numerical values may also be used: UP=1, DOWN=-1, LEFT=-1, RIGHT=1, CENTER=0.

dot-count (integer)

The number of dots.

dot-negative-kern (number)

The space to remove between a dot and a slash in percent repeat glyphs. Larger values bring the two elements closer together.

dot-placement-list (list)

List consisting of (description string-number fret-number finger-number) entries used to define fret diagrams.

double-stem-separation (number)

The distance between the two stems of a half note in tablature when using \tabFullNotation, not counting the width of the stems themselves, expressed as a multiple of the default height of a staff-space in the traditional five-line staff.

duration-log (integer)

The 2-log of the note head duration, i.e., 0 = whole note, 1 = half note, etc.

eccentricity (number)

How asymmetrical to make a slur. Positive means move the center to the right.

edge-height (pair)

A pair of numbers specifying the heights of the vertical edges: (left-height . right-height).

edge-text (pair)

A pair specifying the texts to be set at the edges: (left-text . right-text).

endpoint-alignments (pair of numbers)

A pair of numbers representing the alignments of an object’s endpoints. E.g., the ends of a hairpin relative to NoteColumn grobs.

expand-limit (integer)

Maximum number of measures expanded in church rests.

extra-dy (number)

Slope glissandi this much extra.

extra-offset (pair of numbers)

A pair representing an offset. This offset is added just before outputting the symbol, so the typesetting engine is completely oblivious to it. The values are measured in staff-space units of the staff’s StaffSymbol.

extra-spacing-height (pair of numbers)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we increase the height of each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ to the bottom of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ to the top of the item). In order to make a grob infinitely high (to prevent the horizontal spacing problem from placing any other grobs above or below this grob), set this to (-inf.0 . +inf.0).

extra-spacing-width (pair of numbers)

In the horizontal spacing problem, we pad each item by this amount (by adding the ‘car’ on the left side of the item and adding the ‘cdr’ on the right side of the item). In order to make a grob take up no horizontal space at all, set this to (+inf.0 . -inf.0).

extroversion (number)

For polygons, how the thickness of the line is spread on each side of the exact polygon whith ideal zero thickness. If this is 0, the middle of line is on the polygon. If 1, the line sticks out of the polygon. If -1, the outer side of the line is exactly on the polygon. Other numeric values are interpolated.

fa-merge-direction (direction)

If two ‘fa’ shape note heads get merged that are both listed in the fa-styles property but have different stem directions, enforce this note head direction for display.

filled (boolean)

Whether an object is filled with ink.

flag-count (number)

The number of tremolo beams.

flag-style (symbol)

The style of the flag to be used with MetronomeMark. Available are 'modern-straight-flag, 'old-straight-flag, flat-flag, mensural and 'default

flat-positions (list)

Flats in key signatures are placed within the specified ranges of staff-positions. The general form is a list of pairs, with one pair for each type of clef, in order of the staff-position at which each clef places C: (alto treble tenor soprano baritone mezzosoprano bass). If the list contains a single element it applies for all clefs. A single number in place of a pair sets accidentals within the octave ending at that staff-position.

font-encoding (symbol)

The font encoding is the broadest category for selecting a font. Currently, only lilypond’s system fonts (Emmentaler) are using this property. Available values are fetaMusic (Emmentaler), fetaBraces, fetaText (Emmentaler).

font-family (symbol)

The font family is the broadest category for selecting text fonts. Options include: sans, roman.

font-features (list)

Opentype features.

font-name (string)

Specifies a file name (without extension) of the font to load. This setting overrides selection using font-family, font-series and font-shape.

font-series (symbol)

Select the series of a font. Choices include medium, bold, bold-narrow, etc.

font-shape (symbol)

Select the shape of a font. Choices include upright, italic, caps.

font-size (number)

The font size, compared to the ‘normal’ size. 0 is style-sheet’s normal size, -1 is smaller, +1 is bigger. Each step of 1 is approximately 12% larger; 6 steps are exactly a factor 2 larger. If the context property fontSize is set, its value is added to this before the glyph is printed. Fractional values are allowed.

footnote (boolean)

Should this be a footnote or in-note?

footnote-music (music)

Music creating a footnote.

footnote-text (markup)

A footnote for the grob.

force-hshift (number)

This specifies a manual shift for notes in collisions. The unit is the note head width of the first voice note. This is used by note-collision-interface.

forced-spacing (number)

Spacing forced between grobs, used in various ligature engravers.

fraction (fraction, as pair)

Numerator and denominator of a time signature object.

french-beaming (boolean)

Use French beaming style for this stem. The stem stops at the innermost beams.

fret-diagram-details (alist, with symbols as keys)

An alist of detailed grob properties for fret diagrams. Each alist entry consists of a (property . value) pair. The properties which can be included in fret-diagram-details include the following:

  • barre-type – Type of barre indication used. Choices include curved, straight, and none. Default curved.
  • capo-thickness – Thickness of capo indicator, in multiples of fret-space. Default value 0.5.
  • dot-color – Color of dots. Options include black and white. Default black.
  • dot-label-font-mag – Magnification for font used to label fret dots. Default value 1.
  • dot-position – Location of dot in fret space. Default 0.6 for dots without labels, 0.95-dot-radius for dots with labels.
  • dot-radius – Radius of dots, in terms of fret spaces. Default value 0.425 for labeled dots, 0.25 for unlabeled dots.
  • finger-code – Code for the type of fingering indication used. Options include none, in-dot, and below-string. Default none for markup fret diagrams, below-string for FretBoards fret diagrams.
  • fret-count – The number of frets. Default 4.
  • fret-distance – Multiplier to adjust the distance between frets. Default 1.0.
  • fret-label-custom-format – The format string to be used label the lowest fret number, when number-type equals to custom. Default "~a".
  • fret-label-font-mag – The magnification of the font used to label the lowest fret number. Default 0.5.
  • fret-label-vertical-offset – The offset of the fret label from the center of the fret in direction parallel to strings. Default 0.
  • fret-label-horizontal-offset – The offset of the fret label from the center of the fret in direction orthogonal to strings. Default 0.
  • handedness – Print the fret-diagram left- or right-handed. -1, LEFT for left ; 1, RIGHT for right. Default RIGHT.
  • paren-padding – The padding for the parenthesis. Default 0.05.
  • label-dir – Side to which the fret label is attached. -1, LEFT, or DOWN for left or down; 1, RIGHT, or UP for right or up. Default RIGHT.
  • mute-string – Character string to be used to indicate muted string. Default "x".
  • number-type – Type of numbers to use in fret label. Choices include arabic, roman-ij-lower, roman-ij-upper, roman-lower, roman-upper, arabic and custom. In the last case, the format string is supplied by the fret-label-custom-format property. Default roman-lower.
  • open-string – Character string to be used to indicate open string. Default "o".
  • orientation – Orientation of fret-diagram. Options include normal, landscape, and opposing-landscape. Default normal.
  • string-count – The number of strings. Default 6.
  • string-distance – Multiplier to adjust the distance between strings. Default 1.0.
  • string-label-font-mag – The magnification of the font used to label fingerings at the string, rather than in the dot. Default value 0.6 for normal orientation, 0.5 for landscape and opposing-landscape.
  • string-thickness-factor – Factor for changing thickness of each string in the fret diagram. Thickness of string k is given by thickness * (1+string-thickness-factor) ^ (k-1). Default 0.
  • top-fret-thickness – The thickness of the top fret line, as a multiple of the standard thickness. Default value 3.
  • xo-font-magnification – Magnification used for mute and open string indicators. Default value 0.5.
  • xo-padding – Padding for open and mute indicators from top fret. Default value 0.25.
full-length-padding (number)

How much padding to use at the right side of a full-length tuplet bracket.

full-length-to-extent (boolean)

Run to the extent of the column for a full-length tuplet bracket.

full-measure-extra-space (number)

Extra space that is allocated at the beginning of a measure with only one note. This property is read from the NonMusicalPaperColumn that begins the measure.

full-size-change (boolean)

Don’t make a change clef smaller.

gap (dimension, in staff space)

Size of a gap in a variable symbol.

gap-count (integer)

Number of gapped beams for tremolo.

glissando-skip (boolean)

Should this NoteHead be skipped by glissandi?

glyph (string)

A string determining what ‘style’ of glyph is typeset. Valid choices depend on the function that is reading this property.

In combination with (span) bar lines, it is a string resembling the bar line appearance in ASCII form.

glyph-left (string)

The glyph value to use at the end of the line when the line is broken. #f indicates that no glyph should be visible; otherwise the value must be a string.

glyph-name (string)

The glyph name within the font.

In the context of (span) bar lines, glyph-name represents a processed form of glyph, where decisions about line breaking, etc., are already taken.

glyph-right (string)

The glyph value to use at the beginning of the line when the line is broken. #f indicates that no glyph should be visible; otherwise the value must be a string.

graphical (boolean)

Display in graphical (vs. text) form.

grow-direction (direction)

Crescendo or decrescendo?

hair-thickness (number)

Thickness of the thin line in a bar line, expressed as a multiple of the default staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is not influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

harp-pedal-details (alist, with symbols as keys)

An alist of detailed grob properties for harp pedal diagrams. Each alist entry consists of a (property . value) pair. The properties which can be included in harp-pedal-details include the following:

  • box-offset – Vertical shift of the center of flat/sharp pedal boxes above/below the horizontal line. Default value 0.8.
  • box-width – Width of each pedal box. Default value 0.4.
  • box-height – Height of each pedal box. Default value 1.0.
  • space-before-divider – Space between boxes before the first divider (so that the diagram can be made symmetric). Default value 0.8.
  • space-after-divider – Space between boxes after the first divider. Default value 0.8.
  • circle-thickness – Thickness (in unit of the line-thickness) of the ellipse around circled pedals. Default value 0.5.
  • circle-x-padding – Padding in X direction of the ellipse around circled pedals. Default value 0.15.
  • circle-y-padding – Padding in Y direction of the ellipse around circled pedals. Default value 0.2.
head-direction (direction)

Are the note heads left or right in a semitie?

height (dimension, in staff space)

Height of an object in staff-space units.

height-limit (dimension, in staff space)

Maximum slur height: The longer the slur, the closer it is to this height.

hide-tied-accidental-after-break (boolean)

If set, an accidental that appears on a tied note after a line break will not be displayed.

horizon-padding (number)

The amount to pad the axis along which a Skyline is built for the side-position-interface.

horizontal-shift (integer)

An integer that identifies ranking of NoteColumns for horizontal shifting. This is used by note-collision-interface.

horizontal-skylines (pair of skylines)

Two skylines, one to the left and one to the right of this grob.

id (string)

An id string for the grob.

ignore-ambitus (boolean)

If set, don’t consider this notehead for ambitus calculation.

ignore-collision (boolean)

If set, don’t do note collision resolution on this NoteColumn.

implicit (boolean)

Is this an implicit bass figure?

inspect-quants (pair of numbers)

If debugging is set, set beam and slur position to a (quantized) position that is as close as possible to this value, and print the demerits for the inspected position in the output.

keep-inside-line (boolean)

If set, this column cannot have objects sticking into the margin.

kern (dimension, in staff space)

The space between individual elements in any compound bar line, expressed as a multiple of the default staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is not influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

knee (boolean)

Is this beam kneed?

knee-spacing-correction (number)

Factor for the optical correction amount for kneed beams. Set between 0 for no correction and 1 for full correction.

knee-to-beam (boolean)

Determines whether a tuplet number will be positioned next to a kneed beam.

labels (list)

List of labels (symbols) placed on a column.

layer (integer)

An integer which determines the order of printing objects. Objects with the lowest value of layer are drawn first, then objects with progressively higher values are drawn, so objects with higher values overwrite objects with lower values. By default most objects are assigned a layer value of 1.

ledger-extra (dimension, in staff space)

Extra distance from staff line to draw ledger lines for.

ledger-line-thickness (pair of numbers)

The thickness of ledger lines. It is the sum of 2 numbers: The first is the factor for line thickness, and the second for staff space. Both contributions are added.

ledger-positions (list)

Vertical positions of ledger lines. When set on a StaffSymbol grob it defines a repeating pattern of ledger lines and any parenthesized groups will always be shown together.

ledger-positions-function (any type)

A quoted Scheme procedure that takes a StaffSymbol grob and the vertical position of a note head as arguments and returns a list of ledger line positions.

left-bound-info (alist, with symbols as keys)

An alist of properties for determining attachments of spanners to edges.

left-number-text (markup)

For a measure counter, this is the formatted measure count. When the measure counter extends over several measures (like with compressed multi-measure rests), it is the text on the left side of the dash.

left-padding (dimension, in staff space)

The amount of space that is put left to an object (e.g., a lyric extender).

length (dimension, in staff space)

User override for the stem length of unbeamed stems (each unit represents half a staff-space).

length-fraction (number)

Multiplier for lengths. Used for determining ledger lines and stem lengths.

line-break-penalty (number)

Penalty for a line break at this column. This affects the choices of the line breaker; it avoids a line break at a column with a positive penalty and prefers a line break at a column with a negative penalty.

line-break-permission (symbol)

Instructs the line breaker on whether to put a line break at this column. Can be force or allow.

line-break-system-details (alist, with symbols as keys)

An alist of properties to use if this column is the start of a system.

line-count (integer)

The number of staff lines.

line-positions (list)

Vertical positions of staff lines.

line-thickness (number)

For slurs and ties, this is the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the two arcs of the curve’s outline, which intersect at the endpoints. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

long-text (markup)

Text markup. See Formatting text.

main-extent (pair of numbers)

The horizontal extent of a NoteColumn grob without taking suspended NoteHead grobs into account (i.e., NoteHeads forced into the unnatural direction of the Stem because of a chromatic clash).

max-beam-connect (integer)

Maximum number of beams to connect to beams from this stem. Further beams are typeset as beamlets.

max-symbol-separation (number)

The maximum distance between symbols making up a church rest.

maximum-gap (number)

Maximum value allowed for gap property.

measure-count (integer)

The number of measures for a multi-measure rest.

measure-division (number list)

A list representing what fraction of the measure length each chord name takes in a chord square. The list is made of exact numbers between 0 and 1, which should add up to 1. Example: a measure c2 g4 g4 results in '(1/2 1/4 1/4).

measure-division-chord-placement-alist (association list (list of pairs))

An alist mapping measure divisions (see the measure-division property) to lists of coordinates (number pairs) applied to the chord names of a chord square. Coordinates are normalized between -1 and 1 within the square.

measure-division-lines-alist (association list (list of pairs))

An alist mapping measure divisions (see the measure-division property) to lists of lines to draw in the square, given as 4-element lists: (x-start y-start x-end y-end).

measure-length (moment)

Length of a measure. Used in some spacing situations.

merge-differently-dotted (boolean)

Merge note heads in collisions, even if they have a different number of dots. This is normal notation for some types of polyphonic music.

merge-differently-dotted only applies to opposing stem directions (i.e., voice 1 & 2).

merge-differently-headed (boolean)

Merge note heads in collisions, even if they have different note heads. The smaller of the two heads is rendered invisible. This is used in polyphonic guitar notation. The value of this setting is used by note-collision-interface.

merge-differently-headed only applies to opposing stem directions (i.e., voice 1 & 2).

minimum-distance (dimension, in staff space)

Minimum distance between rest and notes or beam.

minimum-length (dimension, in staff space)

Try to make a spanner at least this long, normally in the horizontal direction. This requires an appropriate callback for the springs-and-rods property. If added to a Tie, this sets the minimum distance between noteheads.

minimum-length-after-break (dimension, in staff space)

If set, try to make a broken spanner starting a line this long. This requires an appropriate callback for the springs-and-rods property. If added to a Tie, this sets the minimum distance to the notehead.

minimum-length-fraction (number)

Minimum length of ledger line as fraction of note head size.

minimum-space (dimension, in staff space)

Minimum distance that the victim should move (after padding).

minimum-X-extent (pair of numbers)

Minimum size of an object in X dimension, measured in staff-space units.

minimum-Y-extent (pair of numbers)

Minimum size of an object in Y dimension, measured in staff-space units.

neutral-direction (direction)

Which direction to take in the center of the staff.

neutral-position (number)

Position (in half staff spaces) where to flip the direction of custos stem.

next (graphical (layout) object)

Object that is next relation (e.g., the lyric syllable following an extender).

no-ledgers (boolean)

If set, don’t draw ledger lines on this object.

no-stem-extend (boolean)

If set, notes with ledger lines do not get stems extending to the middle staff line.

non-break-align-symbols (list)

A list of symbols that determine which NON-break-aligned interfaces to align this to.

non-default (boolean)

Set for manually specified clefs and keys.

non-musical (boolean)

True if the grob belongs to a NonMusicalPaperColumn.

nonstaff-nonstaff-spacing (alist, with symbols as keys)

The spacing alist controlling the distance between the current non-staff line and the next non-staff line in the direction of staff-affinity, if both are on the same side of the related staff, and staff-affinity is either UP or DOWN. See staff-staff-spacing for a description of the alist structure.

nonstaff-relatedstaff-spacing (alist, with symbols as keys)

The spacing alist controlling the distance between the current non-staff line and the nearest staff in the direction of staff-affinity, if there are no non-staff lines between the two, and staff-affinity is either UP or DOWN. If staff-affinity is CENTER, then nonstaff-relatedstaff-spacing is used for the nearest staves on both sides, even if other non-staff lines appear between the current one and either of the staves. See staff-staff-spacing for a description of the alist structure.

nonstaff-unrelatedstaff-spacing (alist, with symbols as keys)

The spacing alist controlling the distance between the current non-staff line and the nearest staff in the opposite direction from staff-affinity, if there are no other non-staff lines between the two, and staff-affinity is either UP or DOWN. See staff-staff-spacing for a description of the alist structure.

normalized-endpoints (pair)

Represents left and right placement over the total spanner, where the width of the spanner is normalized between 0 and 1.

note-collision-threshold (dimension, in staff space)

Simultaneous notes that are this close or closer in units of staff-space will be identified as vertically colliding. Used by Stem grobs for notes in the same voice, and NoteCollision grobs for notes in different voices. Default value 1.

note-names (vector)

Vector of strings containing names for easy-notation note heads.

number-range-separator (markup)

For a measure counter extending over several measures (like with compressed multi-measure rests), this is the separator between the two printed numbers.

number-type (symbol)

Numbering style. Choices include arabic, roman-ij-lower, roman-ij-upper, roman-lower, and roman-upper.

output-attributes (association list (list of pairs))

An alist of attributes for the grob, to be included in output files. When the SVG typesetting backend is used, the attributes are assigned to a group (<g>) containing all of the stencils that comprise a given grob. For example, 

'((id . 123) (class . foo) (data-whatever . "bar"))

produces 

<g id="123" class="foo" data-whatever="bar"> … </g>

In the Postscript backend, where there is no way to group items, the setting of the output-attributes property has no effect.

outside-staff-horizontal-padding (number)

By default, an outside-staff-object can be placed so that is it very close to another grob horizontally. If this property is set, the outside-staff-object is raised so that it is not so close to its neighbor.

outside-staff-padding (number)

The padding to place between grobs when spacing according to outside-staff-priority. Two grobs with different outside-staff-padding values have the larger value of padding between them.

outside-staff-placement-directive (symbol)

One of four directives telling how outside staff objects should be placed.

  • left-to-right-greedy – Place each successive grob from left to right.
  • left-to-right-polite – Place a grob from left to right only if it does not potentially overlap with another grob that has been placed on a pass through a grob array. If there is overlap, do another pass to determine placement.
  • right-to-left-greedy – Same as left-to-right-greedy, but from right to left.
  • right-to-left-polite – Same as left-to-right-polite, but from right to left.
outside-staff-priority (number)

If set, the grob is positioned outside the staff in such a way as to avoid all collisions. In case of a potential collision, the grob with the smaller outside-staff-priority is closer to the staff.

packed-spacing (boolean)

If set, the notes are spaced as tightly as possible.

padding (dimension, in staff space)

Add this much extra space between objects that are next to each other.

padding-pairs (association list (list of pairs))

An alist of padding pairs for key signatures (and key cancellations). Each alist entry has the form 

((left-glyph-name . right-glyph-name) . dist)

specifying the padding dist between two adjacent key signature elements. If there is no entry in the alist for a given pair, the padding value given by the padding property of the KeySignature (or KeyCancellation) grob is used instead.

A special feature is the handling of adjacent naturals (to be more precise, the handling of glyph accidentals.natural): If there is no ‘natural-natural’ entry in padding-pairs explicitly overriding it, LilyPond adds some extra padding (in addition to the grob’s padding value) to avoid collisions.

page-break-penalty (number)

Penalty for page break at this column. This affects the choices of the page breaker; it avoids a page break at a column with a positive penalty and prefers a page break at a column with a negative penalty.

page-break-permission (symbol)

Instructs the page breaker on whether to put a page break at this column. Can be force or allow.

page-number (number)

Page number on which this system ends up.

page-turn-penalty (number)

Penalty for a page turn at this column. This affects the choices of the page breaker; it avoids a page turn at a column with a positive penalty and prefers a page turn at a column with a negative penalty.

page-turn-permission (symbol)

Instructs the page breaker on whether to put a page turn at this column. Can be force or allow.

parent-alignment-X (number)

Specify on which point of the parent the object is aligned. The value -1 means aligned on parent’s left edge, 0 on center, and 1 right edge, in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the parent’s width. If unset, the value from self-alignment-X property will be used.

parent-alignment-Y (number)

Like parent-alignment-X but for the Y axis.

parenthesis-friends (list)

A list of Grob types, as symbols. When parentheses enclose a Grob that has ’parenthesis-friends, the parentheses widen to include any child Grobs with type among ’parenthesis-friends.

parenthesis-id (symbol)

When parenthesized grobs created in the same time step have this property, there is one set of parentheses for each group of grobs having the same value.

parenthesized (boolean)

Parenthesize this grob.

positions (pair of numbers)

Pair of staff coordinates (start . end), where start and end are vertical positions in staff-space units of the current staff. For slurs, this value selects which slur candidate to use; if extreme positions are requested, the closest one is taken.

prefer-dotted-right (boolean)

For note collisions, prefer to shift dotted up-note to the right, rather than shifting just the dot.

protrusion (number)

In an arpeggio bracket, the length of the horizontal edges.

rank-on-page (number)

0-based index of the system on a page.

ratio (number)

Parameter for slur shape. The higher this number, the quicker the slur attains its height-limit.

remove-empty (boolean)

If set, remove group if it contains no interesting items.

remove-first (boolean)

Remove the first staff of an orchestral score?

remove-layer (index or symbol)

When set as a positive integer, the Keep_alive_together_engraver removes all VerticalAxisGroup grobs with a remove-layer larger than the smallest retained remove-layer. Set to #f to make a layer independent of the Keep_alive_together_engraver. Set to '(), the layer does not participate in the layering decisions. The property can also be set as a symbol for common behaviors: #'any to keep the layer alive with any other layer in the group; #'above or #'below to keep the layer alive with the context immediately before or after it, respectively.

replacement-alist (association list (list of pairs))

Alist of strings. The key is a string of the pattern to be replaced. The value is a string of what should be displayed. Useful for ligatures.

restore-first (boolean)

Print a natural before the accidental.

rhythmic-location (rhythmic location)

Where (bar number, measure position) in the score.

right-bound-info (alist, with symbols as keys)

An alist of properties for determining attachments of spanners to edges.

right-number-text (markup)

When the measure counter extends over several measures (like with compressed multi-measure rests), this is the text on the right side of the dash. Usually unset.

right-padding (dimension, in staff space)

Space to insert on the right side of an object (e.g., between note and its accidentals).

rotation (list)

Number of degrees to rotate this object, and what point to rotate around. For example, '(45 0 0) rotates by 45 degrees around the center of this object.

round-up-exceptions (list)

A list of pairs where car is the numerator and cdr the denominator of a moment. Each pair in this list means that the multi-measure rests of the corresponding length will be rounded up to the longer rest. See round-up-to-longer-rest.

round-up-to-longer-rest (boolean)

Displays the longer multi-measure rest when the length of a measure is between two values of usable-duration-logs. For example, displays a breve instead of a whole in a 3/2 measure.

rounded (boolean)

Decide whether lines should be drawn rounded or not.

same-direction-correction (number)

Optical correction amount for stems that are placed in tight configurations. This amount is used for stems with the same direction to compensate for note head to stem distance.

script-priority (number)

A key for determining the order of scripts in a stack, by being added to the position of the script in the user input, the sum being the overall priority. Smaller means closer to the head.

segno-kern (number)

The space between the two thin lines of the segno bar line symbol, expressed as a multiple of the default staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is not influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

self-alignment-X (number)

Specify alignment of an object. The value -1 means left aligned, 0 centered, and 1 right-aligned in X direction. Other numerical values may also be specified - the unit is half the object width.

self-alignment-Y (number)

Like self-alignment-X but for the Y axis.

shape (symbol)

This setting determines what shape a grob has. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

sharp-positions (list)

Sharps in key signatures are placed within the specified ranges of staff-positions. The general form is a list of pairs, with one pair for each type of clef, in order of the staff-position at which each clef places C: (alto treble tenor soprano baritone mezzosoprano bass). If the list contains a single element it applies for all clefs. A single number in place of a pair sets accidentals within the octave ending at that staff-position.

shorten-pair (pair of numbers)

The lengths to shorten on both sides a hairpin or text-spanner such as a pedal bracket. Positive values shorten the hairpin or text-spanner, while negative values lengthen it.

shortest-duration-space (number)

Start with this multiple of spacing-increment space for the shortest duration. See also spacing-spanner-interface.

shortest-playing-duration (moment)

The duration of the shortest note playing here.

shortest-starter-duration (moment)

The duration of the shortest note that starts here.

show-control-points (boolean)

For grobs printing Bézier curves, setting this property to true causes the control points and control polygon to be drawn on the page for ease of tweaking.

show-horizontal-skylines (boolean)

If true, print this grob’s horizontal skylines. This is meant for debugging purposes.

show-vertical-skylines (boolean)

If true, print this grob’s vertical skylines. This is meant for debugging purposes.

side-axis (number)

If the value is X (or equivalently 0), the object is placed horizontally next to the other object. If the value is Y or 1, it is placed vertically.

side-relative-direction (direction)

Multiply direction of direction-source with this to get the direction of this object.

size (number)

The ratio of the size of the object to its default size.

skip-quanting (boolean)

Should beam quanting be skipped?

skyline-horizontal-padding (number)

For determining the vertical distance between two staves, it is possible to have a configuration which would result in a tight interleaving of grobs from the top staff and the bottom staff. The larger this parameter is, the farther apart the staves are placed in such a configuration.

skyline-vertical-padding (number)

The amount by which the left and right skylines of a column are padded vertically, beyond the Y-extents and extra-spacing-heights of the constituent grobs in the column. Increase this to prevent interleaving of grobs from adjacent columns.

slash-negative-kern (number)

The space to remove between slashes in percent repeat glyphs. Larger values bring the two elements closer together.

slope (number)

The slope of this object.

slur-padding (number)

Extra distance between slur and script.

snap-radius (number)

The maximum distance between two objects that will cause them to snap to alignment along an axis.

space-alist (alist, with symbols as keys)

An alist that specifies distances from this grob to other breakable items, using the format: 

'((break-align-symbol . (spacing-style . space))
  (break-align-symbol . (spacing-style . space))
  ...)

Standard choices for break-align-symbol are listed in break-alignment-interface. Additionally, three special break-align symbols available to space-alist are:

first-note

used when the grob is just left of the first note on a line

next-note

used when the grob is just left of any other note; if not set, the value of first-note gets used

right-edge

used when the grob is the last item on the line (only compatible with the extra-space spacing style)

Choices for spacing-style are:

extra-space

Put this much space between the two grobs. The space is stretchable when paired with first-note or next-note; otherwise it is fixed.

minimum-space

Put at least this much space between the left sides of both grobs, without allowing them to collide. The space is stretchable when paired with first-note or next-note; otherwise it is fixed. Not compatible with right-edge.

fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put this much fixed space between the grob and the note.

minimum-fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put at least this much fixed space between the left side of the grob and the left side of the note, without allowing them to collide.

semi-fixed-space

Only compatible with first-note and next-note. Put this much space between the grob and the note, such that half of the space is fixed and half is stretchable.

Rules for this spacing are much more complicated than this. See [Wanske] page 126–134, [Ross] page 143–147.

space-to-barline (boolean)

If set, the distance between a note and the following non-musical column will be measured to the bar line instead of to the beginning of the non-musical column. If there is a clef change followed by a bar line, for example, this means that we will try to space the non-musical column as though the clef is not there.

spacing-increment (dimension, in staff space)

The unit of length for note-spacing. Typically, the width of a note head. See also spacing-spanner-interface.

spacing-pair (pair)

A pair of alignment symbols which set an object’s spacing relative to its left and right BreakAlignments.

For example, a MultiMeasureRest will ignore prefatory items at its bounds (i.e., clefs, key signatures and time signatures) using the following override: 

\override MultiMeasureRest.spacing-pair =
             #'(staff-bar . staff-bar)
spanner-id (index or symbol)

An identifier to distinguish concurrent spanners.

springs-and-rods (boolean)

Dummy variable for triggering spacing routines.

stacking-dir (direction)

Stack objects in which direction?

staff-affinity (direction)

The direction of the staff to use for spacing the current non-staff line. Choices are UP, DOWN, and CENTER. If CENTER, the non-staff line will be placed equidistant between the two nearest staves on either side, unless collisions or other spacing constraints prevent this. Setting staff-affinity for a staff causes it to be treated as a non-staff line. Setting staff-affinity to #f causes a non-staff line to be treated as a staff.

staff-padding (dimension, in staff space)

Maintain this much space between reference points and the staff. Its effect is to align objects of differing sizes (like the dynamics p and f) on their baselines.

staff-position (number)

Vertical position, measured in half staff spaces, counted from the middle line.

staff-space (dimension, in staff space)

Amount of space between staff lines, expressed in global staff-space.

staff-staff-spacing (alist, with symbols as keys)

When applied to a staff-group’s StaffGrouper grob, this spacing alist controls the distance between consecutive staves within the staff-group. When applied to a staff’s VerticalAxisGroup grob, it controls the distance between the staff and the nearest staff below it in the same system, replacing any settings inherited from the StaffGrouper grob of the containing staff-group, if there is one. This property remains in effect even when non-staff lines appear between staves. The alist can contain the following keys:

  • basic-distance – the vertical distance, measured in staff-spaces, between the reference points of the two items when no collisions would result, and no stretching or compressing is in effect.
  • minimum-distance – the smallest allowable vertical distance, measured in staff-spaces, between the reference points of the two items, when compressing is in effect.
  • padding – the minimum required amount of unobstructed vertical whitespace between the bounding boxes (or skylines) of the two items, measured in staff-spaces.
  • stretchability – a unitless measure of the dimension’s relative propensity to stretch. If zero, the distance will not stretch (unless collisions would result).
staffgroup-staff-spacing (alist, with symbols as keys)

The spacing alist controlling the distance between the last staff of the current staff-group and the staff just below it in the same system, even if one or more non-staff lines exist between the two staves. If the staff-staff-spacing property of the staff’s VerticalAxisGroup grob is set, that is used instead. See staff-staff-spacing for a description of the alist structure.

stem-attachment (pair of numbers)

An (x . y) pair where the stem attaches to the notehead.

stem-begin-position (number)

User override for the begin position of a stem.

stem-spacing-correction (number)

Optical correction amount for stems that are placed in tight configurations. For opposite directions, this amount is the correction for two normal sized stems that overlap completely.

stemlet-length (number)

How long should be a stem over a rest?

stencil (stencil)

The symbol to print.

stencils (list)

Multiple stencils, used as intermediate value.

strict-grace-spacing (boolean)

If set, main notes are spaced normally, then grace notes are put left of the musical columns for the main notes.

strict-note-spacing (boolean)

If set, unbroken columns with non-musical material (clefs, bar lines, etc.) are not spaced separately, but put before musical columns.

stroke-style (string)

Set to "grace" to turn stroke through flag on.

style (symbol)

This setting determines in what style a grob is typeset. Valid choices depend on the stencil callback reading this property.

text (markup)

Text markup. See Formatting text.

text-alignment-X (number)

How to align an annotation horizontally.

text-alignment-Y (number)

How to align an annotation vertically.

text-direction (direction)

This controls the ordering of the words. The default RIGHT is for roman text. Arabic or Hebrew should use LEFT.

thick-thickness (number)

Thickness of the thick line in a bar line, expressed as a multiple of the default staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is not influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

thickness (number)

For grobs made up of lines, this is the thickness of the line. For slurs and ties, this is the distance between the two arcs of the curve’s outline at its thickest point, not counting the diameter of the virtual “pen” that draws the arcs. This property is expressed as a multiple of the current staff-line thickness (i.e., the visual output is influenced by changes to Staff.StaffSymbol.thickness).

tie-configuration (list)

List of (position . dir) pairs, indicating the desired tie configuration, where position is the offset from the center of the staff in staff space and dir indicates the direction of the tie (1=>up, -1=>down, 0=>center). A non-pair entry in the list causes the corresponding tie to be formatted automatically.

to-barline (boolean)

If true, the spanner will stop at the bar line just before it would otherwise stop.

toward-stem-shift (number)

Amount by which scripts are shifted toward the stem if their direction coincides with the stem direction. 0.0 means centered on the note head (the default position of most scripts); 1.0 means centered on the stem. Interpolated values are possible.

toward-stem-shift-in-column (number)

Amount by which a script is shifted toward the stem if its direction coincides with the stem direction and it is associated with a ScriptColumn object. 0.0 means centered on the note head (the default position of most scripts); 1.0 means centered on the stem. Interpolated values are possible.

transparent (boolean)

This makes the grob invisible.

tuplet-slur (boolean)

Draw a slur instead of a bracket for tuplets.

uniform-stretching (boolean)

If set, items stretch proportionally to their natural separation based on durations. This looks better in complex polyphonic patterns.

usable-duration-logs (list)

List of duration-logs that can be used in typesetting the grob.

use-skylines (boolean)

Should skylines be used for side positioning?

used (boolean)

If set, this spacing column is kept in the spacing problem.

vertical-skylines (pair of skylines)

Two skylines, one above and one below this grob.

visible-over-note-heads (boolean)

This prints a tuplet bracket when the bracket is set to be over the note heads. This option can be combined with the default tuplet bracket visibility style and with #'if-no-beam.

voiced-position (number)

The staff-position of a voiced Rest, negative if the rest has direction DOWN.

when (moment)

Global time step associated with this column.

whiteout (boolean-or-number)

If a number or true, the grob is printed over a white background to white-out underlying material, if the grob is visible. A number indicates how far the white background extends beyond the bounding box of the grob as a multiple of the staff-line thickness. The LyricHyphen grob uses a special implementation of whiteout: A positive number indicates how far the white background extends beyond the bounding box in multiples of line-thickness. The shape of the background is determined by whiteout-style. Usually #f by default.

whiteout-style (symbol)

Determines the shape of the whiteout background. Available are 'outline, 'rounded-box, and the default 'box. There is one exception: Use 'special for LyricHyphen.

widened-extent (pair of numbers)

The vertical extent that a bar line on a certain staff symbol should have. If the staff symbol is small (e.g., has just one line, as in a RhythmicStaff, this is wider than the staff symbol’s Y extent.

width (dimension, in staff space)

The width of a grob measured in staff space.

woodwind-diagram-details (alist, with symbols as keys)

An alist of detailed grob properties for woodwind diagrams. Each alist entry consists of a (property . value) pair. The properties which can be included in woodwind-diagram-details include the following:

  • fill-angle – Rotation angle of a partially filled key from horizontal. Default value 0.
  • text-trill-circled – In non-graphical mode, for keys shown as text, indicate a trill by circling the text if true, or by shading the text if false. Default value #t.
word-space (dimension, in staff space)

Space to insert between words in texts.

X-align-on-main-noteheads (boolean)

If true, this grob will ignore suspended noteheads when aligning itself on NoteColumn.

X-attachment (number)

Horizontal attachment of a line on a frame, typically between -1 (left) and 1 (right).

X-extent (pair of numbers)

Extent (size) in the X direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

X-offset (number)

The horizontal amount that this object is moved relative to its X-parent.

X-positions (pair of numbers)

Pair of X staff coordinates of a spanner in the form (left . right), where both left and right are in staff-space units of the current staff.

Y-attachment (number)

Vertical attachment of a line on a frame, typically between -1 (down) and 1 (up).

Y-extent (pair of numbers)

Extent (size) in the Y direction, measured in staff-space units, relative to object’s reference point.

Y-offset (number)

The vertical amount that this object is moved relative to its Y-parent.

zigzag-length (dimension, in staff space)

The length of the lines of a zigzag, relative to zigzag-width. A value of 1 gives 60-degree zigzags.

zigzag-width (dimension, in staff space)

The width of one zigzag squiggle. This number is adjusted slightly so that the spanner line can be constructed from a whole number of squiggles.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Scheme functions >> ]
[ < User backend properties ][ Up : Backend ][]

3.4 Internal backend properties

accidental-grob (graphical (layout) object)

The accidental for this note.

accidental-grobs (association list (list of pairs))

An alist with (notename . groblist) entries.

add-cauda (boolean)

Does this flexa require an additional cauda on the left side?

add-join (boolean)

Is this ligature head-joined with the next one by a vertical line?

add-stem (boolean)

Is this ligature head a virga and therefore needs an additional stem on the right side?

adjacent-pure-heights (pair)

A pair of vectors. Used by a VerticalAxisGroup to cache the Y-extents of different column ranges.

adjacent-spanners (array of grobs)

An array of directly neighboring dynamic spanners.

all-elements (array of grobs)

An array of all grobs in this line. Its function is to protect objects from being garbage collected.

annotation (string)

Annotate a grob for debug purposes.

ascendens (boolean)

Is this neume of ascending type?

auctum (boolean)

Is this neume liquescentically augmented?

axis-group-parent-X (graphical (layout) object)

Containing X axis group.

axis-group-parent-Y (graphical (layout) object)

Containing Y axis group.

bars (array of grobs)

An array of bar line pointers.

beam (graphical (layout) object)

A pointer to the beam, if applicable.

beam-segments (list)

Internal representation of beam segments.

begin-of-line-visible (boolean)

Set to make ChordName or FretBoard be visible only at beginning of line or at chord changes.

bezier (graphical (layout) object)

A pointer to a Bézier curve, for use by control points and polygons.

bound-alignment-interfaces (list)

Interfaces to be used for positioning elements that align with a column.

bounded-by-me (array of grobs)

An array of spanners that have this column as start/begin point. Only columns that have grobs or act as bounds are spaced.

bracket (graphical (layout) object)

The bracket for a number.

bracket-text (graphical (layout) object)

The text for an analysis bracket.

break-alignment (graphical (layout) object)

The BreakAlignment in a NonMusicalPaperColumn.

c0-position (integer)

An integer indicating the position of middle C.

cause (any type)

Any kind of causation objects (i.e., music, or perhaps translator) that was the cause for this grob.

cavum (boolean)

Is this neume outlined?

chord-names (array of grobs)

Array of chord names.

columns (array of grobs)

An array of grobs, typically containing PaperColumn or NoteColumn objects.

concurrent-hairpins (array of grobs)

All concurrent hairpins.

conditional-elements (array of grobs)

Internal use only.

context-info (integer)

Within a ligature, the final glyph or shape of a head may be affected by the left and/or right neighbour head. context-info holds for each head such information about the left and right neighbour, encoded as a bit mask.

covered-grobs (array of grobs)

Grobs that could potentially collide with a beam.

cross-staff (boolean)

True for grobs whose Y-extent depends on inter-staff spacing. The extent is measured relative to the grobs’s parent staff (more generally, its VerticalAxisGroup) so this boolean flags grobs that are not rigidly fixed to their parent staff. Beams that join notes from two staves are cross-staff. Grobs that are positioned around such beams are also cross-staff. Grobs that are grouping objects, however, like VerticalAxisGroups will not in general be marked cross-staff when some of the members of the group are cross-staff.

delta-position (number)

The vertical position difference.

deminutum (boolean)

Is this neume deminished?

descendens (boolean)

Is this neume of descendent type?

direction-source (graphical (layout) object)

In case side-relative-direction is set, which grob to get the direction from.

display-cautionary (boolean)

Should the grob be displayed as a cautionary grob?

dot (graphical (layout) object)

A reference to a Dots object.

dot-stencil (stencil)

The stencil for an individual dot, as opposed to a group of several dots.

dots (array of grobs)

Multiple Dots objects.

elements (array of grobs)

An array of grobs; the type is depending on the grob where this is set in.

encompass-objects (array of grobs)

Objects that a slur should avoid in addition to notes and stems.

fa-styles (symbol list)

List of note head styles that identify ‘fa’ shape note heads.

figures (array of grobs)

Figured bass objects for continuation line.

flag (graphical (layout) object)

A pointer to a Flag object.

flexa-height (dimension, in staff space)

The height of a flexa shape in a ligature grob (in staff-space units).

flexa-interval (integer)

The interval spanned by the two notes of a flexa shape (1 is a second, 7 is an octave).

flexa-width (dimension, in staff space)

The width of a flexa shape in a ligature grob (in staff-space units).

font (font metric)

A cached font metric object.

footnote-stencil (stencil)

The stencil of a system’s footnotes.

footnotes-after-line-breaking (array of grobs)

Footnote grobs of a broken system.

footnotes-before-line-breaking (array of grobs)

Footnote grobs of a whole system.

forced (boolean)

Manually forced accidental.

french-beaming-stem-adjustment (dimension, in staff space)

Stem will be shortened by this amount of space in case of French beaming style.

glissando-index (integer)

The index of a glissando in its note column.

grace-spacing (graphical (layout) object)

A run of grace notes.

has-span-bar (pair)

A pair of grobs containing the span bars to be drawn below and above the staff. If no span bar is in a position, the respective element is set to #f.

head-width (dimension, in staff space)

The width of this ligature head.

heads (array of grobs)

An array of note heads.

ideal-distances (list)

(obj . (dist . strength)) pairs.

important-column-ranks (vector)

A cache of columns that contain items-worth-living data.

in-note-direction (direction)

Direction to place in-notes above a system.

in-note-padding (number)

Padding between in-notes.

in-note-stencil (stencil)

The stencil of a system’s in-notes.

inclinatum (boolean)

Is this neume an inclinatum?

index (non-negative, exact integer)

For some grobs in a group, this is a number associated with the grob.

interfaces (list)

A list of symbols indicating the interfaces supported by this object. It is initialized from the meta field.

items-worth-living (array of grobs)

An array of interesting items. If empty in a particular staff, then that staff is erased.

keep-alive-with (array of grobs)

An array of other VerticalAxisGroups. If any of them are alive, then we will stay alive.

least-squares-dy (number)

The ideal beam slope, without damping.

left-items (array of grobs)

Grobs organized on the left by a spacing object.

left-neighbor (graphical (layout) object)

A grob similar to this one, on its left. For columns, the right-most column that has a spacing wish for this column.

ligature-flexa (boolean)

request joining note to the previous one in a flexa.

linea (boolean)

Attach vertical lines to this neume?

make-dead-when (array of grobs)

An array of other VerticalAxisGroups. If any of them are alive, then we will turn dead.

maybe-loose (boolean)

Used to mark a breakable column that is loose if and only if it is in the middle of a line.

melody-spanner (graphical (layout) object)

The MelodyItem object for a stem.

meta (alist, with symbols as keys)

Provide meta information. It is an alist with the entries name and interfaces.

minimum-distances (list)

A list of rods that have the format (obj . dist).

minimum-translations-alist (association list (list of pairs))

An list of translations for a given start and end point.

neighbors (array of grobs)

The X-axis neighbors of a grob. Used by the pure-from-neighbor-interface to determine various grob heights.

normal-stems (array of grobs)

An array of visible stems.

note-collision (graphical (layout) object)

The NoteCollision object of a dot column.

note-columns (array of grobs)

An array of NoteColumn grobs.

note-head (graphical (layout) object)

A single note head.

note-heads (array of grobs)

An array of note head grobs.

numbering-assertion-function (any type)

The function used to assert that footnotes are receiving correct automatic numbers.

oriscus (boolean)

Is this neume an oriscus?

pedal-text (graphical (layout) object)

A pointer to the text of a mixed-style piano pedal.

pes-or-flexa (boolean)

Shall this neume be joined with the previous head?

positioning-done (boolean)

Used to signal that a positioning element did its job. This ensures that a positioning is only done once.

prefix-set (number)

A bit mask that holds all Gregorian head prefixes, such as \virga or \quilisma.

primitive (integer)

A pointer to a ligature primitive, i.e., an item similar to a note head that is part of a ligature.

pure-relevant-grobs (array of grobs)

All the grobs (items and spanners) that are relevant for finding the pure-Y-extent

pure-relevant-items (array of grobs)

A subset of elements that are relevant for finding the pure-Y-extent.

pure-relevant-spanners (array of grobs)

A subset of elements that are relevant for finding the pure-Y-extent.

pure-Y-common (graphical (layout) object)

A cache of the common_refpoint_of_array of the elements grob set.

pure-Y-extent (pair of numbers)

The estimated height of a system.

pure-Y-offset-in-progress (boolean)

A debugging aid for catching cyclic dependencies.

quantize-position (boolean)

If set, a vertical alignment is aligned to be within staff spaces.

quantized-positions (pair of numbers)

The beam positions after quanting.

quilisma (boolean)

Is this neume a quilisma?

rest (graphical (layout) object)

A pointer to a Rest object.

rest-collision (graphical (layout) object)

A rest collision that a rest is in.

rests (array of grobs)

An array of rest objects.

right-items (array of grobs)

Grobs organized on the right by a spacing object.

right-neighbor (graphical (layout) object)

See left-neighbor.

script-column (graphical (layout) object)

A ScriptColumn associated with a Script object.

script-stencil (pair)

A pair (type . arg) which acts as an index for looking up a Stencil object.

scripts (array of grobs)

An array of Script objects.

shorten (dimension, in staff space)

The amount of space that a stem is shortened. Internally used to distribute beam shortening over stems.

side-support-elements (array of grobs)

The side support, an array of grobs.

slur (graphical (layout) object)

A pointer to a Slur object.

space-increment (dimension, in staff space)

The amount by which the total duration of a multimeasure rest affects horizontal spacing. Each doubling of the duration adds space-increment to the length of the bar.

spacing (graphical (layout) object)

The spacing spanner governing this section.

spacing-wishes (array of grobs)

An array of note spacing or staff spacing objects.

span-start (boolean)

Is the note head at the start of a spanner?

spanner-broken (boolean)

Indicates whether spanner alignment should be broken after the current spanner.

spanner-placement (direction)

The place of an annotation on a spanner. LEFT is for the first spanner, and RIGHT is for the last. CENTER will place it on the broken spanner that falls closest to the center of the length of the entire spanner, although this behavior is unpredictable in situations with lots of rhythmic diversity. For predictable results, use LEFT and RIGHT.

staff-grouper (graphical (layout) object)

The staff grouper we belong to.

staff-symbol (graphical (layout) object)

The staff symbol grob that we are in.

stem (graphical (layout) object)

A pointer to a Stem object.

stem-info (pair)

A cache of stem parameters.

stems (array of grobs)

An array of stem objects.

sticky-host (graphical (layout) object)

The grob that a sticky grob attaches to.

stropha (boolean)

Is this neume a stropha?

system-Y-offset (number)

The Y-offset (relative to the bottom of the top-margin of the page) of the system to which this staff belongs.

tie (graphical (layout) object)

A pointer to a Tie object.

ties (array of grobs)

A grob array of Tie objects.

tremolo-flag (graphical (layout) object)

The tremolo object on a stem.

tuplet-number (graphical (layout) object)

The number for a bracket.

tuplet-start (boolean)

Is stem at the start of a tuplet?

tuplets (array of grobs)

An array of smaller tuplet brackets.

vertical-alignment (graphical (layout) object)

The VerticalAlignment in a System.

vertical-skyline-elements (array of grobs)

An array of grobs used to create vertical skylines.

virga (boolean)

Is this neume a virga?

X-common (graphical (layout) object)

Common reference point for axis group.

x-offset (dimension, in staff space)

Extra horizontal offset for ligature heads.

Y-common (graphical (layout) object)

See X-common.

[ << Backend ][Top][Contents][Index][ Indices >> ]
[ < Internal backend properties ][ Up : Top ][]

4. Scheme functions

Function: add-bar-glyph-print-procedure glyph proc

Specify the single glyph glyph that calls print procedure proc. The procedure proc has to be defined in the form (make-...-bar-line grob extent) even if the extent is not used within the routine.

Function: ly:add-context-mod contextmods modification

Adds the given context modification to the list contextmods of context modifications.

Function: add-grace-property context-name grob sym val

Set sym=val for grob in context-name.

Function: ly:add-interface iface desc props

Add a new grob interface. iface is the interface name, desc is the interface description, and props is the list of user-settable properties for the interface.

Function: ly:add-listener callback disp cl

Add the single-argument procedure callback as listener to the dispatcher disp. Whenever disp hears an event of class cl, it calls callback with it.

Function: add-music-fonts node family name brace design-size-alist factor

Set up music fonts.

Arguments:

  • node is the font tree to modify.
  • family is the family name of the music font.
  • name is the basename for the music font. ‘name-<designsize>.otf’ should be the music font.
  • brace is the basename for the brace font. ‘brace-brace.otf’ should have piano braces.
  • design-size-alist is a list of (rounded . designsize). rounded is a suffix for font filenames, while designsize should be the actual design size. The latter is used for text fonts loaded through pango/fontconfig.
  • factor is a size factor relative to the default size that is being used. This is used to select the proper design size for the text fonts.
Function: add-new-clef clef-name clef-glyph clef-position transposition c0-position

Append the entries for a clef symbol to supported clefs and c0-pitch-alist.

Function: ly:add-option sym val internal description

Add a program option sym. val is the default value and description is a string description.

Function: add-simple-time-signature-style style proc

Specify the procedure proc returning markup for a time signature style style. The procedure is called with one argument, the pair (numerator . denominator).

Function: add-stroke-glyph stencil grob dir stroke-style flag-style

Load and add a stroke (represented by a glyph in the font) to the given flag stencil.

Function: add-stroke-straight stencil grob dir log stroke-style offset length thickness stroke-thickness

Add the stroke for acciaccatura to the given flag stencil. The stroke starts for up-flags at ‘upper-end-of-flag + (0,length/2)’ and ends at ‘(0, vertical-center-of-flag-end) - (flag-x-width/2, flag-x-width + flag-thickness)’. Here ‘length’ is the whole length, while ‘flag-x-width’ is just the x extent and thus depends on the angle! Other combinations don’t look as good.

For down-stems the y coordinates are simply mirrored.

Function: alist->hash-table lst

Convert alist lst to a table.

Warning: The resulting hash table is hashed by identity. This actually corresponds to the alist->hashq-table function of Guile’s (ice-9 hash-table) module, not alist->hash-table.

Function: ly:all-grob-interfaces

Return the hash table with all grob interface descriptions.

Function: ly:all-options

Get all option settings in an alist.

Function: ly:all-output-backend-commands

Return the list of extra output backend commands that are used internally in file ‘lily/stencil-interpret.cc’.

Function: ly:all-stencil-commands

Return the list of stencil commands that can be defined in the output modules (in files ‘output-*.scm’).

Function: ly:all-stencil-expressions

Return all symbols recognized as stencil expressions.

Function: allow-volta-hook bar-glyph

Allow the volta bracket hook being drawn over bar line bar-glyph.

Function: alterations-in-key pitch-list

Count number of sharps minus number of flats.

Function: ly:angle x y

Calculate angle in degrees of given vector. With one argument, x is a number pair indicating the vector. With two arguments, x and y specify the respective coordinates.

Function: angle-0-2pi angle

Take angle (in radians) and map it between 0 and 2pi.

Function: angle-0-360 angle

Take angle (in degrees) and map it between 0 and 360 degrees.

Function: arrow-stencil x y thick staff-space grob

Return a right-pointing, filled arrow-head, where x determines the basic horizontal position and y determines the basic vertical position. Both values are adjusted using staff-space, which is StaffSymbol’s staff space. thick is the used line thickness.

Function: arrow-stencil-maker start? end?

Return a function drawing a line from current point to destination, with optional arrows of max-size on start and end controlled by start? and end?.

Function: ly:assoc-get key alist default-value strict-checking

Return value if key in alist, else default-value (or #f if not specified). If strict-checking is set to #t and key is not in alist, a programming error is output.

Function: assoc-get _ _ [_ [_]]

- LilyPond procedure: ly:assoc-get (SCM key, SCM alist, SCM default_value, SCM strict_checking)

Return value if key in alist, else default-value (or #f if not specified). If strict-checking is set to #t and key is not in alist, a programming error is output.

Function: at-bar-line-substitute-caesura-type substitute-type

At a bar line, create the caesura using substitute-type rather than the value of caesuraType.

Function: ly:axis-group-interface::add-element grob grob-element

Add grob-element to the axis group grob. In particular, grob becomes parent to grob-element on all axes supported by grob, unless the parents are already set.

Function: ly:bar-line::calc-anchor grob

Calculate the anchor position of a bar line. The anchor is used for the correct placement of bar numbers, etc.

Function: bar-line::calc-break-visibility grob

Calculate the visibility of a bar line at line breaks.

Function: bar-line::calc-glyph-name grob

Return the name of the bar line glyph printed by grob for the actual break direction.

Function: bar-line::calc-glyph-name-for-direction glyphs dir

Find the glyph name for a bar line. glyphs is the list of bar-line types to consider in order. Each must have been defined with define-bar-line. dir is the break direction to consider: LEFT = end of line, CENTER = middle of line, RIGHT = start of line.

Function: bar-line::compound-bar-line grob bar-glyph extent

Build the bar line stencil.

Function: bar-line::draw-filled-box x-ext y-ext thickness extent grob

Return a straight bar line created by ly:round-filled-box looking at x-ext, y-ext, thickness. The blot is calculated by bar-line::calc-blot, which needs extent and grob. y-ext is not necessarily of same value as extent.

Function: ly:bar-line::print grob

The print routine for bar lines.

Function: bar-line::widen-bar-extent-on-span grob extent

Widen the bar line extent towards span bars adjacent to grob grob.

Function: base-length time-signature time-signature-settings

Get baseMoment rational value for time-signature from time-signature-settings.

Function: ly:basic-progress str rest

A Scheme callable function to issue a basic progress message str. The message is formatted with format; rest holds the formatting arguments (if any).

Function: beam-exceptions time-signature time-signature-settings

Get beamExceptions value for time-signature from time-signature-settings.

Function: beat-structure base-length time-signature time-signature-settings

Get beatStructure value in base-length units for time-signature from time-signature-settings.

Function: bend::arrow-head-stencil thickness x-y-coords height width dir

Return an arrow head stencil, calculated from the given dimensions height and width, and translated to x-y-coords, the end of the bend-spanners (curved) line.

Function: bend::calc-bend-x-begin bend-spanner bounding-noteheads factor quarter-tone-diffs

Calculate the starting values in x direction of the bend. After a line break, the values from the right bound are taken minus 1.5 staff spaces. For bends-down or if grob property 'style equals to 'pre-bend, 'hold or 'pre-bend-hold, interval-center is applied the topmost note head of the starting note heads. In any other case the right edge of the starting note head is used. The value of BendSpanner.details.horizontal-left-padding is added, which may be changed by an appropriate override. Returns a list of the same length as the amount of bend-starting note heads.

Function: bend::calc-bend-x-end bend-spanner top-left-tab-nhd top-right-tab-nhd

Calculate the ending x coordinate of bend-spanner. At the line end, take the items of BreakAlignGroup into account and a little bit of padding. Ends an unbroken spanner or the last of a broken one in the middle of the topmost note head of its bounding note column.

Function: bend::target-cautionary spanner

Set 'display-cautionary of all relevant note heads of spanners right bound to true. As a result they appear parenthesized. This procedure is the default value of 'before-line-breaking.

Function: bend::text-string spanner

Take a spanner grob and calculate a list with the quarter tone diffs between the pitches of starting and ending bound. Because bending to different amounts is very unlikely, only the first element of this list is returned as a string.

Function: bend-spanner::print grob

Return the final stencil. A line and curve, an arrow head and a text representing the amount a string is bent.

Function: ly:bezier-extent control-points axis

Compute the extent of the Bézier curve defined by control-points along axis.

Function: ly:bezier-extract control-points t-min t-max

Return a sub-curve of the Bézier curve defined by control-points. The sub-curve is delimited by the curve points indexed by t-min and t-max (between 0 and 1, 0 = first control point, 1 = last control point). A sub-curve of a Bézier curve is in turn a Bézier curve.

Function: ly:book? x

Is x a smob of class Book?

Function: ly:book-add-bookpart! book-smob book-part

Add book-part to book-smob book part list.

Function: ly:book-add-score! book-smob score

Add score to book-smob score list.

Function: ly:book-book-parts book

Return book parts in book.

Function: book-first-page layout props

Return the 'first-page-number of the entire book.

Function: ly:book-header book

Return header in book.

Function: ly:book-paper book

Return paper in book.

Function: ly:book-process book-smob default-paper default-layout output

Print book. output is passed to the backend unchanged. For example, it may be a string (for file based outputs) or a socket (for network based output).

Function: ly:book-process-to-systems book-smob default-paper default-layout output

Print book. output is passed to the backend unchanged. For example, it may be a string (for file based outputs) or a socket (for network based output).

Function: ly:book-scores book

Return scores in book.

Function: ly:book-set-header! book module

Set the book header.

Function: box-grob-stencil grob

Make a box of exactly the extents of the grob. The box precisely encloses the contents.

Function: box-stencil stencil thickness padding

Add a box around stencil, producing a new stencil.

Function: ly:bp num

num bigpoints (1/72th inch).

Function: ly:bracket a iv t p

Make a bracket in direction a. The extent of the bracket is given by iv. The wings protrude by an amount of p, which may be negative. The thickness is given by t.

Function: bracketify-stencil stil axis thick protrusion padding

Add brackets around stil, producing a new stencil.

Function: break-alignable-interface::self-alignment-of-anchor g

Return a value for g’s self-alignment-X that will place g on the same side of the reference point defined by a break-aligned item such as a Clef.

Function: break-alignable-interface::self-alignment-opposite-of-anchor g

Return a value for g’s self-alignment-X that will place g on the opposite side of the reference point defined by a break-aligned item such as a Clef.

Function: ly:break-alignment-interface::find-nonempty-break-align-group

Find the BreakAlignGroup with the given break-align-symbol in this BreakAlignment. Return #f if there is no such group. Also return #f if the group has empty X-extent, which can happen if it contains only omitted items.

Function: break-alignment-list end-of-line middle begin-of-line

Return a callback that calculates a value based on a grob’s break direction.

Function: ly:broadcast disp ev

Send the stream event ev to the dispatcher disp.

Function: caesura-script-interface::before-line-breaking script

Callback for CaesuraScript grob. Eliminate scripts aligned to bar lines if they might collide with a span bar. Some types of bar lines have visible span bars and some don’t. For consistent notation, we don’t check whether particular SpanBar grobs are actually visible, just that they exist.

Function: caesura-to-bar-line-or-divisio context caesura-type observations

caesuraTypeTransform callback to print articulated caesurae as chant breath marks using the infrastructure for modern bar lines when possible.

Function: caesura-to-divisio context caesura-type observations

caesuraTypeTransform callback to print articulated caesurae as chant breath marks.

Function: ly:cairo-output-stencil basename stencil paper formats

dump a single stencil through the Cairo backend

Function: ly:cairo-output-stencils basename stencils header paper formats

dump book through cairo backend

Function: calc-harmonic-pitch pitch music

Calculate the harmonic pitches in music given pitch as the non-harmonic pitch.

Function: ly:camel-case->lisp-identifier name-sym

Convert FooBar_Bla to foo-bar-bla style symbol.

Function: centered-spanner-interface::calc-x-offset grob

Compute the shift from this spanner’s reference point to a point centered between two non-musical columns, according to the spacing-pair property. This also takes self-alignment-X into account. The default for spacing-pair is '(break-alignment . break-alignment).

Function: centered-stencil stencil

Center stencil stencil in both the x and y directions.

Function: ly:chain-assoc-get key achain default-value strict-checking

Return value for key from a list of alists achain. If no entry is found, return default-value or #f if default-value is not specified. With strict-checking set to #t, a programming error is output in such cases.

Function: chain-assoc-get _ _ [_ [_]]

- LilyPond procedure: ly:chain-assoc-get (SCM key, SCM achain, SCM default_value, SCM strict_checking)

Return value for key from a list of alists achain. If no entry is found, return default-value or #f if default-value is not specified. With strict-checking set to #t, a programming error is output in such cases.

Function: change-pitches music converter

Recurse through music, applying converter to pitches. converter is typically a transposer or an inverter (see file ‘scm/modal-transforms.scm’), but may be user-defined. The converter function must take a single pitch as its argument and return a new pitch. These are LilyPond Scheme pitches, e.g., (ly:make-pitch 0 2 0).

Function: check-context-path path [location]

Check a context property path specification path, a symbol list (or a single symbol), for validity and possibly complete it. Returns the completed specification, or #f when rising an error (using optionally location).

Function: ly:check-expected-warnings

Check whether all expected warnings have really been triggered.

Function: check-grob-path path rest …

Check a grob path specification path, a symbol list (or a single symbol), for validity and possibly complete it. Returns the completed specification, or #f if invalid, optionally using location for an error message. If an optional keyword argument #:start start is given, the parsing starts at the given index in the sequence ‘Context.Grob.property.sub-property...’, with the default of ‘0’ implying the full path.

If there is no valid first element of path fitting at the given path location, an optionally given #:default default is used as the respective element instead without checking it for validity at this position.

The resulting path after possibly prepending default can be constrained in length by optional arguments #:min min and #:max max, defaulting to ‘1’ and unlimited, respectively.

Function: check-music-path path rest …

Check a music property path specification path, a symbol list (or a single symbol), for validity and possibly complete it. Returns the completed specification, or #f when rising an error (using optionally location).

Function: chord-name->german-markup B-instead-of-Bb

Return pitch markup for PITCH, using german note names. If B-instead-of-Bb is set to #t real german names are returned. Otherwise semi-german names (with Bb and below keeping the british names)

Function: chord-name->italian-markup french?

Return pitch markup for pitch, using Italian/French note names. If french? is set to #t, french ‘ré’ is returned for pitch D instead of ‘re’.

Function: circle-stencil stencil thickness padding

Add a circle around stencil, producing a new stencil.

Function: clef-transposition-markup oct style

The transposition sign formatting function. oct is supposed to be a string holding the transposition number, style determines the way the transposition number is displayed.

Function: ly:cm num

num cm.

Function: collect-book-music-for-book book music

Book music handler.

Function: collect-bookpart-for-book book-part

Top-level book-part handler.

Function: collect-music-aux score-handler music

Pass music to score-handler, with preprocessing for page layout instructions.

Function: collect-music-for-book music

Top-level music handler.

Function: ly:command-line-code

The Scheme code specified on the command line with option ‘-e’.

Function: ly:command-line-options

The Scheme options specified on the command line with option ‘-d’.

Function: comparator-from-key key cmp

Return a comparator function that applies key to the two elements and compares the results using cmp. Especially useful for sorting.

Function: ly:connect-dispatchers to from

Make the dispatcher to listen to events from from.

Function: construct-chord-elements root duration modifications

Build a chord on root using modifiers in modifications. NoteEvents have duration duration.

Notes: Natural 11 is left from chord if not explicitly specified.

Entry point for the parser.

Function: ly:context? x

Is x a smob of class Context?

Function: ly:context-current-moment context

Return the current moment of context.

Function: ly:context-def? x

Is x a smob of class Context_def?

Function: ly:context-def-lookup def sym val

Return the value of sym in context definition def (e.g., \Voice). If no value is found, return val or '() if val is undefined. sym can be any of ‘default-child’, ‘consists’, ‘description’, ‘aliases’, ‘accepts’, ‘property-ops’, ‘context-name’, ‘group-type’.

Function: ly:context-def-modify def mod

Return the result of applying the context-mod mod to the context definition def. Does not change def.

Function: ly:context-event-source context

Return event-source of context context.

Function: ly:context-events-below context

Return a stream-distributor that distributes all events from context and all its subcontexts.

Function: ly:context-find context name

Find a parent of context that has name or alias name. Return #f if not found.

Function: ly:context-grob-definition context name

Return the definition of name (a symbol) within context as an alist.

Function: ly:context-id context

Return the ID string of context, i.e., for \context Voice = "one" … return the string one.

Function: ly:context-matched-pop-property context grob cell

This undoes a particular \override, \once \override or \once \revert when given the specific alist pair to undo.

Function: ly:context-mod? x

Is x a smob of class Context_mod?

Function: ly:context-mod-apply! context mod

Apply the context modification mod to context.

Function: ly:context-name context

Return the name of context, i.e., for \context Voice = "one" … return the symbol Voice.

Function: ly:context-output-def context

Return the output definition of context.

Function: ly:context-parent context

Return the parent of context, #f if none.

Function: ly:context-property context sym def

Return the value for property sym in context. If def is given, and property value is '(), return def.

Function: ly:context-property-where-defined context name def

Return the context above context where name is defined, or def (defaulting to '()) if no such context is found.

Function: ly:context-pushpop-property context grob eltprop val

Do \temporary \override or \revert operation in context. The grob definition grob is extended with eltprop (if val is specified) or reverted (if unspecified).

Function: ly:context-set-property! context name val

Set value of property name in context context to val.

Function: context-spec-music m context [id [mods]]

Add \context context = id \with mods to m.

Function: ly:context-unset-property context name

Unset value of property name in context context.

Function: copy-repeat-chord original-chord repeat-chord duration event-types

Copy all events in event-types (be sure to include rhythmic-events) from original-chord over to repeat-chord with their articulations filtered as well. Any duration is replaced with the specified duration.

Function: count-list lst

Given lst as (E1 E2 .. ), return ((E1 . 1) (E2 . 2) ... ).

Function: create-glyph-flag flag-style dir-modifier grob

Create a flag stencil by looking up the glyph from the font.

Function: cross-staff-connect stem

Set cross-staff property of the stem to this function to connect it to other stems automatically

Function: cue-substitute quote-music

Must happen after quote-substitute.

Function: cyclic-base-value value cycle

Take value (for example, an angle) and modulo-maps it between 0 and base cycle.

Function: ly:debug str rest

A Scheme callable function to issue a debug message str. The message is formatted with format; rest holds the formatting arguments (if any).

Function: default-flag grob

Create a flag stencil for the stem. Its style is derived from the 'style Flag property. By default, lilypond uses a C++ Function (which is slightly faster) to do exactly the same as this function. However, if one wants to modify the default flags, this function can be used to obtain the default flag stencil, which can then be modified at will. The correct way to do this is: 

\override Flag #'stencil = #default-flag
\override Flag #'style = #'mensural
Function: ly:default-scale

Get the global default scale.

Function: define-bar-line bar-glyph eol-glyph bol-glyph span-glyph

Define a bar glyph bar-glyph and its substitutes at the end of a line (eol-glyph), at the beginning of a line (bol-glyph) and as a span bar (span-glyph). The substitute glyphs may be either strings or booleans: #t calls for the same value as bar-glyph and #f calls for no glyph.

Function: define-event-class class parent

Defines a new event class derived from parent, a previously defined event class.

Macro: define-event-function …

Like define-music-function, but the return value must be a post-event.

Function: define-fonts paper define-font define-pango-pf

Return a string of all fonts used in paper, invoking the functions define-font and define-pango-pf for producing the actual font definition.

Macro: define-markup-command …

Define a markup function. Syntax: 

(define-markup-command (command layout props arg1 arg2 …)
                       (type1? type2? …)
                       [ #:properties ((property1 default1)
                                       (property2 default2)
                                       …) ]
    [ #:category category ]
    [ #:as-string expression ]
    [ "doc-string" ]
    command-body)

This macro defines the markup function command-markup. When this function is applied as 

(command-markup layout props arg1 arg2 …)

it executes command-body, a sequence of S-expression similar to the body of a define form. The body should return a stencil.

type1?, type2?, etc., are type predicates for the arguments arg1, arg2, etc. doc-string is an optional description of the command; this can be retrieved using procedure-documentation on command-markup, and is used for built-in markup commands to generate the documentation.

Moreover, this macro defines a helper function make-command-markup, which can be applied as 

(make-command-markup arg1 arg2 …)

(without layout and props arguments). This yields a markup. Interpreting it, using (interpret-markup markup layout props), invokes command-markup as above.

The specified properties are available as let-bound variables in the command body, using the respective default value as fallback in case the property is not found in props, or #f if no default was given. props itself is left unchanged: if you want defaults specified in that manner passed down into other markup functions, you need to adjust props yourself.

If the as-string named argument is given, it should be an expression, which is evaluated by markup->string when lossily converting markups to strings. The expression can use all variables available in the main body, namely layout, props, the arguments, and the properties. However, in many cases layout will be #f because such an output definition is not available (such as for MIDI output). This case must be accounted for. The expression can recursively call markup->string, passing it #:layout layout #:props props.

The autogenerated documentation makes use of some optional specifications that are otherwise ignored:

  • category is either a symbol or a symbol list specifying the categories for this markup command in the docs.
  • As an element of the ‘properties’ list, you may directly use command-markup instead of a (property default) to indicate that this markup command is called by the newly defined command, adding its properties to the documented properties of the new command. There is no protection against circular definitions.

Some object properties are attached to the resulting command-markup function according to the parameters of the definition: markup-command-signature, markup-function-category, markup-function-properties.

Macro: define-markup-list-command …

Same as define-markup-command, but defines a command that, when interpreted, returns a list of stencils instead of a single one.

Markup list commands are recognizable programmatically by having the markup-list-function? object property to #t.

Macro: define-music-function …

Define and return a music function. Syntax: 

(define-music-function (arg1 arg2 …)
                       (type1? type2? …)
    function-body)

type1?, type2?, etc., can take one of the forms predicate? for mandatory arguments satisfying the predicate, (predicate?) for optional parameters of that type defaulting to #f, (predicate? value) for optional parameters with a specified default value (evaluated at definition time). An optional parameter can be omitted in a call only when it cannot get confused with a following parameter of different type.

A music function must return a music expression.

Macro: define-scheme-function …

Like define-music-function, but the return type is not restricted to music.

Macro: define-syntax-function …

Helper macro for ly:make-music-function. Syntax: 

  (define-syntax-function result-type?
                          (arg1 arg2 …)
                          (type1? type2? …)
    function-body)

See define-music-function for information on type predicates. result-type? can specify a default in the same manner as predicates, to be used in case of a type error in arguments or result.

Function: define-tag-group tags

Define a tag group consisting of the given tags, a list of symbols. Returns #f if successful, and an error message if there is a conflicting tag group definition.

Macro: define-void-function …

Like define-music-function, but the return value must be the special ‘*unspecified*’ value (i.e., what most Guile functions with “unspecified” value return). Use this when defining functions for executing actions rather than returning values, to keep LilyPond from trying to interpret the return value.

Function: degrees->radians angle-degrees

Convert the given angle from degrees to radians.

Function: descend-to-context m context [id [mods]]

Like context-spec-music, but only descending.

Function: determine-split-list evl1 evl2 chord-range

Event lists evl1 and evl2 should be ascending. chord-range is a pair of numbers (min . max) defining the distance in steps between notes that may be combined into a chord or unison.

Function: determine-string-fret-finger context notes specified-info rest

Determine string numbers and frets for playing notes as a chord, given specified information specified-info. specified-info is a list with two list elements, specified strings defined-strings and specified fingerings defined-fingers. Only a fingering of 0 will affect the fret selection, as it specifies an open string. If defined-strings is '(), the context property defaultStrings is used as a list of defined strings. Looks for predefined fretboards if predefinedFretboardTable is not #f. If rest is present, it contains the FretBoard grob, and a fretboard gets created. Otherwise, a list of (string fret finger) lists is returned.

If the context-property supportNonIntegerFret is set #t, micro-tones are supported for TabStaff, but not not for FretBoards.

Function: ly:dimension? d

Is d a dimension? Used to distinguish length variables from normal numbers.

Function: ly:dir? s

Is s a direction? Valid directions are -1, 0, or 1, where -1 represents left or down, 1 represents right or up, and 0 represents a neutral direction.

Function: dir-basename file rest …

Strip suffixes in rest, but leave directory component for file.

Function: ly:directed direction magnitude

Calculate an (x . y) pair with optional magnitude (defaulting to 1.0) and direction specified either as an angle in degrees or a coordinate pair giving the direction. If magnitude is a pair, the respective coordinates are scaled independently, useful for ellipse drawings.

Function: ly:disconnect-dispatchers to from

Stop the dispatcher to listening to events from from.

Function: ly:dispatcher? x

Is x a smob of class Dispatcher?

Function: display-lily-music expr [port]

Display the music expression expr using LilyPond syntax.

Function: display-music music [port]

Display music, not done with music-map for clarity of presentation.

Function: display-scheme-music obj [port]

Display obj, typically a music expression, in a friendly fashion, which often can be read back in order to generate an equivalent expression.

Function: dodecaphonic-no-repeat-rule context pitch barnum

An accidental rule that typesets an accidental before every note (just as in the dodecaphonic accidental style) except if the note is immediately preceded by a note with the same pitch. This is a common accidental style in contemporary notation.

Function: ly:duration? x

Is x a smob of class Duration?

Function: ly:duration<? p1 p2

Is p1 shorter than p2?

Function: ly:duration->string dur

Convert dur to a string.

Function: ly:duration-compress dur factor

Compress dur by rational factor.

Function: ly:duration-dot-count dur

Extract the dot count from dur.

Function: duration-dot-factor dotcount

Given a count of the dots used to extend a musical duration, return the numeric factor by which they increase the duration.

Function: ly:duration-factor dur

Extract the compression factor from dur. Return it as a pair.

Function: ly:duration-length dur

The length of the duration as a moment.

Function: duration-length dur

Return the overall length of a duration, as a number of whole notes. (Not to be confused with ly:duration-length, which returns a less useful Moment object.)

Function: duration-line::calc grob

Return list of values needed to print a stencil for DurationLine.

Function: duration-line::print grob

Return the stencil of DurationLine.

Function: ly:duration-log dur

Extract the duration log from dur.

Function: duration-log-factor lognum

Given a logarithmic duration number, return the length of the duration, as a number of whole notes.

Function: ly:duration-scale dur

Extract the compression factor from dur. Return it as a rational.

Function: duration-visual dur

Given a duration object, return the visual part of the duration (base note length and dot count), in the form of a duration object with non-visual scale factor 1.

Function: duration-visual-length dur

Given a duration object, return the length of the visual part of the duration (base note length and dot count), as a number of whole notes.

Function: dynamic-text-spanner::before-line-breaking grob

Monitor left bound of DynamicTextSpanner for absolute dynamics. If found, ensure DynamicText does not collide with spanner text by changing 'attach-dir and 'padding. Reads the 'right-padding property of DynamicText to fine-tune space between the two text elements.

Function: ly:effective-prefix

Return effective prefix. For example, if LilyPond Scheme files are stored in directory ‘/foo/bar/scm’ and PS files in ‘/foo/bar/ps’, the effective prefix is ‘/foo/bar’.

Function: elbowed-hairpin coords mirrored?

Create hairpin based on a list of coords in (cons x y) form. x is the portion of the width consumed for a given line and y is the portion of the height. For example, '((0 . 0) (0.3 . 0.7) (0.8 . 0.9) (1.0 . 1.0)) means that at the point where the hairpin has consumed 30% of its width, it must be at 70% of its height. Once it is to 80% width, it must be at 90% height. It finishes at 100% width and 100% height. If coords does not begin with '(0 . 0) the final hairpin may have an open tip. For example ’(0 . 0.5) will cause an open end of 50% of the usual height.

mirrored? indicates if the hairpin is mirrored over the y axis or if just the upper part is drawn.

Returns a function that accepts a hairpin grob as an argument and draws the stencil based on its coordinates. 

#(define simple-hairpin
  (elbowed-hairpin '((0 . 0)(1.0 . 1.0)) #t))

\relative c' {
  \override Hairpin #'stencil = #simple-hairpin
  a\p\< a a a\f
}
Function: ellipse-stencil stencil thickness x-padding y-padding

Add an ellipse around stencil, padded by the padding pair, producing a new stencil.

Function: end-broken-spanner? spanner

Is spanner broken and the last of its broken siblings? See also unbroken-or-last-broken-spanner?.

Function: ly:engraver-announce-end-grob engraver grob cause

Announce the end of a grob (i.e., the end of a spanner) originating from given engraver instance, with grob being a grob. cause should either be another grob or a music event.

Function: ly:engraver-make-grob engraver grob-name cause

Create a grob originating from given engraver instance, with given grob-name, a symbol. cause should either be another grob or a music event.

Function: ly:engraver-make-item engraver grob-name cause

Same as ly:engraver-make-grob, but always create a grob with the Item class. This is useful when the same grob definition is used to create grobs of differing classes.

Function: ly:engraver-make-spanner engraver grob-name cause

Same as ly:engraver-make-grob, but always create a grob with the Spanner class. This is useful when the same grob definition is used to create grobs of differing classes.

Function: ly:engraver-make-sticky engraver grob-name host cause

Utility function to create a grob sticking to another grob. This acts like either ly:engraver-make-item or ly:engraver-make-spanner, depending on the class of the host. Additionally, the host is made the parent of the newly created sticky grob on the y axis and, for items, on the x axis. Sticky spanners take their bounds from their host and their end is announced with the end of the host.

Sticky grobs must have the sticky-grob-interface interface, see sticky-grob-interface.

Function: ly:error str rest

A Scheme callable function to issue the error str. The error is formatted with format; rest holds the formatting arguments (if any).

Function: eval-carefully symbol module default …

Check whether all symbols in expression symbol are reachable in module module. In that case evaluate, otherwise print a warning and set an optional default.

Function: ly:event? obj

Is obj a proper (non-rhythmic) Event object?

Function: event-chord-notes event-chord

Return a list of all notes from event-chord.

Function: event-chord-pitches event-chord

Return a list of all pitches from event-chord.

Function: event-chord-reduce music

Reduce event chords in music to their first note event, retaining only the chord articulations. Returns the modified music.

Function: event-chord-wrap! music

Wrap isolated rhythmic events and non-postevent events in music inside of an EventChord. Chord repeats ‘q’ are expanded using the default settings of the parser.

Function: ly:event-deep-copy m

Copy m and all sub-expressions of m.

Function: event-has-articulation? event-type stream-event

Is event-type in the articulations list of the music causing stream-event?

Function: ly:event-property sev sym val

Get the property sym of stream event sev. If sym is undefined, return val or '() if val is not specified.

Function: ly:event-set-property! ev sym val

Set property sym in event ev to val.

Function: expand-repeat-chords! event-types music

Walk through music and fill repeated chords (notable by having a duration in duration) with the notes from their respective predecessor chord.

Function: expand-repeat-notes! music

Walk through music and give pitchless notes (not having a pitch in pitch or a drum type in drum-type) the pitch(es) from the predecessor note/chord if available.

Function: ly:expect-warning str rest

A Scheme callable function to register a warning to be expected and subsequently suppressed. If the warning is not encountered, a warning about the missing warning is shown. The message should be translated with (_ ...) and changing parameters given after the format string.

Function: extract-beam-exceptions music

Create a value useful for setting beamExceptions from music.

Function: extract-music music pred?

Return a flat list of all music matching pred? inside of music, not recursing into matches themselves.

Function: extract-named-music music music-name

Return a flat list of all music named music-name (either a single event symbol or a list of alternatives) inside of music, not recursing into matches themselves.

Function: ly:extract-subfont-from-collection collection-file-name idx subfont-file-name

Extract the subfont of index idx in TrueType collection (TTC) or OpenType/CFF collection (OTC) file collection-file-name and write it to file subfont-file-name.

Function: extract-typed-music music type

Return a flat list of all music with type (either a single type symbol or a list of alternatives) inside of music, not recursing into matches themselves.

Function: ly:find-file name

Return the absolute file name of name, or #f if not found.

Function: find-named-props prop-name grob-descriptions

Used by \magnifyMusic and \magnifyStaff. If grob-descriptions is equal to the all-grob-descriptions alist (defined in ‘scm/define-grobs.scm’), this finds all grobs that can have a value for the prop-name property, and return them as a list in the following format: 

'((grob prop-name)
  (grob prop-name)
  ...)
Function: find-pitch-entry keysig pitch accept-global accept-local

Return the first entry in keysig that matches pitch by notename and octave. Alteration is not considered. accept-global states whether key signature entries should be included. accept-local states whether local accidentals should be included. If no matching entry is found, #f is returned.

Function: finger-glide::print grob

The stencil printing procedure for grob FingerGlideSpanner. Depending on the grob property style several forms of appearance are printed. Possible settings for grob property style are zigzag, trill, dashed-line, dotted-line, stub-left, stub-right, stub-both, bow, none and line, which is the default.

Function: first-assoc keys lst

Return first successful assoc of key from keys in lst.

Function: first-broken-spanner? spanner

Is spanner broken and the first of its broken siblings? See also unbroken-or-first-broken-spanner?.

Function: first-member members lst

Return first successful member (of member) from members in lst.

Function: flat-flag grob

Flat flag style. The angles of the flags are both 0 degrees.

Function: flatten-list x

Unnest list.

Function: flip-stencil axis stil

Flip stencil stil in the direction of axis. Value X (or 0) for axis flips it horizontally. Value Y (or 1) flips it vertically. stil is flipped in place; its position, the coordinates of its bounding box, remains the same.

Function: fold-some-music pred? proc init music

This works recursively on music like fold does on a list, calling ‘(pred? music)’ on every music element. If #f is returned for an element, it is processed recursively with the same initial value of ‘previous’, otherwise ‘(proc music previous)’ replaces ‘previous’ and no recursion happens. The top music is processed using init for ‘previous’.

Function: ly:font-config-add-directory dir

Add directory dir to FontConfig.

Function: ly:font-config-add-font font

Add font font to FontConfig.

Function: ly:font-config-display-fonts

Dump a list of all fonts visible to FontConfig.

Function: ly:font-config-get-font-file name

Get the file for font name, as found by FontConfig.

Function: ly:font-design-size font

Given the font metric font, return the design size, relative to the current output-scale.

Function: ly:font-file-name font

Given the font metric font, return the corresponding file name.

Function: ly:font-get-glyph font name

Return a stencil from font for the glyph named name. If the glyph is not available, return an empty stencil.

Note that this command can only be used to access glyphs from fonts loaded with ly:system-font-load; currently, this means either the Emmentaler or Emmentaler-Brace fonts, corresponding to the font encodings fetaMusic and fetaBraces, respectively.

Function: ly:font-glyph-name-to-charcode font name

Return the character code for glyph name in font.

Note that this command can only be used to access glyphs from fonts loaded with ly:system-font-load; currently, this means either the Emmentaler or Emmentaler-Brace fonts, corresponding to the font encodings fetaMusic and fetaBraces, respectively.

Function: ly:font-glyph-name-to-index font name

Return the index for name in font.

Note that this command can only be used to access glyphs from fonts loaded with ly:system-font-load; currently, this means either the Emmentaler or Emmentaler-Brace fonts, corresponding to the font encodings fetaMusic and fetaBraces, respectively.

Function: ly:font-index-to-charcode font index

Return the character code for index in font.

Note that this command can only be used to access glyphs from fonts loaded with ly:system-font-load; currently, this means either the Emmentaler or Emmentaler-Brace fonts, corresponding to the font encodings fetaMusic and fetaBraces, respectively.

Function: ly:font-magnification font

Given the font metric font, return the magnification, relative to the current output-scale.

Function: ly:font-metric? x

Is x a smob of class Font_metric?

Function: ly:font-name font

Given the font metric font, return the corresponding name.

Function: font-name-split font-name

Return (font-name . design-size) from font-name string or #f.

Function: ly:font-sub-fonts font

Given the font metric font of an OpenType font, return the names of the subfonts within font.

Function: for-some-music stop? music

Walk through music, process all elements calling stop? and only recurse if this returns #f.

Function: ly:format str rest

LilyPond specific format function, supporting ~a and ~[0-9]f. Basic support for ~s is also provided.

Function: ly:format-output context

Given a global context in its final state, process it and return the Music_output object in its final state.

Function: format-segno-mark-considering-bar-lines segno-number context

When bar lines incorporate segni, print no mark for the first segno because that would be redundant. Print the usual marks for later segni to avoid ambiguity.

Function: fret->pitch fret

Calculate a pitch given fret for the harmonic.

Function: fret-parse-terse-definition-string props definition-string

Parse a fret diagram string that uses terse syntax; return a pair containing props, modified to include the string-count determined by definition-string, and a fret indication list with the appropriate values.

Function: function-chain arg function-list

Apply a list of functions in function-list to arg. Each element of function-list is structured (cons function '(arg2 arg3 ...)). If function takes arguments besides arg, they are provided in function-list. Example: 

(function-chain 1 `((,+ 1) (,- 2) (,+ 3) (,/)))
   ⇒ 1/3
Function: generate-crop-stencil paper-book

Returns a stencil for the cropped output of the given Paper_book

Function: generate-preview-stencil paper-book

Returns a stencil for a preview of given Paper_book

Function: ly:generic-bound-extent grob common

Determine the extent of grob relative to common along the x axis, finding its extent as a bound when it a has bound-alignment-interfaces property list set and otherwise the full extent.

Function: ly:get-all-function-documentation

Get a hash table with all LilyPond Scheme extension functions.

Function: ly:get-all-translators

Return a list of all translator objects that may be instantiated.

Function: get-bound-note-heads spanner

Take a spanner grob and return a pair containing all note heads of the initial starting and the final NoteColumn.

Function: ly:get-cff-offset font-file-name idx

Get the offset of the ‘CFF’ table for font-file-name, returning it as an integer. The optional idx argument is useful for OpenType/CFF collections (OTC) only; it specifies the font index within the OTC. The default value of idx is 0.

Function: get-chord-shape shape-code tuning base-chord-shapes

Return the chord shape associated with shape-code and tuning in the hash-table base-chord-shapes.

Function: ly:get-context-mods contextmod

Returns the list of context modifications stored in contextmod.

Function: ly:get-font-format font-file-name idx

Get the font format for font-file-name, returning it as a symbol. The optional idx argument is useful for TrueType Collections (TTC) and OpenType/CFF collections (OTC) only; it specifies the font index within the TTC/OTC. The default value of idx is 0.

Function: ly:get-option var

Get a global option setting.

Function: get-postscript-bbox string

Extract the bounding box from string, or return #f if not present.

Function: ly:get-spacing-spec from-scm to-scm

Return the spacing spec going between the two given grobs, from-scm and to-scm.

Function: get-tweakable-music mus

When tweaking music, return a list of music expressions where the tweaks should be applied. Relevant for music wrappers and event chords.

Function: glyph-flag flag-style

Simulatesthe default way of generating flags: Look up glyphs flags.style[ud][1234] from the feta font and use it for the flag stencil.

Function: ly:grob? x

Is x a smob of class Grob?

Function: grob::all-objects grob

Return a list of the names and contents of all properties having type ly:grob? or ly:grob-array? for all interfaces supported by grob grob.

Function: grob::compose-function func data

Create a callback entity func to be stored in a grob property, based on the grob property data data (which can be plain data, a callback itself, or an unpure-pure container).

Function or unpure-pure container func accepts a grob and a value and returns another value. Depending on the type of data, func is used for building a grob callback or an unpure-pure container.

Function: grob::display-objects grob

Display all objects stored in properties of grob grob.

Function: grob::inherit-parent-property axis property default …

grob callback generator for inheriting a property from an axis parent, defaulting to default if there is no parent or the parent has no setting.

Function: grob::name grob

Return the name of the grob grob as a symbol.

Function: grob::offset-function func data rest …

Create a callback entity func to be stored in a grob property, based on the grob property data data (which can be plain data, a callback itself, or an unpure-pure container).

Function func accepts a grob and returns a value that is added to the value resulting from data. Optional argument plus defaults to ‘+’ but may be changed to allow for using a different underlying accumulation.

If data is #f or '(), it is not included in the sum.

Function: grob::relay-other-property property

grob callback generator for returning the value of another property, which is identified by the symbol property.

Function: grob::rhythmic-location grob

Return a pair consisting of the measure number and moment within the measure of grob grob.

Function: grob::unpure-Y-extent-from-stencil pure-function

The unpure height will come from a stencil whereas the pure height will come from pure-function.

Function: grob::when grob

Return the global timestep (a Moment) of grob grob.

Function: ly:grob-alist-chain grob global

Get an alist chain for grob grob, with global as the global default. If unspecified, font-defaults from the layout block is taken.

Function: ly:grob-array? x

Is x a smob of class Grob_array?

Function: ly:grob-array->list grob-arr

Return the elements of grob-arr as a Scheme list.

Function: ly:grob-array-length grob-arr

Return the length of grob-arr.

Function: ly:grob-array-ref grob-arr index

Retrieve the indexth element of grob-arr.

Function: ly:grob-basic-properties grob

Get the immutable properties of grob.

Function: ly:grob-chain-callback grob proc sym

Find the callback that is stored as property sym of grob grob and chain proc to the head of this, meaning that it is called using grob and the previous callback’s result.

Function: ly:grob-common-refpoint grob other axis

Find the common refpoint of grob and other for axis.

Function: ly:grob-common-refpoint-of-array grob others axis

Find the common refpoint of grob and others (a grob-array) for axis.

Function: ly:grob-default-font grob

Return the default font for grob grob.

Function: ly:grob-extent grob refp axis

Get the extent in axis direction of grob relative to the grob refp.

Function: ly:grob-get-vertical-axis-group-index grob

Get the index of the vertical axis group the grob grob belongs to; return -1 if none is found.

Function: ly:grob-interfaces grob

Return the interfaces list of grob grob.

Function: ly:grob-layout grob

Get \layout definition from grob grob.

Function: ly:grob-list->grob-array grob-list

Convert a Scheme list of grobs to a grob array.

Function: ly:grob-object grob sym val

Return the value of a pointer in grob grob of property sym. When sym is undefined in grob, it returns val if specified or '() (end-of-list) otherwise. The kind of properties this taps into differs from regular properties. It is used to store links between grobs, either grobs or grob arrays. For instance, a note head has a stem property, the stem grob it belongs to. Just after line breaking, all those grobs are scanned and replaced by their relevant broken versions when applicable.

Function: ly:grob-original grob

Return the unbroken original grob of grob, grob may be an item or spanner.

Function: ly:grob-parent grob axis def

Get the parent of grob. axis is 0 for the x axis, 1 for the y axis. If grob has no parent on this axis (yet), return def, or '() if def is not specified.

Function: ly:grob-pq<? a b

Compare two grob priority queue entries. This is an internal function.

Function: ly:grob-properties? x

Is x a smob of class Grob_properties?

Function: ly:grob-property grob sym val

Return the value for property sym of grob. If no value is found, return val or '() if val is not specified.

Function: ly:grob-property-data grob sym

Return the value for property sym of grob, but do not process callbacks.

Function: ly:grob-pure-height grob refp beg end val

Return the pure height of grob given refpoint refp. If no value is found, return val or '() if val is not specified.

Function: ly:grob-pure-property grob sym beg end val

Return the pure value for property sym of grob. If no value is found, return val or '() if val is not specified.

Function: ly:grob-relative-coordinate grob refp axis

Get the coordinate in axis direction of grob relative to the grob refp.

Function: ly:grob-robust-relative-extent grob refp axis

Get the extent in axis direction of grob relative to the grob refp, or (0,0) if empty.

Function: ly:grob-script-priority-less a b

Compare two grobs by script priority. For internal use.

Function: ly:grob-set-nested-property! grob symlist val

Set nested property symlist in grob grob to value val.

Function: ly:grob-set-object! grob sym val

Set sym in grob grob to value val.

Function: ly:grob-set-parent! grob axis parent-grob

Set parent-grob as the parent of grob grob in axis axis.

Function: ly:grob-set-property! grob sym val

Set sym in grob grob to value val.

Function: ly:grob-spanned-column-rank-interval grob

Return a pair with the rank of the furthest left column and the rank of the furthest right column spanned by grob.

Function: ly:grob-staff-position sg

Return the y position of sg relative to the staff.

Function: ly:grob-suicide! grob

Kill grob.

Function: ly:grob-system grob

Return the system grob of grob.

Function: grob-transformer property func

Create an override value good for applying func to either pure or unpure values. func is called with the respective grob as first argument and the default value (after resolving all callbacks) as the second.

Function: ly:grob-translate-axis! grob d a

Translate grob on axis a over distance d.

Function: ly:grob-vertical<? a b

Does a lie above b on the page?

Function: ly:gulp-file name size

Read size characters from the file name, and return its contents in a string. If size is undefined, the entire file is read. The file is looked up using the search path.

Function: ly:gulp-file-utf8 name size

Read size characters from the file name, and return its contents in a string decoded from UTF-8. If size is undefined, the entire file is read. The file is looked up using the search path.

Function: ly:has-glyph-names? font-file-name idx

Does the font for font-file-name have glyph names? The optional idx argument is useful for TrueType Collections (TTC) and OpenType/CFF collections (OTC) only; it specifies the font index within the TTC/OTC. The default value of idx is 0.

Function: ly:hash-table-keys tab

Return a list of keys in tab.

Function: headers-property-alist-chain headers

Take a list of \header blocks (Guile modules). Return an alist chain containing all of their bindings where the names have been prefixed with header:. This alist chain is suitable for interpreting a markup in the context of these headers.

Function: hook-stencil x y staff-space thick blot grob

Return a hook stencil where x determines the horizontal position and y determines the basic vertical position. The final stencil is adjusted vertically using staff-space, which is StaffSymbol’s staff space, and uses blot, which is the current 'blot-diameter. The stencil’s thickness is usually taken from grob 'details, thick serves as a fallback value.

Function: ly:in-event-class? ev cl

Does event ev belong to event class cl?

Function: ly:inch num

num inches.

Function: ly:input-both-locations sip

Return input location in sip as 

(file-name first-line first-column last-line last-column)
Function: ly:input-file-line-char-column sip

Return input location in sip as (file-name line char column).

Function: ly:input-location? x

Is x a smob of class Input?

Function: ly:input-message sip msg rest

Print msg as a GNU compliant error message, pointing to the location in sip. msg is interpreted similar to format’s argument, using rest.

Function: ly:input-warning sip msg rest

Print msg as a GNU compliant warning message, pointing to the location in sip. msg is interpreted similar to format’s argument, using rest.

Function: interpret-markup _ _ _

- LilyPond procedure: ly:text-interface::interpret-markup Convert a text markup into a stencil. Takes three arguments, layout, props, and markup.

layout is a \layout block; it may be obtained from a grob with ly:grob-layout. props is an alist chain, i.e., a list of alists. This is typically obtained with (ly:grob-alist-chain grob (ly:output-def-lookup layout 'text-font-defaults)). markup is the markup text to be processed.

Function: ly:interpret-music-expression mus ctx

Interpret the music expression mus in the global context ctx. The context is returned in its final state.

Function: interval-center x

Center the number pair x, if an interval.

Function: interval-index interval dir

Interpolate interval between between left (dir=-1) and right (dir=+1).

Function: interval-length x

Length of the number pair x, if an interval.

Function: ly:intlog2 d

The 2-logarithm of 1/d.

Function: invalidate-alterations context

Invalidate alterations in context.

Elements of 'localAlterations corresponding to local alterations of the key signature have the form '((octave . notename) . (alter barnum . end-mom)). Replace them with a version where alter is set to 'clef to force a repetition of accidentals.

Entries that conform with the current key signature are not invalidated.

Function: ly:item? g

Is g an Item object?

Function: item::extra-spacing-height-including-staff grob

Return a value for extra-spacing-height that augments the extent of the grob to the extent of the staff.

Function: ly:item-break-dir it

The break status direction of item it. -1 means end of line, 0 unbroken, and 1 beginning of line.

Function: ly:item-get-column it

Return the PaperColumn or NonMusicalPaperColumn associated with this Item.

Function: ly:iterator? x

Is x a smob of class Music_iterator?

Function: layout-line-thickness grob

Get the line thickness of the grob’s corresponding layout.

Function: layout-set-absolute-staff-size sz

Set the absolute staff size inside of a \layout{} block. sz is in points.

Function: layout-set-staff-size sz

Set the staff size inside of a \layout{} block. sz is in points.

Function: ly:length x y

Calculate magnitude of given vector. With one argument, x is a number pair indicating the vector. With two arguments, x and y specify the respective coordinates.

Function: ly:lily-lexer? x

Is x a smob of class Lily_lexer?

Function: ly:lily-parser? x

Is x a smob of class Lily_parser?

Function: lilypond-main files

Entry point for LilyPond.

Function: lilypond-version-outdated? file-version lily-version

Is file-version outdated compared to lily-version? This is defined as a version that is from a lower release series (corresponding to the first two numbers of the version) or a version from the same unstable release series (odd minor version number) with a lower patch level (third number). A stable version from the same series does not count as outdated because compatibility is preserved.

Function: ly:line-interface::line grob startx starty endx endy

Make a line using layout information from grob grob.

Function: list-insert-separator lst between

Create new list, inserting between between elements of lst.

Function: list-join lst intermediate

Put intermediate between all elements of lst.

Function: ly:listened-event-class? disp cl

Does disp listen to any event type in the list cl?

Function: ly:listened-event-types disp

Return a list of all event types that disp listens to.

Function: ly:listener? x

Is x a smob of class Listener?

Function: lookup-markup-command code

Return (function . signature) for a markup command code, or return #f.

Function: lyric-hyphen::vaticana-style grob

Draw a LyricHyphen grob as needed for Gregorian chant in Editio Vaticana style, that is, apply it once, flush-left. If the text property of LyricHyphen is set, print this markup. If the property is not set, use a hyphen character.

Function: lyric-text::print grob

Allow interpretation of tildes as lyric tieing marks.

Function: make-accidental-dodecaphonic-rule octaveness laziness

Variation on function make-accidental-rule that creates an dodecaphonic accidental rule.

Function: make-accidental-rule octaveness laziness

Create an accidental rule that makes its decision based on the octave of the note and a laziness value.

octaveness is either 'same-octave or 'any-octave and defines whether the rule should respond to accidental changes in other octaves than the current. 'same-octave is the normal way to typeset accidentals – an accidental is made if the alteration is different from the last active pitch in the same octave. 'any-octave looks at the last active pitch in any octave.

laziness states over how many bars an accidental should be remembered. 0 is the default – accidental lasts over 0 bar lines, that is, to the end of current measure. A positive integer means that the accidental lasts over that many bar lines. -1 is ‘forget immediately’, that is, only look at key signature. #t is ‘forever’.

Function: ly:make-book paper header scores

Make a \book of paper and header (which may be #f as well) containing \scores.

Function: ly:make-book-part scores

Make a \bookpart containing \scores.

Function: make-bow-stencil start stop thickness angularity bow-height orientation

Create a bow stencil. It starts at point start, ends at point stop. thickness is the thickness of the bow. The higher the value of number angularity, the more angular the shape of the bow. bow-height determines the height of the bow. orientation determines whether the bow is concave or convex. Both variables are supplied to support independent usage.

Done by calculating a horizontal unit bow first, then moving all control points to the correct positions. Limitation: s-curves are currently not supported.

Function: make-c-time-signature-markup fraction

Make markup for the ‘C’ time signature style.

Function: make-circle-stencil radius thickness fill

Make a circle of radius radius and thickness thickness.

Function: make-clef-set clef-name

Generate the clef setting commands for a clef with name clef-name.

Function: make-connected-line points grob

Take a list of points, points. Return a line connecting points, using ly:line-interface::line and getting layout information from grob.

Function: make-connected-path-stencil pointlist thickness x-scale y-scale connect fill

Make a connected path described by the list pointlist, beginning at point (0, 0), with thickness thickness, and scaled by x-scale in the x direction and y-scale in the y direction. connect and fill are boolean arguments that specify whether the path should be connected or filled, respectively.

Function: ly:make-context-mod mod-list

Create a context modification, optionally initialized via the list of modifications mod-list.

Function: make-cue-clef-set clef-name

Generate the clef setting commands for a cue clef with name clef-name.

Function: make-cue-clef-unset

Reset the clef settings for a cue clef.

Function: ly:make-dispatcher

Return a newly created dispatcher.

Function: ly:make-duration length dotcount num den

Make a duration. length is the negative logarithm (base 2) of the duration: 1 is a half note, 2 is a quarter note, 3 is an eighth note, etc. The number of dots after the note is given by the optional argument dotcount.

The duration factor is optionally given by integers num and den, alternatively by a single rational number.

A duration is a musical duration, i.e., a length of time described by a power of two (whole, half, quarter, etc.) and a number of augmentation dots.

Function: make-duration-of-length moment

Make duration of the given moment length.

Function: make-ellipse-stencil x-radius y-radius thickness fill

Make an ellipse of x radius x-radius, y radius y-radius, and thickness thickness with fill defined by fill.

Macro: make-engraver …

Like make-translator, but create an engraver, i.e., the resulting translator is only run in layout output and ignored in MIDI.

Function: make-filled-box-stencil xext yext

Make a filled box.

Function: ly:make-global-context output-def

Set up a global interpretation context, using the output block output-def. The context is returned.

Function: ly:make-global-translator global

Create a translator group and connect it to the global context global. The translator group is returned.

Function: make-glyph-time-signature-markup style fraction

Make markup for a symbolic time signature of the form timesig.<style><numerator><denominator>, for example ‘timesig.mensural34’. If the music font does not have a glyph for the requested style and fraction, issue a warning and make a numbered time signature instead.

Function: ly:make-grob-properties alist

Package the given property list alist in a grob property container stored in a context property with the name of a grob.

Function: make-grob-property-override grob gprop val

Make a Music expression that overrides gprop to val in grob. This is a \temporary \override, making it possible to \revert to any previous value afterwards.

Function: make-grob-property-revert grob gprop

Revert the grob property gprop for grob.

Function: make-grob-property-set grob gprop val

Make a Music expression that overrides a gprop to val in grob. Does a pop first, i.e., this is not a \temporary \override.

Function: make-harmonic mus

Convert music variable mus to harmonics.

Function: make-line-stencil width startx starty endx endy

Make a line stencil of given line width and set its extents accordingly.

Function: ly:make-listener callback

This is a compatibility wrapper for creating a ‘listener’ for use with ly:add-listener from a callback taking a single argument. Since listeners are equivalent to callbacks, this is no longer needed.

Function: make-modal-inverter around to scale

Wrapper function for inverter-factory.

Function: make-modal-transposer from to scale

Wrapper function for transposer-factory.

Function: ly:make-moment m g gn gd

Create a moment with rational main timing m, and optional grace timing g.

A moment is a point in musical time. It consists of a pair of rationals (m, g), where m is the timing for the main notes, and g the timing for grace notes. In absence of grace notes, g is zero.

For compatibility reasons, it is possible to write two numbers specifying numerator and denominator instead of the rationals. These forms cannot be mixed, and the two-argument form is disambiguated by the sign of the second argument: if it is positive, it can only be a denominator and not a grace timing.

Function: ly:make-music props

Make a C++ Music object and initialize it with props.

This function is for internal use and is only called by make-music, which is the preferred interface for creating music objects.

Function: make-music name music-properties …

Create a music object of given name, and set its properties according to music-properties, a list of alternating property symbols and values. Example: 

(make-music 'OverrideProperty
            'symbol 'Stem
            'grob-property 'thickness
            'grob-value (* 2 1.5))

Instead of a successive symbol and value, an entry in the list may also be an alist or a music object in which case its elements, respectively its mutable property list (properties not inherent to the type of the music object), are taken.

The argument list will be interpreted left to right, so later entries override earlier ones.

Function: ly:make-music-function signature func

Make a function to process music, to be used for the parser. func is the function, and signature describes its arguments. signature’s cdr is a list containing either ly:music? predicates or other type predicates. Its car is the syntax function to call.

Function: ly:make-music-relative! music pitch

Make music relative to pitch, return final pitch.

Function: ly:make-output-def

Make an output definition.

Function: make-oval-stencil x-radius y-radius thickness fill

Make an oval from two Bézier curves, of x radius x-radius, y radius y-radius, and thickness thickness with fill defined by fill.

Function: ly:make-page-label-marker label

Return page marker with label label.

Function: ly:make-page-permission-marker symbol permission

Return page marker with page breaking and turning permissions.

Function: ly:make-pango-description-string chain size

Make a PangoFontDescription string for the property alist chain at size size.

Function: ly:make-paper-outputter port alist default-callback

Create an outputter dumping to port. alist should map symbols to procedures. See file ‘output-ps.scm’ for an example. If default-callback is given, it is called for unsupported expressions.

Function: make-part-combine-context-changes state-machine split-list

Generate a sequence of part combiner context changes from a split list.

Function: make-part-combine-marks state-machine split-list

Generate a sequence of part combiner events from a split list.

Function: make-partial-ellipse-stencil x-radius y-radius start-angle end-angle thick connect fill

Create an elliptical arc. x-radius is the x radius of the arc. y-radius is the y radius of the arc. start-angle is the starting angle of the arc (in degrees). end-angle is the ending angle of the arc (in degrees). thick is the thickness of the line. connect is a boolean flag indicating whether the end should be connected to the start by a line. fill is a boolean flag indicating whether the shape should be filled.

Function: make-path-stencil path thickness x-scale y-scale fill #:line-cap-style line-cap-style #:line-join-style line-join-style

Make a stencil based on the path described by the list path, with thickness thickness, and scaled by x-scale in the x direction and y-scale in the y direction (the difference with scaling the resulting stencil using ly:stencil-scale is that this scaling does not change the thickness). fill is a boolean argument that specifies whether the path should be filled. Valid path commands are 

moveto rmoveto lineto rlineto curveto rcurveto closepath

and their standard SVG single-letter equivalents 

M m L l C c Z z
Macro: make-performer …

Like make-translator, but create a performer, i.e., the resulting translator is only run in MIDI and ignored in layout output. Scheme performers do not support acknowledgers and process-acknowledged.

Function: ly:make-pitch octave note alter

Make a pitch. octave is specified by an integer, zero for the octave containing middle C. note is a number indexing the global default scale, with 0 corresponding to pitch C and 6 usually corresponding to pitch B. Optional alter is a rational number of 200-cent whole tones for alteration.

Function: ly:make-prob type init rest

Create a Prob object.

Macro: make-relative …

The list of pitch or music variables in variables is used as a sequence for creating relativable music from music.

When the constructed music is used outside of \relative, it just reflects plugging in the variables into music.

The action inside of \relative, however, is determined by first relativizing the surrogate reference with the variables plugged in and then using the variables relativized as a side effect of relativizing reference for evaluating music.

Since pitches don’t have the object identity required for tracing the effect of the reference call, they are replaced only for the purpose of evaluating reference with simple pitched note events.

The surrogate reference expression has to be written with that in mind. In addition, it must not contain copies of music that is supposed to be relativized but rather the originals. This includes the pitch expressions. As a rule, inside of #{…#} variables must only be introduced using #, never via the copying construct $. The reference expression will usually just be a sequential or chord expression naming all variables in sequence, implying that following music will be relativized according to the resulting pitch of the last or first variable, respectively.

Since the usual purpose is to create more complex music from general arguments and since music expression parts must not occur more than once, one does generally need to use copying operators in the replacement expression music when using an argument more than once there. Using an argument more than once in reference, in contrast, does not make sense.

There is another fine point to mind: music must only contain freshly constructed elements or copied constructs. This will be the case anyway for regular LilyPond code inside of #{…#}, but any other elements (apart from the variables themselves which are already copied) must be created or copied as well.

The reason is that it is usually permitted to change music in-place as long as one does a ly:music-deep-copy on it, and such a copy of the whole resulting expression will not be able to copy variables/values inside of closures where the information for relativization is being stored.

Function: make-repeat name times main alts

Create a repeat music expression, with all properties initialized properly.

Function: ly:make-rotation angle center

Make a transform rotating by angle in degrees. If center is given as a pair of coordinates, it is the center of the rotation, otherwise the rotation is around (0, 0).

Function: ly:make-scale steps

Create a scale. The argument is a vector of rational numbers, each of which represents the number of 200-cent tones of a pitch above the tonic.

Function: ly:make-scaling scale scaley

Create a scaling transform from argument scale and optionally scaley. When both arguments are given, they must be real and give the scale in x and y direction. If only scale is given, it may also be complex to indicate a scaled rotation in the manner of complex number rotations, or a pair of reals for specifying different scales in x and y direction like with the first calling convention.

Function: ly:make-score music

Return score with music encapsulated in it.

Function: make-semitone->pitch pitches

Convert pitches, an unordered list of note values covering (after disregarding octaves) all absolute pitches in need of conversion, into a function converting semitone numbers (absolute pitch missing enharmonic information) back into note values.

For a key signature without accidentals 

c cis d es e f fis g gis a bes b

might be a good choice, covering Bb major to A major and their parallel keys, and melodic/harmonic C minor to A minor.

Function: ly:make-skyline segments axis direction

Create a new skyline from a list of segments. A skyline is an object representing an outline along a ‘horizon axis’, much like a city skyline. The argument segments is a list of segments. A segment has the form '((x1 . y1) . (x2 . y2)). The resulting skyline, viewed on the given axis, has a builing joining these two points for each segment. x1, y1, x2, y2 may be infinite. The buildings can be given in any order, and overlap.

Function: ly:make-spring ideal min-dist

Make a spring. ideal is the ideal distance of the spring, and min-dist is the minimum distance.

Function: ly:make-stencil expr xext yext

Stencils are device independent output expressions. They carry two pieces of information:

  1. A specification of how to print this object. This specification is processed by the output backends, for example ‘scm/output-ps.scm’.
  2. The vertical and horizontal extents of the object, given as pairs. If an extent is unspecified (or if you use empty-interval as its value), it is taken to be empty.
Function: make-stencil-boxer thickness padding callback

Return function that adds a box around the grob passed as argument.

Function: make-stencil-circler thickness padding callback

Return function that adds a circle around the grob passed as argument.

Function: ly:make-stream-event cl proplist

Create a stream event of class cl with the given mutable property list.

Function: make-tmpfile dir

Return a temporary file (as a Scheme port). If dir is #f, a file in the directory given by the environment variable $TMPDIR is created.

Function: ly:make-transform xx yx xy yy x0 y0

Create a transform. Without options, it is the identity transform. Given four arguments xx, yx, xy, and yy, it is a linear transform. Given six arguments (with x0 and y0 last), it is an affine transform.

Transforms can be called as functions on other transforms (concatening them) or on points given either as complex number or real number pair. See also ly:make-rotation, ly:make-scaling, and ly:make-translation.

Function: ly:make-translation x y

Make a transform translating by x and y. If only x is given, it can also be a complex number or a pair of numbers indicating the offset to use.

Macro: make-translator …

Helper macro for creating Scheme translators usable in both ‘\midi’ and ‘\layout’.

The usual form for a translator is an association list (or alist) mapping symbols to either anonymous functions or to another such alist.

make-translator accepts forms where the first element is either an argument list starting with the respective symbol, followed by the function body (comparable to the way define is used for defining functions), or a single symbol followed by subordinate forms in the same manner. You can also just make an alist pair literally (the ‘car’ is quoted automatically) as long as the unevaluated ‘cdr’ is not a pair. This is useful if you already have defined your engraver functions separately.

Symbols mapping to a function would be initialize, start-translation-timestep, pre-process-music, process-music, stop-translation-timestep, and finalize. Symbols mapping to another alist specified in the same manner are listeners with the subordinate symbols being event classes.

A template for writing a translator with all methods is: 

(lambda (context)
  (let (local-variables ...)
    (make-translator
     ((initialize translator)
      ...)
     ((start-translation-timestep translator)
      ...)
     (listeners
      ((event-class-1 translator event)
       ...)
      ((event-class-2 translator event #:once)
       ...))
     ((process-music translator)
      ...)
     (acknowledgers
      ((grob-interface-1 translator grob source-translator)
       ...)
      ((grob-interface-2 translator grob source-translator)
       ...))
     ((process-acknowledged translator)
      ...)
     ((stop-translation-timestep translator)
      ...)
     ((finalize translator)
      ...))))

This can be used as the argument to \consists.

For listeners, a special feature is available: the argument list of a listener can be terminated with the keyword #:once. This makes for a listener that is only ever triggered once per time step. If it receives several events in the same time step, it emits a warning, except if they are all equal (where equality is checked recursively, with equal?).

Function: make-transparent-box-stencil xext yext

Make a transparent box.

Function: ly:make-unpure-pure-container unpure pure

Make an unpure-pure container. unpure should be an unpure expression, and pure should be a pure expression. If pure is omitted, the value of unpure will be used twice, except that a callback is given two extra arguments that are ignored for the sake of pure calculations.

Function: map-selected-alist-keys function keys alist

Return alist with function applied to all of the values in list keys. Example: 

(map-selected-alist-keys - '(a b) '((a . 1) (b . -2) (c . 3) (d . 4)))
   ⇒ ((a . -1) (b . 2) (c . 3) (d . 4))
Function: map-some-music map? music

Walk through music, transform all elements calling map? and only recurse if this returns #f. elements or articulations that are not music expressions are discarded: this allows some amount of filtering.

map-some-music may overwrite the original music.

Function: marked-up-headfoot what-odd what-even

Read variables what-odd and what-even from the page’s layout. Interpret either of them as markup, with properties reflecting the variables in the page’s layout and header modules.

Function: marked-up-title what

Read variables what-odd and what-even from the page’s layout. Interpret either of them as markup, with properties reflecting the variables in the page’s layout and header modules.

Macro: markup …

The markup macro provides a LilyPond-like syntax for building markups using Scheme keywords, replacing \command with #:command. For example, this: 

\markup { foo
          \raise #0.2 \hbracket \bold bar
          \override #'(baseline-skip . 4)
          \bracket \column { baz bazr bla }
}

translates to this: 

(markup "foo"
        #:raise 0.2 #:hbracket #:bold "bar"
        #:override '(baseline-skip . 4)
        #:bracket #:column ("baz" "bazr" "bla"))
Function: markup->string m #:layout layout #:props props

Convert a markup or markup list to an approximate string representation. This is useful for, e.g., PDF metadata and MIDI markers.

The optional named layout and props argument are an output definition and a property alist chain, like the ones that are used when interpreting markups.

Function: markup-command-list? x

Check whether x is a markup command list, i.e., a list composed of a markup list function and its arguments.

Function: markup-default-to-string-method layout props args …

The default markup->string handler for markups, used when markup->string encounters a markup that has no special as-string expression defined. This applies markup->string on all markup arguments and joins the results, separating them with spaces.

Macro: markup-lambda …

Defines and returns an anonymous markup command. Other than not registering the markup command, this is identical to define-markup-command.

Function: markup-list? arg

Return a true value if x is a list of markups or markup command lists.

Macro: markup-list-lambda …

Same as markup-lambda but defines a markup list command that, when interpreted, returns a list of stencils instead of a single one.

Function: measure-counter::text grob

A number for a measure count. Broken measures are numbered in parentheses. When the counter spans several measures (like with compressed multi-measure rests), it displays a measure range.

Function: mensural-flag grob

Mensural flags: Create the flag stencil by loading the glyph from the font. Flags are always aligned with staff lines, so we need to check the end point of the stem: For stems ending on staff lines, use different flags than for notes between staff lines. The idea is that flags are always vertically aligned with the staff lines, regardless of whether the note head is on a staff line or between two staff lines. In other words, the inner end of a flag always touches a staff line.

Function: ly:message str rest

A Scheme callable function to issue the message str. The message is formatted with format; rest holds the formatting arguments (if any).

Function: middle-broken-spanner? spanner

Is spanner broken and among the middle broken pieces (i.e., neither the first nor the last)?

Function: midi-program instrument

Return the program of the instrument.

Function: ly:minimal-breaking paper-book

Break (pages and lines) the Paper_book object paper-book without looking for optimal spacing: stack as many lines on a page before moving to the next one.

Function: ly:mm num

num mm.

Function: mmrest-of-length mus

Create a multi-measure rest of exactly the same length as mus.

Function: modern-straight-flag grob

Modern straight flag style (for composers like Stockhausen, Boulez, etc.). The angles are 18 and 22 degrees and thus smaller than for the ancient style of Bach, etc.

Function: ly:module->alist mod

Dump the contents of module mod as an alist.

Function: ly:module-copy dest src

Copy all bindings from module src into dest.

Function: ly:modules-lookup modules sym def

Look up sym in the list modules, returning the first occurrence. If not found, return def or #f if def isn’t specified.

Function: ly:moment? x

Is x a smob of class Moment?

Function: ly:moment<? a b

Compare two moments.

Function: ly:moment-add a b

Add two moments.

Function: ly:moment-div a b

Divide two moments.

Function: ly:moment-grace mom

Extract grace timing as a rational number from mom.

Function: ly:moment-grace-denominator mom

Extract denominator from grace timing.

Function: ly:moment-grace-numerator mom

Extract numerator from grace timing.

Function: ly:moment-main mom

Extract main timing as a rational number from mom.

Function: ly:moment-main-denominator mom

Extract denominator from main timing.

Function: ly:moment-main-numerator mom

Extract numerator from main timing.

Function: ly:moment-mod a b

Modulo of two moments.

Function: ly:moment-mul a b

Multiply two moments.

Function: ly:moment-sub a b

Subtract two moments.

Function: ly:music? obj

Is obj a Music object?

Function: music->make-music obj

Generate an expression that, once evaluated, may return an object equivalent to obj, that is, for a music expression, a (make-music ...) form.

Function: music-clone music music-properties …

Clone music and set properties according to music-properties, a list of alternating property symbols and values: 

(music-clone start-span 'span-direction STOP)

Only properties that are not overridden by music-properties are actually fully cloned.

Function: ly:music-compress mus scale

Compress mus by scale.

Function: ly:music-deep-copy m origin

Copy m and all sub expressions of m. m may be an arbitrary type; cons cells and music are copied recursively. If origin is given, it is used as the origin for one level of music by calling ly:set-origin! on the copy.

Function: ly:music-duration-compress mus fact

Compress mus by factor fact, which is a Moment.

Function: ly:music-duration-length mus

Extract the duration field from mus and return the length.

Function: music-filter pred? music

Filter out music expressions that do not satisfy pred?.

Function: ly:music-function? x

Is x a smob of class Music_function?

Function: ly:music-function-extract x

Return the Scheme function inside x.

Function: ly:music-function-signature x

Return the function signature inside x.

Function: music-is-of-type? mus type

Does mus belong to the music class type?

Function: ly:music-length mus

Get the length of music expression mus and return it as a Moment object.

Function: ly:music-list? lst

Is lst a list of music objects?

Function: music-map function music

Apply function to music and all of the music it contains.

First it recurses over the children, then the function is applied to music.

Function: ly:music-mutable-properties mus

Return an alist containing the mutable properties of mus. The immutable properties are not available, since they are constant and initialized by the make-music function.

Function: ly:music-output? x

Is x a smob of class Music_output?

Function: music-pitches music

Return a list of all pitches from music.

Function: ly:music-property mus sym val

Return the value for property sym of music expression mus. If no value is found, return val or '() if val is not specified.

Function: music-selective-filter descend? pred? music

Recursively filter out music expressions that do not satisfy pred?, but refrain from filtering the subexpressions of music that does not satisfy descend?.

Function: music-selective-map descend? function music

Apply function recursively to music, but refrain from mapping subexpressions of music that does not satisfy descend?.

Function: music-separator? m

Is m a separator?

Function: ly:music-set-property! mus sym val

Set property sym in music expression mus to val.

Function: ly:music-start mus

Get the start of music expression mus and return it as a Moment object.

Function: ly:music-transpose m p

Transpose m such that central C is mapped to p. Return m.

Function: music-type-predicate types

Return a predicate function that can be used for checking music to have one of the types listed in types.

Function: neo-modern-accidental-rule context pitch barnum

An accidental rule that typesets an accidental if it differs from the key signature and does not directly follow a note on the same staff line. This rule should not be used alone because it does neither look at bar lines nor different accidentals at the same note name.

Function: no-flag grob

No flag: Simply return empty stencil.

Function: ly:non-fatal-error str rest

A Scheme callable function to issue the error str. The error is formatted with format; rest holds the formatting arguments (if any). When using this function, some way of signalling the error should be employed in order for the compilation to eventually result in a nonzero return code.

Function: normal-flag grob

Create a default flag.

Function: not-first-broken-spanner? spanner

Is spanner broken and not the first of its broken siblings? The name is read “(not first) and broken”.

Function: not-last-broken-spanner? spanner

Is spanner broken and not the last of its broken siblings? The name is read “(not last) and broken”.

Function: ly:note-column-accidentals note-column

Return the AccidentalPlacement grob from note-column if any, or SCM_EOL otherwise.

Function: ly:note-column-dot-column note-column

Return the DotColumn grob from note-column if any, or SCM_EOL otherwise.

Function: ly:note-extra-source-file filename parser

Register a file, e.g., an image file, as being needed to compile the current file. This is used for the -dembed-source-code option. A parser may optionally be specified.

Function: ly:note-head::stem-attachment font-metric glyph-name direction

Get attachment in font-metric for attaching a stem to notehead glyph-name in the direction direction (default UP).

Function: note-name->markup pitch lowercase?

Return pitch markup for pitch, including accidentals printed as glyphs. If lowercase? is set to false, the note names are capitalized.

Function: note-name->string pitch language …

Return pitch string for pitch, without accidentals or octaves. Current input language is used for pitch names, except if an other language is specified.

Function: note-to-cluster music

Replace NoteEvents by ClusterNoteEvents.

Function: ly:number->string s

Convert s to a string without generating many decimals.

Function: number-format number-type num custom-format …

Print num according to the requested number-type. Choices include arabic, custom, roman-ij-lower, roman-ij-upper, roman-lower (the default), and roman-upper.

For custom, custom-format must be present; it gets applied to num.

Function: offset-fret fret-offset diagram-definition

Add fret-offset to each fret indication in diagram-definition and return the resulting verbose fret-diagram-definition.

Function: offsetter property offsets

Apply offsets to the default values of property of grob. Offsets are restricted to immutable properties and values of type number, number-pair, or number-pair-list.

Function: old-straight-flag grob

Old straight flag style (for composers like Bach). The angles of the flags are both 45 degrees.

Function: ly:one-line-auto-height-breaking paper-book

Put each score on a single line, and put each line on its own page. Modify the paper-width setting so that every page is wider than the widest line. Modify the paper-height setting to fit the height of the tallest line.

Function: ly:one-line-breaking paper-book

Put each score on a single line, and put each line on its own page. Modify the paper-width setting so that every page is wider than the widest line.

Function: ly:one-page-breaking paper-book

Put each score on a single page. The paper-height settings are modified so each score fits on one page, and the height of the page matches the height of the full score.

Function: ly:optimal-breaking paper-book

Optimally break (pages and lines) the Paper_book object paper-book to minimize badness for both vertical and horizontal spacing.

Function: ly:option-usage port internal

Print ly:set-option usage. Optional port argument for the destination defaults to current output port. Specify internal to get doc for internal options.

Function: ly:otf->cff otf-file-name idx

Convert the contents of an OTF file to a CFF file, returning it as a string. The optional idx argument is useful for OpenType/CFF collections (OTC) only; it specifies the font index within the OTC. The default value of idx is 0.

Function: ly:otf-font? font

Is font an OpenType font?

Function: ly:otf-font-glyph-info font glyph

Given the font metric font of an OpenType font, return the information about named glyph glyph (a string).

Function: ly:otf-font-table-data font tag

Extract a table tag from font. Return empty string for non-existent tag.

Function: ly:otf-glyph-count font

Return the number of glyphs in font.

Function: ly:otf-glyph-list font

Return a list of glyph names for font.

Function: ly:output-def? x

Is x a smob of class Output_def?

Function: ly:output-def-clone def

Clone output definition def.

Function: ly:output-def-lookup def sym val

Return the value of sym in output definition def (e.g., \paper). If no value is found, return val or '() if val is undefined.

Function: ly:output-def-parent output-def default-value

Return the parent output definition of output-def, or default-value if output-def has no parent. default-value is optional, and defaults to '().

Function: ly:output-def-scope def

Return the variable scope inside def.

Function: ly:output-def-set-variable! def sym val

Set an output definition def variable sym to val.

Function: ly:output-description output-def

Return the description of translators in output-def.

Function: ly:output-find-context-def output-def context-name

Return an alist of all context defs (matching context-name if given) in output-def.

Function: output-module? module

Return #t if module belongs to an output module usually carrying context definitions (\midi or \layout).

Function: ly:outputter-close outputter

Close port of outputter.

Function: ly:outputter-dump-stencil outputter stencil

Dump stencil expr onto outputter.

Function: ly:outputter-dump-string outputter str

Dump str onto outputter.

Function: ly:outputter-output-scheme outputter expr

Output expr to the paper outputter.

Function: ly:outputter-port outputter

Return output port for outputter.

Function: oval-stencil stencil thickness x-padding y-padding

Add an oval around stencil, padded by the padding pair, producing a new stencil.

Function: override-head-style heads style

Override style for heads to style.

Function: override-time-signature-setting time-signature setting

Override the time signature settings for the context in time-signature, with the new setting alist setting.

Function: ly:page-marker? x

Is x a smob of class Page_marker?

Function: ly:page-turn-breaking paper-book

Optimally break (pages and lines) the Paper_book object paper-book such that page turns only happen in specified places, returning its pages.

Function: ly:pango-font? f

Is f a Pango font?

Function: ly:pango-font-physical-fonts f

Return alist of (ps-name file-name font-index) lists for Pango font f.

Function: pango-pf-file-name pango-pf

Return the file name of the Pango physical font pango-pf.

Function: pango-pf-font-name pango-pf

Return the font name of the Pango physical font pango-pf.

Function: pango-pf-fontindex pango-pf

Return the font index of the Pango physical font pango-pf.

Function: ly:paper-book? x

Is x a smob of class Paper_book?

Function: ly:paper-book-header pb

Return the header definition (\header) in Paper_book object pb.

Function: ly:paper-book-pages pb

Return pages in Paper_book object pb.

Function: ly:paper-book-paper pb

Return the paper output definition (\paper) in Paper_book object pb.

Function: ly:paper-book-performances pb

Return performances in Paper_book object pb.

Function: ly:paper-book-scopes pb

Return scopes in Paper_book object pb.

Function: ly:paper-book-systems pb

Return systems in Paper_book object pb.

Function: ly:paper-column::break-align-width col align-syms

col should be a non-musical paper-column. This function determines the horizontal extent of a break align group contained in this column, relative to the system. The break align group is searched according to align-sym, which is either a break align symbol (see the break-align-symbol property), or a list of such symbols. For example, 

(ly:paper-column::break-align-width col '(key-signature staff-bar))

tries to find a BreakAlignGroup of key signatures, but falls back on bar lines if there are no key signatures or if the extent of the BreakAlignGroup containing them is empty (for example, if they are omitted).

The special symbol break-alignment means the combined extent of all items in the paper column. It is useful as the last element of the list, for a catch-all fallback.

This function never returns an empty interval. If no matching group is found or the group has an empty extent, it returns a point interval at the coordinate of the column relative to the system.

Function: ly:paper-column::print

Optional stencil for PaperColumn or NonMusicalPaperColumn. Draws the rank number of each column, its moment in time, a blue arrow showing the ideal distance, and a red arrow showing the minimum distance between columns.

Function: ly:paper-fonts def

Return a list containing the fonts from output definition def (e.g., \paper).

Function: ly:paper-get-font def chain

Find a font metric in output definition def satisfying the font qualifiers in alist chain chain, and return it. (An alist chain is a list of alists, containing grob properties.)

Function: ly:paper-get-number def sym

Return the value of variable sym in output definition def as a double.

Function: ly:paper-outputscale def

Return the output-scale for output definition def.

Function: ly:paper-score-paper-systems paper-score

Return vector of paper_system objects from paper-score.

Function: ly:paper-system? obj

Is obj a C++ Prob object of type paper-system?

Function: ly:paper-system-minimum-distance sys1 sys2

Measure the minimum distance between two paper system Probs sys1 and sys2, using their stored skylines if possible and falling back to their extents otherwise.

Function: parenthesize-stencil stencil half-thickness width angularity padding

Add parentheses around stencil, returning a new stencil.

Function: ly:parse-file name

Parse a single .ly file. Upon failure, throw ly-file-failed key.

Function: ly:parse-init name

Parse the init file name.

Function: ly:parse-string-expression parser-smob ly-code filename line

Parse the string ly-code with parser-smob. Return the contained music expression. filename and line are optional source indicators.

Function: parse-terse-string terse-definition

Parse a fret-diagram-terse definition string terse-definition and return a marking list, which can be used with a fretboard grob.

Function: ly:parsed-undead-list!

Return the list of objects that have been found alive but should have been dead, and clear that list.

Function: ly:parser-clear-error parser

Clear error flag for parser, defaulting to current parser.

Function: ly:parser-clone closures location

Return a clone of current parser. An association list of port positions to closures can be specified in closures in order to have $ and # interpreted in their original lexical environment. If location is a valid location, it becomes the source of all music expressions inside.

Function: ly:parser-define! symbol val

Bind symbol to val in current parser’s module.

Function: ly:parser-error msg input

Display an error message and make current parser fail. Without a current parser, trigger an ordinary error.

Function: ly:parser-has-error? parser

Does parser (defaulting to current parser) have an error flag?

Function: ly:parser-include-string ly-code

Include the string ly-code into the input stream for current parser. Can only be used in immediate Scheme expressions ($ instead of #).

Function: ly:parser-lookup symbol

Look up symbol in current parser’s module. Return '() if not defined.

Function: ly:parser-output-name parser

Return the base name of the output file. If parser is left off, use currently active parser.

Function: ly:parser-parse-string parser-smob ly-code

Parse the string ly-code with parser-smob. Upon failure, throw ly-file-failed key.

Function: ly:parser-set-note-names names

Replace current note names in parser. names is an alist of symbols. This only has effect if the current mode is notes.

Function: percussion? instrument

Return #t if the instrument should use MIDI channel 9.

Function: ly:perform-text-replacements props input-string

A string transformer to perform text replacements using the replacement-alist from the property alist chain props.

Function: ly:performance-headers performance

Return the list of headers with the innermost first.

Function: ly:performance-write performance filename name

Write performance to filename storing name as the name of the performance in the file metadata.

Function: ly:pitch? x

Is x a smob of class Pitch?

Function: ly:pitch<? p1 p2

Is p1 lexicographically smaller than p2?

Function: ly:pitch-alteration pp

Extract the alteration from pitch pp.

Function: ly:pitch-diff pitch root

Return pitch delta such that root transposed by delta equals pitch.

Function: ly:pitch-negate p

Negate pitch p.

Function: ly:pitch-notename pp

Extract the note name from pitch pp.

Function: ly:pitch-octave pp

Extract the octave from pitch pp.

Function: ly:pitch-quartertones pp

Calculate the number of quarter tones of pitch pp from middle C.

Function: ly:pitch-semitones pp

Calculate the number of semitones of pitch pp from middle C.

Function: ly:pitch-steps p

Number of steps counted from middle C of the pitch p.

Function: ly:pitch-tones pp

Calculate the number of tones of pitch pp from middle C as a rational number.

Function: ly:pitch-transpose p delta

Transpose pitch p by the amount delta, where delta is relative to middle C.

Function: ly:pointer-group-interface::add-grob grob sym grob-element

Add grob-element to grob’s sym grob array.

Function: polar->rectangular radius angle-in-degrees

Return polar coordinates (radius, angle-in-degrees) as rectangular coordinates (x-length . y-length).

Function: ly:position-on-line? sg spos

Return whether spos is on a line of the staff associated with the grob sg (even on an extender line).

Function: prepend-alist-chain key val chain

Convenience to make a new alist chain from chain by prepending a binding of key to val. This is similar to acons, for alist chains (lists of alists).

Function: ly:prob? x

Is x a smob of class Prob?

Function: ly:prob-immutable-properties prob

Retrieve an alist of immutable properties.

Function: ly:prob-mutable-properties prob

Retrieve an alist of mutable properties.

Function: ly:prob-property prob sym val

Return the value for property sym of Prob object prob. If no value is found, return val or '() if val is not specified.

Function: ly:prob-property? obj sym

Is boolean prop sym of obj set?

Function: ly:prob-set-property! obj sym value

Set property sym of obj to value.

Function: ly:prob-type? obj type

Is obj the specified prob type?

Function: ly:programming-error str rest

A Scheme callable function to issue the internal warning str. The message is formatted with format; rest holds the formatting arguments (if any).

Function: ly:progress str rest

A Scheme callable function to print progress str. The message is formatted with format; rest holds the formatting arguments (if any).

Function: ly:property-lookup-stats sym

Return hash table with a property access corresponding to sym. Choices are prob, grob, and context.

Function: ly:pt num

num printer points.

Function: ly:pure-call data grob start end rest

Convert property data (unpure-pure container or procedure) to value in a pure context defined by grob, start, end, and possibly rest arguments.

Function: pure-chain-offset-callback grob start end prev-offset

Sometimes, a chained offset callback is unpure and there is no way to write a pure function that estimates its behavior. In this case, we use a pure equivalent that will simply pass the previous calculated offset value.

Function: ly:randomize-rand-seed

Randomize C random generator.

Function: ratio->fret ratio

Calculate a fret number given ratio for the harmonic.

Function: ratio->pitch ratio

Calculate a pitch given ratio for the harmonic.

Function: read-lily-expression chr port

Read a lilypond music expression enclosed within #{ and #} from port and return the corresponding Scheme music expression. ‘$’ and ‘#’ introduce immediate and normal Scheme forms.

Function: recording-group-emulate music odef

Interpret music according to odef, but store all events in a chronological list, similar to the Recording_group_engraver in LilyPond version 2.8 and earlier.

Function: ly:register-stencil-expression symbol

Add symbol as head of a stencil expression.

Function: ly:register-translator creator name description

Register a translator creator (usually a descriptive alist or a function/closure returning one when given a context argument) with the given symbol name and the given description alist.

Function: ly:relative-group-extent elements common axis

Determine the extent of elements relative to common in the axis direction.

Function: remove-grace-property context-name grob sym

Remove all sym for grob in context-name.

Function: remove-whitespace strg

Remove characters satisfying char-whitespace? from string strg.

Function: ly:rename-file oldname newname

Rename oldname to newname. In contrast to Guile’s rename-file function, this replaces the destination if it already exists. On Windows, fall back to copying the file contents if newname cannot be deleted.

Function: ly:reset-all-fonts

Forget all about previously loaded fonts.

Function: retrieve-glyph-flag flag-style dir dir-modifier grob

Load the correct flag glyph from the font.

Function: retrograde-music music

Return music in retrograde (reversed) order.

Function: revert-fontSize func-name mag

Used by \magnifyMusic and \magnifyStaff. Calculate the previous fontSize value (before scaling) by factoring out the magnification factor mag (if func-name is 'magnifyMusic), or by factoring out the context property magnifyStaffValue (if func-name is 'magnifyStaff). Revert the fontSize in the appropriate context accordingly.

With \magnifyMusic, the scaling is reverted after the music block it operates on. \magnifyStaff does not operate on a music block, so the scaling from a previous call (if there is one) is reverted before the new scaling takes effect.

Function: revert-head-style heads

Revert style for heads.

Function: revert-props func-name mag props

Used by \magnifyMusic and \magnifyStaff. Revert each prop in props in the appropriate context. func-name is either 'magnifyMusic or 'magnifyStaff. The props list is formatted like: 

'((Stem thickness)
  (Slur line-thickness)
  ...)
Function: ly:round-filled-box xext yext blot

Make a Stencil object that prints a black box of dimensions xext, yext and roundness blot.

Function: ly:round-polygon points blot extroversion filled-scm

Make a Stencil object that prints a black polygon with corners at the points defined by points (list of coordinate pairs) and roundness blot. Optional extroversion shifts the outline outward, with the default of 0 keeping the middle of the line just on the polygon.

Function: rounded-box-stencil stencil thickness padding blot

Add a rounded box around stencil, producing a new stencil.

Function: ly:run-translator mus output-def

Process mus according to output-def. An interpretation context is set up, and mus is interpreted with it. The context is returned in its final state.

Function: scale-beam-thickness mag

Used by \magnifyMusic. Scaling Beam.beam-thickness exactly to the mag value will not work. This uses two reference values for beam-thickness to determine an acceptable value when scaling, then does the equivalent of a \temporary \override with the new value.

Function: scale-fontSize func-name mag

Used by \magnifyMusic and \magnifyStaff. Look up the current fontSize in the appropriate context and scale it by the magnification factor mag. func-name is either 'magnifyMusic or 'magnifyStaff.

Function: scale-layout paper scale

Return a clone of paper, scaled by the given scale factor.

Function: scale-props func-name mag allowed-to-shrink? props

Used by \magnifyMusic and \magnifyStaff. For each prop in props, find the current value of the requested prop, scale it by the magnification factor mag, and do the equivalent of a \temporary \override with the new value in the appropriate context. If allowed-to-shrink? is #f, don’t let the new value be less than the current value. func-name is either 'magnifyMusic or 'magnifyStaff. The props list is formatted like: 

'((Stem thickness)
  (Slur line-thickness)
  ...)
Function: ly:score? x

Is x a smob of class Score?

Function: ly:score-add-output-def! score def

Add an output definition def to score.

Function: ly:score-embedded-format score layout

Run score through layout (an output definition) scaled to correct output-scale already, returning a list of layout lines.

Function: ly:score-error? score

Was there an error in the score?

Function: ly:score-header score

Return score header.

Function: ly:score-music score

Return score music.

Function: ly:score-output-defs score

All output definitions in a score.

Function: ly:score-set-header! score module

Set the score header.

Function: scorify-music music

Preprocess music.

Function: seconds->moment s context

Return a moment equivalent to s seconds at the current tempo.

Function: select-head-glyph style log

Select a note head glyph string based on note head style style and duration log log.

Function: self-alignment-interface::self-aligned-on-breakable grob

Return the X-offset that places grob according to its self-alignment-X over the reference point defined by the break-align-anchor-alignment of a break-aligned item such as a Clef.

Function: sequential-music-to-chord-exceptions seq rest …

Transform sequential music seq of type 

<<c d e>>-\markup{ foobar }

to (cons cde-pitches foobar-markup), or to (cons de-pitches foobar-markup) if omit-root is given and non-false.

Function: set-accidental-style style rest …

Set accidental style to style. Optionally take a context argument, e.g., 'Staff or 'Voice. The context defaults to Staff, except for piano styles, which use GrandStaff as a context.

Function: ly:set-color-names alist

Define named colors for ly:stencil-in-color. alist has the entries of the format (name . color), where color is a list of length 3 (RGB) or 4 (RGB+alpha).

Function: ly:set-default-scale scale

Set the global default scale. This determines the tuning of pitches with no accidentals or key signatures. The first pitch is C. Alterations are calculated relative to this scale. The number of pitches in this scale determines the number of scale steps that make up an octave. Usually the 7-note major scale.

Function: set-global-staff-size sz

Set the default staff size, where sz is thought to be in points.

Function: ly:set-grob-creation-callback cb

Specify a procedure that gets called every time a new grob is created. The callback receives as arguments the grob that was created, the name of the C++ source file that caused the grob to be created, and the corresponding line number in the C++ source file. Call with #f as argument to unset the callback.

Function: ly:set-grob-modification-callback cb

Specify a procedure that gets called every time LilyPond modifies a grob property. The callback receives as arguments the grob that is being modified, the name of the C++ file in which the modification was requested, the line number in the C++ file in which the modification was requested, the name of the function in which the modification was requested, the property to be changed, and the new value for the property. Call with #f as argument to unset the callback.

Function: ly:set-middle-C! context

Set the middleCPosition variable in context based on the variables middleCClefPosition and middleCOffset.

Function: set-mus-properties! m alist

Set all of alist as properties of m.

Function: ly:set-option var val

Set a program option.

Function: ly:set-origin! m origin

Set the origin given in origin to m. m is typically a music expression or a list of music. List structures are searched recursively, but recursion stops at the changed music expressions themselves.

origin is generally of type ly:input-location?, defaulting to (*location*). Other valid values for origin are a music expression which is then used as the source of location information, or #f or '() in which case no action is performed. The return value is m itself.

Function: set-output-property grob-name symbol val

Usage example: \applyoutput #(set-output-property 'Clef 'extra-offset '(0 . 1))

Function: ly:set-property-cache-callback cb

Specify a procedure that gets called whenever LilyPond calculates a callback function and caches the result. The callback receives as arguments the grob whose property it is, the name of the property, the name of the callback that calculated the property, and the new (cached) value of the property. Call with #f as argument to unset the callback.

Function: shift-one-duration-log music shift dot

Add shift to duration-log of 'duration in music and optionally dot to any note encountered. The number of dots in the shifted music may not be less than zero.

Function: shift-right-at-line-begin g

Shift an item to the right, but only at the start of the line.

Function: shift-semitone->pitch key semitone->pitch

Given a function semitone->pitch converting a semitone number into a note value for a lookup table created in relation to C, returns a corresponding function in relation to key. The note values returned by this function differ only enharmonically from the original semitone->pitch function.

Function: skip->rest mus

Replace mus by RestEvent of the same duration if it is a SkipEvent. Useful for extracting parts from crowded scores.

Function: skip-of-length mus

Create a skip of exactly the same length as mus.

Function: skip-of-moment-span start-moment end-moment

Make skip music fitting between start-moment and end-moment. The grace part of end-moment matters only if start-moment and end-mom have the same main part.

Function: ly:skyline? x

Is x a smob of class Skyline?

Function: ly:skyline->points skyline horizon-axis

Return a list of points from the given skyline, if viewed with horizon-axis as ‘horizon axis’. Joining the points with a line draws the outline of the skyline.

Function: ly:skyline-distance skyline other-skyline horizon-padding

Compute the distance between the two skylines, padding by horizon-padding if provided.

Function: ly:skyline-empty? sky

Return whether skyline sky is empty.

Function: ly:skyline-height skyline x

Return the height of skyline at point x.

Function: ly:skyline-max-height skyline

Return the maximum height found in skyline.

Function: ly:skyline-max-height-position skyline

Return the position at which skyline reaches its maximum height.

Function: ly:skyline-merge skyline1 skyline2

Merge the two given skylines.

Function: ly:skyline-pad skyline horizon-padding

Return a version of skyline padded by horizon-padding along the horizon.

Function: ly:skyline-touching-point skyline other-skyline horizon-padding

Get the point where skyline and other-skyline (having opposite directions) reach their minimum distance. If horizon-padding is provided, one skyline is padded with it first.

Function: ly:skylines-for-stencil stencil axis

Return a pair of skylines representing the outline of stencil. axis is the ‘horizon axis’ (i.e., this function gives skylines suitable for the vertical-skylines property if axis is X, and for horizontal-skylines if axis is Y).

Function: ly:smob-protects

Return LilyPond’s internal smob protection list.

Function: ly:solve-spring-rod-problem springs rods length ragged

Solve a spring and rod problem for count objects that are connected by count-1 springs, and an arbitrary number of rods. count is implicitly given by springs and rods. The springs argument has the format (ideal, inverse_hook) and rods is of the form (idx1, idx2, distance).

length is a number, ragged a boolean.

The function returns a list containing the force (positive for stretching, negative for compressing and #f for non-satisfied constraints) followed by spring-count+1 positions of the objects.

Function: ly:source-file? x

Is x a smob of class Source_file?

Function: ly:source-files parser-smob

Return a list of input files that have been opened up to here, including the files that have been closed already. A parser, parser-smob, may optionally be specified.

Function: ly:span-bar::before-line-breaking grob

A dummy callback that kills the Grob grob if it contains no elements.

Function: ly:span-bar::calc-anchor grob

Calculate the anchor position of the SpanBar. The anchor is used for the correct placement of bar numbers, etc.

Function: ly:span-bar::calc-glyph-name grob

Return the 'glyph-name of the corresponding BarLine grob. The corresponding SpanBar glyph is computed within span-bar::compound-bar-line.

Function: span-bar::compound-bar-line grob bar-glyph extent

Build the stencil of the span bar.

Function: ly:span-bar::print grob

The print routine for span bars.

Function: ly:span-bar::width grob

Compute the width of the SpanBar stencil.

Function: Span_stem_engraver ctx

Connect cross-staff stems to the stems above in the system.

Function: ly:spanner? g

Is g a spanner object?

Function: ly:spanner-bound spanner dir def

Get one of the bounds of spanner. dir is -1 for left, and 1 for right. If the spanner does not (yet) have a bound for this direction, return def, or '() if def is not specified.

Function: ly:spanner-broken-into spanner

Return broken-into list for spanner.

Function: ly:spanner-set-bound! spanner dir item

Set grob item as bound in direction dir for spanner.

Function: ly:spawn command rest

Simple Scheme interface to the GLib function g_spawn_sync. If an error occurs, format it with format and rest.

Function: split-list-by-separator lst pred

Split lst at each element that satisfies pred, and return the parts (with the separators removed) as a list of lists. Example: 

(split-list-by-separator '(a 0 b c 1 d) number?)
   ⇒ ((a) (b c) (d))
Function: ly:spring? x

Is x a smob of class Spring?

Function: ly:spring-set-inverse-compress-strength! spring strength

Set the inverse compress strength of spring.

Function: ly:spring-set-inverse-stretch-strength! spring strength

Set the inverse stretch strength of spring.

Function: stack-lines dir padding baseline stils

Stack stencils vertically with a baseline skip.

Function: stack-stencil-line space stencils

Adjoin a list of stencils along the x axis, leaving space between the end of each stencil and the beginning of the following stencil. Stencils with empty y extent are not given space before them and don’t avoid overlapping other stencils.

Function: stack-stencils axis dir padding stils

Stack stencils stils in direction axis, dir, using padding.

Function: stack-stencils-padding-list axis dir paddings stils

Stack stencils stils in direction axis, dir, using a list of paddings.

Function: staff-ellipsis::calc-y-extent grob

Callback for StaffEllipsis grob, which is used with skipTypesetting.

Function: staff-ellipsis::print grob

Callback for StaffEllipsis grob, which is used with skipTypesetting.

Function: ly:staff-symbol-line-thickness grob

Return the current staff line thickness in the staff associated with grob, expressed as a multiple of the current staff space height.

Function: ly:staff-symbol-staff-radius grob

Return the radius of the staff associated with grob.

Function: ly:staff-symbol-staff-space grob

Return the current staff space height in the staff associated with grob, expressed as a multiple of the default height of a staff space in the traditional five-line staff.

Function: ly:stderr-redirect fd-or-file-name mode

Redirect standard error output (stderr) to file descriptor fd if the first parameter is an integer, or to file file-name, opened with mode.

Function: ly:stencil? x

Is x a smob of class Stencil?

Function: ly:stencil-add args

Combine stencils. Takes any number of arguments.

Function: ly:stencil-aligned-to stil axis dir

Align stencil stil using its own extents. dir is a number. -1 and 1 are left and right, respectively. Other values are interpolated (so 0 means the center).

Function: ly:stencil-combine-at-edge first axis direction second padding

Construct a stencil by putting second next to first. axis can be 0 (x axis) or 1 (y axis). direction can be -1 (left or down) or 1 (right or up). The stencils are juxtaposed with padding as extra space. first and second may also be '() or #f.

Function: ly:stencil-empty? stil axis

Return whether stil is empty. If an optional axis is supplied, the emptiness check is restricted to that axis.

Function: ly:stencil-expr stil

Return the expression of stencil stil.

Function: ly:stencil-extent stil axis

Return a pair of numbers signifying the extent of stencil stil in axis direction (0 or 1 for x and y axis, respectively).

Function: ly:stencil-in-color stc r g b a

Put stencil stc in a different color. Accepts either three values for r, g, b and an optional value for a, or a single CSS-like string.

Function: ly:stencil-outline stil outline

Return a stencil with the stencil expression (inking) of stencil stil but with outline and dimensions from stencil outline.

Function: ly:stencil-rotate stil angle x y

Return a stencil stil rotated by angle degrees around the relative offset (x, y). E.g., an offset of (-1, 1) rotates the stencil around the left upper corner.

Function: ly:stencil-rotate-absolute stil angle x y

Return a stencil stil rotated by angle degrees around point (x, y), given in absolute coordinates.

Function: ly:stencil-scale stil x y

Scale stencil stil using the horizontal and vertical scaling factors x and optional y (defaulting to x). Negative values flip or mirror stil without changing its origin; this may result in collisions unless it is repositioned.

Function: ly:stencil-stack first axis direction second padding mindist

Construct a stencil by stacking second next to first. axis can be 0 (x axis) or 1 (y axis). direction can be -1 (left or down) or 1 (right or up). The stencils are juxtaposed with padding as extra space. first and second may also be '() or #f. As opposed to ly:stencil-combine-at-edge, metrics are suited for successively accumulating lines of stencils. Also, second stencil is drawn last.

If mindist is specified, reference points are placed apart at least by this distance. If either of the stencils is spacing, padding and mindist do not apply.

Function: ly:stencil-translate stil offset

Return a copy of stencil stil but translated by offset (a pair of numbers).

Function: ly:stencil-translate-axis stil amount axis

Return a copy of stencil stil but translated by amount in axis direction.

Function: stencil-true-extent stencil axis

Return the extent of the actual printed ink of stencil on axis.

Function: stencil-whiteout stil [style [thickness [line-thickness]]]

White-out a stencil (i.e., add a white background around it).

style, thickness and line-thickness are optional arguments. If set, style determines the shape of the white background. Given 'outline the white background is produced by stencil-whiteout-outline, given 'rounded-box it is produced by stencil-whiteout-box with rounded corners, given other arguments (e.g., 'box) or when unspecified it defaults to stencil-whiteout-box with square corners. If thickness is specified it determines how far, as a multiple of line-thickness, the white background extends past the extents of stencil stil. If thickness has not been specified, an appropriate default is chosen based on style.

Function: stencil-whiteout-box stil [thickness [blot [color]]]

White-out a stencil by printing it on top of a white (or color) rectangle.

thickness is how far, as a multiple of line-thickness, the white outline extends past the extents of stencil stil.

Function: stencil-whiteout-outline stil [thickness [color [angle-increments [radial-increments]]]]

White-out a stencil by surrounding it with white (or color) around its outline.

This function works by creating a series of white or color stencils radially offset from the original stencil with angles from 0 to 2*pi, at an increment of angle-inc, and with radii from radial-inc to thickness. thickness is how big the white outline is, as a multiple of line-thickness. radial-increments is how many copies of the white stencil we make on our way out to thickness. angle-increments is how many copies of the white stencil we make between 0 and 2*pi.

Function: straight-flag flag-thickness flag-spacing upflag-angle upflag-length downflag-angle downflag-length

Create a stencil for a straight flag. flag-thickness and flag-spacing are given in staff spaces, upflag-angle and downflag-angle are given in degrees, and upflag-length and downflag-length are given in staff spaces.

All lengths are scaled according to the font size of the note.

Function: ly:stream-event? obj

Is obj a Stream_event object?

Function: ly:string-percent-encode str

Encode all characters in string str with hexadecimal percent escape sequences, with the following exceptions: characters ‘-./_’ and characters in ranges 0-9, A-Z, and a-z.

Function: ly:string-substitute a b s

Replace string a by string b in string s.

Function: style-note-heads heads style music

Set style for all heads in music. Works both inside of and outside of chord construct.

Function: suggest-convert-ly-message version-seen

Internally used when the file has an error, to suggest usage of convert-ly if the \version statement is considered outdated compared to the LilyPond version that is running.

Function: symbol-concatenate names …

Like string-concatenate, but for symbols.

Function: ly:system-font-load name

Load the OpenType system font ‘name.otf’. Fonts loaded with this command must contain three additional SFNT font tables called LILC, LILF, and LILY, needed for typesetting musical elements. Currently, only the Emmentaler and the Emmentaler-Brace fonts fulfill these requirements.

Note that only ly:font-get-glyph and derived code (like \lookup) can access glyphs from the system fonts; text strings are handled exclusively via the Pango interface.

Function: tag-group-get tag

Return the tag group (as a list of symbols) that the given tag symbol belongs to, #f if none.

Function: tags-keep-predicate tags

Return a predicate that returns #f for any music that is to be removed by \keepWithTag on the given symbol or list of symbols tags.

Function: tags-remove-predicate tags

Return a predicate that returns #f for any music that is to be removed by \removeWithTag on the given symbol or list of symbols tags.

Function: teaching-accidental-rule context pitch barnum

An accidental rule that typesets a cautionary accidental if it is included in the key signature and does not directly follow a note on the same staff line.

Function: ly:text-interface::interpret-markup

Convert a text markup into a stencil. Takes three arguments, layout, props, and markup.

layout is a \layout block; it may be obtained from a grob with ly:grob-layout. props is an alist chain, i.e., a list of alists. This is typically obtained with (ly:grob-alist-chain grob (ly:output-def-lookup layout 'text-font-defaults)). markup is the markup text to be processed.

Function: ly:time-signature::print grob

Print routine for time signatures.

Function: ly:transform? x

Is x a smob of class Transform?

Function: ly:transform->list transform

Convert a transform matrix to a list of six values. Values are xx, yx, xy, yy, x0, y0.

Function: ly:translate-cpp-warning-scheme str

Translate a string in C++ printf format and modify it to use it for Scheme formatting.

Function: ly:translator? x

Is x a smob of class Translator?

Function: ly:translator-context trans

Return the context of the translator object trans.

Function: ly:translator-description creator

Return an alist of properties of translator definition creator.

Function: ly:translator-group? x

Is x a smob of class Translator_group?

Function: ly:translator-name creator

Return the type name of the translator definition creator. The name is a symbol.

Function: ly:transpose-key-alist l pit

Make a new key alist of l transposed by pitch pit.

Function: ly:ttf->pfa ttf-file-name idx

Convert the contents of a TrueType font file to PostScript Type 42 font, returning it as a string. The optional idx argument is useful for TrueType collections (TTC) only; it specifies the font index within the TTC. The default value of idx is 0.

Function: ly:ttf-ps-name ttf-file-name idx

Extract the PostScript name from a TrueType font. The optional idx argument is useful for TrueType collections (TTC) only; it specifies the font index within the TTC. The default value of idx is 0.

Function: ly:type1->pfa type1-file-name

Convert the contents of a Type 1 font in PFB format to PFA format. If the file is already in PFA format, pass it through.

Function: unbroken-or-first-broken-spanner? spanner

Is spanner either unbroken or the first of its broken siblings?

Function: unbroken-or-last-broken-spanner? spanner

Is spanner either unbroken or the last of its broken siblings?

Function: unbroken-spanner? spanner

Is spanner unbroken? A spanner has to be broken if it spans more than one system, or if one of its bounds is on the limit of the system. This function returns #f on the clones, but #t on the originals.

Function: unfold-repeats types music

Replace repeats of the types given by types with unfolded repeats. If types is an empty list, repeated-music is taken, unfolding all.

Function: unfold-repeats-fully music

Unfold repeats and expand the resulting unfolded-repeated-music.

Function: uniq-list lst

Remove doublets from list lst (i.e., make its elements unique), assuming that it is sorted. Uses equal? for comparisons.

Function: ly:unit

Return the unit used for lengths as a string.

Function: unity-if-multimeasure context dur

Given a context and a duration, return 1 if the duration is longer than the measureLength in that context, and #f otherwise. This supports historic use of Completion_heads_engraver to split c1*3 into three whole notes.

Function: ly:unpure-call data grob rest

Convert property data (unpure-pure container or procedure) to value in an unpure context defined by grob and possibly rest arguments.

Function: ly:unpure-pure-container? x

Is x a smob of class Unpure_pure_container?

Function: ly:unpure-pure-container-pure-part pc

Return the pure part of pc.

Function: ly:unpure-pure-container-unpure-part pc

Return the unpure part of pc.

Function: ly:usage

Print usage message.

Function: value-for-spanner-piece property args

Associate a piece of broken spanner grob with an element of list arg.

Function: ly:verbose-output?

Was verbose output requested, i.e., is the log level at least DEBUG?

Function: ly:version

Return the current LilyPond version as a list, e.g., (1 3 127 uu1).

Function: ly:version? op ver

Use operator op to compare the currently executed LilyPond version with a given version ver, which is passed as a list of numbers.

Function: voicify-music m [id]

Recursively split chords that are separated with \\. Optional id can be a list of context ids to use. If numeric, they also indicate a voice type override. If id is just a single number, that’s where numbering starts.

Function: volta-bracket::calc-hook-visibility bar-glyph

Determine the visibility of the volta bracket end hook, returning #t if no hook should be drawn.

Function: ly:volta-bracket::calc-shorten-pair grob

Calculate the shorten-pair values for an ideal placement of the volta brackets relative to the bar lines.

Function: volta-spec-music number-list music

Add \volta number-list to music.

Function: ly:warning str rest

A Scheme callable function to issue the warning str. The message is formatted with format; rest holds the formatting arguments (if any).

Function: ly:warning-located location str rest

A Scheme callable function to issue the warning str at the specified location in an input file. The message is formatted with format; rest holds the formatting arguments (if any).

Function: ly:wide-char->utf-8 wc

Encode the Unicode codepoint wc, an integer, as UTF-8.

Function: write-me message x

Return x. Display message and write x. Handy for debugging, possibly turned off.

[ << Scheme functions ][Top][Contents][Index][ >> ]
[ < Scheme functions ][ Up : Top ][]

A. Indices

[ << Indices ][Top][Contents][Index][ >> ]
[ < Indices ][ Up : Indices ][]

A.1 Concept index

[ << Indices ][Top][Contents][Index][ >> ]
[ < Concept index ][ Up : Indices ][ > ]

A.2 Function index

Jump to:   A   B   C   D   E   F   G   H   I   L   M   N   O   P   R   S   T   U   V   W  
Index Entry Section
A
add-bar-glyph-print-procedure4. Scheme functions
add-grace-property4. Scheme functions
add-music-fonts4. Scheme functions
add-new-clef4. Scheme functions
add-simple-time-signature-style4. Scheme functions
add-stroke-glyph4. Scheme functions
add-stroke-straight4. Scheme functions
alist->hash-table4. Scheme functions
allow-volta-hook4. Scheme functions
alterations-in-key4. Scheme functions
angle-0-2pi4. Scheme functions
angle-0-3604. Scheme functions
arrow-stencil4. Scheme functions
arrow-stencil-maker4. Scheme functions
assoc-get4. Scheme functions
at-bar-line-substitute-caesura-type4. Scheme functions
B
bar-line::calc-break-visibility4. Scheme functions
bar-line::calc-glyph-name4. Scheme functions
bar-line::calc-glyph-name-for-direction4. Scheme functions
bar-line::compound-bar-line4. Scheme functions
bar-line::draw-filled-box4. Scheme functions
bar-line::widen-bar-extent-on-span4. Scheme functions
base-length4. Scheme functions
beam-exceptions4. Scheme functions
beat-structure4. Scheme functions
bend-spanner::print4. Scheme functions
bend::arrow-head-stencil4. Scheme functions
bend::calc-bend-x-begin4. Scheme functions
bend::calc-bend-x-end4. Scheme functions
bend::target-cautionary4. Scheme functions
bend::text-string4. Scheme functions
book-first-page4. Scheme functions
box-grob-stencil4. Scheme functions
box-stencil4. Scheme functions
bracketify-stencil4. Scheme functions
break-alignable-interface::self-alignment-of-anchor4. Scheme functions
break-alignable-interface::self-alignment-opposite-of-anchor4. Scheme functions
break-alignment-list4. Scheme functions
C
caesura-script-interface::before-line-breaking4. Scheme functions
caesura-to-bar-line-or-divisio4. Scheme functions
caesura-to-divisio4. Scheme functions
calc-harmonic-pitch4. Scheme functions
centered-spanner-interface::calc-x-offset4. Scheme functions
centered-stencil4. Scheme functions
chain-assoc-get4. Scheme functions
change-pitches4. Scheme functions
check-context-path4. Scheme functions
check-grob-path4. Scheme functions
check-music-path4. Scheme functions
chord-name->german-markup4. Scheme functions
chord-name->italian-markup4. Scheme functions
circle-stencil4. Scheme functions
clef-transposition-markup4. Scheme functions
collect-book-music-for-book4. Scheme functions
collect-bookpart-for-book4. Scheme functions
collect-music-aux4. Scheme functions
collect-music-for-book4. Scheme functions
comparator-from-key4. Scheme functions
construct-chord-elements4. Scheme functions
context-spec-music4. Scheme functions
copy-repeat-chord4. Scheme functions
count-list4. Scheme functions
create-glyph-flag4. Scheme functions
cross-staff-connect4. Scheme functions
cue-substitute4. Scheme functions
cyclic-base-value4. Scheme functions
D
default-flag4. Scheme functions
define-bar-line4. Scheme functions
define-event-class4. Scheme functions
define-event-function4. Scheme functions
define-fonts4. Scheme functions
define-markup-command4. Scheme functions
define-markup-list-command4. Scheme functions
define-music-function4. Scheme functions
define-scheme-function4. Scheme functions
define-syntax-function4. Scheme functions
define-tag-group4. Scheme functions
define-void-function4. Scheme functions
degrees->radians4. Scheme functions
descend-to-context4. Scheme functions
determine-split-list4. Scheme functions
determine-string-fret-finger4. Scheme functions
dir-basename4. Scheme functions
display-lily-music4. Scheme functions
display-music4. Scheme functions
display-scheme-music4. Scheme functions
dodecaphonic-no-repeat-rule4. Scheme functions
duration-dot-factor4. Scheme functions
duration-length4. Scheme functions
duration-line::calc4. Scheme functions
duration-line::print4. Scheme functions
duration-log-factor4. Scheme functions
duration-visual4. Scheme functions
duration-visual-length4. Scheme functions
dynamic-text-spanner::before-line-breaking4. Scheme functions
E
elbowed-hairpin4. Scheme functions
ellipse-stencil4. Scheme functions
end-broken-spanner?4. Scheme functions
eval-carefully4. Scheme functions
event-chord-notes4. Scheme functions
event-chord-pitches4. Scheme functions
event-chord-reduce4. Scheme functions
event-chord-wrap!4. Scheme functions
event-has-articulation?4. Scheme functions
expand-repeat-chords!4. Scheme functions
expand-repeat-notes!4. Scheme functions
extract-beam-exceptions4. Scheme functions
extract-music4. Scheme functions
extract-named-music4. Scheme functions
extract-typed-music4. Scheme functions
F
find-named-props4. Scheme functions
find-pitch-entry4. Scheme functions
finger-glide::print4. Scheme functions
first-assoc4. Scheme functions
first-broken-spanner?4. Scheme functions
first-member4. Scheme functions
flat-flag4. Scheme functions
flatten-list4. Scheme functions
flip-stencil4. Scheme functions
fold-some-music4. Scheme functions
font-name-split4. Scheme functions
for-some-music4. Scheme functions
format-segno-mark-considering-bar-lines4. Scheme functions
fret->pitch4. Scheme functions
fret-parse-terse-definition-string4. Scheme functions
function-chain4. Scheme functions
G
generate-crop-stencil4. Scheme functions
generate-preview-stencil4. Scheme functions
get-bound-note-heads4. Scheme functions
get-chord-shape4. Scheme functions
get-postscript-bbox4. Scheme functions
get-tweakable-music4. Scheme functions
glyph-flag4. Scheme functions
grob-transformer4. Scheme functions
grob::all-objects4. Scheme functions
grob::compose-function4. Scheme functions
grob::display-objects4. Scheme functions
grob::inherit-parent-property4. Scheme functions
grob::name4. Scheme functions
grob::offset-function4. Scheme functions
grob::relay-other-property4. Scheme functions
grob::rhythmic-location4. Scheme functions
grob::unpure-Y-extent-from-stencil4. Scheme functions
grob::when4. Scheme functions
H
headers-property-alist-chain4. Scheme functions
hook-stencil4. Scheme functions
I
interpret-markup4. Scheme functions
interval-center4. Scheme functions
interval-index4. Scheme functions
interval-length4. Scheme functions
invalidate-alterations4. Scheme functions
item::extra-spacing-height-including-staff4. Scheme functions
L
layout-line-thickness4. Scheme functions
layout-set-absolute-staff-size4. Scheme functions
layout-set-staff-size4. Scheme functions
lilypond-main4. Scheme functions
lilypond-version-outdated?4. Scheme functions
list-insert-separator4. Scheme functions
list-join4. Scheme functions
lookup-markup-command4. Scheme functions
ly:add-context-mod4. Scheme functions
ly:add-interface4. Scheme functions
ly:add-listener4. Scheme functions
ly:add-option4. Scheme functions
ly:all-grob-interfaces4. Scheme functions
ly:all-options4. Scheme functions
ly:all-output-backend-commands4. Scheme functions
ly:all-stencil-commands4. Scheme functions
ly:all-stencil-expressions4. Scheme functions
ly:angle4. Scheme functions
ly:assoc-get4. Scheme functions
ly:axis-group-interface::add-element4. Scheme functions
ly:bar-line::calc-anchor4. Scheme functions
ly:bar-line::print4. Scheme functions
ly:basic-progress4. Scheme functions
ly:bezier-extent4. Scheme functions
ly:bezier-extract4. Scheme functions
ly:book-add-bookpart!4. Scheme functions
ly:book-add-score!4. Scheme functions
ly:book-book-parts4. Scheme functions
ly:book-header4. Scheme functions
ly:book-paper4. Scheme functions
ly:book-process4. Scheme functions
ly:book-process-to-systems4. Scheme functions
ly:book-scores4. Scheme functions
ly:book-set-header!4. Scheme functions
ly:book?4. Scheme functions
ly:bp4. Scheme functions
ly:bracket4. Scheme functions
ly:break-alignment-interface::find-nonempty-break-align-group4. Scheme functions
ly:broadcast4. Scheme functions
ly:cairo-output-stencil4. Scheme functions
ly:cairo-output-stencils4. Scheme functions
ly:camel-case->lisp-identifier4. Scheme functions
ly:chain-assoc-get4. Scheme functions
ly:check-expected-warnings4. Scheme functions
ly:cm4. Scheme functions
ly:command-line-code4. Scheme functions
ly:command-line-options4. Scheme functions
ly:connect-dispatchers4. Scheme functions
ly:context-current-moment4. Scheme functions
ly:context-def-lookup4. Scheme functions
ly:context-def-modify4. Scheme functions
ly:context-def?4. Scheme functions
ly:context-event-source4. Scheme functions
ly:context-events-below4. Scheme functions
ly:context-find4. Scheme functions
ly:context-grob-definition4. Scheme functions
ly:context-id4. Scheme functions
ly:context-matched-pop-property4. Scheme functions
ly:context-mod-apply!4. Scheme functions
ly:context-mod?4. Scheme functions
ly:context-name4. Scheme functions
ly:context-output-def4. Scheme functions
ly:context-parent4. Scheme functions
ly:context-property4. Scheme functions
ly:context-property-where-defined4. Scheme functions
ly:context-pushpop-property4. Scheme functions
ly:context-set-property!4. Scheme functions
ly:context-unset-property4. Scheme functions
ly:context?4. Scheme functions
ly:debug4. Scheme functions
ly:default-scale4. Scheme functions
ly:dimension?4. Scheme functions
ly:dir?4. Scheme functions
ly:directed4. Scheme functions
ly:disconnect-dispatchers4. Scheme functions
ly:dispatcher?4. Scheme functions
ly:duration->string4. Scheme functions
ly:duration-compress4. Scheme functions
ly:duration-dot-count4. Scheme functions
ly:duration-factor4. Scheme functions
ly:duration-length4. Scheme functions
ly:duration-log4. Scheme functions
ly:duration-scale4. Scheme functions
ly:duration<?4. Scheme functions
ly:duration?4. Scheme functions
ly:effective-prefix4. Scheme functions
ly:engraver-announce-end-grob4. Scheme functions
ly:engraver-make-grob4. Scheme functions
ly:engraver-make-item4. Scheme functions
ly:engraver-make-spanner4. Scheme functions
ly:engraver-make-sticky4. Scheme functions
ly:error4. Scheme functions
ly:event-deep-copy4. Scheme functions
ly:event-property4. Scheme functions
ly:event-set-property!4. Scheme functions
ly:event?4. Scheme functions
ly:expect-warning4. Scheme functions
ly:extract-subfont-from-collection4. Scheme functions
ly:find-file4. Scheme functions
ly:font-config-add-directory4. Scheme functions
ly:font-config-add-font4. Scheme functions
ly:font-config-display-fonts4. Scheme functions
ly:font-config-get-font-file4. Scheme functions
ly:font-design-size4. Scheme functions
ly:font-file-name4. Scheme functions
ly:font-get-glyph4. Scheme functions
ly:font-glyph-name-to-charcode4. Scheme functions
ly:font-glyph-name-to-index4. Scheme functions
ly:font-index-to-charcode4. Scheme functions
ly:font-magnification4. Scheme functions
ly:font-metric?4. Scheme functions
ly:font-name4. Scheme functions
ly:font-sub-fonts4. Scheme functions
ly:format4. Scheme functions
ly:format-output4. Scheme functions
ly:generic-bound-extent4. Scheme functions
ly:get-all-function-documentation4. Scheme functions
ly:get-all-translators4. Scheme functions
ly:get-cff-offset4. Scheme functions
ly:get-context-mods4. Scheme functions
ly:get-font-format4. Scheme functions
ly:get-option4. Scheme functions
ly:get-spacing-spec4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-alist-chain4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-array->list4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-array-length4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-array-ref4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-array?4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-basic-properties4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-chain-callback4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-common-refpoint4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-common-refpoint-of-array4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-default-font4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-extent4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-get-vertical-axis-group-index4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-interfaces4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-layout4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-list->grob-array4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-object4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-original4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-parent4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-pq<?4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-properties?4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-property4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-property-data4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-pure-height4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-pure-property4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-relative-coordinate4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-robust-relative-extent4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-script-priority-less4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-set-nested-property!4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-set-object!4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-set-parent!4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-set-property!4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-spanned-column-rank-interval4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-staff-position4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-suicide!4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-system4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-translate-axis!4. Scheme functions
ly:grob-vertical<?4. Scheme functions
ly:grob?4. Scheme functions
ly:gulp-file4. Scheme functions
ly:gulp-file-utf84. Scheme functions
ly:has-glyph-names?4. Scheme functions
ly:hash-table-keys4. Scheme functions
ly:in-event-class?4. Scheme functions
ly:inch4. Scheme functions
ly:input-both-locations4. Scheme functions
ly:input-file-line-char-column4. Scheme functions
ly:input-location?4. Scheme functions
ly:input-message4. Scheme functions
ly:input-warning4. Scheme functions
ly:interpret-music-expression4. Scheme functions
ly:intlog24. Scheme functions
ly:item-break-dir4. Scheme functions
ly:item-get-column4. Scheme functions
ly:item?4. Scheme functions
ly:iterator?4. Scheme functions
ly:length4. Scheme functions
ly:lily-lexer?4. Scheme functions
ly:lily-parser?4. Scheme functions
ly:line-interface::line4. Scheme functions
ly:listened-event-class?4. Scheme functions
ly:listened-event-types4. Scheme functions
ly:listener?4. Scheme functions
ly:make-book4. Scheme functions
ly:make-book-part4. Scheme functions
ly:make-context-mod4. Scheme functions
ly:make-dispatcher4. Scheme functions
ly:make-duration4. Scheme functions
ly:make-global-context4. Scheme functions
ly:make-global-translator4. Scheme functions
ly:make-grob-properties4. Scheme functions
ly:make-listener4. Scheme functions
ly:make-moment4. Scheme functions
ly:make-music4. Scheme functions
ly:make-music-function4. Scheme functions
ly:make-music-relative!4. Scheme functions
ly:make-output-def4. Scheme functions
ly:make-page-label-marker4. Scheme functions
ly:make-page-permission-marker4. Scheme functions
ly:make-pango-description-string4. Scheme functions
ly:make-paper-outputter4. Scheme functions
ly:make-pitch4. Scheme functions
ly:make-prob4. Scheme functions
ly:make-rotation4. Scheme functions
ly:make-scale4. Scheme functions
ly:make-scaling4. Scheme functions
ly:make-score4. Scheme functions
ly:make-skyline4. Scheme functions
ly:make-spring4. Scheme functions
ly:make-stencil4. Scheme functions
ly:make-stream-event4. Scheme functions
ly:make-transform4. Scheme functions
ly:make-translation4. Scheme functions
ly:make-unpure-pure-container4. Scheme functions
ly:message4. Scheme functions
ly:minimal-breaking4. Scheme functions
ly:mm4. Scheme functions
ly:module->alist4. Scheme functions
ly:module-copy4. Scheme functions
ly:modules-lookup4. Scheme functions
ly:moment-add4. Scheme functions
ly:moment-div4. Scheme functions
ly:moment-grace4. Scheme functions
ly:moment-grace-denominator4. Scheme functions
ly:moment-grace-numerator4. Scheme functions
ly:moment-main4. Scheme functions
ly:moment-main-denominator4. Scheme functions
ly:moment-main-numerator4. Scheme functions
ly:moment-mod4. Scheme functions
ly:moment-mul4. Scheme functions
ly:moment-sub4. Scheme functions
ly:moment<?4. Scheme functions
ly:moment?4. Scheme functions
ly:music-compress4. Scheme functions
ly:music-deep-copy4. Scheme functions
ly:music-duration-compress4. Scheme functions
ly:music-duration-length4. Scheme functions
ly:music-function-extract4. Scheme functions
ly:music-function-signature4. Scheme functions
ly:music-function?4. Scheme functions
ly:music-length4. Scheme functions
ly:music-list?4. Scheme functions
ly:music-mutable-properties4. Scheme functions
ly:music-output?4. Scheme functions
ly:music-property4. Scheme functions
ly:music-set-property!4. Scheme functions
ly:music-start4. Scheme functions
ly:music-transpose4. Scheme functions
ly:music?4. Scheme functions
ly:non-fatal-error4. Scheme functions
ly:note-column-accidentals4. Scheme functions
ly:note-column-dot-column4. Scheme functions
ly:note-extra-source-file4. Scheme functions
ly:note-head::stem-attachment4. Scheme functions
ly:number->string4. Scheme functions
ly:one-line-auto-height-breaking4. Scheme functions
ly:one-line-breaking4. Scheme functions
ly:one-page-breaking4. Scheme functions
ly:optimal-breaking4. Scheme functions
ly:option-usage4. Scheme functions
ly:otf->cff4. Scheme functions
ly:otf-font-glyph-info4. Scheme functions
ly:otf-font-table-data4. Scheme functions
ly:otf-font?4. Scheme functions
ly:otf-glyph-count4. Scheme functions
ly:otf-glyph-list4. Scheme functions
ly:output-def-clone4. Scheme functions
ly:output-def-lookup4. Scheme functions
ly:output-def-parent4. Scheme functions
ly:output-def-scope4. Scheme functions
ly:output-def-set-variable!4. Scheme functions
ly:output-def?4. Scheme functions
ly:output-description4. Scheme functions
ly:output-find-context-def4. Scheme functions
ly:outputter-close4. Scheme functions
ly:outputter-dump-stencil4. Scheme functions
ly:outputter-dump-string4. Scheme functions
ly:outputter-output-scheme4. Scheme functions
ly:outputter-port4. Scheme functions
ly:page-marker?4. Scheme functions
ly:page-turn-breaking4. Scheme functions
ly:pango-font-physical-fonts4. Scheme functions
ly:pango-font?4. Scheme functions
ly:paper-book-header4. Scheme functions
ly:paper-book-pages4. Scheme functions
ly:paper-book-paper4. Scheme functions
ly:paper-book-performances4. Scheme functions
ly:paper-book-scopes4. Scheme functions
ly:paper-book-systems4. Scheme functions
ly:paper-book?4. Scheme functions
ly:paper-column::break-align-width4. Scheme functions
ly:paper-column::print4. Scheme functions
ly:paper-fonts4. Scheme functions
ly:paper-get-font4. Scheme functions
ly:paper-get-number4. Scheme functions
ly:paper-outputscale4. Scheme functions
ly:paper-score-paper-systems4. Scheme functions
ly:paper-system-minimum-distance4. Scheme functions
ly:paper-system?4. Scheme functions
ly:parse-file4. Scheme functions
ly:parse-init4. Scheme functions
ly:parse-string-expression4. Scheme functions
ly:parsed-undead-list!4. Scheme functions
ly:parser-clear-error4. Scheme functions
ly:parser-clone4. Scheme functions
ly:parser-define!4. Scheme functions
ly:parser-error4. Scheme functions
ly:parser-has-error?4. Scheme functions
ly:parser-include-string4. Scheme functions
ly:parser-lookup4. Scheme functions
ly:parser-output-name4. Scheme functions
ly:parser-parse-string4. Scheme functions
ly:parser-set-note-names4. Scheme functions
ly:perform-text-replacements4. Scheme functions
ly:performance-headers4. Scheme functions
ly:performance-write4. Scheme functions
ly:pitch-alteration4. Scheme functions
ly:pitch-diff4. Scheme functions
ly:pitch-negate4. Scheme functions
ly:pitch-notename4. Scheme functions
ly:pitch-octave4. Scheme functions
ly:pitch-quartertones4. Scheme functions
ly:pitch-semitones4. Scheme functions
ly:pitch-steps4. Scheme functions
ly:pitch-tones4. Scheme functions
ly:pitch-transpose4. Scheme functions
ly:pitch<?4. Scheme functions
ly:pitch?4. Scheme functions
ly:pointer-group-interface::add-grob4. Scheme functions
ly:position-on-line?4. Scheme functions
ly:prob-immutable-properties4. Scheme functions
ly:prob-mutable-properties4. Scheme functions
ly:prob-property4. Scheme functions
ly:prob-property?4. Scheme functions
ly:prob-set-property!4. Scheme functions
ly:prob-type?4. Scheme functions
ly:prob?4. Scheme functions
ly:programming-error4. Scheme functions
ly:progress4. Scheme functions
ly:property-lookup-stats4. Scheme functions
ly:pt4. Scheme functions
ly:pure-call4. Scheme functions
ly:randomize-rand-seed4. Scheme functions
ly:register-stencil-expression4. Scheme functions
ly:register-translator4. Scheme functions
ly:relative-group-extent4. Scheme functions
ly:rename-file4. Scheme functions
ly:reset-all-fonts4. Scheme functions
ly:round-filled-box4. Scheme functions
ly:round-polygon4. Scheme functions
ly:run-translator4. Scheme functions
ly:score-add-output-def!4. Scheme functions
ly:score-embedded-format4. Scheme functions
ly:score-error?4. Scheme functions
ly:score-header4. Scheme functions
ly:score-music4. Scheme functions
ly:score-output-defs4. Scheme functions
ly:score-set-header!4. Scheme functions
ly:score?4. Scheme functions
ly:set-color-names4. Scheme functions
ly:set-default-scale4. Scheme functions
ly:set-grob-creation-callback4. Scheme functions
ly:set-grob-modification-callback4. Scheme functions
ly:set-middle-C!4. Scheme functions
ly:set-option4. Scheme functions
ly:set-origin!4. Scheme functions
ly:set-property-cache-callback4. Scheme functions
ly:skyline->points4. Scheme functions
ly:skyline-distance4. Scheme functions
ly:skyline-empty?4. Scheme functions
ly:skyline-height4. Scheme functions
ly:skyline-max-height4. Scheme functions
ly:skyline-max-height-position4. Scheme functions
ly:skyline-merge4. Scheme functions
ly:skyline-pad4. Scheme functions
ly:skyline-touching-point4. Scheme functions
ly:skyline?4. Scheme functions
ly:skylines-for-stencil4. Scheme functions
ly:smob-protects4. Scheme functions
ly:solve-spring-rod-problem4. Scheme functions
ly:source-file?4. Scheme functions
ly:source-files4. Scheme functions
ly:span-bar::before-line-breaking4. Scheme functions
ly:span-bar::calc-anchor4. Scheme functions
ly:span-bar::calc-glyph-name4. Scheme functions
ly:span-bar::print4. Scheme functions
ly:span-bar::width4. Scheme functions
ly:spanner-bound4. Scheme functions
ly:spanner-broken-into4. Scheme functions
ly:spanner-set-bound!4. Scheme functions
ly:spanner?4. Scheme functions
ly:spawn4. Scheme functions
ly:spring-set-inverse-compress-strength!4. Scheme functions
ly:spring-set-inverse-stretch-strength!4. Scheme functions
ly:spring?4. Scheme functions
ly:staff-symbol-line-thickness4. Scheme functions
ly:staff-symbol-staff-radius4. Scheme functions
ly:staff-symbol-staff-space4. Scheme functions
ly:stderr-redirect4. Scheme functions
ly:stencil-add4. Scheme functions
ly:stencil-aligned-to4. Scheme functions
ly:stencil-combine-at-edge4. Scheme functions
ly:stencil-empty?4. Scheme functions
ly:stencil-expr4. Scheme functions
ly:stencil-extent4. Scheme functions
ly:stencil-in-color4. Scheme functions
ly:stencil-outline4. Scheme functions
ly:stencil-rotate4. Scheme functions
ly:stencil-rotate-absolute4. Scheme functions
ly:stencil-scale4. Scheme functions
ly:stencil-stack4. Scheme functions
ly:stencil-translate4. Scheme functions
ly:stencil-translate-axis4. Scheme functions
ly:stencil?4. Scheme functions
ly:stream-event?4. Scheme functions
ly:string-percent-encode4. Scheme functions
ly:string-substitute4. Scheme functions
ly:system-font-load4. Scheme functions
ly:text-interface::interpret-markup4. Scheme functions
ly:time-signature::print4. Scheme functions
ly:transform->list4. Scheme functions
ly:transform?4. Scheme functions
ly:translate-cpp-warning-scheme4. Scheme functions
ly:translator-context4. Scheme functions
ly:translator-description4. Scheme functions
ly:translator-group?4. Scheme functions
ly:translator-name4. Scheme functions
ly:translator?4. Scheme functions
ly:transpose-key-alist4. Scheme functions
ly:ttf->pfa4. Scheme functions
ly:ttf-ps-name4. Scheme functions
ly:type1->pfa4. Scheme functions
ly:unit4. Scheme functions
ly:unpure-call4. Scheme functions
ly:unpure-pure-container-pure-part4. Scheme functions
ly:unpure-pure-container-unpure-part4. Scheme functions
ly:unpure-pure-container?4. Scheme functions
ly:usage4. Scheme functions
ly:verbose-output?4. Scheme functions
ly:version4. Scheme functions
ly:version?4. Scheme functions
ly:volta-bracket::calc-shorten-pair4. Scheme functions
ly:warning4. Scheme functions
ly:warning-located4. Scheme functions
ly:wide-char->utf-84. Scheme functions
lyric-hyphen::vaticana-style4. Scheme functions
lyric-text::print4. Scheme functions
M
make-accidental-dodecaphonic-rule4. Scheme functions
make-accidental-rule4. Scheme functions
make-bow-stencil4. Scheme functions
make-c-time-signature-markup4. Scheme functions
make-circle-stencil4. Scheme functions
make-clef-set4. Scheme functions
make-connected-line4. Scheme functions
make-connected-path-stencil4. Scheme functions
make-cue-clef-set4. Scheme functions
make-cue-clef-unset4. Scheme functions
make-duration-of-length4. Scheme functions
make-ellipse-stencil4. Scheme functions
make-engraver4. Scheme functions
make-filled-box-stencil4. Scheme functions
make-glyph-time-signature-markup4. Scheme functions
make-grob-property-override4. Scheme functions
make-grob-property-revert4. Scheme functions
make-grob-property-set4. Scheme functions
make-harmonic4. Scheme functions
make-line-stencil4. Scheme functions
make-modal-inverter4. Scheme functions
make-modal-transposer4. Scheme functions
make-music4. Scheme functions
make-oval-stencil4. Scheme functions
make-part-combine-context-changes4. Scheme functions
make-part-combine-marks4. Scheme functions
make-partial-ellipse-stencil4. Scheme functions
make-path-stencil4. Scheme functions
make-performer4. Scheme functions
make-relative4. Scheme functions
make-repeat4. Scheme functions
make-semitone->pitch4. Scheme functions
make-stencil-boxer4. Scheme functions
make-stencil-circler4. Scheme functions
make-tmpfile4. Scheme functions
make-translator4. Scheme functions
make-transparent-box-stencil4. Scheme functions
map-selected-alist-keys4. Scheme functions
map-some-music4. Scheme functions
marked-up-headfoot4. Scheme functions
marked-up-title4. Scheme functions
markup4. Scheme functions
markup->string4. Scheme functions
markup-command-list?4. Scheme functions
markup-default-to-string-method4. Scheme functions
markup-lambda4. Scheme functions
markup-list-lambda4. Scheme functions
markup-list?4. Scheme functions
measure-counter::text4. Scheme functions
mensural-flag4. Scheme functions
middle-broken-spanner?4. Scheme functions
midi-program4. Scheme functions
mmrest-of-length4. Scheme functions
modern-straight-flag4. Scheme functions
music->make-music4. Scheme functions
music-clone4. Scheme functions
music-filter4. Scheme functions
music-is-of-type?4. Scheme functions
music-map4. Scheme functions
music-pitches4. Scheme functions
music-selective-filter4. Scheme functions
music-selective-map4. Scheme functions
music-separator?4. Scheme functions
music-type-predicate4. Scheme functions
N
neo-modern-accidental-rule4. Scheme functions
no-flag4. Scheme functions
normal-flag4. Scheme functions
not-first-broken-spanner?4. Scheme functions
not-last-broken-spanner?4. Scheme functions
note-name->markup4. Scheme functions
note-name->string4. Scheme functions
note-to-cluster4. Scheme functions
number-format4. Scheme functions
O
offset-fret4. Scheme functions
offsetter4. Scheme functions
old-straight-flag4. Scheme functions
output-module?4. Scheme functions
oval-stencil4. Scheme functions
override-head-style4. Scheme functions
override-time-signature-setting4. Scheme functions
P
pango-pf-file-name4. Scheme functions
pango-pf-font-name4. Scheme functions
pango-pf-fontindex4. Scheme functions
parenthesize-stencil4. Scheme functions
parse-terse-string4. Scheme functions
percussion?4. Scheme functions
polar->rectangular4. Scheme functions
prepend-alist-chain4. Scheme functions
pure-chain-offset-callback4. Scheme functions
R
ratio->fret4. Scheme functions
ratio->pitch4. Scheme functions
read-lily-expression4. Scheme functions
recording-group-emulate4. Scheme functions
remove-grace-property4. Scheme functions
remove-whitespace4. Scheme functions
retrieve-glyph-flag4. Scheme functions
retrograde-music4. Scheme functions
revert-fontSize4. Scheme functions
revert-head-style4. Scheme functions
revert-props4. Scheme functions
rounded-box-stencil4. Scheme functions
S
scale-beam-thickness4. Scheme functions
scale-fontSize4. Scheme functions
scale-layout4. Scheme functions
scale-props4. Scheme functions
scorify-music4. Scheme functions
seconds->moment4. Scheme functions
select-head-glyph4. Scheme functions
self-alignment-interface::self-aligned-on-breakable4. Scheme functions
sequential-music-to-chord-exceptions4. Scheme functions
set-accidental-style4. Scheme functions
set-global-staff-size4. Scheme functions
set-mus-properties!4. Scheme functions
set-output-property4. Scheme functions
shift-one-duration-log4. Scheme functions
shift-right-at-line-begin4. Scheme functions
shift-semitone->pitch4. Scheme functions
skip->rest4. Scheme functions
skip-of-length4. Scheme functions
skip-of-moment-span4. Scheme functions
span-bar::compound-bar-line4. Scheme functions
Span_stem_engraver4. Scheme functions
split-list-by-separator4. Scheme functions
stack-lines4. Scheme functions
stack-stencil-line4. Scheme functions
stack-stencils4. Scheme functions
stack-stencils-padding-list4. Scheme functions
staff-ellipsis::calc-y-extent4. Scheme functions
staff-ellipsis::print4. Scheme functions
stencil-true-extent4. Scheme functions
stencil-whiteout4. Scheme functions
stencil-whiteout-box4. Scheme functions
stencil-whiteout-outline4. Scheme functions
straight-flag4. Scheme functions
style-note-heads4. Scheme functions
suggest-convert-ly-message4. Scheme functions
symbol-concatenate4. Scheme functions
T
tag-group-get4. Scheme functions
tags-keep-predicate4. Scheme functions
tags-remove-predicate4. Scheme functions
teaching-accidental-rule4. Scheme functions
U
unbroken-or-first-broken-spanner?4. Scheme functions
unbroken-or-last-broken-spanner?4. Scheme functions
unbroken-spanner?4. Scheme functions
unfold-repeats4. Scheme functions
unfold-repeats-fully4. Scheme functions
uniq-list4. Scheme functions
unity-if-multimeasure4. Scheme functions
V
value-for-spanner-piece4. Scheme functions
voicify-music4. Scheme functions
volta-bracket::calc-hook-visibility4. Scheme functions
volta-spec-music4. Scheme functions
W
write-me4. Scheme functions
Jump to:   A   B   C   D   E   F   G   H   I   L   M   N   O   P   R   S   T   U   V   W  
[Top][Contents][Index]

Table of Contents

<< Back to Documentation Index

LilyPond – Internals Reference v2.24.4 (stable-branch).